46 CFR 160.048-3 Materials.
(a) General. All materials used in the construction of buoyant
cushions shall be obtained from a supplier who furnishes an affidavit
certifying that the material meets the requirements of the applicable
specifications.
(b) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with
Specification subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly
processed.
(c) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall comply with the
requirements of specification MIL-B-2766.
(d) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this
section are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions, but
alternate materials will be given special consideration. Pro rata
widths of like construction will be acceptable.
(1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3
material.
(2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
(e) Pad covering. The covering for the buoyant pad inserts shall be
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness meeting the
requirements of Federal Specification L-P-375 for Type I or II, Class 1,
film.
(f) Grab straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for
the cover, or approved equivalent.
(g) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements for the specified
type, class, and size of a Federal Specification listed in Table
160.001-2(j). Each cotton thread must be treated with a mildew inhibitor
that is accepted by the Commandant (G(MMT-3). Only one kind of thread
may be used in each seam.
(h) Welting. The welting where used may be any fiber or plastic
material suitable for the purpose.
(CG FR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 78-012,
43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978)
46 CFR 160.048-4 Construction and workmanship.
(a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box
type filled with kapok or fibrous glass contained in heat-sealed vinyl
film pad covers which are inserted in an outer cover fitted with grab
straps. The primary purpose of such cushions is to provide buoyancy to
aid a person in keeping afloat in the water. No hooks, snaps, or other
means shall be included which might facilitate fastening the cushion to
a boat. Buoyant cushions shall be of such size and volume as to provide
not less than 20 pounds buoyancy when tested in the manner described in
160.048-5(e), but no cushion providing less than 225 square inches of
top surface area or measuring less than 2 inches or more than 3 inches
in thickness will be acceptable.
(b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall
be stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only.
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If
more than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom, boxing or
gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of the type
shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for seam types SSw-2 or LS(b)-2.
The top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for the
cover, but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as specified by
160.048-3(c)(1) or other equivalent material of a porous nature.
Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing or gusset, but
coated upholstery cloth specified by 160.048-3(d)(2), perforated to
permit adequate draining and drying will be acceptable.
(c) Buoyant material. Buoyant cushions shall be filled with the
minimum amounts of kapok or fibrous glass determined as follows:
(1) Rectangular buoyant cushions 2 inches thick shall be filled with
the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for the various widths
and lengths of such cushions by Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-4(
c)(1)(ii), as applicable. Trapezoidal buoyant cushions 2 inches thick
shall be filled with the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for
the various widths and lengths of rectangular buoyant cushions by Table
160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii) as applicable, on the basis
that the length of a trapezoidal cushion shall be considered as its
average length in each case.
(2) All buoyant cushions more than 2 inches thick, and all buoyant
cushions 2 inches thick which are of shapes different from those covered
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall be filled with kapok or
fibrous glass as determined in the following formulas:
Where:
A=Top surface area of cushion in square inches as determined from
measurements taken along finished edges.
t=Thickness of boxing or gusset of finished cushion in inches.
(d) Pad covers for buoyant material. Before being inserted in the
outer cover the buoyant material shall be placed in waterproof vinyl
film pad covers which shall be heat-sealed tight. The heat-sealed pad
seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds when one inch
strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled apart at a
rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine of 12 inches
per minute. Each cushion shall contain not less than four pads and all
pads in a cushion shall contain approximately equal portions of the
total amount of buoyant material in the cushion. The buoyant material
may be inserted directly into the vinyl film pad covers, or may first be
packed in bags made of print cloth or other suitable material and then
inserted into the vinyl film pad covers. The pads shall be of such size
as to adequately fill the outer cover, and prior to sealing, the pads
shall be evacuated of air sufficiently that when sat on the pads will
not ''balloon'' excessively because of the pressure in the pad covers.
For 15'' x 15'' x 2'' cushions the four vinyl film pad covers shall each
be cut approximately 12'' wide x 12'' long or approximately 8'' wide x
18'' long shall have a sealed area of approximately 125 square inches;
shall contain not less than 5 ounces of kapok or 9 ounces of fibrous
glass each; and the volume displacement of the individual heat-sealed
pad inserts shall be 5 1/2 pounds each, plus or minus 1/2 pound, when
tested in accordance with the method set forth in 160.048-5(e)(1),
except that the pad covers shall not be slit open, and the period of
submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement of
the pads.
(e) Grab straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No.
160.048-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded
and stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with raw edges
turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
(f) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less
than a 3/8 inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch, with
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in
constructing straps.
(g) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or
serviceability. Cushions classified as ''seconds'' or ''irregular''
will not be acceptable under this specification.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965)
46 CFR 160.048-5 Inspections and tests. 1
(a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations,
inspections and test which are required by the recognized laboratory for
listed and labeled devices produced will be conducted by the laboratory
inspector at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of
the laboratory.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When
a lot of buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer
shall notify the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their
discretion, assign an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making
any tests and inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant
cushions, the manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast
Guard inspector, when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with
Table 160.048-5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section.
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample cushion
failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10
specimen cushions to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph
(e) of this section.
(c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted
by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard.
(d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections,
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at
the place of manufacture.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant pad
inserts from the cushion and cut three slits in the vinyl film, each not
less than 6 inches in length on both sides of each pad. Securely attach
the spring scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the
weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the basket is
weighed while it is completely under water. In order to measure the
actual buoyance provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the pads. To obtain the buoyancy
of the pads, proceed as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the top
of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water for 24
hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour
submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been
submerged that they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test,
and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from
the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are
still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
(2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pads from the cushion shall
provide not less than 20 pounds total buoyancy.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.048-6 Marking.
(a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly
marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
(Kapok or Fibrous glass) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant
force of 20 lb.
Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
If pads become waterlogged, replace device.
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length
and all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other
recreational boats.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.048/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
(Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom
for trapezoidal cushions.).
(2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:
46 CFR 160.048-6 warning: do not wear on back
(b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed
matter becoming illegible.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973;
CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.048-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) A recognized laboratory is one which is operated as a nonprofit
public service and is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and
evaluation as to the safety of materials installations, and devices for
marine use; which has an established factory inspection, listing, and
labeling program; and which has standards for evaluating, listing, and
labeling buoyant cushions which are acceptable to the Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard.
(b) Group approval. A single group approval will be granted to each
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, which are 2
inches thick, and which are filled with kapok or fibrous glass in
accordance with 160.048-4(c)(1).
(c) Special approvals. Special approvals will be granted separately
to each manufacturer for each kapok or fibrous glass buoyant cushion he
proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group approval
provided by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: A kapok or
fibrous glass buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically
provided for by this subpart; or any buoyant cushion more than 2 inches
thick; or any buoyant cushion having a different shape.
(d) Private brand labels: Private brand labels are those bearing the
name and address of a distributor in lieu of the manufacturer. In order
for a manufacturer to apply for a group approval number or a special
approval number to be used on such a private brand label, he shall
forward a letter of request to the recognized laboratory, stating which
cushions are involved, together with a letter from his distributor also
requesting that approval be issued. The manfuacturer's request for
approval, together with that of his distributor, will be forwarded to
the Commandant and when deemed advisable, an approval number or numbers
will be issued in the name of the distributor. Approvals issued to a
distributor under such an arrangement shall apply only to cushions made
by the manufacturer named on the certificate of approval, and this
manufacturer shall be responsible for compliance of the cushions with
the requirements of this subpart.
(e) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label
of the recognized laboratory.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R,
38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.048-7a Designated recognized laboratory.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Marine Department, Tampa East
Industrial Park, 2602 Tampa East Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33619, is a
recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.048-8 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) Manufacturers having buoyant cushions for use on vessels of
classes A, 1 or 2 not carrying passengers for hire may make application
for listing and labeling by addressing a request directly to a
recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to
the requirements for inspection, examinations, and testing necessary for
such listing and labeling. The costs in connection with the
examinations, tests, inspections, listing, and labeling shall be the
same for all manufacturers for the same or similar services and are to
be borne by the manufacturer. The request shall include permission for
the laboratory to furnish a complete test report together with a
description of the quality control procedures to the Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and the quality
control procedures to determine if the approval requirements have been
met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory
that the device is approved and that when the device is listed and
labeled it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved. Notice of
U.S. Coast Guard approval will be published in CG-190.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical or inspection
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements, the opinion
of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer may at any time request clarification or advice
from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding
manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.048-9 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) Listing and labeling as buoyant cushions acceptable to the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, as approved may be terminated, withdrawn,
canceled, or suspended by written notice to the manufacturer from the
recognized laboratory or from the Commandant.
(b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing
and labeling may be any of the following:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements of the Coast Guard and the recognized
laboratory.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports
indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.048-10 Penalties.
All violations of the conditions for listing and labeling by a
recognized laboratory are subject to the penalties provided by 14 U.S.
C. 639.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.048-10 Subpart 160.049 -- Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam
46 CFR 160.049-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents:
(1) Federal Specifications:
CCC-C-700G-Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D-Cloth, Cotton Drill.
(2) Federal standard:
No. 751 -- Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
(3) Coast Guard specifications:
160.055 -- Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and
Child.
164.015 -- Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded
Shapes.
(4) Military specifications. MIL-C-43006 -- Cloth, Laminated,
Vinyl-Nylon, High Strength, Flexible.
(b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date
unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushions are manufactured, form a part
of this subpart:
(1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.049-1.
(c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plan referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The Coast Guard
specifications and plan may be obtained upon request from the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, or recognized laboratory. The Federal
Specifications and the Federal Standard may be purchased from the
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC
20407.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973;
CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.049-2 Types and sizes.
(a) Type. Buoyant cushions shall be of the box type, i.e., have top,
bottom, and gusset. Pillow type cushions without a gusset are not
acceptable.
(b) Sizes. Buoyant cushions shall have not less than 225 square
inches of top surface area, shall contain not less than 630 cubic inches
of buoyant material, shall not be less than 2 inches thick, and shall
have widths and lengths which fall within the dimensions shown in Table
160.049-4(c)(1).
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965)
46 CFR 160.049-3 Materials.
(a) General. All materials used in the construction of buoyant
cushions shall be obtained from a supplier who furnishes an affidavit
certifying that the material meets the requirements of the applicable
specifications.
(b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be
all new material complying with the requirements of Specification
subpart 164.015 for Type A or B foam.
(c) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this
section, are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions.
Vinyl-dip coating meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph (c)(
3) of this section will also be acceptable. Alternate materials will be
given special consideration. Pro rata widths of like construction will
be acceptable.
(1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3
material.
(2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
(3) Vinyl-dip. The vinyl-dip coating shall comply with the coating
requirements of 160.055-5(b)(2) except there are no color restrictions.
(4) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl
type. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United
States Rubber Co. M6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp. CVV,
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R.828, or equal, are acceptable.
(5) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be type II,
class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
(d) Grab Straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for
the cover, or approved equivalent.
(e) Thread. Each thread, except a thread of a grab strap, must meet
the requirements for the specified type, class, and size of a Federal
Specification listed in Table 160.001-2(j) or be a thread of equivalent
size and strength that is accepted by the Commandant (G-MMT-3). Each
cotton thread must be treated with a mildew inhibitor that is accepted
by the Commandant (G-MMT-3). Only one kind of thread may be used in
each seam.
(f) Welting. The welting where used may be of any fiber or plastic
material suitable for the purpose.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978)
46 CFR 160.049-4 Construction and workmanship.
(a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box
type filled with unicellular plastic foam buoyant material. Such
cushions consist essentially of a buoyant insert contained in an outer
cover fitted with grab straps. The primary purpose of such cushions is
to provide buoyancy to aid a person in keeping afloat in the water.
Buoyant cushions providing less than 20 pounds buoyancy or less than 2
inches in thickness will not be acceptable.
(b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall
be stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only.
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If
more than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom, boxing or
gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of the type
shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for Seam types SSw-2 or LSb-2. The
top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for the cover,
but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as specified by
160.049-3(b)(1) or other equivalent material of a porous nature.
Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing or gusset, but
coated upholstery cloth specified by 160.049-3(c)(2), perforated to
permit adequate draining and drying will be acceptable.
(c) Buoyant material. A buoyant insert for a buoyant cushion must
comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) and (2) of this section
and may be:
(1) Molded in one piece; or
(2) Built up from sheet material if it is formed from:
(i) Three pieces or less in each layer, cemented together with an
all-purpose vinyl adhesive such as or equivalent to U.S. Rubber No.
M-6256 or Minnesota Mining No. EC-870 and No. EC-1070;
(ii) Three layers or less that may be cemented; and
(iii) Staggered butts and seams of adjacent layers.
(d) Grab Straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No.
160,049-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded
and stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with raw edges
turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
(e) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less
than a 3/8-inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch with
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in
constructing grab straps.
(f) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or
serviceability. Cushions classified as ''seconds'' or ''irregular''
will not be acceptable under this specification.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R,
38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.049-5 Inspections and tests. 1
(a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations,
inspections and tests which are required by the recognized laboratory
for listed and labeled devices produced will be conducted by the
laboratory inspector at the place of manufacture or other location at
the option of the laboratory.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When
a lot of buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer
shall notify the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their
discretion, assign an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making
any tests and inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant
cushions, the manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast
Guard inspector, when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with
table 160.049-5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section.
(c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted
by the recognized laboratory or the U.S. Coast Guard.
(d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections,
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at
the place of manufacture.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. Securely attach the spring
scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted
wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the basket is weighed
while it is completely under water. In order to measure the actual
buoyancy provided by the cushion, the underwater weight of the empty
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the cushion. To obtain the
buoyancy of the cushion, proceed as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the cushion inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour
submergence period. It is important that after the cushion has once
been submerged that it shall remain submerged for the duration of the
test, and at no time during the course of the test shall it be removed
from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the cushion inside while both
are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
(2) Buoyancy required. Each cushion shall provide not less than 20
pounds buoyancy.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11587, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.049-6 Marking.
(a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly
marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of 20 lb.
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length
and all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other
recreational boats.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.049/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
(Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom
for trapezoidal cushions.).
(2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:
46 CFR 160.049-6 warning: do not wear on back
(b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed
matter becoming illegible.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143,
35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973;
CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.049-7 Recognized laboratory.
(a) A recognized laboratory is one which is operated as a nonprofit
public service and is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and
evaluation as the safety of materials installations, and devices for
marine use; which has an established factory inspection, listing, and
labeling program; and which has standards for evaluating, listing, and
labeling buoyant cushions which are acceptable to the Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard.
(b) Group approval: A single group approval will be granted to each
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, and which are in
accordance with 160.049-4(c)(1).
(c) Special approvals: Special approvals will be granted separately
to each manufacturer for each unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushion
he proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group
approval provided for by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: a
buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically provided for by
this subpart, or any buoyant cushion having a different shape.
(d) Private brand labels. Private brand labels are those bearing the
name and address of a distributor in lieu of the manufacturer. In order
for a manufacturer to apply for a group approval number of a special
approval number to be used on such a private brand label, he shall
forward a letter of request to the recognized laboratory, stating which
cushions are involved, together with a letter from his distributor also
requesting that approval be issued. The manufacturer's request for
approval, together with that of his distributor will be forwarded to the
Commandant, and when deemed advisable, an approval number or numbers
will be issued in the name of the distributor. Approvals issued to a
distributor under such an arrangement shall apply only to cushions made
by the manufacturer named on the certificate of approval, and this
manufacturer shall be responsible for compliance of the cushions with
the requirements of this subpart.
(e) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label
of the recognized laboratory.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R,
38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.049-7a Designated recognized laboratory.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Marine Department, Tampa East
Industrial Park, 2602 Tampa East Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33619, is a
recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.049-8 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) Manufacturers having buoyant cushions for use on vessels of
classes A, 1 or 2 not carrying passengers for hire may make application
for listing and labeling by addressing a request directly to a
recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to
the requirements for inspection, examinations, and labeling. The costs
in connection with the examinations, tests, inspections, listing, and
labeling shall be the same for all manufacturers for the same or similar
services and are to be borne by the manufacturer. The request shall
include permission for the laboratory to furnish a complete test report
together with a description of the quality control procedures to the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and the quality
control procedures to determine if the approval requirements have been
met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory
that the device is approved and that when the device is listed and
labeled it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved. Notice of
U.S. Coast Guard approval will be published in CG-190.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical or inspection
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements, the opinion
of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer may at any time request clarification or advice
from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding
manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19965, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.049-9 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) Listing and labeling as buoyant cushions acceptable to the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, as approved may be terminated, withdrawn,
canceled, or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory
from the Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the
recognized laboratory or from the Commandant.
(b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing
and labeling may be any of the following:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements of the Coast Guard and the recognized
laboratory.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports
indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19965, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.049-10 Penalties.
All violations of the conditions for listing and labeling by a
recognized laboratory are subject to the penalties provided by 14 U.S.
C. 639.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19965, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 160.049-10 Subpart 160.050 -- Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular Plastic
46 CFR 160.050-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standard. This subpart makes reference to the
following documents:
(1) Military specification:
MIL-R-16847 -- Ring buoy, lifesaving, unicellular plastic.
(2) Federal Specification:
V-T-295D-Thread, Nylon.
(3) Federal standard:
No. 595 -- Colors.
(4) Coast Guard specification:
164.015 -- Plastic foam, unicellular, buoyant, sheet and molded
shape.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the
certificate of approval. The Military Specification may be obtained
from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa., 19120. The Federal Specifications and Federal
Standard may be obtained from the Business Service Center, General
Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Coast Guard
specification may be obtained from the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGFR 66-64, 31 FR 562, Jan. 18, 1966, as amended CGD 72-163R, 38 FR
8120, Mar. 28, 1973; 38 FR 21784, Aug. 13, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR
27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.050-2 Types and sizes.
(a) Type. Life buoys shall be of the annular ring type as described
in this subpart, but alternate arrangements meeting the performance
requirements set forth will be given special consideration.
(b) Sizes. Ring life buoys shall be of the sizes set forth in Table
160.050-2(b). A tolerance of a plus or minus 5 percent will be allowable
on the dimensions indicated in Table 160.050-2(b).
Bu500000000 oys
(CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9045, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 160.050-3 Materials.
(a) General. All exposed materials shall be resistant to oil or oil
products, salt water and anticipated weather conditions encountered at
sea.
(b) Unicellular plastic. The unicellular plastic material used in
fabrication of the buoy body shall meet the requirements of subpart
164.015 of this subchapter for Type C material. The buoy's body shall
be finished with two coats of vinyl base paint. The ring life buoys
shall be either international orange (Color No. 12197 of Federal
Standard 595) or white in color and the colorfastness shall be rated
''good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No.
191 Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
(Note: On vessels on an international voyage, all ring life buoys
shall be international orange in color.)
(c) Grab line. The grab line shall be 3/8-inch diameter
polyethylene, polypropylene, or other suitable buoyant type synthetic
material having a minimum breaking strength of 1,350 pounds.
(d) Beckets. The beckets for securing the grab line shall be 2-inch
polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon, saran or other suitable synthetic
material having a minimum breaking strength of 585 pounds. In addition,
polyethylene and polypropylene shall be weather-resistant type which is
stabilized as to heat, oxidation, and ultraviolet light degradation.
(e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of Federal
Specification V-T-295 for nylon thread. Type II, Class A, Number size
4; or be a thread of equivalent size and strength that is accepted by
the Commandant (G-MMT-3).
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31
FR 562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978)
46 CFR 160.050-4 Construction and workmanship.
(a) General. This specification covers ring life buoys which provide
buoyancy to aid in keeping persons afloat in the water. Each buoy
consists of a body constructed in the shape of an annular ring, with an
approximately elliptical body cross section and which is fitted with a
grab line around the outside periphery. The outside and inside
diameters of the ring and the length and width of the cross section of
the body shall be uniform throughout.
(b) Body. The body shall be made in either one or two pieces. If of
two pieces, the pieces shall be equal in size and shall be adhesive
bonded along a center line through an axis passing through the flat area
dimension of the body. The adhesive shall be a liquid cold setting,
polymerizable, nonsolvent, containing material of the
phenolepichlorhydrin type or equivalent having good strength retention
under outdoor weathering conditions.
(c) Grab line. The finished length of the grab line shall be four
times the outside diameter of the buoy. The ends of the grab line shall
be securely and neatly spliced together, or shall be hand whipped with a
needle and both ends securely and smoothly seized together. The grab
line shall encircle the buoy and shall be held in place by the beckets.
The spliced or seized ends of the grab line shall be placed in the
center of the width of one of the beckets.
(d) Beckets. Each ring buoy shall be fitted with four beckets
located at equidistant points about the body of the buoy. The beckets
shall be passed around the body of the buoy with the free ends to the
outside, and shall be securely cemented to the buoy with a suitable
waterproof adhesive which is compatible with the unicellular plastic
used in the buoy body. The ends of the beckets shall be turned under at
least 1 inch, one end to go around the grab line, and the other to be
laid flat against the first end. The beckets shall then be stitched to
the grab line with not less than five hand stitches made with two parts
of thread or machined stitched with not less than three stitches per
inch. Alternate methods for rigging beckets and grab line will be given
special consideration.
(e) Weight. The weight of the completely assembled buoy shall be not
less than 2.5 pounds and not more than 4.25 pounds for the 20-inch size,
not less than 3.0 pounds and not more than 5.5 pounds for the 24-inch
size, and not less than 5.0 and not more than 7.5 pounds for the 30-inch
size.
(f) Workmanship. Ring life buoys shall be of first class workmanship
and free from any defects materially affecting their appearance or
serviceability.
(CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9045, Sept. 11, 1962; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 160.050-5 Sampling, tests, and inspection. 1
(a) General. A marine inspector shall examine all ring life buoys at
the place of manufacture for compliance with this specification. Ring
life buoys on a lot basis shall be tested for strength, resistance to
damage, and buoyancy in accordance with the methods set forth in
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) respectively of this section with the
exception that the test for resistance to damage may be omitted at the
discretion of the marine inspector. If the marine inspector has any
doubt regarding compliance with this specification, he may make such
other examinations and tests as he may deem necessary. The manufacturer
shall provide a suitable place and necessary apparatus for the use of
the marine inspector in conducting tests at the place of manufacture,
and shall provide labor for all handling of ring buoys requisite to
inspection.
(b) Lot size and sampling. A lot shall consist of not more than 500
ring life buoys. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in material used or manufacturing methods employed. When a
lot of ring buoys is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall notify
the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is
located, who will assign a marine inspector to the plant for the purpose
of making the necessary tests and inspections. From each lot of ring
life buoys the marine inspector shall select samples in accordance with
the following Table 160.050-5(b) to be tested for strength and buoyancy
in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (e) respectively of this section:
(c) Strength test. The buoy body shall be suspended by a 2-inch-wide
strap. A similar strap shall be passed around the opposite side of the
buoy and a 200-pound weight suspended by it from the buoy. After 30
minutes, the buoy body shall be examined, and there shall be no breaks,
cracks or permanent deformation.
(d) Resistance to damage test. The buoy body shall be dropped three
times from a height of 6 feet onto concrete, and there shall be no
breaks or cracks in the body.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. To obtain the buoyancy of
the buoy, proceed as follows:
(i) Weigh iron or other weight under water. The weight shall be more
than sufficient to submerge the buoy.
(ii) Attach the iron or other weight to the buoy and submerge with
the top of the buoy at least 2 inches below the surface for 48 hours.
(iii) After the 48-hour submergence period, weigh the buoy with the
weight attached while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) minus paragraph
(e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2) Buoyancy required. The buoys shall provide a buoyancy of not
less than 16 1/2 pounds for the 20- and 24-inch sizes, and not less than
32 pounds for the 30-inch size.
(f) Lot acceptance and rejection. When the marine inspector has
satisfied himself that the ring life buoys in the lot are of a type
officially approved in the name of the company, and that such ring life
buoys meet the requirements of this specification, he may complete the
name plate described in 160.050-6 with the necessary information. If
any ring life buoys are found unsatisfactory, they or the entire lot may
be rejected at the discretion of the marine inspector. Rejected
individual ring life buoys or the entire lot may be re-worked and
re-submitted for inspection at the discretion of the District Commander.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43
FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.050-6 Marking.
(a) Each ring buoy must have the following information in waterproof
lettering:
Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of (32 lb. or 16 1/2 lb.).
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length
and all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other
vessels.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Size).
USCG (Marine Inspection Office identification letters).
(Lot No.).
(b) A method of marking that is different from the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section may be given consideration by the Coast
Guard.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-186, 41
FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR
10913, Mar. 16, 1978)
46 CFR 160.050-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Ring life buoys for use on merchant vessels or
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this specification
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the factory is located.
(b) Pre-approval tests. Manufacturers who desire to manufacture
unicellular plastic ring life buoys complying with this specification
shall apply to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the
plant is located, who will detail a marine inspector to the plant to
observe production facilities and manufacturing methods and to select
from not less than 6 of each size ring life buoy for which approval is
desired, a sample of not less than two specimen buoys of each size on
which he shall conduct strength, resistance to damage, and buoyancy
tests in accordance with 160.050-5(c), (d), and (e), and make such other
examinations and tests as may be necessary to satisfy himself that the
specimen buoys are in accordance with this specification. Upon
completion of satisfactory tests, the marine inspector's report will be
forwarded to the Commandant for assignment of an official approval
number for each size.
(CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7,
1988)
46 CFR 160.050-7 Subpart 160.051 -- Inflatable Liferafts
46 CFR 160.051-0 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published
in the Federal Register and the material made available to the public.
All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register,
Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Marine Technical and
Hazardous Materials Division, 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, DC
20593-0001, and is available from the address indicated in paragraph
(b).
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part, and the sections affected is:
1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
ASTM F1014-1986 Standard Specification for Flashlights on Vessels.
Sections affected -- 160.051-7(c)(4), 160.051-7(d)(4).
Note: All other documents referenced in this part are still in
effect.
(CGD 82-042, 53 FR 17702, May 18, 1988)
46 CFR 160.051-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specifications. The following specifications, of the issue in
effect on the date inflatable liferafts are manufactured, form a part of
this subpart for guidance purposes only:
(1) Military specifications:
MIL-L-19496 (Ships) -- Lifeboat, CO2 inflatable Mark 5, 15-person
capacity.
MIL-C-17415 (Ships) -- Cloth, coated, and webbing, inflatable boat
and miscellaneous use.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this
section, as well as the various reference specifications forming a part
thereof, shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the
approved plans, specifications, and certificate of approval. They shall
be kept for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 5 years
after termination of approval, except that the approval certificate
shall be returned for cancellation immediately following the termination
date. The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
19120.
(c) Permissible extension. Manufacturers of inflatable liferafts
having approval numbers 160.051/49 or lower may continue to manufacture
rafts under the terms of that approval until 1 January 1975. Those
manufacturers having approval numbers 160.051/50 or higher shall comply
with the requirements of this subpart.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 73-160R, 39
FR 9669, Mar. 13, 1974)
46 CFR 160.051-2 Alternate construction.
(a) Requirements. Inflatable life rafts or components which differ
from the requirements set forth in this specification may be given
consideration for approval provided:
(1) The manufacturer can demonstrate that the raft or component has
at least three years of successful operational experience which has been
accumulated in marine atmospheres at sea in frigid as well as tropic
conditions, or by tests which are the equivalent thereof.
(2) Complete detail plans and specifications are submitted.
(3) The raft can pass the tests outlined in 160.051-5.
(4) The manufacturer has arranged for maintenance and servicing in
accordance with 160.051-6.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959)
46 CFR 160.051-3 Type and sizes.
(a) Definition. An inflatable liferaft is defined as meaning an
abandon-ship flotation appliance designed to support a specified number
of persons clear of the water, which is stowed in a folded or collapsed
condition and is capable of withstanding severe launching shock and
which is inflated by gas or air into a raft designed for rugged service.
(b) Sizes. Inflatable liferafts shall be not less than 4 (6 for
vessels on international voyages) nor more than 25-person sizes. An
inflatable liferaft, complete with case and required emergency
equipment, shall not weigh more than 400 pounds.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11478, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 160.051-4 Design.
(a) General. Inflatable liferafts may be circular, octagonal,
elliptical or boat shaped and the design shall incorporate the material
and construction details outlined in Military Specification MIL-L-19496
for guidance. All materials used in the construction of inflatable
liferafts shall be of good quality and suitable for the purpose
intended, and shall not be subject to undue deterioration from the
effects of weathering aboard ship under the conditions of usual stowage,
nor from contact with salt water or spray or petroleum products. Where
dissimilar materials are used in combination, provision shall be made to
prevent such deleterious effects as loosening or tightening due to
differences in thermal expansion, freezing or buckling of parts,
galvanic corrosion, or other forms of contamination. Consideration may
be given to materials and construction which differ from those required
by Military Specification MIL-L-19496 if it can be shown by tests and/or
other means that the proposed material or construction is at least as
suitable for the intended use.
(b) Body. The bottom of the raft shall be waterproof and fitted with
an inflatable floor which can be inflated or deflated as desired. A
life line festooned in bights shall be provided around the periphery of
the liferaft. A boarding ladder and towing connection shall be fitted
at each end of the liferaft. Suitable pockets or equivalent shall be
fitted for stowage of hand pumps, repair kits, instruction manuals and
other equipment needed immediately on launching. Reinforcing patches
shall be substantially fitted in way of the attachments for the righting
line, painter, sea anchor line, etc. The holders for retaining the gas
or air pressure containers shall be substantially fitted and
sufficiently strong to retain the containers when the raft is inflated
or when the raft is dropped into the water. All exposed surfaces shall
be reasonably smooth and free from sharp protrusions or projections
which might be injurious in boarding or occupancy. Water pockets to
improve stability and reduce drifting shall be fitted on the underside
of the floor.
(c) Canopy. The design shall incorporate an inner and outer canopy
to insulate the occupants from the weather which shall become
automatically erected upon initial inflation of the raft. The canopy
shall provide adequate headroom and provision shall be made for furling
the ends to allow entry of occupants, free passage of air, and adequate
room for paddling. Provision for catching rain water shall be
incorporated in the canopy.
(d) Laps and seams. The amount of lap shall be sufficient to make
the seams as strong as the coated cloth joined and the seams shall be
required to withstand a test load equal to the coated cloth tensile
strength.
(e) Color. The outside of the canopy shall be colored Indian orange
(Cable No. 70072, Standard Color Card of America) or other color of high
conspicuity against a background of a white-capped sea. The remainder of
the raft may be the natural color of the finished coated cloth, except
that the underside of the floor shall be dark blue, dark grey or black.
(f) Containment. For each type of raft, manufacturers shall design
and provide suitable containment constructed so as to be capable of
withstanding hard wear under conditions encountered at sea. A liferaft
in its container shall be inherently buoyant and shall be arranged so as
to display evidence of use or tampering, such as by the use of a
suitable seal, or equivalent. The arrangement shall be such that if the
vessel sinks, the raft will float free and inflation will take place
automatically. The ''Instructions for Inflation'' requirement of
160.051-8(b) shall consist of brief instructions for manually launching
and inflating a raft. These instructions shall be legibly printed on
material that is durable, water and wear resistant. These instructions
shall be permanently attached to the exterior of each raft container in
two locations, one on each side of the container.
(1) Rigid container. The container shall be constructed of metal,
wood, or plastic, and shall be capable of being securely fastened aboard
ship and arranged for quick release of the liferaft. The container
shall be weathertight except that provision shall be made for drainage
and the circulation of air. A container shall have an interior surface
smooth and free from splinters, barbs, or rough projections. The
interior surface of a container made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic
shall be finished with a gel coating. The words ''This Side Up'' shall
be shown on the exterior of a container on the side opposite the drain
holes in blocked letters 1 inch in size. Rigid containers shall be the
normal means of containing inflatable liferafts except for the
installations provided for in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(2) Fabric container. A fabric container shall be made of coated
fabric in accordance with Military Specification MIL-C-17415. All
fasteners and hardware shall be made of noncorrosive metal. Fabric
containers shall be provided with carrying handles, nameplates and
markings in accordance with 160.051-8. Fabric containers may be used
with liferafts that are reinforced for suspension as described in
paragraph (j) of this section to operate in conjunction with certain
approved launching devices.
(g) Inflation. Inflation shall take place upon the pulling of a
lanyard or by some equally simple means which may be accomplished
manually both from the deck of a vessel and by a swimmer in the water.
In addition, inflation connections shall be provided for use with the
hand pump of 160.051-7(b)(9).
(h) Buoyancy. The principal buoyancy shall be located at the
periphery of the inflatable liferaft and shall be subdivided into not
less than two compartments, either of which must be capable of
supporting the rated number of persons out of the water. Where more
than two compartments are incorporated in the design, the raft shall be
capable of supporting the rated number of persons out of the water with
one-half of the compartments deflated. In either case, the deflation of
any one compartment shall not unduly jeopardize the stability of the
raft.
(i) Capacity. The maximum number of persons for which an inflatable
liferaft may be rated shall be the overall horizontal clear area inside
the raft in square feet (including thwarts if fitted) divided by 4, or
the volume of the principal buoyancy compartments in cubic feet (which
for this purpose shall not include the arches, canopy supports, or
thwarts) divided by 3.4, whichever is the lesser.
(j) Launching reinforcement. Any liferaft which is to be suspended
from or operated in conjunction with an approved launching device such
that any of the raft's components are subjected to loads and stresses in
addition to those of its inflation system or normal waterborne loading,
shall be suitably reinforced with load carrying lines, slings, netting
or their equivalents. These reinforcements shall be designed with a
minimum factor of safety of 6 on the ultimate strength of the
reinforcement based on the raft's normal carrying capacity.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11478, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17040, Aug. 24, 1972)
46 CFR 160.051-5 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Whenever any work is being done on components or the
assembly of inflatable liferafts, the manufacturer shall notify the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located in
order that he may assign a marine inspector to the factory to witness
the applicable tests and satisfy himself that the quality assurance
program of the manufacturer is satisfactory.
(1) The marine inspector shall be admitted to any place in the
factory where work is done on the inflatable liferafts or component
parts or materials, and he may take samples of parts or materials
entering into construction for further inspections or tests. The
manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary
for the performance of the tests to be witnessed by the marine
inspector.
(2) Tests at commercial or government laboratories, when applicable,
shall be at the expense of the manufacturer. Suitable material
affidavits or invoices for essential materials entering into
construction shall be obtained by the manufacturer from his suppliers
and he shall maintain a file showing the lot numbers of the inflatable
liferafts for which such materials were used.
(b) Lot size. A lot shall consist of not more than 50 inflatable
liferafts of the same design and size. Lots shall be numbered serially
by the manufacturer and if at any time during the processing of a lot,
any change or modification in materials or production methods is made, a
new lot shall be started.
(c) Routine inspections and tests. Manufacturers of approved
inflatable liferafts shall maintain quality control of the materials
used, manufacturing methods, workmanship, and the finished product, and
shall make full inspections and tests as necessary to maintain the
quality of the product. The fact that certain tests are required as
enumerated below does not relieve the manufacturer from making any and
all other tests, inspections, or other determinations as may be
necessary to assure the quality of all materials, parts and the finished
product. The following inspections and tests shall be conducted by the
manufacturer in the presence of the marine inspector, and records of
such tests shall be kept on file by the manufacturer for a period of 5
years and shall be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector
upon demand:
(1) Inspection. Each completed inflatable liferaft shall, in
addition to all other inspections during process of fabrication or
testing, receive 100 percent visual inspection for surface defects,
obvious mis-arrangements or dimensional non-conformance, and for general
conformance to the applicable requirements of the manufacturer's
approved plans and specifications, and non-conforming units shall be
rejected.
(2) Over-pressure test. Each raft shall be individually tested by
inflating with air to 2.5 times its working pressure and allowed to
stand for 10 minutes. At the end of 10 minutes the raft shall not show
signs of seam slippage or rupture nor shall the pressure decrease by
more than 5 percent. Relief valves, if fitted, shall be made inoperable
for this test and each valve shall be tested to determine that it
relieves the pressure at not more than 140 percent of the designed
working pressure and will reseat at the designed working pressure. Upon
completion of this test, the raft shall immediately be subjected to the
test required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(3) Working pressure leakage test. Each principal buoyancy
compartment as well as other inflated compartments of every liferaft
shall be individually tested for gas-tight integrity by inflating with
air to its working pressure, allowed to stand one hour, and then checked
and readjusted as necessary to the original working pressure. After
standing 6 hours the pressure shall not have decreased by more than 10
percent, compensation being made for the difference in temperature and
barometric pressure. During the test more than one compartment may be
tested at one time, but adjacent compartments shall be opened to the
atmosphere during the test.
(4) Inflation test. For lots of less than 30, one specimen shall be
tested. For lots of at least 30, but not more than 50, two specimens
shall be tested. The specimens shall be selected at random from the lot
after the rafts have been folded and packed in their containers with
equipment. When the directions on the container are followed, the
specimen shall break free from its container and inflate each principle
buoyancy compartment on the periphery of the raft to the designed shape
and approximate dimensions in not more than 30 seconds at 70 F. At the
end of this 30 seconds interval, the canopy support tubes are not
required to be fully erect. The specimen shall reach its designed
working pressure with the canopy fully erect in not more than 1 minute
30 seconds after the first inflation valve is operated. The specimen
shall be allowed to stand for 1 hour to allow the gases inside to come
to room temperature. The pressure in all the principal buoyancy
compartments shall be approximately the designed working pressure. If
the specimen(s) fails this test the entire lot shall be subjected to the
inflation test.
(d) Lot acceptance or rejection. When the inspections and tests
prescribed by paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, above have
been completed satisfactorily and all nonconforming units eliminated,
and the inflatable liferafts comprising the lot are considered suitable,
the lot shall be accepted, and the containers shall be marked in
accordance with 160.051-8(a).
(e) Preapproval inspection and tests. The prototype raft shall be
inspected and tested at the plant of the manufacturer in the presence of
a marine inspector in accordance with paragraphs (c) (1) through (4) of
this section. If the inspections and tests are satisfactory, the raft
shall be repacked together with its equipment in the container with the
cylinder(s) charged and the raft in all respects ready for use. The
container shall be shipped prepaid to the Field Testing and Development
Center, Coast Guard Yard, Baltimore, Md., 21226, for testing in
accordance with paragraphs (e)(1) through (12) of this section. The
following additional material shall be forwarded at that time:
Completely charged cylinder(s) (one or two depending on the number used
in the raft design), 2 yards of all coated cloth used, and two seams 7
inches wide by 12 inches long made in exact accordance with the
manufacturer's plans and specifications.
(1) Seam strength. It shall be demonstrated that the sample seams
can withstand a test load equal to the coated cloth tensile strength.
(2) Drop test. The inflatable liferaft, complete with all its
equipment shall be set for operation and dropped into water from a
height of not less than 60 feet. The raft shall not be inflated until
it has been demonstrated that the raft in its carrying case will remain
afloat for not less than one-half hour. The operating lanyard shall
then be pulled and the raft shall break free from its case and assume
its designed shape with canopy erected and in all respects ready for
boarding. The raft shall not sustain damage which would be sufficient
to prevent its use as emergency abandon-ship flotation equipment, nor
shall the equipment suffer damage sufficient to affect its usefulness.
(3) Loading, seating and swamp test. The raft shall be loaded with
the number of persons it is intended to carry. Each person used in this
test shall be an adult wearing an approved life jacket and the average
of the weight of all persons used in the test shall not be less than 165
pounds. It shall be demonstrated that the floor can be inflated, that
there is sufficient head room, and that the occupants have adequate room
and access to the equipment. The floor shall then be deflated and the
raft flooded. In this condition the raft shall support the number of
persons it is intended to carry and remain seaworthy.
(4) Stability test. The full complement of the raft shall be crowded
to one side and then to one end and in each case the freeboard shall be
adequate to prevent the raft being swamped. The floor shall be deflated
for this test.
(5) Damage test. It shall be demonstrated that the buoyancy and
stability required by 160.051-4(h) can be obtained when the raft is in a
condition simulating damage. The freeboard in damage condition shall be
adequate to prevent the raft being swamped.
(6) Righting test. It shall be demonstrated that the liferaft is
capable of being righted by one man if it inflates in an inverted
position.
(7) Boarding test. It shall be demonstrated that the liferaft can be
boarded from the water, within 30 seconds of the time the operating
lanyard is pulled, by an adult suitably clothed and wearing an approved
life jacket.
(8) Towing test. It shall be demonstrated that when a tow line is
attached to the towing connection the loaded raft can be satisfactorily
towed at a speed of five knots.
(9) Jump test. It shall be demonstrated that an adult, suitably
clothed and wearing an approved life jacket, can jump on the canopy of
the liferaft from a height of not less than 15 feet without damage to
the canopy.
(10) Mooring out test. The raft shall be ballasted with weights
equivalent to its capacity, (165 pounds per person) and moored out for
30 days. Topping up will be permitted each morning of the test if
necessary. Upon completion of the test period the buoyancy compartments
shall be tested in accordance with the over pressure test requirements
of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(11) Temperature Exposure. (i) General. The packed raft must be
exposed in a test chamber to a temperature of -- 22 F, inflated and then
repacked and exposed to a temperature of 150 F and inflated.
(ii) Procedure. (a) Thermocouples or similar instrumentation must be
located at the inflation cylinders and at the center of the packed raft.
(b) The packed raft must remain exposed in the chamber until the test
temperature has been reached.
(c) Inflation must take place in the test chamber. However, for
elevated temperature test, raft may be removed from chamber if inflation
begins within one minute of its removal.
(iii) Results. (a) The raft must achieve design shape with its
canopy erect within three minutes after exposure to the low temperature.
(b) The raft fabric must not show signs of cracking, tackiness, or
slipping seams and must be in all respects ready for use after exposure
to both low and elevated temperature inflation tests.
(12) Launching load test. The following applies to a liferaft
subject to the provisions of 160.051-4(j) that is to operate in
conjunction with a launching device approved in accordance with Coast
Guard specification 160.063. It shall be demonstrated that the raft
while suspended or loaded by its launching connection(s) can sustain a
distributed deadweight load of 2.2 times its normal carrying capacity
for a period of one-half hour. The normal carrying capacity shall be
equivalent to the number of persons allowed (165 pounds per person)
together with the weight of equipment carried, plus 10 percent of the
total load including the weight of the raft. The distributed deadweight
load on the raft together with the raft's attachment(s) and rigging to a
test fixture shall so interact as to simulate the loads and stresses
that the raft will undergo when operated with an approved launching
device.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5546, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11479, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 73-160R, 39 FR 9669, Mar. 13, 1974)
46 CFR 160.051-6 Servicing.
(a) Frequency. All inflatable liferafts shall be serviced every
twelve months at approved servicing facilities.
(b) (Reserved)
(c) Service manual. Manufacturers of inflatable liferafts shall
prepare service manuals which shall include instructions for opening,
inspecting, testing, repairing and repacking each of their approved
liferafts. Where extensive repairs are necessary the inflatable
liferafts shall be returned to the manufacturer.
(1) Instruction placard. Each manufacturer of inflatable liferafts
shall provide the appropriate number of instruction placards to the
master or operator of the vessel on which his particular inflatable
liferafts are carried. The instruction placard shall include simple
instructions and illustrations showing the operations of launching and
inflating the inflatable liferaft, which shall be submitted for approval
to the Commandant with the other items required by 160.051-9( a). In
size, such placard shall not be greater than 14 inches by 20 inches.
(d) Servicing facilities and personnel. Servicing facilities shall
be clean, free from excessive dust, drafts, and strong sunlight and
arranged so that even temperatures can be maintained. The floor shall
be smooth and kept clean and free from oil, grease, and abrasive
materials. Equipment for performing the necessary tests and repairs
shall be provided. After a raft manufacturer has indicated his choice
of a servicing facility to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, the servicing facility shall apply to the cognizant Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection, for an inspection of his facility. The
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall determine the adequacy of
equipment and spaces and competence of the personnel and shall submit a
report of his findings to the Commandant. The Commandant will issue a
letter to the manufacturer, with copies to the servicing facilities and
to cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, indicating which
servicing facilities have been approved as a prerequisite to approval of
the inflatable liferafts, and which must be maintained to keep the
approval in effect. Thereafter, all material and personnel changes in a
listed facility shall be subject to the approval of the cognizant
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(1) Servicing equipment. The equipment provided at the plant shall
be as recommended by the raft manufacturer and shall include the
following:
(i) A complete set of plans for the inflatable liferafts to be
serviced.
(ii) A current copy of the Coast Guard Specification 160.051.
(iii) A current copy of the manufacturer's service manual.
(iv) Hot presses (if applicable).
(v) Safety-type glue pots or equivalents.
(vi) Abrasive devices.
(vii) A source of air pressure.
(viii) Mercury or water manometer.
(ix) Thermometer.
(x) Barometer, aneroid or mercury.
(xi) Calibrated torque-wrench for assembling the inflation system.
(xii) Accurate weighing scale.
(xiii) A stock of repair materials, spare parts, and stowage
accessories as specified by the manufacturer. Limited ''shelf life''
items need not be stocked if they can be procured readily from the
manufacturer within a reasonable time, to the satisfaction of the
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(xiv) A complete stock of the equipment required to be stowed in the
inflatable liferafts, except that items of equipment which may be
readily procured need not be stocked.
(2) Trained personnel. (i) The servicing facility shall be staffed
by one or more persons who have successfully completed a factory
training course in the servicing of approved inflatable liferafts and
have documentary evidence thereof. Persons who can show proof of
equivalent practical experience in this field will be acceptable in lieu
of factory-trained personnel.
(ii) The cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall
maintain and provide a servicing facility with a list of its employees
who qualify under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section to service the
rafts. This list shall include the names of persons subsequently
employed for the work since the issuance of the original servicing
facility letter described in this paragraph.
(3) Qualifying tests. A marine inspector shall observe the servicing
of at least one inflatable liferaft of the type and manufacture to be
serviced after approval of the facility, from the time of unpacking
until inspected, repaired and repacked. This raft shall satisfactorily
pass the inflation test required by 160.051-5(c)( 4). In addition three
rafts shall be packed in the presence of the marine inspector (or the
same raft may be deflated and repacked three times) and then
successfully inflation-tested to prove the correctness of the stowage.
The latter three tests need not run beyond the three minutes specified
for complete inflation.
(e) Inspection. The assignment of a marine inspector to witness the
inspections and testing shall be scheduled with the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, at least 24 hours in advance. The marine inspector
shall witness the servicing of each inflatable liferaft and conduct a
working pressure leakage test as outlined in 160.051-5(c)(3), except
that the waiting period may be 2 hours in lieu of 6 hours. Each
inflatable liferaft, subject to 160.051-4(j), having a suspension system
which is integral with the liferaft and is intended to be used in
launching operations shall be proof tested by a suspension test of 1.1
times the normal carrying capacity as specified in 160.051-5(e)( 12).
All equipment shall be inspected for condition and outdated water,
signals, etc. shall be replaced. The cells for the lights required
under 160.051-7(b)(c) of this title shall be renewed when a raft
undergoes its annual servicing. Damaged or faded instruction labels on
the container of a raft shall be replaced at annual servicing.
Inflation cylinders shall be weighed and recharged if the weight loss
exceeds 5 percent of the weight of the charge. After the raft has been
satisfactorily serviced and repacked, the container shall be sealed as
required by 160.051-4(f) and the metal inspection plate of the container
described in 160.051-8(a) will be stamped ''Passed'' together with the
date, and the Marine Inspection Office identification letters. The
following additional conditions apply:
(1) Recording. The servicing facility shall maintain a complete
record of each inflatable liferaft serviced. This record shall be made
available to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon request.
The record shall include the following:
(i) Serial number of the raft.
(ii) Date raft inspected and repacked.
(iii) Initials of witnessing marine inspector.
(iv) Identity of the ship receiving the raft.
(v) Date of issuance to the ship.
(2) Servicing certificate. A certificate shall be issued by the
servicing facility for each inflatable liferaft inspected and serviced.
It shall indicate the serial number of the raft, the date of inspection
and the initials of the marine inspector. This certificate will be
retained in the vessel's files as evidence of compliance with the annual
inspection requirement. A copy of the servicing certificate shall be
furnished to the marine inspector.
(f) Special fifth-year inspection tests. In addition to the above
annual inspection requirements, an inflatable liferaft shall undergo the
following special tests at 5-year intervals after its date of
manufacture:
(1) Inflation cylinders. The inflation cylinders shall be retested
and marked in accordance with the regulations of the Department of
Transportation as noted in 147.04-1 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes)
of this chapter.
(2) Gas inflation. An inflatable liferaft, at 5-year intervals after
its date of manufacture, on its arrival at a servicing facility, shall
be removed from its container and, while still folded, shall be inflated
by the operation of its gas cylinder(s) in the presence of a marine
inspector. Rafts showing minor leaks from this inflation can be
repaired at the servicing facility, but any rafts that are ten (10) or
more years past their dates of manufacture that leak extensively or show
fabric damage from this inflation shall be retired from service and
their nameplates showing Coast Guard approval shall be removed by the
marine inspector. Rafts that satisfactorily pass the above gas
inflation test shall then undergo the usual annual servicing described
above. A raft that satisfactorily passes the gas inflation test shall
have the date and the port at which it was performed stamped on the
container inspection plate described under 160.051-8(a).
(3) Inflation cylinder valves and seals. After a raft has completed
the tests of paragraph (f) (1) or (2) of this section, the poppet pin
assembly, including its seals, O-rings and gaskets made of rubber, shall
be renewed on the inflation heads of the gas cylinders by the activity
approved to perform the hydraulic testing outlined in paragraph (f)(1)
of this section. An inflation cylinder that has been recharged shall
stand for at least 2 weeks and be checked for leakage by weighing before
being returned to service.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5547, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 61-15, 26
FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11479, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD
72-133R, 37 FR 17041, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 72-133, 38 FR 5338, Feb. 28,
1973; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976)
46 CFR 160.051-7 Equipment.
(a) General. All inflatable liferafts, regardless of the service,
shall be provided with the equipment required by paragraph (b) of this
section. In addition, liferafts intended for ocean service vessels
shall be provided with the equipment set forth in paragraph (c) of this
section and those intended for limited service vessels shall be provided
with equipment set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
(b) Items required for all rafts. The following equipment for ocean
service and limited service liferafts shall be stowed outside of the
equipment containers so as to be readily available:
(1) Boarding ladder. A boarding ladder or equivalent at each
entrance to the raft. In addition, hand holds or equivalent on each
side of each entrance to assist in boarding.
(2) Heaving line. A buoyant heaving line not less than 100 feet in
length and having a breaking strength of not less than 250 pounds fitted
with a buoyant quoit at one end with the other end attached to the raft
near the after entrance.
(3) Instruction manual. An instruction manual, printed on
water-resistant film or plastic coated paper and suspended in a clear
film envelope from one of the canopy arch tubes, shall describe the raft
and its equipment, including the use of the inflation pump, repair kit,
sea anchor, etc. This manual shall also contain all of the survival
information recommended in Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative
Organization Resolution 181, dated October 29, 1969, as amended,
together with the illustrated table of lifesaving signals from CG-811
(Rev.). The plastic Instruction Card described under 160.051-7( b)(13)
can be contatined in the same envelope with the instruction manual if
arrangements are made for the card to be visible from either face of the
envelope.
(4) Jackknife. A jackknife of an approved type constructed in
accordance with subpart 160.043 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
chapter, shall be fitted in a pocket near the forward entrance.
(5) Lights.
(i) The canopy required in 160.051-4(c) must have a light attached to
the --
(a) Top; and
(b) Inside.
(ii) The lights required in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section must
--
(a) Operate automatically when the raft is inflated;
(b) Be capable of 12 months service;
(c) Be watertight; and
(d) Be powered by wateractivated or dry cells that are --
(1) Capable of operating the light for 12 hours after being stored
for a period of time up to 24 months; and
(2) Renewed when the raft undergoes annual servicing.
(iii) The light required in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(a) of this section
must be --
(a) Installed with a power source that operates the light for 12
hours; and
(b) Capable of being seen from a distance of 2 miles or be one of the
light types listed in Table 1 of this section.
(iv) The light required in paragraph (5)(i)(b) must be provided with
a separate power source that --
(a) Operates the light for 12 hours: and
(b) Has a means of interrupting the current to the lights.
(6) Lifelines. Two lifelines of not less than 9/16 inch nylon
tubular webbing, or equivalent, shall be fitted: One around the outside
periphery and the other around the inside of the raft. The outside
lifeline shall be festooned in bights, not more than 24 inches long and
fastened at intervals not exceeding 18 inches, which shall hang within 3
inches of the waterline when the raft is fully loaded.
(7) Paddles. Two paddles, 4 feet long.
(8) A painter shall be provided for launching and holding the raft
during boarding. It shall be of nylon line, or equivalent, or a type
easily gripped, 100 feet in length, and stowed so that it will run free
when the raft is launched and not cause inadvertent inflation before the
raft is in the sea. The nominal breaking strength of the painter when
unknotted, including attachments, shall be 3,000 pounds for rafts
approved for capacities of 10 or more persons, and 1,500 pounds for
rafts approved for capacities of less than 10 persons. The end of the
painter protruding from the container of the raft shall be resistant to
the deleterious effects of sunlight. A ''float free'' link made of
stainless steel rod with a nominal breaking strength, including
attachments of 500 pounds shall connect the end of the painter to the
vessel. In addition, a separate steel cleat with horns not less than 3
inches in length shall be installed adjacent to the cradle for belaying
the end or each raft's painter to the ship when manually launching. The
launching instructions on the container shall include the following:
(i) ''When stowing the raft, connect the steel link to the vessel'' and
(ii) ''Before launching the raft by hand, pull out the line from the
container and make it fast to the cleat provided.'' Existing rafts
previously approved under this specification shall be altered to comply
with the above when the rafts are next serviced.
(9) Pump, inflation-deflation. An inflation-deflation pump with hose
in accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496, or equivalent.
(10) Righting gear. Suitable hand holds or straps on the underside
of the floor to enable a righting moment to be exerted. Such straps
shall be a web material of adequate strength. The righting strap shall
run the full width of the liferaft and shall be secured to the buoyancy
chamber on both sides of the raft.
(11) Sea anchor. Two sea anchors in accordance with Military
Specifications, MIL-L-19496 or equivalent, each fitted with 50 feet of
1/4-inch diameter braided nylon line or equivalent; one anchor to be
stowed inside the raft and ready for use and the other stowed outside
the raft which will stream automatically without entanglement when the
raft is inflated.
(12) Towing connection. A suitable towing connection at each end of
the raft.
(13) Instruction card. A plastic card suspended from the inside
canopy showing the immediate steps to be taken by survivors on entering
a raft as recommended by Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative
Organization Resolution 181, dated October 29, 1969. This card shall
also explain the noise that can be expected to accompany the operation
of any CO2 relief valves that may be installed.
(c) Ocean service equipment. Equipment for liferafts intended for
ocean service shall be stowed in watertight containers which are tied to
the inside of the raft with short lengths of nylon line webbing, or
equivalent. The contents of each watertight equipment container shall
be listed on a plastic card attached to the container's opening. The
following ocean service equipment shall be provided:
(1) Bailer(s). Bailer(s) shall be of flexible material not less than
6 inches in diameter, one of which shall be provided on rafts
accommodating 12 persons or less, and two on rafts accommodating 13
persons or more.
(2) Drinking cup. A flexible plastic drinking cup graduated in
ounces.
(3) First-aid kit. An approved first-aid kit in accordance with
subpart 160.054 of this subchapter Q (Specifications).
(4) Flashlight. A Type I or Type III flashlight constructed and
marked in accordance with ASTM F1014-1986. Three spare cells and two
spare bulbs, stowed in a watertight container, shall be provided with
each flashlight. Batteries shall be replaced at each servicing of the
liferaft.
Note: Flashlights bearing a Coast Guard approval number may continue
to be used in lifeboats and liferafts as long as they are in a
serviceable condition.
(5) Mirror, signaling. One signaling mirror of an approved type.
(6) Provisions. One pound of hard bread or its approved equivalent
for each person. Provisions to be packaged in hermetically sealed cans
of an approved type.
(7) Repair kit. A repair kit consisting of six sealing clamps in
accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496; five 2-inch
diameter tube patches and cement compatible with the raft fabric
together with a roughing tool. Repair kit cement shall be replaced when
a raft undergoes its annual servicing. A tube of cement shall show by a
date of manufacture on its exterior, or by an accompanying affidavit,
that it has been manufactured within 18 months of the time that the
cement is packed in a raft.
(8) Signals. Two hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare
distress signals constructed in accordance with subpart 160.036 of this
subchapter Q (Specifications), and six hand red flare distress signals
constructed in accordance with subpart 160.021 or subpart 160.023 of
this subchapter Q (Specifications). All overage signals are to be
replaced when a raft undergoes its annual servicing. A signal
previously in service in a raft can be packed if its allowed 3-year
period of service has not expired.
(9) Sponge, cellulose. Two Type 1, Size 10 cellulose sponges.
(10) Water. One and one-half quarts of drinking water per person in
approved hermetically sealed containers constructed and filled in
accordance with subpart 160.026 of this subchapter Q (Specifications).
Service life of this equipment shall be limited to 5 years from date of
packing. One pint of this requirement per person may be replaced by
desalting kit(s) approved in accordance with subpart 160.058 of this
subchapter Q (Specifications), that shall be capable of producing an
equal amount of fresh water. A container of drinking water with a date
of manufacture showing that its allowed 5-year period of service has not
expired can be packed in a raft.
(11) Jackknife. On rafts accommodating 13 persons or more, an
approved jackknife shall be provided in addition to that required by
paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(12) Signal whistle. One signal whistle of the ball type, made of
corrosion-resistant construction, with a 36-inch lanyard attached, and
in good working order.
(13) Can openers. Three means of opening hermetically sealed
containers shall be provided. Special blade(s) on the approved
jackknives are accepted in this accounting in addition to any can
opener(s) the blades or cutting edges of which shall be sheathed to
prevent damage to the raft and its equipment.
(14) Fishing tackle. One emergency fishing tackle kit in accordance
with subpart 160.061 of this subchapter Q (Specifications).
(15) Antiseasickness tablets. Six antiseasickness medicinal tablets
for each person the raft is rated to carry.
(d) Limited service equipment. Equipment for liferafts intended for
limited service shall be stowed in water-tight containers which are tied
to the inside of the raft with short lengths of nylon line, webbing or
equivalent. The contents of each water-tight equipment container shall
be listed on a plastic card attached to the container's opening. The
following limited service equipment shall be provided:
(1) Bailer. One flexible plastic bailer not less than 6 inches in
diameter.
(2) Flashlight. A Type I or Type III flashlight constructed and
marked in accordance with ASTM F1014-1986. Three spare cells and two
spare bulbs, stowed in a watertight container, shall be provided with
each flashlight. Batteries shall be replaced at each servicing of the
liferaft.
Note: Flashlights bearing a Coast Guard approval number may continue
to be used in lifeboats and liferafts as long as they are in a
serviceable condition.
(3) Repair kit. A repair kit consisting of six sealing clamps in
accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496, five 2-inch diameter
tube patches and cement compatible with the raft fabric together with a
roughing tool. Repair kit cement shall be replaced when a raft
undergoes its annual servicing. A tube of cement shall show by a date
of manufacture on its exterior, or by an accompanying affidavit, that it
has been manufactured within 18 months of the time that the cement is
packed in a raft.
(4) Signals. One hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare
distress signal constructed in accordance with subpart 160.036 of this
subchapter Q (Specifications), and two hand red flare distress signals
or two hand combination flare and smoke distress signals constructed in
accordance with subpart 160.021 or subpart 160.023 of this subchapter Q
(Specifications). All overage signals are to be replaced when a raft
undergoes its annual servicing. A signal previously in service can be
packed in a raft if its allowed 3-year period of service has not
expired.
(5) Sponge, cellulose. One type 1, Size 10 cellulose sponge.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5547, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11480, Sept. 8, 1965; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19965, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD
72-133R, 37 FR 17041, Aug. 24, 1972, CGD 72-133, 38 FR 5338, Feb. 28,
1973; CGD 73-201R, 38 FR 31297, Nov. 13, 1973; CGD 82-042, 53 FR
17706, May 18, 1988)
46 CFR 160.051-8 Nameplate and marking.
(a) Nameplate. Each inflatable liferaft and container shall have
permanently attached a substantial nameplate of compatible material on
which is embossed or imprinted the name of the manufacturer, the
approval number, the manufacturer's model number and serial number, the
number of persons for which the inflatable liferaft is approved, and the
lot number. In addition, the container shall be marked ''Ocean Service
Equipment'' or ''Limited Service Equipment'' as applicable, together
with the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, the date, and
the letters ''USCG''. A raft container shall also be provided with a
stainless steel plate of 0.032-inch minimum thickness of sufficient size
for showing a stamped record of the data of the annual inspections and
the gas inflation tests described respectively in 160.051-6(e) and
160.051-6(f)(2).
(b) Marking. Marking shall be clearly and legibly applied in a color
contrasting to its background, using materials which are permanent for
the life of the inflatable liferaft as follows: Instructions for
inflating; directions for righting if the raft inflates in an inverted
position; directions for boarding; position and use of items stowed
outside the equipment containers; contents of equipment containers, and
warning against tampering.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5548, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31
FR 562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976)
46 CFR 160.051-9 Procedure for approval.
(a) Preliminary plans and specifications. Inflatable liferafts for
use on vessels subject to Coast Guard inspection are approved only by
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Before any action is taken on any
design arrangement and construction of the inflatable liferaft, material
specifications, and a description of construction methods with a list of
servicing facilities and their qualified employees, must be submitted to
the Commandant through the Coast Guard District in which the inflatable
liferafts are built.
(b) Pre-approval inspections and tests. If the drawings and
specifications are satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the inflatable liferaft is to be built shall be
notified in writing when fabrication is to commence. A marine inspector
will be assigned to observe the construction in accordance with the
plans and specifications, and upon completion will witness the tests
described by 160.051-5(c)(1) through (4). The raft shall then be
forwarded to the Field Testing and Development Center, Coast Guard Yard,
Curtis Bay, Baltimore, Md. 21226, for testing in accordance with
160.051-5(e)(1) through (12). The commandant will bill the manufacturer
for the costs of the tests performed.
(c) Final plans and specifications. After the tests have been
successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the inspector
four copies of the plans and specifications including any corrections,
changes or additions which may have been found necessary since the
original submittal.
(d) Commandant's approval action. Upon receipt of the inspector's
report of the examinations and tests conducted at the manufacturer's
plant, four copies of corrected drawings and specifications, and a
report of the pre-approval tests conducted at the Coast Guard Yard, the
Commandant will determine compliance of the inflatable liferaft with the
requirements of this subpart and its suitability for type or brand
approval for use on inspected vessels. Suitable documentary evidence of
compliance with the requirements of 160.051-6 will be required before
approvals are issued.
(CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5548, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31
FR 562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15297, Dec. 6, 1966; CGD
72-133R, 37 FR 17042, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7,
1988)
46 CFR 160.051-9 Subpart 160.052 -- Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child
46 CFR 160.052-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents.
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Military specification:
MIL-W-530F -- Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and
in Colors.
(3) Federal Standards:
No. 191 -- Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A -- Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.
(4) Coast Guard specifications:
160.055 -- Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and
Child.
164.015 -- Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant Sheet and Molded
Shapes.
(b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date
buoyant vests are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
Dwg. No. 160.052-1:
Sheet 1 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AP.
Sheet 2 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPM.
Sheet 3 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPS.
Sheet 4 -- Insert Patterns.
(c) Copies on file. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of each
specification and plan required by this section on file together with
the certificate of approval. Plans and specifications may be obtained
as follows:
(1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon
request from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001, or a recognized laboratory listed in 160.052-8b.
(2) The Federal Specifications and Standards may be purchased from
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration,
Washington, DC 20407.
(3) The military specification may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.052-2 Size and model.
(a) A standard buoyant vest is manufactured in accordance with a plan
specified in 160.052-1(b) and is a:
(1) Model AP, adult (for persons over 90 pounds);
(2) Model CPM, child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90
pounds); or
(3) Model CPS, child, small (for persons weighing less than 50
pounds).
(b) A nonstandard buoyant vest is:
(1) Manufactured in accordance with the manufacturer's approved plan;
(2) Equivalent in performance to the standard buoyant vest; and
(3) Assigned a model designation by the manufacturer for the
following sizes:
(i) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
(ii) Child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
(iii) Child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.052-3 Materials -- Standard vests.
(a) General. All materials used in the construction of buoyant vests
shall be obtained from a supplier who furnishes an affidavit certifying
that the material meets the requirements of the applicable reference
specifications. The requirements for materials specified in this
section are minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the
use of alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed
technical data and samples of all proposed alternate materials shall be
submitted for approval prior to being incorporated in the finished
product.
(b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be
all new material complying with the requirements of specification
Subpart 164.015 of this subchapter for Type A or B foam.
(c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made
from 39'', 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of approximately
96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 ounces per
square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94 x 60, and shall
have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the warp and 50
pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight and
breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There are
no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to
laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated ''good'' when
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
(d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap
loops for both adult and child sizes must be 3/4-inch cotton webbing
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I)
for Type I webbing.
(d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly, including
hardware, must have a minimum breaking strength of 150 pounds for an
adult size and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the
webbing are as follows:
(1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch;
(2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch and
meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa
webbing.
(e) (Reserved)
(f) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements for the specified
type, class, and size of a Federal Specification listed in Table
160.001-2(j). Each cotton thread must be treated with a mildew inhibitor
that is accepted by the Commandant (C-MVI). Only one kind of thread may
be used in each seam.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22,
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983)
46 CFR 160.052-3a Materials -- Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
(a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
(1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant
materials. As used in this section the term ''inherently corrosion
resistant materials'' includes, but is not limited to brass, bronze, and
stainless steel.
(2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with the
webbing which will pass through the opening.
(b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must --
(1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which
one or more of the following tests will be used:
(i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a
temperature of 95 F (35 C) for a period of 240 hours in accordance with
the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal Test Method
Standard No. 151.
(ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100
hours.
(iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the following:
(a) Leaded gasoline.
(b) Gum turpentine.
(iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0 5 F (17.6 2.775 C) for 24 hours;
and
(2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required by
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or
distorting.
(CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974)
46 CFR 160.052-4 Materials -- nonstandard vests.
(a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be
equivalent to those specified in 160.052-3 and be obtained from a
supplier who furnishes an affidavit in accordance with the requirement
in 160.052-3(a).
(b) Cover. A vinyl-dip coating may be allowed for the covering of
the vest instead of a fabric envelope if the coating meets the
requirements in 160.055-5(b)(2) of this chapter except there is no color
restriction.
(c) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the
neck shall be 3/4'' cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounces per
linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less than 120
pounds.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10837, May 31, 1972; 37 FR 11774, June 14, 1972, CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.052-5 Construction -- standard vests.
(a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water.
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of
various size wearers.
(b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces.
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No.
160.052-1, Sheet 1 for adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for child sizes,
and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2'' finished gusset
strip all around. Reinforcing strips of the same material as the
envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the front piece of the
envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by the drawings.
(c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. 160.052-1, Sheet 4.
(d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
(e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
(f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance
or service-ability.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD, 72-163R,
38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.052-6 Construction -- nonstandard vests.
(a) General. The construction methods used for nonstandard buoyant
vests must be equivalent to those requirements in 160.052-5 for a
standard vest and also meet the requirements in this section.
(b) Size. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume of
plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement method:
(1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for an adult size;
(2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child, medium
size;
(3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for a child,
small size.
(c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a
nonstandard vest must:
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position
with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn a wearer face downward in the water;
and
(3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in
the front of the vest.
(d) Neck opening. Each cloth-covered nonstandard vest must have at
the neck opening:
(1) A gusset; or
(2) Reinforcing tape.
(e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made
with adjustments to:
(1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.052-7 Inspections and tests -- standard and nonstandard
vests. 1
(a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests shall
--
(1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the manufacturing
methods and workmanship, and the finished product to meet the
requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and
tests of representative samples and components produced;
(2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the
device, including affidavits by supplier; and
(3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other
location.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot consists of 500 buoyant vests
or fewer.
(2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials
used or manufacturing methods employed.
(3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the recognized
laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection.
(4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the
requirements in Table 160.052-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(5) The manufacturer shall test --
(i) At least one vest from each lot for buoyancy in accordance with
procedures contained in paragraph (e) of this section; and
(ii) At least one vest in each 10 lots for strength of the body strap
assembly in accordance with the procedures contained in paragraph (f) of
this section.
(6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next
succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested
for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(7) The manufacturer shall keep on file and make available to the
laboratory inspector and Coast Guard inspector the records of
inspections and tests, together with affidavits concerning the material.
(c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device
for listing and labeling or to determine its conformance to applicable
requirements.
(d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to --
(1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that
is included in the construction of the device; and
(2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a
suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the
manufacturer.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtan the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed
as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is
important that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall
remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the
course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise
exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still
under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section
minus paragraph (e)(i)(iii) of this section.
(2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant
vests shall provide not less than 15 1/2 pounds buoyancy in fresh water;
the inserts from child medium size vests shall provide not less than 11
pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from child small size vests shall
provide not less than 7 pounds buoyancy.
(f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly including
hardware, shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full
length. A weight as specified in 160.052-3(d) shall be attached to the
other end of the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight shall
not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.
(g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the
inspector for nonstandard vests to determine performance equivalence to
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs of any additional
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.052-8 Marking.
(a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly
marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type II -- Personal flotation device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) provides a minimum buoyant force of (15
1/2 lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected
commercial vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers
for hire by persons weighing (over 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50
lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.)
(b) Waterproof marking. Marking for buoyant vests shall be
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed
matter becoming illegible.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43
FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.052-8a Recognized laboratory.
To be designated a recognized laboratory, the laboratory must be --
(a) Operated as a nonprofit public service;
(b) Engaged regularly in the examination, testing and evaluation of
the safety of materials, installations, and devices for marine use; and
(c) Established in factory inspection; listing and labeling by
having an existing program and standards for evaluation, listing and
labeling buoyant vests that are acceptable to the Commandant.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.052-8b Designated recognized laboratory.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Marine Department, Tampa East
Industrial Park, 2602 Tampa East Boulevard, Tampa, Florida 33619 is a
recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.052-8c Compliance label.
If a recognized laboratory approves a buoyant vest, the device is
allowed to carry the compliance label of the recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.052-9 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) A recognized laboratory must inform each manufacturer that
requests listing and labeling of a buoyant vest for use on a boat not
carrying passengers for hire, of the procedures for --
(1) Inspection;
(2) Examination;
(3) Tests; and
(4) The forwarding to the Coast Guard of the test report and the
description of the quality control program of the requesting
manufacturer.
(b) The cost of any examination, test, and inspection, and the cost
of listing and labeling must --
(1) Be paid by the manufacturer; and
(2) Be the same for similar services for each manufacturer.
(c) The Coast Guard reviews each test report and quality control
procedures forwarded by the recognized laboratory, to determine if the
approval requirements have been met. After the review is completed, the
Coast Guard --
(1) Notifies the laboratory that the device is approved or
disapproved and if approved, listed and labeled;
(2) Publishes notice of the approval in the Federal Register and
Coast Guard publication CG-190.
(d) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, determines all matters
concerning approval requirements. The manufacturer or recognized
laboratory may at any time request advice from the Commandant regarding
these requirements.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.052-11 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) The listing and labeling as a Coast Guard approved buoyant vest
may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, or suspended by --
(1) Written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant;
or
(2) Written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory
or the Commandant.
(b) The listing and labeling as a Coast Guard approved buoyant vest
may be terminated if --
(1) The manufacturer does not want to retain the service;
(2) The listed device is no longer manufactured;
(3) The manufacturer's program does not provide continued assurance
of the quality of the listed and labeled device.
(4) The device no longer conforms to current applicable requirements
of the Coast Guard and the recognized laboratory; or
(5) The Coast Guard determines from the use of the device by the
public or through other information that it is incapable of performing
as a lifesaving device under the requirements of this subpart.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.052-12 Penalties.
(a) A manufacturer that violates any of approval requirements for
listing and labeling but continues to mark the device as being U.S.
Coast Guard approved is subject to the penalties contained in 14 U.S.C.
639.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10838, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.052-12 Subpart 160.053 -- Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic
Foam
Source: CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.053-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in
effect on the date unicellular plastic foam work vests are manufactured,
form a part of this subpart:
(1) Military specification: MIL-L-17653A -- Life Preserver, Vest,
Work Type, Unicellular Plastic.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification referred to in this
section, as well as the various specifications forming a part thereof,
shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the certificate
of approval. They shall be kept for a period consisting of the duration
of approval and 6 months after termination of approval. Federal
specifications may be purchased from the Business Service Center,
General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. Military
specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply
Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(c) Permissible extension. Manufacturers of workvests having
approval numbers issued prior to April 30, 1973, may continue to mark
the devices under the terms of that approval until November 1, 1973.
Those manufacturers having approval numbers issued after April 30, 1973,
shall comply with the requirements of this subpart.
(CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10899 Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 72-163, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978)
46 CFR 160.053-2 Type.
(a) Unicellular plastic foam work vests specified by this subpart
shall be of the type described in Military Specification MIL-L-17653A,
but alternate designs equivalent in materials, construction,
performance, and workmanship will be given consideration.
46 CFR 160.053-3 Materials, construction and workmanship.
(a) General. The materials, construction and workmanship of
unicellular plastic foam work vests specified by this subpart shall
conform to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-17653A,
except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.
(b) Color of envelope. Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, Standard
Color Card of America, will be acceptable in lieu of the Scarlet-Munsell
7.5 red 6/10 color specified for envelopes or covers by paragraph
3.1.1.1 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
(c) Color of webbing and thread. The color of the webbing and thread
need not match the color of the envelope as specified by paragraphs
3.1.3 and 3.2.8 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
46 CFR 160.053-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Work vests are not inspected at regularly scheduled
factory inspections; however, the Commander of the Coast Guard District
may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any place where work
vests are manufactured to observe production methods and to conduct any
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine
inspector shall be admitted to any place in the factory where work is
done on work vests or component materials, and samples of materials
entering into construction may be taken by the marine inspector and
tests made for compliance with the applicable requirements.
(b) Manufacturer's inspections and tests. Manufacturers of approved
work vests shall maintain quality control of the materials used,
manufacturing methods, workmanship, and the finished product so as to
meet the requirements of this specification, and shall make full
inspections and tests of representative samples from each lot to
maintain the quality of their product.
(c) Lot size. A lot shall consist of not more than 500 work vests
manufactured at the same time. Lots shall be numbered serially by the
manufacturer, and if at any time during the manufacture of a lot, any
change or modification in materials or production methods is made, a new
lot shall be started.
(d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and shall have on hand the necessary apparatus for conducting buoyancy
tests in compliance with this specification. The apparatus shall
include accurate spring scales of adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh
baskets, and a test tank or tanks which can be locked or sealed in such
a manner as to preclude disturbance of work vests undergoing tests or
change in water level.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts
from the vest. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed
as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock the tank and weigh
the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under
water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from work vests shall
provide not less than 17 1/2 pounds buoyancy in fresh water.
46 CFR 160.053-5 Marking.
(a) Each work vest must have the following information clearly
printed in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2
feet:
Type V -- Personal flotation device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of 17 1/2 lbs.
Approved for use on Merchant Vessels as a work vest.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.053/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.)
(Lot No.)
This vest is filled with (name of buoyant material), which will not
be harmed by repeated wetting. Hang up and dry thoroughly when vest is
wet.
(b) Additional marking required. In addition to the wording included
on the marking tag, on a front compartment of each work vest there shall
be stenciled in waterproof ink in letters not less than one inch in
height, the words, ''WORK VEST ONLY.''
(c) Waterproofness of marking tags. Marking tags shall be
sufficiently waterproof so that after 48 hours submergence in water,
they will withstand rubbing by hand with moderate pressure while wet
without the printed matter becoming illegible.
(CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.053-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Work vests for use on merchant vessels are approved
only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Application for approval and
correspondence pertaining to this specification shall be addressed to
the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is
located.
(b) Pre-approval samples and tests. Upon receipt of an application
for approval of work vests, the Commander of the Coast Guard District
will detail a marine inspector to the factory to observe the production
facilities and manufacturing methods and to select, from not less than
ten work vests already manufactured, not less than three for examination
and test for compliance with the requirements of this specification. A
copy of the marine inspector's report, together with a fourth specimen
vest and one set of pad inserts selected from those already manufactured
will be forwarded to the Commandant, and if satisfactory, an official
approval number will be assigned to the manufacturer for the work vest
submitted.
(CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.053-6 Subpart 160.054 -- Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable
Liferafts
Source: CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.054-1 Applicable specification.
(a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in
effect on the date first aid kits are manufactured forms a part of this
subpart:
(1) Coast Guard specification 160.041 -- Kits, First-Aid.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification regulations referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept
for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after
termination of approval. The Coast Guard specification may be obtained
from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.054-2 Type and size.
(a) Type. First-aid kits covered by this specification shall be of
the water-tight type. Alternate arrangements of materials meeting the
performance requirements of this specification will be given special
consideration.
(b) Size. First-aid kits shall be of a size adequate for packing 12
standard single cartons of the kind indicated in specification subpart
160.041.
46 CFR 160.054-3 Construction.
(a) Construction. The container shall be constructed of tough
transparent material, not less than .008 inch nominal thickness,
properly sealed around three edges, and having the fourth edge closed in
such manner that it is capable of being opened and reclosed watertight.
The re-openable closure may be a plastic zip seal closure without
slider, or other means which meet the test requirements of 160.054-5.
46 CFR 160.054-4 Contents.
(a) Individual cartons. Cartons and their contents shall be the type
indicated in Specification subpart 160.041.
(b) Items. The items contained in first-aid kit shall be as listed
in Table 160.054-4(b).
(c) Instructions. Instructions for the use of the contents of the
first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type and either shall be
placed inside the container or printed on the container in waterproof
ink. The instructions for the use of the contents are as indicated in
Specification Subpart 160.041, except that the triangular bandage is
omitted.
46 CFR 160.054-5 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. First-aid kits specified by this subpart are not
inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections of production lots,
but the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the kits are
manufactured may detail an inspector at any time to visit any place
where approved kits are manufactured to check materials and construction
methods and to conduct such examinations and tests as may be required to
satisfy himself that the first-aid kits are being manufactured in
accordance with the requirements of this subpart and in accordance with
the manufacturer's plans and specifications approved by the Commandant.
(b) Salt spray. The container shall be exposed to a spray of 20
percent by weight of reagent grade sodium chloride at about 95 F. for
100 hours. There shall be no disintegration of the material as a result
of this test.
(c) Container Watertightness. With the required number of items
inside, the closed container, with reclosable edge uppermost, shall be
submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two hours.
At the end of this period, the container shall be removed, surface
dried, opened, and examined for the presence of moisture. No seepage
shall be allowed.
46 CFR 160.054-6 Marking.
(a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be plainly and permanently
marked with the following information: Name and address of the
manufacturer, model number or other manufacturer's identification of the
kit, the Coast Guard approval number, and the words ''First-Aid Kit --
For Inflatable Life Rafts''. If the means for opening and re-closing
are not self-evident, suitable directions shall be marked along the
closure; such as, for the zip seal closure, an arrow, with the words
''To Open, Lift by Thumb Nail'', and ''To Close, Press Together Full
Length''. The marking may be applied to the container by the silk
screen process, using a suitable ink or paint, or may be applied by
other means shown to be acceptable.
46 CFR 160.054-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. First-aid kits for use in conjunction with lifesaving
equipment on board merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard. Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of
this specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast
Guard District in which the kits are manufactured.
(b) Manufacturer's plans. In order to obtain approval, submit
detailed plans showing fully the construction, material specification,
arrangement, and list of contents to the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an
identifying number, and date, and shall indicate the manufacturer's
symbol, trade name, or other identification for the first-aid kit. At
the time of selection of the pre-approval sample, the manufacturer shall
furnish the inspector four copies of all plans and specifications,
corrected as may be required, for forwarding to the Commandant.
(c) Pre-approval sample. After the first drawings have been examined
and found to appear satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to
the factory to observe the manufacturing facilities and methods and to
obtain two samples, complete with contents which will be forwarded,
prepaid by the manufacturer, to the Commandant for the necessary
conditioning and tests in accordance with 160.054-5 to determine the
suitability of the first-aid kit for use in conjunction with lifesaving
equipment on board merchant vessels. The cost of the tests shall be
borne by the manufacturer.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.054-7 Subpart 160.055 -- Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child, for Merchant Vessels
46 CFR 160.055-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents:
(1) Military Specifications:
MIL-W-530F -- Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or
in Colors.
MIL-T-3530E -- Thread and Twine; Mildew Resistant or Water Repellant
Treated.
MIL-W-17337D -- Webbing, Woven, Nylon.
MIL-C-43006D -- Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon High Strength,
Flexible.
(2) Federal Specifications:
CCC-C-700G -- Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D -- Cloth, Drill, Cotton.
(3) Federal Standards:
No. 191 -- Textile Test Methods.
No. 595A -- Color.
No. 751A -- Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
(4) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:
D413 -- Adhesion of Vulcanized Rubber (Friction Test).
D570 -- Water Absorption of Plastics.
D882 -- Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheets and Films.
D1004 -- Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting.
(5) Coast Guard specification:
164.015 -- Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded
Shape.
(b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date
unicellular plastic foam life preservers are manufactured, form a part
of this subpart:
Dwg. No. 160.055-IA:
Sheet 1 -- Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 62,
Adult.
Sheet 2 -- Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 66,
Child.
Dwg. No. 160.055-IB:
Sheet 1 -- Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 63,
Adult.
Sheet 2 -- Buoyant Inserts, Model 63.
Sheet 3 -- Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 67,
Child.
Sheet 4 -- Buoyant Inserts, Model 67.
(c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications, standards, and
plans referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the
manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of
approval. The Coast Guard Specification and plans may be obtained upon
request from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001. The Federal Specifications and the Federal Standards may be
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services
Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Military Specifications may
be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. The ASTM Standards may be purchased
from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
(CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978;
CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.055-2 Type and model.
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Standard, bib type, vinyl dip coated:
(1) Model 62, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model 66, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
(b) Standard, bib type, cloth covered;
(1) Model 63, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model 67, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
(c) Nonstandard, shaped type:
(1) Model,1 adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model,1010 child (for persons weighless than 90 pounds).
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973)
0101A model designation for each nonstandard life preserver is to be
assigned by the manufacturer. That designation must be different from
any standard lifesaving device designation.
46 CFR 160.055-3 Materials -- standard life preservers.
(a) General. All materials used in the construction shall be
obtained from suppliers who furnish an affidavit certifying that the
material meets the requirements of the applicable reference
specifications. The requirements for materials specified in this
section are minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the
use of alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed
technical data and samples of all proposed alternate materials shall be
submitted for acceptance prior to being incorporated in the finished
product.
(b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be
all new material complying with the requirements of Subpart 164.015 of
this chapter for Type A foam.
(c) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072,
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be
rated ''good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing,
the drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified
in paragraph (e) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not
more than 2 percent residual sizing or other nonfibrous material, shall
weigh not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread
count of not less than 74 in the warp and 56 in the filling, and shall
have a breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in
the warp and 70 pounds in the filling. Properly mildew-inhibited drills
meeting the physical requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for
Type I, Class 3 drill will be acceptable. If it is proposed to treat
the fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be
submitted to the Commandant for determination as to what samples will be
needed for testing.
(d)(1) Thread. Each thread must meet 160.001-2(j). Only one kind of
thread may be used in each seam.
(2) Nylon thread. This thread shall be Class I, Type I, or II, Size
E, nylon thread in accordance with the requirements of Federal
Specification V-T-295.
(e) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be
dihydroxydichloro-diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4,
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1 percent of the dry
weight of the finished goods.
(f) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl
type. (Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United
States Rubber Co. M-6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp., CVV,
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R 828, or equal.)
(g) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be Type III,
Class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
(h) Webbing. There are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness
of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated
''good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No.
191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. The complete body strap
assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds.
(1) Nylon webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch wide nylon webbing
in accordance with the requirements of Specification MIL-W-17337.
(2) Cotton webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch cotton webbing
meeting the requirements of Specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIb
webbing. This webbing shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the
type specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
(i) Hardware. All hardware shall be brass, bronze, or stainless
steel, and of the approximate size indicated by the drawings. Steel
hardware, protected against corrosion by plating, is not acceptable.
Snap hook springs shall be phosphor bronze or other suitable
corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring, o-ring, slide adjuster and snap
hook ends shall be welded or brazed, or they may be a one-piece casting.
The complete body strap assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength
of 360 pounds.
(j) Coating. The coating for the plastic foam shall be a liquid
elastomeric vinyl compound. The coating shall be International Orange
in color (Color No. 12197 of Federal Standard 595) or Scarlet Munsel
7.5, Red 6/10 and shall meet the following requirements in Table
160.055-3(j):
(CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978)
46 CFR 160.055-4 Materials -- nonstandard life preservers.
All materials used in nonstandard life preservers must be equivalent
to those specified in 160.055-3 for standard life preservers.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.055-5 Construction -- Standard life preservers.
(a) General. This specification covers life preservers which
essentially consist of plastic foam buoyant material arranged and
distributed so as to provide the flotation characteristics and buoyancy
required to hold the wearer in an upright or slightly backward position
with head and face clear of the water. The life preservers are also
arranged so as to be reversible and are fitted with straps and hardware
to provide proper adjustment and fit to the bodies of various size
wearers.
(b) Construction -- standard, vinyl dip coated life preserver. This
device is constructed from one piece of unicellular plastic foam with
neck hole and the body slit in the front, vinyl dip coating, and fitted
and adjustable body strap.
(1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver
shall be a molded shape or made from one or two sheets of foam finished
so as to have dimensions after coating in accordance with the pattern
shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-1A, Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 2 for
child size. The reinforcing fabric shall be cemented on the foam
buoyant body before coating.
(2) Coating. After all cutting and shaping of the buoyant body and
installation of the reinforcing fabric, the entire body of the life
preserver shall be coated evenly and smoothly to a minimum thickness of
0.010'' with a liquid vinyl coating material of the type described in
160.055-3(j).
(3) Body strap. After the coating on the buoyant body of the life
preserver is fully cured, a nylon webbing body strap shall be attached
as shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IA.
(4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch,
conforming to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard 751, with nylon
thread, and there shall be not less than 9 nor more than 11 stitches to
the inch. Bar tacking with nylon thread is acceptable as noted on Dwg.
No. 160-055-IA.
(c) Construction -- standard, cloth covered life preserver. This
device is constructed from three sections of unicellular plastic foam
contained in a cloth envelope and has a neck hole, the body slit in the
front, and a fitted and adjustable body strap.
(1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver
shall be three sections of foam cut so as to have finished dimensions in
accordance with the patterns shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 2, for
adult size and Sheet 4, for child size. One or two layers of foam may
be used to make up each section.
(2) Envelope. The envelope shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg.
No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 3, for child size,
and joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. Alternate
finished envelopes are permitted as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
(3) Body strap. The body strap may be cotton or nylon webbing and
shall be attached by stitching as shown on the Dwg. No. 160.055-IB,
Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 3, for child size.
(4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch if cotton thread is
used, and not less than 9 nor more than 11 if nylon thread is used. Bar
tacking is acceptable as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
(d) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance
or service-ability.
(CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.055-6 Construction -- nonstandard, life preservers.
(a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard life
preserver must be equivalent to the requirements in 160.055-5 for a
standard life preserver and also meet the requirements in this section.
(b) Size. Each nonstandard life preserver must contain the following
volume of plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement
method:
(1) 700 cubic inches or more for an adult size;
(2) 350 cubic inches or more for a child size.
(c) Arrangement of buoyant materials. The buoyant material in
nonstandard life preservers must:
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position
with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water;
and
(3) Be arranged so that 68 to 73 percent of the total is located in
the front of the life preserver.
(d) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard life preserver
must be capable of being:
(1) Worn reversed;
(2) Adjusted to fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(3) Donned in a time comparable to that of a standard life preserver.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.055-7 Sampling, test, and inspections -- standard and
nonstandard life preservers. 1
(a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers, the
manufacturer shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.
S. Coast Guard, of the inspection zone in which the factory is located
in sufficient time for him to assign a Coast Guard Marine Inspector to
the plant to observe production methods and to conduct any inspections
or tests which may be deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life
preservers shall maintain quality control of the materials used,
manufacturing operations, and the finished product so as to meet the
requirements of this specification. When a lot of life preservers is
presented for Coast Guard inspection, it is expected that the
manufacturer will previously have taken all ordinary precautions to
assure himself that the life preservers are in full compliance with the
requirements of this specification. The Coast Guard inspections and
tests are not intended to replace, or be a substitute for, full
inspections and tests by the manufacturer to maintain the quality of his
product. The Marine Inspector shall be admitted to any place in the
factory where work is done on the life preservers or on component
materials or parts. Samples of materials entering into construction may
be taken by the marine inspector and tests made for compliance with the
applicable requirements.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the Marine
Inspector shall select samples in accordance with Table 160.055-7(b)(1)
to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section.
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any life preservers
failed the buoyance test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10
specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyance in accordance with
paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in
conducting tests to determine compliance of life preservers with this
specification. The apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of
adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks
which can be locked or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance
of life preservers undergoing test or change in water level.
(d) Buoyancy test. Securely attach the spring scale in a position
directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighed wire basket from the
scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighted while it is
completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy
provided by the life preserver, the underwater weight of the empty
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the life preserver. To obtain the
buoyancy of the life preserver, proceed as follows:
(1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(2) Place the life preserver inside the basket, and submerge it so
that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the
water. Allow the life preserver to remain submerged for 24 hours. The
tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period.
It is important that after the life preserver has once been submerged it
shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time
during the course of the test shall it be removed from the tank or
otherwise exposed to air.
(3) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the wire basket with the life preserver inside while both are
still under water.
(4) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (d)(1) of this section
minus paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(e) Buoyancy required. Adult size life preservers shall provide not
less than 22 pounds buoyancy in fresh water, and child size life
preservers shall provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy.
(f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet
the buoyancy requirement, the marine inspector shall carefully inspect
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such
examinations and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life
preservers have been manufactured according to the applicable
requirements. Nonconforming units shall be eliminated. The
manufacturer shall provide a well lighted place equipped with a suitable
smooth top table for use by the marine inspector, and shall provide
labor for all handling of life preservers requisite for lot inspection.
(g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself
that the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in
the name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the
applicable requirements, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink
with the words, ''Inspected and Passed, (Date), Marine Inspection Office
identification letters, USCG.''
(h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy
test, 10 additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the 10 additional specimen life
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of
the 10 additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the
lot shall be rejected. If, in the lot inspection, three or more
nonconforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected any
additional units having the same kind of defect. Nonconforming units
which are eliminated in the lot inspection may be resubmitted for
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the
satisfaction of the marine inspector. When permitted by the Commander
of the Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be reworked by the
manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and
to eliminate all nonconforming units, following which the remainder of
the lot may be resubmitted for official testing and inspection. Life
preservers from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be
sold or offered for sale under representation as being in compliance
with this specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels
or motorboats.
(i) Additional tests for nonstandard life preservers. Tests in
addition to those required by this section may be required for
nonstandard life preservers to determine performance equivalence to a
standard preserver. Such additional tests may include determining
performance in the water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease
of adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs for any additional
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.
(CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD
75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.055-8 Marking.
Each life preserver must have the following information clearly
marked in waterproof lettering:
(a) In letters three-fourths of an inch or more in height;
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type I or Type V Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of (22 lb. or 11 lb.).
Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more,
or less than 90 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.055/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.)
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43
FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 10913, Mar. 11, 1978)
46 CFR 160.055-9 Procedure for approval -- standard and nonstandard life
preservers.
(a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each
model life preserver is considered separately. Application for approval
and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the factory is located.
(b) Assignment of inspector; standard life preservers. Upon receipt
of an approval of a standard life preserver, a Coast Guard inspector is
assigned to the factory to:
(1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
(2) Select from a lot of 10 manufactured life preservers or more,
three or more of each model for examination;
(3) Test the selected sample for compliance with the requirements of
this subpart; and
(4) Forward to the Commandant a copy of his report of the tests and
the production and manufacturing facilities, a specimen life preserver
selected from those already manufactured but not tested, and one copy of
an affidavit for each material used in the life preservers.
(b-1) Approval number -- standard life preserver. An approval number
is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a standard life
preserver found to be in compliance with the requirements of this
subpart.
(c) Assignment of inspector -- nonstandard life preserver. Upon
receipt of an application from a manufacturer for approval of
nonstandard life preservers, an inspector is assigned to the factory to:
(1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
(2) Select three samples of life preservers of each model for which
approval is desired;
(3) Forward to the Commandant:
(i) Three samples of each model of life preserver;
(ii) A copy of the inspector's report of tests and the production and
manufacturing facilities; and
(iii) Four copies each of fully dimensioned, full-scale drawings
showing all details of construction of the sample life preservers
submitted, material affidavits, and four copies of a bill of materials
showing all materials used in construction of the life preservers
submitted by the manufacturer.
(c-1) Approval number -- nonstandard life preserver. An official
approval number is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a
nonstandard life preserver approved after tests.
(d) Private brand labels. Private brand labels are those bearing the
name and address of a distributor in lieu of the manufacturer. In order
for a manufacturer to apply for an approval number to be used on such a
private brand label, he shall forward a letter of request to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located,
setting forth the life preservers involved, together with a letter from
his distributor also requesting that approval be issued. The
manufacturer's request for approval together with that of his
distributor, will be forwarded to the Commandant, and when deemed
advisable, an approval number or numbers will be issued in the name of
the distributor. Approvals issued to a distributor under such an
arrangement shall apply only to life preservers made by the manufacturer
named on the certificate of approval, and this manufacturer shall be
responsible for compliance of the life preservers with the requirements
of this subpart.
(CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 163R, 38 FR
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.055-9 Subpart 160.056 -- Rescue Boat
Source: CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.056-1 General requirements.
(a) Rescue boats accepted and in use prior to the effective date of
this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) All rescue boats must be properly constructed, of such form as to
be readily maneuverable, and be of the open rowboat type. They shall be
suitable for use of three persons.
(c) Rescue boats shall be constructed of materials acceptable to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of
construction.
46 CFR 160.056-2 Construction.
(a) General. Rescue boats shall be square-sterned, of normal
proportions, not less than 11 feet nor more than 14 feet in length. The
length shall be the overall horizontal distance from bow to stern.
(b) Construction. The method of construction shall be such as is
accepted as good engineering practice in the case of the specific
material used. The hull shall be suitably stiffened to assure adequate
strength.
(c) Weight. The weight of the rescue boat, fully equipped, shall not
exceed 225 pounds.
(d) Seats. The rescue boat shall be fitted with three thwarts. The
middle thwart shall be arranged as the rowing seat.
(e) Internal buoyancy. Buoyant material of suitable unicellular
plastic foam shall be installed in the rescue boat. This material shall
be protected from mechanical damage. It shall be distributed uniformly
in the boat and such that at least one-quarter of the required volume is
located at the sides of the boat. The minimum amount of buoyant
material, in cubic feet, shall be determined by the following:
Where:
B=Volume of buoyant material required in cubic feet.
W=Weight of equipped boat, in pounds
d=Specific gravity of hull material.
c=Density of buoyant material, in pounds per cubic foot.
46 CFR 160.056-3 Fittings and equipment.
(a) Fittings. (1) The rescue boat shall be fitted with one pair of
rowlock sockets. Detachable rowlocks shall be permanently attached to
the boat by chain or other suitable means.
(2) At least one eyebolt, ring, or other fitting suitable for
attaching a painter shall be fitted to the bow and stern.
(b) Equipment. (1) The rescue boat shall be provided with one pair
of oars of suitable size and material.
(2) A painter shall be attached to the bow and to the stern fittings.
Each shall be of suitable material, at least 3/8-inch in diameter, and
at least 30 feet long.
46 CFR 160.056-4 Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.
(a) Drop test. The rescue boat, fully equipped, shall be dropped, in
a free fall, from a ten-foot height into water. No damage which would
render the rescue boat unserviceable shall result from this drop.
(b) Stability and freeboard test. The rescue boat shall have
sufficient stability and freeboard so that the gunwale on the low side
shall not be submerged with 350 pounds placed nine inches from the side
in way of and about the level of the middle thwart.
(c) Rescue boarding test. With one man in the rowing position, a
second kneeling on the stern thwart facing aft, and a third man balanced
on the transom, the minimum freeboard of the transom shall be five
inches. The men should average 165 pounds each. This test simulates
the rescue of a person over the transom by a two-man boat crew.
(d) Rowing test. Three men, averaging 165 pounds each, shall be
seated on the centerline of the boat, one on each thwart. One man, in
the rowing position, using ordinary rowing technique, shall demonstrate
the satisfactory course keeping and maneuvering characteristics of the
boat in the ahead and astern directions.
46 CFR 160.056-5 Inspections.
(a) Rescue boats are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory
inspections; however, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspector, may
detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any place where rescue
boats are manufactured to observe production methods, quality of
workmanship, and compliance with material specifications, and to conduct
any inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable.
(b) The manufacturer shall maintain a file of approved prints and all
correspondence pertaining to the rescue boat, and make such file
available to the marine inspector upon request.
(c) The marine inspector shall be admitted to any place where work is
done on rescue boats or component materials and samples of materials
entering into construction may be taken by the marine inspector and
tests made to determine their adequacy.
46 CFR 160.056-6 Name plate.
(a) Each rescue boat shall have permanently fitted at the transom a
metal name plate, galvanically compatible with the hull material, and
bearing information relating to the testing and approval of the
prototype boat. Either raised or indented letters shall be used.
(b) The following information shall appear on the name plate:
U.S.C.G. Specification 160.056
Prototype approved
(Date)
Approved by OCMI
(Port)
Date of manufacture
(Date)
Manufacturer's serial No.
Manufacturer's name and address
46 CFR 160.056-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) The manufacturer shall submit a request for approval to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of the place
of manufacture of the rescue boat.
(b) Formal plans will not be required. However, a combined general
arrangement and construction plan is required, which includes principal
dimensions, and descriptive data of hull material, buoyant material, and
equipment.
(c) When plans and data are satisfactory, the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, will assign a marine inspector to conduct the tests
required by 160.056-4.
(d) Upon successful completion of the test, the inspector shall
submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. A
copy of this report, with plans and photographs, shall be forwarded to
the Commandant for record purposes. The date of approval and the marine
inspector's initials shall be indicated in this report.
(e) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a letter to
the manufacturer indicating that approval of the rescue boat has been
granted, and will include any conditions imposed. A copy of this
approval letter shall be forwarded to the District Commander and to the
Commandant.
(f) If a rescue boat is required on short notice, a boat may be
approved on an individual basis: Provided, That the requirements in
this subpart are met to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge Marine
Inspection. Sketches of the boat showing alterations may be submitted
in lieu of the manufacturer's general arrangement and construction plan.
Under these circumstances, the letter indicating that approval of the
rescue boat has been granted shall be issued to the vessel using the
boat.
(CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11480, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 160.056-7 Subpart 160.057 -- Floating Orange Smoke Distress
Signals (15 Minutes)
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
46 CFR 160.057-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ''The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication
440, December 1976.
(2) ''Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report
4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.
S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal
Register library.
(CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by
CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept.
7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.057-2 Type.
(a) Floating orange. smoke distress signals specified by this
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will
be given special consideration.
46 CFR 160.057-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data.
Igniter systems shall be of corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible
material shall be of such nature that it will not deteriorate during
long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or
both.
(b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their
serviceability.
(c) Construction. The outer container shall be cylindrical and of a
size suitable for intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook
jointed and soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two
coats of waterproof paint or other equivalent protection system. The
igniter mechanism shall operate and provide ignition of the signal
automatically when the ring life buoy to which it is attached is thrown
overboard.
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test
requirements contained in 160.057-4.
46 CFR 160.057-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
20 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under 160.057-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under 159.010 of this Chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in 159.007 of this Chapter. Signals from a rejected lot must
not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by the
Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the rejection
of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by the
manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot must
be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 1,200 signals. Lots must
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started
with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in
sources of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new
production line or on a previously discontinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under 159.010 of this
Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections
and tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless
no lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year.
If a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected,
the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of
the reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of
each reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.057-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table
160.057-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal If the sum of all
the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject
criterion the lot is rejected.
If the cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject
criteria, another sample is selected from the production lot and the
operational tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each
sample tested is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the
cumulative failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample
size). Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until
either the accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is
met. If any signal in the sample explodes when fired, or ignites in a
way that could burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is
rejected without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in
figure 160.057-4(c)).
(2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens -- water resistance. Immerse
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
(ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission
until it ceases. There shall be no flame emission during the entire
smoke emitting time of the signal. The smoke emitting time for a
specimen shall not be less than 15 minutes. When the tests are
performed or supervised by an independent laboratory, this test shall be
conducted with approximately 6 mm ( 1/4 in.) of gasoline covering the
water in the tub or barrel. The gasoline vapors shall not ignite during
the entire smoke emitting time of the signal.
(iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the
signal in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperable.
Insert illustrations 0243
(d) Technical tests. One signal must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Each signal must pass the test in order for the lot of
signals to be accepted.
(1) Drop test. One signal must be attached to a ring life buoy and
arranged to be ignited by the dropping buoy in the same manner as it
would be when used on a vessel. The signal and buoy must be mounted at
least 27 m (90 ft.) above the surface of a body of water. The buoy is
released and must cause the signal to ignite and fall to the water with
the buoy. The signal must remain afloat and emit smoke at least 15
minutes.
(2) Wave test. A signal shall be tested in a manner simulating its
use at sea. The signal shall be ignited and thrown overboard under
conditions where waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.) high. The smoke
emitting time must be for the full 15 minutes and the signal shall float
in such a manner that it shall function properly during this test. The
signal shall be attached to a ring life buoy in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
(3) Underwater smoke emission. Condition the signal in accordance
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission
ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke under water not less than 30
seconds when subjected to this test.
(4) Elevated Temperature, Humidity and Storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 C. with not
less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove specimen
and store at room temperature (20 to 25 C.) with approximately 65
percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any reason it is not
possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-hour period, it may
be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours out of
each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 24 hours on
and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or decompose during this
conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate satisfactorily
following this conditioning.
(5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 C. with not more than 10%
relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal must not ignite
or undergo marked decomposition.
(6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not
explode or ignite.
(7) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 C and 38 C (90 F
and 100 F) for 100 hours. The container and cap must not be corroded in
any fashion that would impair their proper functioning.
(8) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the
smoke must be orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ''Color
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
(9) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 12 minutes when measured
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7 1/2 in.), an optical
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m3 per
minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described in
National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.
46 CFR 160.057-5 Marking.
(a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3
mm ( 1/8 in.) high ''Approved for daytime use only'', and in black
lettering not less than 5 mm ( 3/16 in.) high with the word
''Directions''. Immediately below shall be similarly marked in black
lettering not less than 3 mm ( 1/8 in.) high in numbered paragraphs, and
in simple and easily understood wording, instructions to be followed to
make the device operative. Pasted-on labels are not acceptable.
(b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm ( 3/16 in.) high,
numbers, indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ''6-54''
indicating June 1954. The outer container shall also be plainly and
indelibly marked with the commercial designation of the signal, the
words ''Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signal (15 minutes)'', name and
address of the manufacturer, the Coast Guard Approval No., the service
life expiration date (month and year to be entered by the manufacturer),
the month and year of manufacture and the lot number.
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the
lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals
must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ''Keep under
cover in a dry place.''
(c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
46 CFR 160.057-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
46 CFR 160.057-9 Recognized independent laboratories.
(a) The following independent laboratories have been accepted by the
Commandant for conducting the approval and production tests required in
this subpart:
(b) Revised copies of this list may be obtained from Commandant
(G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by
CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept.
7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.057-9 Subpart 160.058 -- Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for
Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.058-1 Applicable specification.
(a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in
effect on the date the desalter kits are manufactured, forms a part of
this subpart:
(1) Military specification. MIL-D-5531D -- Desalter Kit, Sea Water,
Mark 2.
(b) Copies on file. A copy of the specification referred to in this
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the
approved plans and certificate of approval. The Military Specification
may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801
Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120.
46 CFR 160.058-2 Type.
(a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart shall be of the type
described in the specification listed in 160.058-1(a)(1).
46 CFR 160.058-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.
(a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail
requirements shall conform to the requirements of the specification
listed in 160.058-1(a)(1), except as otherwise specifically provided by
this subpart.
46 CFR 160.058-4 Inspections.
(a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart are not inspected at
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the
Coast Guard District in which the desalter kits are manufactured may
detail a marine inspector at any time to visit places where desalter
kits are manufactured to check materials and construction methods and to
satisfy himself that the desalter kits are being manufactured in
compliance with the requirements of the specification listed in
160.058-1(a)(1) as modified by this specification and are suitable for
the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit the marine inspector
to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and the necessary
apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in conducting tests at the
place of manufacture.
46 CFR 160.058-5 Labeling and marking.
(a) In addition to the marking and instructions required by the
specification listed in 160.058-1(a)(1), the Coast Guard approval number
shall be included. The contract number may be omitted.
46 CFR 160.058-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Desalter kits for use in lifeboats or liferafts on
merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC, 20226. Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter
of this specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast
Guard District in which the factory is located.
(b) Manufacturer's plans and specifications. In order to obtain
approval, submit two samples and four copies of detailed plans,
specifications and a bill of material to the Commander of the Coast
Guard District in which the kits are manufactured. Prior to any action
by the Coast Guard it will be required that the desalter kit under
consideration, either be listed on the Qualified Products List of
Products Qualified Under the Military Specification listed in
160.058-1(a)(1), or the manufacturer of such kits shall prove by report
from the Bureau of Ships, U.S. Navy, or a recognized testing laboratory
that the desalter kit does in fact comply with the specification listed
in 160.058-1(a)(1).
46 CFR 160.058-6 Subpart 160.060 -- Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child
46 CFR 160.060-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents:
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Military Specification:
MIL-W-530F-Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in
Colors.
(3) Federal Standards:
No. 191-Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A-Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
(4) Coast Guard Specification:
164.013 -- Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted
Trigonal Pattern)
(b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date
buoyant vests are manufacture, form a part of this subpart:
Dwg. No. 160.060-1:
Sheet 1 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AY.
Sheet 2 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYM.
Sheet 3 -- Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYS.
Sheet 4 -- Insert Pattern, Model AY.
Sheet 5 -- Insert Pattern, Model CYM.
Sheet 6 -- Insert Pattern, Model CYS.
(c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together
with the Certificate of Approval.
(1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon
request from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001 or a recognized laboratory listed in 160.060-8b.
(2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from the
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington,
DC, 20407.
(3) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.,
19120.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22,
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.060-2 Type and model.
Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Standard:
(1) Model AY, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model CYM, child, medium (for children weighing from 50 to 90
pounds); or
(3) Model CYS, child, small (for children weighing less than 50
pounds); or
(b) Nonstandard:
(1) Model,1012 adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
(2) Model,1 child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds)
or
(3) Model,1 child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973)
0121A model designation for a nonstandard vest is to be assigned by
the individual manufactured and must be different from any standard
vest.
46 CFR 160.060-3 Materials -- standard vests.
(a) General. All materials used in the construction of buoyant vests
shall be obtained from a supplier who furnishes an affidavit certifying
that the material meets the requirements of the applicable reference
specifications. The requirements for materials specified in this
section are minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the
use of alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed
technical data and samples of all proposed alternate materials shall be
submitted for approval prior to being incorporated in the finished
product.
(b) Unicellular polyethylene foam. The unicellular polyethylene foam
shall be all new material complying with specification subpart 164.013
of this subchapter.
(c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made
from 39'', 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of approximately
96 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 ounces per
square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94 60, and shall
have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the warp and 50
pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight and
breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There are
no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to
laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated ''good'' when
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
(d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap
loops for both adult and child sizes must be 3/4-inch cotton webbing
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I)
for Type I webbing.
(d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly including
hardware, must have a minimum breaking strength of 150 pounds for an
adult size and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the
webbing are as follows:
(1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
(2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch and
meet military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
(e) (Reserved)
(f) Thread. Each thread, except a thread of a grab strap, must meet
the requirements for the specified type, class, and size of a Federal
Specification listed in Table 160.001-2(j) or be a thread of equivalent
size and strength that is accepted by the Commandant (G-MVI). Each
cotton thread must be treated with mildew inhibitor that is accepted by
the Commandant (G-MVI). Only one kind of thread may be used in each
seam.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22,
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.060-3a Materials -- Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
(a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
(1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant
materials. As used in this section the term ''inherently corrosion
resistant materials'' includes, but is not limited to, brass, bronze,
and stainless steel.
(2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with the
webbing which will pass through the opening.
(b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must --
(1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which
one or more of the following tests will be used:
(i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a
temperature of 95 F (35 C) for a period of 240 hours in accordance with
the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal Test Method
Standard No. 151.
(ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100
hours.
(iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the following:
(a) Leaded gasoline.
(b) Gum turpentine.
(iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0 5 F (17.6 2.775 C) for 24 hours;
and
(2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required by
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or
distorting.
(CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974)
46 CFR 160.060-4 Materials -- nonstandard vests.
(a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be
equivalent to those specified in 160.060-3 and be obtained from a
supplier who furnishes an affidavit in accordance with the requirements
in 160.060-3(a).
(b) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the
neck shall be 3/4'' cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per
linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less than 120
pounds.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R,
38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.060-5 Construction -- standard vests.
(a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water.
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of
various size wearers.
(b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces.
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No.
160.060-1, Sheet 1 for the adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for child
sizes, and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2 1/4''
finished gusset strip all around. Reinforcing strips of the same
material as the envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the front
piece of the envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by the
drawings.
(c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. No. 160.060-1, Sheets 4, 5,
and 6 for the adult, child medium, and child small sizes, respectively.
(d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
(e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
(f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance
or serviceability.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R,
38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.060-6 Construction -- nonstandard vests.
(a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard buoyant
vest must be equivalent to the requirements in 160.060-5 for standard
vests and also meet the requirements specified in this section.
(b) Sizes. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume
of unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant material, determined by the
displacement method:
(1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for the adult size, for persons
weighing over 90 pounds.
(2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child medium
size, for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds.
(3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for children
weighing less than 50 pounds.
(c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a
nonstandard vest must:
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position
with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water;
and
(3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in
the front of the vest.
(d) Neck opening. Each cloth covered nonstandard vest must have at
the neck opening:
(1) A gusset; or
(2) Reinforcing tape.
(e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made
with adjustments to:
(1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.060-7 Inspections and tests -- standard and nonstandard
vests. 1
(a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests shall
--
(1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the manufacturing
methods, and the finished product to meet the applicable requirements of
this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and tests of
representative samples and components produced;
(2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the
device, including affidavits by suppliers; and
(3) Permit any examination, inspection and test required by the
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other
location.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of 500 buoyant
vests or fewer;
(2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials
used or manufacturing methods employed;
(3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the recognized
laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
(4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the
requirements in Table 160.060-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(5) If a sample vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the
next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be
tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device
for listing and labeling, or to determine its conformance to applicable
requirements.
(d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to --
(1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that
is included in the construction of the device; and
(2) Conduct any examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place
and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
(e) Buoyancy -- (1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed
as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is
important that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall
remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the
course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise
exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still
under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant
vests shall provide not less than 15 1/2 pounds of buoyancy in fresh
water; the inserts from the child medium size buoyant vests shall
provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from the
child small size buoyant vests shall provide not less than 7 pounds
buoyancy.
(f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly, including
hardware shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full
length. A weight as specified in 160.060-3(d) shall be attached to the
other end on the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight shall
not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.
(g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the
inspector for a nonstandard vest to determine performance equivalence to
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs for any additional
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R,
37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD
75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.060-8 Marking.
(a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly
marked in waterproof lettering:
Type II Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Polyethylene foam buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force
of (15 1/2 lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected
commercial vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers
for hire by persons weighing (more than 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less
than 50 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.060/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).
(b) Waterproof marking. Marking of buoyant vests shall be
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without printed matter
becoming illegible.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43
FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.060-8a Recognized laboratory.
To be designated a recognized laboratory, the laboratory must be --
(a) Operated as a nonprofit public service;
(b) Engaged regularly in the examination, testing, and evaluation of
safety of materials, installations, and devices for marine use; and
(c) Established in factory inspection, listing and labeling by having
an existing program and standards for evaluating, listing and labeling
buoyant vests that are acceptable to the Commandant.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-8b Designated recognized laboratory.
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., Marine Department, Tampa East
Industrial Park, 2602 Tampa East Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33619 is a
recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-8c Compliance label.
If a recognized laboratory approves a buoyant vest, the device is
allowed to carry the label of the recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-9 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) A recognized laboratory must inform each manufacturer that
requests listing and labeling of a buoyant vest for use on a vessel of
Class A, 1, or 2 not carrying passengers for hire, of the procedures for
--
(1) Inspection;
(2) Examination;
(3) Tests; and
(4) The forwarding to the Coast Guard of the test report and the
description of the quality control program of the requesting
manufacturer.
(b) The cost of any examination, test, and inspection, and the cost
of listing and labeling must --
(1) Be paid by the manufacturer; and
(2) Be the same for similar services for each manufacturer.
(c) The Coast Guard reviews each test report and quality control
procedure forwarded by the recognized laboratory to determine if the
approval requirements have been met. After the review is completed, the
Coast Guard --
(1) Notifies the laboratory that the device is approved or
disapproved and, if approved, listed and labeled; and
(2) Publishes notice of the approval in the Federal Register and
Coast Guard publication CG-190.
(d) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, determines all matters
concerning approval requirements. The manufacturer or recognized
laboratory may at any time request advice from the Commandant.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10839, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-11 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) The approval for listing and labeling as a Coast Guard approved
buoyant vest may be terminated, withdrawn, cancelled, or suspended by --
(1) Written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant;
or
(2) Written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory
or the Commandant.
(b) Termination of the listing and labeling as a buoyant vest may
occur if --
(1) The manufacturer does not want to retain the service;
(2) The listed device is no longer manufactured;
(3) The manufacturer's program does not provide continued assurance
of the quality of the listed and labeled device;
(4) The device no longer conforms to current applicable requirements
of the Coast Guard and the recognized laboratory; or
(5) The Coast Guard determines from the use of the device by the
public or through other information that it is incapable of performing
as a lifesaving device under the requirements of this subpart.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10840, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-12 Penalties.
A manufacturer that violates any of the approval requirements for
listing and labeling but continues to mark the device as being U.S.
Coast Guard approved is subject to the penalties contained in 14 U.S.C.
639.
(CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 10840, May 31, 1972)
46 CFR 160.060-12 Subpart 160.061 -- Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for
Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.061-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date
emergency fishing tackle kits are manufactured, form a part of this
subpart:
(1) Federal specifications:
QQ-I-706 -- Iron and steel; sheet, tinned (tin plate).
QQ-W-423 -- Wire, steel, corrosion-resisting
HH-P-91 -- Packing, fiber, hard sheet.
CCC-F-451 -- Flannel, canton.
(2) Military specifications:
MIL-H-2846 -- Hooks, fish, steel.
MIL-B-1418 -- Blades, razor, safety.
MIL-A-140 -- Adhesive, water-resistant, W.P. barrier-material.
(b) Copies of the specifications referred to in this section shall be
kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans, if
any, and the certificate of approval.
(1) The Federal Specifications may be purchased from the Business
Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, D.C.
20407.
(2) The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
19120.
46 CFR 160.061-2 Requirements.
(a) Material. Material shall be as specified in this subpart.
(b) Assembly. Emergency fishing kits shall consist of fishing rigs,
accessories, and instructions furnished in a hermetically sealed
container.
(c) Components. Each fishing kit shall consist of the items listed
in table 160.06-2(c).
46 CFR 160.061-3 Design and construction.
(a) Container. The container shall be made of ethyl cellulose,
clear, type EM -- 1, Specification MIL-P-3412 or better. The dimensions
shall not exceed those specified in Figure 2. Other packaging
arrangements acceptable to the Commandant will be considered.
(b) Card. A card showing leader knots and hitches shall be provided
as per Figure 1. Size of card should not exceed 2 3/4 by 4 3/4 inches.
(c) Hooks. Unless otherwise specified, all hooks shall be of forged
steel, hollow ground with filed out points. The hooks shall be of
ringed type and shall be tinned. Hooks shall be tempered, tough,
flexible, and resilient.
(d) Leaders. Wire leaders shall be of stainless steel, and shall be
attached to snaps and swivels with not less than six turns of wire.
Monofilament leaders shall be blue mist and shall be provided with a 5/
8-inch inside diameter end loop on one end.
Insert Illus. 3A
(e) Snaps and swivels. Swivels shall be either of brass or bronze.
Snaps shall be stainless steel.
(f) Lines. Unless otherwise specified nylon lines shall be hard
braided, waterproofed, and heat set to reduce ''stretch''. Lines may be
either camouflage or mist in color.
(g) Spoons. Spoons shall be of the single-blade, egg-shaped dished
type with either fixed or free-swinging hooks. The spoons shall be
stainless steel or stamped from brass and plated to resist corrosion.
Each spoon shall, on the forward end, be provided with an eye for
attachment to the line. Spoons having free-swinging hooks shall have
the hooks attached by means of a split ring through a hole in the rear
of the blade. In fixed-hook spoons, the hook shall be attached to the
spoon by a screw and shall be shaped to conform to the contour of the
spoon. Feathers, if provided, shall be yellow hackle feathers attached
to the hook by wrapping with thread, and the wrapping coated with red
lacquer.
Insert Illus 4A
(h) Winder. Winders shall conform to Figure 3, or shall be of an
equivalent commercial design suitable to contain required length of
line.
Insert Illus. 5A
sheet, Specification HH-P-91; dimensions in inches:
nless otherwise specified;
tolerances: Fractions plus or minus 1/32-inch.
(i) Booklet of instructions. The fishing instructions shall be
prepared in pamphlet form, approximately 2 1/2 inches by 4 1/2 inches on
parchment paper, in waterproof ink, with printing on one side of the
paper only. The booklet shall contain a complete description of how and
under what conditions each component should be used, and general
suggestions for fishing. It shall be prepared in easy to read form in
such a manner that a completely inexperienced person will know what
equipment to use and how to use it. Both physical form and the contents
of the booklet shall be specially approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard, prior to acceptance. A copy of approved contents for the
instruction booklet will be furnished on request.
46 CFR 160.061-4 Kit assembly.
(a) Preparation of items. The items shall be prepared for packing
into the kit as indicated below. Each transparent envelope shall be
closed by heat sealing.
(b) Packing of items. The components of the kit, after being
prepared as specified, shall be packed in the container in such manner
that there is a minimum possibility of any item being bent or crushed.
The marking label shall be placed on the bottom of the container with
the wording facing out. The instruction booklet shall be packed, front
cover up, under the lid. The container shall be sealed after the
components have been packaged therein with an 18-inch length of 3/
4-inch wide adhesive tape conforming to Specification JAN-P-127. The
tape shall be applied around the perimeter of the container with an
equal amount on each side of the juncture of the two sections of the
container. An alternate packaging arrangement acceptable to the
Commandant will be acceptable.
46 CFR 160.061-5 Marking.
(a) General. The containers shall be stenciled on the bottom in
black with the manufacturer's name or trademark and type or model number
in letters approximately 3/16 inch high, together with the following
legend in letters 3/16 inch high:
46 CFR 160.061-6 Inspection and test.
(a) General. Fishing tackle kits specified by this subpart are not
inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the fishing tackle kits
are manufactured may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit
places where fishing kits are manufactured to check materials and
construction methods and to conduct such tests and examinations as may
be required to satisfy himself that the fishing tackle kits are being
manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this specification
and are suitable for the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit
the marine inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and
the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting tests
at the place of manufacture.
(b) (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.061-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Fishing kits for use in lifeboats, liferafts, etc.,
aboard merchant vessels are approved only by Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard. Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the factory is located.
(b) Pre-approval sample and plans. Manufacturers who desire to
manufacture approved fishing kits shall submit to the Commander of the
Coast Guard District in which the factory is located, two sample fishing
kits, together with 4 sets of drawings showing all items, instructions,
markings, etc. The Commander of the Coast Guard District will forward
the sample fishing kits and the drawings to the Commandant to determine
compliance with this subpart and suitability of the fishing tackle kit
for type approval for use in lifeboats and liferafts on merchant
vessels.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.061-7 Subpart 160.062 -- Releases. Lifesaving Equipment,
Hydraulic and Manual
Source: CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.062-1 Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
(a) Specifications and standards. The following specifications of
the issue in effect on the date releases are manufactured or
reconditioned shall form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see
2.75-17 through 2.75-19 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the
Public) of this chapter):
(1) Military Specifications and Standards:
MIL-R-15041C -- Releases, lifesaving equipment, hydraulic and manual.
MIL-STD-105 -- Sample procedures and tables for inspection by
attributes.
(2) Federal Test Method Standards:
Standard No. 151 -- Metals, test methods.
(b) Technical references. For guidance purposes the technical
reference may be used, which is entitled ''Corrosion Handbook,'' 1948,
by H. H. Uhlig, and published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 605 Third
Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016, and priced at $21 per copy.
(c) Copies on file. A copy of the specifications and standards
listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be kept on file by the
manufacturer, together with the approved plans, specifications and
certificate of approval. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to
have the latest issue, including addenda and changes, of these
specifications and standards on hand when manufacturing or
reconditioning equipment under this specification subpart.
(1) The military specifications and standards may be obtained from
the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(2) The Federal standards may be obtained from the Business Service
Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.
46 CFR 160.062-2 Types.
(a) The hydraulic releases referred to under 160.062-1(a)(1) are of
the diaphram-spring plunger type, which releases a buoyant load under
hydrostatic pressure.
(b) All hydraulic releases given an approval under this subpart shall
be designed and tested to operate with spring-tensioned gripes. Such
gripes shall be considered as a part of each approval.
(c) Alternate designs will be given special consideration, but the
expense of their preliminary investigation at a laboratory accepted by
the Commandant shall be borne by the manufacturer.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40
FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975)
46 CFR 160.062-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
(a) General. The materials, construction, workmanship, and
performance requirements shall conform to the requirements of the
specifications listed in 160.062-1(a)(1) except as otherwise provided by
this subpart. In addition, all metals and materials used in a hydraulic
release must be compatible with each other so that the final assembly
under conditions of use is not subject to such deleterious effects as
galvanic corrosion, freezing, or buckling of moving parts, or loosening
and tightening of joints due to differences in coefficients of thermal
expansion. Galvanizing or other forms of metallic coating on the parts
of a hydraulic release are not acceptable. The criteria for accepting
any combination of materials shall be determined by testing or by the
data stated in 160.062-1(b).
(b) Buoyant load capacity. A hydraulic release working in
conjunction with its spring-tensioned gripe must demonstrate that it can
release buoyant loads between the limits of 200 pounds and 3,750 pounds
and within the range of depths specified by paragraph (c) of this
section.
(c) Release depth. A hydraulic release shall automatically release
the buoyant loads described in paragraph (b) of this section at depths
between 5 feet to 15 feet prior to being tested for either the
temperature or the corrosion resistance tests of 160.062-4(c)(2). After
exposure to these temperature and corrosion tests, a hydraulic release
shall release the buoyant loads of paragraph (b) of this section between
the depths of 5 feet to 25 feet.
46 CFR 160.062-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Marine inspectors shall be assigned to make factory
inspections of hydraulic releases, as described in paragraph (d) of this
section for sampling and testing. In addition, the Commander of the
Coast Guard District may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit
any place where approved hydraulic releases are manufactured or
reconditioned to observe production methods and to conduct any
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine
inspector shall be admitted to any place in the factory or place where
work is done on hydraulic releases or their components. In addition,
the marine inspector may take samples of assembled hydraulic releases or
parts or materials used in their construction for further examination,
inspection, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are
conducted at the place of manufacture by the marine inspector.
(b) Classification of tests. The sampling, inspections, and tests
conducted upon hydraulic releases shall fall within one of the following
general classifications, as described hereafter:
(1) Preapproval tests.
(2) Factory inspections and tests.
(3) Spot check tests.
(4) Periodic servicing tests.
(c) Preapproval testing. The ''Visual and dimensional examination''
referred to in Table 160.062-4(c) shall be conducted by a marine
inspector at the factory. The ''Physical and operational tests'' of
that table shall be conducted at a laboratory accepted by the
Commandant.
(1) Visual and dimensional examination. The marine inspector shall
examine the 4 hydraulic release samples of the preapproval sample for
their visual and dimensional characteristics. If all 4 of the devices
are in agreement with the manufacturer's plans previously reviewed by
the Commandant, the 4 devices will be accepted and are to be assembled
for further testing under the ''Physical and operational tests'' of
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(2) Physical and operational tests. Each hydraulic release selected
under Table 160.062-4(c) for the ''Physical and operational tests''
shall undergo each of the tests described in this paragraph without
renewal of parts or repairs between the tests. The tests shall be
conducted in the following sequence:
(i) Submergence test. A hydraulic release shall be tested by
applying buoyant loads of its designed capacity to its spring-tensioned
gripe as required under 160.062-3(b) while the device is submerged in
water or in a water-filled pressure testing tank. A hydraulic release
shall show by its submergence test that it meets the buoyant capacity
and release depth requirements of 160.062-3(b) and (c) by automatically
tripping and releasing its load.
(ii) Temperature test. After its submergence test, a hydraulic
release sample shall be placed in a cold box at minus 30 degrees F. for
4 hours. Upon completion of this conditioning, the sample device shall
be opened for inspection and shall show no significant change in the
position of the hydraulic or manual control as a result of the low
temperature exposure.
(iii) Corrosion resisting test. After the completion of its
temperature test, a hydraulic release sample shall be exposed to a 20
percent salt spray test for 160 continuous hours in accordance with
Federal Test Method Standard No. 151. At the conclusion of this test,
the sample device shall be entirely serviceable and shall show a minimal
amount of corrosion.
(iv) Second temperature test. After its corrosion resisting test, a
hydraulic release sample shall undergo a repeat of the temperature test,
subdivision (ii) of this paragraph.
(v) Second submergence test. The final test of a hydraulic release
sample shall be a repeat of the submergence test, paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section.
(d) Factory inspections and tests. For purposes of sampling, a lot
shall consist of not more than 500 hydraulic releases of the same model.
Manufacturers of approved hydraulic releases shall maintain quality
control of the materials used, manufacturing methods, workmanship, and
the finished product as to produce hydraulic releases in conformity with
the approvals previously issued by the Commandant.
(1) Visual and dimensional examination. A random sample of hydraulic
releases shall be selected by a marine inspector at the factory in
accordance with Table 160.062-4(d)(1) from each assembled lot. After
the samples have been selected, they will undergo an examination of
visual and dimensional characteristics by referring to their approved
drawings with their acceptance based on Table 160.062-4( d)(1) and
MIL-STD-105, and checking for compliance with specific details as
described therein.
Dimension500000000 al Examination 1
(2) Physical and operational tests. If the sampling and examination
of paragraph (d)(1) of this section are satisfactory, the marine
inspector shall select an additional random sample of hydraulic releases
from the same assembled lot as described above. This second group of
samples, of a number determined by Table 160.062-4(d)(2), shall be
forwarded for testing at the manufacturer's expense to a laboratory
accepted by the Commandant. Each hydraulic release shall undergo each
of the tests described in this paragraph without renewal of parts or
repairs between tests. The tests shall be conducted in the following
sequence:
(i) Submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)
of this section.
(ii) Temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph (c)(2)(
ii) of this section.
(iii) Corrosion resisting test. Same test as described in paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) of this section.
(iv) Second temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph
(c)(2)(iv) of this section.
(v) Second submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph
(c)(2)(v) of this section.
Operati500000000 onal Tests 1
(3) Lot acceptance at a factory. The submergence test of paragraph
(c)(2)(i) shall be performed on each of the remaining hydraulic releases
in a production lot after the selection of the lot samples required by
paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Such individual submergence tests may
be performed at the factory in a pressure tank apparatus which simulates
the hydrostatic pressure and the various tension loads on the hydraulic
release. Those hydraulic releases which do not pass this submergence
test shall be removed from the production lot as unacceptable, but may
be reworked and included in a subsequent lot. After the completion of
these individual submergence tests and after receipt of the laboratory's
test report showing that the tests on the lot samples were
satisfactorily met, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the factory is located shall have the manufacturer notified that this
production lot of hydraulic releases meets the requirements of this
specification subpart. After being marked as required by 160.062-5, the
manufacturer may sell such hydraulic releases as approved equipment.
(i) Hydraulic releases which have been rejected may not, unless
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under representation
as being in compliance with this specification or as being approved for
use on vessels subject to inspection under this chapter.
(4) Records and test reports. The manufacturer shall maintain
records and copies of test reports for each production lot of hydraulic
releases manufactured for a period of five (5) years from the date
notified that a production lot meets the requirements in this subpart.
These records and test reports, upon request, shall be made available to
the marine inspector. The manufacturer will be provided with a copy of
the laboratory's test report concerning each production lot of hydraulic
releases submitted for testing.
(e) Spot checks. As one of the conditions in granting an approval
for a hydraulic release under this subpart, the Coast Guard reserves the
right to spot check at any time and at any place the product, parts, and
complete assemblies of hydraulic releases covered by the approval. The
spot check shall be by a marine inspector who shall be admitted to the
place or places where work may be performed before, during, or after the
manufacture of hydraulic releases or at any place where hydraulic
releases may be assembled, reworked, repaired, or reconditioned by the
manufacturer of any repair facility accepted by the Commandant in
accordance with the procedure contained in 160.062-7. A spot check
includes having a marine inspector compare materials, parts, and
workmanship and/or complete hydraulic releases with the manufacturer's
approved plans, records and test reports to ascertain compliance with
these requirements. The marine inspector may select samples of
materials or parts used in the construction of hydraulic releases and
complete hydraulic releases and may order or have performed any or all
of the tests described in this section conducted on such devices or
parts thereof. This work and any tests required shall be borne by the
manufacturer without cost to the Coast Guard.
(f) Periodic Servicing and Testing. A hydraulic release is inspected
as follows:
(1) Inspection for devices not installed after manufacture. A
hydraulic release, that is not installed after manufacture and is stored
for period of 24 months or less, is not required to be inspected or
tested before installation but must be stamped by a marine inspector on
the inspection tag required in 160.062-5(b)(2) with --
(i) The word ''Installed'';
(ii) The installation date; and
(iii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters.
(2) Inspection for devices that have been installed. A hydraulic
release that is installed for a period of 12 months or more must pass
the test contained in paragraph (f)(3) of this section and be marked as
required in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. If, after passing the
test, the device is stored for a period of 24 months or less, it must be
stamped as required in paragraph (f)(1) of this paragraph by the marine
inspector before reinstallation.
(3) Devices stored longer than 24 months. A hydraulic release that
is stored for a period of more than 24 months must be inspected and
tested by an employee of a repair or test facility, accepted in
accordance with the requirement contained in 160.062-7 or 160.062-8, as
follows:
(i) The device must be manually operated to determine if it releases.
(ii) If the device releases, it must pass the submergence test
contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, at a depth between 5
feet and 15 feet and be marked as required in paragraph (f)(5) of this
section.
(iii) If the device fails to release or fails to pass the submergence
test required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the device must
be disassembled, repaired, and tested in accordance with the
requirements contained in paragraph (f)(4) of this paragraph.
(4) Disassembly and repair tests. If a hydraulic release fails the
test contained in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, it must be
disassembled and repaired by the manufacturer or a repair facility
accepted in accord with the requirements contained in 160.062-7 and be
tested as follows:
(i) A production lot must be formed consisting of 12 or more but not
exceeding 100 devices.
(ii) In the presence of a marine inspector, the device must pass the
submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
(iii) Any device that fails must be --
(A) Repaired;
(B) Placed in a subsequent lot; and
(C) Submitted to the submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(
i) of this section at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
(5) Marking of devices. If a hydraulic release passes the
submergence test required in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet the marine inspector stamps the
inspection tag with --
(i) The test date;
(ii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters; and
(iii) The letters ''USCG''.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40
FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976)
46 CFR 160.062-5 Markings.
(a) Hydraulic releases manufactured prior to the granting of a
certificate of approval to the manufacturer may be permitted in service
only to July 1, 1969. However, such hydraulic releases meeting the type
and design requirements covered by a current certificate of approval may
be repaired and/or reconditioned as provided in 160.062-4(f) and be
accepted as approved equipment when it bears the following markings:
(1) Body marking. The name of the manufacturer and the model
designation are plainly visible.
(2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release repaired or
reconditioned shall be provided with a 2'' by 3 1/2'' stainless steel
tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inches. This tag shall be
permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a single stainless
steel link made of wire 3/16'' in diameter. This link shall provide
nonrigid attachment of the tag to the hydraulic release. The top of the
inspection tag shall be stamped in block characters not less than 1/16''
in height with the manufacturer's name, Coast Guard approval number, the
limits of buoyant capacity in pounds, the Marine Inspection Office
identification letters, and the letters ''USCG.'' The remaining space on
the tag will be used for the stamping of periodic servicing test dates
and the marine inspector's initials as described in 160.062-4(f).
(b) Hydraulic release manufactured under a certificate of approval
issued under this subpart shall be provided with 2 sets of markings as
follows:
(1) Body marking. The metal body of a hydraulic release shall be
stamped in block characters not less than 1/8'' in height on a plainly
visible portion with the name of the manufacturer, the model
designation, the limits of buoyant capacity in pounds, the method of
manual release, the notation ''DO NOT PAINT'', Coast Guard approval
number, the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, and the
letters ''USCG''.
(2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release shall be
provided at its time of manufacture with a 2'' by 3 1/2'' stainless
steel tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inch. This tag shall be
permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a single stainless
steel link made of wire 3/16'' in diameter. This link shall provide
nonrigid attachment of the tag to the hydraulic release. The top of the
inspection tag shall be stamped in block characters not less than 1/8''
in height with the original lot number of the hydraulic release, its
date of manufacture, and its release depth range in feet. The remaining
space on the tag will be used for the stamping of periodic servicing
test dates and the Marine Inspection Office identification letters as
described in 160.062-4(f).
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD75-186, 41
FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976)
46 CFR 160.062-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Hydraulic releases for use on vessels subject to Coast
Guard inspection are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
Application for approval and correspondence pertaining to this
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the factory is located.
(b) Manufacturer's drawings and specifications. The manufacturer
must submit to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which a
proposed hydraulic release is to be manufactured, four copies of the --
(1) Detailed part and assembly drawings of the proposed device; and
(2) Specifications of the proposed device.
(c) Preapproval samples. When the Commander of the Coast Guard
District has been notified that the plans and specifications are
satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to the factory to
observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods and to
select at random from not less than fifteen (15) hydraulic releases
already manufactured, a sample of eight (8) specimens for the
preapproval tests described in 160.062-4(c). The four (4) specimens
required for the ''Physical and operational tests'' under 160.062-4(c)
will be forwarded prepaid by the manufacturer to the Commandant for the
necessary testing at a Government laboratory in accordance with the
schedule outlined in 160.062-4(c). Costs of these laboratory tests of
the preapproval sample shall be borne by the manufacturer. A copy of
the marine inspector's report of the results of the ''Visual and
dimensional examination'' of 160.062-4(c) shall be forwarded to the
Commandant.
(d) Approval. If all is satisfactory, an approval number will be
assigned to the manufacturer for the hydraulic release submitted, and a
certificate of approval issued describing the approval granted together
with limitations, if any, which are applicable.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40
FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.062-7 Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.
(a) Before a repair facility is accepted by the Commandant to perform
the services required in 160.062-4(f), it must be inspected by the
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to determine if it has
--
(1) The testing apparatus to perform all the tests required in
160.062-4;
(2) A source of supply of replacement parts for a hydraulic release,
evidenced by a signed agreement between the facility and his source of
supply, or the parts for it; all replacement parts must be in
compliance with applicable specifications and standards contained in
160.062-1; and
(3) Employees competent to perform the services required in this
paragraph. Each employee who is engaged in serving a hydraulic release
must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection by --
(i) Disassembling a hydraulic release;
(ii) Making all necessary repairs to the disassembled unit;
(iii) Reassembling the unit in conformance with the specifications
and standards contained in 160.062-1(a); and
(iv) Showing that the reassembled unit meets the buoyant capacity and
release depth requirements contained in 160.062-3(b) and (c) after being
inspected and tested in conformance with the requirements contained in
160.062-4(f).
(b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the
Commandant notifies the facility that --
(1) It is an accepted repair facility for the reconditioning and
testing of hydraulic releases; or
(2) It is not accepted as a repair facility, lists each discrepancy
noted by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and describes the
procedure for reinspection if applicable corrections are made.
(CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975)
46 CFR 160.062-8 Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.
(a) The Commandant may consider the acceptance of a facility that
conducts only the submergence test contained in 160.062-4(c)(2)(i).
Before a facility is accepted by the Commandant to conduct this test, it
must be inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
to determine if it has --
(1) The testing apparatus to perform the test required in
160.062-4(c)(2)(i); and
(2) Employees competent to perform the test required in 160.062-4(
c)(2)(i). Each employee who is engaged in testing a device must
demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
by conducting a submergence test.
(b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the
Commandant notifies each applicant, in accordance with the procedures
described in 160.062-7(b), whether or not it is an accepted testing
facility.
(CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975)
46 CFR 160.062-8 Subpart 160.064 -- Marine Buoyant Devices
46 CFR 160.064-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specifications. There are no other Coast Guard specifications
applicable to this subpart.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964)
46 CFR 160.064-2 Types and models.
(a) Types. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this subpart
shall be of two general types, viz, those intended to be worn on the
body and those intended to be thrown.
(b) Models. Water safety buoyant devices may be of different models
which incorporate characteristics considered valuable for safety in
various fields of water sports or boating activities.
(c) Sizes. Water safety buoyant devices designed to be worn shall be
of sizes suitable for adults or children, as intended and marked on the
device. Water safety buoyant devices intended to be thrown in water
shall be of a minimum size intended for adults.
(d) Dimensions. A foam cushion designed to be thrown must be 2
inches or more in thickness and must have 225 or more square inches of
top surface area.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39
FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974)
46 CFR 160.064-3 Requirements. 1
(a) General. Every water safety buoyant device shall conform to the
requirements as accepted by the Commandant for listing and labeling by a
recognized laboratory, and shall be of such design, materials, and
construction as to meet the requirements specified in this section.
(b) Designs and constructions. Water safety buoyant devices shall be
of designs suitable for the purposes intended. A design intended to be
worn on the body shall be capable of being adjusted and secured to fit
the range of wearers for which designed with as few fastenings or
adjustments as are consistent with the purpose of the device. Designs
may be varied, but shall not provide means intended for fastening or
securing the device to a boat. The arrangement of the buoyancy of
devices intended to be worn on the body shall provide for flotation of
the wearer in an upright, slightly backward position in the water to as
great a degree as is consistent with the special purpose intended, and
in no case shall the device have a tendency to turn the wearer face
downward in the water. Devices intended to be thrown shall not provide
means for adjustment or close fitting to the body. Methods of
construction shall provide strengths, with reinforcements where
necessary, to be adequate for the intended use and purpose of the
device.
(c) Materials. All materials used in any device covered by this
subpart shall be all new materials and shall be suitable for the purpose
intended and shall be at least equivalent to corresponding materials
specified for standard buoyant vests or buoyant cushions. Hardware or
fastenings shall be of sufficient strength for the purpose of the device
and shall be of inherently corrosion-resistant material, such as
stainless steel, brass, bronze, certain plastics, etc. Decorative
platings of any thickness are permissible. Fabrics, coated fabrics,
tapes, webbing, and thread shall be selected with a view to the purposes
of the device and shall be either mildew resistant or treated for mildew
resistance. Buoyancy shall be provided by inherently buoyant material
and shall not be dependent upon loose, granulated material, gas
compartments or inflation. So long as the minimum required buoyancy is
provided by inherently buoyant material, the use of supplementary gas
compartments, or inflation, will be permitted to supply additional
buoyancy.
(d) Buoyancy. (1) Buoyancy for devices to be worn is as follows:
(i) Devices for persons weighing more than 90 pounds must have 15 1/
2 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(ii) Devices for persons weighing 50 to 90 pounds must have 11 pounds
or more of buoyancy.
(iii) Devices for persons weighing less than 50 pounds must have 7
pounds or more of buoyancy.
(2) Buoyancy for devices to be thrown is as follows:
(i) Ring life buoys must have 16 1/2 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(ii) Foam cushions must have 18 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(iii) A device other than those specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) or
(ii) of this section must have 20 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(3) The buoyancy values required in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this
section must be as follows:
(i) For each device containing foam buoyant materials, the required
buoyancy value must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh
water for 24 or more continuous hours.
(ii) For each device containing kapok, the required buoyancy value
must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh water for 48 or
more continuous hours.
(e) Workmanship. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this
subpart shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from any
defects materially affecting their appearance or serviceability.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39
FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
1The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
46 CFR 160.064-4 Marking.
(a) Each water safety buoyant device must have the following
information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) For devices to be worn:
(Type II or Type III) Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of (15 1/2 lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
(Special purpose intended.).
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected
commercial vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers
for hire by persons weighing (more than 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., 30 to 50
lb., or less than 30 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.064/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).
(2) For devices to be thrown:
Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum
buoyant force of (16 1/2 lb., 18 lb., or 20 lb.).
(Special purpose intended).
Approved for use on all recreational boats less than 16 feet in
length and all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all
other recreational boats.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.064/(assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).
(b) Durability of marking. Marking shall be of a type which will be
durable and legible for the expected life of the device.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38
FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974; CGD
75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978)
46 CFR 160.064-5 Recognized laboratory.
To be designated a recognized laboratory, the laboratory must be:
(a) Operated as a nonprofit public service;
(b) Engaged regularly in the examination, testing and evaluation of
the safety of materials, installation, and devices for marine use; and
(c) Established in factory inspection and listing and labeling by
having an existing program and standards for evaluation, listing, and
labeling buoyant devices that are acceptable to the Commandant.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8123, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.064-5a Designated recognized laboratory.
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Marine Department, Tampa East
Industrial Park, 2602 Tampa East Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33619, is a
recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8123, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.064-5b Compliance label.
If a recognized laboratory approves a buoyant device, the device is
allowed to carry the compliance label of the recognized laboratory.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8123, Mar. 28, 1973)
46 CFR 160.064-6 Examinations, tests and inspections.
(a) Manufacturer's inspection and tests. Manufacturers of listed and
labeled water safety buoyant devices shall maintain quality control of
the materials used, manufacturing methods and the finished product so as
to meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient
inspections and tests of representative samples and components produced
to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of tests
conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials, including
affidavits by suppliers that applicable requirements are met, entering
into construction shall be made available to the recognized laboratory
inspector or to the Coast Guard marine inspector, or both, for review
upon request.
(b) Laboratory inspections and tests. Such examinations, inspections
and tests as are required by the recognized laboratory for listed and
labeled devices produced will be conducted by the laboratory inspector
at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of the
laboratory.
(c) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard
marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the
factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the
factory where work is being done on listed and labeled products, and
either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials
entering into construction or final assemblies, for further
examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the
tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
(d) Additional tests, etc. Unannounced examinations, tests, and
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted
by the recognized laboratory or the United States Coast Guard.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39
FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974)
46 CFR 160.064-7 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) A recognized laboratory must inform each manufacturer that
requests listing and labeling of a water safety device for use on boats
not carrying passengers for hire, of the procedures for:
(1) Inspection;
(2) Examination;
(3) Tests; and
(4) The forwarding to the Coast Guard of the test report and the
description of the quality control program of the requesting
manufacturer.
(b) The cost of any examination, test, and inspection and the cost of
listing and labeling must:
(1) Be paid by the manufacturer; and
(2) Be the same for similar services for each manufacturer.
(c) The Coast Guard reviews each test report and quality control
procedure forwarded by the recognized laboratory to determine if the
approval requirements have been met. After the review is completed, the
Coast Guard:
(1) Notifies the laboratory that the device is approved; and
(2) Publishes notice of the approval in the Federal Register and
Coast Guard publication CG-190.
(d) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, determines all matters
concerning approval requirements. The manufacturer or recognized
laboratory may at any time request advice from the Commandant regarding
these requirements.
(CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8123, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 73-246R,
39 FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974)
46 CFR 160.064-8 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) Listing and labeling as a water safety buoyant device acceptable
to the Commandant as approved may be terminated, withdrawn, cancelled,
or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the
Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized
laboratory or from the Commandant.
(b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing
and labeling may be any of the following:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements of the Coast Guard and the recognized
laboratory.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports
indicate a product is unsatisfactory or does not accomplish its
designated special purpose.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39
FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974)
46 CFR 160.064-9 Penalties.
(a) All violations of the conditions for listing and labeling by a
recognized laboratory are subject to the same penalties as violations of
the conditions for U.S. Coast Guard approval provided by other subparts
of this subchapter.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964)
46 CFR 160.064-9 Subpart 160.066 -- Distress Signal for Boats, Red
Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare
Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.066-1 Type.
(a) Red aerial pyrotechnic distress signals specified by this subpart
must be either self-contained or pistol launched, and either meteor or
parachute assisted type.
46 CFR 160.066-5 Design, construction, and manufacturing requirements.
(a) Each signal must be either:
(1) A self-contained unit with all necessary components for firing
the signal, or
(2) A cartridge intended for firing from a signal pistol that is
approved under Subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
(b) Each signal unit must have an interior chamber which contains the
main propulsion charge and which is constructed so that it is capable of
withstanding the forces generated by ignition without rupture, crack, or
deformation of any kind.
(c) Signals must be constructed in lots numbered serially by the
manufacturer. A new lot must be started when:
(1) Any change in construction details occurs;
(2) Any change in sources of raw materials occurs;
(3) Production is started on a new production line or on a previously
discontinued production line; or
(4) A lot exceeds 30,000 units.
46 CFR 160.066-7 Performance requirements
(a) Each signal must:
(1) Burn ''vivid red'' when tested as specified in 160.021-4(d)(7)
for at least 5.5 seconds.
(2) Have a peak luminous intensity of at least 10,000 candela.
(3) Burn a total of not less than 1,000 candleminutes (Cm) using the
formula
I T = Cm where:
I = the luminous intensity measured as in subsection (c);
T = the total burn time of the device in minutes; and
Cm = the candle-minute rating of the device.
(4) Burn out completely before falling back to the level of launch.
(5) Function in a manner that would not cause burns or injury to an
unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
(6) Not malfunction in a manner that would cause burns or injury to
an unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
(b) Each signal must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) after:
(1) Submersion in water for 24 hours, or
(2) If protected by a sealed container, submersion in water for 24
hours inside the sealed container immediately followed by submersion for
10 minutes without the container, and
(3) Being exposed to the Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage
Test in 160.066-13(b).
(c) Testing for burn time and luminous intensity pursuant to
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), respectively, shall be conducted in
conformity with the following requirements and procedures:
(1) The chart speed of the light measuring equipment shall not be
slower than 5 seconds per inch;
(2) The chart sweep of the light measuring equipment shall not be
slower than .5 seconds for full scale;
(3) The first and last seconds of the burn shall be eliminated in
measuring luminous intensity;
(4) The time during which the candle burns (excluding first and last
seconds of burn) is to be used to determine the luminous intensity by
averaging the readings taken during the burning; and
(5) Burn time is to be measured from first light of the signal to
dark.
46 CFR 160.066-9 Labeling.
(a) Each signal must be legibly and indelibly marked with the
following information:
(1) The manufacturer's name,
(2) The designed burning time of the pyrotechnic candle(s),
(3) The specific signal pistol for which the signal is designed, if
any,
(4) The lot number,
(5) The Coast Guard approval number,
(6) Operation and storage instructions,
(7) The month and year of expiration determined by 160.066-10, and
(8) The words:
''Aerial Flare. Acceptable as a Day and Night Visual Distress Signal
for boats as required by 33 CFR 175.110. For Emergency Use Only''.
(b) If the signal is too small to contain all of the information
required by paragraph (a) and any labeling which may be required by
paragraph (d), the information required by paragraphs (a) (2), (6), and
(8) may be printed on a separate piece of paper packed with each signal
or with the smallest container in which several signals are packed.
(c) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals
must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ''Keep under
cover in a dry place.''
(d) Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, 15 U.S. C.
1263.
46 CFR 160.066-10 Expiration date.
Each approved signal must have an expiration date marked on it. That
date must not be more than forty-two months from date of manufacture.
46 CFR 160.066-11 Approval procedures.
(a) Red aerial pyrotechnic flare distress signals are approved under
the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 100 signals from
which samples for approval testing must be drawn. Approval testing must
be conducted in accordance with the operational tests in 160.066-12 and
the technical tests in 160.066-13. In order for the signal to be
approved, the samples must pass both the operational and the technical
tests.
(c) The approval tests must be performed by an independent laboratory
accepted by the Commandant under 159.010 of this chapter. A list of
independent laboratories accepted by the Commandant is in 160.066-18.
46 CFR 160.066-12 Operational tests.
(a) The procedure for conducting operational tests is described in
figure (1).
(1) An ''accept lot'' decision must be reached in order to pass the
operational tests.
(2) If a ''reject lot'' decision is reached, the entire lot is
rejected.
(3) Signals from ''reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for
rejection, the reworking performed on the ''reject lot'', and the result
of the second test. Signals from ''reject lots'' may not, unless
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in
compliance with this specification.
(b) Each signal selected for the operational tests must be
conditioned by:
(1) Being submerged under at least 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24
hours without any protection other than its waterproofing; or
(2) If waterproofing is provided by a sealed plastic bag or other
waterproof packaging, submersion under 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24
hours in the packaging, followed immediately by submersion under 25 mm
(1 in.) of water for 10 minutes with the signal removed from the
packaging.
(c) After each signal selected has undergone the conditioning
required by paragraph (b) of this section it must be fired as described
by the manufacturer's operating instructions. The following data as
observed must be recorded for each signal:
(1) Burning time of the pyrotechnic candle;
(2) Color;
(3) Whether the pyrotechnic candle burns out above, at, or below the
level of launch.
(d) A signal fails the operational tests if:
(1) It fails to fire,
(2) The pyrotechnic candle fails to ignite,
(3) The pyrotechnic candle continues to burn after it falls back to
the level of launch,
(4) The observed color is other than vivid red, or
(5) The burning time is less than 5.5 seconds.
(e) A lot is rejected if a ''reject lot'' decision is reached using
Figure (1) and Table 1 after completion of the operational tests.
Insert illustrations 0089
46 CFR 160.066-13 Technical tests.
(a) The following conditions apply to technical tests as described in
this section:
(1) A total of nine signals must be selected at random from the lot
being tested;
(2) If the signals are protected by sealed packaging, then the
conditioning for the technical tests must be conducted with the signal
in the sealed packaging;
(3) If signals in the test sample fail to pass one of the technical
tests, the entire lot is rejected;
(4) Signals from ''reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for
rejection, the reworking performed on the ''reject lot'', and the result
of the second test. Signals from ''reject lots'' may not, unless
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in
compliance with this specification.
(b) The Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage Test must be
conducted in the following manner:
(1) Select three signals from the nine;
(2) Place each signal in a thermostatically controlled
even-temperature oven held at 55 Degrees C (131 Degrees F), and at not
less than 90% relative humidity, for at least 72 hours (If for any
reason it is not possbie to operate the oven continuously for the 72
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity
for 8 hours of each 24 during the 72 hour conditioning period.);
(3) After removal from the oven immediately place each signal in a
chamber:
(i) At a temperature of at least 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) but not
more than 25 degrees C (77 degrees F);
(ii) At not less than 65% relative humidity;
(iii) For ten days;
(4) Then remove each signal from any sealed packaging and fire it.
(5) The test sample fails the test if:
(i) Any signal ignites or decomposes before firing;
(ii) Any signal when fired malfunctions in a manner that would cause
burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal, or;
(iii) Two or more of the signals fail to project and ignite the
pyrotechnic candle.
(c) The Spontaneous Combustion Test must be performed in the
following manner:
(1) Select three signals from the remaining six signals and place
them in a thermostatically controlled even temperature over for 48 hours
at a temperature of 75 degrees C (167 degrees F).
(2) The test sample fails the test if any signal ignites or
decomposes during the test.
(d) The Luminous Intensity and Chromaticity Test must be performed in
the following manner:
(1) Remove the pyrotechnic candle from the remaining three signals.
(2) Ignite, measure, and record the intensity of the burning candle
with a visual photometer or equivalent photometric device or automatic
recorder:
(i) While the specimen is supported in a horizontal position and the
photometer is at right angles to the axis of the specimen,
(ii) At a distance of at least 3 m (10 ft.).
(3) Calculate the intensity of the candle as in 160.066-7(c).
(4) Measure and record the chromaticity of the burning candle as
specified in 160.021-4(d)(4).
(5) The test sample fails the test if more than one signal has a
luminous intensity of less than 10,000 candela, or more than one signal
is not ''vivid red''.
46 CFR 160.066-15 Production testing.
(a) Production tests must be performed under the procedures in
Subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) The operational tests in 160.066-12 must be performed for every
lot of signals produced.
(c) The technical tests in 160.066-13 must be performed at least once
every twelve months,or at least once every 10 lots, whichever occurs
first.
(d) If a lot is rejected on the basis of the technical tests, then
each subsequent lot produced must be tested according to the technical
tests until samples from a lot pass these tests.
(e) An independent laboratory acceptable to the Commandant must
perform or directly supervise:
(1) Each technical test, and
(2) All operational tests for at least four lots in a 12 month
period, unless fewer than four lots are produced in a 12 month period.
If less than four lots are produced in a 12 month period, each
operational test must be performed or directly supervised by the
independent laboratory.
(f) If a lot selected by the independent laboratory for an
operational test is rejected, then the operational tests for the next
lot produced, and the rejected lot, if reworked, must be performed or
directly supervised by the independent laboratory. The tests required
by this paragraph must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the
requirements of paragraph (e).
(g) The independent laboratory selects the lots upon which technical
tests are performed.
(h) If the manufacturer produces more than four lots within a 12
month period, the independent laboratory selects the lots for which it
performs or directly supervises the operational tests.
(i) The operational test performed or directly supervised by the
independent laboratory must occur at least once during each quarterly
period, unless no lots are produced during that period.
(j) The independent laboratory, when it performs or directly
supervises the technical tests required by paragraph (c) or (d) of this
section, must inspect the signals selected for testing and compare them
with the approved plans. Each signal inspected must conform to the
plans.
46 CFR 160.066-18 Recognized independent laboratories.
(a) The following are independent laboratories acceptable to the
Commandant for approval and production testing under this subpart:
(b) Revised copies of this list may be obtained from Commandant
(G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b,
48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.066-18 Subpart 160.071 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.066-18 Subpart 160.072 -- Distress Signals for Boats, Orange
Flag
Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.072-1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart establishes standards for distress flags for boats.
46 CFR 160.072-3 General performance requirements.
(a) Each flag must:
(1) Be a square or rectangle at least 90 cm (36 inches) wide and at
least 90 cm (36 inches) long. If the flag is a rectangle, the shorter
side cannot be less than 2/3 the length of the longer side;
(2) Have no less than 70% of the total area colored a bright
red-orange color;
(3) Display a black disc and a black square on the red-orange
background on both sides arranged as follows:
(i) The diameter of the disc and the length of one side of the square
shall be equal, and shall each be 1/3 of the length of the longest side
of the flag, or 30 cm (12 inches), whichever is greater.
(ii) The disc and square must be centered on one axis of the flag
parallel to the longest side of the flag as shown in Figure 160.072-3.
If the flag is a square, the axis may be parallel to any side.
Insert illustrations 0097
(iii) The disc and square shall be separated by a distance of 1/6 the
length of the longest side of the flag or 15 cm (6 inches), whichever is
greater.
(4) Be capable of passing the accelerated weathering test of
160.072-5;
(5) Have reinforced corners, each with a grommet; and,
(6) Be packaged with 4 pieces of line, with a tensile strength of at
least 225 N (Newtons) (50 lbs) no less than 30 cm (12 inches) long,
capable of passing through the grommets freely.
46 CFR 160.072-5 Accelerated weathering test.
(a) Condition the flag, folded to 1/16th its size or as packaged,
whichever is smaller, by submersion in 5% by weight sodium chloride
solution for 2 hours followed immediately by storage at 95% ( 5) related
humidity and 40 C ( 3 ) (100 F 5 ) for at least 15 days.
(b) Unfold and suspend flag by the lines provided, secured through
each grommet.
(c) Subject the flag to alternate 3 minute cycles of 5% by weight
sodium chloride solution at 55 degrees ( 5 ) C and air blasts of 40
knots at 55 degrees ( 5 ) C, perpendicular to and over the entire
surface of one side of the flag, without interruption for a period of
not less than 24 hours.
(d) The flag fails the accelerated weathering test if
(1) After conditioning, the flag cannot be unfolded without damage,
(2) There is any tearing,
(3) The flag does not retain its bright red/orange color,
(4) The disc and square images no longer meet the requirements of
160.072-3(a)(3) or,
(5) There is any visible rot over more than 3% of the flag's surface.
46 CFR 160.072-7 Manufacturer certification and labeling.
(a) Each distress flag intended as a Day Visual Distress Signal
required by 33 CFR Part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as
complying with the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each distress flag must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
(1) The manufacturer's name; and
(2) The following words --
''Day Visual Distress Signal for Boats. Complies with U.S. Coast
Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 160.072. For Emergency Use Only''.
46 CFR 160.072-09 Manufacturer notification.
(a) Each manufacturer certifying flags in accordance with the
specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the
Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20591 --
(1) Within 30 days after first certifying a flag,
(2) Every five years as long as the manufacturer continues to produce
flags, and
(3) Each time the design or construction material of the flag
changes.
(CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070,
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.072-09 Subpart 160.073 -- Float-Free Link or Life Floats and
Buoyant Apparatus
Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.073-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains requirements for a float-free link used for
connecting a life float or buoyant apparatus painter to a vessel. The
float-free link is designed to be broken by the buoyant force of the
life float or buoyant apparatus so that the float or apparatus breaks
free of a vessel that sinks in water deeper than the length of the
painter.
46 CFR 160.073-5 Certification.
(a) The float-free link is not approved by the Coast Guard. The
manufacturer of the link must certify that it meets all of the
requirements of this subpart by application of the markings required in
160.073-20.
(b) If the manufacturer wants the link to be listed in the Coast
Guard publication ''Equipment Lists,'' the manufacturer must send a
letter requesting the listing to Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 88-070,
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.073-10 Construction and performance.
(a) The link must be constructed essentially as shown in figure
160.073-10. The link must be formed from a single salt water
corrosion-resistant wire. A loop at least 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter
must be provided at each end of the wire. Each loop must be permanently
secured.
(b) The breaking strength of each link must be between:
(1) 450 N (100 lb.) and 600 N (134 lb.) for links intended for life
floats and buoyant apparatus of 10 persons and less capacity.
(2) 900 N (200 lb.) and 1200 N (268 lb.) for links intended for life
floats and buoyant apparatus of 11 to 20 persons capacity.
(3) 1800 N (400 lb.) and 2400 N (536 lb.) for links intended for life
floats and buoyant apparatus of 21 persons and more capacity.
46 CFR 160.073-15 Tests.
(a) The manufacturer shall perform a tensile test on the first three
links made from a particular spool of wire. The test must be done by
slowly loading the link until it breaks. The link must break between
the limits specified in 160.073-10(b). The break must occur in the
length of wire at or between the points where the loops are secured (see
Figure 160.073-10).
(b) If each of the three links passes the test, each link constructed
in the same manner from the same spool of wire may be certified by the
manufacturer as meeting the requirements of this subpart.
(c) If one or more of the three links fails the test, no link
manufactured in the same manner and from the same spool of wire as the
test links may be certified as meeting the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 160.073-20 Marking.
(a) Each link certified by the manufacturer to meet the requirements
of this subpart must have a corrosion resistant, waterproof tag attached
to it that has the following information on it (the manufacturer must
make the appropriate entries in the indicated space):
FLOAT-FREE LINK FOR LIFE FLOATS AND BUOYANT APPARATUS
Of (10 or less) (11 to 20) (21 or more) persons capacity.
Normal breaking strength ---- .
Meets U.S. coast guard
Requirements -- 46 CFR 160.073.
Made by: (name and address)
(Date) --
46 CFR 160.073-20 Subpart 160.077 -- Hybrid Inflatable Personal
Flotation Devices
Source: CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.077-1 Scope.
(a) This specification contains requirements for approving hybrid
inflatable personal flotation devices (hybrid PFDs).
(b) Other regulations in this chapter and in 33 CFR part 175 allow
recreational boats and uninspected commercial vessels to carry hybrid
PFD's as substitutes for other required PFD's if they are worn under
conditions prescribed in the manual required by 160.077-29, and on the
marking prescribed in 160.077-31. For recreational boats involved in a
special activity, hybrid PFD approval may also be limited to that
activity.
(c) On an inspected commercial vessel, a hybrid PFD will be approved
only --
(1) As work vest; or
(2) For the special purpose stated on the approval certificate and
PFD marking.
(d) A hybrid PFD will be approved only for adults.
(e) This specification also contains requirements for --
(1) Manufacturers and sellers of recreational hybrid PFD's to provide
an information pamphlet and owner's manual with each PFD; and
(2) Manufacturers of commercial hybrid PFD's to provide a user's
manual.
46 CFR 160.077-3 Definitions.
(a) Commandant (G-MVI) means the Chief of the Merchant Vessel
Inspection and Documentation Division, Office of Marine Safety, Security
and Environmental Protection, U.S. Coast Guard. Address: Commandant
(G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001. Telephone:
202-267-1444.
(b) Commercial hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on
commercial vessels identified on the PFD label.
(c) First quality workmanship means construction which is free from
any defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
(d) Hybrid PFD means a personal flotation device that has at least
one inflation chamber in combination with inherently buoyant material.
(e) Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas, that, when
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
(f) Inspector means an independent laboratory representative assigned
to perform duties described in 160.077-23.
(g) PFD means a personal flotation device of a type approved under
this subpart.
(h) Recreational hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on a
recreational boat as defined in 33 CFR 175.3(b).
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Reference vest means a model AK-1 PFD meeting subpart 160.047 of
this chapter, except that, in lieu of the weight and displacement values
prescribed in Tables 160.047-4(c)(2) and 160.047-(4)(c)(4), each front
insert must have a weight of kapok of at least 8.25 oz. and a volume
displacement of 9.0 0.25 lb., and the back insert must have a weight of
kapok of at least 5.5 oz. and a volume displacement of 6.0 0.25 lb. To
achieve the specified volume displacement, front insert envelopes may be
larger than the dimensions prescribed by 160.047-1( b).
(k) Second stage donning means adjustments or steps necessary to make
a PFD provide its intended flotation characteristics after the device
has been properly donned and then inflated.
(CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A,
51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 160.077-5 Required to be worn.
(a) As provided in Subpart 25.25 of this chapter, and in 33 CFR part
175, a hybrid PFD that is marked ''REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' may be used to
meet the Coast Guard PFD carriage requirements in those regulations only
if it is worn whenever the vessel is underway and the intended wearer is
not within an enclosed space.
(b) If hybrid PFD's with the marking ''REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' are not
worn under the conditions stated in paragraph (a) of this section, other
approved PFD's will have to be provided to comply with the applicable
carriage requirements in 33 CFR part 175 and subpart 25.25 of this
chapter.
(c) The following PFD's must be marked ''REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' as
specified in 160.077-31:
(1) Each recreational hybrid PFD.
(2) Each commercial hybrid PFD that is approved for use on an
uninspected commercial vessel.
46 CFR 160.077-7 Type.
(a) A hybrid PFD will be approved only as a Type V PFD. A Type V PFD
is a PFD that, unlike other PFD Types, has limitations on its approval.
(b) The approval tests in this subpart require each hybrid PFD to
have at least Type II or Type III PFD performance.
46 CFR 160.077-9 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of
the Federal Register publishes a table, ''Material Approved for
Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids section
of this volume. In that table is found the date of the edition
approved, citations to the particular sections of this part where the
material is incorporated, addresses where the material is available, and
the date of approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To
enforce any edition other than the one listed in the table, notice of
the change must be published in the Federal Register and the material
made available to the public. All approved material is on file at the
Office of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S.
Coast Guard, Survival Systems Branch (G-MVI-3), Washington, DC 20593.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
subpart are:
ASTM B 117, Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.
ASTM D 471, Rubber Property -- Effect of Liquids.
ASTM D 751, Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics.
ASTM D 1434, Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting.
TSO-C13, Federal Aviation Administration Standard for Life
Preservers.
In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191 the following test methods:
(1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth;
Grab Method.
(2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum
Method.
(3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method.
(4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated
Weathering Method.
(5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil Burial
Method.
Federal Standard No. 751, Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.
MIL-L-24611(SH) -- Life Preserver Support Package For Life Preserver,
MK 4.
''The Universal Color Language'' and ''The Color Names Dictionary''
in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, National Bureau
of Standards Special Publication 440.
UL 1191, ''Components for Personal Flotation Devices.''
UL 1517, ''Hybrid Personal Flotation Devices.''
46 CFR 160.077-11 Materials -- Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
(a) General. -- (1) Application. This section contains requirements
for materials used in recreational hybrid PFD's.
(2) Condition of Materials. All materials must be new.
(3) Material Selection. Unless otherwise specified in standards
incorporated by reference in this section, all materials must be
designed for use in all weather conditions throughout a temperature
range of
^30 C to +65 C (^22 F to +150 F).
(4) Certification. Each lot of material used in manufacturing PFD's
must have a certification of compliance with the requirements in this
section. The certification must be made by the PFD manufacturer, the
material supplier, or an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant in accordance with subpart 159.010 to make the certification.
Each certification by a supplier must be notarized. Each certification
by a PFD manufacturer must be accompanied by test results that show
compliance with this section.
(5) Weathering Resistance. Each non-metallic component which is not
suitably covered to shield against ultraviolet exposure must be designed
to --
(i) Retain at least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300
hours of sunshine carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of
Federal Test Method Standard Number 191; or
(ii) Meet UL 1517, section 4.3.
(6) Fungus Resistance. Each non-metallic component must be designed
to retain at least 90% of its strength after being subjected to the
mildew resistance test specified by Method 5762 of Federal Test Method
Standard 191 when untreated cotton is used as the control specimen.
Also, the gas transmission rate of inflation chamber materials must not
be increased by more than 10% after being subjected to this test.
Materials that are covered when used in the PFD may be tested with that
covering.
(7) Corrosion resistance. Each metal component must be --
(i) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact
with it; and
(ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium cartridge),
410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel or perform its
intended function, and have no visible pitting or other damage on any
surface, after 720 hours of salt spray testing according to ASTM B 117.
(8) Materials not covered. Materials not covered in this section
must be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
(b) Flotation material. Inherent buoyancy must be provided by --
(1) Plastic foam meeting --
(i) Subpart 164.013 of this chapter;
(ii) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter; or
(iii) UL 1191 and having a V factor of 89 except that, foam with a
lower V factor may be used if compensated to provide equivalent buoyancy
which, after a normal service life, is not less than that of a PFD made
with 7.5 lb. of buoyancy using a material having a V factor of 89; or
(2) Kapok meeting subpart 164.003 of this chapter.
(c) Fabric. -- (1) All fabric. All fabric, except inner envelope
fabric, must --
(i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I PFD's approved under
subpart 160.002 of this chapter; or
(ii) Meet the Type V requirements for ''Fabrics for Wearable
Devices'' in UL 1191, except that its breaking strength must be at least
400 N (90 lb.) in both the directions of greater and lesser thread
count.
(2) Rubber coated fabric. Rubber coated fabric must be of a
copper-inhibiting type.
(3) Inner envelope fabric. Inner envelope fabric must --
(i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(i) of this section; or
(ii) Be of a type accepted for use on Type II PFD's approved under
subpart 160.047 of this chapter.
(d) Inflation chamber materials. -- (1) All materials. The average
permeability of inflation chamber material must not be more than 110% of
the permeability of materials determined in approval testing prescribed
in 160.077-19(d). The average grab breaking strength and tear strength
of the material must be at least 90% of the grab breaking strength and
tear strength determined from testing prescribed in 160.077-19(d). No
individual sample result for breaking strength or tear strength may be
more than 20% below the results obtained in approval testing.
(2) Fabric covered chambers. Each material used in the construction
of inflation chambers that are covered with fabric must meet the
requirements specified for --
(i) Bladder materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the
material is an unsupported film, except that any color or finish may be
used; or
(ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13 if the material is a
coated fabric.
(3) Uncovered chambers. Each material used in the construction of
inflation chambers that are not covered with fabric must meet the
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) and (a)(5)(i) of this
section.
(e) Thread. All thread used in structural seams must meet
160.001-2(j) of this chapter. Thread and fabric combinations must have
similar elongation and durability characteristics.
(f) Webbing. Webbing used as a body strap, tie tape or drawstring,
or reinforcing tape must meet 160.002-3(e), 160.002-3(f), and
160.002-3(h) of this chapter respectively. Webbing used for tie tape or
drawstring must be capable of easily holding a knot and being easily
tied and untied. Webbing used as reinforcing tape must be smooth enough
to prevent chafing the wearer.
(g) Closures. -- (1) Strength. Each closure such as a buckle, snap
hook and dee ring, or other type of fastening must comply with UL 1517,
section 4.1. The width of each closure opening through which body strap
webbing passes must be the same as the width of that webbing.
(2) Means of Locking. Each closure used to secure a PFD to the body,
except a zipper, must have a quick and positive means of locking, such
as a snap hook and dee ring.
(3) Zipper. If a zipper is used to secure a PFD to the wearer it
must be --
(i) Easily initiated;
(ii) Non-jamming;
(iii) Right handed; and
(iv) Of a locking type.
(h) Inflation medium. If a hybrid PFD has an automatic or manual
inflation mechanism --
(1) The inflation medium must not contain or produce compounds more
toxic than CO2 in sufficient quantity to cause an adverse reaction if
inhaled through any of its oral inflation mechanisms; and
(2) Any chemical reaction during inflation must not leave a toxic
residue.
(i) (Reserved)
(J) Kapok pad covering. If kapok flotation material is used, pad
covering that meets 160.047-3(e) of this chapter must be provided to
enclose the material in at least three separate pads.
46 CFR 160.077-13 Materials -- Commercial Hybrid PFD's.
(a) General. All commercial hybrid PFD materials must meet
160.077-11 and this section.
(b) Closures. Each closure other than a zipper must have a minimum
breaking strength of 1000 N (225 lbs). If a zipper is used to secure
the PFD to the body, it must be used in combination with another closure
that has a quick and positive means of locking.
(c) Retroreflective Material. Each PFD must have at least 200 sq.
cm. (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material on its front side, at least
200 sq. cm. on its back side and at least 200 sq. cm. of material on
each reversible side, if any. The material must be Type I material that
is approved under Subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The material
attached on each side must be divided equally between the upper
quadrants of the side. The material, as attached, must not impair PFD
performance.
(d) PFD Light. Each PFD must have a PFD light that is approved under
subpart 161.012 of this chapter. The light must be securely attached to
the front shoulder area of the PFD. The light, as attached, must not
impair PFD performance or damage the life jacket.
46 CFR 160.077-15 Construction and Performance -- Recreational Hybrid
PFD's.
(a) Performance. (1) Each recreational hybrid PFD must be able to
pass the tests in 160.077-19.
(2) Each recreational hybrid PFD must --
(i) If second stage donning is required, have an obvious method for
doing it;
(ii) If it is to be marked as providing Type II performance, not
require second stage donning to achieve that performance;
(iii) Be capable of being worn while inflated at 60 N (13 lb.) of
buoyancy without significantly changing its appearance from, or making
it significantly less comfortable than, the uninflated condition;
(iv) Not cause significant discomfort to the wearer during and after
inflation; and
(v) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and can be
put on inside out, not restrict breathing when donned inside out,
adjusted to fit, and inflated.
(b) Construction; General. Each recreational hybrid PFD must --
(1) Have one or more inflation chambers;
(2) Have at least one oral means of inflation on each inflation
chamber;
(3) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at
least one chamber, if marked as providing Type II performance according
to 160.077-31(h)(2);
(4) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious
to an untrained wearer;
(5) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to
any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in
160.077-3(j).
(6) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part
of the closure from being easily removed from the PFD;
(7) If marked as universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg
(90 pounds), have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm (30 to 52
in.);
(8) Not have means of access to any inherently buoyant inserts;
(9) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or
internal, that are sufficiently sharp to damage the PFD or cause injury
to anyone using or maintaining the PFD;
(10) Be of first quality workmanship;
(11) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate --
(i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the PFD to
the vessel; and
(ii) Not have any instructions indicating that attachment is
intended;
(12) Except as otherwise required by this section, meet UL Standard
1517, sections 6.14, 6.20, 7.1, 7.3, 7.8, 8.4, and 9; and
(13) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant (G-MVI-3)
may prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(c) Inflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation mechanism on a
recreational hybrid PFD must --
(i) Not require tools to activate it or replace its inflation medium
cartridge or water sensitive element;
(ii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an
untrained wearer; and
(iii) Be located outside of its inflation chamber.
(2) Each oral inflation mechanism must --
(i) Be designed to operate without pulling on the mechanism;
(ii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
(iii) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
(3) Each automatic and manual inflation mechanism must --
(i) Have a simple method for replacing the inflation medium
cartridge; and
(ii) Be in a ready-to-use condition or be conspicuously marked to
indicate that the inflation mechanism is not in a ready-to-use condition
and that the purchaser must assemble it.
(4) Each manual inflation mechanism must --
(i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one
deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it; and
(ii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked
''Jerk to Inflate'' at two visible locations.
(5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must --
(i) Have an obvious method for indicating whether the mechanism has
been activated; and
(ii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
(6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual
inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a
distance of 2.5 m (8 ft.).
(d) Deflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation chamber must have its
own deflation mechanism.
(2) Each deflation mechanism must --
(i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the PFD is worn while
inflated;
(ii) Not require tools to operate it;
(iii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an
untrained wearer, and
(iv) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position.
(3) The deflation mechanism can be the oral inflation mechanism.
(e) Sewn seams. Stitching used in each structural seam of a PFD must
provide performance equal to or better than a Class 300 Lockstitch
meeting Federal Standard No. 751.
(CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A,
51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 160.077-17 Construction and Performance -- Commercial Hybrid
PFD's.
(a) General. Each commercial hybrid PFD must meet --
(1) Paragraph (b) of this section; and
(2) Section 160.077-15, except 160.077-15(a)(2)(iii) and
160.077-15(c)(1)(i).
(b) Additional requirements. Each commercial hybrid PFD must --
(1) Be able to pass the tests in 160.077-21;
(2) Not present a snag hazard when properly worn;
(3) When worn inflated, have a visible external surface area of at
least 1300 sq. cm (200 sq. in.) in front and 450 sq. cm (70 sq. in.)
in back that are primarily vivid reddish orange as defined by sections
13 and 14 of the ''Color Names Dictionary'';
(4) Have at least two separate inflation chambers;
(5) Have at least one manual inflation mechanism.
(6) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at
least one chamber; and
(7) Not require second stage donning after inflation.
46 CFR 160.077-19 Approval Testing -- Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
(a) General. (1) This section contains approval tests and
examinations for recreational hybrid PFD's. Each test and examination
must be conducted or supervised by an independent laboratory. The tests
must be done using PFD's that have been constructed in accordance with
the plans and specifications in the application for approval. In each
test only one PFD is required to be tested unless otherwise specified or
needed to complete the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or
corrected to, standard atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of
mercury and temperature of 20 C (68 F).
(3) The tests in paragraph (b) of this section must be completed
before doing the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
(4) In each test that specifies inflation by an automatic inflation
mechanism and either or both of the other mechanisms, the automatic
inflation mechanism must be tested first.
(5) Some tests in this section require PFD's to be tested while being
worn. The number and characteristics of the test subjects must be as
prescribed in section 11 of UL 1517.
(b) Tests. Each PFD design must be tested according to the
procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in those
tests:
(1) Donning and Operability, UL 1517, section 12.
(2) Jump Test, UL 1517, section 13.
(3) Flotation Stability and Inflation.
(i) Uninflated Flotation Stability, UL 1517, section 14.
Note: If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.
(ii) Inflation, UL 1517, section 14.3 through 14.5 using a PFD with
each automatic inflation mechanism disabled.
(iii) Inflated Flotation Stability, UL 1517, section 15, for either
Type II or Type III performance.
(4) Water Emergence, UL 1517, section 16.
(5) Operation Force Test, UL 1517, section 17.
(6) Buoyancy, Buoyancy Distribution, and Inflation Medium Retention
Test, UL 1517, sections 18 and 19, except that the buoyancy and volume
displacement of kapok buoyant inserts must be tested in accordance with
the procedures prescribed in 160.047-4(c)(4) and 160.047-5(e)(1) in lieu
of the procedures in UL 1517, section 18 and 19.
(7) Inflation Chamber Tests.
(i) Over-pressure Test, UL 1517, section 28.
(ii) Air Retention Test, UL 1517, section 29.
(8) Temperature Cycling Tests, UL 1517, section 23.
(9) Solvent Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 24.
(10) Environmental Tests, UL 1517, section 31.1.
(i) Humidity Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.4.
(ii) Rain Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.2 and 31.3.
(11) Abrasion/Compression Test, UL 1517, section 26.
(12) Water Entrapment Test, UL 1517, section 20.
(13) Tensile Tests, UL 1517, section 22.
(14) Strength of Attachment of Inflation Mechanism, UL 1517, section
30.
(15) Flame Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 25.
(16) Impact Test, UL 1517, section 21.
(17) Seam Strength Test, UL 1517, section 33.
(18) Puncture Test, UL 1517, section 27.
(c) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined
for compliance with the requirements of 160.077-15.
(d) Inflation Chamber Properties. -- (1) General. The tests in this
paragraph must be run if the tests in paragraph (b) of this section are
successfully completed. The results of these tests will be used to
check the quality of incoming PFD components and the production process.
Test samples must come from one of more PFD's that were each used in
all of the tests in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(16), and
(b)(18) of this section.
(2) Grab breaking strength. Grab breaking strength of chamber
materials must be determined according to Method No. 5100 of Federal
Test Method Standard 191, or ASTM D 751.
(3) Tear strength. Tear strength of chamber materials must be
determined according to Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test Method
Standard 191, or ASTM D 751.
(4) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be
determined according to ASTM D 1434 using CO2 as the test gas.
(5) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation
chamber of at least one PFD must be determined according to ASTM D 751,
except that 25 mm by 200 mm (1 in. by 8 in.) samples may be used where
insufficient length of straight seam is available.
(e) Additional Tests. The Commandant (G-MVI-3), may prescribe
additional tests, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
46 CFR 160.077-21 Approval Testing -- Commercial Hybrid PFD's.
(a) General. This section contains commercial hybrid PFD approval
tests. The provisions of 160.077-19(a) apply to each test in this
section.
(b) Tests. Each test prescribed in 160.077-19(b), except the tests
in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (b)(6), must be
conducted and passed.
(c) Additional tests. Each PFD design must also be tested according
to the procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in
these tests:
(1) Jump Test, UL 1517, section S6.
(2) In-water Removal Test, UL 1517, section S9.
(3) Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention Test, UL 1517, Section
S10.
(4) Flotation Stability.
(i) Uninflated Flotation Stability, UL 1517, section S7.
Note. -- If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.
(ii) Righting Action Test, UL 1517, section S8. In addition to
criteria stated in section S8, the requirements in paragraph (d) of this
section must be met after each test with one of the chambers deflated.
(d) Flotation Stability Criteria. At the end of the righting action
test --
(1) At least 75% of the PFD's retroreflective material on the outside
of the PFD, and the PFD light, must be above the water when the subject
is floating in the stable flotation attitude; and
(2) The subject when floating in the stable flotation position and
looking to the side, must be able to see --
(i) The water no more than 3 m (10 ft.) away; or
(ii) A mark on a vertical scale no higher than the lowest mark which
can be viewed when floating in the same position in the reference vest
defined in 160.077-3(j).
(e) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined
for compliance with the requirements of 160.077-15 and 160.077-17.
(f) Inflation Chamber Properties. If the tests in paragraphs (b) and
(c) of this section are completed successfully, the tests in
160.077-19(d) must be run.
(g) Additional Tests. The Commandant (G-MVI-3), may prescribe
additional tests, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
46 CFR 160.077-23 Production tests and inspections.
(a) General. (1) Production tests and inspections must be conducted
in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(2) The Commandant (G-MVI-3) may prescribe additional production
tests and inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check
for compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(b) Test and Inspection Responsibilities. In addition to
responsibilities set out in Part 159 of this chapter, each manufacturer
of a hybrid PFD and each independent laboratory inspector must comply
with the following, as applicable:
(1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must -- (i) Perform all required
tests and examinations on each PFD lot before the independent laboratory
inspector tests and inspects the lot;
(ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation
chamber material before using that lot in production;
(iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the
materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
(iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program for
maintaining production and test equipment;
(v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the
production methods used in producing the first PFD lot produced and
observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
(vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any
place in the factory where work is done on hybrid PFD's or component
materials, and where completed PFD's are stored; and
(vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take
samples of completed PFD's or of component materials for tests
prescribed in this subpart.
(2) Independent Laboratory.
(i) An inspector may not perform or supervise any production test or
inspection unless --
(A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
(B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production
methods and any revisions to those methods.
(ii) An inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection of
at least one PFD lot in each five lots produced, except that if less
than five lots are produced during any calendar quarter, at least one
lot must be tested and inspected during that quarter. Each lot tested
and inspected must be within seven lots of the previous lot inspected.
(iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for
noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(iv) At least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a
check on manufacturer compliance with this section, examine the
manufacturer's records required by 160.077-25 and observe the
manufacturer in performing each of the tests required by paragraph (h)
of this section.
(c) PFD Lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of PFD's
produced. No lot may exceed 1000 PFD's. A new lot must be started
whenever any change in materials or a production method is made, or
whenever any substantial discontinuity in the production process occurs.
Changes in lots of component materials must be treated as changes in
materials. Lots must be numbered serially. The lot number assigned,
along with the approval number, must enable the PFD manufacturer, by
referring to the records required by this subpart, to determine who
produced the components used in the PFD.
(d) Samples. (1) Samples used in testing and inspections must be
selected at random. Sampling must be done only when all PFD's or
materials in the lot are available for selection.
(2) Each sample PFD selected must be complete, unless otherwise
specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) The inspector may not select the same samples tested by the
manufacturer.
(4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the
applicable number listed in Table 160.077-23A or Table 160.077-23B, as
applicable.
Notes to Table:
(1) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The
tests referenced in 160.077-19(d)(2) through 160.077-19(d)(4) prescribe
the number of samples to select.
(2) Samples selected for this test may not be the same samples
selected for other tests.
(3) If any sample fails this test, the number of samples to be tested
in the next lot produced must be at least 2% of the total number of
PFD's in the lot or 10 PFD's, whichever is greater.
(4) This test is required only when a new lot of materials is used
and when a revised production process is used. However, the test must
be run at least once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new
lot of materials or revised process is started in that quarter.
Notes to Table:
(1) Samples selected for this test may not be the same PFD's selected
for other tests.
(2) This test may be omitted if the manufacturer has previously
conducted it and the inspector has conducted the test on a previous lot
during the same calendar quarter.
(3) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or
finish used in PFD construction must be tested. This test is only
required when a new lot of materials is used. However, the test must be
run at least once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new lot
of materials is started in that quarter.
(e) Accept/Reject Criteria: Manufacturer Testing. (1) A PFD lot
passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
(2) In lots of 200 or less PFD's the lot must be rejected if any
sample fails one or more tests.
(3) In lots of more than 200 PFD's, the lost must be rejected if --
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23A, one or
more samples fail the test.
(4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under
paragraph (k) of this section.
(5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only if
the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples
prescribed in the reference tests in 160.077-19(d) is within the
tolerances specified in 160.077-11(d)(1). Any lot that is rejected may
not be used in production.
(f) Accept/Reject Criteria: Independent Laboratory Testing. (1) A
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
(2) A lot must be rejected if --
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23B, one or
more samples fail the test.
(3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph
(k) of this section.
(g) Facilities and Equipment. -- (1) General. The manufacturer must
provide the test equipment and facilities described in this section for
performing production tests, examinations, and inspections.
(2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all
test equipment checked at least every six months by a weights and
measures agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
(3) Equipment. The following equipment is required:
(i) A Sample Basket for buoyancy tests. It must be made of wire mesh
and be of sufficient size and durability to hold a complete inflated
PFD. The basket must be heavy enough or be sufficiently weighted to
become submerged when holding a test sample.
(ii) A Tank Filled with Fresh Water for buoyancy tests. The height
of the tank must be sufficient to allow a water depth of at least 5 cm
(2 inches) from the water surface to the top of the basket when the
basket is not touching the bottom. The length and width of the tank
must be sufficient to prevent each submerged basket from contacting
another basket or the tank sides and bottom. Means for locking or
sealing the tank must be provided to prevent disturbance of any samples
or a change in water level during testing.
(iii) A Scale that has sufficient capacity to weigh a submerged
sample basket. The scale must be sensitive to 13 g (0.5 oz.) and must
not have an error exceeding 13 g (0.5 oz.).
(iv) Tensile Test Equipment that is suitable for applying pulling
force in conducting body strap assembly strength subtests. The
equipment assembly may be (A) a known weight and winch, (B) a scale,
winch, and fixed anchor, or (C) a tensile test machine that is capable
of holding a given tension. The assembly must provide accuracy to
maintain a pulling force within 2 percent of specified force.
Additionally, if the closed loop test method is used, two cylinders of
the type described in that method must be provided.
(v) A Thermometer that is sensitive to 0.5 C (1 F) and does not have
an error exceeding 0.25 C (0.5 F).
(vi) A Barometer that is capable of reading mm (inches) of mercury
with a sensitivity of 1 mm (0.05 in.) Hg and an error not exceeding 0.05
mm (0.02 in.) Hg.
(vii) A Regulated Air Supply that is capable of supplying the air
necessary to conduct the tests specified in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(
5) of this section.
(viii) A Pressure Gauge that is capable of measuring air pressure
with a sensitivity of 1 kPa (0.1 psig) and an error not exceeding 0.5
kPa (0.05 psig).
(ix) A Torque Wrench if any screw fasteners are used. The wrench
must be sensitive to, and have an error of less than, one-half the
specified tolerance for the torque values of the fasteners.
(4) Facilities: The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and
the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in conducting or
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the
inspector's use.
(h) Production Tests and Examinations -- (1) General. (i) Samples
used in testing must be selected according to paragraph (d) of this
section.
(ii) On the samples selected for testing --
(A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraph (h)(2)
through (h)(8) of this section; and
(B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise
the tests in paragraph (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
(iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the
requirements in this paragraph, comply with the requirements, if any,
set out in the approved plans and specifications.
(2) Inflation Chamber Materials. Each sample must be tested
according to 160.077-19(d)(1) through 160.077-19(d)(4). The average and
individual results of testing the minimum number of samples prescribed
in 160.077-19(d) must comply with the requirements in 160.077-11(d)(1).
(3) Seam Strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each
sample must be tested according to 160.077-19(d)(1) and 160.077-19(
d)(5). The results for each inflation chamber must be at least 90% of
the results obtained in approval testing.
(4) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested according to and meet
UL 1517, section 28.
(5) Air Retention. Each sample must be tested according to and meet
UL 1517, section 36.
(6) Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention. Each sample must be
tested according to and meet 160.077-19(b)(6), except that the UL 1517
section 19 test is not required unless specified on the approved plans
and specifications. In addition to meeting the minimum values required
by 160.077-19(b)(6), each buoyancy value must fall within the tolerances
specified in the approved plans and specifications.
(7) Tensile Strength. Each sample must be tested according to and
meet UL 1517, section 22.
(8) Detailed Product Examination. Each sample must be disassembled
to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the following:
(i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be within
its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as specified
on the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
(iv) The PFD must not otherwise be defective.
(9) Waterproof Marking Test. Each sample is completely submerged in
fresh water for at least 30 min. and then removed and immediately
placed on a hard surface. The markings are vigorously rubbed with the
fingers for 15 seconds. If the printing becomes illegible, the sample
is rejected.
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Final Lot Examination and Inspection. (1) General. On each PFD
lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer must perform a
final lot examination and an independent laboratory inspector must
perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected according to
paragraph (d) of this section. Each final lot examination and
inspection must show --
(i) First quality workmanship;
(ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes,
drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and
specifications; and
(iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in 160.077-31.
(2) Accept/Reject Criteria. Each nonconforming PFD must be rejected.
If three or more nonconforming PFD's are rejected for the same kind of
defect, lot examination or inspection must be discontinued and the lot
rejected.
(3) Manufacturer Examination. This examination must be done by a
manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans
and specifications, the functioning of the PFD and its components, and
the production testing procedures. This person must not be responsible
for meeting production schedules or be supervised by someone who is.
This person must prepare and sign the inspection record required by
159.077-13 of this chapter and 160.077-25(b).
(4) Independent Laboratory Inspection. (i) The inspector must
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if observation of the
records for the lot or of individual PFD's shows noncompliance with this
section or the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the
manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
(iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the Commandant (G-MVI-3) must
be advised immediately.
(iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the record required by
159.077-13 of this chapter and 160.077-25(b). If the lot passes, the
record must also include the inspector's certification to that effect
and a certification that no evidence of noncompliance with this section
was observed.
(k) Disposition of PFD's Rejected in Testing or Inspections. (1) A
rejected PFD lot may be resubmitted for testing, examination, or
inspection if the manufacturer first removes and destroys each PFD
having the same type of defect or, if authorized by the Commandant
(G-MVI-3), reworks the lot to correct the defect.
(2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be
resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been
corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the
Commandant (G-MVI-3).
(3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for
sale with the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is
Coast Guard approved.
(CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A,
51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 160.077-25 Manufacturer records.
(a) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must keep the records required
by 159.007-13 of this chapter, except that they must be retained at
least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was
conducted.
(b) Each record required by 159.007-13 of this chapter must also
include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if
there is more than one available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFD's in
the lot.
(3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
(c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used
in testing is not required for the records prescribed in 159.077-13 of
this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus meet
the requirements of this subpart.
(d) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must also keep the following
records:
(1) Records for all materials used in production including the
following:
(i) Name and address of the supplier.
(ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
(iii) Lot number.
(iv) Certification meeting 160.077-11(a)(4).
(2) A copy of this subpart.
(3) Each document incorporated by reference in 160.077-9.
(4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
(5) The approval certificate.
(6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the
agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records
required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60
months.
Effective Date Note: At 50 FR 33935, Aug. 22, 1985, 160.077-25(a)
and (e) were added. This amendment contains information collection
requirements which will not be effective until approval has been
obtained from the Office of Management and Budget. A notice will be
published in the Federal Register.
46 CFR 160.077-27 Pamphlet.
(a) Each recreational hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale must be
provided with a pamphlet that a prospective purchaser can read prior to
purchase. The pamphlet must meet the requirements of UL 1517, section
39.
(b) Each pamphlet must be prominently marked ''Seller, do not remove
pamphlet.''
(c) No person may sell or offer for sale any recreational hybrid PFD
unless the pamphlet required by this section is provided with it.
46 CFR 160.077-29 PFD Manuals.
(a) Approval. The text of each manual required by this section is
reviewed with the application for approval. Changes may be required if
needed to comply with this section.
(b) Recreational Hybrid PFD's. Each recreational hybrid PFD sold or
offered for sale must be provided with an owner's manual.
(1) Each manual must contain at least the following in the order
presented below:
(i) The information in UL 1517, section 40 under the heading
''Approval Restrictions and Carriage Requirements.''
(ii) Instructions on use including instructions on donning,
inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice
operation.
(iii) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD,
and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection.
(iv) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired.
(v) The information in UL 1517, section 40, that is not included
under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
(2) No person may sell or offer for sale a recreational hybrid PFD
unless the manual required by this paragraph is provided with it.
(c) Commercial Hybrid PFD. (1) Each commercial hybrid PFD that is
REQUIRED TO BE WORN must be provided with a manual that contains the
information in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(2) Each commercial hybrid PFD that is approved only as a work vest
must have a manual that contains the information in this paragraph or in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(3) Each commercial hybrid PFD approved with a special purpose
limitation must have a user's manual that --
(i) Explains in detail the proper care, maintenance, stowage and use
of the PFD; and
(ii) Includes any other safety information as prescribed by the
approval certificate.
(4) If the manual required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section calls
for inspection or service by vessel personnel, the manual must --
(i) Specify personnel training or qualifications needed;
(ii) Explain how to identify the PFD's that need to be inspected;
and
(iii) Have an inspection and service log, unless the information is
otherwise recorded.
46 CFR 160.077-30 Spare operating components and temporary marking.
(a) Spare Operating Components. Each recreational and commercial
hybrid PFD which is marked REQUIRED TO BE WORN must --
(i) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism, be packaged
and sold with at least three spare inflation medium cartridges; and
(ii) If it has an automatic inflation mechanism, be packaged and sold
with at least three spare water sensitive elements.
(b) Temporary Marking. Each hybrid PFD which is provided in a
ready-to-use condition but has covers or restraints to inhibit tampering
with the inflation mechanism prior to sale must have any such covers or
restraints conspicuously marked ''REMOVE IMMEDIATELY AFTER PURCHASE''.
46 CFR 160.077-31 PFD Marking.
(a) General. Each hybrid PFD must be marked with the applicable
information required by this section. Each marking must be waterproof,
clear, permanent, and readable from a distance of three feet.
(b) Prominence. Each marking, other than the text in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this section, must be significantly less prominent and in
smaller print than paragraph (c) and (d) text.
(c) Recreational Hybrid PFD's. Each recreational hybrid PFD must be
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be
presented in the exact order shown:
ADULT -- For a person weighing more than 90 lb.
Type V PFD: Recreational Hybrid Inflatable -- Approved for use only
on recreational boats. REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast Guard carriage
requirements (except for persons in enclosed spaces as explained in
owner's manual).
YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
This PFD requires maintenance.
Try this PFD in the water to see if it will float you without
inflation.
When inflated this PFD provides performance equivalent to a (See
paragraph (h) of this section for exact text to be used here).
When new, this PFD provides a minimum buoyant force of 7.5 lb.
uninflated and 22 lb. inflated.
A pamphlet and owner's manual must be provided with this PFD.
(d) Commercial Hybrid PFD's. Each commercial hybrid PFD must be
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be
presented in the exact order shown:
ADULT -- For a person weighing more than 90 lb.
Type V PFD: Commercial Hybrid Inflatable -- Approved for use on (See
paragraph (j) of this section for exact text to be used here).
YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
This PFD must be maintained, stowed, and used only in accordance with
the manufacturer's manual.
Try this PFD in the water to see if it will float you without
inflation.
When new, this PFD provides a minimum buoyant force of 10 lb.
uninflated and 22 lb. inflated.
(e) All PFD's. Each hybrid PFD must also be marked with the
following information below the text required by paragraph (c) or (d) of
this section:
(1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval Number (insert assigned approval
number).
(2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
(3) Lot Number.
(4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
(5) Generic identification of the inherently buoyant material.
(6) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the
following:
(i) Warning against dry cleaning.
(ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
(iii) Specific donning instructions.
(f) Identification of User. Each hybrid PFD must have adequate space
within which to mark the name or other identification of the intended
user.
(g) Flotation Material Buoyancy Loss. -- (1) Foam. When flotation
foam having a V factor of less than 94 is used, the buoyancy loss
statement in UL 1517 section 37.5, item E, must follow the minimum
bouyant force statement in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.
(2) Kapok. When kapok flotation material is used, the following must
be provided after the minimum buoyant force statement in paragraph (c)
or (d) of this section: ''If pads become stiff or waterlogged, replace
the device.''
(h) Type Equivalence. The exact text to be inserted will be one of
the following type equivalents as noted on the approval certificate:
(1) Donned Type I PFD.
(2) Type II PFD.
(3) Type III PFD.
(4) Type V PFD -- (insert exact text of additional description noted
on approval certificate).
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Approved Use. The exact text to be inserted will be one or more
of the following statements as noted on the approval certificate:
(1) ''uninspected commercial vessels. REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet
Coast Guard carriage requirements (except for persons in enclosed spaces
as explained in owner's manual).''
(2) ''inspected commercial vessels as a WORK VEST only.''
(3) ''(Insert exact text of special purpose or limitation, and
vessel(s) or vessel type(s), noted on approval certificate).''
(k) Statement of minimum uninflated buoyancy. Instead of the
statement concerning minimum buoyancy required by paragraphs (c) and (d)
of this section, a hybrid PFD may be marked with a minimum buoyant force
of greater than 7.5 lb. uninflated and greater than 22 lb. inflated if
specified on the approved plans and specifications.
(CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A,
51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 160.077-33 Approval procedures.
(a) General. Subpart 159.005 of this chapter contains the approval
procedures. Those procedures must be followed, excepted as modified in
this paragraph.
(1) Preapproval review under 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be omitted
if a similar design has already been approved.
(2) The information required in all three subparagraphs of
159.005-5(a)(2) must be included in the application.
(3) The application must also include the following:
(i) The type of performance (i.e. Donned Type I, Type II or Type III)
that the PFD is designed to provide.
(ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the
vessel(s) or type(s) of vessel on which its use is planned.
(iii) Buoyancy and torque tolerances to be allowed in production.
(iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to
required text.
(v) The manual required by 160.077-29 (UL 1517 text may be omitted in
this submission).
(4) The description of quality control procedures required by
159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may be
omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures
comply with 160.077-23.
(b) Waiver of tests. If a manufacturer requests that any test in
this subpart be waived, one of the following must be provided to the
Commandant (G-MVI-3), as justification for the waiver:
(1) Acceptable test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design.
(2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to
the particular design or that by design or construction the PFD cannot
fail the test.
(c) Alternative Requirements. A PFD that does not meet requirements
in this subpart may still be approved if the device --
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant (G-MVI-3)
in place of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
(2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other
PFD's that do comply with this subpart.
(CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A,
51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 160.077-35 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
(a) Each change in design, material, or construction of an approved
PFD must be approved by the Commandant (G-MVI-3) before being used in
any production PFD's.
(b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and
materials may be made only by the Commandant (G-MVI-3).
46 CFR 160.077-37 Independent laboratories.
A list of independent laboratories which have been accepted by the
Commandant for conducting or supervising the tests and inspections
required by this subpart, and for making material certifications
required by 160.077-11, may be obtained from Commandant (G-MVI-3).
46 CFR 160.077-37 Subpart 160.171 -- Immersion Suits
Source: CGD 84-069a, 52 FR 1188, Jan. 12, 1987, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.171-1 Scope.
This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and
approval tests for adult and child insulated, buoyant immersion suits
that are designed to prevent shock upon entering cold water and lessen
the effect of hypothermia (extreme body heat loss due to immersion in
cold water). Immersion suits approved under this subpart will meet the
requirements of Regulation 33 of Chapter III of the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, under the Second Set
of Amendments adopted 17 June 1983.
46 CFR 160.171-3 Incorporations by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this
subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The Office of the
Federal Register publishes a table, ''Material Approved for
Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids section
of this volume. In that table is found citations to the particular
sections of this part where the material is incorporated. To enforce any
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section,
notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and the
material made available. All approved material is on file at the Office
of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast
Guard, Survival Systems Branch (G-MVI-3), Washington, DC 20593.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
subpart are:
American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
ASTM B 117-73 (Reapproved 1979), Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog)
Testing.
ASTM C 177-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
ASTM C 518-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter.
ASTM D 975-81, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils.
ASTM D 1004-66 (Reapproved 1976), Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and
Sheeting.
Federal Standards Specification Unit (WFSIA), Regional Office
Building, Room 6039, 7th and D Streets SW, Washington, DC 20407.
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440 -- Color,
Universal Language and Dictionary of Names; December 1976.
Federal Test Method Standard No. 191a dated July 20, 1978, Method
5304.1, Abrasion Resistance of Cloth, Oscillatory Cylinder (Wyzenbeek)
Method, dated July 9, 1971.
Federal Standard No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings, dated
January 25, 1965.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingston Rd. Northbrook, IL
60062.
UL 1191, First Edition (Standard for Components for Personal
Flotation Devices), as revised March 29, 1977.
46 CFR 160.171-5 Independent laboratory.
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted
by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart
159.010 of this chapter.
46 CFR 160.171-7 Approval procedures.
(a) General. An immersion suit is approved by the Coast Guard under
the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in
accordance with 160.171-17 or 160.171-19.
(c) Approval of child size and oversize adult suits. No child size
or oversize adult sized suit will be approved unless the adult size of
the suit has been approved.
46 CFR 160.171-9 Construction.
(a) General. Each immersion suit must be constructed primarily of a
closed-cell flexible foam that meets the buoyancy and thermal insulation
requirements in 160.171-11 (a) and (c). Each suit must be designed to
cover the wearer's entire body, except for the area of the nose and
eyes. It must be capable of being worn inside-out or be clearly capable
of being worn in only one way and, as far as possible, incapable of
being donned incorrectly.
(b) Impact resistance and body strength. The body of each suit must
be designed to allow the wearer to jump from a height of at least 4.5 m
into the water without injury and without dislodging or damaging the
suit.
(c) Seams. Stitching in each sewn structural seam of an immersion
suit must be lock type stitching that meets the requirements in Federal
Standard No. 751 for one of the following:
(1) Class 300 Lockstitch.
(2) Class 700 Single Thread Lockstitch.
Other stitches which are not true lock stitches may be used to
reinforce a glued seam provided the adhesive alone has the required seam
strength after the non-standard stitch has been removed.
(d) Seam strength. Each seam must have a strength of at least 225
Newtons (50 lb.).
(e) Closures and seals. Each closure and seal must be designed so
that, following a jump from a height of not less than 4.5 m into the
water, there is no undue ingress of water into the suit.
(f) Hardware. All hardware of an immersion suit must be of a size
and design that allows ease of operation by the wearer. The hardware
must be attached to the suit in a manner that allows the wearer to
operate it easily and that prevents it from attaining a position in
which it can be operated improperly.
(g) Metal parts. Each metal part of an immersion suit must be --
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatable with each other metal part in contact
with it.
(h) Suit exterior. The primary color of the exterior of each suit
must be vivid reddish orange (color number 34 of National Bureau of
Standards Publication 440). The exterior surface of the suit must
resist tearing and abrasion when tested as prescribed in 160.171-17(n)
and (o).
(i) Buoyant materials and compartments. Buoyant materials used in a
suit must not be loose or granular. The suit must not have an inflated
or inflatable chamber, except as prescribed in 160.171-11(a)(2).
(j) Hand and arm construction. The hand of each suit must be a glove
that allows sufficient dexterity for the wearer to pick up a 9.5 mm (3/8
in.) diameter wooden pencil from a table and write with it, after being
immersed in water at 5 C for a period of one hour. The glove may not be
removable unless it is attached to the arm and unless it can be secured
to the arm or stowed in a pocket on the arm when not in use. A
removable glove must be designed so that there is no undue ingress of
water into the glove during use. Each arm with a removable glove must
have a wristlet seal that meets paragraph (e) of this section.
(k) Leg construction. Each suit must be designed to minimize or
reduce free air in its legs when the wearer enters the water headfirst.
(l) Foot construction. Each leg of a suit must have a foot that has
a hard sole or enough room for a work shoe to be worn inside. The sole
of each foot must be --
(1) Natural or synthetic rubber that is ribbed or bossed for skid
resistance; and
(2) Designed to prevent the wearer from slipping when the suit is
tested as prescribed in 160.171-17(c)(5).
(m) Size. Each adult suit must fit persons ranging in weight from 50
kg (110 lb.) to 150 kg (330 lb.) and in height from 1.5 m (59 in.) to
1.9 m (75 in.). Each child size suit must fit children or small adults
ranging in weight from 20 kg (44 lb.) to 50 kg (110 lb.) and in height
from 1.0 m (39 in.) to 1.5 m (59 in.). An oversize adult suit is
intended for persons too large for the standard adult suit. Each suit
must be capable of being worn comfortably over clothing and must not
restrict the wearer's motion. The suit size and design must allow
successful completion of the mobility tests prescribed in 160.171-17(
c)(2) through (7).
(n) Retroreflective material. Each immersion suit must be fitted
with Type I retroreflective material that meets subpart 164.018 of this
chapter. When the wearer of an immersion suit is in any stable floating
position, at least 200 cm /2/ (31 sq. in.) of the material must be
visible above water.
(o) PFD Light. Each immersion suit must be designed so that a light
meeting the requirements of Subpart 161.012 of this chapter can be
attached to its front shoulder area and so that the light when attached
does not damage the suit and cannot adversely affect its performance.
If the manufacturer of the suit designates a specific location for the
light, or designates a specific model light, this information must be
clearly printed on the suit or in the instructions prescribed by
160.171-15(c).
(p) Inflation tube. If the suit has an inflatable auxiliary means of
buoyancy, each joint in the oral inflation tube must be joined with a
clamping device. A flange connection between the tube and the
inflatable chamber must be reinforced so that the flange on the
inflation tube is secured between the material of the inflatable section
and the reinforcement.
46 CFR 160.171-11 Performance.
(a) Buoyancy. Each suit must meet the following buoyancy
requirements as measured in the test conducted under 160.171-17(h):
(1) The adjusted buoyancy of each adult and each oversize adult size
suit must be at least 100 N (22 lb.). The adjusted buoyancy of each
child size suit must be at least 50 N (11 lb.) The measured buoyancy
must not be reduced by more than 5% after 24 hours submersion in fresh
water.
(2) Each suit must have a stable floating position in which the
wearer's head must be tilted to a position between 30 and 80 above the
horizontal, with the mouth and nose at least 120 mm (4 3/4 in.) above
the surface of the water. If necessary, this position may be obtained
through the use of an auxiliary means of buoyancy such as an inflatable
bladder behind the wearer's head.
(3) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is necessary to meet paragraph
(a)(2) of this section, the suit must have a stable floating position
without the auxiliary means of buoyancy in which the mouth and nose of
the wearer are at least 50 mm (2 in.) above the surface of the water.
(4) The buoyancy of any auxiliary means of buoyancy must not be
counted when determining the buoyancy of the suit.
(b) Righting. The suit must be designed to turn the body of an
unconscious person in the water from any position to one where the mouth
is clear of the water in not more than five seconds, without assistance
or the use of any means of auxiliary buoyancy which must be inflated by
the wearer; or to allow the wearer to turn from a face down to a face
up position in not more than 5 seconds, without assistance or the use of
any means of auxiliary buoyancy. If an automatically inflated means of
auxiliary buoyancy is used to meet this paragraph, the inflation
mechanism must meet the requirements for commercial hybrid PFDs in
160.077-15(c) of this chapter, and the tests required under
160.077-21(c)(3) of this chapter. Auxiliary buoyancy, if fitted and/or
inflated, must not interfere with righting.
(c) Thermal protection. The suit must be designed to protect against
loss of body heat as follows:
(1) The thermal conductivity of the suit material when submerged 1 m
(39 in.) in water must be less than or equal to that of a control sample
of 4.75 mm ( 3/16 in.) thick, closed-cell neoprene foam. The control
sample of foam must have a thermal conductivity of not more than 0.055
watt/meter^ K (0.38 Btu^in./hr.^sq.ft.^ F).
(2) The suit must provide the wearer with sufficient thermal
insulation, following one jump into the water from a height of 4.5 m, to
ensure that the wearer's body core temperature does not fall more than 2
C (3.6 F) after a period of 6 hours immersion in calm circulating water
at a temperature of between 0 C (32 F) and 2 C (35.6 F).
(d) Donning time. Each suit must be designed so that a person can
don the suit correctly within two minutes after reading the donning and
use instructions described in 160.171-15(a).
(e) Vision. Each suit must be designed to allow unrestricted vision
throughout an arc of 60 to either side of the wearer's straight-ahead
line of sight when the wearer's head is turned to any angle between 30
to the right and 30 to the left. Each suit must be designed to allow a
standing wearer to move head and eyes up and down far enough to see both
feet and a spot directly overhead.
(f) Water penetration. An immersion suit must be designed to prevent
undue ingress of water into the suit following a period of flotation in
calm water of one hour.
(g) Splash protection. Each suit must have a means to prevent water
spray from directly entering the wearer's mouth.
(h) Storage temperature. Each suit must be designed so that it will
not be damaged by storage in its storage case at any temperature between
^30 C (^22 F) and +65 C (149 F).
(i) Flame exposure. Each suit must be designed to prevent sustained
burning or continued melting after it is totally enveloped in a fire for
a period of 2 seconds.
(j) Oil resistance. Each immersion suit must be designed to be
useable after a 24 hour exposure to diesel oil.
46 CFR 160.171-13 Storage case.
(a) Each suit must have a storage case made of vinyl coated cloth or
material that provides an equivalent measure of protection to the suit.
(b) Each storage case must be designed so that it is still useable
after two seconds contact with a gasoline fire.
46 CFR 160.171-15 Instructions.
(a) Each suit must have instructions for its donning and use in an
emergency. The instructions must be in English and must not exceed 50
words. Illustrations must be used in addition to the words. These
instructions must be on the exterior of the storage case or printed on a
waterproof card attached to the storage case or to the suit.
(b) If the suit has an inflatable auxiliary means of buoyancy,
separate instructions covering the use of the inflation valve must be
provided on the suit near the valve or on a waterproof card attached
near the valve.
(c) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency must
also be available in a format suitable for mounting on a bulkhead of a
vessel. This placard must be in English, must include illustrations,
and must include a warning as to the risk of entrapment in a submerged
compartment due to the buoyancy of the suit.
(d) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency,
instructions for care and repair of the suit, and any additional
necessary information concerning stowage and use of the suit on a vessel
must be available in 8 1/2 x 11 loose-leaf format suitable for inclusion
in the vessel's training manual.
46 CFR 160.171-17 Approval testing for adult size immersion suit.
Caution: During each of the in-water tests prescribed in this
section, a person ready to render assistance when needed should be near
each subject in the water.
(a) General. An adult size immersion suit must be tested as
prescribed in this section. If the suit is also made in a child size, a
child size suit must be tested as prescribed in 160.171-19. If the suit
is also made in an oversize adult size, an oversize adult suit must be
tested as prescribed in 160.171-17(g) to determine the measured buoyancy
for the suit. No additional testing will be required if the oversize
adult suit is of the same design as the adult suit except for extra
material to provide for larger persons.
(b) Test samples. Each test prescribed in this section may be
performed by using as many immersion suits as needed to make efficient
use of the test subjects and test equipment, except that each subject in
the impact test described in 160.171-17(c)(11) must not use more than
one suit during the test, and the suits used in the impact test must
also be used in the thermal protection test described in 160.171-17(d).
(c) Mobility and flotation tests. The mobility and flotation
capabilities of each immersion suit must be tested under the following
conditions and procedures:
(1) Test subjects. Seven males and three females must be used in the
tests described in this paragraph. The subjects must represent each of
the three physical types (ectomorphic, endomorphic, and mesomorphic).
Each subject must be in good health. The heaviest subject, of either
sex, must weigh at least 135 kg (298 lb.). The heaviest male subject
must weigh at least 115 kg (254 lb.) and the lightest male subject must
weigh not more than 55 kg (121 lb). The heaviest female subject must
weigh at least 115 kg (254 lb.) and the lightest female subject must
weigh not more than 55 kg (121 lb). Each subject must be unfamiliar
with the specific suit under test. Each subject must wear a standard
range of clothing consisting of:
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(iii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
(v) Rubber soled work shoes.
(2) Donning time. Each subject is removed from the view of the other
subjects and allowed one minute to examine a suit and the manufacturer's
instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency. At the
end of this period, the subject attempts to don the suit as rapidly as
possible without the aid of a chair or any support to lean on. If the
subject does not don the suit completely, including gloves and any other
accessories, within two minutes, the subject removes the suit and is
given a demonstration of correct donning, and again attempts to don the
suit. At least nine of the ten subjects must be able to don the suit
completely, including time to remove shoes if necessary, in two minutes
in at least one of the two attempts.
(3) Field of vision. The immersion suit's field of vision must be
tested as follows:
(i) While wearing a suit, each subject sits upright and faces
straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at
an angle of 60 away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight.
The observer must be able to see the subject's closest eye at this
position. The observer then walks past the front of the subject to a
position on the subject's other side that is at an angle of 60 away from
the subject's straight-ahead line of sight. The suit must not obstruct
the observer's view of the subject's eyes at any point between the two
positions.
(ii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces
straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at
an angle of 90 away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight.
The subject then turns his or her head through an arc of 30 toward the
position of the observer. This procedure is repeated with the observer
positioned on the other side of the subject at an angle of 90 away from
the subject's straight ahead line of sight. The suit must not obstruct
the observer's view of the subject's eyes when the subject's head is
turned 30 toward the observer.
(iii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces
straight ahead. Through a combination of head and eye movement, the
subject looks first at a spot directly overhead, then looks at a spot on
or between the feet. An observer must verify that the subject can make
the necessary head and eye movements while wearing the suit.
(4) Hand dexterity. A physician must always be present during this
test. While wearing a suit, including a removable glove if any, and
after being immersed in water at 5 C (41 F) for a period of one hour,
each subject must be able to pick up a 9.5 mm ( 3/8 in.) diameter wooden
pencil from a flat hard surfaced table using only one hand. Still using
only one hand, the subject must be able to position the pencil and write
with it. At least eight of the ten test subjects must be able to
complete this test. This test may be performed in conjunction with the
thermal protection test described in 160.171-17( d), in which case five
of the six test subjects specified in 160.171-17(d)(1) must be able to
complete the test.
(5) Walking. A 30 m (100 ft.) long walking course must be laid out
on a smooth linoleum floor. The finish on the floor must allow water to
lie on it in a sheet rather than in beads. The course may have gradual
turns, but must not have any abrupt change in direction. Each subject is
timed walking the course two times at a normal pace with the floor dry.
Each subject then dons a suit and is timed again walking the course two
times with the floor wet. The subject is given adequate rest between
trials to avoid fatigue. The subject must not slip on the wet floor
when wearing the suit. The average time for each subject to walk the
course while wearing the suit must be not more than 1.25 times the
subject's average time to walk the course without the suit.
(6) Climbing. A vertical ladder extending at least 5 meters (17
feet) above a level floor must be used for this test. Each subject is
timed climbing the ladder twice to a rung at least 3 meters (10 feet)
above the floor. The subject then dons a suit and is again timed
climbing to the same rung twice. The subject is given adequate rest
between trials to avoid fatigue. The average time for each subject to
climb the ladder while wearing the suit must not be more than 1.25 times
the subject's average time to climb the ladder without the suit.
(7) Swimming and water emergence test. A pool with an inflatable
liferaft at one side must be used for this test. The liferaft must be
of a type approved under Subpart 160.051 of this Chapter and must not
have a boarding ramp. Each subject, wearing a life preserver but not
the immersion suit, enters the water and swims 25 m. The subject must
then be able to emerge from the pool onto the liferaft using only the
hands placed on top of the liferaft as an aid and without pushing off of
the bottom of the pool. Any subject unable to emerge onto the liferaft
within 30 seconds is disqualified for this test. At least five subjects
must qualify and be used for this test. If less than five subjects of
the original ten qualify, substitute subjects must be used. Each
qualified subject, after sufficient rest to avoid fatigue, repeats this
test wearing an immersion suit instead of the life preserver. At least
two-thirds of the qualified subjects must be able to swim this distance,
and emerge onto the liferaft within 30 seconds, wearing the immersion
suit.
(8) Stability and retroreflective material. While wearing the suit
in water witiout any auxiliary means of buoyancy, each subject assumes a
face-up position and then allows his or her body to become limp. The
distance from the water surface to the lowest part of the subject's
mouth or nose is measured. This procedure is repeated using the
auxiliary means of buoyancy, if one is provided. For each test subject,
the stable position and the distance of the mouth and nose above the
water must be prescribed in 160.171-11(a)(2) and 160.171-11(a)(3).
During this test, each subject must be viewed by observers to determine
whether the retroreflective material of the suit meets 160.171-9(n).
(9) Righting. Each subject while wearing a suit in water, without
the use of any auxiliary means of buoyancy, takes a deep breath, assumes
a face-down position, allows his or her body to become limp, and slowly
expels air. The suit must cause the subject to turn to a position where
the face is clear of the water within 5 seconds; or if the suit does
not turn the subject within 5 seconds, the subject must be able to turn
face up under his or her own power within 5 seconds. If the suit is
provided with any means of auxiliary buoyancy, the procedure is repeated
under each of the following applicable conditions:
(i) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy attached but not inflated;
(ii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which must be inflated by
the wearer inflated according to the instructions; or
(iii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which inflates
automatically inflated by its automatic mechanism.
(10) Water and air penetration. Each subject is weighed while
wearing a pre-wetted suit without any auxiliary means of buoyancy. The
subject jumps into water from a height that will cause the subject to be
completely immersed. The subject swims or treads water for
approximately one minute, emerges from the water, and is weighed within
10 seconds after emerging. The procedure is repeated with the subject
entering the water headfirst. If air accumulates in the legs as the
subject enters the water head-first, it must be expelled automatically.
At the end of this test, the weight of the subject in the suit must not
exceed the weight of the subject in the suit at the beginning of the
test by more than 500 grams. Each test subject then re-enters the water
and floats for a period of one hour. The subject then emerges from the
water and is weighed within 10 seconds. The weight of the subject in
the suit at the end of this test must not exceed the weight of the
subject in the suit at the beginning of the period of flotation by more
than 200 grams.
(11) Impact. While wearing a suit without any auxiliary means of
buoyancy, each subject jumps into water feet first six times from a
height of 4.5 m (15 ft.) above the water surface. Each subject must be
able to assume a face up stable position without assistance after each
jump. The suit must not tear, separate at any seam, or exhibit any
characteristic that could render it unsafe or unsuitable for use in
water.
(d) Thermal protection. The thermal protection capability of a suit
must be tested under the following conditions and procedures;
(1) Test subjects. Male subjects must be used for this test. Each
subject must be familiarized with the test procedure before starting the
test. Each subject must have somatotype parameters within the following
ranges according to the Heath-Carter anthropometric method: endomorphy
3.5 1.0; mesomorphy 4.0 1.5; ectomorphy 3.5 1.0.
Note: The following publication, among others, contains guidance for
use of the Heath-Carter anthropometric method: ''Body Type and
Performance,'' Hebbelinck and Ross; FITNESS, HEALTH AND WORK CAPACITY,
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS FOR ASSESSMENT; Larson, L. A. (Ed.);
International Committee for the Standardization of Physical Fitness
Tests; Macmillan; New York; 1974 (pp. 266-283).
Each subject must have had a normal night's sleep before the test, a
well-balanced meal 1 to 5 hours before the test, and no alcoholic
beverages for 24 hours before the test. In addition to the suit, each
subject must wear:
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(ii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
(v) Work shoes, if the suit is designed for shoes to be worn inside.
(2) Test equipment. The test must be conducted in calm water with a
temperature between 0 C (32 F) and 2 C (35.6 F). The air temperature 300
mm (1 ft.) above the water surface must be between minus 10 C (14 F) and
20 C (68 F). Each subject must be instrumented with an
electrocardiograph, a thermistor or thermocouple in the rectum placed
150 mm (6 in) beyond the anus, thermistor or thermocouple in the lumbar
region, a thermistor or thermocouple on the tip of the index finger, and
a thermistor or thermocouple on the tip of the great toe. Each
thermistor or thermocouple must have an accuracy of 0.1 C (0.18 F). The
suits used in this test must be the same ones previously subjected to
the impact test described in 160.171-17(c)(11).
(3) Test procedure. A physician must always be present during this
test. Before donning the suit, each subject rests quietly in a room
with a temperature between 10 C (50 F) and 25 C (77 F) for 15 minutes.
The rectal temperature is then recorded as the initial rectal
temperature. The subject dons a suit as rapidly as possible without
damaging the instrumentation and immediately enters the water. The
subject assumes a face-up, stable floating position. No auxiliary means
of buoyancy may be used during this test. The subject remains in the
water engaging in activity that maintains the heart rate between 50 and
140 per minute for the first hour, and between 50 and 120 per minute
during the remainder of the test, except that no attempt is made to
control heart rate if the subject is shivering. Each thermistor or
thermocouple reading is recorded at least every 10 minutes.
(4) Completion of testing. Testing of a subject ends six hours after
he first enters the water, unless terminated sooner.
(5) Termination of test. Testing of a subject must be terminated
before completion if any of the following occurs:
(i) The physician determines that the subject should not continue.
(ii) The subject requests termination due to discomfort or illness.
(iii) The subject's rectal temperature drops more than 2 C (3.6 F)
below the initial rectal temperature, unless the physician determines
that the subject may continue.
(iv) The subject's lumbar, finger, or toe temperature drops below 10
C (50 F), unless the physician determines that the subject may continue.
(6) Test results. The test results must be prepared as follows:
(i) The total rectal temperature drop during the test period and the
average lumbar, finger and toe temperature at the end of the test must
be determined for each subject in the test, except subjects who did not
complete testing for a reason stated in paragraph (d)(5)(i) or (d)(5)(
ii) of this section. These temperatures and temperature drops must then
be averaged. The average drop in rectal temperature must not be more
than 2 C (3.6 F), and the average lumbar, toe and finger temperature
must not be less than 5 C (41 F). Data from at least four subjects must
be used in making these temperature calculations.
(ii) Rates of toe, finger, lumbar, and rectal temperature drop for
each subject who did not complete testing for a reason stated in
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) or (d)(5)(iv) of this section must be determined
using the highest temperature measured and the temperature measured
immediately before testing was terminated. These rates must be used to
extrapolate to 6 hours the estimated rectal, finger, lumbar, and toe
temperature at the end of that time. These estimated temperatures must
be the temperatures used in computing the average temperatures described
in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section.
(e) Insulation. Suit material must be tested under the following
conditions and procedures, except that if the suit material meets the
requirements for the control sample in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this
section, the test procedure in paragraph (e)(2) of this section is not
required.
(1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this
test:
(i) A sealed copper or aluminum can that has at least two parallel
flat surfaces and that contains at least two liters (two quarts) or
water and no air. One possible configuration of the can shown in figure
160.171-17(e)(1)(i).
(ii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of 0.1 C (
0.18 F) and that is arranged to measure the temperature of the water in
the can.
(iii) A control sample of two flat pieces of 4.75 mm (3/16 in.)
thick, closed cell neoprene foam of sufficient size to enclose the can
between them. The control sample must have a thermal conductivity of
not more than 0.055 watt/meter^ K (0.38 Btu^in./hr.^sq.ft.^ F). The
thermal conductivity of the control sample must be determined in
accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518.
(iv) Two flat pieces of suit material of sufficient size to enclose
the can between them. The surface covering, surface treatment, and
number of layers of the material tested must be the same as those of
material used in the suit. If the material used in the suit varies in
thickness or number of layers, the material tested must be
representative of the portion of the suit having the least thickness or
number of layers.
(v) A clamping arrangement to form a watertight seal around the edges
of the material when the can is enclosed inside. A sealing compound may
be used. Figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(v) shows one possible arrangement of
the clamping arrangement.
(vi) A container of water deep enough to hold the entire assembly of
the can, material, and clamp at least 1 meter (39 in.) below the surface
of the water.
(vii) A means to control the temperature of the water in the
container between 0 C (32 F) and 1 C (33.8 F).
(viii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of 0.1 C
(0.18 F) and that is arranged to measure the temperature of the water in
the container at the depth at which the can, material, and clamp are
held.
(2) Test procedure. The can is held under water (which can be at
room temperature) and clamped between the two pieces of the neoprene
control sample so that the assembly formed conforms as closely as
possible to the shape of the can, and so that water fills all void
spaces between the can and the sample. When the water temperature in
the can is at or above 45 C (113 F), the assembly is then placed in the
container and submerged to a depth of 1 m (39 in.) at the highest point
of the assembly. The water temperature in the container must be between
0 C (32 F) and 1 C (33.8 F) and must be maintained within this range for
the remainder of the test. No part of the assembly may touch the bottom
or sides of the container. Every two minutes the assembly is shaken and
then inverted from its previous position. The time for the water inside
the can to drop from 45 C (113 F) to 33 C (91 F) is recorded. This
procedure is performed three times using the control sample and then
repeated three times using the suit material instead of the control
sample. The shortest time for the drop in water temperature when the
suit material is used must be greater than or equal to the shortest time
when the neoprene control sample is used.
(f) Storage temperature. Two samples of the immersion suits, in
their storage cases, must be alternately subjected to surrounding
temperatures of ^30 C to +65 C. These alternating cycles need not
follow immediately after each other and the following procedure,
repeated for a total of ten cycles, is acceptable:
(1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 C to be completed in one day;
(2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
(3) 8 hours conditioning at ^30 C to be completed the next day; and
(4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the
conclusion of the final cycle of cold storage, two test subjects who
successfully completed the donning test in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section enter the cold chamber, unpack and don the immersion suits.
Alternatively, the suits may be upacked in the chamber, then removed and
immediately donned. Neither of the suits must show damage such as
shrinking, cracking, swelling, dissolution or change of mechanical
qualities.
(g) Measured buoyancy. The buoyancy of a suit must be measured under
the following conditions and procedures:
(1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this
test:
(i) A mesh basket that is large enough to hold a folded suit, and
that is weighted sufficiently to overcome the buoyancy of the suit when
placed in the basket.
(ii) A tank of water that is large enough to contain the basket
submerged with its top edge 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the
water.
(iii) A scale or load cell that has an accuracy of 0.15 Newtons
(1/2oz.) and that is arranged to support and weigh the basket in the
tank.
(2) Test procedure. The basket is submerged so that its top edge is
50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the water. The basket is then
weighed. Thereafter, a suit is submerged in water and then filled with
water, folded, and placed in the submerged basket. The basket is titled
45 from the vertical for five minutes in each of four different
directions to allow all entrapped air to escape. The basket is then
suspended with its top edge 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the water
for 24 hours. At the beginning and end of this period, the basket and
suit are weighed underwater. The measured buoyancy of the suit is the
difference between this weight and the weight of the basket as
determined at the beginning of the test. The measured buoyancy after 24
hours must not be more than 5% lower than the initial measured buoyancy.
The measured buoyancy after 24 hours is used to determine adjusted
buoyancy as described in paragraph (h) of this section.
(h) Adjusted buoyancy. The adjusted buoyancy of a suit is its
measured buoyancy reduced by the percentage buoyancy loss factor of the
buoyant suit material. The percentage buoyancy loss factor is part of
the buoyancy rating code determined in accordance with UL 1191, except
that the minimum number of samples required to determine each property
is 10 instead of 75.
(i) Suit flame exposure. The suit's resistance to flame must be
tested under the following conditions and procedures:
(1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this
test:
(i) A metal pan that is at least 300 mm (12 in.) wide, 450 mm (18
in.) long, and 60 mm (2 1/2 in.) deep. The pan must have at least 12 mm
( 1/2 in.) of water on the bottom with approximately 40 mm (1 1/2 in.)
of gasoline floating on top of the water.
(ii) An arrangement to hold the suit over the gasoline.
(2) Test procedure. A suit is held from its top by the holding
arrangement. The gasoline is ignited and allowed to burn for
approximately 30 seconds in a draft-free location. The suit is then
held with the lowest part of each foot 240 mm (9.5 in.) above the
surface of the burning gasoline. After two seconds, measured from the
moment the flame first contacts the suit, the suit is removed from the
fire. The suit must not sustain burning or continue melting after
removal from the flames. If the suit sustains any visible damage other
than scorching, it must then be subjected to the stability test
described in paragraph (c)(8) of this section, except that only one
subject need be used; the impact test described in paragraph (c)(11) of
this section, except that only one subject need be used; the thermal
protection test described in paragraph (d) of this section, except that
only one subject need be used; and the buoyancy test described in
paragraph (g) of this section, except that the buoyancy test need be
conducted for only 2 hours.
(j) Storage case flame exposure. The storage case must be tested
using the same equipment required for the suit flame exposure test. The
immersion suit must be inside the storage case for this test. The
storage case is held from its top by the holding arrangement. The
gasoline is ignited and allowed to burn for approximately 30 seconds in
a draft-free location. The storage case is then held with its lowest
part 240 mm (9.5 in.) above the surface of the burning gasoline. After
two seconds, measured from the moment the flames first contact the case,
the case is removed from the fire. If the case is burning, it is
allowed to continue to burn for six seconds before the flames are
extinguished. The storage case material must not burn through at any
point in this test and the immersion suit must not sustain any visible
damage.
(k) Corrosion resistance. Each metal part of a suit that is not 410
stainless steel, or for which published evidence of salt-spray corrosion
resistance equal to or greater than 410 stainless steel is not
available, must be tested as described in ASTM B 117. A sample of each
metal under test and a sample of 410 stainless steel must be tested for
720 hours. At the conclusion of the test, each sample of test metal
must show corrosion resistance equal to or better than the sample of 410
stainless steel.
(l) Body strength. The body strength of a suit must be tested under
the following conditions and procedures:
(1) Test equipment. The test apparatus shown in figure 160.171-17(
1)(1) must be used for this test. This apparatus consists of --
(i) Two rigid cylinders each 125 mm (5 in.) in diameter, with an eye
or ring at each end;
(ii) A weight of 135 kg (300 lb.); and
(iii) Ropes or cables of sufficient length to allow the suit to be
suspended as shown in Figure 160.171-17(1)(1).
(2) Test procedure. The suit is cut at the waist and wrists, or
holes are cut into it as necessary to accommodate the test apparatus.
The suit is immersed in water for at least two minutes. The suit is
then removed from the water and immediately arranged on the test
apparatus, using each closure as it would be used by a person wearing
the suit. The 135 kg (300 lb.) load is applied for 5 minutes. No part
of the suit may tear or break during this test. The suit must not be
damaged in any way that would allow water to enter or that would affect
the performance of the suit.
(m) Seam strength. The strength of each different type of seam used
in a suit must be tested under the following conditions and procedures:
(1) Test equipment. The following equipment must be used for this
test.
(i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 23 C (73.4 F) 2
C (1.8 F) and in which relative humidity can be kept at 50% 5%.
(ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by the means of a pair of
top jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the
material on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is
applied.
(2) Test samples. Each test sample must consist of two pieces of
suit material, each of which is a 100 mm (4 in.) square. The two pieces
are joined by a seam as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). For each type
of seam, 5 samples are required. Each sample may be cut from the suit
or may be prepared specifically for this test. One type of seam is
distinguished from another by the type and size of stitch or other
joining method used and by the type and thickness of the materials
joined at the seam.
(3) Test procedure. Each sample is conditioned for at least 40 hours
at 23 C (73.4 F) 2 (1.8 F) C and 50% 5% relative humidity. Immediately
after conditioning, each sample is mounted individually in the tension
device as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). The jaws are separated at a
rate of 5 mm/second (12 in./minute). The force at rupture is recorded.
The average force at rupture must be at least 225 Newtons (50 lb.).
(n) Tear resistance. The tear resistance of suit material must be
determined by the method described in ASTM D 1004. If more than one
material is used, each material must be tested. If varying thickness of
a material are used in the suit, samples representing the thinnest
portion of the material must be tested. If multiple layers of a
material are used in the suit, samples representing the layer on the
exterior of the suit must be tested. Any material which is a composite
formed of two or more materials bonded together is considered to be a
single material. The average tearing strength of each material must be
at least 45 Newtons (10 lb.).
(o) Abrasion resistance. The abrasion resistance of each type of
suit material on the exterior of the suit must be determined by the
method described in Federal Test Method Standard 191, Method 5304.1. If
varying thicknesses of exterior suit material are used, samples
representing the thinnest portion of the material must be tested. If
exterior material has multiple layers, samples of the layer on the
outside surface of the suit must be tested. Any exterior material which
is a composite formed of two or more layers bonded together is
considered to be a single material and the abradant must be applied to
the surface that is on the exterior of the suit. The residual breaking
strength of each material must be at least 225 Newtons (50 lb.).
(p) Test for oil resistance. After all its apertures have been
sealed, an immersion suit is immersed under a 100 mm head of diesel oil,
grade No. 2-D as defined in ASTM D-975, for 24 hours. The surface oil
is then wiped off and the immersion suit subjected to the leak test
prescribed in 160.171-17(c)(10). The ingress of water must not be
greater than 200 grams.
46 CFR 160.171-19 Approval testing for child size immersion suit.
A child size suit must pass the following tests:
(a) The stability test prescribed in 160.171-17(c)(8), except that
only six children need be used as test subjects and they can be of
either sex. The subjects must be within the ranges of weight and height
prescribed in 160.171-9(m). The heaviest subject must weigh at least 10
kg (22 lb.) more than the lightest subject. During this test the face
seal, neck and chin fit are evaluated and must be comparable to the fit
of the corresponding adult size suit on an adult.
(b) The buoyancy test prescribed in 160.171-17(g).
(c) The body strength test prescribed in 160.171-17(k) except that
the cylinders must be 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and the test weight must
be 55 kg (120 lb.).
46 CFR 160.171-23 Marking.
(a) Each immersion suit must be marked with the words ''IMMERSION
SUIT -- COMPLIES WITH SOLAS 74/83,'' the name of the manufacturer, the
date of manufacturer, the model, the size, and the Coast Guard approval
number.
(b) Each storage case must be marked with the words ''immersion
suit'' and the size.
(c) The markings for the child size immersion suits required under
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must also include the following
statements in print smaller than the word ''child'': ''(Small Adult
Under 50 kg. (110 lb.))'', and ''Children Require Adult Assistance for
Donning and Use.''
(d) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is removable and is needed to
meet 160.171-11(a)(2), the marking on the suit must indicate that the
suit is not Coast Guard approved unless the auxiliary means of buoyancy
is attached.
46 CFR 160.171-25 Production testing.
(a) Immersion suit production testing is conducted under the
procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) One out of every 100 immersion suits produced must be tested as
prescribed in 160.171-17(g) and must be given a complete visual
examination. The suit must be selected at random from a production lot
of 100 suits and tested by or under the supervision of the independent
laboratory. A suit fails this test if --
(1) The measured buoyancy of the suit differs by more than 10% from
the measured buoyancy of the suit tested for approval,
(2) The adjusted buoyancy of the suit calculated using the buoyancy
loss factor determined during approval testing is less than that
required in 160.171-11(a)(1), or
(3) The visual examination shows that the suit does not conform to
the approved design.
(c) If the suit fails to pass the test as prescribed in paragraph
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, 10 additional suits from the same lot
must be selected at random and subjected to the test. If a defect in
the suit is detected upon visual examination, 10 additional suits from
the same lot must be selected at random and examined for the defect.
(d) If one or more of the 10 suits fails to pass the test or
examination, each suit in the lot must be tested or examined for the
defect for which the lot was rejected. Only suits that pass the test or
that are free of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.
(e) The manufacturer must ensure that the quality control procedure
described in the test plans previously submitted for approval under
159.005-9(a)(5)(iii) is followed.
Insert illustration 0145
Figure 160.171(e)(1)(i). Water can for insulation test.
Insert illus. 0146
Figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(v). Insulation test assembly.
Insert illus. 0147
Figure 160.171-17(l)(1). Body strength test apparatus.
Insert illus. 0148
Figure 160.171-17(m)(3).
Method of mounting sample for seam strength test.
46 CFR 160.171-25 Subpart 160.174 -- Thermal Protective Aids
Source: CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.174-1 Scope.
This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and
approval tests for thermal protective aids that are designed to minimize
the occurrence of or aid in the recovery from hypothermia (lowered body
temperature) during long periods in a survival craft.
46 CFR 160.174-3 Incorporations by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this
subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register.
The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, ''Material
Approved for Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding
Aids section of this volume. In that table is found citations to the
particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated and
the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To
enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of the
section, notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and
the material made available. All approved material is on file at the
Office of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S.
Coast Guard, Survival Systems Branch (G-MVI-3), Washington, DC 20593.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
subpart are:
ASTM C 177-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
ASTM C 518-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter.
ASTM D 1518-77, Thermal Transmittance of Textile Materials Between
Guarded Hot-Plate and Cool Atmosphere.
ASTM D 1004-66, Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting.
ASTM D 975-81, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils.
Federal Standard No. 751a -- Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440 -- Color,
Universal Language and Dictionary of Names.
46 CFR 160.174-5 Independent laboratory.
(a) The approval and production tests and inspections in this subpart
must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast
Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.174-7 Approval procedures.
(a) General. A thermal protective aid is approved by the Coast Guard
under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in
accordance with 160.174-17.
46 CFR 160.174-9 Construction.
(a) General. Each thermal protective aid must be constructed
primarily of a durable insulating or heat reflecting material that meets
the thermal insulation requirements in 160.174-11(a). Each aid must be
designed to cover the wearer's entire body, except for the area of the
mouth, nose, and eyes.
(b) Seams. Stitching, if used in structural seams of a thermal
protective aid, must be lock type stitching that meets the requirements
in Federal Standard No. 751 for one of the following:
(1) Class 300 lockstitch.
(2) Class 700 single thread lock stitch.
(c) Seam strength. Each seam must have a strength of at least 225
Newtons (50 lb.).
(d) Hardware. All hardware of a thermal protective aid must be of a
size and design that allows ease of operation by the wearer. The
hardware must be attached to the aid in a manner that allows the wearer
to operate it easily and that prevents it from attaining a position in
which it can be operated improperly.
(e) Metal parts. Each metal part of a thermal protective aid must be
--
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion
characteristics equal to or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact
with it.
(f) Thermal protective aid exterior. The primary color of the
exterior surface of each thermal protective aid must be vivid reddish
orange (color number 34 of National Bureau of Standards Publication
440). The exterior surface of the aid must resist tearing when tested
as prescribed in 160.174-17(i).
(g) Hand and arm construction. The hand of each thermal protective
aid must be a glove that allows sufficient dexterity for the wearer to
close and open the zipper or other hardware of the aid and to open and
eat survival rations, unless the glove is removable. The glove may not
be removable unless it is attached to the arm and unless it can be
secured to the arm or stowed in a pocket on the arm when not in use.
(h) Retroreflective material. Each thermal protective aid must be
fitted with at least 200 cm2 (31 sq. in.) of Type I retroreflective
material that meets subpart 164.018 of this chapter.
(i) Size. Each thermal protective aid must fit persons ranging in
weight from 50 kg. (110 lbs.) to 150 kg. (330 lbs.) and in height from
1.5 m. (59 in.) to 1.9 m. (75 in.).
(j) Lifejacket. Each thermal protective aid must be designed so that
any Type I Personal Flotation Device meeting the requirements of this
chapter can be worn inside the aid and, when worn, will not damage the
aid and will not adversely affect its performance.
46 CFR 160.174-11 Performance.
(a) Thermal protection. The thermal protective aid must be designed
to protect against loss of body heat as follows:
(1) The thermal conductivity of the material from which the thermal
protective aid is constructed must be not more than 0.25 W/(m^ K).
(2) The thermal protective aid must prevent evaporative heat loss.
(3) The aid must function properly at an air temperature of ^30 C
(^22 F) to +20 C (68 F).
(b) Donning Time. Each thermal protective aid must be designed to
enable a person to don the aid correctly within one minute after reading
the donning and use instructions described in 160.174-15(a).
(c) Storage Temperature. A thermal protective aid must not be
damaged by storage in its storage case at any temperature between ^30 C
(^22 F) and +65 C (149 F).
(d) In water performance. The thermal protective aid must be
designed to permit the wearer to remove it in the water within two
minutes, if it impairs ability to swim.
(e) Water penetration. The fabric from which the thermal protective
aid is constructed must maintain its watertight integrity when
supporting a column of water 2 meters high.
(f) Oil resistance. Each thermal protective aid must be designed to
be useable after 24 hours exposure to diesel oil.
46 CFR 160.174-13 Storage case.
Each thermal protective aid must be provided with a ziplock bag or
equivalent storage case.
46 CFR 160.174-15 Instructions.
(a) Each thermal protective aid must have instructions for its
donning and use in an emergency. The instructions must be in English
and must not exceed 50 words. Illustrations must be used in addition to
the words. The instructions must include advice as to whether to swim
in the aid or discard it if the wearer is thrown into the water.
(b) The instructions required by paragraph (a) of this section must
be on the exterior of the storage case, printed on a waterproof card
attached to the storage case, or printed on the thermal protective aid
and visible through a transparent storage case. The instructions must
also be available in 8 1/2 x 11 inch loose-leaf format for inclusion in
the vessel's training manual.
46 CFR 160.174-17 Approval testing.
(a) General. A thermal protective aid must be tested as prescribed
in this section.
(b) Mobility and swimming tests. The mobility and swimming
capabilities of each thermal protective aid must be tested under the
following conditions and procedures:
(1) Test subjects. Seven males and three females must be used in the
tests described in this paragraph. The subjects must represent each of
the three physical types (ectomorphic, endomorphic, and mesomorphic).
Each subject must be in good health. The heaviest male subject must
weigh at least 25 kg (55 lb) more than the lightest male subject. The
heaviest female subject must weigh at least 25 kg (55 lb) more than the
lightest female subject. The heaviest subject must weigh 150 5 Kg (330
11 lbs.) and the lightest subject must weigh 50 5 Kg (110 11 lbs.). Each
subject must be unfamiliar with the specific thermal protective aid
under test. Each subject must wear a standard range of clothing
consisting of:
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(iii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen socks;
(v) Rubber soled shoes; and
(vi) A life preserver.
(2) Donning test. Each subject is removed from the view of the other
subjects and allowed one minute to examine the thermal protective aid
and the manufacturer's instructions for donning and use of the aid in an
emergency. At the end of this period, the subject attempts to don the
thermal protective aid as rapidly as possible. If the subject does not
don the thermal protective aid completely, including gloves and any
other accessories, within 60 seconds, the subject removes the aid and is
given a demonstration of correct donning, and again attempts to don the
aid. At least nine out of ten subjects must be able to don the thermal
protective aid completely in 60 seconds on at least one of the two
attempts.
(3) Discarding test. If the thermal protective aid impairs the
ability of the wearer to swim, it must be demonstrated that it can be
discarded by the test subjects, when immersed in water, in not more than
two minutes. Caution: During each of the in water tests prescribed in
this section, a person ready to render assistance when needed should be
near each subject in the water.
(i) Unless the manufacturer specifies in the instructions that the
thermal protective aid does impair ability to swim and should always be
discarded in the water, each subject, wearing a life preserver, enters
the water and swims 25 meters. The subject, after sufficient rest to
avoid fatigue, repeats this test wearing a thermal protective aid in
addition to the life preserver. At least nine out of ten subjects must
be able to swim this distance wearing the thermal protective aid in not
more than 125% of the time taken to swim the distance wearing only a
life preserver, or the aid will be determined to impair the ability to
swim.
(ii) If the thermal protective aid is determined by the above test or
specified by the manufacturer to impair the ability to swim, each
subject, after entering the water from a height of one meter (three
feet), attempts to remove the aid and discard it. At least nine out of
ten subjects must be able to discard the device within two minutes.
(d) Storage temperature. Two samples of the thermal protective aids,
in their storage cases, are alternately subjected to surrounding
temperatures of ^30 C to +65 C. These alternating cycles need not
follow immediately after each other and the following procedure,
repeated for a total of ten cycles, is acceptable:
(1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 C to be completed in one day;
(2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
(3) 8 hours conditioning at ^30 C to be completed the next day; and
(4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the
conclusion of step (3) of the final cycle of cold storage, two test
subjects who successfully completed the donning test previously enter
the cold chamber, unpack and don the thermal protective aids. The aids
must not show any damage, such as shrinking, cracking, swelling,
dissolution or change of mechanical qualities.
(e) Water penetration. A sample of the fabric from which the thermal
protective aid is constructed is installed as a membrane at one end of a
tube of at least 2.5 cm (one inch) diameter and 2 meters long. The tube
is fixed in a vertical position with the membrane at the bottom, and
filled with water. After one hour the membrane must continue to support
the column of water with no leakage.
(f) Insulation. The material from which the thermal protective aid
is constructed is tested in accordance with the procedures in ASTM C
177, ASTM C 518, or ASTM D 1518. The material must have a thermal
conductivity of not more than 0.25 W/(m^ K).
(g) Test for oil resistance. After all its apertures have been
sealed, a thermal protective aid is immersed under a 100 mm head of
diesel oil, grade no. 2-D as defined in ASTM D-975, for 24 hours. The
surface oil is then wiped off and a sample of the material from the aid
is again tested in accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 177 or ASTM
C 518. The material must still have a thermal conductivity of not more
than 0.25 W/(m^ K).
(h) Seam strength. The strength of each different type of seam used
in a thermal protective aid must be tested under the following
conditions and procedures.
(1) Test equipment. The following equipment must be used in this
test:
(i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 25 C (73.4 F) 2
C (1.8 F) and in which relative humidity can be kept at 50% 5%.
(ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by means of a pair of top
jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the material
on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is applied. Each
front jaw must be 25 mm (1 inch) wide by 25 mm (1 inch) long. The
distance between the jaws before the load is applied must be 75mm (3
inches).
(2) Test samples. Each test sample consists of two pieces of the
material from which the thermal protective aid is constructed, each of
which is 100 mm (4 inches) square. The two pieces are joined by a seam
as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). For each type of seam, 5 samples
are required. Each sample may be cut from a thermal protective aid or
may be prepared specifically for this test. One type of seam is
distinguished from another by the type and size of stitch or other
joining method used (including orientation of warp and fill, if any) and
by the type and thickness of the materials joined at the seam.
(3) Test procedure. Each sample is conditioned for at least 40 hours
at 23 C 2 C and 50% 5% relative humidity. Immediately after
conditioning, each sample is mounted individually in the tension device
as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). The jaws are separated at a rate of
5 mm/second (12 in/minute). The maximum force to achieve rupture is
recorded. The average force at rupture must be at least 225 Newtons (50
lb).
(i) Tear resistance. The tear resistance of the material from which
a thermal protective aid is constructed must be determined by the method
described in ASTM D 1004. If more than one material is used, each
material must be tested. If varying thicknesses of a material are used
in the aid, samples representing the thinnest portion of the material
must be tested. If multiple layers of a material are used in the aid,
samples representing the layer on the exterior of the aid must be
tested. Any material that is a composite formed of two or more
materials bonded together is considered to be a single material. The
average tearing strength of each material must be at least 45 Newtons
(10 lb).
(CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986, as amended by CGD 84-069a,
52 FR 1197, Jan. 12, 1987)
46 CFR 160.174-23 Marking.
(a) Each thermal protective aid must be marked with the words
''Thermal Protective Aid,'' the name of the manufacturer, the model, the
date of manufacture or a lot number from which the date of manufacture
may be determined, and the Coast Guard approval number.
(b) Each storage case must be marked with the words ''Thermal
Protective Aid'' or the thermal protective aid must have a similar
marking which is visible through a transparent storage case.
46 CFR 160.174-25 Production testing.
(a) Thermal protective aid production testing is conducted under the
procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) One out of every 100 thermal protective aids produced must be
given a complete visual examination. The sample must be selected at
random from a production lot of 100 thermal protective aids and examined
by or under the supervision of the independent laboratory. The sample
fails if the visual examination shows that the aid does not conform to
the approved design.
(c) If a defect in the thermal protective aid is detected upon visual
examination, 10 additional samples from the same lot must be selected at
random and examined for the defect.
(d) If one or more of the 10 samples fails the examination, each
thermal protective aid in the lot must be examined for the defect for
which the lot was rejected. Only thermal protective aids that are free
of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.
(CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986; 51 FR 20650, June 6, 1986)
46 CFR 160.174-25 Subpart 160.176 -- Inflatable Lifejackets
Source: CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 160.176-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards and
procedures for approval of inflatable lifejackets, as well as
requirements for associated manuals, servicing programs, and shore-side
service facilities.
(b) Other regulations in this chapter provide that inflatable
lifejackets must be:
(1) Serviced annually at designated servicing facilities; and
(2) Maintained in accordance with their user manuals.
(c) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart --
(1) Rely entirely upon inflation for buoyancy;
(2) Meet the requirements for lifejackets in the 1983 Amendments to
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS
74/83);
(3) Have performance equivalent to Type I Personal Flotation Devices
(PFD's) with any one chamber deflated; and
(4) Are designed to be worn by adults.
46 CFR 160.176-2 Application.
(a) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart may be used to
meet carriage requirements for Type I PFD's only on:
(1) Uninspected submersible vessels; and
(2) Inspected vessels for which a servicing program has been approved
by the Commandant.
(b) (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.176-3 Definitions.
(a) Commandant means the Chief of the Survival Systems Branch, U.S.
Coast Guard Office of Merchant Marine Safety. Address: Commandant
(G-MVI- 3/14), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second St. SW.,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) First quality worksmanship means construction which is free from
any defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
(c) Functional deterioration means --
(1) Damage such as deformation in hardware or a rip, tear, or loose
stitches;
(2) Decline in any performance characteristic; or
(3) Any other change making the lifejacket unfit for use.
(d) Functional residual capacity (FRC) means the amount of lung
volume a person has remaining at the bottom of the normal breathing
cycle when at rest.
(e) Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas, that, when
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
(f) Inspector means an independent laboratory representative assigned
to perform the duties described in 160.176-15 of this subpart.
(g) PFD means personal flotation device as defined in 33 CFR 175.13.
(h) Reference vest means a model AK-1 PFD meeting Subpart 160.047 of
this part, except that, in lieu of the weight and displacement values
prescribed in Tables 160.047-4(c)(2) and 160.047-(4)(c)(4), each front
insert must have a weight of kapok of at least 8.25 oz. and a volume
displacement of 9.0 0.25 lb., and the back insert must have a weight
of kapok of at least 5.5 oz. and a volume displacement of 6.0 0.25 lb.
To achieve the specified volume displacement, front insert envelopes may
be larger than the dimensions prescribed by 160.047-1( b).
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Second stage donning means adjustments or steps necessary to make
a lifejacket provide its intended flotation characteristics after the
device has been properly donned and then inflated.
46 CFR 160.176-4 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published
in the Federal Register and the material made available to the public.
All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register,
1100 L Street, NW., Washington, DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard,
Survival Systems Branch (G-MVI-3), 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington,
DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources indicated in Paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
subpart, and the sections affected are:
1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM B 177-73/79 Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing, 1973 --
160.176-8; 160.176-13
ASTM D 751-79 Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, 1979 --
160.176-13
ASTM D 975-81 Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 1981 --
160.176-13
ASTM D 1434-75 Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting,
1975 -- 160.176-13
Policy and Procedure Br., AWS-110, Aircraft Engineering Division,
Office of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC
20591
TSO-C13d, Federal Aviation Administration Standard for Life
Preservers, January 3, 1983 -- 160.176-8
Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052,
5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A (dated July 20, 1978) the
following methods:
(1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth;
Grab Method -- 160.176-13
(2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum Method
-- 160.176-13
(3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method --
160.176-13
(4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated
Weathering Method -- 160.176-8
(5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil Burial
Method -- 160.176-8
Federal Standard No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitching, January
25, 1965 -- 160.176-9
Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052,
5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
MIL-L-24611 -- Life Preserver Support Package For Life Preserver, MK
4, dated May 18, 1982 -- 160.176-8
C/O Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402
Special Pub. 440, Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of
Names; ''The Universal Color Language'' and ''The Color Names
Dictionary'', 1976 -- 160.176-9
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle
Park, NC 27709-3995
UL 1191, ''Components for Personal Flotation Devices'', November 11,
1984 -- 160.176-8; 160.176-13
46 CFR 160.176-5 Approval procedures.
(a) Modifications to general procedures. Subpart 159.005 of this
chapter contains the approval procedures. Those procedures must be
followed, except as modified in this paragraph.
(1) Preapproval review under 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be omitted
if a similar design has already been approved.
(2) The information required under 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii)
of this chapter must be included in the application.
(3) The application must also include the following:
(i) The Type of performance (i.e. Type I or Type V) that the
lifejacket is designed to provide.
(ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the lifejacket is designed and
the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is planned.
(iii) Buoyancy and torque values along with tolerances to be allowed
in production. The Coast Guard normally will approve tolerances of up
to 10% unless prototypes are tested at greater extremes or greater
tolerances are otherwise justified.
(iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to
required text.
(v) The service manual and written guidelines required by
160.176-19(c) and 160.176-19(d) of the part and the user's manual
required by 160.176-21 of this part.
(vi) A list of proposed servicing facilities.
(4) The description of quality control procedures required by
159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may be
omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures
comply with 160.176-15 of this part.
(5) The test report must include, in addition to information required
by 159.005-9 of this chapter, a report of inspection of each proposed
servicing facility. The report must include the time, date, place, and
name of the person doing the inspection and observations that show
whether the facility meets 160.176-19(b)(2), 160-176-19(b)( 4), and
160.176-19(d) of this part.
(6) The certificate of approval, when issued, is accompanied by a
letter to the manufacturer listing the servicing facilities that have
been approved. Copies of the letter are also provided for each
facility.
(7) An approval will be suspended or terminated under 159.005-15 of
this chapter if the manufacturer fails to maintain approved servicing
facilities that meet 160.176-19 of this part.
(b) Manuals and guidelines. The manuals and servicing facility
guidelines required by this subpart are reviewed with the application
for lifejacket approval. Changes will be required if needed to comply
with 160.176-19 and 160.176-21 of this part.
(c) Approval of servicing facilities. (1) Approval of servicing
facilities initially proposed for use is considered during and as a part
of the lifejacket approval process described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Other servicing facilities may subsequently be considered for
approval, upon submission of a letter of application to Commandant
containing each of the applicable items required of manufacturers and
laboratories under 159.005-5 of this Chapter and the following:
(i) A copy of guidelines meeting 160.176-19(d) of this Part, if
different from those originally approved with the lifejacket;
(ii) A list of the sources the servicing facility proposes to use for
parts and manuals for the servicing of the make and model of lifejacket
applied for; and
(iii) A report of inspection prepared by an independent laboratory
which includes the time, date, and place of the inspection, the name of
the inspector, and observations that show whether the facility meets
160.176-19(b)(2) through 160.176-19(b)(4) and 160.176-19(d) of this
part.
(3) To conduct servicing at a remote or mobile site, the servicing
facility must be authorized in its letter of approval to conduct this
type of servicing. Approval for servicing at these sites is obtained
according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section except that portable or
mobile equipment must be available when evaluating the compliance with
160.176-19(b)(3) of this part.
(4) Each change to equipment, procedure, or qualification and
training of personnel of an approved servicing facility must be also
approved.
(d) Waiver of tests. If a manufacturer requests that any test in
this subpart be waived, one of the following must be provided to the
Commandant as justification for the waiver:
(1) Acceptable test results on a lifejacket of sufficiently similar
design.
(2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to
the particular design or that by design or construction the lifejacket
can not fail the test.
(e) Alternative requirements. A lifejacket that does not meet
requirements in this subpart may still be approved if the device --
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place of
or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
(2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other
lifejackets that do comply with this subpart.
(CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b,
56 FR 29441, June 27, 1991)
46 CFR 160.176-6 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
(a) Each change in design, material, or construction must be approved
by the Commandant before being used in lifejacket production.
(b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and
materials may only be made by the Commandant.
46 CFR 160.176-7 Independent laboratories.
A list of independent laboratories which have been accepted by the
Commandant for conducting or supervising the following tests and
inspections required by this subpart, may be obtained from the
Commandant:
(a) Approval tests.
(b) Production tests and inspections.
(c) Inspection of approved servicing facilities.
(d) Testing of materials for the purpose of making the certification
required by 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.
46 CFR 160.176-8 Materials.
(a) General -- (1) Certification. Each lot of material used in
manufacturing lifejackets must have a certification of compliance with
the requirements in this section. The certification must be made by the
lifejacket manufacturer, the material supplier, or an independent
laboratory accepted by the Commandant in accordance with subpart 159.010
of this chapter to make the certification. Each certification by a
lifejacket manufacturer or a supplier must be accompanied by test
results that show compliance with this section and must be notarized.
Each certification by an independent laboratory must state the
laboratory's acceptance.
(2) Condition of materials. All materials must be new.
(3) Temperature range. Unless otherwise specified in standards
incorporated by reference in this section, all materials must be usable
in all weather conditions throughout a temperature range of ^30 C to +65
C(^22 F to +150 F).
(4) Weathering resistance. Each non-metallic component which is not
suitably covered to shield against ultraviolet exposure must retain at
least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300 hours of sunshine
carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of Federal Test
Method Standard Number 191A.
(5) Fungus resistance. Each non-metallic component must retain at
least 90% of its strength after being subjected to the mildew resistance
test specified by Method 5762 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A
when untreated cotton is used as the control specimen. Also, the gas
transmission rate of inflation chamber materials must not be increased
by more than 10% after being subjected to this test. Materials that are
covered when used in the lifejacket may be tested with the covering
material.
(6) Corrosion resistance. Each metal component must --
(i) Be galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact
with it; and
(ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium cartridge),
be 410 stainless steel, have salt water and salt air corrosion
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel, or perform its
intended function and have no visible pitting or other damage on any
surface after 720 hours of salt spray testing according to ASTM B 117.
(7) Materials not covered. Materials having no additional specific
requirements in this section must be of good quality and suitable for
the purpose intended.
(b) Fabric -- (1) All fabric. All fabric must --
(i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I life preservers approved
under Subpart 160.002 of this part; or
(ii) Meet the Type V requirements for ''Fabrics for Wearable
Devices'' in UL 1191 except that breaking strength must be at least 400
N (90 lb.) in both directions of greater and lesser thread count.
(2) Rubber coated fabric. Rubber coated fabric must be of a
copper-inhibiting type.
(c) Inflation chamber materials. -- (1) All materials. (i) The
average permeability of inflation chamber material, determined according
to the procedures specified in 160.176-13(y)(3) of this part, must not
be more than 110% of the permeability of the materials determined in
approval testing prescribed in 160.176-13(y)(3) of this part.
(ii) The average grab breaking strength and tear strength of the
material, determined according to the procedures specified in
160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) of this part, must be at least
90% of the grab breaking strength and tear strength determined from
testing prescribed in 160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) of this
Part. No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear
strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval
testing.
(2) Fabric covered chambers. Each material used in the construction
of inflation chambers that are covered with fabric must meet the
requirements specified for --
(i) ''Bladder'' materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the
material is an unsupported film; or
(ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13d if the material is a
coated fabric.
(3) Uncovered chambers. Each material used in the construction of
inflation chambers that are not covered with fabric must meet the
requirements specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
(d) Thread. All thread used in structural seams must meet
160.001-2(j) of this chapter. Thread and fabric combinations must have
similar elongation and durability characteristics.
(e) Webbing. Webbing used as a body strap, tie tape or drawstring,
or reinforcing tape must meet 160.002-3(e), 160.002-3(f), 160.002-3( h)
of this part respectively. Webbing used for tie tape or drawstring must
easily hold a knot and be easily tied and untied. Webbing used as
reinforcing tape must not chafe the wearer.
(f) Closures -- (1) Strength. Each buckle, snap hook, dee ring or
other type of fastening must have a minimum breaking strength of 1600 N
(360 lbs). The width of each opening in a closure, through which body
strap webbing passes, must be the same as the width of that webbing.
(2) Means of Locking. Each closure used to secure a lifejacket to
the body, except a zipper, must have a quick and positive locking
mechanism, such as a snap hook and dee ring.
(3) Zipper. If a zipper is used to secure the lifejacket to the
body, it must be --
(i) Easily initiated;
(ii) Non-jamming;
(iii) Right handed;
(iv) Of a locking type; and
(v) Used in combination with another type of closure that has a quick
and positive means of locking.
(g) Inflation medium. (1) No inflation medium may contain any
compound that is more toxic than CO2 if inhaled through any of the oral
inflation mechanisms.
(2) Any chemical reaction of inflation medium during inflation must
not produce a toxic residue.
(h) Adhesives. Adhesives must be waterproof and acceptable for use
with the materials being bonded.
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Retroreflective Material. Each lifejacket must have at least 200
sq. cm. (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material on its front side, at
least 200 sq. cm. on its back side, and at least 200 sq. cm. of
material on each reversible side. The retroreflective material must be
Type I material that is approved under subpart 164.018 of this chapter.
The retroreflective material attached on each side must be divided
equally between the upper quadrants of the side. Attachment of
retroreflective material must not impair lifejacket performance or
durability.
(k) PFD light. Each lifejacket must have a PFD light that is
approved under subpart 161.012 of this chapter and that meets the
requirements of Regulations III/30.2 and III/32.3 of the 1983 Amendments
to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
(SOLAS 74/83). The light must be securely attached to the front
shoulder area of the lifejacket. Attachment of the light must not
impair lifejacket performance.
(l) (Reserved)
(m) Whistle. Each lifejacket must have a whistle of the ball type or
multi-tone type and of corrosion-resistant construction. The whistle
must be securely attached to the lifejacket by a lanyard. The lanyard
must be long enough to permit the whistle to reach the mouth of the
wearer. If the lanyard would normally allow the whistle to hang below
the waist of the average size wearer, the whistle must be stowed in a
pocket on the lifejacket. The attachment of the whistle must not impair
lifejacket performance.
(CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b,
56 FR 29441, June 27, 1991)
46 CFR 160.176-9 Construction.
(a) General Features. Each inflatable lifejacket must --
(1) Have at least two inflation chambers;
(2) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious
to an untrained wearer;
(3) If approved for use on a passenger vessel, be inside a sealed,
non-reusable package that can be easily opened;
(4) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part
of the closure from being easily removed from the lifejacket;
(5) Be universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg. (90
pounds) and have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm. (30 to 52
in.);
(6) Unless the lifejacket is designed so that it can only be donned
in one way, be constructed to be donned with either the inner or outer
surface of the lifejacket next to the wearer (be reversible);
(7) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to
any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in
160.176-3(h) of this part;
(8) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or
internal, that are sharp enough to damage the lifejacket or to cause
injury to anyone using or maintaining the lifejacket;
(9) Have a means for drainage of entrapped water;
(10) Be primarily vivid reddish orange, as defined by sections 13 and
14 of the ''Color Names Dictionary,'' on its external surfaces;
(11) Be of first quality workmanship;
(12) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate --
(i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the
lifejacket to the vessel; and
(ii) Not have any instructions indicating attachment to a vessel is
intended; and
(13) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may
prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(b) Inflation mechanisms. (1) Each inflatable lifejacket must have
(i) At least one automatic inflation mechanism;
(ii) At least two manual inflation mechanisms on separate chambers;
(iii) At least one oral inflation mechanism on each chamber; and
(iv) At least one manual inflation mechanism or one automatic
inflation mechanism on each inflation chamber.
(2) Each inflation mechanism must
(i) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an
untrained wearer;
(ii) Not require tools to activate the mechanism;
(iii) Be located outside its inflation chamber; and
(iv) Be in a ready to use condition.
(3) Each oral inflation mechanism must
(i) Be easily accessible after inflation for the wearer to ''top
off'' each chamber by mouth;
(ii) Operate without pulling on the mechanism;
(iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
(iv) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
(4) Each manual inflation mechanism must
(i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one
deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it;
(ii) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium
cartridge; and
(iii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked
''Jerk to Inflate'' at two visible locations.
(5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must
(i) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium cartridge
and water sensitive element;
(ii) Have an obvious method of indicating whether the mechanism has
been activated; and
(iii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
(6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual
inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a
distance of 2.5 m (8 feet).
(c) Deflation mechanism. (1) Each chamber must have its own
deflation mechanism.
(2) Each deflation mechanism must
(i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the lifejacket is worn
while inflated;
(ii) Not require tools to operate it;
(iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
(iv) Have an intended method of operation which is obvious to an
untrained wearer.
(3) The deflation mechanism may also be the oral inflation mechanism.
(d) Sewn seams. Stitching used in each structural seam of a
lifejacket must provide performance equal to or better than a Class 300
Lockstitch meeting Federal Standard No. 751a.
(e) Textiles. All cut edges of textile materials must be treated or
sewn to minimize raveling.
(f) Body strap attachment. Each body strap assembly must be securely
attached to the lifejacket.
46 CFR 160.176-11 Performance.
(a) General. Each inflatable lifejacket must be able to pass the
tests in 160.176-13 of this part.
(b) Snag Hazard. The lifejacket must not present a snag hazard when
properly worn.
(c) Chamber Attachment. Each inflation chamber on or inside an
inflatable lifejacket must not be able to be moved to a position that-
(1) Prevents full inflation; or
(2) Allows inflation in a location other than in its intended
location.
(d) Comfort. The lifejacket must not cause significant discomfort to
the wearer during and after inflation.
46 CFR 160.176-13 Approval Tests.
(a) General. (1) This section contains requirements for approval
tests and examinations of inflatable lifejackets. Each test or
examination must be conducted or supervised by an independent
laboratory. The tests must be done using lifejackets that have been
constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications in the
application for approval. Unless otherwise specified, only one
lifejacket, which may or may not have been subjected to other tests, is
required to be tested in each test. One or more lifejackets that have
been tested as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section must be used
for the tests prescribed in paragraphs (j), (n), (q), and (r) of this
section. The tests prescribed in paragraph (y) of this section require
one or more lifejackets as specified in that paragraph.
(2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or
corrected to, an atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of
mercury and a temperature of 20 C (68 F).
(3) The tests in this section are not required to be run in the order
listed, except where a particular order is specified.
(4) Some tests in this section require a lifejacket to be tested
while being worn. In each of these tests the test subjects must
represent a range of small, medium, and large heights and weights.
Unless otherwise specified, a minimum of 18 test subjects, including
both males and females, must be used. The test subjects must not be
practiced in the use of the lifejacket being tested. However, they must
be familiar with the use of other Coast Guard approved lifejackets.
Unless specified otherwise, test subjects must wear only swim suits.
Each test subject must be able to swim and relax in the water.
Note: Some tests have inherent hazards for which adequate safeguards
must be taken to protect personnel and property in conducting the tests.
(b) Donning. (1) No second stage donning is allowed in the tests in
this paragraph. Test subjects may read the donning instructions to be
provided with the device, if any. An uninflated lifejacket with size
adjustment at its mid-range is given to each test subject with the
instruction: ''Please don as quickly as possible, adjust to fit snugly,
and inflate.'' Each subject must, within one minute, don the uninflated
lifejacket, adjust it to fit snugly, and then activate the manual
inflation mechanism.
Note: For this test the manual inflation mechanism may be disabled.
(2) The average time of all subjects to complete the test in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section must not exceed 30 seconds. The
criteria in this paragraph do not apply to the tests in paragraphs (b)(
3) and (b)(4) of this section.
(3) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is repeated with
each subject wearing an insulated, hooded parka and gloves made from
heavy, cotton-jersey (knit) fabric.
(4) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is then repeated
twice more with a fully inflated lifejacket. In the first test the
subjects must wear swim suits and in the second test, parka and gloves.
(c) Inflation Testing. No second stage donning is allowed in the
tests in this paragraph. A lifejacket with each automatic inflation
mechanism disabled must be used for the tests prescribed in paragraphs
(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. For the tests prescribed in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section, remove any non-reusable cover or
packaging from the lifejacket, but do not open any cover or closure
which is intended to be closed when the lifejacket is worn in the
uninflated condition.
(1) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is instructed
to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds and then, on
command, inflate the lifejacket using only oral inflation mechanisms.
Within 30 seconds after the command is given, the lifejacket must be
sufficiently inflated to float each subject with respiration unimpeded.
(2) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is instructed
to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds, bring both
hands to the surface, and then, on command, inflate the lifejacket using
each manual inflation mechanism. Each test subject must find and
operate all the manual inflation mechanisms within 5 seconds after the
command is given. The manual inflation mechanisms must inflate the
lifejacket sufficiently to float the wearers within 5 seconds after the
mechanisms are operated. Within 20 seconds after activation each
subject must be floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section.
(3) One small and one large test subject don uninflated lifejackets
and jump feet first from a height of 1 meter into the water. The
automatic inflation mechanisms must inflate the lifejackets sufficiently
to float the wearers within 10 seconds after the subjects enter the
water. Within 20 seconds after entering the water each subject must be
floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(4) Air at a pressure of 4.2 kPa (0.6 psig) is applied separately to
each oral inflation mechanism of the lifejacket. In each application
the chamber must fully inflate within 1 minute.
(5) Each oral inflation mechanism of an unpacked lifejacket is
connected to a regulated air source constantly supplying air at a
pressure of 7 kPa (1 psig). Each mechanism must pass at least 100,000
cc of air per minute.
(d) Flotation stability -- (1) Uninflated flotation stability.
Lifejackets with their automatic inflation mechanisms disabled must be
used for this test. Each subject dons an uninflated lifejacket, enters
the water, and assumes an upright, slightly back of vertical, position.
Each subject then relaxes. For each subject that floats, the uninflated
lifejacket must not tend to turn the wearer face-down when the head is
allowed to fall back.
(2) Righting action. (i) Each test subject dons an uninflated
lifejacket, enters the water, allows the automatic inflation mechanism
to inflate the lifejacket, and swims for 30 seconds. While swimming,
freedom of movement and comfort are observed and noted by the person
conducting the test. Freedom of movement and comfort must comply with
160.176-11(d). Also, each subject must demonstrate that the lifejacket
can be adjusted while the subject is in the water.
(ii) Each subject then takes three gentle breast strokes and while
still face-down in the water, relaxes completely while slowly exhaling
to FRC. Each subject remains in this limp position long enough to
determine if the lifejacket will turn the subject from the face-down
position to a position in which the subject's breathing is not impaired.
The time from the last breast stroke until breathing is not impaired is
recorded. Each subject repeats these steps two additional times, and
the average time for the three righting actions is calculated. This
average time must not exceed 5 seconds.
(iii) If the lifejacket does not have automatic inflation mechanisms
for all chambers, the tests in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of
this section are repeated with each lifejacket fully inflated.
(iv) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section with one chamber of the lifejacket deflated. This test is
then repeated as many times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a
different chamber deflated until each chamber has been tested in this
manner.
(v) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section but exhales to FRC at the end of the third breast stroke
and holds the breath prior to relaxing.
(3) Static measurements. At the end of each test with each subject
in 160.176-13(d)(2)(ii), through 160.176-13(d)(2)(v) --
(i) The freeboard (the distance from the water surface to the bottom
of the mouth) must be at least 100 mm (4.0 in.) without repositioning of
any part of the body and at least 120 mm (4.75 in.) after the head is
positioned on the lifejacket for maximum freeboard and then relaxed;
(ii) The distance from water surface to the lower portion of the ear
canal must be at least 50 mm (2 in.);
(iii) The torso angle (the angle between a vertical line and a line
passing through the shoulder and hip) must be between 20 and 65 (back of
vertical);
(iv) The face-plane angle (the angle between a vertical line and a
line passing through the most forward part of the forehead and chin)
must be between 15 and 60 (back of vertical);
(v) The lowest mark on a vertical scale 6 m (20 ft.) from and in
front of the subject which the subject can see without moving the head
must be no higher than 0.3 m (12 in.) from the water level.
(vi) The subject when looking to the side, must be able to see the
water within 3 m (10 ft.) away; and
(vii) At least 75% of the retroreflective material on the outside of
the lifejacket, and the PFD light, must be above the water.
(4) Average requirements. The test results for all subjects must be
averaged for the following static measurements and must comply with the
following:
(i) The average freeboard prior to positioning the head for maximum
freeboard must be at least 120 mm (4.75 in.);
(ii) The average torso angle must be between 30 and 50 (back of
vertical); and
(iii) The average face-plane angle must be between 20 and 50 (back of
vertical).
(5) ''HELP'' Position. Starting in a relaxed, face-up position of
static balance, each subject brings the legs and arms in towards the
body so as to attain the ''HELP'' position (a fetal position, but
holding the head back). The lifejacket must not turn the subject face
down in the water.
(e) Jump test. (1) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket
and with hands above head, jumps feet first, into the water from a
height of 4.5 m (15 ft.). No second stage donning is allowed during this
test and the lifejacket must --
(i) Inflate automatically, float the subject to the surface, and
stabilize the body with the mouth out of the water;
(ii) Maintain its intended position on the wearer;
(iii) Not be damaged; and
(iv) Not cause injury to the wearer.
(2) The jump test in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is repeated
using a lifejacket which has been fully inflated manually.
(3) The jump test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section is then
conducted with one chamber deflated.This test is then repeated as many
times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a different chamber
deflated until each chamber has been tested in this manner.
Note: Before conducting these tests at the 4.5 m height, subjects
should first do the test from heights of 1 m and 3 m to lessen the
possibility of injury. It is suggested that subjects wear a long-sleeve
cotton shirt to prevent abrasions when testing the device in the
inflated condition and that the teeth should be tightly clenched
together when jumping.
(f) Water emergence -- (1) Equipment. A pool with a wooden platform
at one side must be used for this test.The platform must be 300 mm (12
in.) above the water surface and must not float on the water. The
platform must have a smooth painted surface. Alternatively, a Coast
Guard approved inflatable liferaft may be used in lieu of a platform.
(2) Qualifying. Each test subject enters the water wearing only a
bathing suit and swims 25 m. The subject must then be able to emerge
from the pool onto the platform using only his or her hands on the top
of the platform as an aid and without pushing off of the bottom of the
pool. Any subject unable to emerge onto the platform within 30 seconds
is disqualified for this test. If less than 2/3 of the test subjects
qualify, substitute subjects must be used.
(3) Test. Each qualified subject dons an inflated lifejacket, enters
the water and swims 25 m. Afterward, at least 2/3 of the qualified
subjects must then be able to climb out of the pool in the manner
prescribed in paragraph (f)(2) of this section within 45 seconds while
wearing the lifejacket. If marking on the lifejacket so indicates, and
if the wearer can read the marking while the lifejacket is being worn,
the subjects may deflate the device during the 45 second attempt.
(g) Lanyard pull test and strength. (1) An uninflated lifejacket is
placed on a rigid metal test form built according to Figure 160.176-13(
n)(2) and suspended vertically.
(2) The inflation handle of each manual inflation mechanism is
attached to a force indicator. The force indicator is then used to
activate each manual inflation mechanism separately. The force required
to activate each mechanism is recorded. In each test the force must be
between 25 and 70 N (5 and 15 lb.).
(3) A weight of 225 N (50 lb.) is in turn attached to the inflation
handle of each manual inflation mechanism. The weight is then allowed
to hang freely for 5 minutes from each manual inflation mechanism. The
handle must not separate from the mechanism.
(h) Temperature cycling tests. (1) Three uninflated lifejackets, 2
packed and 1 unpacked, are maintained at room temperature (20 3 C (68
+ 6 F)) for 4 hours and then at a temperature of 65 2 C (150 5 F)
for 20 hours. The lifejackets are then maintained at room temperature
for at least 4 hours, after which they are maintained at a temperature
of minus 30 2 C (^22 5 F) for 20 hours. This cycle is then repeated
once.
(2) Upon the completion of the conditioning in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section all sealed or non-reusable packaging is removed from the
two packed units. The lifejackets must show no functional deterioration
after being inflated immediately after removal from the conditioning.
The lifejackets must be inflated as follows:
(i) One unit which was packed during conditioning must fully inflate
within 2 minutes using only oral inflation.
(ii) The other unit which was packed during conditioning must fully
inflate within 45 seconds of submersion in water at 2 2 C (37 5 F)
as a result of automatic inflation.
(iii) The unit which was unpacked during conditioning must fully
inflate within 30 seconds of activation of the manual inflation
mechanisms.
(3) The same 3 lifejackets used for the test in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section are deflated and, with 2 repacked and 1 unpacked, are
maintained at room temperature for 4 hours and then at a temperature of
minus 30 2 C (^22 5 F) for 20 hours. The lifejackets are then
stored at room temperature for at least 4 hours, after which they are
maintained at a temperature of 65 2 C (150 5 F) for 20 hours. This
cycle is then repeated once. The steps in paragraph (h)(2) of this
section are then repeated, and the lifejackets must meet the criteria in
that paragraph.
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention test. A lifejacket which
has been used in the tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used
for this test.
(1) Equipment. The following equipment is required for this test:
(i) A wire mesh basket that is large enough to hold the inflated
lifejacket without compressing it, is designed not to allow the
lifejacket to float free, and is heavy enough to overcome the buoyancy
of the lifejacket.
(ii) A scale that is sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz.) and that has an
error of less than 14 g (0.5 oz.).
(iii) A test tank, filled with fresh water, that is large enough to
hold the basket with its top 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface without the
basket touching the tank.
(2) Method. One inflation chamber is inflated using its automatic
inflation mechanism. The lifejacket is placed in the basket. The
basket is then suspended from the scale and submerged in the test tank
with the lifejacket and basket completely below the water surface. An
initial reading of the scale is taken after 30 minutes and again after
24 hours. The buoyancy of the lifejacket is the submerged weight of the
basket minus the submerged weight of the basket with the lifejacket
inside. This test is repeated as many times as necessary until each
chamber has been tested. On each chamber that does not have an
automatic inflation mechanism the manual or oral inflation mechanism may
be used.
(3) Requirement. The buoyancy of each inflation chamber must be
within the tolerances specified in the plans and specifications for the
lifejacket required by 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part. Each inflation
chamber must retain at least 95% of its initial buoyancy after being
submerged for 24 hours.
(k) Uninflated floatation test. A packed lifejacket, with all
automatic inflation mechanisms disabled, is dropped from a height of 1 m
(3 ft.) into fresh water. The lifejacket must remain floating on the
surface of the water for at least 30 minutes. This test is repeated
with an unpacked, uninflated lifejacket, with all automatic inflation
mechanisms disabled.
(l) (Reserved)
(m) Environmental tests. -- (1) Salt spray exposure. An uninflated
lifejacket is subjected to 720 hours of salt spray as specified by ASTM
B 117. The automatic inflation mechanism(s) must not be activated by
the salt spray. The lifejacket is then inflated first using the
automatic inflation mechanism(s) and then twice more using first the
manual mechanisms and then the oral mechanisms. The lifejacket must
show no functional deterioration.
(2) Rain exposure. An uninflated lifejacket is mounted on a rigid
metal test form built according to Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). The test
form must be vertical. Spray nozzles that deliver 0.05 mm of water per
second (0.7 inch/hour) over the area of the lifejacket at a temperature
between 2 and 16 C (35 and 60 F) and at a 45 angle below horizontal
toward the lifejacket are mounted 1.5 m (4.5 ft.) above the base of the
test form. There must be at least 4 nozzles evenly spaced around the
lifejacket at a horizontal distance of 1 m from the center of the
lifejacket and each nozzle must deliver water at the same rate. Water
is then sprayed on the lifejacket for 1 hour. The lifejacket must not
inflate during the test.
(n) Tensile tests. Two lifejackets that have been subjected to the
tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used for these tests.
(1) Body tensile test. (i) In this test one lifejacket must be fully
inflated and the other deflated.
(ii) Two unconnected rigid cylinders are passed through the body
portion of each lifejacket, or through the encircling body strap for
yoke style devices, with one closure fastened and adjusted to its mid
range, as shown in Figure 160.176-13(n)(1). Each cylinder must be 125 mm
(5 inches) in diameter. The top cylinder is connected to a winch or
pulley system. The bottom cylinder is connected to a test load which
when combined with the weight of the lower cylinder and the linkage
equals 325 kg (720 lb.). The winch or pulley system lifts the top
cylinder so the test load is raised off of its support. The test load
is left suspended for 30 minutes.
(iii) There must be no functional deterioration of any component of
either lifejacket during the test. Each friction type closure must not
permit slippage of more than 25 mm (1 in.).
(iv) If a lifejacket has friction type closures, the test must be
repeated immediately after the lifejacket has been immersed in water for
a least 2 minutes.
(v) The test is repeated until each different type of closure is
tested separately.
ins. illus. 0134A
(2) Shoulder tensile test. Each shoulder section of a lifejacket is
subjected to this test separately. A fully inflated lifejacket, with
all closures fastened, must be secured to a rigid metal test form built
according to Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). A 2 1/4 in. wide web is passed
through the shoulder section of the lifejacket and is connected to a
winch or pulley system. The bottom portion of the form is connected to
a dead weight load which when combined with the weight of the form and
the linkage equals 90 kg. (200 lb.). The winch or pulley system is
operated to raise the weight off of its support. The weight is left
suspended for 30 minutes. There must be no functional deterioration of
any component of the lifejacket during the test.
ins. illus. 0135A
(3) Strength of attachment of inflation mechanism. (i) A fully
inflated lifejacket is secured to a rigid metal test form as in Figure
160.176-13(n)(2), and the pressure of each inflated chamber is measured.
The top portion of the form is then connnected to a winch or pulley
system. A 35 kg (75 lb.) weight is attached by a line to one of the
inflation mechanisms as close as possible to the point of attachment on
the lifejacket. The winch or pulley system is operated to raise the
weight off of its support. The weight is left suspended for 5 minutes
and then released. The inflation chamber to which the inflation
mechanism is attached must not lose more than 3 kPa (0.4 psig) or 20% of
its original pressure.
(ii) The test is paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this section is repeated
until each type of inflation mechanism has been tested separately.
(iii) The test is then repeated as many additional times as necessary
to test each joint in each type of inflation mechanism beyond its point
of attachment to an inflation chamber. In each test the point of
attachment must be as close as possible to the joint being tested.
(o) (Reserved)
(p) Impact test. (1) an uninflated lifejacket is secured to the test
form shown in Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). The lifejacket, with the
automatic inflation mechanism disabled, is secured to the form as it is
intended to be worn. The lifejacket is accelerated to 25 m/s (50 mph)
horizontally and is then dropped from a height of not more than 0.5 m
(1.5 ft.) into the water in the following positions:
(i) Face down, shoulder forward.
(ii) Face down, shoulder back.
(iii) Back down, shoulder forward.
(iv) Back down, shoulder back.
(v) Left side down, shoulder forward.
(vi) Right side down, shoulder back.
(2) Following each impact, there must be no sign of functional
deterioration, and the lifejacket must not come off of the test form.
After each impact the closures may be readjusted as necessary.
(3) Following the six impacts, the lifejacket must fully inflate
using only its oral inflation mechanisms.
(4) The test in this paragraph is repeated on the same lifejacket
after inflating, with manual inflation mechanisms, all chambers that
have those mechanism.
(q) Flame exposure test. A lifejacket that has been subjected to the
tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used for this test.
(1) Equipment. The following equipment is required for this test:
(i) A test pan 300 mm by 450 mm by 60 mm (12 in. by 18 in. by 2 1/2
in.) containing 12 mm ( 1/2 in.) of water under 25 mm (1 in.) of
N-heptane.
(ii) an arrangement to hold the lifejacket over the N-heptane.
(2) Method. The test is only conducted when there is no significant
air movement other than that caused by the fire. The N-heptane is
ignited and allowed to burn for 30 seconds. A lifejacket which has been
fully inflated with air is then passed through the flames in an upright,
forward, vertical, free-hanging position with the bottom of the
lifejacket 240 mm C 9 1/2 in.) above the top edge of the test pan. The
lifejacket is exposed to the flames for 2 seconds.
(3) Requirement. The lifejacket must not burn or melt for more than
6 seconds after being removed from the flames. The lifejacket must
remain inflated throughout the test. If the lifejacket sustains any
visible damage other than discoloration after being exposed to the
flames, the lifejacket must --
(i) pass the test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, except that
only one subject is used and the test is done six times; and
(ii) pass the tensile test in paragraph (n)(1) of this section,
except that a weight of 245 kg (540 lb.) is used in lieu of the 325 kg
(720 lb.) weight.
(r) Solvent exposure test. Lifejackets with their automatic
inflation mechanisms disabled must be used for this test. Two
uninflated lifejackets that have been subjected to the tests in
paragraph (h) of this section are totally submerged in diesel fuel,
grade No. 2-D as defined in ASTM D 975, for 24 hours. The lifejackets
are then removed and the excess fuel removed. One lifejacket must fully
inflate using only its manual inflation mechanisms and the other using
only its oral inflation mechanisms. The lifejackets must show no
functional deterioration as a result of the test.
(s) Puncture test. A fully inflated lifejacket is placed on a flat,
level surface. A test point 4 mm ( 5/32 in.) in diameter tapering to a
rounded point, 1 mm ( 3/64 in.) in diameter, is pressed against an
inflation chamber of the lifejacket perpendicular to the surface of the
chamber at a rate of 300 mm/minute (12 in./minute). The test point is
applied until the inflation chamber is punctured or the chamber walls
are touching each other. The force required to puncture the inflation
chamber or make the chamber walls touch each other is recorded. The
force required must exceed 30 N (7 lb.).
(t) Inflation chamber tests -- (1) Over-pressure test. One
lifejacket is used in this test. Before pressurizing the lifejacket,
each over-pressure valve, if any, must be blocked. One inflation
chamber is then pressurized with air to 70 kPa (10 psig) and held for 5
minutes. After the 5 minute period, there must be no sign of permanent
deformation, damage, or pressure loss of more than 3.5 kPa (0.5 psig).
This test is then repeated as many times as necessary to test a
different chamber until each chamber has been tested in this manner.
(2) Air retention test. One inflation chamber of a lifejacket is
filled with air until air escapes from the over-pressure valve or, if
the lifejacket does not have an over-pressure valve, until its design
pressure, as stated in the plans and specifications, is reached. After
12 hours the lifejacket must still be firm with an internal pressure of
at least 14 kPa (2.0 psig). This test is then repeated as many times as
necessary to test a different chamber until each chamber has been tested
in this manner.
(u) Seam strength test. Samples of each type of structural sewn seam
must be subjected to and pass the ''Seam Strength (Sewability) Test''
specified in Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 1191 except that the
breaking strength of each seam in the directions of both greater and
lesser thread count must be at least 400 N (90 lb.).
(v) (Reserved)
(w) Visual examination. One complete lifejacket must be visually
examined for compliance with the requirements of 160.176-9 and
160.176-11 of this part
(x) (Reserved)
(y) Inflation chamber properties. The tests in this paragraph must
be run after successful completion of all other approval tests. The
results of these tests will be used to check the quality of incoming
lifejacket components and the production process. Test samples must
come from one or more lifejackets that were each used in all of the
tests in paragraphs (e), (j), (p), (s), and (t) of this section.
(1) Grab breaking strength. The grab breaking strength of chamber
materials must be determined according to Method No. 5100 of Federal
Test Method Standard 191A or ASTM D 751.
(2) Tear strength. The tear strength of chamber materials must be
determined according to Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test Method
Standard 191A or ASTM D 751.
(3) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be
determined according to ASTM D 1434 using CO2 as the test gas.
(4) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation
chamber of at least one lifejacket must be determined according to ASTM
D 751 except that 25 by 200 mm (1 by 8 in.) samples may be used where
insufficient length of straight seam is available.
(z) Additional tests. The Commandant may prescribe additional tests,
if necessary, to approve novel or unique designs.
(CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b,
56 FR 29441, June 27, 1991)
46 CFR 160.176-15 Production tests and inspections.
(a) General. (1) Production tests and inspections must be conducted
in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and
inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for
compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(b) Test and inspection responsibilities. In addition to
responsibilities set out in part 159 of this chapter, each manufacturer
of an inflatable lifejacket and each independent laboratory inspector
must comply with the following, as applicable:
(1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must --
(i) Perform all required tests and examinations on each lifejacket
lot before the independent laboratory inspector tests and inspects the
lot;
(ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation
chamber material before using that lot in production;
(iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the
materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
(iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program for
maintaining production and test equipment;
(v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the
production methods used in producing the first lifejacket lot produced
and observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
(vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any
place in the factory where work is done on lifejackets or component
materials, and where completed lifejackets are stored; and
(vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take
samples of completed lifejackets or of components materials for tests
prescribed in this subpart.
(2) Independent laboratory. (i) An inspector may not perform or
supervise any production test or inspection unless --
(A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
(B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production
methods and any revisions to those methods.
(ii) An inspector must perform or supervise all required tests and
inspections of each lifejacket lot produced.
(iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for
noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(iv) At least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a
check on manufacturer compliance with this section, examine the
manufacturer's records required by 160.176-17 of this part and observe
the manufacturer in performing each of the tests required by paragraph
(h) of this section.
(c) Lifejacket lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of
lifejackets produced. No lot may exceed 1000 lifejackets. A new lot
must be started whenever any change in materials or a revision to a
production method is made, and whenever any substantial discontinuity in
the production process occurs. Changes in lots of component materials
must be treated as changes in materials. Lots must be numbered
serially. The lot number assigned, along with the approval number, must
enable the lifejacket manufacturer, by referring to the records required
by this subpart, to determine who produced the components used in the
lifejacket.
(d) Samples. (1) Samples used in testing and inspections must be
selected at random. Sampling must be done only when all lifejackets or
materials in the lot are available for selection.
(2) Each sample lifejacket selected must be complete, unless
otherwise specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) The inspector may not select the same samples tested by the
manufacturer.
(4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the
applicable number listed in Table 160.176-15A or Table 160.176-15B.
(e) Accept/reject criteria: manufacturer testing. (1) A lifejacket
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
(2) In lots of 200 or fewer lifejackets, the lot must be rejected if
any sample fails one or more tests.
(3) In lots of more than 200 lifejackets, the lot must be rejected if
--
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15A, one or
more samples fail the test.
(4) A rejected lifejacket lot may be retested only if allowed under
paragraph (k) of this section.
(5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only if
the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples
prescribed in the reference tests in 160.176-13(y) of this part is
within the tolerances specified in 160.176-8(c)(1) of this part. A
rejected lot may not be used in production.
(f) Accept/reject criteria: independent laboratory testing. (1) A
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
(2) A lot must be rejected if --
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15B, one or
more samples fail the test.
(3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph
(k) of this section.
(g) Facilities and equipment -- (1) General. The manufacturer must
provide the test equipment and facilities described in this section for
performing production tests, examinations, and inspections.
(2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all
test equipment checked at least every six months by a weights and
measures agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
(3) Equipment. The following equipment is required:
(i) A sample basket for buoyancy tests. It must be made of wire mesh
and be of sufficient size and durability to securely hold a completely
inflated lifejacket under water without compressing it. The basket must
be heavy enough or be sufficiently weighted to submerge when holding an
inflated test sample.
(ii) A tank filled with fresh water for buoyancy tests. The height
of the tank must be sufficient to allow a water depth of 5 cm (2 inches)
minimum between the top of the basket and water surface when the basket
is not touching the bottom. The length and width of the tank must be
sufficient to prevent each submerged basket from contacting another
basket or the tank sides and bottom. Means for locking or sealing the
tank must be provided to prevent disturbance of any samples or a change
in water level during testing.
(iii) A scale that has sufficient capacity to weigh a submerged
basket for buoyancy tests. The scale must be sensitive to 14 g (0.5
oz.) and must not have an error exceeding 14 g (0.5 oz.).
(iv) Tensile test equipment that is suitable for applying pulling
force in conducting body strap assembly strength subtests. The
equipment assembly may be (A) a known weight and winch, (B) a scale,
winch, and fixed anchor, or (C) a tensile test machine that is capable
of holding a given tension. The assembly must provide accuracy to
maintain a pulling force within 2 percent of specified force.
Additionally, if the closed loop test method in 160.176-13(h)(1) of this
Part is used, two cylinders of the type described in that method must be
provided.
(v) A thermometer that is sensitive to 0.5 C (1 F) and does not have
an error exceeding 0.25 C (0.5 F).
(vi) A barometer that is capable of reading mm (inches) of mercury
with a sensitivity of 1 mm (0.05 in.) Hg and an error not exceeding 5 mm
(0.02 in.) Hg.
(vii) A regulated air supply that is capable of supplying the air
necessary to conduct the tests specified in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(
5) of this section.
(viii) A pressure gauge that is capable of measuring air pressure
with a sensitivity of 1 kPa (0.1 psig) and an error not exceeding 0.5
kPa (0.05 psig).
(ix) A torque wrench if any screw fasteners are used. The wrench
must be sensitive to, and have an error of less than, one half the
specified tolerance for the torque values of the fasteners.
(4) Facilities: The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and
the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in conducting or
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the
inspector's use.
(h) Production tests and examinations. -- (1) General. (i) Samples
used in testing must be selected according to paragraph (d) of this
section.
(ii) On each sample selected --
(A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (h)(2)
through (h)(8) of this section; and
(B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise
the tests in paragraphs (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
(iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the
requirements in this paragraph, meet the requirements, if any, set out
in the approved plans and specifications required by 160.176-5(a)(2) of
this part.
(2) Inflation chamber materials. Each sample must be tested
according to 160.176-13(y)(1) through 160.176-13(y)(3) of this part.
The average and individual results of testing the minimum number of
samples prescribed by 160.176-13(y) of this part must comply with the
requirements in 160.176-8(c)(1) of this part.
(3) Seam strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each
sample must be tested according to 160.176-13(y)(4) of this part. The
results for each inflation chamber must be at least 90% of the results
obtained in approval testing.
(4) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested according to and meet
160.176-13(t)(1) of this part.
(5) Air retention. Each sample must be tested according to and meet
160.176-13(t)(2) of this part.
(6) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention. Each sample must be
tested according to and meet 160.176-13(j) of this part. Each buoyancy
value must fall within the tolerances specified in the approved plans
and specifications.
(7) Tensile strength. Each sample must be tested according to and
meet 160.176-13(n) of this Part.
(8) Detailed product examination. Each sample lifejacket must be
disassembled to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the
following:
(i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications required by
160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
(ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be within
its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as specified
in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
(iv) The lifejacket must not otherwise be defective.
(9) Waterproof marking test. Each sample is completely submerged in
fresh water for a minimum of 30 minutes, and them removed and
immediately placed on a hard surface. The markings are vigorously
rubbed with the fingers for 15 seconds. If the printing becomes
illegible, the sample is rejected.
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Final lot examination and inspection. -- (1) General. On each
lifejacket lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer must
perform a final lot examination and an independent laboratory inspector
must perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected according
to paragraph (d) of this section. Each final lot examination and
inspectin must show --
(i) First quality workmanship;
(ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes,
drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and
specifications; and
(iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in 160.176-23 of this
Part.
(2) Accept/reject criteria. Each nonconforming lifejacket must be
rejected. If three or more nonconforming lifejackets are rejected for
the same kind of defect, lot examination or inspection must be
discontinued and the lot rejected.
(3) Manufacturer examination. This examination must be done by a
manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans
and specifications required by 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part, the
functioning of the lifejacket and its components, and the production
testing procedures. This person must not be responsible for meeting
production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. This person
must prepare and sign the record required by 159.007-13(a) of this
chapter and 160.176-17(b) of this part.
(4) Independent laboratory inspection. (i) The inspector must
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if observation of the
records for the lot or of individual lifejackets shows noncompliance
with this section or the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the
manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
(iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the Commandant must be advised
immediately.
(iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record
required by 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and 160.176-17(b) of this
part. If the lot passes, the record must also include the inspector's
certification to that effect and a certification that no evidence of
noncompliance with this section was observed.
(v) If the lot passes, each lifejacket in the lot must be plainly
marked with the words, ''Inspected and Passed, (Date), (Inspection
Laboratory ID).'' This marking must be done in the presence of the
inspector. The marking must be permanent and waterproof. The stamp
which contains the marking must be kept in the independent laboratory's
custody at all times.
(k) Disposition of rejected lifejacket lot or lifejacket. (1) A
rejected lifejacket lot may be resubmitted for testing, examination or
inspection if the manufacturer first removes and destroys each defective
lifejacket or, if authorized by the Commandant, reworks the lot to
correct the defect.
(2) Any lifejacket rejected in a final lot examination or inspection
may be resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have
been corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the
Commandant.
(3) A rejected lot or rejected lifejacket may not be sold or offered
for sale under representation that it meets this subpart or that it is
Coast Guard approved.
(CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b,
56 FR 29442, June 27, 1991)
46 CFR 160.176-17 Manufacturer records.
(a) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must keep the records
required by 159.007-13 of this chapter except that they must be retained
for at least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test
was conducted.
(b) Each record required by 159.007-13 of this chapter must also
include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if
there is more than one available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of lifejackets
in the lot.
(3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
(c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used
in testing is not required for the records prescribed in 159.007-13 of
this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus meet
the requirements of this subpart.
(d) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must also keep the
following records:
(1) Records for all materials used in production including the
following:
(i) Name and address of the supplier.
(ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
(iii) Lot number.
(iv) Certification meeting 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.
(2) A copy of this subpart.
(3) Each document incorporated by reference in 160.176-4 of this
Part.
(4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications required by
160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
(5) The approval certificate.
(6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the
agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(7) A listing of current and formerly approved servicing facilities.
(e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records
required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60
months after the lifejacket approval expires or is terminated.
46 CFR 160.176-19 Servicing.
(a) General. This section contains requirements for servicing
facilities, manuals, training, guidelines, and records. Other
regulations in this chapter require inflatable lifejackets to be
serviced at approved facilities at 12 month intervals.
(1) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must
provide one or more Coast Guard approved facilities for servicing those
lifejackets. The manufacturer must notify the Commandant whenever an
approved facility under its organization no longer provides servicing of
a lifejacket make and model listed in the guidelines required by
paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must make
replacement parts available to Coast Guard approved independent
servicing facilities.
(b) Servicing facilities. Each Coast Guard approved servicing
facility must meet the requirements of this paragraph and paragraph (d)
of this section in order to receive and keep its approval for each make
and model of lifejacket. Approval is obtained according to 160.176-5(
c) of this part.
(1) Each servicing facility must conduct lifejacket servicing
according to its servicing guidelines and follow the procedures in the
service manual required by this section.
(2) Each servicing facility must have a suitable site for servicing
which must be clean, well lit, free from excessive dust, drafts, and
strong sunlight, and have appropriate temperature and humidity control
as specified in the service manual.
(3) Each servicing facility must have the appropriate service,
repair, and test equipment and spare parts for performing required tests
and repairs.
(4) Each servicing facility must have a current manufacturer's
service manual for each make and model of lifejacket serviced.
(5) A servicing facility may have more than one servicing site
provided that each site meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of
this section.
(6) Each servicing facility must be inspected at intervals not
exceeding six months by an accepted independent laboratory, and a report
of the inspections must be submitted to the Commandant at least
annually. The report must contain enough information to show compliance
with paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this section and paragraph (d) of
this section. Where a facility uses more than one site the report must
show compliance at each site at least biennially.
(c) Service manual. (1) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable
lifejacket must prepare a service manual for the lifejacket. The
service manual must be approved by the Commandant according to
160.176-5(b) of this part.
(2) The manufacturer must make the service manual, service manual
revisions, and service bulletins available to each approved servicing
facility.
(3) Each service manual must contain the following:
(i) Detailed procedures for inspecting, servicing, and repackaging
the lifejacket.
(ii) A list of approved replacement parts and materials to be used
for servicing and repairs, if any.
(iii) A requirement to mark the date and servicing facility name on
each lifejacket serviced.
(iv) Frequency of servicing.
(v) Any specific restrictions or special procedures prescribed by the
Coast Guard or manufacturer.
(4) Each service manual revision and service bulletin which
authorizes the modification of a lifejacket, or which affects a
requirement under this subpart, must be approved by the Commandant.
Other revisions and service bulletins are not required to be approved,
but a copy of each must be sent to the Commandant when it is issued. At
least once each year, the manufacturer must provide to the Commandant
and to each servicing facility approved to service its lifejackets a
bulletin listing each service manual revision and bulletin in effect.
(d) Servicing facilities guidelines. Each servicing facility must
have written guidelines that include the following:
(1) Identification of each make and model of lifejacket which may be
serviced by the facility as well as the manual and revision to be used
for servicing.
(2) Identification of the person, by title or position, who is
responsible for the servicing program.
(3) Training and qualifications of servicing technicians.
(4) Provisions for the facility to retain a copy of its current
letter of approval from the Coast Guard at each site.
(5) Requirements to --
(i) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under its Coast Guard
approval is serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's service
manual;
(ii) Keep servicing technicians informed of each approved servicing
manual revision and bulletin and ensure servicing technicians understand
each change and new technique related to the lifejackets serviced by the
facility;
(iii) Calibrate each pressure gauge, weighing scale, and
mechanically-operated barometer at intervals of not more than one year;
(iv) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under the facility's
Coast Guard approval is serviced by or under the supervision of a
servicing technician who meets the requirements of item (3) of this
paragraph;
(v) Specify each make and model of lifejacket it is approved to
service when it represents itself as approved by the U.S. Coast Guard;
and
(vi) Not service any lifejacket for a U.S. registered commercial
vessel, unless it is approved by the U.S. Coast Guard to service the
make and model of lifejacket.
(e) Servicing records. Each servicing facility must maintain records
of all completed servicing. These records must be retained for at least
5 years after they are made, be made available to any Coast Guard
representative and independent laboratory inspector upon request, and
include at least the following:
(1) Date of servicing, number of lifejackets serviced, lot
identification, approval number, and test results data for the
lifejackets serviced.
(2) Identification of the person conducting the servicing.
(3) Identity of the vessel receiving the serviced lifejackets.
(4) Date of return to the vessel.
46 CFR 160.176-21 User manuals.
(a) The manufacturer must develop a user's manual for each model of
inflatable lifejacket. The content of the manual must be provided for
approval according to 160.176-5(a)(3)(v) and 160.176-5(b) of this Part.
(b) A user's manual must be provided with each lifejacket except that
only five manuals need be provided to a single user vessel if more than
five lifejackets are carried on board.
(c) Each user's manual must contain in detail the following:
(1) Instructions on use of the lifejacket and replacement of
expendable parts.
(2) Procedures for examining serviceability of lifejackets and the
frequency of examination.
(3) Pages for logging on board examinations.
(4) Frequency of required servicing at approved servicing facilities.
(5) Instructions, if any, on proper stowage.
(6) Procedures for getting the lifejackets repaired by a servicing
facility or the manufacturer.
(7) Procedures for making emergency repairs on board.
(8) Any specific restrictions or special instructions.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Marking.
(a) General. Each inflatable lifejacket must be marked with the
information required by this section. Each marking must be waterproof,
clear, and permanent. Except as provided elsewhere in this subpart,
each marking must be readable from a distance of three feet.
(b) Prominence. Each marking required in paragraph (d) of this
section, except vital care and use instructions, if any, must be less
prominent and in smaller print than markings required in paragraph (c)
of this section. Each optional marking must be significantly less
prominent and smaller than required markings. The marking ''ADULT''
must be in at least 18 mm ( 3/4 inch) high bold capital lettering. If a
lifejacket is stored in a package, the package must also have the
marking ''ADULT'' or this marking must be easily visible through the
package.
(c) Text. Each inflatable lifejacket must be marked with the
following text in the exact order shown:
ADULT -- For a person weighing more than 90 pounds.
Type V PFD -- Approved for use on (see paragraph (e) of this section
for exact text to be used here) in lieu of (see paragraph (f) of this
section for exact text to be used here).
This lifejacket must be serviced, stowed, and used in accordance with
(insert description of service manual and user's manual).
When fully inflated this lifejacket provides a minimum buoyant force
of (insert the design buoyancy in lb.).
(d) Other Information. Each lifejacket must also be marked with the
following information below the text required by paragraph (c) of this
section:
(1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. (insert assigned approval number).
(2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
(3) Lot Number.
(4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
(5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the
following:
(i) Warning against dry cleaning.
(ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
(iii) Specific donning instructions.
(e) Approved applications. The text to be inserted in paragraph (c)
of this section as the approved use will be one or more of the following
as identified by the Commandant on the approval certificate issued
according to 159.005-13(a)(2) of this chapter:
(1) The name of the vessel.
(2) The type of vessel.
(3) Specific purpose or limitation approved by the Coast Guard.
(f) Type equivalence. The exact text to be inserted in paragraph (c)
of this section as the approved performance type will be one of the
following as identified by the Commandant on the approval certificate:
(1) Type I PFD.
(2) Type V PFD -- (insert exact text of additional description noted
on the approval certificate).
(CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b,
56 FR 29442, June 27, 1991)
46 CFR 160.176-23 PART 161 -- ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.001 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.002 -- Fire-Protective Systems
Sec.
161.002-1 Applicable specifications, standards, and regulations.
161.002-2 Types of fire-protective systems.
161.002-3 Materials and workmanship.
161.002-4 General requirements.
161.002-5 General design requirements (mechanical).
161.002-6 General design requirements (electrical).
161.002-7 Electrical component parts.
161.002-8 Automatic fire detecting systems, general requirements.
161.002-9 Automatic fire detecting system, power supply.
161.002-10 Automatic fire detecting system control unit.
161.002-11 Fire detecting thermostat.
161.002-12 Manual fire alarm systems.
161.002-13 Manual fire alarm boxes.
161.002-14 Watchman's supervisory systems.
161.002-15 Smoke detecting systems.
161.002-16 Methods of sampling, inspection and testing.
161.002-17 Equivalents.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.004 -- Emergency Loudspeaker System
161.004-1 Applicable specifications and other publications.
161.004-2 Type.
161.004-3 Materials and workmanship.
161.004-4 Requirements.
161.004-5 Tests.
161.004-6 Marking.
161.004-7 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.006 -- Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat, for
Merchant Vessels
161.006-1 Applicable specifications.
161.006-2 Type.
161.006-3 Materials and workmanship.
161.006-4 Requirements.
161.006-5 Sampling, inspections and tests.
161.006-6 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.008 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.010 -- Floating Electric Waterlight
161.010-1 Incorporation by reference.
161.010-2 Design, Construction, and Test Requirements.
161.010-3 Inspections and methods of test.
161.010-4 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.011 -- Emergency Position Indicating
Radiobeacons
161.011-1 Purpose.
161.011-5 Classes.
161.011-10 EPIRB approval.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.012 -- Personal Flotation Device Lights
161.012-1 Scope.
161.012-3 Definitions.
161.012-5 Approval procedures.
161.012-7 Construction.
161.012-9 Performance.
161.012-11 Approval tests.
161.012-13 Production tests and inspections.
161.012-15 Markings.
161.012-17 Instructions.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.013 -- Electric Distress Light for Boats
161.013-1 Applicability.
161.013-3 General performance requirements.
161.013-5 Intensity requirements.
161.013-7 Signal requirements.
161.013-9 Independent power source.
161.013-11 Prototype test.
161.013-13 Manufacturer certification and labeling.
161.013-17 Manufacturer notification.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.001 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 160.176-23 Subpart 161.002 -- Fire-Protective Systems
Source: 21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, unless otherwise noted.
46 CFR 161.002-1 Applicable specifications, standards, and regulations.
(a) The following specifications, standards, and regulations, of the
issue in effect on the date the fire-protective systems are
manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
(1) National Bureau of Standards publication:
Handbook H28 -- Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services
(including supplement)
(2) Military specifications:
MIL-W-16878A (Navy) -- Wire, Electrical (Insulated, High
Temperature).
(3) A. S. T. M. Standard:
B117 -- Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (Tentative).
(4) Coast Guard regulations:
Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259 (46 CFR (Subchapter J)
Parts 110 to 113 inclusive).
(b) Copies of the specifications standards, and regulations referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the certificate of approval.
(c) The National Bureau of Standards publications may be purchased
from the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402. The military specifications may be obtained from
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Department of the Navy, Washington,
DC 20350. The Coast Guard publications may be obtained from the
Commandant (G-MTH), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC
20593-0001. The A. S. T. M. specifications may be purchased from the
American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103.
(21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.002-2 Types of fire-protective systems.
(a) General. Fire-protective systems covered by this subpart shall
include, but not be limited to, automatic fire detecting systems, manual
fire alarm systems, smoke detector systems, watchman's supervisory
systems, and combinations of these systems.
(b) Automatic fire detecting systems. For the purpose of this
subpart, automatic fire detecting systems will be considered to consist
of normal and emergency power supplies, a fire detecting control unit,
fire detectors, and vibrating bells.
(c) Manual fire alarm systems. For the purpose of this subpart,
manual fire alarm systems will be considered to consist of normal and
emergency power supplies, a fire alarm control unit, manual fire alarm
boxes, and vibrating bells. Manual fire alarm systems are usually
combined with automatic fire detecting systems.
(d) Smoke detector systems. For the purpose of this subpart, smoke
detector systems will be considered to consist of a control unit, a
blower box, and a piping system to conduct air samples from the
protected spaces to the control unit.
(e) Watchman's supervisory systems. For the purpose of this subpart,
a watchman's supervisory equipment will be considered to be apparatus,
either electrical or mechanical, used to verify the presence of watchmen
and the regular performance of their assigned duties.
(CGFR 56-39, 21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35
FR 19966, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 161.002-3 Materials and workmanship.
(a) Suitability. All materials used in the construction of
fire-protective equipment shall be of the quality best suited for the
purpose intended.
(b) Materials covered by reference specifications. Where
specifications are referred to for a given material, it is intended to
require that the quality of material used shall be at least equal to
that covered in the reference specifications.
(c) Departures from reference specifications. The use of materials
not conforming with or not covered by the reference specifications shall
be noted on the plans specified in 161.002-16(d)(1) and will be the
subject of specific approval.
(d) Protection against corrosion -- (1) General. In order to prevent
deterioration due to corrosion, all fastenings, fittings, brackets, and
other metallic parts shall be of an approved corrosion-resistant
material or of a material treated in an approved manner to render it
adequately resistant to corrosion. Screws, bolts, nuts, and other
threaded parts, except those in contact with aluminum, shall be of
brass, or other approved corrosion, resistant material. The material of
parts in contact with aluminum shall be compatible therewith and
otherwise comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
(2) Corrosion-resistant materials. Silver, copper, brass, bronze,
phosphor-bronze, beryllium-copper alloys, copper-nickel alloys and
nickel-copper alloys, certain aluminum alloys, and certain stainless
steel alloys are considered satisfactory corrosion-resistant materials
within the intent of this paragraph.
(3) Corrosion-resisting treatment. Sherardizing, anodic treatment of
aluminum, zinc chromate base paint finish, and plating, when properly
done and of sufficiently heavy coat, are considered satisfactory
corrosion-resistant treatments. Other corrosion-resistant treatments
shall be subject to specific approval.
(4) Dissimilar metals. In order to minimize the corrosive effect due
to electrolytic action between dissimilar metals, contact between
dissimilar metals shall be limited to those metals having small
difference of electrolytic potential in the electrochemical series.
(5) Iron and steel parts. The surfaces of all iron and steel parts,
except bearings, etc., where such protection is impracticable, shall be
suitably protected against corrosion by a satisfactory
corrosion-resistant treatment.
(e) Workmanship. The workmanship shall be first class in every
respect.
46 CFR 161.002-4 General requirements.
(a) Introduction. The purpose of fire-protective systems is to give
warning of the presence of fire in the protected spaces. To meet this
end, the basic requirements of the fire-protective systems are
reliability, sturdiness, simplicity of design, ease of servicing, and
the ability to withstand shipboard shock and vibration and the adverse
effects of sea humidity.
46 CFR 161.002-5 General design requirements (mechanical).
(a) Bulkhead mounting. Enclosures designed for bulkhead mounting may
be of either the surface or the flush type.
(b) Ceiling mounting. Enclosures designed for ceiling mounting may
be of either the surface or the flush type.
(c) Servicing. All enclosures shall be designed to facilitate
servicing the equipment contained therein.
(d) Minimum metal thickness. Units shall be so formed and assembled
that they will have the strength and rigidity necessary to resist the
abuse to which they are liable to be subjected without affecting
adversely their performance. The wall thickness of metal enclosures
shall be not less than the minimum values given in Tables 161.002-5(d)(
1) and 161.002-5(d)(2).
(e) Bolts, nuts, screws, and threads. All bolts, nuts, screws and
threaded parts shall comply with the following requirements:
(1) All threaded parts shall be of American National Form in
accordance with the Screw Thread Standards for Federal Services,
Handbook H-28, listed in 161.002-1.
(2) All threaded parts used for adjustment purposes or for securing
complete component items to the supporting structure of any unit shall,
where possible, conform to the National Coarse or Fine Thread series.
(3) All tapped holes in metal shall have not less than two full
threads in the metal.
(f) Locking devices. Lockwashers, or other means, shall be provided
for securing threaded connections, and shall be employed under screw
heads or nuts used for securing electrical connections.
(g) Marking. (1) All units requiring manipulation or adjustment by
the operator shall be provided with permanent name plates as necessary
to assure proper operation and/or adjustment of the equipment in
service. The purpose of each switch, pilot light, relay drop, reset
device, rheostat, etc., shall be clearly indicated.
(2) Each complete item of equipment approved shall have affixed a
permanent name plate giving the name of manufacturer, Coast Guard
approval number assigned to the equipment, and the model or type
designation or other identification.
46 CFR 161.002-6 General design requirements (electrical).
(a) Wiring -- (1) Hook-up wire. The individual conductors used in
wiring of equipment covered by the specification shall be of standard
construction and shall be of one of the standard types listed in Table
161.002-6(a)(1) unless otherwise approved. Conductors shall have
adequate mechanical strength and current-carrying capacity for the
service.
(2) Lacing. Whenever practicable, groups of two or more conductors
shall be bundled and laced. Lacing shall not be tight enough to cause
distortion of the conductor insulation.
(3) Sleevings or tape. All cable forms connecting between a fixed
and a movable portion of an assembly shall be provided with sufficient
slack and shall be covered with a protective sleeving or tape (of fire
retardant, non-hygroscopic material) to eliminate the possibility of
chafing or mechanical abrasion on the surface of individual conductors.
(4) Cable clamps. Cable clamps shall be provided at frequent
intervals along the length of all cable forms to secure cable runs
against vibration or undue movement. Such clamps shall be adequately
cushioned to prevent damage to conductor insulation.
(5) Bushings. Suitable smoothly-rounded bushings shall be used in
holes in sheet metal through which cable forms or conductors pass.
Holes in other materials shall be smoothly-rounded if not bushed.
(6) Wire terminals. Wire ends connected to screws or threaded stud
type terminals shall be terminated in suitable closed-end terminals of
either the solderless or the solder type.
(b) Terminal boards -- (1) External connections. Terminal boards
shall be provided for all external connections to an item of equipment.
(2) Ships' cables. Terminal boards for receiving ships' cable shall
be secured to a fixed portion of an item of equipment and not to hinged
panels or other movable members, which would require flexing of ships'
wiring during normal operation or maintenance.
(3) Marking. All terminal boards shall be marked in a clear and
permanent manner to show the designation of each terminal in accordance
with markings assigned by the equipment wiring diagram.
(c) Soldering of terminal parts -- (1) General. All soldering shall
be effected in a neat and workmanlike manner.
(2) Strength of soldered joint. In general, soldering alone shall
not be depended upon for a satisfactory connection, but where wires and
terminals are joined to be soldered, the wires shall be hooked, wrapped
around or otherwise mechanically secured to the terminals prior to
soldering.
(3) Soldering flux. Only pure resin or a mixture of alcohol and
resin (or equivalent) shall be used as a flux.
(d) Temperature rise. The temperature rise of any part of the
equipment shall not exceed the values given in Table 161.002-6(d)(1)
when operated in its intended manner at rated voltage in an ambient
temperature of 25 C.
(e) Coils. All coils of electro-magnetic devices such as relays,
bells and motors shall be insulated and impregnated to withstand
combinations of heat, oil or moisture that may be encountered in
service.
(f) Spacings. Units shall provide reliably maintained spacings
between uninsulated live parts, and between uninsulated live parts and
non-electrical metal parts. The spacings between any uninsulated live
parts and (1) walls and cover of a metal enclosure, (2) fittings for
cable entrance, and (3) metal pieces attached to a metal enclosure where
deformation of the enclosure is liable to reduce spacings, shall not be
less than those indicated in Table 161.002-6(f)(1). The spacings between
any uninsulated live parts and (1) an uninsulated live part of opposite
polarity, (2) an uninsulated grounded part other than the enclosure, (3)
an exposed metal part which is insulated, and (4) uninsulated live parts
of the same polarity where a short-circuit would prevent normal
signalling operation of the control unit without producing a trouble
signal shall be not less than those indicated in Table 161.002-6(f)(2).
The spacings within snap switches, lamp-holders, and similar wiring
devices shall comply with the requirements of the appropriate standards
for such devices.
(g) Dielectric and insulation resistance characteristics -- (1)
Dielectric strength. All electrical circuits shall be capable of
withstanding continuously for one minute a dielectric test of 60-cycle
alternating potential at a R. M. S. value of twice rated voltage plus
1,000 volts between electrical circuits and between circuits and ground,
except that for circuits operating at less than 50 volts, the test
potential may be 500 volts.
(i) During the performance of the test described above, motors rated
at 1/2 horsepower or less and 250 volts or less shall be disconnected
from other circuits of the control unit and shall be tested separately
by the application for one minute of a 60-cycle alternating potential of
900 volts, between the frame and the winding or windings of the motor.
(ii) Compliance of a control unit with the requirements of this
subparagraph is to be determined by means of a suitable testing
transformer, the output voltage of which can be regulated. The test
equipment is to have means for indicating breakdown of parts tested.
(2) Insulation resistance. The insulation resistance of electrical
circuits following the dielectric strength test shall not be less than
10 megohms at 500 volts d.c. and at room temperature.
(h) Serviceability. Component enclosures shall be constructed with a
view toward maximum accessibility for repair and replacement of
assemblies and parts. Parts and assemblies shall be so mounted as to
permit replacement of those likely to become defective, without
extensive disassembly of other parts and assemblies in the enclosure.
(i) Insulating material. Material for the mounting of uninsulated
live-metal parts shall be phenolic composition, cold-molded composition,
or other material which is recognized as suitable for the particular
application. Hard fiber may be used for insulating bushings, washers,
separators, and barriers, but not as the sole support for uninsulated
live-metal parts where shrinkage, current leakage, or warpage may
introduce a hazard. Small molded parts shall be so constructed that
they will have adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to withstand
the stresses of actual service.
(j) Current-carrying parts. Current-carrying parts shall have
adequate mechanical strength and current-carrying capacity for the
service, and shall be of metal which is recognized as suitable for the
particular application. The suitability of a metal other than silver,
copper, or copper alloy for current-carrying parts shall be made the
subject of a special investigation.
46 CFR 161.002-7 Electrical component parts.
(a) General. Relays, bells, buzzers, resistors, lamps, lampholders,
lamp indicators, capacitors, terminal connectors, terminal boards, fuses
and switches shall be in accordance with this section and with the
reference specifications.
(b) Relays and annunciator drops and other electro-magnetic devices
-- (1) General. Units shall operate satisfactorily, shall make firm,
low resistance contact, and shall retain their setting in any position
of the equipment and under any service condition. The contacts shall be
non-corrosive and, where practicable, of the self-wiping type. Relays
shall preferably be protected by removable dust covers or hermetically
sealed.
(2) Coils. All coils shall be suitably insulated and impregnated
with a water resistant insulating material.
(3) Current-interrupting devices. (i) A current-interrupting device
supplied as part of the control unit shall be capable of performing
acceptably when subject to an overload test consisting of fifty
operations of making and breaking a circuit of rated frequency, and
under the conditions indicated in this subparagraph, at a rate
representing normal operation. There shall be no electrical or
mechanical failure of the device, or undue burning, pitting, or welding
of contacts.
(ii) A current-interrupting device intended to control devices which
are connected to the load side of the control-unit supply terminals
shall be tested with the overload resulting from operation at 115
percent of the rated voltage. Rated voltage for test purposes for a
control unit designed to be energized from the ships' emergency lighting
and power system is considered to be 118 volts if the marked rating of
the control unit is within the range of from 110 to 125 volts or 236
volts if the marked rating of the control unit is within the range of
from 220 to 250 volts.
(iii) For a control unit intended to be energized from a
cycle-charged, lead-acid type storage battery supply circuit, the rated
voltage for testing purposes is 2.0 volts per cell.
(iv) A current-interrupting device intended to control devices which
are not connected to the load side of the control unit supply terminals
shall be tested with a current of 150 percent of its rated current.
(v) A current-interrupting device which controls a motor shall be
tested under the stalled-rotor condition of the motor.
(c) Lamps and lampholders. (1) Lamps shall be selected to give long
life under service conditions. Where possible lamps shall be operated
at less than rated voltage.
(2) Lampholders shall, where possible, be of a type in which the
circuit to the lamp cannot be interrupted due to vibration or to
alternate heating and cooling. Bayonet or telephone type lampholders
are considered preferable for miniature type lamps.
(d) Fuses. All fuses shall be of the National Electrical Code
non-renewable cartridge type.
(e) Terminal boards and terminals. (1) Terminal boards shall be of
the screw type, preferably with suitable barriers between terminals.
The design shall be such that terminals cannot rotate once they have
been secured.
(2) Closed-end wire terminal lugs of either the solder or the
solderless type shall be used for all connections to terminal boards.
(f) Switches. (1) The handles or keys of rotary type selectro
switches shall be provided with mechanical stops to prevent undue strain
on the switch handle and shaft. The fixed portion of rotary switches
shall be prevented from rotating by means other than friction.
(2) Normally lighted lamps shall be positively secured to their
shafts and shall not rely on friction of a set screw for such means of
securing. This shall be accomplished by using a non-circular shaft with
a mating hole in the knob or handle. Set screws holding the knob or
handle to the shaft shall thread directly into the shaft.
(g) Indicator lamp lenses. (1) Standard lens colors shall be used as
follows:
(i) White -- for ''power on'' indicators.
(ii) Red -- for ''fire'' or ''smoke'' indicators.
(iii) Blue -- for ''trouble'' or ''power failure'' indicators.
(2) Normally lighted lamps shall be shielded in such a way as not to
interfere with navigating a vessel at night.
46 CFR 161.002-8 Automatic fire detecting systems, general requirements.
(a) General. An automatic fire detecting system shall consist of a
power supply; a control unit on which are located visible and audible
fire and trouble signalling devices; and fire detector circuits, as
required, originating from the control unit. Power failure alarm
devices may be separately housed from the control unit and may be
combined with other power failure alarm systems when specifically
approved.
(b) Types. Automatic fire detecting systems shall be one of the
following types, or a combination of two or several types:
(1) Electrical system using thermostats, thermostatic wire, or other
type detector operated by heat.
(2) Electrical system using pneumatic tube or hydraulic tube
detectors operated by heat.
(3) Other types as may be developed.
46 CFR 161.002-9 Automatic fire detecting system, power supply.
The power supply for an automatic fire detecting system must meet the
requirements of 113.10-9 of subchapter J (Electrical Engineering
Regulations) of this chapter.
(CGD 74 FR 125a, 47 FR 15279, Apr. 8, 1982)
46 CFR 161.002-10 Automatic fire detecting system control unit.
(a) General. The fire detecting system control unit shall consist of
a dripproof enclosed panel containing visible and audible fire alarm
signalling devices, visible and audible trouble alarm signalling
devices, visible and audible power failure alarm devices, power supply
transfer switch, charging equipment when employed, and overcurrent
protection for power supplies.
(b) Fire alarm signals -- (1) General. The operation of any
automatic fire detector (or manual fire alarm station in the case of a
manual fire alarm system) shall automatically cause (i) the sounding of
a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not smaller than 6
inches nippled to or mounted on or within the control unit; (ii) the
sounding of a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not smaller
than 8 inches located in the engine room; and (iii) an indication of
the fire detecting zone from which the signal originated, visible at the
control unit.
(2) Maintaining signal. The audible and visible signals resulting
from the operation of a fire detector having self-restoring contacts
shall be maintained automatically by the control unit until a resetting
device is operated manually.
(3) Silencing audible signal. Manual means shall be provided at the
control unit to silence the fire bells, but operation of the fire bell
silencing device shall permit the visible fire signal to remain until
manually reset as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(4) Non-interference. The control unit shall be so arranged as to
permit one or any number of fire alarm signals simultaneously, and an
alarm on one circuit shall not interfere with the normal operation of
any other circuit, except that the fire alarm bells, when silenced by
the means provided by paragraph (b)(3) of this section, need not sound
upon receipt of succeeding fire alarm signals.
(5) Source of energy. The source of energy for the signals referred
to in this paragraph shall be the ''normal source''. On a system
supplied by duplicate storage batteries, the ''normal source'' shall be
construed to mean that part of the supply circuit on the load side of
the battery transfer switch and fuses. On a system supplied by a branch
circuit the ''normal source'' shall be construed to mean the load side
of any transformer or rectifier employed to modify the nature or
magnitude of the supply potential.
(c) Electrical supervision -- (1) Circuits. The circuits formed by
conductors extending from the control unit to the fire detectors of each
zone shall be electrically supervised.
(2) Normal source. The normal source of energy to the control unit
shall be electrically supervised.
(3) Fire bells. The engine room fire bell shall be electrically
supervised.
(d) Power failure alarm signals -- (1) Loss of potential. The loss
of potential from a supervised normal source of energy automatically
shall be indicated at the control unit by the sounding of an audible
power failure alarm bell. The source of energy for the power failure
alarm bell shall be the emergency power source. The source of energy
for the power failure alarm bell for a system supplied by duplicate
storage batteries shall be the storage battery being charged.
(2) Silencing audible signal. Means shall be provided at the control
unit to silence the power failure alarm bell by transferring the signal
to a visible indicator which shall remain until the silencing means is
restored to its normal position.
(e) Trouble alarm signals -- (1) Open Circuit. An open circuit
occurring in either supervised circuit covered by paragraph (c) (1) or
(3) of this section shall automatically be indicated at the control unit
by the sounding of an audible trouble alarm bell or buzzer and by a
visual indicator showing the circuit or zone from which the signal
originated except that on systems employing closed-circuit series
connected detectors, an open circuit in the zone wiring may cause a fire
alarm signal.
(2) Silencing audible signal. Manual means shall be provided at the
control unit to silence the audible signal, but operation of the audible
trouble alarm silencing means shall permit the visible trouble signal to
remain until the trouble has been corrected.
(3) Non-interference. The control unit shall be so arranged as to
permit one or any number of trouble alarm signals simultaneously, and an
alarm on one circuit shall not interfere with the normal operation of
any other circuit, except that the audible trouble alarm signal, when
silenced by the means provided by paragraph (e)(2) of this section, need
not sound on receipt of succeeding trouble signals.
(4) Source of energy. The source of energy for the trouble alarm
signals required by this paragraph shall be the normal source as defined
in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
(f) Circuit testing -- (1) Fire alarm and trouble alarm test. Means
shall be provided at the control unit for individually testing each fire
detecting zone circuit. The testing means shall be capable of
simulating a fire alarm condition and a trouble condition.
(2) Ground test. Means shall be provided at the control unit for
manual testing of each individual fire detecting zone circuit for the
presence of grounds. Systems whose normal source of supply is derived
from a circuit from the ship's alternating-current temporary emergency
bus shall be provided with a two-winding transformer in the supply
circuit and located in the control unit to isolate electrically the fire
detecting system from the ship's electrical system.
(g) Power supply transfer switch. An automatic transfer switch with
no ''off'' position shall be provided in the control unit for selecting
the source of power, except that systems employing duplicate storage
batteries may be provided with a manual transfer switch.
(1) Automatic transfer switch. Upon reduction of potential from the
normal power source of 15 to 20 percent, the automatic fire detection
system shall automatically be disconnected from the normal source and
connected to the emergency source. Upon restoration of potential from
the normal source of 85 to 95 percent of normal valves, the automatic
fire detection system shall automatically be transferred back to normal
source.
(2) Manual transfer switch. Automatic fire detecting systems
employing duplicate storage batteries as the power supplies shall be
provided with a manual transfer switch with no ''off'' position to
select the battery to supply the system and the battery to be charged.
(h) Automatic fire detecting system, battery charging and control --
(1) General. Automatic fire detecting systems employing duplicate
storage batteries as the power supply shall be provided with battery
charging and control facilities as specified by this paragraph.
(2) Transfer switch. A manual transfer switch shall be provided in
accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(3) Voltmeter and voltmeter switch. A voltmeter and a voltmeter
switch shall be provided at the control unit and connected to read (i)
voltage of battery supplying system and (ii) voltage of battery on
charge.
(4) Ammeter. An ammeter shall be provided to indicate the charging
current to the battery on charge.
(5) Reverse current protection. An undervoltage or reverse current
relay shall be provided to disconnect the battery on charge from the
charging source in the event of loss of potential from the charging
source unless reverse current flow is effectively blocked by a
rectifier.
(6) Resistors. Fixed and variable resistors shall be provided to
regulate the charging rate, together with a two-position switch to
select between a normal charging rate and a high charging rate.
(7) Overcurrent protection. The batteries shall be protected against
overcurrent by fuses rated at not less than 150 percent and not more
than 200 percent of the maximum normal battery load.
(8) Location. The equipment required by this paragraph shall be
located in or adjacent to the control unit.
(i) Endurance requirements. The fire detecting system control unit
shall be capable of being operated 10,000 cycles without failure of any
component or undue wear or pitting of any contact. Endurance test shall
be conducted in accordance with 161.002-16(c)(6).
(j) Under and over voltage operation. The fire detecting system
control unit shall operate successfully at both 80 percent and 110
percent of rated supply voltage. This test shall be conducted as part
of the endurance test of paragraph (h) of this section.
(k) Operation while inclined. The control unit shall operate
successfully at rated voltage while undergoing the inclination test of
161.002-16(c)(4). This test shall be conducted as a part of the
endurance test of paragraph (h) of this section.
(l) Vibration test. The control unit shall withstand the vibration
test described in 161.002-16(c)(3) without damage to any part and
without false operation. The test shall be conducted as a part of the
endurance test of paragraph (h) of this section.
(m) Humidity test. The control unit shall withstand without damage
the humidity test of 161.002-16(c)(5).
(CGFR 56-39, 21 FR 9035, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35
FR 19666, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 161.002-11 Fire detecting thermostat.
(a) General. The scope of this section is limited to the class of
fire detectors commonly referred to as spot type automatic fire
detecting thermostats. Other types of fire detectors such as
thermostatic wire detectors, pneumatic tubing detectors, electronic
detectors, etc. will be the subject of special investigation, and will
be considered equally acceptable as fire detecting thermostats when
proven to be equally effective in detecting fires and equally
serviceable.
(b) Design classification. Thermostats are classified as follows:
(1) Fixed temperature type, designed to operate when the temperature
at the device reaches a predetermined value.
(2) Rate of rise type, designed to operate when the rate of
temperature rise at the device reaches a predetermined value.
(3) Those which, when, and as installed are capable of repeat
operation.
(4) Those which, when, and as installed must be replaced when they
have once operated.
(5) Combinations of two or more of these classifications.
(c) Temperature classifications. Thermostats of the fixed
temperature type are classified as to temperature of operation as
follows:
(1) Ordinary degree, for use where the normal temperature at the
device does not exceed 100 F.
(2) Intermediate degree, for use where the normal temperature at the
device exceeds 100 but not 150 F.
(3) Hard degree, for use where the normal temperature at the device
exceeds 150 but not more than 225 F.
(d) General construction requirements -- (1) Material, form, and
arrangement. The material, the form, and the arrangement of parts shall
be such that the thermostats will be practicable to manufacture,
install, and maintain, and be reliable and consistent in operation.
They shall be so designed as to be free from liability to ordinary
mechanical injury when installed and from the effects of moisture and
interference by clogging with dust, insects, and other foreign material.
Thermostats having contacts exposed to the atmosphere will not be
considered.
(2) Uniform operation. A thermostat must be constructed so that
reasonably uniform operation from application of heat will result
regardless of variations in position or exposure to air flow from
varying directions. In devices where variations in operation are
possible from different positions of the device with respect to the
direction of air flow, the spacing classification of the device will be
judged from data obtained in tests where the device is mounted in the
least favorable position as regards reception of heated air currents.
(3) Replacement. Thermostats requiring replacement after operation
shall indicate when operated.
(4) Renewable element. In thermostats where the thermally-sensitive
element is renewable and must be replaced after operation, the renewable
element shall bear the manufacturer's name or other identification and
the degree rating. Thermostats shall be capable of installation with
ordinary tools.
(5) Shipping. Thermostats shall be so constructed that parts will
not become displaced during shipment or after installation.
(e) Mounting. (1) Thermostats shall be designed for mounting on a
standard outlet box unless a box of special design is furnished as a
part of the assembly.
(2) When the junction box is not furnished with the thermostat,
drawings shall clearly indicate the dimensions of the junction box to be
used.
(f) Adjustment. (1) Thermostats shall not be capable of being
adjusted after shipment from the factory.
(2) Adjustments made in the factory shall be securely sealed.
(3) Screws used in making adjustments shall be close fitting, of
small pitch, and provided with reliable locking means.
(g) Adaptability to fire detecting systems. Thermostats shall be of
such design that they are capable of connection on a supervised system
of wiring.
(h) Materials. (1) Diaphragms and spring parts, if used, should
preferably be of phosphor bronze or beryllium-copper (thermo-responsive
springs excepted).
(2) Solder, if used as the operating member of a thermostat, shall be
specially investigated for stability and other necessary properties.
(3) Where a sealing compound is used in thermostats, its melting
point shall be at least 15 C. higher than the rated temperature of
operation of the device.
(i) Electrical. (1) Contacts shall be so designed that it is
practicable to make any adjustments necessary during factory assembly,
and so that the contact action will be positive and reliable.
(2) Sliding or pivoted current-carrying parts, if used, shall be
shunted by flexible copper conductors.
(3) Ample separation of contacts tips shall be provided.
(4) The contacting parts shall have tips of silver or an equivalent
material securely attached and in proper alignment.
(5) All current-carrying parts shall be insulated or otherwise
protected.
(6) Separate terminal screws shall be provided for the incoming and
outgoing circuit wires.
(7) Nuts and heads of screws used to secure current-carrying parts
(other than those for the circuit wires) shall, wherever possible, be
countersunk and covered with a sealing compound. The countersinking
should be such as to provide a full 1/8 inch clearance from the mounting
surface.
(j) Marking. Each thermostat shall be plainly marked with the name
of the manufacturer or accepted abbreviation therefor, the approval
number, and, if of the fixed temperature type, with the temperature
rating.
(k) Temperature of operation. (1) Fixed temperature thermostats
shall be designed for an operating temperature within the limits given
in Table 161.002-11(k)(1)(i).
(2) The temperature of operation of fixed temperature thermostats
shall be determined in a well-stirred bath in which the rate of
temperature rise is not greater than 1 F. per minute as measured by a
thermometer. The thermostats shall be immersed in the bath near the
thermometer which is read at regular intervals.
(3) The temperature of operation of fixed temperature thermostats
when tested as described in paragraph (k)(2) of this section shall be
within plus or minus 5 F. of their rated temperature of operation if of
the ordinary rating or within plus or minus 10 to 15 F. if of the
intermediate or hard rating. Not less than three thermostats shall be
so tested.
(l) Sensitivity. (1) Not less than three thermostats shall be tested
for sensitivity in an electric oven designed for conducting sensitivity
tests. The oven employed shall be capable of close temperature and air
current control. Tests are made under the time-temperature curves shown
in Figure 161.002-11(L)(1) while mounted in a manner normal for its
installation in an air stream having a velocity of 200 to 220 feet per
minute. A sketch of the test oven that will be employed is shown on
Figure 161.002-11(L).
(2) Thermostats when tested in accordance with paragraph (k)(1) of
this section shall operate in 2 minutes or less.
(3) Thermostats which operate in 2 minutes or less when subjected to
the time-temperature conditions shown on Figure 161.002-11(L)(1) will be
rated as to permissible spacing according to their performance.
Spacings other than 10, 12 1/2, and 15 feet will not ordinarily be
considered.
(4) Thermostats for which a permissible spacing qualification in
excess of 15 feet is desired may be subjected to fire tests to compare
their performance at the increased spacing with the performance of
several approved 15-foot spacing thermostats when subjected to several
rate-of-rise conditions.
(5) The operation of thermostats in the sensitivity oven must be
sufficiently uniform to indicate accurate assembly and reliability.
(6) Thermostats of the rate-of-rise type, in addition to other
requirements of this paragraph, shall operate at a rate of temperature
rise likely to result from fire but unlikely to occur from other causes.
A thermostat which operates when the rate-of-rise of temperature is
maintained between 15 and 20 F. per minute and which does not operate
when the rate-of-rise of temperature is much below that value, generally
satisfies this condition. Tests shall be conducted in an oven as
described in paragraph (k)(1) of this section.
(7) The results obtained in repeat tests on the same rate-of-rise
thermostat shall closely correspond, as shall also the results of tests
on different samples having the same adjustment and setting.
(m) Premature operation test. Clean fixed-temperature thermostats
must not operate prematurely when subjected to high normal room
temperature as given in Table 161.002-11(m) for a period of 30 days.
Insert Illus. 7A
(n) Corrosion and loading tests. (1) Thermostats, when spray painted
with a lead-oil type paint along with the ceiling on which they are
mounted a sufficient number of times to build up a hard dry coating of
1/32 inch in thickness on the exposed external parts, shall operate in 4
minutes or less if of the fixed temperature type, and, if of the
rate-of-rise type, shall operate at rates of rise not more than 25
percent greater than the rate at which it operated when tested clean.
(2) Thermostats, after being subjected to a 200-hour salt spray test
in accordance with A. S. T. M. Standard B117, shall operate in 3
minutes or less if of the fixed temperature type, and, if of the
rate-of-rise type, shall operate at rates of rise not more than 25
percent greater than the rate at which it operated when tested clean.
(o) Rough usage tests. Thermostats shall be tested to determine
whether they may be dropped or subjected to moderately rough usage with
the tools ordinarily used in installation, such as screwdriver, pliers,
or hammer, depending upon the type of thermostat, without affecting
their operation.
(p) Vibration tests. The thermostat shall be subjected to the
vibration test described in 161.002-16(c)(3). No false operation or
breakage or injury to the thermostat shall result. Vibration test shall
be performed in an ambient temperature approximately equal to the
appropriate temperature indicated in Table 161.002-11(m).
(q) Dielectric strength test. The thermostat shall be capable of
withstanding without damage the dielectric strength test of 161.002-6(
g)(1), after which test the insulation resistance shall be not less than
that specified by 161.002-6(g)(2).
46 CFR 161.002-12 Manual fire alarm systems.
(a) General. A manual fire alarm system shall consist of a power
supply, a control unit on which are located visible and audible fire and
trouble signalling devices, and fire alarm circuits as required
originating from the control unit and terminating at manual fire alarm
boxes. Power failure alarm devices may be separately housed from the
control unit and may be combined with other power failure alarm systems
when specifically approved.
(b) Types. Manual fire alarm systems shall be one of the following
types, or a combination of several types:
(1) Manual fire alarm stations superimposed on and connected as an
integral part of the fire detector circuit wiring of an automatic fire
detection system.
(2) Electrical system using manually operated fire alarm boxes.
(3) Other types as may be developed.
(c) Power supply. The power supply shall be as specified for
automatic fire detecting system by 161.002-9.
(d) Manual fire alarm system control unit. The manual fire alarm
system control unit shall be as specified for automatic fire detecting
systems by 161.002-10.
46 CFR 161.002-13 Manual fire alarm boxes.
(a) A manual fire alarm box shall consist of a rugged cast metal
junction box and cover on which is mounted a prominent operating lever
to actuate the alarm. Pulling the operating lever shall shatter a
window of glass or other suitable material, thereby automatically
operating an alarm switch. Manual fire alarm boxes employing different
methods of operation or different forms of construction or materials
from that described in this paragraph will be considered provided the
operation is equally positive, simple, quick and obvious.
(b) The operating instructions for the fire alarm box shall be clear,
concise, conspicuous, and protected against obliteration.
(c) The fire alarm box shall be finished in typical bright red with
the operating instructions finished in a contrasting color.
(d) The manual fire alarm box shall be operated manually in the
intended manner not less than 100 times to assure reliable operation.
(e) The switch unit in the manual fire alarm box shall operate at
least 10,000 cycles, making and breaking a direct-current load equal to
the rated current of the switch at rated voltage without failure. The
switch unit shall also be capable of operating 50 cycles with the
current increased to 150 percent of rated current. Tests shall be
conducted at not more than 10 cycles per minute.
(f) The manual fire alarm box shall withstand without damage the
dielectric strength test of 161.002-6(g)(1) after which test the
insulation resistance shall be not less than that specified by
161.002-6(g)(2).
46 CFR 161.002-14 Watchman's supervisory systems.
(a) General. The watchman's supervisory system shall consist of
apparatus to verify the presence of watchmen and the regular performance
of their assigned duties.
(b) Types. The watchman's supervisory systems shall be one of the
following types, or a combination of several types:
(1) A mechanical system consisting of portable spring-motor-driven
recording clocks in conjunction with key stations located along the
prescribed routes of the watchmen to operate the clock recording
mechanism.
(2) An electrical system employing a recorder located at a central
station in conjunction with key stations along the prescribed route of
the watchmen.
(3) Other types that may be developed.
(c) Portable spring-motor-driven recording clocks. (1) Each clock
shall run for at least one week without rewinding and shall be
substantially mounted and strongly encased. It shall be made so that
the recordings cannot be seen without opening the case and so that the
case cannot be opened without indicating, by a distinctive recording,
the time of opening and closing.
(2) The records of the recording watch clock shall be legible and
permanent.
(d) Key stations for use with portable recording watch clocks. (1)
The key station shall be of substantial construction and provided with a
hinged cover.
The key shall be attached to the station by means of a strong link
chain. The key stations shall be mounted in such a manner that they
cannot be removed without giving evidence of removal.
(2) Keys shall be made so that they are difficult to duplicate, and
shall be of a pattern susceptible of variations tending to reduce the
probability that a set of keys for one clock will operate other clocks.
(21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 59-7, 24 FR 3241, Apr.
25, 1959)
46 CFR 161.002-15 Smoke detecting systems.
(a) General. The smoke detecting system shall consist of a means for
continuously exhausting an air sample from the protected spaces and
testing the air for contamination with smoke of all colors or particle
sizes, together with visual or visual and aural means for indicating the
presence of smoke.
(1) The scope of this section is limited to systems in which the
control unit is to be located in the wheelhouse or fire control room.
Where different arrangements of the detecting units are contemplated,
the system may be examined and tested according to the intent of this
section, and, if found to be substantially equivalent, may be approved.
(b) Types. The smoke detecting system shall be one of the following
types:
(1) Visual detection type wherein the presence of smoke is detected
visually and by sense of smell.
(2) Aural type wherein the presence of smoke is detected visually and
audibly and by sense of smell.
(3) Visual or aural type combined with carbon dioxide extinguishing
system.
(4) Other types as may be developed.
(c) Power supply. The power supply for smoke detecting systems shall
be from the emergency lighting and power system as required by subpart
113.70 in part 113 of subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this
chapter.
(d) Suction fans. (1) Suction fans shall be provided in duplicate,
with the system arranged for one fan to be operated at a time.
(2) The suction fans shall be of sufficient capacity to provide a
suction at the control unit of at least 1 inch of water with each zone
connected with 350 feet of 3/4 inch standard pipe.
(e) Smoke detecting system control unit -- (1) General. A smoke
detecting system control unit shall consist of a drip-proof enclosed
panel containing the smoke indicating devices, trouble alarm signalling
devices, power failure alarm devices, and overcurrent protection for the
system and for the exhaust fans. Power failure alarm devices may be
separately housed from the control unit and may be combined with other
power failure alarm systems when specifically approved.
(2) Sampling characteristics. The control unit shall be designed to
extract air samples continuously from the smoke detecting zones. Visual
detection of smoke in the air samples from all zones shall be
continuous, except that the air samples may be diverted from the visual
detector momentarily for aural detection purposes. Aural detection of
smoke in the air samples from the several smoke detecting zones may be
done in sequence in which case the unit shall cycle at a rate not to
exceed 5 seconds per zone. Where aural detection of smoke in the air
samples from all zones is accomplished simultaneously, the aural
detector shall operate for at least 3 seconds in each minute.
(3) Visual smoke indication. The presence of smoke in the
concentrations specified by paragraph (g) of this section in the air
sample being exhausted from any of the protected spaces shall
automatically be indicated visually to an observer directly in front of
the control unit. The visual indication shall indicate the zone from
which the smoke originated and shall be continuous so long as the smoke
is present except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(4) Aural smoke indication. The presence of smoke in the
concentrations specified by paragraph (g) of this section in the air
sample being exhausted from any of the protected spaces shall in systems
of the aural type, automatically be indicated by the sounding of a
vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not smaller than 6 inches,
nippled to or mounted on or in the control unit, the sounding of
vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not smaller than 8 inches
located in the engine room, and the lighting of a smoke indicator lamp.
(i) Means shall be provided to silence the audible signals, but the
visible smoke indicator lamp shall remain lighted until the smoke alarm
relay is manually reset.
(ii) Resetting the smoke alarm relay without restoring the fire bell
silencing means to the normal position shall be indicated by trouble
signals as described in paragraph (e)(7) of this section.
(5) Detection by smell. A sufficient quantity of exhaust from the
control unit shall be discharged into the pilothouse or fire control
station to permit detection of fire by odor. A valve shall be provided
to direct the exhaust, if obnoxious, to the outside.
(6) Supervision. Electrical circuits, the failure of which would
prevent the smoke detector from properly functioning, shall be
electrically supervised. Circuits to be electrically supervised shall
include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following circuits, when
employed. Audible detector lamp, visible detector lamp, voltage
regulator, exhaust fans and fire bells.
(i) The flow of air from each of the protected spaces shall be
supervised in such a way that an observer at the control unit can detect
the absence of air flow.
(7) Trouble alarms. An open circuit condition existing in any
supervised circuit shall be indicated at the control unit by the
sounding of an audible trouble buzzer or bell and by the lighting of a
trouble light indicating the circuit from which the signal originated.
Means shall be provided to silence the trouble buzzer, but the trouble
light shall remain lighted until the buzzer silencing device is restored
to the normal position.
(8) Power failure alarm. Loss of potential on the load side of the
control unit overcurrent protective device shall be indicated by a power
failure buzzer located in the wheelhouse or fire control room.
Provisions shall be made to silence the power failure alarm buzzer by
transferring the signal to a visible indicator. Reestablishing
potential to the system shall again cause the power failure buzzer to
sound until the silencing means is restored to the normal position.
(i) The source of power for the power failure alarm signals shall be
a storage battery. The storage battery may supply loads other than the
smoke detector system power failure alarm load, but shall be independent
of the smoke detector system main power supply.
(9) Circuit arrangement and protection. (i) A manual disconnect
switch shall be provided to disconnect the control unit from the supply
circuit. On the load side of the manual disconnect switch, overcurrent
protection shall be provided for the system. The rating or setting of
the overcurrent device shall be not less than 200 percent of the system
load.
(ii) Suction fans shall be furnished in duplicate with a control
switch and running overcurrent protection provided for each fan motor.
(10) Adjustments. Means shall be provided to adjust the sensitivity
of an aural smoke detector to compensate for normal aging
characteristics of the components and for the effects of dust collecting
in the control unit unless such compensation is effected automatically
or by other satisfactory means.
(11) Circuit testing. The control unit shall be provided with a
means for being tested while in operation. The test shall cause
operation of the alarm circuits by initiating the sequence of actions
through a disturbance in the unit.
(f) Sensitivity test equipment and smoke sources -- (1) General. The
smoke meter that will be employed to measure the sensitivity of smoke
detector system is shown on Figure 161.002-15(f).
(2) Photo cell. The photo cell should be highly sensitive, capable
of high output, and with a major portion of its characteristic very near
linear. Mounted in the smoke meter described herein and with the lamp
operating at 10.5 volts, the cell should have an output near 180
microamperes with clear air and with the heat-resistant glass partition
removed.
(3) Microammeters. In order to maintain linearity, the resistance of
the microammeters should be as low as possible. The 0 to 30 scale
microammeter shown on Figure 161.002-15(f) has a resistance of 150 ohms,
while the 0 to 200 scale microammeter has a resistance of 55 ohms.
(4) Constant voltage supply. In order to maintain constant potential
to the lamp, a constant voltage transformer is necessary. The constant
voltage transformer should have a 95-125 volt primary and a 12 volt
1/2 percent secondary.
(5) Lamp and lens. The smoke meter shown in Figure 161.002-15(f) is
designed to use a Westinghouse Lamp No. 1747-50 CP-S-11 bulb, 12-16
volts, single contact, bayonet base. The lamp is operated at 10.5 volts
through a variable series resistor. The lamp should be operated for
approximately 24 hours before calibrating the smoke meter. Each time
the lamp is energized, it should be permitted to burn for approximately
1 hour to stabilize its output. The lens used with the smoke meter is a
38 mm diameter, 63.1 mm focal length, double convex condensing lens.
(6) Meter tube. The inside diameter of the meter tube is 1 5/8
inches and its length, measured from the lens at the lamp end to the
heat-resisting glass partition at the cell end, is 5 feet. The tube is
made in three slip-joint sections for portability, and the interior
walls of the tube are painted a dull black. The photoelectric cell is
mounted in a suitable housing at the end of the tube. A glass partition
of 1/8 inch thick heat-resisting glass is provided in front of the
active face of the photoelectric cell to absorb the heat of the light
beam and to reduce the output of the cell from its normally high output
of approximately 180 microamperes to approximately 125 microamperes. A
slot is provided for inserting calibration screens between the cell and
the glass partition.
(7) Method of calibration. The smoke meter is calibrated by
inserting in the calibration slide openings transparent screens, such as
thin glass slides or plastic sheets. The transmission of the
calibration slides to the band of wave lengths emitted by the lamp must
be accurately known. By observing the cell output with various
calibrated slides inserted, a curve of cell output versus percent light
obscuration may be obtained. The smoke meter is then calibrated in the
following steps:
(i) Focus. The distance between the lamp and the lens is adjusted to
secure a bright uniform illumination over the cell face.
(ii) Zeroing meter. After the lamp has been burning at 10.5 volts
for at least 1 hour or until the output of the photoelectric cell has
become constant, the shunt across the 30-microammeter full scale meter
shall be adjusted so that the microammeter reads full scale with clear
air passing through the meter tube. This is the ''zero'' of the smoke
meter and the shunt adjustment then shall be sealed or protected so that
the adjustment remains fixed. Any further zero adjustment is made by
means of the lamp rheostat.
Insert Illus. 8A
(iii) Calibration. After the zero adjustment has been made, the
calibration screens may be inserted in the slot in front of the cell and
the meter readings recorded. Calculate the percent obscuration for each
screen relative to maximum scale reading with clear air, or 30
microamperes, which is 100 percent transmission or zero obscuration.
These values represent percent obscuration in 5 feet. From these values,
calculate the percent obscuration in a one foot column by the formula
(1).
Where:
K=percent obscuration in 1 foot.
R=fraction of light obscured in 5 feet.
Values of K plotted against the cell output represents the
calibration graph of the smoke meter.
(8) Smoke density meter reading. The term ''smoke density meter
reading'' as used herein will mean the value K, percent obscuration of
the smoke on a one foot basis, determined in the manner described above.
(9) Smoke sources. (i) A Type I smoke shall be smoke obtained from
smoldering oil-free cotton waste.
(ii) A Type II smoke shall be smoke obtained from freely burning
kerosene-saturated cotton waste.
(g) Sensitivity requirements. (1) The control unit shall be mounted
in its intended manner, and one smoke detecting zone shall be connected
to the smoke density meter described in paragraph (f) of this section by
means of 3/4-inch standard pipe. The connection shall be as short and
as direct as practicable so that there will be no appreciable transit
time of smoke from the smoke density meter to the control unit. All
other zones shall be restricted in such a manner as to simulate a load
on the suction fan equivalent to that of a 350-foot length of 3/ 4-inch
standard pipe for each zone. Where the control unit is of the type in
which the aural detector tests the combined discharge of all zones
simultaneously sensitivity tests will be conducted with a control unit
having the maximum number of zones for which approval is desired.
(2) With the system operating at rated supply voltage and the control
unit adjusted for optimum performance, Type I smoke in quantities
sufficient to give a ''smoke density meter reading'' of 2 percent shall
be admitted to the smoke detecting zone under test.
(i) The smoke shall be detected by an observer directly in front of a
visual detection type control unit.
(ii) The audible smoke alarm of an aural type control unit shall
sound within one sampling cycle of the control unit.
(3) With no change in the adjustment of the control unit and no
change in the ''smoke density meter reading'' from those of the
preceding test, the supply potential of the smoke detector system shall
be decreased to 80 percent of rated voltage.
(i) The smoke shall be detected by an observer directly in front of a
visual detection type control unit.
(ii) The audible smoke alarm of an aural type control unit shall
sound within one sampling cycle of the control unit.
(4) With the supply potential reduced to 80 percent of rated voltage
and with no change in the adjustment of the control unit from the
previous test, Type II smoke in quantities sufficient to give a ''smoke
density meter reading'' of 5 percent shall be admitted to the smoke
detector zone under test.
(i) The smoke shall be detected by an observer directly in front of a
visual detection type control unit.
(ii) The audible smoke alarm of an aural type control unit shall
sound within one sampling cycle of the control unit.
(h) Endurance requirements. The control unit shall be capable of
being operated for 10,000 cycles at rated voltage without failure of any
component or undue wear or pitting of any contact. Endurance test shall
be conducted in accordance with 161.002-16 (c) (7).
(i) Inclination test. The control unit shall operate successfully
while undergoing the inclination test of 161.002-16(c)(4).
(j) Resistance to vibration. The control unit shall withstand
without damage and without false operation the vibration test described
in 161.002-16(c)(3). The tests shall be performed with circuits in the
normal supervisory position.
(k) Humidity test. The system shall withstand without damage the
humidity test of 161.002-16(c)(5).
(21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9301,
Sept. 30, 1961)
46 CFR 161.002-16 Methods of sampling, inspection and testing.
(a) Sampling and inspection. Fire detecting equipment covered by
this specification is not normally inspected at regularly scheduled
factory inspections of production lots, but the Commander of the Coast
Guard District may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any
place where such fire detecting equipment is manufactured to check
materials and construction methods, and to conduct such tests and
examinations as may be required to satisfy himself that the equipment is
being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this
specification and with the manufacturer's plans and specifications
approved by the Commandant.
(b) Type approval tests -- (1) General. Type approval tests shall
have as their purpose to demonstrate that a manufacturer is capable of
producing equipment suitable for shipboard use in accordance with the
specification requirements of this subpart. Type approval tests may be
conducted on individual components of equipment or on a complete system.
(2) Where tested. All tests shall be conducted at the National
Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC, or at another laboratory designated
by the Coast Guard.
(3) Costs. All costs of the tests required by this subpart shall be
defrayed by the manufacturer and the material to be tested shall be
furnished without cost to the U. S. Government.
(4) Order of tests. Tests shall be conducted in the order listed in
this paragraph. Listed opposite each test is the corresponding
reference paragraph which gives the specified performance requirements
and the associated test description. Except where otherwise indicated,
all tests shall be conducted on the same sample equipment.
(i) Fire detecting system control unit tests.
(ii) Fire detecting thermostat tests.
(iii) Manual fire alarm box tests.
(iv) Watchman's supervisory system equipment tests.
(v) Smoke detecting system control unit tests.
(c) Description of tests -- (1) Method of mounting. For all tests
not otherwise specified, the equipment shall be secured to the mounting
brackets of the test machine in the same position and manner that it
will be mounted on shipboard.
(2) General inspection. The equipment shall be given a thorough
visual inspection to determine if the equipment conforms to this
specification with respect to material, finish, workmanship, fit,
construction, clearances, nameplates, and instructions. This general
inspection shall include a check of all operating controls, circuit
functions, test facilities and adjustments.
(3) Vibration test. (i) The equipment shall be secured to a
vibration table and vibrated along each of the three principal axes at
frequencies from 5 to 25 cycles per second at a table amplitude of
between 0.003 inch and 0.008 inch (total excursion of between 0.006 and
0.016 inch). The change from one frequency to the next shall be made
slowly and uniformly. At each integral frequency, vibration shall be
maintained for 2 minutes. Upon completion of the test described above,
the equipment shall be vibrated along each of the principal axes at the
one frequency which observations made during the test above show to be
the most likely frequency to cause failure of the equipment. The
amplitude of vibration during this latter test shall be 0.03 0.006 inch
(total excursion 0.06 0.012 inch) and the test shall be run for 2 hours
on each axis.
(ii) This test shall be conducted with the equipment energized and
operating in its normal manner. The test shall not interrupt normal
functioning or damage the equipment.
(iii) Where the size of the unit prohibits its being vibration tested
as a whole, the components judged to be liable to damage or faulty
operation due to vibration may be individually tested in accordance with
the intent of this subparagraph.
(4) Inclination test. (i) The equipment shall be inclined at the
rate of 5 to 7 cycles per minute in one plane to an angle of 30 degrees
on either side of the vertical for a period of 30 minutes.
(ii) The test specified by 161.002-17(c)(4)(i) shall be repeated with
the equipment reoriented 90 degrees on a vertical axis to the plane in
which it was originally tested.
(iii) At the conclusion of the cyclic tests described in this
paragraph, the cyclic motion shall be stopped, and with the inclination
adjusted to 22 1/2 degrees, the equipment shall remain in this position
for a period of 30 minutes.
(iv) The tests required by this paragraph shall be conducted with the
equipment operating in its normal manner. The tests shall not interrupt
normal functioning or damage the equipment.
(5) Humidity test -- (i) General. The equipment shall be subjected
to the following conditioning and tests. The equipment shall not be
energized during the test.
(ii) Conditioning. In order to establish a reference condition for
the measurement of operating parameters and a valid basis for comparison
of the effects of the conditioning to follow, the complete equipment
shall be dried at a temperature of not less than 40 C. nor more than 50
C. for at least 2 hours.
(iii) Reference measurements. Following the conditioning specified
in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, the equipment shall be
subjected to the dielectric strength test of 161.002-6(g)(1), after
which the insulation resistance shall be not less than that specified by
161.002-6(g)(2).
(iv) The equipment shall then be placed in a chamber and subjected to
a relative humidity of 95 5 percent and a temperature of 40 C. 2 C.
for a period of 100 hours. At the conclusion of the 100-hour humidity
test, the dielectric strength test of 161.002-6(g) shall be repeated,
except that the dielectric strength test potential shall be one-half the
value specified in 161.002-6(g)(l).
(v) The insulation resistance of electrical circuits following the
dielectric strength test shall not be less than 1 megohm at 500 volts
direct current.
(6) Endurance test, fire detecting system control unit. The control
unit, including fire bells and audible trouble and power failure alarm
devices, shall be operated for 10,000 cycles. A cycle of operation
shall consist of (i) simulated fire alarm condition on all zones for a
period of approximately 1.0 second, (ii) circuits restored to normal
condition for a period of approximately 1.5 seconds, (iii) simulated
trouble alarm condition on all zones and supervised bell circuits for a
period of approximately 1.0 second, (iv) circuits restored to normal
condition for a period of approximately 1.5 seconds, (v) simulated power
failure condition for a period of approximately 1.0 second, and (vi)
circuits restored to normal condition for a period of approximately 1.5
seconds. Where this sequence of operation is not easily effected due to
the type of reset mechanism or to other factors, the cycle of operation
may be varied in accordance with the intent of the above cycling test.
The first 50 cycles of operation shall be conducted with a supply
potential of 80 percent of rated supply voltage. The following 1,000
cycles of operation shall be conducted with the supply potential
increased to 110 percent of rated supply voltage. The following 8,900
cycles of operation shall be conducted with the supply potential at
rated supply voltage. The final 50 cycles of operation shall be
conducted with the supply potential increased to 115 percent of rated
supply voltage. The rated voltage endurance test shall be interrupted as
necessary to perform the vibration and inclination tests.
(7) Endurance test, aural smoke detecting system control -- (i)
Control unit. The control unit, including fire bells and audible
trouble and power failure alarm devices, shall be operated for 10,000
cycles at rated voltage. A cycle of operation shall consist of (A)
simulated smoke alarm condition for a period of approximately 1.0
second, (B) circuits restored to normal condition for a period of
approximately 1.5 seconds, (C) simulated trouble alarm condition on all
supervised circuits for a period of approximately 1.0 second, (D)
circuits restored to normal condition for a period of approximately 1.5
seconds, (E) simulated power failure condition for a period of
approximately 1.0 second, and (F) circuits restored to normal condition
for a period of approximately 1.5 seconds. Where this sequence of
operation is not easily effected due to the type of reset mechanism or
to other factors, the cycle of operation may be varied in accordance
with the intent of the above cycling test. The first 50 cycles of
operation shall be conducted with a supply potential of 80 percent of
rated supply voltage. The following 1,000 cycles of operation shall be
conducted with the supply potential increased to 110 percent of rated
supply voltage. The following 8,900 cycles of operation shall be
conducted with the supply potential at rated supply voltage. The final
50 cycles of operation shall be conducted with the supply potential
increased to 115 percent of rated supply voltage. The rated voltage
endurance test shall be interrupted as necessary to perform the
vibration and inclination test.
(ii) Suction fans and other components. The suction fans and other
components that operate continuously, such as motor-driven timers, shall
be continuously operated at rated voltage for a period of 60 days
without failure and without undue deterioration.
(8) Endurance test, visual smoke detecting system. The entire system
shall be operated in the normal operating condition and at rated voltage
continuously for a period of 60 days, after which the trouble alarm and
power failure alarm devices shall be operated for 10,000 cycles. A
cycle of operation shall be (i) a trouble alarm condition for a period
of approximately 1.0 second, (ii) circuits restored to normal condition
for a period of approximately 1.5 seconds, (iii) power failure alarm
condition for approximately 1.0 second, and (iv) circuits restored to
normal condition for approximately 1.5 seconds. The endurance test shall
be conducted in the same manner as described in paragraph (c)(7) of this
section for the aural type smoke detector control unit.
(9) Special additional tests. In cases where a study of the design
of a unit discloses additional features likely to effect reliability of
operation or other undesirable characteristics, suitable additional
tests shall be made as necessary.
(d) Procedure for approval. (1) Before approval action is taken on
any equipment or systems covered by this specification, detail plans in
triplicate covering fully the arrangement, construction, and materials
of the equipment shall be submitted to the Commandant. If the equipment
has previously been tested by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or by
some other recognized testing organization, a copy of the test report
shall also be submitted.
(2) After the plans have been reviewed and any necessary corrections
or additions submitted, the plans will be forwarded to the testing
laboratory to determine the cost of the tests and the material to be
submitted for testing.
(3) The manufacturer will then be given shipping instructions for the
required test samples and an estimate of the cost of the tests.
(4) Upon receipt of a check from the manufacturer for the estimated
costs of the tests made payable to the United States Coast Guard, and of
the required test samples, the equipment will be tested.
(5) A copy of the laboratory test report will be forwarded to the
manufacturer and he will be advised if his material is approved under
this subpart. If approved, any stipulations of the approval will be
specified. This information will be published in the Federal Register,
and an approval certificate will be issued to the manufacturer.
(CGFR 56-39, 21 FR 9040, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 70-173, 35
FR 19966, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 161.002-17 Equivalents.
(a) Where in this subpart it is provided that a particular fitting,
appliance apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, or test shall be
provided or conducted, or that any particular arrangement shall be
adopted, the Commandant may accept in substitution therefor any other
fitting, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, of any other
arrangement: Provided, That he shall have been satisfied by suitable
trials that the fitting, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type
thereof, or the arrangement is at least as effective as that specified
in this subpart.
46 CFR 161.002-17 Subpart 161.004 -- Emergency Loudspeaker System
Source: 21 FR 9042, Nov. 21, 1956, unless otherwise noted.
46 CFR 161.004-1 Applicable specifications and other publications.
(a) The following specifications and other publications, of the issue
in effect on the date emergency loudspeaker systems are manufactured,
form a part of this subpart:
(1) National Bureau of Standards publication:
Handbook H28 -- Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services
(including supplement)
(2) Military specifications:
MIL-W-16878A (Navy) -- Wire, Electrical (Insulated, High
Temperature).
(3) A. S. T. M. Standard:
B117 -- Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (Tentative).
(4) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., specification:
Standard for Fuses.
(5) Coast Guard regulations:
Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259 (46 CFR (subchapter J)
parts 110 to 113, inclusive).
(b) Where the requirements in the specifications and other
publications listed in this section conflict with the requirements in
this subpart, the requirements in this subpart shall govern in all
cases.
(c) Copies of the specifications and other publications referred to
in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with
the certificate of approval.
(d) The National Bureau of Standards publication may be purchased
from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC, 20402. The military specifications may be obtained from
the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, Department of the Navy, Washington,
DC, 20350. The Coast Guard publications may be obtained from the
Commandant (G-MTH), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC,
20593-0001. The A. S. T. M. specifications may be purchased from the
American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa.
19103. The Underwriters' specifications may be purchased from the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio St., Chicago, Ill.,
60611.
(21 FR 9042, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.004-2 Type.
The emergency loudspeaker system covered by this subpart is a
reliable marine type audio system composed of microphone(s), duplicate
amplifiers, speakers and a wheelhouse control cabinet. Power supplied
from the ship's distribution system and shipboard interconnecting cable
are excluded for the purpose of this specification. Alternate
arrangements which conform to the performance requirements of this
specification will be specifically considered for approval.
46 CFR 161.004-3 Materials and workmanship.
(a) Suitability. All materials used shall be of the quality best
suited for the purpose intended.
(b) Materials covered by reference specifications. Where
specifications are referred to for a given material, it is intended to
require that the quality of material used shall be at least equal to
that covered in the reference specifications.
(c) Departures from reference specifications. The use of materials
not conforming with or not covered by the reference specifications shall
be noted on the drawings specified in 161.004-7 and will be the subject
of specific approval.
(d) Protection against corrosion -- (1) General. In order to prevent
deterioration due to corrosion, all fastenings, fittings, brackets, and
other metallic parts shall be of an approved corrosion-resistant
material or of a material treated in an approved manner to render it
adequately resistant to corrosion.
(2) Corrosion-resistant materials. Silver, copper, brass, bronze,
copper-nickel, certain copper-nickel alloys, certain aluminum alloys,
and certain stainless steel alloys are considered satisfactory
corrosion-resistant materials.
(3) Corrosion-resisting treatments. Sherardizing, galvanizing, zinc
chromate base with enamel finish, and electroplating of cadmium,
chromium, nickel, silver, or zinc when properly done and of sufficiently
heavy coat, are considered satisfactory corrosion-resistant treatments.
Other corrosion-resistant treatments shall be subject to specific
approval.
(4) Dissimilar metals. In order to minimize the corrosive effect due
to electrolytic action between dissimilar metals, contact between
dissimilar metals shall be limited to those metals having small
difference of electrolytic potential in the electro-chemical series.
(e) Insulating material. Material for the mounting of uninsulated
live-metal parts shall be phenolic composition, coldmolded composition,
or other material which is recognized as suitable for the particular
application. Hard fiber may be used for insulating bushings, washers,
separators, and barriers, but not as the sole support for uninsulated
live-metal parts where shrinkage, current leakage or warpage may
introduce a hazard. Small molded parts shall be so constructed that
they will have adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to withstand
the stresses of actual service.
(f) Workmanship. The workmanship shall be first class in every
respect.
(1) Soldering -- (i) General. All soldering shall be effected in a
neat and workmanlike manner.
(ii) Strength of soldered joint. In general, soldering alone shall
not be depended upon for a satisfactory connection, but where wires and
terminals are joined to be soldered, the wires shall be hooked, wrapped
around or otherwise mechanically secured to the terminals prior to
soldering.
(iii) Soldering flux. Only pure resin or a mixture of alcohol and
resin (or equivalent) shall be used as a flux.
46 CFR 161.004-4 Requirements.
(a) General. (1) The principal purpose of the emergency loudspeaker
system aboard passenger vessels is the transmission and reproduction of
intelligible speech above the high noise levels encountered under
emergency conditions aboard the vessel, particularly during the
operation of abandoning ship. To meet this end, the emergency
loudspeaker system shall have a flat sound output response within 6
decibels for frequencies from 500 to 5,000 cycles per second with less
than 10 percent overall distortion and provide a minimum sound level as
specified in Table 161.004-4(a)(1) over all loudspeakers of the system
when the microphone is spoken into at normal voice level. The system
response curve for frequencies above 5,000 and below 500 shall drop
uniformly. The system shall be a fire and damage resistant system
located above the margin line except for certain below deck loudspeakers
and designed to withstand the corrosive, humid, and vibratory ambient
aboard ship. The system shall be capable of producing an attention
signal with a distinctive note of about 1,500 cycles per second on each
loudspeaker at sound levels specified in Table 161.004-4(a)(1). The
system shall be operable approximately 30 seconds after turning on
power. Duplicate amplifiers shall be provided and arranged for quick
shift over at the wheelhouse master control station. The system shall
enable an officer on the bridge to broadcast separately or collectively
to the following stations: Lifeboat stations, port; lifeboat stations,
starboard; lifeboat embarkation stations, port; lifeboat embarkation
stations, starboard; public spares used for passenger assembly
stations; and crew quarters. The system shall be controlled from a
single location on the navigating bridge and shall permit two-way
conversation with the navigating bridge from designated loudspeakers at
lifeboat and embarkation stations.
(2) The design of the system shall permit cable runs (not included in
this specification) to the different loudspeaker groups to be widely
separated. In addition, the distribution shall be such that a casualty
to the port or starboard supply cabling to loudspeakers on boat and
embarkation decks will render not more than half of the loudspeakers in
the group inoperative.
(3) A variation in supply voltage of 10 percent concurrently with a
supply frequency variation of 5 percent shall not reduce the output of
any one speaker by more than 3 decibels.
(4) All components of the system shall operate successfully when
tilted to an angle of 30 degrees in any direction from the normal
position.
(5) ''Grounding one or both sides'' or ''opening'' or ''shorting'' of
a lifeboat station or embarkation deck loudspeaker supply cable shall
not reduce the output of any other loudspeaker by more than 3 decibels.
(b) General design requirements (mechanical) -- (1) Bulkhead
mounting. Enclosures designed for bulkhead mounting may be of either
the surface or the flush type.
(2) Ceiling mounting. Enclosures designed for ceiling mounting may
be of either the surface or the flush type.
(3) Servicing. All enclosures shall be designed to facilitate
servicing the equipment contained therein.
(4) Minimum metal thickness. Units shall be so formed and assembled
that they will have the strength and rigidity necessary to resist the
abuse to which they are liable to be subjected without affecting
adversely their performance. The wall thickness of metal enclosures
shall be not less than the minimum values given in Tables 161.004-4(b)(
4)(i) and 161.004-4(b)(4)(ii).
(5) Bolts, nuts, screws, and threads. All bolts, nuts, screws and
threaded parts shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) All threaded parts shall be of American National form in
accordance with the Screw Thread Standards for Federal Services,
National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28.
(ii) All threaded parts used for securing complete component items to
the supporting structure of any unit shall conform to the National
Coarse or Fine Thread series.
(iii) All threaded parts for adjustment purposes shall, where
possible, conform to either the National Coarse or Fine Thread series.
(iv) All tapped holes in metal shall have not less than two full
threads in the metal.
(v) Holes in the walls of watertight enclosures for the purpose of
providing means for attachment of parts, or for securing the cover and
the like, shall not penetrate the total thickness of the enclosure wall.
Suitable bosses shall be provided for this purpose in cast enclosures.
Blind tapped welded buttons shall be used in sheet metal enclosures.
(6) Locking devices. All nuts and bolts used on moving parts or
subject to vibration during operation, shall be securely locked in place
by lockwashers on the nut end or by other approved means.
(7) Serviceability. Units shall be constructed with a view toward
maximum accessibility for repair and replacement of components. All
component parts shall be accessible and readily removable without
disconnecting ship's cabling from the equipment.
(8) Mounting of component parts. All small component parts, such as
resistors and capacitors which are mounted by their leads shall be
mounted on terminal or connection boards. Slack shall be provided in
the mounting leads to permit thermal expansion without stressing the
components. Large and medium-large components shall be securely
fastened by clamps. Long resistors shall be fastened at both ends.
Ceramic or composition resistors which are secured by screws shall have
pliable washers inserted under the screws to prevent undue stress on the
resistors.
(9) Clamps. All electron tubes, ferrule type resistors, fuses and
other plug-in items shall be secured with positive holding clamps and
shall be capable of being easily released for replacement.
(c) General design requirements (electrical) -- (1) Wiring -- (i)
Hook-up wire. Hook-up wire used in wiring of equipment covered by this
specification shall be of stranded construction, and shall comply with
Military Specification MIL-W-16878A (Navy) unless otherwise approved.
Hook-up wire shall have adequate temperature rating, voltage rating
mechanical strength and current-carrying capacity for the service.
(ii) Lacing. Wherever practicable, groups of two or more conductors
shall be bundled and laced. Lacing shall not be so tight as to cause
distortion of the conductor insulation. Within the structure harness
laced cable packs of 20 conductors or more shall be suitably supported
at each end and at least every 8 inches between ends.
(iii) Sleevings or tape. All cable forms connected between a fixed
and a movable portion of an assembly shall be provided with sufficient
slack and shall be covered with a protective sleeving or tape (of fire
retardant, non-hygroscopic material) to eliminate the possibility of
chafing or mechanical abrasion on the surface of individual conductors.
(iv) Cable clamps. Cable clamps shall be provided at frequent
intervals along the length of all cable forms to secure cable runs
against vibration or undue movement. Such clamps shall be adequately
cushioned or of a design to prevent damage to conductor insulation.
(v) Bushings. Suitable smoothly rounded bushings shall be used in
holes in sheet metal through which cable forms or conductors pass.
Holes in other materials shall be smoothly rounded if not bushed.
(vi) Wire terminals. Wire ends connected to screw or threaded stud
type terminals shall be terminated in suitable closed-end terminals of
either the solderless or the solder type. Only one wire per wire
terminal or connector shall be installed.
(vii) Segregation of low level circuits. Care should be taken to
separate physically amplifier input circuits from power and output
circuits. Terminal boards for ships cables shall be located so as to
provide maximum separation between cables carrying low level circuits
and all other cables.
(viii) Color identification. To facilitate servicing, hook-up wiring
should be colored (or otherwise clearly marked) for ease of
identification and these colors should be indicated on the appropriate
wiring diagrams furnished with the equipment.
(ix) Grounds. The circuit wiring shall not cause a ground to be
placed on the ship's distribution system.
(2) Terminal boards and terminals. (i) Terminal boards shall be
provided for all external connections to an item of equipment.
(ii) Terminal boards for receiving ship's cables shall be secured to
a fixed portion of an item of equipment and not to hinged panels or
other movable members, which would require flexing of ship's wiring
during normal operation or maintenance.
(iii) Terminal boards shall be of the screw type with suitable
barriers between terminals. The design shall be such that terminals
cannot rotate once they have been secured. Terminal boards to which two
or more connections per terminal will be required shall be fitted with
studs in lieu of tapped holes.
(iv) Closed end wire terminal lugs of either the solder or the
solderless shall be used for all connections to terminal boards.
(3) Shielding. (i) The equipment design, construction and shielding
(particularly of wiring and contacts) shall be such as to shield
amplifier input circuits and low level contacts from the effects of
stray electromagnetic and/or electrostatic fields and to reduce
radio-frequency radiation or conduction from any part of the equipment.
The noise level in the system should be a minimum of 50 decibels below
rated output.
(ii) A grounded electrostatic shield between primary and secondary
windings shall be provided for all power transformers used in the
equipment.
(4) Temperature rise. Under normal operating conditions the
temperature rise of any part of the equipment shall not exceed the
values given in Table 161.004-4(c)(4) in an ambient temperature of 40 C.
(5) Bonding and grounding. Exposed dead metal parts of enclosures
for the equipment shall be metallically bonded and when installed shall
be grounded to the ship's hull. Hinges in themselves are not considered
satisfactory conducting means for bonding purposes.
(6) Spacings. Units shall provide reliably maintained spacings
between uninsulated live parts, and between uninsulated live parts and
non-electrical metal parts. The spacings between any uninsulated live
part and; walls and cover of a metal enclosure; fittings for cable
entrance, and metal pieces attached to a metal enclosure where
deformation of the enclosure is liable to reduce spacings, shall be not
less than those indicated in Table 161.004-4(c)(6)(i). The spacings
between any uninsulated live part and an uninsulated live part of
opposite polarity; an uninsulated grounded part other than the
enclosure; an exposed metal part which is insulated, and uninsulated
live parts of the same polarity where a short-circuit would prevent
normal operation shall be not less than those indicated in Table
161.004-4(c)(6)(ii). The spacings within snap switches, lampholders, and
similar wiring devices shall comply with the requirements of the
appropriate standards for such devices.
(7) Dielectric and insulation resistance characteristics -- (i)
Dielectric strength. All electrical circuits except microphone and
loudspeaker voice coil circuits, shall be capable of withstanding
continuously for one minute a dielectric test of a closely sinusoidal
60-cycle alternating current at an R. M. S. value of twice rated
voltage plus 1,000 volts applied between electrical circuits and between
circuits and ground, except that for circuits operating at less than 50
volts, the test potential may be 500 volts. Loudspeakers shall be
capable of withstanding a 150-volt D.C. voltage between voice coil and
magnet structure while a signal voltage of value specified below is
applied to the voice coil and warbled from 50 to 5,000 cycles per second
in not less than 15 seconds. The leakage current shall not exceed 4
milliamperes (0.004 ampere). (Leakage current will be limited to a
maximum value of 5 milliamperes (0.005 ampere) to prevent destruction of
the voice coil.)
(ii) Insulation resistance. The insulation resistance of electrical
circuits following the dielectric strength test shall not be less than
10 megohms at 500 volts D. C. and at room temperature.
(8) Overload protection. Protective devices shall be provided within
the equipment for primary circuits and such other circuits as required
for protection of the equipment from damage due to overload, excessive
heating, etc.
(i) Design. All parts which are likely to carry an overload, due to
malfunction of circuits, or other deleterious effects, shall be designed
to care for such a load; where this is impracticable, circuit breakers,
relays, fuses, or other suitable devices shall be included to protect
them. The use of secondary protective devices shall be held to a
minimum consistent with good marine practice. Each power input line
shall be protected at a physically centralized point, and protective
devices shall be located in each side of the input lines.
(9) Switch and relay circuits. Disconnect, transfer and relay
switching of all power, input and output circuits shall be accomplished
by opening both sides or all phases of the circuits. Single line
switching will be acceptable for control circuits only.
(d) Electrical component parts -- (1) General. Relays, buzzers,
indicating lamps, resistors, potentiometers, capacitors, transformers,
electron tubes, terminal boards, fuses, switches, etc. shall be
suitable for the purpose intended and in accordance with this subpart
and applicable specifications.
(2) Relays and other electro-magnetic devices -- (i) General. Units
shall operate satisfactorily and shall retain their setting in any
position of the equipment under any service condition. Contacts shall
make firm low resistance contact and shall be non-corrosive and, where
practicable, of the self-wiping type. Relays shall be readily
accessible for inspection, cleaning, and adjustment unless of the sealed
type.
(ii) Coils. All coils shall be insulated and vacuum impregnated with
a water-resistant insulating material to withstand conditions of heat,
oil or moisture that may be encountered in service.
(iii) Under and over voltage. All electromagnetic devices shall
operate satisfactorily at both 80 percent and 110 percent of normal
voltage.
(iv) Number of operations. All relays whose contacts control power
of less than 25 watts shall be capable of 50,000 operations at the rate
of 120 operations per minute without requiring any repair or servicing.
All relays whose contacts control power of 25 watts or more, and other
electromagnetic devices shall be capable of 10,000 operations at the
highest rate and under normal load conditions at which they are likely
to be operated in service use, but in no case less than two operations
per minute, without repairing or servicing.
(3) Indicating lamps. (i) Lamps shall be selected to give long life
under service conditions. Where possible lamps shall be operated at
less than rated voltage.
(ii) Lampholders shall, where possible, be of a type in which the
circuit of the lamp cannot be interrupted due to vibration or to
alternate heating and cooling. Bayonet or telephone type lampholders
are considered preferable for miniature type lamps. Lampholders shall
be of a type to permit changing lamps without the aid of tools.
(4) Resistors and potentiometers. All resistors shall be capable of
continuously dissipating, without damage, 50 percent more power than the
maximum they will dissipate in normal use of the equipment in an ambient
of 40 C. Potentiometers or continuously variable resistors employed
shall be of a wire-wound construction.
(5) Capacitors. (i) Capacitors shall be rated at 25 to 33 percent
higher than the peak voltages encountered in the circuit.
(ii) Capacitors shall be hermetically sealed in such a manner as to
remain moisture-proof over a temperature range of 0 C. to the maximum
operating temperature.
(iii) The use of electrolytic capacitors is prohibited.
(6) Transformers. Transformers shall be rigidly mounted and enclosed
in sealed metal cases and protected against failure due to prolonged
exposure to humid salt atmosphere by impregnation under vacuum.
(7) Electron tubes and sockets. (i) Electron tubes shall be selected
to give long life under service conditions.
(ii) All electron tubes shall be of commercially available types.
Tubes shall be considered commercially available when manufactured by
more than two tube manufacturers.
(iii) Series arrangement of cathode heating elements is not
permissible.
(iv) Artificially cooled electron tubes shall not be used.
(v) Electron tube and capacitor sockets shall be of the single unit
type of a material resistant to moisture absorption. Contact springs
shall have positive contact and positive action. Socket contacts shall
be silver plated phosphor bronze or beryllium copper. Sockets shall
securely retain tubes under all service conditions, or shall be provided
with suitable tube clamps.
(8) Fuses. All fuses shall be constructed in accordance with
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Standard for Fuses, and shall be
marked with the approval label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
(9) Switches. (i) The handles or keys of limited arc rotary type
selector switches shall be provided with mechanical stops to prevent
undue strain on the switch handle and shaft. The fixed portion of
rotary switches shall be prevented from rotating by means other than
friction.
(ii) Switch knobs and handles shall be positively secured to their
shafts and shall not rely on friction of a set screw for such means of
securing. This shall be accomplished by using a non-circular shaft with
a mating hole in the knob or handle. Set screws holding the knob or
handle to the shaft shall thread directly into the shaft.
(iii) Switches shall be capable of 40,000 cycles of operation at the
highest rate at which they are likely to be operated in service use
without repairing or servicing.
(10) Batteries. The use of batteries is prohibited.
(11) Spare parts and test equipment. Spare parts shall be adequate
for the purpose and as a minimum shall include:
1 -- Each type cone or diaphragm assembly for loudspeakers or 1 each
driver assembly.
1 -- Microphone unit.
1 -- Each type relay, switch.
2 -- Each type resistor and condenser.
100 percent -- Electron tubes, fuses, and indicating lamps.
1 -- A test voltohmmeter having necessary ranges to measure the
voltages occurring in the equipment.
(e) Wheelhouse control station and bridge wing microphones. The
control station located in the wheelhouse shall contain all the
necessary equipment to cause the system to be placed in operation, sound
the attention signal, permit a person to talk to all or any of the
stations listed in paragraph (a) of this section, change from one
amplifier to another, and to shut down the loudspeaker system.
(1) Microphones. The microphone at the control station shall be of
the fixed type rather than portable. Additional portable microphones
equipped with a press to talk switch may be furnished for bridge wing
locations provided these microphones may be switched out of the system
at the control station when the master microphone is in use.
Microphones shall be watertight and of the magnetic type.
(2) Cabinet. The cabinet shall be of drip-proof metal construction
or better.
(3) Talk-back circuit. When a particular talk-back station ''calls
in'' a buzzer and an indicating light at the control station shall so
indicate. The buzzer shall indicate only momentarily; however, the
indicating light shall remain lighted until the call is answered. A
switch to silence the buzzer may be employed, in any case the buzzer
shall be silenced when the talk-back selector switch is closed.
Selection between ''talk'' and ''listen'' at the wheelhouse control
panel shall be provided by a two-position switch with maintaining
contact in the ''listen'' position and momentary contact in the ''talk''
position.
(4) Other equipment. The wheelhouse master control station shall
also contain the following items of equipment in a convenient
arrangement for operation:
(i) Speaker group switch(es);
(ii) Attention signal switch;
(iii) Talk-listen switch;
(iv) Power ''on-and-off'' switch;
(v) White lensed power ''on'' indicating lamp;
(vi) Amplifier selector switch;
(vii) A meter to indicate signal or voice output level; and,
(viii) Volume control for the wheelhouse speaker.
(f) Amplifier equipment and signal generator -- (1) General.
Duplicate amplifiers shall be provided. Amplifier equipment shall
include the components necessary to cause, when energized, the signal
received from the microphone to be brought to the proper level for
transmission to the speakers. Each amplifier shall contain its own tube
plate and filament power supply.
(2) General construction. All components of the amplifier and signal
generator shall be housed in metal enclosures of drip-proof construction
or better. All openings shall be constructed so as not to permit the
passage of a rod larger than 1/2 inch in diameter through the opening.
(3) Personnel protection. Provision shall be made wherever possible
to prevent personnel from accidentally coming in contact with
electrically energized parts. Except for circuits of 24 volts or less,
a manually operated switch shall be provided to de-energize all circuits
within an enclosure during servicing.
(4) Mounting of controls. All switches, operating controls, test
controls, and meters shall be mounted on the front of the enclosure(s)
and shall be visible and accessible without requiring the opening of
covers or doors.
(5) Accessibility. Terminals of all components and all electrical
connections within the enclosure shall be accessible for test purposes
or servicing without requiring the use of tools, removal of equipment or
disconnecting of cables.
(6) Ventilation. The enclosures shall afford only natural
ventilation.
(7) Standby operation. The circuit arrangement shall be such that
with either amplifier in operation the other amplifier shall be in a
standby condition, i.e., ready for operation within 2 seconds after
being switched in.
(8) Amplifier phasing. To insure proper operation in the event that
amplifiers are operated in parallel, each amplifier shall be so wired
that like-marked input and output terminals will be in corresponding
electrical phase relationship, whenever a signal is being transmitted
through the amplifier.
(9) Grounds. All grounds within an enclosure shall be made to a
common bus. In no case shall a ground connection be made directly to
the chassis.
(10) Stability. The amplifier shall show no evidences of instability
or oscillation when operated at full gain with amplifier input either
short or open-circuited and with amplifier output either short or
open-circuited or when feeding pure capacitive loads of any capacity up
to 1 microfarad.
(11) Volume compressor. A volume compressor shall be incorporated as
an integral part of the amplifier. A suitable switch shall be provided
to permit switching the compressor in or out of the amplifier circuit.
The compressor shall act to provide at least 12 decibels more output
than when operated without compression at a signal input level 40
decibels below that required to produce rated output. At the input
level required to produce rated output, the amplifier output shall not
vary in excess of plus or minus 1 decible with the compressor in or out.
(12) Overload limiter. An overload limiter shall be incorporated as
an integral part of the amplifier. The limiter shall act to prevent
amplifier output in excess of 2 decibels for an increase of 12 decibels
over the input signal required to produce rated output and under these
conditions the overall loudspeaker system harmonic distortion shall not
exceed 15 percent.
(13) Overload capacity. With the signal generator input signal of
the value 6 decibel lower than required to produce rated output, the
amplifier shall be capable of operating continuously for a period of 30
minutes into a short circuit load across its output terminals without
lowering amplifier gain, affecting ability to produce rated output
power, or producing other deleterious effects.
(14) Signal generator. The signal generator shall be designed to
operate in conjunction with the amplifier so that the connected speakers
are caused to emit a signal raucous in nature for the purpose of
arresting attention. The fundamental frequency of this signal should be
approximately 1,500 cycles per second.
(15) Test facilities. Test jacks shall be provided on each amplifier
chassis to obtain an indication of cathode current for each amplifier
stage by means of a test voltohmmeter supplied with the spare parts and
tools required by 161.004-7(a)(4). By means of a switch on the amplifier
cabinet it shall be possible to determine performance of the standby
amplifier by connecting the signal generator to the input and a dummy
load to the output, and to obtain output indications on the test jacks
with the voltohmmeter.
(g) Loudspeaker equipment -- (1) General design. Loudspeakers shall
be designed for sound level, mounting and enclosure requirements
consistent with their location on the vessel. Sound level requirements
for various speaker locations are found in Table 161.004-4 (a) (1).
Speech intelligibility is of primary importance in the design of
loudspeakers.
(2) Enclosures. Loudspeaker equipment in locations exposed to the
weather shall be housed in watertight corrosion-resistant enclosures.
The construction of all loudspeakers shall ensure drainage for all
throats, chambers and recesses to prevent the retention of any trapped
moisture or condensation which may enter the enclosure of the
loudspeaker mounted with the sound axis in any position between zero
degrees and minus 45 degrees elevation relative to the horizontal
position.
(3) Magnet structure. (i) All loudspeaker fields shall be of the
permanent magnet type.
(ii) The magnet structure shall be treated to provide resistance to
corrosion, and to prevent the formation of corrosion products in the air
gap.
(iii) Minimum air gap clearance on either side of the voice coil
assembly shall be 0.007 inch.
(iv) Removal of the magnet structure as a unit together with the
voice coil and diaphragm assembly shall not expose the magnetic gap, nor
require removal of such parts as a transformer or a terminal board.
(4) Voice coil and diaphragm assembly. (i) All voice coil and
diaphragm (or cone) assemblies shall be replaceable readily without
necessitating cementing or soldering and without disconnecting the
ship's wiring or dismounting the enclosure.
(ii) Diaphragms and cones of all loudspeakers shall be of molded
phenolic.
(iii) Materials used for gaskets, cone supports shall be impregnated
as necessary to render them impervious to moisture and to provide
resistance to corrosion.
(iv) The use of dissimilar metals for the voice coil winding and the
voice coil lead-in wires shall be avoided.
(v) No portion of a cone shall contain exposed rubber or other
material which will tend to change its characteristics when placed in an
atmosphere containing salt, moisture or oil.
(5) Sound level adjustment. Each loudspeaker shall incorporate an
adjustment device by means of which the output level can be varied over
a minimum range of 15 decibels in a minimum of three approximately equal
steps.
(6) Switch or pushbutton for talkback loudspeakers. Switches or
pushbuttons employed in the talk-back ''call-in'' circuit shall be
either integral with or nippled to the talk-back loudspeaker housing or
located adjacent to the loudspeaker, and shall be of the momentary
contact spring-return-to-off type.
(21 FR 9042, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 79-165a, 45 FR 64189,
Sept. 29, 1980)
46 CFR 161.004-5 Tests.
(a) System tests. With the system setup in the testing laboratory to
simulate as nearly as practicable a shipboard installation the following
system tests shall be conducted:
(1) General inspection. The equipment shall be given a thorough
inspection to determine that the equipment conforms to the requirements
of this specification. Each unit of the equipment, each sub-assembly
and each part shall be examined as necessary to determine conformance
with the requirements of this specification with respect to material,
finish, workmanship, fit, construction, clearances, dimensions,
identification, markings, nameplates and instructions. This general
inspection shall include a check of all operating controls, circuit
functions, test facilities and adjustments, as applicable.
(2) Electrical operating test. The system shall be energized and
subjected to an operating test to determine qualitatively the proper
functioning of the components including all operating controls. The
system shall be maintained at rated output using the signal generator
input a continuous period of 100 hours in an ambient temperature of 40
C. rated system output is defined as a sound level of 100 decibels, 95
decibels, and 78 decibels at a distance of 10 feet on the axis of
exterior, interior passenger assembly, and crew-quarter loudspeakers
respectively obtained with signal generator input and with one amplifier
and all speaker circuits in operation.
(3) Temperature rise. The equipment shall be energized at rated
voltage and frequency. All power consuming components such as
amplifiers, signal generators, relays and lights shall be energized as
necessary to simulate actual operating conditions corresponding to
maximum heat generation. For this purpose, operating amplifier
equipment shall be driven at rated output employing the signal generator
input. The test shall be conducted at an ambient temperature of 40 C.
temperature readings of ''hot-spots'' and component parts shall be taken
after thermal equilibrium has been reached. (See 161.004-4(c) (4) for
temperature limits.)
(4) Overall frequency response. An overall frequency response curve
for the microphone, amplifier and one of each type loudspeaker shall be
determined with rated supply voltage and frequency, with the amplifier
gain control and with the loudspeaker sound level adjustment set for
rated system output. A variable frequency pure tone signal of 100 dynes
per square centimeter 3/4 inch from the microphone ring shall be varied
from 50 to 10,000 cycles per second while the response in decibels 10
feet away from and on the axis of each speaker is measured to determine
compliance with 161.004-4(a). Overall system harmonic distortion shall
be determined at several points during this frequency run. These
response curves shall be determined with the microphone and loudspeaker
isolated in anechoic chambers (or equivalent). If the anechoic chamber
is of such design as to prohibit measurements at 10 feet as specified
above, measurements may be made at a minimum distance of 5 feet and
scaled to 10 feet by using the inverse square law.
(5) Variable voltage and frequency. The supply line voltage and
frequency shall be simultaneously varied 10 percent and 5 percent
respectively up and/or down to determine that the output of any one
loudspeaker is not lowered by more than 3 decibels.
(6) Humidity test. The amplifier (including the wheelhouse control
station) shall be subject to the following humidity test. With the
equipment adjusted for rated output, but not operating, the amplifier
shall be subjected to a relative humidity of 95 5 percent and a
temperature of 40 2 C. continuously for 2 hours. At the end of the
2-hour period, and under the humidity conditions specified above,
without adjustment the amplifier shall be capable of rated output within
1 decibel. The equipment shall be energized only for the period of time
necessary to reach temperature equilibrium at which time it shall be
deenergized and subjected to an additional 4-hour humidity test at the
conditions specified above. Immediately upon completion of this test
and without adjustment the amplifier shall be capable of rated output
within 1 decibel for a period of one hour. The amplifier shall be
carefully examined in detail to detect evidence of physical degradation,
such as corrosion of metal parts, distortion of plastic parts,
insufficient lubrication on moving parts, or deleterious effects on
performance.
(7) Vibration test. (i) Vibration tests shall be made on any device
capable of performing the tests specified in this subparagraph. Where
the size of the unit prohibits its being vibration tested as a whole,
the components judged to be most likely to fail may be tested. Means
shall be provided for measuring and controlling the direction of
vibration and adjusting the frequencies to keep them within the
specified limits. The test described in this subparagraph shall be made
along each of the three principal axes separately with the amplitude
specified. Amplitude is defined as one half of the total excursion.
(ii) The vibration frequency shall be varied from 5 cycles per second
(or the resonant frequency of the equipment if this is below 5 cycles)
to 23 cycles per second in discrete frequency intervals of one cycle per
second. At each integral frequency, the vibration shall be maintained
for 3 minutes. The change from one frequency to the next shall be made
slowly and uniformly. Tests shall be made at a table amplitude of 0.030
inch 0.006 inch. The amplification of vibration of the equipment at any
frequency required herein shall not be such that observation operation
or adjustment of the equipment under test will be impossible or
difficult during the test. When this test is completed the equipment
shall be vibrated for a period of 2 hours at any frequency between 5 (or
the resonant frequency of the equipment if this is below 5 cycles) and
23 c.p.s., on the axis selected by the test engineer, which observation
and measurement made during the previous test showed may be the
condition most likely to cause failure. At the completion of this test
the equipment shall be examined to determine that no looseness in the
mechanism nor damage to any part has resulted from the vibration and
also that the performance of the equipment has not materially changed.
(8) Ground, open, and short test. With the equipment in its normal
operating condition, it shall be demonstrated that ''grounding one or
both sides'' or ''opening'' or ''shorting'' of a lifeboat station or
embarkation deck loudspeaker supply cable will not reduce the output of
any other loudspeaker by more than 3 decibels.
(9) Special additional tests. In cases where a study of the design
of a system discloses additional features likely to effect reliability
of operation or other desirable characteristics, suitable additional
tests shall be made as necessary.
(b) Salt-spray test. One of each type of emergency loudspeaker
system equipment, such as loudspeakers, pushbuttons, etc., designed for
locations exposed to the weather shall be subjected to the following
salt-spray test: The equipment shall be mounted in the normal operating
position and subjected to a 20 percent salt-spray test for 200 hours
under conditions specified in A.S.T.M. specification B117, Method of
Salt-Spray (Fog) Testing (Tentative). Tested equipment shall have no
deleterious results affecting performance. At the end of the test
period the equipment shall be disassembled, washed in fresh water,
dried, examined and reassembled.
(c) Watertightness test. One of each type of watertight equipment
shall be subjected to a stream of water from a hose (not less than one
inch in internal diameter) under a head of about 35 feet, and from a
distance of about 10 feet and for a period of about 5 minutes. The hose
nozzle should be adjusted to give a solid stream at the enclosure.
After the test the exterior should be dried and the enclosure opened and
examined for leaks.
(d) Amplifier overload. The amplifier shall be subjected to a 30
minute short circuit test as prescribed in 161.004-4 (f)(13).
(e) Microphone tumbling test. One of each type microphone shall be
subjected to a tumbling test of 500 revolutions in a standard rotary
tester with a 16-inch drop. The floors of the rotary tester shall be of
3/16-inch thick masonite sheet (Brinell hardness 11 to 13), backed by
wood. The performance of the microphone shall not be affected by this
test.
46 CFR 161.004-6 Marking.
(a) General. All equipment shall be provided with permanent
nameplates as necessary to assure proper operation and/or adjustment of
the equipment in service.
(b) Coast Guard approval number on enclosures. The enclosure for
each major component of an approved system, i.e., master wheelhouse
control station, amplifier, and speakers, shall have affixed a permanent
nameplate giving the name of manufacture, Coast Guard approval number
assigned, and the drawing and alteration numbers. Additional
identification, such as model or type designation, may also be given.
(c) Operating instruction plate. A permanent instruction plate
containing basic operating instructions in letters not less than
one-eighth inch high shall be provided on the front of the wheelhouse
master control station. The instruction plate shall be in sufficient
detail to enable a person unfamiliar with the equipment to start,
operate and secure the equipment.
(d) Terminal boards. All terminal boards shall be marked in a clear
and permanent manner to show the designation of each terminal in
accordance with markings assigned to the equipment wiring diagram.
(e) Marking of parts. Nameplates or other suitable markings shall be
provided to identify each control handle and position, indicating light,
pushbutton, meter, etc., located on the enclosures for the system.
Parts, such as transformers, capacitors, resistors and relays, shall be
identified by markings both on the part (if practicable) and adjacent to
the part on the chassis or structure on which the part is mounted. The
marking shall be that designation assigned on the associated wiring
diagram, and shall be clearly and indelibly made. Electron tube and
socket identification shall be marked adjacent to each tube socket on
the tube side of the chassis or supporting structure.
(f) Instructions. A bound instruction book should be provided with
each system. This book should contain a list of equipment, table of
salient features of the system, installation and operating instructions,
and procedure for adjustment, tests and maintenance. Overall schematic
and equipment connection diagrams should be included as well as
resistance and voltage tables and a spare parts list.
46 CFR 161.004-7 Procedure for approval.
A party, whether or not this party is the manufacturer of all the
components of the system, desiring U.S. Coast Guard approval of a
complete Emergency Loudspeaker System should follow the steps listed
below unless directed otherwise by the U. S. Coast Guard:
(a) Submission of materials, letter, drawings, etc. A letter,
accompanied by complete drawings (in triplicate) of the system,
requesting approval should be submitted. The letter should be addressed
to -- Commandant (G-MTH), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
The drawings should include a complete schematic diagram, a complete
connection wiring diagram and detail assembly drawings with material
lists of the equipment.
(1) Complete schematic diagram. A complete electrical schematic
diagram of the system shall be submitted representing clearly the
operation of each component and the proper inter-connections between
components.
(i) A thin broken line shall be used to represent the boundaries of
each separate piece of equipment; all terminals to which external
connections are made shall be shown within these boundaries, with their
appropriate numbers and markings.
(ii) Each component part, such as resistor, capacitor, relay, etc.,
shall be given an unique designation.
(iii) A list giving electrical rating and manufacturer's name and
model number for each designated component shall be included with the
schematic for checking purposes.
(iv) Major assemblies, such as amplifiers and signal generators, for
which a separate schematic diagram is supplied, may be represented by a
block with terminals shown and appropriately marked.
(v) The schematic wiring of a component which appears several times
in the system need to be shown only once; blocks with terminals shown
and marked will suffice for the remaining identical components.
(vi) A system of differentiating between audio and control circuits,
such as one employing heavier weight lines for audio circuits, shall be
employed.
(2) Connection wiring diagrams. Separate wiring diagrams shall be
submitted for each major component, such as wheelhouse master control
station, amplifier, etc. Wiring diagrams for components such as
loudspeakers and microphones may be included in their respective
assembly drawings.
(i) Wiring diagrams shall show all component parts in their correct
relative physical location, with terminals clearly shown and marked, and
shall show all wiring between component parts.
(ii) The color code of all wires shall be indicated. Appropriate
notes shall designate wire size and type.
(iii) Designations of component parts shall correspond to those
assigned on the schematic diagrams.
(3) Equipment assembly drawings. Assembly drawings shall be
submitted for each major component of equipment.
(i) Assembly drawings shall contain sufficient views in plan,
elevation and cross section drawn to scale to show clearly the details
of design, construction and assembly of the equipment.
(ii) All parts shall be identified as to material and finish (if
any). Standard purchase items such as electron tubes, resistors, etc.,
may be identified by manufacturer's name and drawing and/or catalog
number. The reference designations assigned to the schematic diagram
shall be included as additional identification of each part.
(4) List of spare parts and tools. A list of spare parts and tools
to be furnished with the system shall be submitted.
(b) Testing of equipment. After the material submitted as required
in paragraph (a) of this section is complete to the satisfaction of the
U.S. Coast Guard the tests indicated in this specification shall be
conducted on the equipment at the National Bureau of Standards or at a
testing laboratory designated by, but at no expense to, the U. S.
Government. Receipt of a deposit check made payable to the U. S. Coast
Guard in the amount estimated by the National Bureau of Standards, is
required before tests may be conducted at the National Bureau of
Standards. If the deposit exceeds the final cost of the tests, the
difference will be returned to the manufacturer; and if the deposit is
insufficient to cover the final cost of the tests, the manufacturer will
be billed for the additional cost.
(1) Equipment to be submitted for tests need not include the total
number of speakers for which the system is designed provided
representative dummy loads are furnished for the speakers in such number
to permit operation of the system under all shipboard installation
(simulated) requirements as specified in 161.004-4 and testing as
specified under 161.004-5. At least one of each type of microphone,
wheelhouse control station, signal generator, amplifier and loudspeaker
should be furnished in addition to the other equipment, such as spares,
interconnecting cable, dummy loads, etc., that may be deemed necessary
by the Coast Guard, the testing laboratory, or by the party submitting
the equipment for approval. The amplifier equipment submitted for
certification tests shall be of such a power rating as to provide the
necessary sound coverage specified under Table 161.004-4( a)(1) when
supplying the equivalent of a minimum of 25 loudspeakers, at least 10 of
which shall meet the requirements for lifeboat station and embarkation
deck locations.
(c) Approval by the U.S. Coast Guard. When the emergency loudspeaker
system is approved by the Commandant of the U. S. Coast Guard, after
consideration of the results of investigations and tests covered in
paragraph (a) of this section this approval will be published in the
Federal Register and an approval certificate issued.
(21 FR 9042, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782,
Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.004-7 Subpart 161.006 -- Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat, for
Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 127, Jan. 11, 1950, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 161.006-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date
motor lifeboat searchlights are manufactured, form a part of this
subpart:
(1) Navy Department specifications:
42S5 -- Screws, machine, cap and set, and nuts.
43B11 -- Bolts, nuts, studs, and tap-rivets (and materials for same).
(2) Federal specification:
QQ-B-611 -- Brass, Commercial; bars, plates, rods, shapes, sheets,
and strip.
(3) A.S.T.M. standards:
B117-44T -- Method of salt spray (fog), testing (tentative).
B141-45 -- Specification for electrodeposited coatings of nickel and
chromium on copper, and copper-base alloys.
(4) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.:
Standard for flexible cord and fixture wire, third edition, October,
1935.
(b) Copies of the above specifications shall be kept on file by the
manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of
approval.
46 CFR 161.006-2 Type.
(a) The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be of the incandescent type
equipped with a lamp of approximately 90 watts of proper voltage for use
with the electric power installation of the lifeboat, usually a 12-volt
radio storage battery.
46 CFR 161.006-3 Materials and workmanship.
(a) Materials. The materials shall be of best quality and suitable
in every respect for the purpose intended. All materials shall be
corrosion resistant. The use of acid flux in making joints shall not be
permitted.
(b) Workmanship. The workmanship shall be first class in every
respect.
46 CFR 161.006-4 Requirements.
(a) Corrosion-resisting materials. Silver, corrosion-resisting
steel, copper, brass, bronze and copper-nickel alloys are considered
satisfactory corrosion-resistant materials within the intent of this
subpart.
(b) Searchlight parts. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall, in
general consist of the following parts:
Yoke and pedestal.
Housing.
Front door.
Reflector.
Lamp socket.
Supply cable.
(c) Weight and dimensions. The height of the motor lifeboat
searchlight shall not exceed 19 inches and the weight shall not exceed
16 pounds, unless otherwise approved.
(d) Wiring. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be wired with a
five-foot length of rubber-jacketed hard service flexible cord,
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Type S, or equivalent, of a size not
less than No. 16 AWG. At the point where the cable enters the
searchlight, a waterproof entrance bushing with packing gland and cord
grip shall be provided.
(e) Lamp and socket. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be
provided with a lamp of not less than 80 watts nor more than 100 watts,
and a suitable lamp socket. Means shall be provided for adjusting and
securing the lamp socket at any position between the focal point and a
point not less than 1/4 inch away from the focal point in either
direction in the axis of the beam.
(f) Housing. The housing shall be constructed of brass, Federal
Specification QQ-B-611, Composition E, copper alloy, or other suitable
corrosion-resistant material as approved, of a thickness not less than
No. 20 AWG. The housing shall be capable of free movement of at least
60 degrees above and 20 degrees below the horizontal, and of a free
movement of 360 degrees in a horizontal plane. It shall be possible to
lock the barrel in any desired position, vertically or horizontally,
without the use of tools. A sturdy metal hand grip shall be provided at
the back of the housing for housing-adjusting purposes.
(g) Front door. A front door shall be attached to the housing in
such a manner that it can be readily opened or removed, without the use
of tools, for the purpose of relamping. The door, when closed, shall be
waterproof. Clear front door glass shall be used.
(h) Reflector. The reflector shall be paraboloidal. It shall be
constructed of brass, Federal Specification QQ-B-611 Composition E,
finished and with electroplated coatings of nickel and chromium in
accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification B141-45, Type K. C., or as
otherwise approved. The reflector shall furnish a minimum average
illumination of 100 foot candles, when measured as specified in
161.006-5 (b) (2).
(i) Yoke and pedestal. The yoke and pedestal shall be of rugged
construction. The pedestal shall be suitable for bolting to a flat
surface with not less than four 3/8-inch diameter bolts.
(j) Beam spread. The beam shall be at least 60 feet in diameter at
200 yards. The edge of the beam shall be defined as a point at which
the intensity of the light is 10 percent of the maximum intensity.
(k) Bolts, nuts, and screws. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the
requirements of Navy Department Specification 43B11. Screws shall
conform to the requirements of Navy Department Specification 42S5.
(l) Name plate. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be provided
with a permanent metallic name plate giving the name of manufacturer,
type designation, and drawing number.
46 CFR 161.006-5 Sampling, inspections and tests.
(a) General. Motor lifeboat searchlights specified by this subpart
are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections of
production lots, but the Commander of the Coast Guard District may
detail an inspector at any time to visit any place where such
searchlights are manufactured to check materials and construction
methods and to conduct such tests and examinations as may be required to
satisfy himself that the searchlights are being manufactured in
compliance with the requirements of this specification and with the
manufacturer's plans and specifications approved by the Commandant.
(b) Methods of test -- (1) Waterproof test. The searchlight shall be
subjected for 5 minutes to a stream of water under a head of
approximately 35 feet from a hose not less than 1 inch in diameter from
a distance of approximately 10 feet. The hose nozzle shall be adjusted
to give a solid stream at the enclosure. No leakage shall occur in this
test.
(2) Beam candlepower. All light except that produced from the
searchlight under test shall be excluded from the room in which
measurements are made. The searchlight shall be operated at rated
voltage with a seasoned lamp as specified in 161.006-4(e). Measurements
of beam candlepower shall be made at the corners of a 6-inch square
located in the center of the beam at a distance of 32 feet immediately
in front of the searchlight.
(3) Corrosion resistance. The searchlight shall be subjected to a
200-hour salt spray test in accordance with A. S. T. M. Standard
B117-44T. There shall be no evidence of corrosion that will be
detrimental to the operation of the searchlight.
(4) Heat run. The searchlight, completely assembled, shall be
operated continuously for 2 hours at rated voltage following which the
waterproof test shall be conducted. This cycle shall be repeated 3
times. The ambient temperature shall be approximately 25 C. The water
stream shall be from an ordinary cold water tap.
46 CFR 161.006-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Motor lifeboat searchlights are approved only by the
Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 20226.
Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this specification
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the factory is located.
(b) Manufacturer's plans and specifications. In order to obtain
approval of motor lifeboat searchlights, submit detailed plans and
specifications, including a complete bill of material, assembly
drawings, and parts drawings descriptive of the arrangement and
construction of the device, to the Commander of the Coast Guard District
in which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an identifying
drawing number, date, and an identification of the device; and the
general arrangement for assembly drawing shall include a list of all
drawings applicable, together with drawing numbers and alteration
numbers. The manufacturer will be advised whether or not the drawings
and specifications appear satisfactory or what corrections appear
necessary and then he may proceed with the construction of the
pre-approval sample in accordance therewith. The pre-approval sample,
together with four copies of the plans and specifications corrected as
may be required, shall be forwarded to the Commandant via the Commander
of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located for
inspection and tests. The cost of the tests is to be borne by the
manufacturer.
46 CFR 161.006-6 Subpart 161.008 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 161.006-6 Subpart 161.010 -- Floating Electric Waterlight
Source: CGD 85-208, 54 FR 27020, June 27, 1989, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 161.010-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in
the Federal Register and the material made available to the public. All
approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 1100
L Street NW., Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Marine
Technical and Hazardous Materials Division (G-MTH), 2100 Second Street
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources
indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part, and the sections affected are:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062, ANSI/UL 1196,
Standard for Floating Waterlights, Second Edition March 23, 1987.
161.010-2; 161.010-4
46 CFR 161.010-2 Design, Construction, and Test Requirements.
Each floating electric waterlight shall meet the requirements of
ANSI/UL 1196.
46 CFR 161.010-3 Inspections and methods of test.
(a) Each inspection and test report required by this subpart shall
comply with 159.005-11 of this chapter.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard reserves the right to make any inspection or
test it deems necessary to determine the conformance of the materials
and equipment to this subpart.
(c) The facilities, materials, and labor for all tests shall be
furnished at no cost to the U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 161.010-4 Procedure for approval.
(a) A request for approval of an automatic floating electric
waterlight must be submitted to the Commandant (G-MTH-2), U.S. Coast
Guard, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) All inspections and tests must be performed by an independent
laboratory which meets the requirements of 159.010-3 of this chapter. A
list of independent laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting
159.010-3 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting the Commandant
(G-MTH).
(c) Each request for approval must contain;
(1) The name and address of the applicant,
(2) One copy of all plans and specifications that meet the
requirements of 159.005-12 of this chapter,
(3) A pre-approval sample of the waterlight,
(4) An inspection and test report verifying compliance with the
construction and test requirements of ANSI/UL 1196, and
(5) A statement by the manufacturer certifying that the waterlight
complies with the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 161.010-4 Subpart 161.011 -- Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons
46 CFR 161.011-1 Purpose.
This subpart prescribes approval requirements for emergency position
indicating radiobeacons (EPIRB).
(39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974)
46 CFR 161.011-5 Classes.
EPIRB's are classed as follows:
(a) Class A -- an EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted
by the FCC as a Class A EPIRB. These EPIRB's are capable of floating
free of a vessel and activating automatically if the vessel sinks.
(b) Class C -- An EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted
by the FCC as a Class C EPIRB. These EPIRB's are manually activated and
are not required to be Coast Guard approved.
(39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974, as amended by CGD 80-024, 49 FR 40409,
Oct. 16, 1984)
46 CFR 161.011-10 EPIRB approval.
(a) The Coast Guard approves the class of EPIRB's listed in
161.011-5(a) of this subpart.
(b) An application for type approval or type acceptance of an EPIRB
should be submitted to the FCC in accordance with Title 47 of the Code
of Federal Regulations, Part 2. When requested by the FCC, the Coast
Guard reviews the test results in the application that concern
installation and automatic operation (if required) of the EPIRB. The
Coast Guard provides the results of the review to the manufacturer, and
to the FCC for its use in acting upon the application.
(c) Upon notification of the FCC type acceptance or type approval,
the Commandant (G-MVI) issues a certificate of approval for the EPIRB.
(CGD 80-024, 49 FR 40409, Oct. 16, 1984)
46 CFR 161.011-10 Subpart 161.012 -- Personal Flotation Device Lights
Source: CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38785, July 2, 1979, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 161.012-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart prescribes construction and performance
requirements, approval and production tests, and procedures for
approving personal flotation device lights fitted on Coast Guard
approved life preservers, bouyant vests, and other personal flotation
devices.
46 CFR 161.012-3 Definitions.
(a) As used in this subpart, PFD means Coast Guard approved personal
flotation device.
(b) For the purpose of 161.012-7, storage life means the amount of
time after the date of manufacture of the power source of a light that
the power source can be stored under typical marine environmental
conditions on a vessel and still have sufficient power for the light to
meet the requirements of 161.012-9.
46 CFR 161.012-5 Approval procedures.
(a) An application for approval of a PFD light under this subpart
must be sent to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001.
(b) Each application for approval must contain -- (1) The name and
address of the applicant;
(2) Two copies of plans showing the construction details of the
light;
(3) A detailed description of the applicant's production testing
program; and
(4) A laboratory test report containing the observations and results
of approval testing.
(c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the light is
approved. If the light is approved, an approval certificate is sent to
the applicant.
(CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38785, July 2, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.012-7 Construction.
(a) Each light must be designed to be attached to a PFD without
damaging the PFD or interfering with its performance.
(b) Each light and its power source must be designed to be removed
and replaced without causing damage to the PFD.
(c) The storage life of the power source of a light must be twice as
long as the period between the date of manufacture and the expiration
date of the power source.
(d) Each light, prior to activation, must be capable of preventing
leakage from its container of any chemicals it contains or produces.
(e) Each component of a light must be designed to remain serviceable
in a marine environment for at least as long as the storage life of the
light's power source.
(f) No light may have a water pressure switch.
(g) Each light must be designed so that when attached to a PFD, its
light beam, at a minimum, is visible in an arc of 180 degrees above or
in front of the wearer.
(h) Each light, including its power source, must fit into a
cylindrical space that is 150 mm (6 in.) long and 75 mm (3 in.) in
diameter.
(i) Each light, including its power source, must not weigh more than
225g (8 oz.).
(j) Each light that is designed to operate while detached from a PFD
must have a lanyard that can be used to connect it to the PFD. The
lanyard must be at least 750 mm (30 in.) long.
(k) Each light designed to operate while detached from a PFD must be
capable of floating in water with its light source at or above the
surface of the water.
46 CFR 161.012-9 Performance.
(a) If a light is a flashing light, its flash rate when first
activated, or within five minutes thereafter, must be between 50 and 70
flashes per minute.
(b) Each light must -- (1) Begin to shine within 2 minutes after
activation; and
(2) Within 5 minutes after activation be capable of being seen from a
distance of at least one nautical mile on a dark clear night.
(c) Each light must be designed to operate underwater continuously
for at least 8 hours at a water temperature of 15 5 C (59 9 F).
However, if the light needs air to operate, underwater operation is
required only for 50 or more seconds during each minute of the eight
hour period.
(d) Each light must be designed to operate both in sea water and in
fresh water.
(e) A light that concentrates its light beam by means of a lens or
curved reflector must not be a flashing light.
(f) Each light must be designed to operate in accordance with this
section after storage for 24 hours at a temperature of 65 2 C (149 44
F), and after storage for 24 hours at ^30 2 C (^22 4 F).
46 CFR 161.012-11 Approval tests.
(a) The approval tests described in this section must be conducted
for each light submitted for Coast Guard approval. The tests must be
conducted by a laboratory that has the equipment, personnel, and
procedures necessary to conduct the approval tests required by this
subpart, and that is free of influence and control of the applicant and
other manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of PFD lights.
(b) A sample light must be activated at night under clear atmospheric
conditions. However, two lights must be used if the power source is
water activated, and one light must be activated in fresh water and the
other in salt water having the approximate salinity of sea water. The
light, or lights, must begin to shine within 2 minutes after activation
and, within 5 minutes after activation, must be seen from a distance of
at least one nautical mile against a dark background.
(c) At least ten sample lights must be selected at random from a
group of at least 25. Each sample light must be kept at a constant
temperature of 65 2 C (149 4 F) for 24 hours. Each sample light must
then be kept at a constant temperature of minus 30 2 C (minus 22 4 F)
for 24 hours. Five samples must then be submerged in salt water having
the approximate salinity of sea water and the five other samples must be
submerged in fresh water. The temperature of the water must be 15 5 C
(59 9 F). The lights must then be activated and left submerged for
eight hours. However, if their power sources need a supply of air to
operate, the lights may be brought to their normal operating positions
at the surface of the water for up to 10 seconds per minute during the
eight hour period. At least nine of the ten lights must operate
continuously over the eight hour period. If the lights are flashing
lights, at least nine of ten must have a flash rate of between 50 and 70
flashes per minute when first activated or within five minutes
thereafter.
(d) Individual tests must be conducted on a sample light to determine
whether the light meets the requirements of 161.012-7, except that
technical data showing compliance with 160.012-7(c) may be submitted
with the application for approval in lieu of performing an individual
test.
46 CFR 161.012-13 Production tests and inspections.
(a) The manufacturer of approved lights must randomly select a sample
of ten lights from each lot of lights produced. Each lot must not
exceed 1,000 lights. At least nine of the ten lights, when tested in
accordance with the test described in 161.012-11(c), must meet the test
criteria prescribed by that section. If less than nine lights meet the
test criteria, another random sample of ten lights must be taken and
tested. If less than nine of these lights meet the test criteria, none
of the lights in the lot may be sold as Coast Guard approved equipment.
(b) The Coast Guard does not inspect lights approved under this
subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may select
samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to
determine whether the lights are being manufactured in compliance with
the requirements in this subpart.
46 CFR 161.012-15 Markings.
(a) Each light manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be
permanently and legibly marked with:
(1) The manufacturer's name or trade mark that clearly identifies the
model designation;
(2) The Coast Guard approval number asssigned to light; and
(3) Instructions on how to activate the light.
(b) The power source of each light must be permanently and legibly
marked with its date of manufacture and expiration date. Each date must
include the month and year.
46 CFR 161.012-17 Instructions.
(a) Each light must have instructions on how to attach it to a PFD in
a manner that complies with 161.012-7(a). However, in the case of lights
that are to be attached by a PFD manufacturer, only one set of
instructions need be provided for each shipment of lights.
(b) If a light is designed to be attached to a finished PFD, any
attachment materials that are not supplied with the light must be
clearly identified in the instructions. If a light is to be attached to
a finished PFD by a PFD purchaser, any attachment materials not supplied
with the light must be generally available for purchase.
(c) Each set of instructions must -- (1) Clearly identify the kind of
PFD construction (for example fabric covered or vinyl dipped) to which
the light can be attached; and
(2) Not require penetration of the bouyant material of the PFD.
46 CFR 161.012-17 Subpart 161.013 -- Electric Distress Light for Boats
Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 161.013-1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart establishes standards for electric distress lights
for boats.
46 CFR 161.013-3 General performance requirements.
(a) Each electric light must:
(1) Emit a white light which meets the intensity requirements of
161.013-5;
(2) Be capable of automatic signaling in a manner which meets the
requirements of 161.013-7;
(3) Contain an independent power source which meets the requirements
of 161.013-9;
(4) Float in fresh water with the lens surface at or above the
surface of the water;
(5) Be equipped with a waterproof switch; and
(6) Meet the requirement of paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this
section after floating for at least 72 hours followed by submersion in
5% by weight sodium chloride solution for at least 2 hours.
(b) The electric light may not be equipped with a switch mechanism
which permits continuous display of a beam of light except that the
light may be equipped with a switch which returns to the off position
when pressure is released.
46 CFR 161.013-5 Intensity requirements.
(a) If an electric light emits light over an arc of the horizon of
360 degrees, the light must:
(1) When level, have a peak intensity within 0.1 degrees of the
horizontal plane;
(2) Have a peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of at least 75 cd; and,
(3) Have a minimum Equivalent Fixed Intensity within a vertical
divergence of 3 degrees of at least 15 cd.
(b) If an electric light emits a directional beam of light, the light
must:
(1) Have an Equivalent Fixed Intensity of no less than 25 cd within 4
degrees vertical and 4 degrees horizontal divergence centered about the
peak intensity; and,
(2) Have a minimum peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of 2,500 cd.
(c) The Equivalent Fixed Intensity (EFI) is the intensity of the
light corrected for the length of the flash and is determined by the
formula:
EFI=I (tc^ti)/0.2+(tc^ti)
Where:
I is the measured intensity of the fixed beam,
tc is the contact closure time in seconds, (0.33 for this S-O-S
signal), and
ti is the incandescence time of the lamp in seconds.
(d) An electric light which meets the requirements of either
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section need not, if capable of operating
in both manners, meet the requirements of the other paragraph.
46 CFR 161.013-7 Signal requirements.
(a) An electric light must have a flash characteristic of the
International Morse Code for S-O-S and, under design conditions,
(1) Each short flash must have a duration of 1/3 second;
(2) Each long flash must have a duration of 1 second;
(3) The dark period between each short flash must have a duration of
1/3 second;
(4) The dark period between each long flash must have a duration of
1/3 second;
(5) The dark period between each letter must have a duration of 2
seconds;
(6) The dark period between each
S-O-S signal must have a duration of 3 seconds.
(b) The flash characteristics described in paragraph (a) must be
produced automatically when the signal is activated.
46 CFR 161.013-9 Independent power source.
(a) Each independent power source must be capable of powering the
light so that it meets the requirements of 161.013-3(a)(1) and emits a
recognizable flash characteristic of the International Morse Code for
S-O-S at a rate of between 3 and 5 times per minute after six hours of
continuous display of the signal.
(b) If the independent power source is rechargeable, it must have a
waterproof recharger designed for marine use.
(c) If the independent power source requires external water to form
an electrolyte, it must operate in sea water and fresh water.
46 CFR 161.013-11 Prototype test.
(a) Each manufacturer must test a prototype light identical to the
lights to be certified prior to the labeling required by 161.013-13.
(b) If the prototype light fails to meet any of the general
performance requirements of 161.013-3 the lights must not be certified
under this subpart.
(c) Each manufacturer must:
(1) Forward the test results within 30 days to the Commandant
(G-MTH), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001; and
(2) Retain records of the test results for at least 5 years, or as
long as the light is manufactured and certified, whichever is longer.
(CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070,
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.013-13 Manufacturer certification and labeling.
(a) Each electric light intended as a Night Visual Distress Signal
required by 33 CFR part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as
complying with the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each electric light must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
(1) Manufacturer's name;
(2) Replacement battery type;
(3) Lamp size; and
(4) The following words --
''Night Visual Distress Signal for Boats Complies with U. S. Coast
Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 161.013. For Emergency Use Only.''
(c) If an electric light is designed for use with dry cell batteries
the label must advise the consumer on the battery replacement schedule
which under normal conditions would maintain performance requirements of
161.013-3.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Manufacturer notification.
(a) Each manufacturer certifying lights in accordance with the
specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the
Commandant (G-MTH), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 within
30 days after first certifying them, and send a new notice every five
years thereafter as long as it certifies lights.
(CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070,
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 161.013-17 Pt. 162
46 CFR 161.013-17 PART 162 -- ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.017 -- Valves, Pressure-Vacuum Relief, for
Tank Vessels
162.017-1 Applicable specifications.
162.017-2 Type.
162.017-3 Materials, construction, and workmanship.
162.017-4 Inspections and testing.
162.017-5 Marking.
162.017-6 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.018 -- Safety Relief Valves, Liquefied
Compressed Gas
162.018-1 Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
162.018-2 Scope.
162.018-3 Materials.
162.018-4 Construction and workmanship.
162.018-5 Blow-down adjustment and popping tolerance.
162.018-6 Marking.
162.018-7 Flow rating tests.
162.018-8 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.027 -- Combination Solid Stream and Water
Spray Firehose Nozzle and Low-Velocity Water Spray Applicator
162.027-1 Applicable specifications.
162.027-2 Type and size.
162.027-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
162.027-4 Inspections and tests.
162.027-5 Marking.
162.027-6 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.028 -- Extinguishers, Fire, Portable,
Marine Type
162.028-1 Applicable specifications.
162.028-2 Classification.
162.028-3 Requirements.
162.028-4 Marine type label.
162.028-5 Independent laboratories: Listing.
162.028-6 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
162.028-7 Procedure for listing and labeling.
162.028-8 Termination of listing or labeling.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.039 -- Extinguishers, Fire, Semiportable,
Marine Type
162.039-1 Applicable specifications.
162.039-2 Classification.
162.039-3 Requirements.
162.039-4 Marine type label.
162.039-5 Recognized laboratory.
162.039-6 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
162.039-7 Procedure for listing and labeling.
162.039-8 Termination of listing or labeling.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.050 -- Pollution Prevention Equipment
162.050-1 Scope.
162.050-3 Definitions.
162.050-4 Documents incorporated by reference.
162.050-5 Contents of application.
162.050-7 Approval procedures.
162.050-9 Test report.
162.050-11 Marking.
162.050-13 Factory production and inspection.
162.050-14 Sample collection and preservation.
162.050-15 Designation of facilities.
162.050-17 Separator test rig.
162.050-19 Monitor and bilge alarm test rig.
162.050-21 Separator: design specification.
162.050-23 Separator: approval tests.
162.050-25 Cargo monitor: Design specification.
162.050-27 Cargo monitor: Approval tests.
162.050-29 Bilge monitor: Design specification.
162.050-31 Bilge monitor: Approval tests.
162.050-33 Bilge alarm: Design specification.
162.050-35 Bilge alarm: Approval tests.
162.050-37 Vibration test.
162.050-39 Measurement of oil content.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j) 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104,
4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 11735,
38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; 49 CFR 1.46.
46 CFR 161.013-17 Subpart 162.017 -- Valves, Pressure-Vacuum Relief, for
Tank Vessels
Source: CGFR 50-9, 15 FR 1680, Mar. 25, 1950, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 162.017-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) (Reserved)
46 CFR 162.017-2 Type.
This specification covers the design and construction of
pressure-vacuum relief valves intended for use in venting systems on all
tank vessels transporting inflammable or combustible liquids.
(56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 162.017-3 Materials, construction, and workmanship.
(a) The valves shall be of substantial construction and first class
workmanship and shall be free from imperfections which may affect its
serviceability.
(b) Bodies of pressure-vacuum relief valves must be made of bronze or
such corrosion-resistant material as may be approved by the Commandant
(G-MTH).
(c) Valve discs, spindles, and seats shall be made of bronze or such
corrosion-resistant material as may be approved by the Commandant.
(d) Where springs are employed to actuate the valve discs, the
springs shall be made of corrosion-resistant material. Springs plated
with corrosion-resistant material are not acceptable.
(e) Flame screens shall be made of corrosion-resistant wire.
(f) Nonmetallic materials will not be permitted in the construction
of the valves, except bushings used in way of moving parts and gaskets
may be made of nonmetallic material resistant to attack by the product
carried. Nonmetallic diaphragms will be allowed where diaphragm failure
will not result in unrestricted flow of cargo vapors to the atmosphere
nor in an increase in the pressure or vacuum at which the valve normally
releases.
(g) The design and construction of the valves shall permit
overhauling and repairs without removal from the line.
(h) Valve discs shall be guided by a ribbed cage or other suitable
means to prevent binding, and to insure proper seating. Where valve
stems are guided by bushings suitably designed to prevent binding and to
insure proper seating, the valves need not be fitted with ribbed cages.
(i) The disc shall close tight against the valve seat by metal to
metal contact, however, resilient seating seals may be provided if the
design is such that the disc closes tight against the seat in case the
seals are destroyed or in case they carry away.
(j) Pressure-vacuum relief valves for venting cargo tanks shall be of
not less than 2 1/2 inches nominal pipe size.
(k) Bodies of valves shall be designed to withstand a hydrostatic
pressure of at least 125 pounds per square inch without rupturing or
showing permanent distortion.
(l) The valve discs may be solid or made hollow so that weight
material may be added to vary the lifting pressure. If hollow discs are
employed, a watertight bolted cover shall be fitted to encase the weight
material. The pressure at which the discs open shall not exceed 120
percent of the set pressure.
(m) The free area through the valve seats at maximum lift shall not
be less than the cross-sectional area of the valve inlet connection.
(n) Double flame screens of 20 x 20 corrosion-resistant wire mesh
with a 1/2-inch corrosion-resistant separator on a single screen of 30 x
30 corrosion-resistant wire mesh shall be fitted on all openings to
atmosphere. The net free area through the flame screens shall not be
less than 1 1/2 times the cross-sectional area of the vent inlet from
the cargo tanks.
(o) Valve bodies may have screwed or flanged pipe connections, or
such types of connections as may be approved by the Commandant. If
flanged, the thickness and drilling shall comply with USA standards for
150-pound bronze flanged fittings.
(p) Where design of valve does not permit complete drainage of
condensate to attached cargo tank or vent line, the valve body shall be
fitted with a plugged drain opening on the side of the atmospheric
outlet of not less than 1/2 inch pipe size.
(q) Relief pressure adjusting mechanisms shall be permanently secured
by means of lockwires, locknuts, or other acceptable means.
(CGFR 50-9, 15 FR 1680, Mar. 25, 1950, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18907, Dec. 18, 1968; 56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 162.017-4 Inspections and testing.
Pressure-vacuum relief valves may be inspected and tested at the
plant of the manufacturer. An inspector may conduct such tests and
examinations as may be necessary to determine compliance with this
specification.
(56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 162.017-5 Marking.
(a) Each valve shall be legibly marked with the style, type or other
designation of the manufacturer, the size, pressure and vacuum setting
and name or registered trademark of the manufacturer and Coast Guard
approval number. The minimum wording for showing the approval number
shall be ''USCG/162.017/* *'' or ''USCG 162.017-* *''.020
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
020* *Number to be assigned by the Commandant.
46 CFR 162.017-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Pressure-vacuum relief valves intended for use on tank
vessels must be approved for such use by the Commandant (G-MTH), U.S.
Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) Drawings and specifications. Manufacturers desiring approval of
a new design or type of pressure-vacuum relief valve shall submit
drawings in quadruplicate showing the design of the valve, the sizes for
which approval is requested, method of operation, thickness and material
specification of component parts, diameter of seat opening and lift of
discs, mesh and size of wire of flame screens.
(c) Pre-approval tests. Before approval is granted, the manufacturer
shall have tests conducted, or submit evidence that such tests have been
conducted, by the Underwriters' Laboratories, the Factory Mutual
Laboratories, or by a properly supervised and inspected test laboratory
acceptable to the Commandant (G-MTH), relative to determining the lift,
relieving pressure and vacuum, and flow capacity of a representative
sample of the pressure-vacuum relief valve in each size for which
approval is desired. Test reports including flow capacity curves must
be submitted to the Commandant (G-MTH).
(56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 162.017-6 Subpart 162.018 -- Safety Relief Valves, Liquefied Compressed Gas
46 CFR 162.018-1 Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart
except as noted in this subpart.
(b) The following referenced material from industry standards of the
issue in effect on the date safety relief valves are manufactured shall
form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see 2.-75-17 through
2.75-19 of Subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) and
Subpart 50.15 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):
(1) ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code (see 50.-
15-5 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter): The
following paragraph from section VIII of the ASME Code:
(i) UG-131, flow rating of valves, see 162.018-7(a).
(2) CGA (Compressed Gas Association) standard: The following
standard of the Compressed Gas Association (see 50.15-20(a) of
Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):
(i) S-1.2.5.2, Flow test data for safety and relief valves for use on
pressure vessels, see 162.018-7(a).
(c) A copy of this specification and the referenced material listed
in this section, if used, shall be kept on file by the manufacturer,
together with the approved plans, specifications, and certificate of
approval. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to have the latest
issue, including addenda and changes, of the referenced material on hand
when manufacturing equipment under this subpart.
(1) The ASME Code may be obtained from the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street,
New York, N.Y. 10017.
(2) The CGA standard may be obtained from the Compressed Gas
Association, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10036.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 162.018-2 Scope.
(a) This specification covers requirements for the design,
construction and testing of safety relief valves intended for use on
unfired pressure vessels containing liquefied compressed gases installed
on merchant vessels subject to inspection by the Coast Guard.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 162.018-3 Materials.
(a) The materials used in the manufacture of safety relief valves
shall conform to the applicable requirements of subchapter F (Marine
Engineering) of this chapter, except as otherwise specified in this
subpart, and shall be resistant to the corrosive or other action of the
liquefied compressed gas in the liquid or gas phase.
(b) All pressure containing external parts of valves must be
constructed of materials melting above 1700 F. for liquefied flammable
gas service. Consideration of lower melting materials for internal
pressure-containing parts will be given if their use provides
significant improvement to the general operation of the valve. Flange
gaskets shall be metal or spiral wound asbestos.
(c) Nonferrous materials shall not be used in the construction of
valves for anhydrous ammonia or other service where susceptible to
attack by the lading.
(d) The seats and disks shall be of suitable corrosion resistant
material. Seats and disks of cast iron or malleable iron shall not be
used. Springs shall be of best quality spring steel consistent with the
design of the valve and the service requirement.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17230, June 29, 1973)
46 CFR 162.018-4 Construction and workmanship.
(a) Safety relief valves shall be of either the internal or external
spring-loaded type, suitable for the intended service.
(b) Safety relief valve body, base, bonnet and internals shall be
designed for a pressure of not less than the set-pressure of the valve.
(c) All safety relief valves shall be so constructed that the failure
of any part cannot obstruct the free and full discharge of vapors from
the valve.
(d) The nominal size of a safety relief valve shall be the inside
diameter of the inlet opening to the individual valve disk. No safety
relief valve shall be smaller than 3/4 inch nor larger than 6 inches.
Safety relief valves shall have flanged or welded end inlet connections
and either flanged or screwed outlet connections, except outlets
exceeding 4 inches in diameter shall be flanged.
(e) Safety relief valves shall be of the angle or straight-through
type, fitted with side or top outlet discharge connections.
(f) (1) Springs shall not show a permanent set exceeding 1 percent of
their free length 10 minutes after being released from a cold
compression test closing the spring solid.
(2) Springs may not be re-set for any pressure more than 10 percent
above or 10 percent below that for which the valve is marked.
(3) If the operating conditions of a valve are changed so as to
require a new spring under paragraph (f)(2) of this section for a
different pressure, the valve shall be adjusted by the manufacturer or
his authorized representative.
(g) The design and construction of safety relief valves shall permit
easy access for inspection and repair.
(h) Safety relief valves shall be tapped for not less than 1/4 inch
pipe size drain at the lowest practicable point where liquid can
collect.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 162.018-5 Blow-down adjustment and popping tolerance.
(a) Safety relief valves shall be so constructed that no shocks
detrimental to the valve or pressure vessel are produced when lifting or
closing. Safety relief valves shall be designed to open sharply and
reach full lift and capacity at the maximum accumulation. Valve closure
after popping shall be clean and sharp. Safety relief valves shall
operate satisfactorily without wiredrawing and chattering at any stage
of operation.
(b) Safety relief valves having adjustible blow-down construction
shall be adjusted to close after blowing down not more than 5 percent of
the set pressure. Valves shall be adjusted to pop within a tolerance of
plus or minus 3 percent of the set pressure, except that for pressures
of 70 p.s.i. and below, the tolerance in popping pressure shall not vary
more than plus or minus 2 p.s.i.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9541, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 162.018-6 Marking.
(a) Each safety relief valve shall be plainly marked by the
manufacturer with the required data in such a way that the marking will
not be obliterated in service. The marking may be stamped on the valve
or stamped or cast on a plate securely fastened to the valve. The
marking shall include the following data:
(1) The name or identifying trademark of the manufacturer.
(2) Manufacturer's design or type number.
(3) Size ------ inches. (The pipe size of the valve inlet).
(4) Set pressure ------ p.s.i.
(5) Rated capacity ------ cubic feet per minute of the gas or vapor
(at 60 F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a.).
(6) Coast Guard approval number. The minimum wording for showing
approval shall be ''USCG 162.018/* *'' or ''USCG 162.018-* *''. 021
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
021* *Number to be assigned by the Commandant.
46 CFR 162.018-7 Flow rating tests.
(a) Flow rating of valves shall be conducted in accordance with
UG-131 of section VIII of the ASME Code, S-1.2.5.2 of the Compressed Gas
Association Standards, or other procedure approved by the Commandant.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 162.018-8 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Safety relief valves for use on pressure vessels
containing liquefied compressed gases shall be approved by the
Commandant (MTH), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) Plan submittal. Manufacturers desiring to secure approval of a
new design or type of safety relief valve shall submit in quadruplicate
detail drawings showing the valve construction, and material
specifications of the component parts. In the event the design is
changed, amended drawings shall be submitted to the Commandant for
re-approval.
(c) Pre-approval tests. (1) Prior to approval of safety relief
valves by the Commandant, manufacturers shall have capacity
certification tests conducted, in accordance with 162.018-7 or submit
satisfactory evidence that such tests have been conducted and approved
by The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors or by a
properly supervised and inspected test laboratory acceptable to the
Commandant.
(2) Reports of conducted tests on designs of safety relief valves
different from those previously approved shall be submitted by the
manufacturer when requesting approval for different designs.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 162.018-8 Subpart 162.027 -- Combination Solid Stream and Water Spray Firehose Nozzle and Low-Velocity Water Spray Applicator
46 CFR 162.027-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date
combination solid stream and water spray fire hose nozzles are
manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
(1) Military specification:
MIL-B-16444, Bronze, Hydraulic (ounce metal): castings.
(2) Federal specification:
WW-C-621, Couplings; hose, cotton (rubber lined) and linen
(unlined).
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the
approved plans and certificate of approval. The Military Specification
may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801
Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120. The Federal Specification may be
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services
Administration, Washington, DC 20407.
(CGFR 63-25, 18 FR 7872, Dec. 5, 1963, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11486, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 162.027-2 Type and size.
(a) Type. Combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzles
specified by this subpart shall consist essentially of a firehose nozzle
body with two discharge outlets, a valve for shut off and directing the
flow of water to either outlet and a high-velocity water spray tip. One
discharge outlet shall be a straight stream orifice, and the other
outlet shall be designed to accommodate either the high-velocity tip or
a low-velocity water spray applicator that meets 162.027-3(b)(2) both of
which must be capable of being removed or inserted readily without the
use of tools. The low-velocity water spray applicator has an angled
tube, a low-velocity water spray head, and a connection for the
combination nozzle. Nozzles permitting adjustment to obtain a range of
spray patterns will not be considered as meeting the requirements of
this subpart.
(b) Nozzle size. Combination solid stream and water spray fire hose
nozzles shall be of two sizes: One for use on 1 1/2 inch hose, and the
other for use on 2 1/2 inch hose.
(c) Spray tip and head. Each high-velocity water spray tip and each
low-velocity water spray head of a nozzle or applicator for 1 1/2 inch
hose must be designed to pass material equal in size to a 3/8 inch
diameter ball. Each high-velocity water spray tip and each low-velocity
water spray head of a nozzle or applicator for 2 1/2 inch hose must be
designed to pass material equal in size to a 1/2 inch diameter ball.
(CGD 76-086, 44 FR 2393, Jan. 11, 1979)
46 CFR 162.027-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials shall comply with the requirements
outlined in this paragraph. Alternate materials which meet the
performance requirements of this subpart will be given special
consideration.
(1) Materials, general. All materials used in the construction of
combination solid stream and water spray fire hose nozzles and
applicators shall be of good quality, suitable for the purpose intended,
and shall conform to the requirements of this subpart. The use of
dissimilar metal in combination shall be avoided if possible but, when
such contacts are necessary, provisions shall be made to prevent effects
such as galvanic corrosion, freezing of moving parts, and loosening or
tightening of joints due to differences in thermal expansion
coefficients. Castings shall be free from blow holes, porosity
shrinkage defects, cracks, or other injurious defects.
(2) Materials, specific. The nozzle body, valve, valve control
handle or lever, high-velocity tip, and low-velocity head shall be
bronze, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-16444. Other
component parts such as applicator tubes, valve seats, springs, gaskets,
etc., shall not be limited with regard to materials except for the
requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(b) Construction. The construction of combination nozzles and
applicators manufactured in accordance with this subpart shall comply
with the requirements outlined in this paragraph. Alternate
arrangements which meet the performance requirements of this subpart
will be given special consideration.
(1) General. The waterways and control valve shall be so arranged
that the nozzle operates from shut-off to spray position and then to
solid stream, so that it is not necessary to go through solid stream to
obtain a spray. Each of the three positions shall have a positive stop
or spring-loaded detent to hold the valve at the position while the
pressure at the inlet is 100 p.s.i., and shall be clearly marked to
indicate the proper location of the lever or handle for the desired use.
The 1 1/2-inch nozzle shall have not less than a 5/8-inch solid stream
orifice, and the 2 1/2-inch nozzle shall have not less than a 7/ 8-inch
solid stream orifice. The high-velocity water spray tip shall be
attached to the body of the nozzle by a short length of chain. The
threads on the inlet end of the nozzle shall be American National
Standard Fire-Hose Threads, i.e., 9 threads per inch for the 1 1/2-inch
size, and 7 1/2 threads per inch for the 2 1/2-inch size.
(2) Applicators. The applicator for the 1 1/2-inch nozzles shall be
either 4 feet or 10 feet in length. 1022 The 4-foot applicator shall
have a bend approximately 12 inches from the discharge end, through an
angle of 60 degrees, on a 6-to 8-inch radius. The discharge end of the
10-foot applicator shall be bent through an angle of 90 degrees, to a
radius of 6 to 8 inches, so that the normal extension is 10 to 12 inches
in length. The applicator for the 2 1/2-inch nozzle shall be 12 feet in
length, with the discharge end bent through an angle of 90 degrees, to a
radius of 6 to 8 inches, so that the normal extension is 10 to 12 inches
in length. The bends in the applicators shall be downward and in the
vertical plane of the nozzle when the applicator is locked in place.
The length specified for each applicator is the straight length of the
pipe before bending, and a reasonable tolerance will be acceptable. The
inlet end of the applicator shall have a bayonet or other positive but
quick operating joint which shall be identical with that on the
high-velocity water spray tip.
(c) Workmanship. Combination nozzles and applicators manufactured in
accordance with this subpart shall be of first class workmanship and
shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance or
serviceability.
(d) Performance requirements. Combination nozzles and applicators
manufacturered in accordance with this subpart shall be capable of
meeting the test requirements outlined in 162.027-4.
(CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7872, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11486, Sept. 8, 1965; CDG 76-086, 44 FR 2393, Jan. 11, 1979)
1The 4-foot applicator is intended for 1 1/2-inch size combination
nozzles fitted in propulsion machinery spaces containing oil-fired
boilers, internal combustion machinery or oil fuel units.
46 CFR 162.027-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Combination nozzles and applicators specified by this
subpart are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections by
the Coast Guard; however, the Commander of the Coast Guard District may
detail an inspector at any time to visit any place where combination
nozzles and applicators are manufactured to check materials and
manufacturing methods, and to conduct such tests and examinations as may
be required to satisfy himself that combination nozzles and applicators
are being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this
specification. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the
necessary equipment for the use of the inspector in conducting such
tests or examinations at the place of manufacture.
(b) Solid stream. With the nozzle three feet above the ground, held
at an angle to obtain maximum range, the valve in the solid stream
position, and the water flowing at a gage pressure at the inlet to the
nozzle of 100 pounds per square inch, the output and effective range of
the solid stream orifice in still air shall comply with the requirements
in Table 162.027-4(b). The effective range is defined as the extreme
limit at which the stream has not lost continuity by breaking into
showers of spray, and appears to effectively carry through an opening of
4 feet diameter, as nearly as can be judged by visual observation.
(c) High-velocity water spray tip. With the high-velocity water
spray tip in place, the nozzle about 3 feet above the ground, held
level, the valve in the water spray position, and the water flowing at a
gage pressure at the inlet to the nozzle of 100 pounds per square inch,
the output and pattern in still air shall consist of finely divided
particles uniformly distributed throughout the discharge cone, and shall
comply with the requirements in Table 162.027-4 (c).
(d) Low-velocity water spray head. (1) With the applicator in place
on the nozzle, the low-velocity water spray head in a vertical position
pointing downward, about 8 feet above the ground, the valve in the water
spray position, and the water flowing at a gage pressure at the inlet of
the nozzle of 100 pounds per square inch, the output and pattern in
still air shall consist of very finely divided particles uniformly
distributed throughout the discharge cone, and shall comply with the
requirements in Table 162.027-4(d)(1).
(2) With the applicator in place on the nozzle, the water flowing at
a gage pressure at the inlet of the nozzle of 100 pounds per square
inch, bring the low-velocity spray head over the surface of kerosene or
water in a tank and measure the distance when it is as close as possible
without unduly disturbing the surface or scattering the liquid. The
distance under these conditions shall not exceed 2 feet.
(3) Fire test. For the purpose of evaluating the effectiveness of
the low-velocity water spray head, a fire test with the following set-up
shall be used:
A cylindrical tank, having a minimum diameter of 15 feet and a height
of approximately 2 1/2 feet above the ground, shall be partially filled
with water on which kerosene is floated to a depth of not less than 2
1/2 inches. The surface of the kerosene shall be approximately 12
inches below the top rim of the tank. The kerosene shall be primed with
about 1/2 gallon of gasoline. After ignition, the fire shall be allowed
to burn approximately 2 minutes before being attacked. The approach
shall be made from the windward side with the water flowing at a gage
pressure at the nozzle inlet of 100 p.s.i. This test shall not be
conducted out of doors when the wind velocity is greater than 5 miles
per hour. The test fire shall be extinguished in not more than 2
minutes for the 1 1/2-inch size and not more than 1 minute and 30
seconds for the 2 1/2-inch size.
(e) Corrosion tests. Measure the torque required to turn the valve
control handle from the ''Spray'' position toward the ''Solid Stream''
position. With the high-velocity spray tip in place, and the valve
control handle in the ''Spray'' position, expose the nozzle to a 20
percent salt water spray for 6 days at 95 F., following which again
measure the torque in the same manner. With the high-velocity spray tip
in place, submerge the nozzle in a 4 percent salt water solution for 5
minutes with the valve control handle in the ''Solid Stream'' position
and 5 minutes in the ''Spray'' position, then drain it and set it aside
for 2 days, following which again measure the torque in the same manner.
The torque required to operate the valve control handle after each test
shall be no greater than two pound-feet more than the torque required to
operate it with the nozzle in the new condition.
(f) Ruggedness tests. With the high-velocity spray tip in place, the
nozzle shall be dropped on a concrete floor or slab having a smooth
surface from a height of 3 feet four times, as follows: In the first
drop the nozzle shall be held vertically so as to land on its tip. In
the second drop it shall be held vertically so as to land on the hose
end. In the third and fourth drops it shall be held with its axis
approximately horizontal so as to land on opposite sides. The
high-velocity spray tip shall then be removed and replaced by the
applicator with low-velocity spray head, and this complete assembly
shall be dropped from a height of 3 feet once, as follows: It shall be
held with the axis of the assembly approximately horizontal and the bend
of the applicator downward so as to land on the end of the low-velocity
tip and bottom of the nozzle body approximately simultaneously. The
nozzle body, valve control handle, high-velocity water spray tip, and
applicator with low-velocity water spray head shall be sufficiently
rugged so that following these drop tests they function properly and
meet all the test requirements of this subpart.
(CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7872, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11486, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 76-086, 44 FR 2393, Jan. 11, 1979)
46 CFR 162.027-5 Marking.
(a) Nozzles. Each combination nozzle shall be permanently and
legibly marked with the manufacturer's name and model designation in
addition to the marking of the valve positions required by 162.027-3(
b)(1).
(b) Applicators. Each low-velocity water spray applicator must be
permanently and legibly marked with the manufacturer's name and the
model designation of the nozzle with which it is used.
(CGD 76-086, 44 FR 2393, Jan. 11, 1979)
46 CFR 162.027-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Combination solid stream and water spray fire hose
nozzles and applicators for use on merchant vessels are approved only by
the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard. Correspondence pertaining to
the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
(b) Manufacturer's plans and specifications. In order to apply for
approval of combination nozzles and applicators the manufacturer shall
submit 4 prints each of detailed plans and specifications, including a
complete bill of materials, assembly drawing, and parts drawings
descriptive of the arrangement and construction of the device, to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
Each drawing shall have an identifying number, date, with alterations
properly noted, and the model designation identifying the nozzle and
applicators involved. These drawings and specifications will be
forwarded to the Commandant for examination.
(c) Pre-approval sample and tests. After the drawings and
specifications have been found to appear satisfactory, at the request of
the manufacturer, a marine inspector will be detailed to the factory to
observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods, and to
examine a pre-approval sample, which will be forwarded to the Commandant
for testing, in accordance with 162.027-4, together with plans and
specifications in quadruplicate, revised or corrected as may have been
required. Cost of shipping and pre-approval testing shall be borne by
the manufacturer.
(d) Alternate pre-approval tests. In order to avoid the duplication
of tests which may have been done previously by some other recognized
testing organization, such as a facility of the U. S. Navy or
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., the Coast Guard will accept the test
data of such organizations. Reports of such tests should be forwarded
in quadruplicate by the manufacturer along with the plans and
specifications indicated by paragraph (b) of this section, or
arrangements made for such organization to forward the reports directly
to the Coast Guard. Such reports shall identify the nozzle by name and
model designation and by specifications and drawings having revision
dates corresponding to the drawings submitted in accordance with
paragraph (b) of this section. Such reports shall indicate that the
samples tested were compared with the manufacturer's plans and
specifications and were found to be in conformance thereto, with any
exceptions between the sample and the plans and specifications properly
noted. In addition to the results of the various tests, such reports
shall show the detailed data on each trial made to arrive at the average
results, and the pertinent conditions of the test methods followed,
instruments and methods used for measurements, and all arrangements and
conditions surrounding the tests, in order to provide a clear
presentation not only of the test results, but also of all pertinent
facts necessary for a clear understanding and interpretation of such
results.
(CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7873, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGD 76-086, 44
FR 2394, Jan. 11, 1979; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 162.027-6 Subpart 162.028 -- Extinguishers, Fire, Portable,
Marine Type
Source: CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 162.028-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this
subpart.
46 CFR 162.028-2 Classification.
(a) Every portable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to type
and size as specified in 76.50-5 (Subchapter H -- Passenger Vessels) of
this chapter.
46 CFR 162.028-3 Requirements.
(a) General. Every portable fire extinguisher shall conform to the
requirements for listing and labeling by a recognized laboratory, and
shall be of such design, materials, and construction as to meet the
requirements specified in this section.
(b) Design and weight. Every portable fire extinguisher shall be
self-contained, i.e., when charged it shall not require any additional
source of extinguishing agent or expellant energy for its operation
during the time it is being discharged, and it shall weigh not more than
55 pounds, maximum, when fully charged.
(c) Materials. Materials used for exposed working parts shall be
corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. Materials used for other
exposed parts shall be either corrosion-resistant or shall be protected
by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating.
(1) Corrosion-resistant materials. The materials which are
considered to be corrosion-resistant are copper, brass, bronze, certain
copper-nickel alloys, certain alloys of aluminum, certain plastics, and
certain stainless steels.
(2) Corrosion-resistant coatings. (i) The following systems of
organic or metallic coatings for exposed non-working ferrous parts, when
applied on properly prepared surfaces after all cutting, forming, and
bending operations are completed, are considered to provide suitable
corrosion resistance:
(a) Bonderizing, followed by the application of zinc chromate primer,
followed by one or more applications of enamel; or,
(b) Hot-dipped or electrodeposited zinc in thicknesses not less than
0.002 inch; or,
(c) Electrodeposited cadmium in thicknesses not less than 0.001 inch;
or,
(d) Hot-dipped or sprayed aluminum in thicknesses not less than 0.002
inch; or,
(e) Copper plus nickel in total thicknesses not less than 0.003 inch,
of which the nickel is not less than 0.002 inch, plus any thickness of
chrome.
(ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in
this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion
of ferrous parts.
(3) Decorative platings. Decorative platings in any thicknesses
applied over corrosion-resistant materials and corrosion-resistant
coatings are acceptable for either working or non-working parts.
(4) Dissimilar metals. The use of dissimilar metals in combination
shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts are
necessary, provisions (such as bushings, gaskets, or o-rings) shall be
employed to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion,
freezing or buckling of parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due
to differences in thermal expansion.
(5) Suitability of materials. All extinguishers submitted for
approval shall undergo the salt spray test in accordance with paragraph
(c)(6) of this section.
(6) Salt spray tests. Expose the complete fully charged specimen
extinguisher to a 20 percent sodium chloride solution spray at a
temperature of 95 F. (35 C.) for a period of 240 hours. The procedures
and apparatus described in Method 811 of Federal Test Method Standard
No. 151 are suitable. Alternate methods may be found satisfactory if
the results are comparable. Following the test, allow the specimen
extinguisher to air dry for a period of 48 hours. Following the air
drying --
(i) The extinguisher must be capable of being operated and recharged
in a normal fashion;
(ii) Any coating required in this section to be corrosion resistant
must remain intact and must not be removable (when such removal exposes
a material subject to corrosion) by such action as washing or rubbing
with a thumb or fingernail;
(iii) No galvanic corrosion may appear at the points of contact or
close proximity of dissimilar metals;
(iv) The extinguisher and its bracket, if any, must not show any
corrosion, except corrosion that can be easily wiped off after rinsing
with tap water, on surfaces having no protective coating or paint; and,
(v) The gauge on a stored pressure extinguisher must remain
watertight throughout the test.
(d) Bursting pressure. For all extinguishers except the carbon
dioxide type, the hydrostatic bursting pressure of the extinguisher and
component parts which are subjected to pressure, exclusive of the hose,
shall be at least five times the maximum working pressure during
discharge of the extinguisher at approximately 70 F. During this test,
a pressure gauge if fitted will usually be removed to avoid breaking the
indicating mechanism, but the gauge shall be capable of withstanding the
same test without leaking.
(e) Vibration resistance. The complete, fully charged specimen
extinguisher, secured in its bracket which is mounted to the test
machine, shall be tested in accordance with sections 3.1 through 3.1.4.4
of Military Standard MIL-STD-167. Following this test, there shall be
no obvious failures of parts or assemblies, and the specimen shall be
capable of being operated satisfactorily without undue effort or special
procedures on the part of the operator, and the specimen shall be
capable of being recharged satisfactorily in accordance with the
directions on the name plate without the use of extraordinary tools or
procedures.
(f) Additional marking. (1) As part of the usual name plate marking,
there shall be included the rated capacity of the extinguisher in
gallons, quarts, or pounds, and complete instructions for recharging,
including the identification of the recharge materials and of the
pressure cartridge or separate container if one is used.
(2) For extinguishers which are not ordinarily discharged or opened
during the regular maintenance inspections and tests, the weight of the
fully charged extinguisher shall be die-stamped, embossed, or cast in a
conspicuous location on the name plate, valve body, or shell of the
extinguisher.
(3) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable
for any of the required extinguisher markings.
(4) For stored pressure type or cartridge operated type water or
antifreeze portable fire extinguishers, each extinguisher name plate
shall be marked to indicate whether the extinguisher is to be filled
with plain water or with anti-freeze solution. Combination type name
plates showing the charge may be either plain water or antifreeze
solution will not be permitted.
(5) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the
recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds, in
addition to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure
cartridges shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be plainly
marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the cartridge.
(g) Mounting bracket. Every portable fire extinguisher shall be
supplied with a suitable bracket which will hold the extinguisher
securely in its stowage location on vessels or boats, and which is
arranged to provide quick and positive release of the extinguisher for
immediate use.
(h) Carbon dioxide type. Every carbon dioxide type extinguisher
shall be fitted with a valve which will withstand a minimum bursting
pressure of 6,000 p.s.i., and a discharge hose or tube which will
withstand a minimum bursting pressure of 5,000 p.s.i. The hose shall be
constructed with either a wire braid or other conducting material for
conducting static charges occurring at the discharge nozzle back to the
body of the extinguisher.
(i) (Reserved)
(j) Dry chemical type. (1) (Reserved)
(2) Every dry chemical stored pressure type portable fire
extinguisher, i.e., one which employs a single chamber for both the dry
chemical and expellant gas, shall be fitted with a pressure gauge or
device to show visual indication of whether or not the pressure in the
chamber is in the operating range.
(k) Toxic extinguishing agents. Every portable fire extinguisher
shall contain only agents which qualify for the Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc., toxicity rating of Group 5 or Group 6, and which in
normal fire extinguishing use do not generate decomposition products in
concentrations hazardous to life.
(l) Gauge. Every pressure gauge used on a portable fire extinguisher
shall have an accuracy of at least 2 percent of the scale range for the
middle half of the scale conforming to ASME Grade B commercial accuracy.
The gauge when new shall be watertight, i.e., with the connection
capped or plugged, no water shall penetrate to the interior of the case
during submergence one foot below the surface of water for a period of
two hours. The gauge shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant
materials, so that the pointer or face lettering will not be obliterated
by the action of salt water if some leakage should occur after rough
handling or extended periods of service. The gauge, when attached to
the fire extinguisher, shall pass the salt spray and vibration tests
prescribed by 162.028-3(c) (1) and (e).
(m) Fire tests. In addition to the usual fire tests conducted to
determine the suitability and adequacy of portable fire extinguishers,
additional fire tests, such as those described in National Bureau of
Standards Building Materials and Structures Report 150, issued June 14,
1957, may be employed in determining the suitability for ''marine type''
listing and labeling.
(n) Additional tests. Every portable extinguisher may be
additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and
effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a
''marine type'' portable fire extinguisher when considered necessary by
the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9046, Sept. 11, 1962; CGFR 56-28, 29 FR 12726, Sept. 9, 1964; CGFR
64-67, 29 FR 14742, Oct. 29, 1964; CGD 72-214R, 38 FR 6880, Mar. 14,
1973; CGD 73-73R, 38 FR 27354, Oct. 3, 1973)
46 CFR 162.028-4 Marine type label.
(a) In addition to all other marking, every portable extinguisher
shall bear a label containing the ''marine type'' listing manifest
issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the
classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard
classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus:
''Marine Type USCG Type ---------- , Size ---------- , Approval No.
162.028/ ---------- .'' All such labels are to be obtained from the
recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached
to product found acceptable under its listing and labeling program.
(b) All such labels are to be obtained only from the recognized
laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product
found acceptable under its inspection and labeling program.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29
FR 7360, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 162.028-5 Independent laboratories: Listing.
The following have met the standards under 159.101-7 for listing as
an independent laboratory to perform or supervise approval or
productions inspections or tests of portable fire extinguishers:
(a) For dry chemical, CO2, water and foam type portable fire
extinguishers:
(1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247,
Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
(2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse
Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
(b) For halon type fire extinguishers:
(1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247,
Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
(2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse
Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
(3) Factory Mutual Research Corporation, mailing address: 1151
Boston-Providence Turnpike, P.O. Box 688, Norwood, MA 02062.
(CGD 83-050, 49 FR 7566, Mar. 1, 1984)
46 CFR 162.028-6 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
(a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the
suitability of a product for listing and labeling, and to determine
conformance of labeled product to the applicable requirements are
conducted by the recognized laboratory. Whenever any work is being done
on components or the assembly of such product, the manufacturer shall
notify the recognized laboratory in order that an inspector may be
assigned to the factory to conduct such examinations, inspections, and
tests as to satisfy himself that the quality assurance program of the
manufacturer is satisfactory, and that the labeled product is in
conformance with the applicable requirements.
(b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type portable fire
extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used,
manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the
applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests
of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components
produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of
tests conducted by the manufacturer shall be made available to the
laboratory inspector or to the merchant marine inspector, or both, for
review upon request.
(c) Follow-up check tests, examinations, and inspections of product
listed and labeled as a ''marine type'' portable fire extinguisher
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and
motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the
recognized laboratory.
(d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard marine inspector
assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory is
located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where
work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into
construction, or final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at
the place of manufacture.
46 CFR 162.028-7 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) Manufacturers having a marine-type portable fire extinguisher
which they consider has characteristics suitable for general use on
merchant vessels and motorboats may make application for listing and
labeling as a marine-type portable fire extinguisher by addressing a
request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform
the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, examinations, and
testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The request shall
include permission for the laboratory to furnish a complete test report
together with a description of the quality control procedures to the
Commandant.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality
control procedures to determine if the requirements in 162.028-3 have
been met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the
laboratory that the extinguisher is approved and that when the
extinguisher is listed and labeled, it may be marked as being U.S.
Coast Guard approved.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical, or inspection
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements between the
manufacturer and the laboratory, the opinion of the Commandant shall be
requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer or the laboratory may at any time request
clarification or advice from the Commandant on any question which may
arise regarding manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(CGD 72-214R, 38 FR 6880, Mar. 14, 1973)
46 CFR 162.028-8 Termination of listing or labeling.
(a) Listing or labeling as a marine type portable fire extinguisher
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on inspected vessels
and motorboats, may be terminated, withdrawn, cancelled, or suspended by
written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant, or by
written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory or
from the Commandant, under the following conditions:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports
indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGD 72-214R, 38
FR 6880, Mar. 14, 1973)
46 CFR 162.028-8 Subpart 162.039 -- Extinguishers, Fire, Semiportable,
Marine Type
Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11487, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 162.039-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this
subpart.
46 CFR 162.039-2 Classification.
(a) Every semiportable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to
type and size as specified in 76.50-5 (Subchapter H -- Passenger
Vessels) of this chapter.
46 CFR 162.039-3 Requirements.
(a) General. Every semiportable fire extinguisher shall conform to
the requirements for listing and labeling by a recognized laboratory and
shall be of such design, materials, and construction as to meet the
requirements specified in this section.
(b) Design. Every semiportable extinguisher shall be fitted with
hose of sufficient length to a nozzle or nozzles to provide for suitable
application of the extinguishing agent to any part of the space
protected (a length of pipe may connect the outlet of the supply to the
hose connection); shall weigh more than 55 pounds when fully charged;
shall be self-contained, i.e., when charged, it shall not require any
additional source of extinguishing agent or expellent energy for its
operation; and shall provide simple means for immediate operation by a
single operator. The design, materials and construction shall provide
reliability of operation and performance after non-use for long periods
under conditions encountered in marine service.
(c) Materials. Materials used for exposed working parts, except
those used for inversion mechanism or similar purposes, shall be
corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. Materials used for other
exposed parts shall be either corrsion-resistant or shall be protected
by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating.
(1) Corrosion-resistant materials. The materials which are
considered to be corrosion-resistant are copper, brass, bronze, certain
copper-nickel alloys, certain alloys of aluminum, certain plastics, and
certain stainless steels.
(2) Corrosion-resistant coatings. (i) The following systems of
organic or metallic coatings for exposed nonworking ferrous parts except
for ICC cylinders, when applied on properly prepared surfaces after all
cutting, forming, and bending operations are completed, are considered
to provide suitable corrosion resistance:
(a) Bonderizing, followed by the application of zinc chromate primer,
followed by one or more applications of enamel; or,
(b) Inorganic zinc coatings; or,
(c) Hot-dipped or electrodeposited zinc in thicknesses not less than
0.002 inch; or,
(d) Electrodeposited Cadmium in thicknesses not less than 0.001 inch;
or,
(e) Hot-dipped or sprayed aluminum in thicknesses not less than 0.002
inch; or,
(f) Copper plus nickel in total thicknesses not less than 0.003 inch,
or which the nickel is not less than 0.002 inch, plus any thickness of
chrome.
(ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in
this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion
of ferrous parts.
(3) Decorative platings. Decorative platings in any thicknesses
applied over corrosion-resistant materials and corrosion-resistant
coatings are acceptable for either working or nonworking parts.
(4) Dissimilar metals. The use of dissimilar metals in combination
shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts are
necessary, provisions (such as bushings, gaskets, or o-rings) shall be
employed to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion,
freezing or buckling of parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due
to differences in thermal expansion.
(5) Suitability of materials. In event of question as to the
suitability of the materials (including coatings) used, the salt spray
test described in paragraph (c)(6) of this section shall be conducted.
(6) Salt spray test. Expose either component parts, subassemblies,
or the complete fully charged specimen extinguisher to a 20 percent
sodium-chloride solution spray at a temperature of 95 F. (35 C.) for a
period of 240 hours. The procedures and apparatus described in Method
811 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 151 are suitable. Alternate
methods may be found satisfactory if the results are comparable.
Following the test, allow the specimen extinguisher to air dry for a
period of 48 hours. Following the air drying, the specimen extinguisher
shall be capable of being operated satisfactorily without undue effort
or special procedures on the part of the operator, and it shall be
capable of being recharged satisfactorily in accordance with the
directions on the nameplate without the use of extraordinary tools or
procedures.
(d) Gauges. Every pressure gauge used on a semiportable fire
extinguisher shall have an accuracy of at least 2 percent of the scale
range for the middle half of the scale conforming to ASME Grade B
commercial accuracy. The gauge when new shall be watertight, i.e., with
the connection capped or plugged, no water shall penetrate to the
interior of the case during submergence 1 foot below the surface of
water for a period of 2 hours. The gauge shall be constructed of
corrosion-resistant materials, so that the pointer or face lettering
will not be obliterated by the action of salt water if some leakage
should occur after rough handling or extended periods of service. The
gage, when attached to the extinguisher, shall pass the salt spray and
vibration tests prescribed by paragraphs (c)(6) and (e) of this section.
(e) Vibration resistance. Either component parts, subassemblies, or
the complete, fully charged specimen extinguisher, shall be tested in
accordance with sections 3.1 through 3.1.4.4 of Military Standard
MIL-STD-167. Following this test, there shall be no obvious failures of
parts or assemblies, and they shall be capable of being operated
satisfactorily without undue effort or special procedures on the part of
the operator, and the extinguisher shall be capable of being recharged
satisfactorily in accordance with the directions on the name plate
without the use of extraordinary tools or procedures.
(f) Carbon dioxide type. Every carbon dioxide type extinguisher
shall be fitted with a valve which will withstand a minimum bursting
pressure of 6,000 p.s.i., and a discharge hose or tube which will
withstand a minimum bursting pressure of 5,000 p.s.i. The hose shall be
constructed with either a wire braid or other conducting material for
conducting static charges occurring at the discharge nozzle back to the
body of the extinguisher.
(g) Chemical-foam type. Every chemical foam type semiportable fire
extinguisher shall have a nozzle which will provide operating
characteristics such that when it is held about 3 feet above the ground
at an elevation of approximately 30 , and with the extinguisher and
contents both at approximately 70 F. and 120 F., the range of the
stream shall not exceed 40 feet, and the major portion of the discharge
shall fall between 20 and 40 feet, measured horizontally, from the
nozzle. The duration of the effective discharge shall be between 2.5
and 4.0 minutes, effective discharge being considered as occurring while
the major portion of the discharge falls beyond 10 feet, measured
horizontally, from the nozzle.
(h) (Reserved)
(i) Toxic extinguishing agents. Every semiportable fire extinguisher
shall contain only agents which qualify for the Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc., toxicity rating of Group 5 or Group 6, and which in
normal fire extinguishing use do not generate decomposition products in
concentrations hazardous to life. Acceptance of extinguishing agents
under these requirements will be determined by the Coast Guard.
(j) Fire tests. Fire tests may be employed in determining the
suitability for ''marine type'' listing and labeling.
(k) Additional tests. Every semiportable extinguisher may be
additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and
effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a
''marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher when considered necessary
by the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.
(l) Additional marking. (1) As part of the usual nameplate marking,
there shall be included the rated capacity of the extinguisher in
gallons, quarts, or pounds, and complete instructions for recharging,
including the identification of the recharge materials and of the
pressure containing cylinder or separate container if one is used.
(2) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable
for any of the required extinguisher marking.
(3) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the
recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds in
addition to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure
containing cylinders shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be
plainly marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the
cylinder.
(m) Securing means. Every semi-portable fire extinguisher shall be
supplied with a suitable means for holding the extinguisher securely in
its stowage location on vessels or boats. The materials shall be
sufficiently corrosion-resistant or protected against corrosion to
withstand the test prescribed by paragraph (c)(6) of this section
without showing more than traces of slight corrosion, which may be
easily wiped off after rinsing with tapwater.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11487, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31
FR 563, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 73-73R, 38 FR 27354, Oct. 3, 1973; CGD
77-039, 44 FR 34133, June 14, 1979)
46 CFR 162.039-4 Marine type label.
(a) In addition to all other marking, every semiportable extinguisher
shall bear a label containing the ''marine type'' listing manifest
issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the
classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard
classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus:
''Marine Type USCG Type ------ , Size ------ , Approval No. 162.039/Ex
-- .'' All such labels are to be obtained from the recognized laboratory
and will remain under its control until attached to product found
acceptable under its listing and labeling program.
46 CFR 162.039-5 Recognized laboratory.
(a) A recognized laboratory is one which is regularly engaged in the
examination, testing, and evaluation of semi-portable fire
extinguishers; which has an established factory inspection, listing,
and labeling program; and which has special standards for listing and
labeling as a ''marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher acceptable
to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and
motorboats. The following laboratories are recognized, and the
semiportable fire extinguishers bearing their ''marine type'' labels are
approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats:
(1) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: Post Office
Box 247, Northbrook, Ill., 60062.
46 CFR 162.039-6 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
(a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the
suitability of a product for listing and labeling, and to determine
conformance of labeled product to the applicable requirements are
conducted by the recognized laboratory. Whenever any work is being done
on components or the assembly of such product, the manufacturer shall
notify the recognized laboratory in order that an inspector may be
assigned to the factory to conduct such examinations, inspections, and
tests as to satisfy himself that the quality assurance program of the
manufacturer is satisfactory, and that the labeled product is in
conformance with the applicable requirements.
(b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type semiportable fire
extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used,
manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the
applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests
of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components
produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of
tests conducted by the manufacturer shall be made available to the
laboratory inspector or to the Coast Guard marine inspector, or both,
for review upon request.
(c) Followup check tests, examinations, and inspections of product
listed and labeled as a ''marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and
motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the
recognized laboratory.
(d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard merchant marine
inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory
is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where
work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into
construction, of final assemblies, for further examinations,
inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are
done at the place of manufacture.
46 CFR 162.039-7 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) Manufacturers having models of extinguishers which they believe
are suitable for marine service may make application for listing and
labeling of such product as a ''marine type'' semiportable fire
extinguisher which will be acceptable to the Commandant as approved for
use on merchant vessels, by addressing a request directly to a
recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to
the requirements for inspections, examinations, and testing necessary
for such listing and labeling. All costs in connection with the
examinations, tests, and inspections, listings and labelings are payable
by the manufacturer.
46 CFR 162.039-8 Termination of listing or labeling.
(a) Listing or labeling as a marine type semiportable fire
extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on
inspected vessels or motorboats may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled,
or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the
Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized
laboratory or from the Commandant under the following conditions:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements.
46 CFR 162.039-8 Subpart 162.050 -- Pollution Prevention Equipment
Source: 44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, unless otherwise noted.
46 CFR 162.050-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains --
(1) Procedures for approval of 100 p.p.m. separators, 15 p.p.m.
separators, cargo monitors, bilge monitors, and bilge alarms;
(2) Design specifications for this equipment;
(3) Tests required for approval;
(4) Procedures for obtaining designation as a facility authorized to
conduct approval tests;
(5) Marking requirements; and
(6) Factory inspection procedures.
46 CFR 162.050-3 Definitions.
(a) p.p.m. means parts per million by volume of oil in water;
(b) 100 p.p.m. separator means a separator that is designed to remove
enough oil from an oil-water mixture to provide a resulting mixture that
has an oil concentration of 100 p.p.m. or less;
(c) 15 p.p.m. separator means a separator that is designed to remove
enough oil from an oil-water mixture to provide a resulting mixture that
has an oil concentration of 15 p.p.m. or less;
(d) Cargo monitor means an instrument that is designed to measure and
record the oil content of cargo residues from cargo tanks and oily
mixtures combined with these residues;
(e) Bilge monitor means an instrument that is designed to measure and
record the oil content of oily mixtures from machinery space bilges and
fuel oil tanks that carry ballast;
(f) Bilge alarm means an instrument that is designed to measure the
oil content of oily mixtures from machinery space bilges and fuel oil
tanks that carry ballast and activate an alarm at a set concentration
limit; and
(g) Independent laboratory means a laboratory that --
(1) Has the equipment and procedures necessary to approve the
electrical components described in 162.050-21(b) and 162.050-25(c), or
to conduct the test described in 162.050-37(a); and
(2) Is not owned or controlled by a manufacturer, supplier, or vendor
of separators, monitors, or bilge alarms.
46 CFR 162.050-4 Documents incorporated by reference.
(a) The following documents are incorporated by reference into this
subpart:
(1) Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (as revised April 8,
1976).
(2) ''Experimental Statistics'', National Bureau of Standards
Handbook No. 91 (October 1966).
(3) ''Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of
Methods of Committee D-19 on Water, D-2777-77'', American Society for
Testing and Materials.
(b) The documents listed in this section may be obtained as follows:
(1) The UL standard may be obtained from Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc., Publications Stock, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois
60062.
(2) The ASTM standard may be obtained from the American Society for
Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
(3) The NBS handbook may be obtained from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
(c) The documents listed in this section are also on file in the
Federal Register library.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on August
21, 1979.
46 CFR 162.050-5 Contents of application.
(a) An application for approval of a 15 p.p.m. or 100 p.p.m.
separator, a cargo or bilge monitor, or a bilge alarm must contain the
following information:
(1) A brief description of the item submitted for approval.
(2) The name and address of the applicant and its manufacturing
facility.
(3) A detailed description of quality control procedures, in-process
and final inspections and tests followed in manufacturing the item, and
construction and sales record keeping systems maintained.
(4) Arrangement drawings and piping diagrams of the item that give
the information prescribed by 56.01-10(d) of this chapter.
(5) Detailed electrical plans of the type described in 111.05-5(d) of
this chapter.
(6) An instructions manual containing detailed instructions on
installation, operation, calibration and zeroing, and maintenance of the
item.
(7) For each monitor and bilge alarm and each control on a separator,
the vibration test report described in 162.050-37.
(8) For each cargo monitor, a statement of whether it is to be used
with crude oils, refined products, or both.
(9) A list of the substances used in operating the item that require
certification under Part 147 of this chapter as articles of ships'
stores and supplies.
(10) The name of the facility to conduct approval testing.
(11) If the applicant intends to use a test rig other than a test rig
of the facility, a detailed description of the rig.
(b) An applicant may incorporate by reference in his application
information that he has submitted in a previous application.
46 CFR 162.050-7 Approval procedures.
(a) An application for approval of equipment under this subpart must
be sent to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001.
(b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine
whether the item complies with the design requirements and vibration
standard prescribed in this subpart and to determine what probability
the item has of passing the approval tests. The applicant is notified
of the results of the examination.
(c) If examination of the application reveals that it is incomplete,
it is returned to the applicant with a statement of reasons why it is
incomplete.
(d) The applicant must make arrangements for approval testing
directly with a testing facility and must provide the facility with a
copy of the instructions manual for the equipment to be tested.
(e) If applications for approval of a separator have been made for
more than one size, the applicant, in lieu of submitting each size for
approval testing, may submit each size that has a capacity exceeding
fifty (50) cubic meters per hour throughput, if any, and two additional
sizes that have a capacity of fifty (50) cubic meters per hour
throughput or less. One of the additional sizes must have a capacity
that is in the highest quartile of capacities manufactured in the 0-50
cubic meters per hour throughput range and the other must be from the
lowest quartile.
(f) Each approval test must be performed by a facility designated
under 162.050-15. The facility must perform each test in accordance with
the test conditions prescribed in this subpart for the test, prepare a
test report for the item if it completes all of the tests, and send the
report with four copies to the Commandant (G-MVI). The applicant may
observe the tests. (If an item does not complete testing, a new
application must be made before retesting.)
(g) The Commandant (G-MVI), sends a copy of the test report to the
applicant and advises him whether the item is approved. If the item is
approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant. The
approval certificate lists conditions of approval applicable to the
item.
(h) A separator is approved under this subpart if --
(1) It meets the design requirements in 162.050-21 and is tested in
accordance with this subpart;
(2) In the case of a 100 p.p.m. separator, the oil content of each
sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 100
p.p.m. or less;
(3) In the case of a 15 p.p.m. separator, the oil content of each
sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15
p.p.m. or less;
(4) During Test No. 3S an oily mixture is not observed at the
separated water outlet of the separator;
(5) During Test No. 5S its operation is continuous; and
(6) Any substance used in operating the separator that requires
certification under Part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships'
stores or supplies has been certified.
(i) A cargo monitor is approved under this subpart if --
(1) It meets the design requirements in 162.050-25 and is tested in
accordance with this subpart;
(2) Each oil content reading recorded during approval testing is
within 10 p.p.m. or 20 percent of the oil content of the sample of
influent mixture taken at the time of the reading;
(3) Its response time is twenty (20) seconds or less in Test No.
3CM;
(4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test
No. 4CM are twenty (20) seconds or less; and
(5) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires
certification under Part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships'
stores or supplies has been certified.
(j) A bilge monitor is approved under this subpart if --
(1) It meets the design requirements in 162.050-29 and is tested in
accordance with this subpart;
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(5) of this section, each oil
content reading recorded during approval testing is within 10 p.p.m. or
20 percent of the oil content of the sample of influent mixture taken at
the time of the reading;
(3) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test
No. 3BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
(4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test
No. 4BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
(5) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device required
by 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates is 15 p.p.m. 5 p.p.m.;
(6) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device required
by 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates is 100 p.p.m. 20 p.p.m.; and
(7) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires
certification under Part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships'
stores or supplies has been certified.
(k) A bilge alarm is approved under this subpart if --
(1) It meets the design requirements in 162.050-33 and is tested in
accordance with this subpart;
(2) The oil content of each sample taken during approval testing is
15 p.p.m. 5 p.p.m.;
(3) Its response time is twenty seconds or less in Test No. 2A; and
(4) Any substance used in operating the alarm that requires
certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships'
stores or supplies has been certified.
(44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4783,
Feb. 3, 1983; 48 FR 45114, Oct. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537,
Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 162.050-9 Test report.
(a) A report of approval testing must contain the following:
(1) Name of the testing facility.
(2) Name of the applicant.
(3) Date of receiving the item for testing and the dates of the tests
conducted.
(4) Trade name and brief description of the item.
(5) A listing of the following properties of the test oils used:
(i) Relative density at 15 C.
(ii) Viscosity in centistokes at 37.8 C.
(iii) Flashpoint.
(iv) Weight of ash content.
(v) Weight of water content.
(vi) Relative density at 15 C. the of water used during testing and
the weight of solid content in the water.
(vii) The data recorded during each test.
46 CFR 162.050-11 Marking.
(a) Each separator, monitor, and bilge alarm manufactured under Coast
Guard approval must be plainly marked by the manufacturer with the
information listed in paragraph (b) of this section. The marking must
be securely fastened to the item.
(b) Each marking must include the following information:
(1) Name of the manufacturer.
(2) Name or model number of the item.
(3) If the item is a separator, the maximum throughput and the
maximum influent pressure at which the separator is designed to operate.
(4) The month and year of completion of manufacture.
(5) The manufacturer's serial number for the item.
(6) The Coast Guard approval number assigned to the item in the
certificate of approval.
(7) A list of bilge cleaners, solvents, and other chemical compounds
that do not impair operation of the item.
(8) If the item is a cargo monitor, the oils for which use has been
approved.
(9) If the item is a separator that uses replaceable filter or
coalescer elements, the part numbers of the elements.
46 CFR 162.050-13 Factory production and inspection.
(a) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be of the
type described in the current certificate of approval issued for the
equipment.
(b) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval is not
inspected on a regular schedule at the place of manufacture. However,
the Commandant may detail Coast Guard personnel at any time to visit a
factory where the equipment is manufactured to conduct an inspection of
the manufacturing process.
46 CFR 162.050-14 Sample collection and preservation.
(a) Each sample obtained in approval testing must be approximately
one (1) liter in volume and must be collected in a narrow-necked glass
bottle that has a pressure sealing cap. The cap must be lined with a
material that will not affect the oil content of the sample.
(b) Each sample must be preserved by the addition of 5 ml. of
hydrochloric acid at the time of collection. The hydrochloric acid must
consist of equal amounts of concentrated reagent grade hydrochloric acid
and distilled water.
(c) Each sample must be refrigerated at or below 4 C. until
analyzed. However, refrigeration is not necessary if there is no time
delay between sample collection and analysis.
46 CFR 162.050-15 Designation of facilities.
(a) Each request for designation as a facility authorized to perform
approval tests must be submitted to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast
Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) Each request must include the following:
(1) Name and address of the facility.
(2) Each type of equipment the facility proposes to test.
(3) A description of the facility's capability to perform approval
tests including detailed information on the following:
(i) Management organization including personnel qualifications.
(ii) Equipment available for conducting sample analysis.
(iii) Materials available for approval testing.
(iv) Each of the facility's test rigs, if any.
(c) The Coast Guard reviews each request submitted to determine
whether the facility meets the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through
(g)(4) of this section.
(d) If the facility meets the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)
through (g)(4) of this section, it is then supplied with twelve samples
containing mixtures of oil in water that are within a 10 to 30 p.p.m.
range.
(e) The facility must measure the oil content of each sample using
the method described in 162.050-39 and report the value of each of the
12 measurements to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington,
DC 20593.
(f) The measurements must meet the following criteria:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the
absolute value of Tn for each measurement, as determined by the method
described in paragraph 10.3.2 of the American Society for Testing and
Materials, ''Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias
of Methods of Committee D-19 on Water'', D-2777-77, must be less than or
equal to 2.29 at a confidence level of 0.05.
(2) The absolute value of Tn for one measurement may exceed 2.29 if
the Tn values for the other eleven measurements are less than or equal
to 2.23 at a confidence level of 0.05. If the Tn value for one
measurement exceeds 2.29, that measurement is not used in the method
described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
(3) The value of X8 for the 12 measurements described in paragraph
(e) of this section, or for 11 measurements if paragraph (f)(2) of this
section applies, must be within the range of ^1 X8d +1 at a minimum
confidence level of 0.01 when X8d is determined by the method described
in paragraph 3-3.1.4 of ''Experimental Statistics'', National Bureau of
Standards Handbook No. 91 (October 1966).
(g) To obtain authorization to conduct approval tests --
(1) A facility must have the management organization, equipment for
conducting sample analysis, and the materials necessary to perform the
tests;
(2) Each facility test rig must be of a type described in 162.050-17
or 162.050-19;
(3) The loss or award of a specific contract to test equipment must
not be a substantial factor in the facility's financial well being;
(4) The facility must be free of influence and control of the
manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of the equipment; and
(5) The oil content measurements submitted to the Commandant must
meet the criteria in paragraph (f) of this section.
(h) A facility may not subcontract for approval testing unless
previously authorized by the Coast Guard. A request for authorization
to subcontract must be sent to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 45114,
Oct. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 162.050-17 Separator test rig.
(a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in approval
testing of separators. A diagram of a typical test rig is shown in
Figure 162.050-17(a).
(b) Each mixture pump on a test rig must --
(1) Be a centrifugal pump capable of operating at one thousand
(1,000) revolutions per minute or more;
(2) Have a delivery capacity of at least one and one half (1.5) times
the maximum throughput at which the separator being tested is designed
to operate;
(3) Have a maximum delivery pressure that is equal to or greater than
the maximum influent pressure at which the separator is designed to
operate; and
(4) Have either bypass piping to its suction side or a throttle valve
or orifice on its discharge side.
(c) The inlet piping of the test rig must be sized so that --
(1) Influent water flows at a Reynolds Number of at least ten
thousand;
(2) The influent flow rate is between one and three meters per
second; and
(3) Its length is at least twenty (20) times its inside diameter.
(d) Each sample point on a test rig must meet the design requirements
described in Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical portion of
the test rig piping.
46 CFR 162.050-19 Monitor and bilge alarm test rig.
(a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in approval
testing of monitors and bilge alarms. A typical test rig is described
in Figure 162.050-19. The mixture pipe shown in Figure 162.050-19 is the
portion of test rig piping between the oil injection point and the
monitor or bilge alarm piping.
(b) Each sample point on a test rig must be of the type described in
Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical portion of the test rig
piping.
(c) Each test rig must have a centrifugal pump that is designed to
operate at one thousand (1,000) revolutions per minute or more.
(d) The mixture pipe on a test rig must have a uniform inside
diameter.
illus 17A
illus 17E
illus 19
46 CFR 162.050-21 Separator: Design specification.
(a) A separator must be designed to operate in each plane that forms
an angle of 22.5 with the plane of its normal operating position.
(b) The electrical components of a separator that are to be installed
in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent laboratory
as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (dated April
8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class I, Group D
hazardous location.
(c) Each separator component that is a moving part must be designed
so that its movement during operation of the separator does not cause
formation of static electricity.
(d) Each separator must be designed in accordance with the applicable
requirements in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(e) Each separator must be designed to be operated both automatically
and manually. Each separator to be installed in an unattended machinery
space must be capable of operating automatically for at least
twenty-four (24) hours.
(f) Each separator must be designed so that adjustments to valves or
other equipment are not necessary to start it.
(g) Each part of a separator that is susceptible to wear and tear
must be readily accessible for maintenance in its installed position.
(h) A separator must be designed so that it does not rely in whole or
in part on dilution of influent mixtures as a means of performing its
function.
46 CFR 162.050-23 Separator: Approval tests.
(a) Test Conditions. (1) Each test described in this section must be
performed at a throughput and influent pressure equal to the maximum
throughput and pressure at which the separator being tested is designed
to operate. The tests and each of the steps in the tests must be
carried out in the order described in this section. Each test must be
performed without time delay between steps in the test.
(2) Except as provided in Test No. 6S, the influent oil used in each
test must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of
approximately 0.94 at 15 C and a viscosity of at least 220 centistokes
(approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 C.
(3) A test rig of the type described in 162.050-17 must be used in
performing each test.
(4) If a separator has a supply pump, it must be tested using that
pump. If a separator does not have a supply pump, it must be tested
using the mixture pump on the test rig.
(5) The influent water used in each test must be clean fresh water or
clean fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water or
solution must have a relative density at 15 C that is equal to or less
than 0.085 plus the relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in the
tests.
(6) Each test must be conducted at an ambient temperature of between
10 C and 30 C.
(7) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method
described in 162.050-39.
(8) Influent oil content must be determined during testing by
measuring the flow rates of the oil and water that are mixed to form the
influent or by use of an oil content meter on the inlet piping of the
test rig. If an oil content meter is used, a sample of influent and a
meter reading must be taken at the beginning of each test. If the meter
reading is not within 10 percent of the oil content of the sample, the
meter readings subsequently taken during the test are unacceptable test
results.
(9) When collecting a sample at a sample point that has a stop cock,
the first minute of fluid flow through the stop cock must not be
included in the sample collected.
(10) In each test, the separator must be operated in accordance with
the procedures described in its instruction manual.
(11) No maintenance, including replacement of parts, may be performed
on a separator during or between the tests described in this section.
(12) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must be
taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by 162.050-39
.
(13) The separator may not be operated manually in Test No. 5S.
(b) Test No. 1S. The separator is filled with water and started. It
is fed with oil for at least five (5) minutes and then with an oil-water
influent containing an oil content of between 5,000 and 10,000 p.p.m.
until a steady flow rate occurs. After the flow rate is steady, the
influent is fed to the separator for thirty (30) minutes. Samples of
separated water effluent are taken after the first ten (10) and twenty
(20) minutes. At the end of the thirty (30) minute period, the air cock
on the test rig is opened and, if necessary, the oil and water supply
valves are closed to stop the flow of influent. A sample is then taken
of the separated water effluent as the effluent flow ceases.
(c) Test No. 2S. Test No. 1S is repeated using an influent
containing approximately 25 percent oil and 75 percent water.
(d) Test No. 3S. The separator is fed with oil until oil is
discharged at the oil discharge outlet of the separator at essentially
the same rate that oil is being fed to the separator. The separator is
then fed with oil for five (5) additional minutes. If any oily mixture
is discharged from the separated water outlet on the separator during
the test, that observation is recorded.
(e) Test No. 4S. The separator is fed with water for fifteen (15)
minutes. Samples of the separated water effluent are taken at the
beginning of the test and after the first ten (10) minutes.
(f) Test No. 5S. The separator is operated automatically for three
(3) hours. During the test, the separator is continuously fed with an
influent varying from water to a mixture of 25 percent oil in water and
back to water every fifteen (15) minutes. The oil concentration in the
influent is varied in at least five (5) equal increments during each
fifteen (15) minute period and the time intervals between the
incremental changes are equal. During the last hour, the separator must
be inclined at an angle of 22.5 with the plane of its normal operating
position. During the last time increment in which the unit is fed a 25
percent oil mixture, a sample of the separated water effluent is taken.
If the separator stops at any time during this test, that observation is
recorded.
(g) Test No. 6S. Tests No. 1S and No. 2S are repeated using, in
lieu of a heavy fuel oil in the influent, a light distillate fuel oil
having a relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 C.
46 CFR 162.050-25 Cargo monitor: Design specification.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
(b) Each monitor must be designed so that it is calibrated by a means
that does not involve manually mixing a known quantity of oil and a
known quantity of water to form a mixture and manually feeding the
mixture into the monitor.
(c) The electrical components of a monitor that are to be installed
in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent laboratory
as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (dated April
8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class I, Group D
hazardous location.
(d) Each monitor component that is a moving part must be designed so
that its movement during operation of the monitor does not cause
formation of static electricity.
(e) A monitor must be designed to operate in each plane that forms an
angle of 22.5 with the plane of its normal operating position.
(f) Each monitor must be designed in accordance with the applicable
requirements contained in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(g) Each monitor must be designed so that it records each change in
oil content of the mixture it is measuring within twenty (20) seconds
after the change occurs.
(h) Each monitor must have a device that produces a warning signal
and a signal that can be used to actuate valves in a vessel's fixed
piping system, when --
(1) The oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds the
concentration limit set by the operator of the monitor; and
(2) Malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the monitor occurs.
(i) Each monitor must have a means to determine whether it is
accurately calibrated.
(44 FR 53359, Sept. 13. 1079, as amended by CGD 76-088c, 48 FR 45727,
Oct. 6, 1983)
46 CFR 162.050-27 Cargo monitor: Approval tests.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
(b) Test conditions. (1) The tests and each step in the tests must
be carried out in the order described in this section. Each test must
be performed without time delay between steps in the test.
(2) A test rig of the type described in 162.050-19 must be used in
performing each test.
(3) Each mixture used during the tests must be prepared by combining
oil supplied from the oil injection pipe of the test rig and water
supplied from the mixture tank of the test rig. However, if the flow of
oil through the oil injection pipe becomes intermittent, oil and water
may be combined in the mixture tank to form the mixture.
(4) A mixture may be circulated through a monitor only once during
testing.
(5) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the water used in
each test must be clean, fresh water.
(6) The oil used in each test, except Test No. 2CM, must be Arabian
light crude oil.
(7) Each test must be performed at an ambient temperature of between
10 C and 30 C.
(8) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, each test must be
performed at the maximum mixture pressure, the maximum flow rate, and
the power supply ratings at which the monitor is designed to operate.
(9) The particulate contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) must
be of a type that does not lose more than three (3) percent of its
weight after ignition and must be insoluble in a 500 p.p.m. mixture.
(10) In each test the monitor must be operated in accordance with the
procedures described in its instructions manual.
(11) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the centrifugal
pump shown in Figure 162.050-19 must be operated at one thousand (1,000)
revolutions per minute or more in each test.
(12) Whenever the oil content of a mixture is recorded, a sample of
the mixture must also be taken. The oil content of the sample must be
measured using the method described in 162.050-39.
(13) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must be
taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by
162.050-39.
(c) Test No. 1CM. The cargo monitor is calibrated and zeroed. It is
then fed with water for 15 minutes and then with mixtures in the
following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 50 p.p.m., 100 p.p.m., and each
additional concentration, in increments of 50 p.p.m. up to the highest
oil concentration that can be read on the monitor. Each mixture is fed
to the monitor in the order listed for fifteen (15) minutes. Water is
fed to the monitor for a (15) minute period between each mixture. At
the end of each (15) minute period, an oil content reading is obtained
and recorded.
(d) Test No. 2CM. (1) If the cargo monitor is designed for use with
crude oils, it is fed with a mixture of water and the first oil listed
in Table 162.050-27(d) at the following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 100
p.p.m., and a concentration that is ninety (90) percent of the highest
oil concentration in water that can be read on the monitor. Each
concentration is fed to the monitor in the order listed until a steady
reading occurs and is recorded. After each steady reading is recorded,
the monitor is fed with water for fifteen (15) minutes. At the end of
each fifteen (15) minute period of feeding the monitor with water, an
oil content reading is again obtained and recorded.
(2) The steps described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are
repeating using each of the other oils listed in Table 162.050-27(d).
(3) If any oil listed in Table 162.050-27(d) is unavailable, an oil
with similar properties may be substituted in testing.
(4) If the monitor is to be used with refined oil products, the steps
described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are performed using each
of the following:
(i) Leaded regular grade automotive gasoline.
(ii) Unleaded automotive gasoline.
(iii) Kerosene.
(iv) Light diesel or No. 2 fuel oil.
(e) Test No. 3CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with water, zeroed,
and then fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture. The time at which the monitor
first detects oil in the mixture, the times of reading 63 p.p.m. and 90
p.p.m., and the time of reaching the highest steady reading of oil
content are recorded. The oil content of the mixture at the highest
steady reading is also recorded.
(2) The metering pump is turned off and the time at which the highest
reading starts to decrease, the times of reading 37 p.p.m. and 10
p.p.m., and the time of returning to the lowest steady oil content
reading are recorded. The oil content of the mixture at the lowest
steady reading is also recorded.
(3) The time interval between first detecting oil in the mixture and
reading 63 p.p.m., and the time interval between the first decrease in
the highest reading and reading 37 p.p.m., are averaged and recorded as
the response time for the monitor.
(f) Test No. 4CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with water, zeroed,
and then fed with a mixture containing ten (10) percent oil for one (1)
minute. The following times occurring during this procedure are
recorded:
(i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
(ii) Time of reading 100 p.p.m.
(iii) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be
read on the monitor.
(iv) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be
read on the monitor.
(v) Time of returning to a reading of 100 p.p.m.
(vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
(2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading
described in paragraph (f)(1)(vi) of this section is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for
one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixutre until a steady oil
content reading is obtained and recorded.
(g) Test No. 5CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m.
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
(2) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough
sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000
parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading,
when steady, is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of
the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to
provide a concentration of 100 parts per million of particulate
contaminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is
recorded.
Physical Description
(h) Test No. 6CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m.
mixture until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(2) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture that has first
passed through the centrifugal pump of the test rig. The pump is run at
one fourth ( 1/4) of its design speed. The oil content reading, when
steady, is recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are
repeated with the pump running at one-half ( 1/2) of its design speed
and then repeated at its design speed.
(i) Test No. 7CM. (1) The steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section are repeated.
(2) The temperature of the mixture is adjusted to 10 C and the flow
continued until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section are
repeated with the temperature of the mixture at 65 C or the highest
mixture temperature at which the cargo monitor is designed to operate,
whichever is lower.
(j) Test No. 8CM. (1) The steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section are repeated.
(2) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
mixture pressure is lowered to one half of the monitor's maximum design
pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump, or is not
equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to
one-half of the monitor's design flow rate. The reduced flow rate or
mixture pressure is maintained until a steady oil content reading is
obtained and recorded.
(3) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
mixture pressure is increased to twice the monitor's design pressure.
If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or does not have a mixture
pump, the mixture flow rate is increased to twice the monitor's maximum
design flow rate. The increased flow rate or mixture pressure is
maintained until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(k) Test No. 9CM. (1) The steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section are repeated.
(2) The water and metering pumps on the test rig are stopped for
eight (8) hours after which the steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of
this section are repeated.
(l) Test No. 10CM. (1) The supply voltage to the cargo monitor is
increased to one hundred and ten (110) percent of its design supply
voltage. The monitor is then fed a 100 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour.
At the end of the one (1) hour period, an oil content reading is
obtained and recorded.
(2) The steps described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section are
repeated with the supply voltage to the monitor lowered to ninety (90)
percent of its design supply voltage.
(3) Upon completing the steps described in paragraph (l)(2) of this
section, the supply voltage to the monitor is returned to the design
rating.
(4) The steps described in paragraph (l)(1), (l)(2), and (l)(3) of
this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the monitor
in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(m) Test No. 11CM. (1) The monitor is calibrated and zeroed.
(2) The steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section are
repeated.
(3) A 100 p.p.m. mixture is fed to the monitor for eight (8) hours.
At the end of the eight (8) hour period, an oil content reading is
obtained and recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with water until a steady oil content reading
is obtained and recorded.
(n) Test No. 12CM. (1) All power to the monitor is shut off for one
(1) week. After one week the monitor is started, zeroed, and
calibrated.
(2) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour.
An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with water for one (1) hour. An oil content
reading is then obtained and recorded.
(4) The steps described in paragraphs (n)(2) and (n)(3) of this
section are repeated three (3) additional times. During the last hour
in which the monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture, the monitor is
inclined at an angle of 22.5 with the plane of its normal operating
position.
46 CFR 162.050-29 Bilge monitor: Design specification.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
(b) Each bilge monitor must be designed to meet the requirements of
this section and the requirements for a cargo monitor in 162.050-25 (b)
through (g) and 162.050-25(i).
(c) Each bilge monitor must have --
(1) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be
used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when the
oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds 15 p.p.m. 5 p.p. m.;
(2) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be
used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when the
oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds 100 p.p.m. 20 p.
p.m.; and
(3) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be
used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when
malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge monitor occurs.
(d) Each bilge monitor must have a device that is designed to record
continuously the concentration of oil in p.p.m. that the monitor
measures and to record the date and time of the measurements. The record
must be durable enough to be kept for three (3) years. If the device
has more than one scale, it must have a means to show on the record the
scale in use at the time of the reading.
46 CFR 162.050-31 Bilge monitor: Approval tests.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
(b) Test conditions. (1) Each test must be conducted under the
conditions prescribed in this section and under the conditions
prescribed for cargo monitors in 162.050-27 (b)(1) through (b)(4) and
162.050-27 (b)(7) through (b)(13).
(2) Except as provided in Test No. 2BM, the oil used in each test
must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of approximately
0.94 at 15 C. and a viscosity of at least 220 centistokes
(approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 C.
(3) The water used in each test must be clean fresh water or clean
fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water must have a
relative density at 15 C. that is equal to or less than 0.085 plus the
relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in the tests.
(c) Test No. 1BM. (1) The bilge monitor is calibrated and zeroed.
It is then fed with water for 15 minutes and then with mixtures in the
following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 50 p.p.m., 75 p.p.m., 100 p.p.m.,
and each additional concentration, in increments of 25 p.p.m. up to the
highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor. Each
concentration is fed to the monitor in the order listed for fifteen (15)
minutes. Water is fed to the monitor for fifteen (15) minutes between
each mixture. At the end of each fifteen (15) minute period an oil
content reading is obtained and recorded.
(2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are started and the
oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by
162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content of the mixture causing
actuation is recorded.
(3) The oil content of the mixture is then increased until the device
required by 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content of the mixture
causing actuation is recorded.
(d) Test No. 2BM. Test No. 1BM is repeated using, in lieu of a
heavy fuel oil in the mixture, a light distillate fuel oil having a
relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 C.
(e) Test No. 3BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with water, zeroed,
and then fed with a 15 p.p.m. mixture until a steady reading is obtained
and recorded. The time of first detecting oil in the mixture and the
time of reaching the highest steady reading of oil content are also
recorded. The metering pump is turned off after the highest steady
reading is obtained. The time at which the highest steady reading
starts to decrease and the time of returning to the lowest steady oil
content reading are recorded. The oil content of the lowest steady
reading is also recorded.
(2) The steps in paragraph (l) of this section are repeated using a
100 p.p.m. mixture.
(f) Test No. 4BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with water, zeroed,
and then fed with a mixture containing (10) percent oil for one (1)
minute. The following times occurring during this procedure are
recorded:
(i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
(ii) Time of actuation of the device required by 162.050-29(c)(1).
(iii) Time of actuation of the device required by 162.050-29(c)(2).
(iv) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be read
on the monitor.
(v) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be
read on the monitor.
(vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
(2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading
described in paragraph (f)(1)(vi) of this section is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for
one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with a 15 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil
content reading is obtained and recorded.
(5) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil
content reading is obtained and recorded.
(g) Test No. 5BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m.
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
(2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough
sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000
parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading,
when steady, is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of
the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to
provide a concentration of 20 parts per million of particulate
contaiminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is
recorded.
(h) Test No. 6BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with a 5-10 p.p.m.
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
(2) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
mixture pressure is lowered to one half of the monitor's maximum design
pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or is not
equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to one
half of the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After reduction of the
pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is increased until
the device required by 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content
causing actuation is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture until a steady
reading is obtained and recorded. The oil content of the mixture is
then increased until the device required by 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates.
The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(4) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
mixture pressure is increased to twice the monitor's maximum design
pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the
monitor is not equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is
increased to twice the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After
increasing the pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is
increased until the device required by 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The
oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section are
repeated.
(i) Test No. 7BM. (1) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(2) The water and metering pumps on the test rig are stopped for
eight (8) hours after which the steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(j) Test No. 8BM. (1) The supply voltage to the bilge monitor is
increased to one hundred and ten (110) percent of its design supply
voltage. The monitor is then fed a 10 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour.
At the end of the one (1) hour period, the oil content reading is
recorded.
(2) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device
required by 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content causing actuation
is recorded.
(3) The bilge monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1)
hour. At the end of the one (1) hour period, an oil content reading is
obtained and recorded.
(4) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device
required by 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content causing actuation
is recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this
section are repeated with the supply voltage to the bilge monitor
lowered to ninety (90) percent of its design voltage.
(6) Upon completing the steps described in paragraph (j)(5) of this
section, the supply voltage to the monitor is returned to the design
rating.
(7) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this
section are repeated varying each other power supply to the monitor in
the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(k) Test No. 9BM. (1) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(2) An 80 p.p.m. mixture is fed to the bilge monitor for eight (8)
hours. At the end of the eight (8) hour period, an oil content reading
is obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this
section are repeated.
(4) The monitor is fed with water until a steady reading is obtained
and recorded.
(l) Test No. 10BM. (1) All power to the bilge monitor is shut off
for one (1) week. After one week the monitor is started, zeroed, and
calibrated.
(2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour.
An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this
section are repeated.
(4) The monitor is fed with water for one (1) hour. An oil content
reading is then obtained and recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraphs (l)(2), (l)(3), and (l)(4) of
this section are repeated three (3) additional times. During the last
time that the step described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section is
repeated, the monitor is inclined at an angle of 22.5 with the plane of
its normal operating position.
46 CFR 162.050-33 Bilge alarm: Design specification.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
(b) Each bilge alarm must be designed to meet the requirements for a
cargo monitor in 162.050-25(b) through (g), 162.050-25(i), and the
requirements in this section.
(c) Each bilge alarm must have a device that produces a warning
signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a
vessel's fixed piping system, when --
(1) the oil content of the mixture being measured by the bilge alarm
exceeds 15 p.p.m. 5 p.p.m., and
(2) malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge alarm
occurs.
46 CFR 162.050-35 Bilge alarm: Approval tests.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
(b) Test Conditions. (1) Each test must be conducted under the
conditions prescribed for cargo monitors in 162.050-27 (b)(1) through
(b)(5), 162.050-27 (b)(7), (b)(8), (b)(10), (b)(11), and (b)(13).
(2) Each test must be performed using a light distillate fuel oil
having a relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 C.
(3) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method
described in 162.050-39.
(c) Test No. 1A. The bilge alarm is calibrated and zeroed. The
metering and water pumps of the test rig are started and the oil content
of the mixture is increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the
mixture causing actuation of the alarm is taken. The alarm is then fed
with water for fifteen (15) minutes.
(d) Test No. 2A. (1) The bilge alarm is fed with a 40 p.p.m mixture
until the bilge alarm actuates. The time of turning on the metering
pump of the test rig and the time of alarm actuation are recorded. The
flow rate on the flow meter of the test rig is also recorded.
(2) The response time of the alarm is calculated as follows:
Insert illustrations 0074
T2=time of alarm actuation
T1=time of turning on the metering pump of the test rig
D=inside diameter of the mixture pipe (cm)
L=length of the mixture pipe (cm)
Q=flow rate (cm3/sec)
(e) Test No. 3A. (1) The metering and water pumps of the test rig
are started and the oil content of the mixture is increased until the
bilge alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation of the
alarm is taken.
(2) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
mixture pressure is reduced to one-half ( 1/2) of the alarm's maximum
design pressure. If the alarm has a centrifugal mixture pump or is not
equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to
one-half ( 1/2) of the alarm's maximum design flow rate. After
reduction of pressure or flow rate, the oil content in the mixture is
increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing
actuation of the alarm is taken.
(3) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the
influent pressure is increased to twice the alarm's minimum design
pressure. If the alarm has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the alarm
is not equipped with a mixture pump, the influent flow rate is increased
to twice the alarm's maximum design flow rate. After increasing the
pressure or flow rate, the oil content in the mixture is increased until
the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(f) Test No. 4A. (1) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section are repeated.
(2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are stopped for
eight (8) hours.
(3) The metering and water pumps are started and the oil content of
the mixture is increased until the bilge alarm actuates. A sample of
the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(g) Test No. 5A. (1) The supply voltage to the bilge alarm is raised
to one-hundred ten (110) percent of its design supply voltage. The oil
content of the mixture is then increased until the alarm actuates. A
sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(2) The supply voltage to the alarm is lowered to ninety (90) percent
of its design suppy voltage. The oil content of the mixture is then
increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing
actuation is taken.
(3) Upon completion of the steps described in paragraph (g)(2) of
this section, the supply voltage to the alarm is returned to its design
value.
(4) The steps described in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of
this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the alarm
in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(h) Test No. 6A. (1) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section are repeated.
(2) The bilge alarm is fed with a 5 to 10 p.p.m. mixture for eight
(8) hours. After eight (8) hours the oil content of the mixture is then
increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing
actuation is taken.
(i) Test No. 7A. (1) All power to the bilge alarm is shut off for
one (1) week. After one (1) week the alarm is then started, zeroed, and
calibrated.
(2) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are
repeated. Water is then fed to the monitor for one (1) hour.
(3) The steps described in paragraph (i)(2) are repeated seven (7)
additional times. During the last hour, the alarm must be inclined at
an angle of 22.5 with the plane of its normal operating position.
46 CFR 162.050-37 Vibration test.
(a) Equipment submitted for Coast Guard approval must first be tested
under the conditions prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The
test must be performed at an independent laboratory that has the
equipment to subject the item under test to the vibrating frequencies
and amplitudes prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The test
report submitted with the application for Coast Guard approval must be
prepared by the laboratory and must contain the test results.
(b) Each monitor and bilge alarm and each control of a separator must
be subjected to continuous sinusoidal vibration in each of the following
directions for a 4 hour period in each direction:
(1) Vertically up and down.
(2) Horizontally from side to side.
(3) Horizontally from end to end.
The vibrating frequency must be 80Hz, except that the vibrating
frequency of equipment that has a resonant frequency between 2Hz and
80Hz must be the resonant frequency. If the vibrating frequency is
between 2Hz and 13.2Hz, the displacement amplitude must be 1mm. If
the vibrating frequency is between 13.2Hz and 80 Hz, the acceleration
amplitude must be ((.7)(gravity)).
46 CFR 162.050-39 Measurement of oil content.
(a) Scope. This section describes the method and apparatus to be
used in measuring the oil content of a sample taken in approval testing
of each separator, monitor, or alarm. Light oil fractions in the
sample, with the exception of volatile components lost during
extractions, are included in each measurement.
(b) Summary of method. Each sample is acidified to a low pH and
extracted with two volumes of solvent. The oil content of the sample is
determined by comparison of the infrared absorbance of the sample
extract against the absorbance of known concentrations of a reference
oil in solvent.
(c) Apparatus. The following apparatus is used in each measurement:
(1) Separatory funnel that is 1000 ml. or more in volume and that
has a Teflon stopcock.
(2) Infrared spectrophotometer.
(3) A cell of 5 mm. pathlength that has sodium chloride or infrared
grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at 2930 cm^1.
(This cell should be used if the oil content of the sample to be
measured is expected to have a concentration of between 2 p.p.m. and 80
p.p.m.)
(4) A cell of pathlength longer than 5 mm. that has sodium chloride
or infrared grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at
2930 cm^1. (This cell should be used if the oil content of the sample
to be measured is expected to have a concentration of between 0.1 p.p.
m. and 2 p.p.m.)
(5) Medium grade filter paper.
(6) 100 ml. glass stoppered volumetric flasks.
(d) Reagents. The following regaents are used in each measurement:
(1) Hydrochloric acid prepared by mixing equal amounts of
concentrated, reagent grade hydrochloric acid and distilled water.
(2) Reagent grade sodium chloride.
(3) One of the following solvents:
(i) Spectrographic grade carbon tetrachloride.
(ii) Reagent grade Freon 113, except that this solvent may not be
used to analyze samples in approval testing of cargo monitors. (Ucon
113, Genatron 113, or an equivalent fluorocarbon solvent are also
acceptable.)
(4) Reference oil, which is the oil used in the portion of the test
during which the sample is collected.
(5) Stock reference standard prepared by weighing 0.30 g. of
reference oil in a tared 100 ml. volumetric flask and diluting to 100
ml. volume with solvent.
(e) Preparation of calibration standards. A series of dilutions is
prepared by pipetting volumes of stock reference standard into 100 ml.
volumetric flasks and diluting to volume with solvent. A convenient
series of volumes of the stock reference standard is 5, 10, 15, 20, and
25 ml. The exact concentrations of the dilutions in milligrams of oil
per 100 milliliters of diluted stock reference standard are calculated.
The calibration standards are the dilutions.
(f) Extraction. (1) A reagent blank is carried through each step
described in this paragraph and paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) The pH of each sample is checked by dipping a glass rod into the
sample and touching the rod with pH-sensitive paper to ensure that the
pH is 2 or lower. More acid is added if necessary until the pH is 2 or
lower. The glass rod is then rinsed in the sample bottle with solvent.
(3) The sample is poured into a separatory funnel and 5 g. of sodium
chloride are added.
(4) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The
bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside. The
contents of the bottle are then transferred to the separatory funnel
containing the sample and extracted by shaking vigorously for 2 minutes.
The layers are allowed to separate.
(5) The solvent layer is drained through a funnel containing solvent
moistened filter paper into a 100 ml. volumetric flask.
(6) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The
bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside
surface. The contents of the bottle are then transferred to the
separatory funnel containing the water layer of the sample. The
contents of the separatory funnel are then extracted by shaking
vigorously for 2 minutes. The layers are allowed to separate. The
solvent layer is then drained through a funnel containing solvent
moistened filter paper into the volumetric flask containing the solvent
layer of the sample.
(7) The tips of the separatory funnel, filter paper, and funnel are
rinsed with small portions of solvent and the rinsings are collected in
the volumetric flask containing the solvent layer of the sample. The
volume is adjusted with solvent up to 100 ml. The flask is then
stoppered and its contents are thoroughly mixed.
(8) The water layer remaining in the separatory funnel is drained
into a 1000 ml. graduated cylinder and the water volume estimated to
the nearest 5 ml.
(g) Infrared spectroscopy. (1) The infrared spectrophotometer is
prepared according to manufacturer instructions.
(2) A cell is rinsed with two volumes of the solvent layer contained
in the volumetric flask. The cell is then completely filled with the
solvent layer. A matched cell containing solvent is placed in the
reference beam.
(3) If a scanning spectrophotometer is used, the solvent layer in the
cell and the calibration standards are scanned from 3200 cm^1 to 2700
cm^1. If a single beam or non-scanning spectrophotometer is used, the
manufacturer's instructions are followed and the absorbance is measured
at or near 2930 cm^1.
(4) If the scan is recorded on absorbance paper, a straight baseline
of the type described in Figure 162.050-39(g) is constructed. To obtain
the net absorbance, the absorbance of the baseline at 2930 cm^1 is
subtracted from the absorbance of the maximum peak on the curve at 2930
cm^1.
(5) If the scan is recorded on transmittance paper, a straight
baseline is constructed on the hydrocarbon band plotted on the paper.
The net absorbance is:
Insert illustrations 0081
(6) A plot is prepared for net absorbance vs. oil content of the
calibration standards or of the percentages of stock reference standard
contained in the calibration standards.
Insert illustrations 0082
(7) If the net absorbance of a sample determined by the calibration
plot exceeds 0.8 or the linear range of the spectrophotometer, a
dilution of the solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask after
completing the step described in paragraph (f)(7) of this section is
prepared by the pipetting an appropriate volume of the solvent layer
into a second volumetric flask and diluting to volume with solvent. If
the net absorbance is less than 0.1 when determined in accordance with
the procedures in this paragraph, it is recalculated using a longer
pathlength cell.
(h) Calculations. (1) The plot described in paragraph (g)(6) of this
section is used to determine the milligrams of oil in each 100 ml. of
solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask after completing the
steps described in paragraph (f) or paragraph (g)(7) of this section.
(2) The oil content of the sample is calculated using the following
formula:
oil content of sample=R D 1000/V
R=mg. of oil in 100 ml. of solvent layer determined from plot.
D=1 or, if the step described in paragraph (g)(7) of this section is
performed, the ratio of the volume of the second volumetric flask
described in that paragraph to the volume of solvent layer pipetted into
the second volumetric flask.
V=The volume of water in milliliters drained into the graduated
cylinder at the step described in paragraph (f)(8) of this section.
(3) The results are reported to two significant figures for oil
contents below 100 mg/l and to three significant figures for oil
contents above 100 mg/l. The results are converted to p.p.m.
46 CFR 162.050-39 PART 163 -- CONSTRUCTION
46 CFR 162.050-39 Subpart 163.001 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 162.050-39 Subpart 163.002 -- Pilot Hoist
163.002-1 Scope.
163.002-3 Applicable technical regulations.
163.002-5 Definitions.
163.002-7 Independent laboratory.
163.002-9 Approval procedure.
163.002-11 Materials.
163.002-13 Construction.
163.002-15 Performance.
163.002-17 Instructions and marking.
163.002-21 Approval tests.
163.002-25 Marking.
163.002-27 Production tests and examination.
46 CFR 162.050-39 Subpart 163.003 -- Pilot Ladder
163.003-1 Scope.
163.003-3 ASTM standard.
163.003-7 Independent laboratory.
163.003-9 Approval procedure.
163.003-11 Materials.
163.003-13 Construction.
163.003-15 Performance.
163.003-17 Strength.
163.003-21 Approval tests.
163.003-25 Marking.
163.003-27 Production tests and examination.
163.003-29 Effective date and status of prior approval.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 50-30, 16 FR 1086, Feb. 6, 1951, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 162.050-39 Subpart 163.001 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 162.050-39 Subpart 163.002 -- Pilot Hoist
Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63287, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 163.002-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production tests
for pilot hoists used on merchant vessels.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot hoist designed
for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
46 CFR 163.002-3 Applicable technical regulations.
(a) This subpart makes reference to the following Coast Guard
regulations in this chapter:
(1) Subpart 58.30 (Fluid Power and Control Systems).
(2) Section 94.33-10 (Description of Fleet Angle).
(3) Part 111 (Electrical System, General Requirements).
(4) Subpart 163.003 (Pilot Ladder).
46 CFR 163.002-5 Definitions.
(a) Maximum persons capacity means --
(1) If the hoist has a rigid ladder, one person; or
(2) If the hoist has a platform, one person per square meter (10.75
sq. ft.) or fraction thereof of platform area (including hatch area);
(b) Working load means the sum of the weights of --
(1) The rigid ladder or lift platform, the suspension cables (if any)
and the pilot ladder on a pilot hoist; and
(2) 150 kilograms (330 pounds) times the maximum persons capacity of
the hoist;
(c) Lift height means the distance from the lowest step of the pilot
ladder on a pilot hoist to the deck of a vessel on which the hoist is
designed for installation when --
(1) The suspension cables of the hoist are run out until only three
turns of cable remain on each drum; or
(2) If the hoist does not have suspension cables, the ladder or lift
platform is in its lowest position.
46 CFR 163.002-7 Independent laboratory.
(a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be
conducted by, or under the supervision of, an independent laboratory
accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
46 CFR 163.002-9 Approval procedure.
(a) General. A pilot hoist is approved by the Coast Guard under the
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in
accordance with 163.002-21.
(c) Approval of alternative designs. A pilot hoist that does not
meet the materials, construction, or performance requirements of this
subpart may be approved if the application and any approval tests
prescribed by the Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval
tests required by this subpart, show that the alternative materials,
construction, or performance is at least as effective as that specified
by the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 163.002-11 Materials.
(a) Gears. Each gear in a pilot hoist must be made of machine cut
steel or machine cut bronze, or must be of a design of equivalent
strength, durability, reliability and accuracy.
(b) Suspension cables. Each suspension cable on a pilot hoist must
be a corrosion-resistant wire rope other than galvanized wire rope.
(c) Corrosion-resistant materials. Materials of a pilot hoist that
are not in watertight enclosures must be --
(1) Corrosion-resistant or must be treated to be corrosion-resistant;
and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other adjoining material.
(d) Aluminum alloys. Any aluminum alloy which is not resistant to
stress corrosion in marine atmospheres (i.e., contains more than 0.6
percent copper), must not be used in a structural component or in any
other hoist component subject to stress.
46 CFR 163.002-13 Construction.
(a) General. Each hoist must have a rigid ladder or a lift platform
on which a person being raised or lowered may stand.
(b) Spreader. Each hoist must have a spreader or other device to
prevent twisting of its ladder or lift platform. If a spreader is
provided, it must be at least 1800 millimeters (5 feet, 10 inches) long.
(c) Rollers. The rigid ladder or lift platform on a pilot hoist and
the ends of its spreader (if a spreader is provided) must have rollers
at each point of contact with the vessel that allow the ladder or
platform to move smoothly over the side of the vessel.
(d) Load carrying parts. Each load carrying part of a pilot hoist
must be designed to have a minimum breaking strength of at least six
times the load imposed on the part by the working load during operation
of the hoist.
(e) Exposed moving parts. Each exposed moving part of a pilot hoist
that poses a hazard to personnel must have a screen or guard.
(f) Nonfunctional sharp edges and projections of excessive length. A
pilot hoist must not have nonfunctional sharp edges and must not have
fastening devices or other projections of excessive length.
(g) Installation requirements. Each pilot hoist must be designed to
allow --
(1) Its installation along the edge of a deck at a vertical portion
of the hull;
(2) Its installation on the deck in a manner that does not require
use of the vessel's side rails for support; and
(3) Unobstructed passage between the ladder or lift platform of the
hoist and the deck of a vessel.
(h) Deck interlock for portable hoist. A pilot hoist, if portable,
must have a deck interlock that prevents movement of the ladder or lift
platform when the hoist is not installed.
(i) Power source. Each hoist must be designed to operate on
electric, pneumatic, or hydraulic power or a combination of these.
(j) Electrical equipment. Electrical equipment of a pilot hoist must
meet the electrical engineering regulations in part 111 of this chapter.
The operating voltage of electrical equipment on the ladder or lift
platform of a pilot hoist must not exceed 25 volts.
(k) Pneumatic and hydraulic equipment. Pneumatic and hydraulic
equipment of a pilot hoist must comply with the marine engineering
regulations of subpart 58.30 of this chapter. Each pneumatically
powered hoist must have a water trap, air filter, air regulator,
pressure gauge, and oil lubricator in the air line between the vessel's
compressed air source and the pneumatic motor.
(l) Hoist control lever. Each pilot hoist must have a control lever
for raising and lowering its ladder or lift platform. Movement of the
lever upward or toward the operator must result in upward movement of
the ladder or lift platform. Movement of the control in the opposite
direction must result in downward movement of the ladder or lift
platform. The control must be designed so that when released by the
operator the ladder or lift platform stops immediately.
(m) Emergency disconnect device. Each pilot hoist must have a switch
or valve for disconnecting the main power source in an emergency.
(n) Power indicator. Each pilot hoist must have an indicator to show
the operator when power is being supplied to the hoist.
(o) Arrangement of controls and power indicator. The hoist control
lever, the emergency disconnect device, and the power indicator on a
pilot hoist must be arranged so that the hoist operator, when standing,
can view all movement of the ladder or lift platform while using this
equipment.
(p) Hand-operated device and interlock. Each pilot hoist must have a
hand-operated device for raising and lowering its ladder or lift
platform. The device must be operable from a standing position. The
hoist must have an interlock that prevents simultaneous operation of its
hand-operated device and its power source. Any removable hand gear,
crank, or wheel of the hand-operated device must be securely stowed on
the hoist.
(q) Upper position step. Unless a hoist has a pneumatic motor that
stalls at the end of cable travel without jarring, jerking, or damaging
the hoist, it must have one or more limit switches or valves that stop
the ladder or lift platform at its upper end of travel without jarring,
jerking, or damaging the hoist.
(r) Means of lubrication. Each hoist must have a means to lubricate
its bearings. Sliding-contact gearing, such as worm gears, must operate
in an oil bath, or have another means of lubricating the gear teeth on
each revolution. Each lubricant enclosure must be designed so that it
can be readily filled, drained, and checked for lubricant level.
(s) Machinery housing. Each machinery housing on a pilot hoist
except gear boxes and other enclosures that retain lubricants, must have
means that permit examination of all internal moving parts using common
tools or without tools. Each machinery housing, except gear boxes and
other enclosures that retain lubricants, must be designed to prevent
moisture accumulation.
(t) Suspension cable. If a hoist has suspension cables, at least 2
cables must be provided and they must be arranged so that the ladder or
lift platform remains level and stationary if one of the cables breaks.
Each cable must be arranged to lead fair in a 15 degree vessel list
toward the side of the vessel on which the hoist is installed. The
devices for attaching the cables to their winch drums must be capable of
supporting 2.2 times the workig load with the cables run all the way
out.
(u) Sheaves and drums. Each sheave and each winch drum for a
suspension cable on a pilot hoist must be of a size recommended by the
cable supplier for the diameter and construction of the cable. Each
sheave must have a device that prevents the cable from jumping out of
the sheave groove. Each drum must be designed to accept one level wind
of wrap. The fleet angle of a grooved drum must not exceed 8 degrees,
and the fleet angle of a non-grooved drum must not exceed 4 degrees.
Note: The term ''fleet angle'' is defined in 94.33-10 of this
chapter.
(v) Rigid ladder. A rigid ladder on a pilot hoist must have
thermally insulated handholds and a padded backrest so that the person
being raised or lowered may firmly brace himself or herself between the
ladder and the backrest. The ladder must be at least 2.5 m (100 in.)
long from the bottom rung to the top of the handholds.
(w) Ladder rungs. Each rigid ladder must have at least six rungs,
each with a non-skid surface that does not retain water. Adhesive
non-skid sheets may not be used. (For example, a suitable surface for a
wooden rung is one that has grooves at least 3 mm ( 1/8 in.) deep cut in
a diamond pattern so that water runs off the edge of the step. Non-skid
grit is applied directly to the step surface.) The stepping surface of
each rung must be not less than 115 mm (4 1/2 in.) wide and not less
than 400 mm (16 in.) long. The distance from the top of one rung to the
top of the next must be uniform, between 300 mm (12 in.) and 350 mm (13
3/4 in.).
(x) Platform railing. A lift platform on a pilot hoist must be
enclosed by a guardrail that has a diameter of between 30 millimeters (1
1/4 inches) and 75 millimeters (3 inches). The center of the guardrail
must be at least 900 millimeters (3 feet) above the platform. At least
one intermediate rail must be provided between the guardrail and the
platform. Each rail must be set back from the edge of the platform at
least 50 millimeters (2 inches). Each gate in the rails must have a
latch that can keep the gate securely closed.
(y) Platform floor. The platform floor of a pilot hoist must have a
non-skid surface and must be at least 750 millimeters (30 inches) by 750
millimeters, exclusive of the surface area of any hatch. Each hatch in
the platform floor must be at least 750 millimeters (30 inches) by 750
millimeters. Each hatch must have a means to keep it securely
positioned both when opened and closed.
(z) Pilot ladder fittings. The bottom of the rigid ladder or lift
platform on a pilot hoist must have fittings to attach a pilot ladder of
the type that meets the requirements of subpart 163.003 of this chapter.
The fittings must be arranged so that --
(1) The distance between the top of the highest step on the pilot
ladder and the surface of the lift platform or top of the bottom rung on
the rigid ladder is between 300 and 350 millimeters (12 and 13 3/4
inches);
(2) The steps of the pilot ladder are directly below and in line with
the steps of the rigid ladder or edge of the lift platform; and
(3) The pilot ladder can bear on the side of the vessel when in use.
(aa) Emergency stop switch. Each pilot hoist must have an emergency
stop switch that can be operated by a person on the ladder or lift
platform.
(bb) Fasteners. Each fastening device securing a part of a pilot
hoist must have a means to prevent the device from loosening.
(cc) Gears. Each gear must be keyed to its shaft.
(dd) Welding. Each weld must be made using automatic welding
equipment or be made by a welder who is qualified by the U.S. Coast
Guard, U.S. Navy, American Bureau of Shipping, American Welding Society,
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, or other organization that has
similar procedures for welder qualifications that are acceptable to the
Commandant.
46 CFR 163.002-15 Performance.
(a) Each pilot hoist must have sufficient performance capability to
pass the approval tests in 163.002-21.
46 CFR 163.002-17 Instructions and markings.
(a) Instruction plates or placards. Each pilot hoist must have
instructions that show its method of operation and lubrication of its
working parts. The instructions must be on one or more
corrosion-resistant plates, or must be weatherproof placards. The
instructions must be attached to the hoist. Each instruction must be in
English or must have understandable symbols or pictograms. The operator
of the hoist must be able to see and read the operating instructions
when operating the hoist control lever. The lubricating instructions
must state the recommended lubricants for the temperature range in which
the hoist is designed to operate. The temperature range must be stated
in both degrees Celsius and Fahrenheit.
(b) Marking of controls. Each control on a pilot hoist and each
position of the control must be identified by a marking on the hoist.
(c) Marking of gauges. Each gauge on a pilot hoist must be marked
with its normal operating range.
(d) Manual. Each pilot hoist must have a manual of installation
instructions, operating instructions, maintenance and repair
instructions, a lubrication chart, a parts list, a list of sources of
repair parts, and a log for keeping maintenance records. Each manual
must be in English.
46 CFR 163.002-21 Approval tests.
(a) General. If a pilot hoist fails one of the tests in this section
the cause of the failure must be identified and any needed design
changes made. After a test failure and any design change, the failed
test, and any other previously completed tests affected by the change,
must be rerun.
(b) Visual examination. Before starting the tests described in this
section an assembled pilot hoist is examined for evidence of
noncompliance with the requirements in 163.002-11 and 163.002-13.
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1) Rung strength. If the pilot hoist has a rigid ladder a static
load of 900 kilograms (2000 pounds) is applied to the center of a ladder
rung for one minute. The load must be uniformly distributed over a 100
millimeter (4 inch) wide contact surface. The test must be repeated
using a second ladder rung. The rungs must not break or crack during
these tests.
(2) Platform strength. If the pilot hoist has a lift platform, the
platform is lifted to a level where it is supported only by its
suspension components. A static load of 900 kilograms (2000 pounds) is
then applied to the center of the platform for one minute. The load
must be uniformly distributed over a 100 millimeter (4 inch) square
contact surface. The test must be repeated enough additional times so
that the load is placed in the center of each hatch cover when in its
closed position, and in the center of each area of the platform located
between floor supports. The platform must not break or crack during
these tests.
(3) Deck interlock. If the pilot hoist is portable, it is placed in
an uninstalled position. Its hoist control lever is then activated.
The deck interlock must prevent movement of the ladder or lift platform
when the lever is activated.
(4) Lifting and lowering speed and level wind. The hoist is
installed in a level operating position and a weight equal to the weight
of the pilot ladder plus 150 kg (330 lb.) times the maximum persons
capacity of the hoist is placed on its ladder or lift platform. The
ladder or lift platform is repeatedly raised and lowered under power
operation until a total distance of at least 150 meters (500 feet) has
been traversed. The ladder or lift platform is raised and lowered each
time through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 feet). The average
speed of raising the ladder or lift platform and the average lowering
speed during this test must both be between 15 and 21 meters per minute
(50 and 70 feet per minute). During the test, each suspension cable
must have one level wind of wrap each time it is rewound onto its drum.
(5) Upper position stop. The hoist is installed in a level operating
position and a weight equal to the weight of the pilot ladder plus 150
kg (330 lb.) times the maximum persons capacity is attached to the
hoist. The hoist must be able to raise the weight to the upper limit of
travel of the ladder or lift platform and must be able to stop at the
upper limit without jarring, jerking, or damage. The test is repeated
with no weight on the ladder or lift platform.
(6) Cable securing device. If the hoist has suspension cables, it is
installed in a level operating position and the cables are run all the
way out. A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load is then attached
to the cables. The cables must remain securely attached to the drums
for at least one minute after the weight has been attached.
(7) Controls and power indicator. The hoist is installed in a level
operating position and a weight equal to the working load is attached to
the hoist. The hoist control lever is then operated with the power both
on and off. The lever, when operated, must meet the requirements in
163.002-13(l). The power indicator must meet the requirements in
163.002-13(n) during the test. When the power is turned off, the ladder
or lift platform must stop immediately and remain stationary until power
is turned on. The emergency stop switch on the ladder or lift platform
is activated at some point when the ladder or lift platform is being
raised or lowered. Upon activation, the ladder or lift platform must
stop and remain stationary.
(8) Hand operation and interlock. The hoist is installed in a level
operating position and a weight equal to the working load is attached to
the hoist. The hand operated device is then engaged. One person, when
using the hand operated device, must be able to raise and lower the
weight through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 ft.) in each
direction and must be able to raise and lower it at a speed of at least
1.5 meters per minute (5 ft. per minute). When raising or lowering the
hoist with the hand operated device, the power source for the hoist is
turned on, or an attempt is made to turn it on. Then, with power source
turned off, the hand operated device is disengaged. The power source is
then turned on and an attempt made to engage the hand operated device.
The interlock must prevent simultaneous operation of the power source
and the hand operated device.
(9) 2.2x overload. The hoist is installed in a level operating
position. Each roller on the ladder or lift platform is placed in
contact with a vertical surface. A weight equal to the difference
between 2.2 times the working load and the weight of the ladder or lift
platform is placed on the ladder or lift platform. The ladder or lift
platform is raised through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 feet) and
the hoist control lever is then released. The ladder or lift platform
must stop without jarring or damage and must hold the weight for at
least one minute. The weight is then lowered through a distance of not
less than 5 meters (16 feet) and the control lever is then released.
The ladder or lift platform must stop within 600 millimeters (2 ft.) of
where the hoist was when the lever was released and the ladder or lift
platform must remain stationary for at least one minute thereafter.
Each roller must move smoothly over the vertical surface without jamming
or sliding during the test.
(10) 6x overload. The hoist is installed in a level operating
position. A load of six times the working load is attached to the
hoist. (If the hoist has suspension cables, the cables must be run out
at least one meter (3 ft.) before adding the load to the hoist). The
weight must remain stationary for at least one minute without damage to
any part of the hoist. The test is repeated simulating a vessel list of
15 degrees toward the side on which the hoist is installed.
(11) Level wind suspension cable. If the hoist has suspension
cables, it is installed in a level operating position with the cables
wound onto the drums. A weight equal to the working load is attached to
the hoist. The cables are run all the way out and then rewound back
onto the drums at least ten times. Each drum and cable is observed for
level winding as the cable is wound onto the drum. The test must be
repeated with a weight equal to the weight of the rigid ladder or lift
platform. In each test, each cable must always rewind onto the drum in
one level wind of wrap.
(12) Rung friction test. One rung of each type used on a rigid
ladder must be subjected to this test. This test compares the dry and
wet surface friction characteristics of ladder rungs with those of a
standard oak step.
(i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets
163.003-11(b) of this chapter and that is 115 mm (4 1/2 in.) wide by 400
mm (16 in.) long. The stepping surface must have grooves that are 3 mm (
1/8 in.) deep and 3 mm wide. The grooves must run in two different
directions at right angles to each other, and at 45 degree angles with
each edge of the stepping surface, so that the grooves form a diamond
pattern covering the stepping surface. The centers of all parallel
grooves must be 13 mm ( 1/2 in.) apart.
(ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal
block must be placed on one end of the step so that the block is in
contact with the stepping surface. The metal block must weigh between
1.5 kg (3.3 lb.) and 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) and must not be more than 100 mm
(4 in.) wide by 135 mm (5 3/8 in.) long. The surface of the block in
contact with the step must have leather or composition shoe sole
material attached to it.
(iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be
slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in
this position must be measured and recorded. The step and block must
then be placed under water and the procedure repeated.
(iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(12)(iii) of this section must be
repeated using a rigid ladder rung in place of the standard step.
(v) The ladder rung must then be secured in a horizontal position
with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a
size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same
shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be
arranged to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the rung. The
block must be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of
the stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of
1,500 cycles.
(vi) The rung must again be tested as described in paragraph (c)(
12)(iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the block
must be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to the
1,500 cycles of rubbing.
(vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry
ladder rung when tested under paragraphs (c)(12)(iv) and (c)(12)(vi) of
this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles
measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(12)(iii)
of this section.
46 CFR 163.002-25 Marking.
(a) Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must
have a corrosion-resistant nameplate. The nameplate must contain the --
(1) Name of the manufacturer;
(2) Manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) Working load;
(4) Lift height;
(5) Maximum persons capacity;
(6) Hoist serial number;
(7) Date of manufacture; and
(8) Coast Guard approval number.
(b) The hoist must be permanently and legibly marked with the name of
the laboratory that conducted the production tests.
46 CFR 163.002-27 Production tests and examination.
Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be
tested as prescribed in 163.002-21(c)(9) and subpart 159.007 of this
chapter. The tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory. If
the hoist fails the tests its defects must be corrected and retested
until it passes. The laboratory must also conduct the visual
examination described in 163.002-21(b). The hoist may not be sold as
Coast Guard approved unless it passes testing and unless each defect
discovered in the visual examination is corrected
46 CFR 163.002-27 Subpart 163.003 -- Pilot Ladder
Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 163.003-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production tests
for a pilot ladder used on a merchant vessel to embark and disembark
pilots and other persons when away from the dock.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot ladder designed
for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
46 CFR 163.003-3 ASTM standard.
The following standard of the American Society of Testing and
Materials is incorporated by reference into this subpart: ASTM D 1435
entitled ''Standard Recommended Practice for Outdoor Weathering of
Plastics.''
46 CFR 163.003-7 Independent laboratory.
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted
by or under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the
Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
46 CFR 163.003-9 Approval procedure.
(a) General. A pilot ladder is approved by the Coast Guard under the
procedures in Subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in
accordance with 163.003-21.
(c) Approval of alternatives. A pilot ladder that does not meet the
materials, construction, or performance requirements of this subpart may
be approved if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the
Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by
this subpart, show that the alternative materials, construction, or
performance is at least as effective as that specified by the
requirements of this subpart. The Commandant may also prescribe
different production tests if the tests required by this subpart are not
appropriate for the alternative ladder configuration.
46 CFR 163.003-11 Materials.
(a) Suspension members. Each suspension member must be
mildew-resistant manila rope or a dacron polyester rope with a
polypropylene core of a color that contrasts with the dacron. Each
suspension member must have a breaking strength of not less than 24 kN
(5,400 lb.) and a nominal circumference of not less than 60 mm (2 1/4
in.).
(b) Wooden parts. Each wooden part of a pilot ladder must be
hardwood that is free from knots and any other defects affecting its
strength or durability.
(c) Wood preservative. After each wooden part is formed and
finished, it must be treated with water-repellant wood preservative that
is properly applied.
(d) Molded steps. Each step made of molded construction must be
rubber or resilient plastic.
(e) Metal parts. Each metal fastener must be made of a corrosion
resistant metal. Each other metal part must be made of
corrosion-resistant metal or of steel galvanized by the hot dip process
after the part is formed.
(f) Plastics. Each plastic material must be of a type that retains
at least 30 percent of its original tensile strength and at least 80
percent of its original impact strength when subjected to the one year
outdoor weathering test described in ASTM D 1435.
46 CFR 163.003-13 Construction.
(a) General. Each pilot ladder must have two suspension members on
each side. Each step in the ladder must be supported by each suspension
member.
(b) Suspension member. The suspension members of a pilot ladder must
meet the following requirements:
(1) Each suspension member must be continuous from the top of the
ladder to the bottom and must not be painted or otherwise coated or
covered.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section --
(i) The top end of one suspension member on each side of the ladder
must extend at least 3 m (10 ft.) beyond the top ladder step; and
(ii) The top ends of the other suspension members must be just above
the top step and must have an eye splice or thimble large enough to fit
two passes of a suspension member.
(3) The top end of each suspension member that does not have an eye
splice or thimble must be served or treated to prevent fraying.
(4) Each pair of suspension members must be clamped together both
above and below each step. Marline seizing may not be used.
(5) The clear space between the suspension members on one side of a
ladder and those on the other side must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but
not more than 480 mm (19 in.).
(6) The suspension members must not have fittings at the bottom of
the ladder that can be used for attaching additional ladder sections.
(c) Steps. Pilot ladder steps must meet the following requirements:
(1) The four lowest steps must be molded steps and the rest of the
steps must be either wooden or molded steps.
(2) The top face of each step must have a rectangular surface that is
at least 115 mm (4 1/2 in.) wide with a non-skid surface that does not
retain water. Adhesive non-skid sheets may not be used. (For example,
a suitable surface for a step is one that has grooves at least 3 mm (
1/8 in.) deep cut in a diamond pattern so that water runs off the edge
of the step. Non-skid grit is applied directly to the step surface
extending to almost the full width of the step.)
(3) Each step at its thinnest point must be at least 25 mm (1 in.)
thick and in determining this thickness, the depth of the grooves in the
non-skid surface and the diameter of any hole extending from one side of
the step to the other must not be counted.
(4) Each step must be at least 480 mm (19 in.) long.
(5) Each step must be designed so that it can be removed and replaced
without unstringing the ladder. If special replacement steps are made
to meet this requirement, the replacement steps must meet the
requirements of this section.
(6) If a step has grooves for its suspension members, the grooves
must be in the sides of the steps.
(7) The spacing from the top of one step to the top of the next step
must be uniform and this spacing must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and 350
mm (13 3/4 in.).
(8) Each step must be a bright orange color, except that this color
is not required for the non-skid surface. If a step is painted, it must
be painted with a two-part epoxy paint intended for marine use, or a
paint of equivalent durability.
(9) The height of each device attached to the step for securing the
suspension members must not be more than one-half the width of the step
so that the step is not prevented from rolling if the ladder is caught
between a pilot boat and the hull of the vessel.
(10) Each replacement step must be either white or yellow instead of
the orange color required under paragraph (c)(8) of this section, and
must have the special marking required in 163.003-25(b).
(d) Spreaders. Each pilot ladder with 5 or more steps must have one
or more spreaders that meet the following requirements:
(1) Each spreader must be at least 1.8 m (70 in.) long.
(2) The spreaders must be positioned at intervals of not more than 9
steps.
(3) The lowest spreader on a ladder must be on the fifth step from
the bottom.
(e) Fasteners. Each fastening device securing a part of a pilot
ladder must have a means to prevent the device from loosening.
(f) Workmanship. A pilot ladder must not have splinters, burrs,
sharp edges, corners, projections, or other defects that could injure a
person using the ladder.
(g) Special arrangements for pilot hoists. Each pilot ladder
produced for use with an approved pilot hoist must have at least 8
steps. The top ends of its suspension members need not have an eye
splice or thimble or be arranged as required in paragraph (b) of this
section if necessary to permit attaching the ladder to fittings of a
particular pilot hoist. The spreader required in paragraph (d) of this
section may be omitted from an 8 step ladder for a pilot hoist.
(CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD 79-032, 49
FR 25456, June 21, 1984)
46 CFR 163.003-15 Performance.
(a) Each pilot ladder must be capable of being rolled up for storage.
(b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and hang
vertically.
(c) Each suspension member must be arranged so that, when the ladder
is in use on a vessel, the suspension member cannot come in contact with
the vessel's side.
(d) Each step must be arranged so that it can bear on the side of the
vessel when the ladder is in use.
46 CFR 163.003-17 Strength.
(a) Each pilot ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in
163.003-21.
46 CFR 163.003-21 Approval tests.
(a) General. Each approval test must be conducted on a ladder of the
longest length for which approval has been requested. If the ladder
fails one of the tests, the cause of the failure must be identified and
any needed design changes made. After a test failure and any design
change, the failed test, and any other previously completed tests
affected by the change, must be rerun. Any ladder step that has a
residual deflection after testing under this section may not be used
thereafter in any ladder represented as Coast Guard approved.
(b) Visual examination. Before starting the approval tests, an
assembled pilot ladder is examined for evidence of noncompliance with
the requirements in 163.003-11, 163.003-13, and 163.003-15.
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1) Step flexibility test. This test is performed on six different
steps, one of which must be a molded step and one of which must be a
replacement step if special replacement steps are made by the
manufacturer. Each step is placed on a pair of supports located at the
points where the step would ordinarily be attached to the suspension
members. A static load must be applied uniformly for a period of at
least one minute over a contact surface that is at the center of the
step and is approximately 100 mm (4 in.) wide. The load must be 150 kg
(330 lb.) for each molded step that is used only as one of the four
bottom steps in the ladder. The load must be 320 kg (700 lb.) for each
other step. The deflection of the step is measured while the step is
under load and after the load is removed. The step must not deflect
more than 20 mm ( 3/4 in.) under the load, and there must be no residual
deflection after the load is removed.
(2) Strength test 1. An assembled ladder is supported so that a
static load, if placed on any of its steps, would exert a force on both
the step and each suspension member. A static load of 900 kg (2,000
lb.) is then placed on one step for at least one minute. The load must
be uniformly distributed over a contact surface that is approximately
100 mm (4 in.) wide. The center of the contact surface must be at the
center of the step. This test is performed on six different steps, one
of which must be a molded step. None of the steps may break or crack.
No attachment between any step and a suspension member may loosen or
break during this test.
(3) Strength test 2. An assembled ladder is suspended vertically to
its full length. A static load of 900 kg (2,000 lb.) is then applied to
the bottom step of the ladder so that it is distributed equally between
the suspension members. The suspension members, and inserts must not
break, incur any elongation or deformation that remains after the test
load is removed, or be damaged in any other way during this test.
(4) Strength test 3. A rolled up ladder is attached to anchoring
fixtures in a location away from any wall or structure that would
prevent it from falling freely, and where it can hang to its full length
vertically. The ladder when dropped must unroll freely. When unrolling
the ladder, its steps and attachments must not become cracked, broken,
or loosened. Other similar damage making the ladder unsafe to use must
likewise not occur.
(5) Step friction test. One step of each type used on a pilot ladder
must be subjected to this test. This test compares the dry and wet
surface friction characteristics of ladder steps with those of a
standard oak step.
(i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets S/
163.003-11(b) and that is 115 mm (4 1/2 in.) wide by 400 mm (16 in.)
long. The stepping surface must have grooves that are 3 mm ( 1/8 in.)
deep and 3 mm wide. The grooves must run in two different directions at
right angles to each other, and at 45 degree angles with each edge of
the stepping surface, so that the grooves form a diamond pattern
covering the stepping surface. The centers of all parallel grooves must
be 13 mm ( 1/2 in.) apart.
(ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal
block must be placed on one end of the step so that the block is in
contact with the stepping surface. The metal block must weigh between
1.5 kg (3.3 lb.) and 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) and must not be more than 100 mm
(4 in.) wide by 135 mm (5 3/8 in.) long. The surface of the block in
contact with the step must have leather or composition shoe sole
material attached to it.
(iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be
slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in
this position must be measured and recorded. The step and block must
then be placed under water and the procedure repeated.
(iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section must be
repeated using a pilot ladder step in place of the standard step.
(v) The ladder step must then be secured in a horizontal position
with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a
size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same
shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be
arranged to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the step. The
block must be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of
the stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of
1,500 cycles.
(vi) The step must again be tested as described in paragraph (c)(6)(
iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the block must
be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to the 1,500
cycles of rubbing.
(vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry
ladder step when tested under paragraphs (c)(6)(iv) and (c)(6)(vi) of
this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles
measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)
of this section.
46 CFR 163.003-25 Marking.
(a) Each pilot ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval
must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the
bottom with --
(1) The name of the manufacturer;
(2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) The lot number or date of manufacture; and
(4) The Coast Guard approval number.
(b) In addition to the markings required under paragraph (a) of this
section each step sold as a replacement step must be branded or
otherwise permanently and legibly marked with the words ''REPLACEMENT
STEP ONLY.''
(CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD 79-032, 49
FR 25456, June 21, 1984)
46 CFR 163.003-27 Production tests and examination.
(a) General. Each ladder produced under Coast Guard approval must be
tested in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this
chapter. Steps that fail testing may not be marked with the Coast Guard
approval number and each assembled ladder that fails testing may not be
sold as Coast Guard approved.
(b) Test No. 1: Steps. Steps must be separated into lots of 100
steps or less. Steps of different types must be placed in separate
lots. One step from each lot must be selected at random and tested as
described in 163.003-21(c)(2) except that supports are placed under the
step at the points where it would be attached to suspension members in
an assembled ladder. If the step fails the test, ten more steps must be
selected at random from the lot and tested. If one or more of the ten
steps fails the test, each step in the lot must be tested. No step that
has any residual deflection after the test may be used in a ladder
represented by the manufacturer as Coast Guard approved.
(c) Test No. 2: Ladders. Assembled ladders must be separated into
lots of 20 ladders or less. One ladder must be selected at random from
the ladders in each lot. The ladder selected must be at least 3 m (10
ft.) long or, if each ladder in the lot is less then 3 m long, a ladder
of the longest length in the lot must be selected. The ladder must be
tested as prescribed in 163.003-21(c)(3) except that only a 3 m section
of the ladder need be subjected to the static load. If the ladder fails
the test, each other ladder in the lot must be tested.
(d) Independent laboratory. Each production test must be conducted
or supervised by an independent laboratory. However, if a test is
performed more than 4 different times per year, laboratory participation
is required only 4 times per year. If the laboratory does not
participate in all tests, the times of laboratory participation must be
as selected by the laboratory. The times selected must provide for
effective monitoring throughout the production schedule.
(e) Visual examination. The visual examination described in
163.003-21(b) must be conducted as a part of each production test.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Effective date and status of prior approval.
(a) Approval certificates for pilot ladders issued under Subpart
160.017 terminate on March 31, 1982.
(b) Applications for approval of pilot ladders under this subpart
will be accepted on and after December 31, 1982.
(c) In previous regulations, pilot ladders were referred to as Type I
-- Rope Suspension Ladders.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Pt. 164
46 CFR 163.003-29 PART 164 -- MATERIALS
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.003 -- Kapok, Processed
Sec.
164.003-1 Applicable specifications.
164.003-2 Grades.
164.003-3 Material and workmanship.
164.003-4 Inspections and tests.
164.003-5 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.006 -- Deck Coverings for Merchant Vessels
164.006-1 Applicable specifications.
164.006-2 Grades.
164.006-3 Construction, materials, and workmanship.
164.006-4 Inspection and testing.
164.006-5 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.007 -- Structural Insulations
164.007-1 Applicable specification and referenced material.
164.007-2 Purpose.
164.007-3 Conditions of approval.
164.007-4 Testing procedure.
164.007-5 Test requirements.
164.007-6 Test report.
164.007-7 Analysis of results.
164.007-8 Retests.
164.007-9 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.008 -- Bulkhead Panels
164.008-1 Applicable specification and reference material.
164.008-2 Conditions of approval.
164.008-3 Testing procedure.
164.008-4 Test requirements.
164.008-5 Test report.
164.008-6 Retests.
164.008-7 Procedure for approval.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.009 -- Noncombustible Materials for
Merchant Vessels
164.009-1 General.
164.009-3 Noncombustible materials not requiring specific approval.
164.009-7 Contents of application.
164.009-9 Procedure for approval.
164.009-11 Furnace apparatus.
164.009-13 Furnace calibration.
164.009-15 Test procedure.
164.009-17 Density measurement.
164.009-19 Measurement of moisture and volatile matter content.
164.009-21 Laboratory report.
164.009-23 Factory inspection.
164.009-25 Marking.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.012 -- Interior Finishes for Merchant
Vessels
164.012-1 Applicable specifications.
164.012-5 Scope.
164.012-10 Requirements.
164.012-11 Marking.
164.012-12 Recognized laboratory.
164.012-13 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
164.012-14 Procedure for listing and labeling.
164.012-15 Termination of listing and labeling.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.013 -- Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene
(Buoyant, Slab, Slitted Trigonal Pattern)
164.013-1 Applicable specifications and plans.
164.013-2 Grades.
164.013-3 Material and workmanship.
164.013-4 Inspections and tests.
164.013-5 Procedure for acceptance.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.015 -- Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant,
Sheet and Molded Shape
164.015-1 Applicable specifications and standards.
164.015-2 Types.
164.015-3 Material and workmanship.
164.015-4 Inspections and tests.
164.015-5 Procedure for acceptance.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.016 -- Microcellular Nylon, Sheet and
Molded Shapes
164.016-1 Reference specifications and standards.
164.016-2 Types.
164.016-3 Material and workmanship.
164.016-4 Inspections and tests.
164.016-5 Procedure for acceptance.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.018 -- Retroreflective Material for
Lifesaving Equipment
164.018-1 Scope.
164.018-3 Classification.
164.018-5 Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.
164.018-7 Approval procedures.
164.018-9 Design requirements.
164.018-11 Approval tests.
164.018-13 Production inspections.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
46 CFR 163.003-29 Subpart 164.003 -- Kapok, Processed
Source: 11 FR 188, Jan. 3, 1946, unless otherwise noted.
46 CFR 164.003-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
46 CFR 164.003-2 Grades.
(a) Processed kapok shall be of but one grade as in this subpart.
46 CFR 164.003-3 Material and workmanship.
(a) The raw kapok fiber shall be long, clean, creamy white in color,
lustrous, free from discoloration and adulteration with other fiber, and
of a quality equal to that grown in Java.
(b) Kapok shall be processed by teasing in a machine using the
air-blow method. Mechanical separation of fiber masses is permitted,
but machines using violent beating which breaks down the fibers or
causes undue powdering or pulverizing are not permitted. Provision
shall be made for trapping seeds and heavy objects in gravity traps and
the dust or powder in an efficient dust collector.
(c) Processed kapok shall have a buoyancy in fresh water of at least
48 pounds per cubic foot when tested in accordance with 164.003-4(d).
Rejected kapok shall not be used in lifesaying products inspected by the
Coast Guard.
(d) The processed kapok shall contain not more than 5 percent by
weight of sticks, seeds, dirt or other foreign material and shall be
free from objectionable odor and adulteration with other fibers.
46 CFR 164.003-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) Kapok fibers to be used in a finished product subject to
inspection by the Coast Guard shall be subject to inspection and tests
at the plant of the manufacturer of such product, who shall furnish the
necessary testing tank, test cages, and scales.
(b) Acceptance of kapok prior to being incorporated into finished
products, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no case be
construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished product.
(c) Not less than a one-pound sample from each 1,000 pounds of kapok
shall be tested for buoyancy by the inspector. At his discretion, the
inspector may select additional samples for tests if deemed advisable.
(d) The buoyancy test shall be made with 16 ounces of processed kapok
uniformly packed in a rigid wire box or cage with metal reinforced
edges, and submerged by weights in a tank of fresh water to a depth of
12 inches below the surface of the water, measurement made to the top of
box, for 48 hours. The test box shall be cylindrical in shape, and as
nearly as practicable 1/3 cubic foot in volume, 4 inches deep, 13.54
inches diameter, all inside measurements; constructed of about 0.065
inch galvanized iron wire with about 1/4 inch mesh, and lined with about
0.007 inch copper wire screen about 18 meshes to the inch, to prevent
the kapok from pushing out through the larger wire meshes. At the end
of forty-eight hours submergence, the buoyancy shall be determined by
subtracting the submerged weight of the box, accessory weights and kapok
from the submerged weight of the box and weights without the kapok, and
dividing the remainder by the volume of the kapok expressed in cubic
feet.
(e) Kapok fiber shall, at the option of the inspector, be subjected
to a microscopic examination to detect adulteration with other fiber.
(f) Processed kapok shall, at the option of the inspector, be
subjected to separation of kapok fibers from foreign matter by hand, the
portions of each weighed, and percentage of foreign matter computed for
compliance with 164.003-3(d).
46 CFR 164.003-5 Procedure for approval.
(a) Processed kapok is not subject to formal approval, but will be
accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart for use in the
manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
46 CFR 164.003-5 Subpart 164.006 -- Deck Coverings for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.006-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
46 CFR 164.006-2 Grades.
(a) Deck coverings shall be of but one grade as specified in this
subpart, and shall be known as ''an approved deck covering.''
46 CFR 164.006-3 Construction, materials, and workmanship.
(a) It is the intent of this specification to obtain a deck covering
made largely of incombustible materials with low heat transmission
qualities which will produce a minimum of smoke when exposed to high
temperatures.
(b) Deck coverings shall be of such a quality as to successfully pass
all of the tests set forth in 164.006-4.
46 CFR 164.006-4 Inspection and testing.
(a) All tests shall be conducted at the National Bureau of Standards
or other laboratories designated by the Coast Guard.
(b) Smoke tests. (1) A sample of each thickness submitted shall be
tested for smoke emission. Each sample shall be laid on a 1/4'' x 12''
x 27'' steel plate. Normal protective coatings and deck attachments
shall be incorporated in the samples. Each sample shall be heated in a
furnace whose temperature is limited to the standard decking curve
reaching 1,325 degrees F. at the end of one hour. Smoke observations
shall be made at intervals not greater than five minutes during the
one-hour period of test.
(2) Instantaneous values of the percent of light transmission shall
be calculated from the observations noted in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section. A plot of light transmission values shall be made using
straight lines between instantaneous values.
(3) Any instantaneous value of 10 percent light transmission or less
shall be considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering.
(4) Average values of light transmission shall be calculated for 15,
30, and 60 minutes. Averages shall be an arithmetic mean with values
taken at one minute intervals from the plotted curve noted in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section. If any of the three average values of light
transmission is less than the values set forth below, it will be
considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering:
15 minutes -- 90 percent light transmission.
30 minutes -- 60 percent light transmission.
60 minutes -- 50 percent light transmission.
(c) Fire resistance and integrity tests. (1) A sample of each
thickness submitted shall be tested for fire resistance and integrity.
Each sample shall be laid on a 1/4'' x 12'' x 27'' steel plate. Normal
protective coatings and deck attachments shall be incorporated in the
samples. Each sample shall be heated in a furnace whose temperature is
controlled according to the standard fire exposure curve reaching 1,700
degrees F. at the end of one hour. Temperature of the unexposed side
as indicated by a thermocouple under a 0.40 inch asbestos pad shall be
observed at intervals not greater than 5 minutes during the one-hour
period of test.
(2) Data from these tests shall be analyzed to determine the
thicknesses necessary to limit the average temperature rise on the
unexposed surface to 250 degrees F. above the original temperature at
the end of 15, 30, and 60 minutes.
(3) Excessive cracking, buckling, or disintegration may be considered
cause for rejection.
(d) Organic carbon content test. (1) The organic carbon content
shall be determined and shall not exceed 0.12 gram per cubic centimeter
of the molded deck covering.
(e) Spot check tests. (1) Deck coverings are not inspected at
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the cognizant Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection, may detail a marine inspector at any time
to visit any place where deck coverings are manufactured to conduct any
inspections or examinations deemed advisable and to select
representative samples for further examination, inspection or tests.
The marine inspector shall be admitted to any place where work is done
on deck coverings or component materials.
(2) Manufacturers of approved deck coverings shall maintain quality
control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished
product so as to meet the requirements of this specification, and any
other conditions outlined on the certificate of approval, but the Coast
Guard also reserves the right to make spot-check tests of approved deck
coverings at any time on samples selected by a marine inspector at the
place of manufacture or samples obtained from other sources in the
field. The manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the
results shall be binding upon the approval of his product. The
manufacturer will be advised in advance of the time of testing of the
samples selected and may witness the tests if he so desires.
(CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 61-15, 26
FR 9302, Sept. 30, 1961)
46 CFR 164.006-5 Procedure for approval.
(a) If a manufacturer desires to have a deck covering approved, a
request shall be presented to the Commandant of the Coast Guard,
together with the following information:
(1) The trade name and designation of the deck covering.
(2) The range of thicknesses in which it is proposed to lay the deck
covering together with any information the manufacturer may have as to
maximum or minimum thicknesses.
(3) Description of method of attachment to or protection of the steel
deck together with the trade name and designation of adhesive or
protective coating if used.
(4) A sample of the molded deck covering at least 6 inches square and
1/4 inch thick. This may or may not be attached to a backing material
at the manufacturer's option.
(b) The material submitted will be examined and the manufacturer
advised as to the number and thicknesses of samples to be submitted
together with the estimated cost of the tests.
(c) If the deck covering is indicated as being suitable, the
manufacturer shall then submit the following:
(1) Two samples of each thickness to be tested laid in the manner
designated on a 1/4'' x 12'' x 27'' steel plate for the purpose of the
smoke test and fire resistance and integrity test noted in 164.006-4 (b)
and (c).
(2) Sufficient bulk material (unmixed) to lay a sample one inch thick
on an area of 12'' x 27''. If an adhesive or protective coating is
used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the tests, he should so
indicate at this time.
(4) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of
Standards for the cost of the tests when billed by them.
(d) The above material will be submitted to the National Bureau of
Standards by the Coast Guard for testing. The tests noted in 164.006-4
will be conducted and a report submitted to the Coast Guard.
(e) A copy of the test report will be forwarded to the manufacturer
and he will be advised if his material is approved under this
specification, and if approved, in what thicknesses it may be laid, and
in what thicknesses it must be laid to meet the requirements for Class
A-60 decks without the use of any other insulating material. If
approved, this information will be published in the Federal Register.
(CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 61-62, 27
FR 180, Jan. 6, 1962)
46 CFR 164.006-5 Subpart 164.007 -- Structural Insulations
Source: CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.007-1 Applicable specification and referenced material.
(a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in
effect on the date of manufacture of the structural insulation shall
form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see 2.75-17 through
2.75-19 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this
chapter:
(1) Coast Guard specification:
Subpart 164.009 of this part, Incombustible Materials for Merchant
Vessels.
(b) Technical reference. For guidance purposes the technical
reference may be used, which is entitled American Society for Testing
Materials Standard E-119. ''Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials'', ASTM, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
(c) Copies on file. A copy of the specification listed in paragraph
(a) of this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the certificate of approval and this specification. It is the
manufacturer's responsibility to have the latest issue of the
specification on hand together with the certificate of approval and
approved plans when manufacturing under this specification subpart.
(1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the Commandant
(G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.
(CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969, as amended by CGD 82-063b,
48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 164.007-2 Purpose.
The purpose of this specification is to set forth tests necessary to
measure the insulation value of structural insulation specimens under
fire exposure conditions. The tests are not intended to measure the
integrity of structural components of an assembly Insulation meeting
this specification is adequate to limit the average temperature rise of
a steel bulkhead to 139 C. (250 F.) at the end of a 60-minute standard
fire test.
46 CFR 164.007-3 Conditions of approval.
(a) Structural insulation shall be of such quality as to successfully
meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set forth in
subpart 164.009 of this part.
(b) Structural insulation shall be of such quality and thickness as
to successfully pass all of the tests set forth in 164.007-4, and the
retests required by 164.007-8.
(c) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to
an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard
approval number.
46 CFR 164.007-4 Testing procedure.
(a) Tests. All tests, including the retests, shall be conducted at
the National Bureau of Standards or other laboratories designated by the
Coast Guard.
(b) Test of physical properties. (1) Density measurement: The
smallest sample for density measurements of solid materials shall be 30
cm x 30 cm (12'' x 12'') by the submitted thickness. Length and width
measurements shall be made to the nearest 1 mm. ( 1/32''), thickness to
the nearest 0.25 mm. (0.01''), allowance being made of any nonflatness
of the major surfaces of the specimen. Measurements of dimensions of
fibrous insulations shall be made to the nearest 1.5 mm. ( 1/16'') on a
nominal 30 cm. (12'') cube assembled from sheets of thickness as
received. The average of at least four measurements of each dimension
shall be reported. The weight shall be determined with a scale or
balance sensitive and accurate to 0.5 percent or less of the total
weight. The dimensional and weight measurements shall not be made until
the sample has been conditioned 1 week, or longer if required to reach
constant weight, in an atmosphere at 23 1 C. (73 F. 2 ) and 50 percent
relative humidity.
(2) Transfer to a previously dried and weighed wide-mouth weighing
bottle provided with a glass stopper. Remove the stopper and heat the
bottle and sample at 105 5 C. (221 9 F.) for 4 hours, insert the
stopper, cool and weigh. Calculate the content of moisture and other
volatiles as percent of the final dry weight of the sample.
(c) Preparation of fire test specimens. (1) The fire test specimens
shall be conditioned to approximately constant weight with air being
maintained at a relative humidity of 40 to 70 percent and a temperature
of 15 to 25 C. (50 to 77 F.). After conditioning, but before testing,
the temperature of the specimens shall not exceed 40 C. (104 F.).
(2) Representative samples of the structural insulation, of a
thickness or thicknesses and density as specified in 164.007-9(a)(5),
shall be tested as part of an assembly which forms a portion of a
vertical wall of a furnace. The assembly shall be at least 100 cm. x
150 cm. (40'' x 60'') in size. More than one sample may be tested, see
164.007-7.
(3) The specimens shall be attached to a 5 0.3 mm. ( 3/16'') thick
steel plate and mounted in the furnace with the steel plate forming the
exterior wall of the furnace. Any stiffening members on the steel plate
shall be installed on the face not adjacent to the insulation. Spacer
strips of asbestos cement board or similar material, up to 5 cm. (2'')
in width, shall be installed around the periphery of the panel. For
fibrous insulations, the attachment to the steel plate shall be made by
means of 5 mm. (0.19'') diameter steel pins on 30 cm. (12'') centers
covered by 18-gage, 4 cm. (1 1/2'') mesh expanded metal. Alternate
methods will be given consideration. For other materials, typical
installation practice shall be used.
(d) Furnace control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined
by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples having rapid response,
and distributed so as to represent fairly the furnace temperature and to
insure as uniform heating as possible. The thermocouples shall be
arranged so that the hot junction is approximately 10 cm. from the
nearest point of the specimen.
(2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as to
follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy specified
in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve
drawn through the following points:
At the beginning of the test, 20 C. (68 F.)
At the end of the first 5 minutes, 538 C. (1,000 F.).
At the end of the first 10 minutes, 704 C. (1,300 F.).
At the end of the first 30 minutes, 843 C. (1,550 F.).
At the end of the first 60 minutes, 927 C. (1,700 F.).
For a further definition of the time-temperature curve, see Appendix
I of the ASTM Standard E-119, ''Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials''.
(4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area
under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area
under the standard time-temperature curve during the first 10 minutes of
the test, within 10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5
percent for any period after the first one-half hour. At any time after
the first 10 minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not
differ from the standard curve by more than 100 C. (180 F.).
Consideration will be given to adjusting the results for variation of
the furnace exposure from that prescribed. If corrections are made,
they shall be in accordance with the procedures set forth in the ASTM
E-119.
(e) Temperature of unexposed surface. For the unexposed surface
temperature measurement a thermocouple of 0.5 mm. (0.020'') diameter
wires shall be soldered centrally with high temperature solder to one
surface of a disc of copper 12 mm. in diameter and 0.2 mm. thick. The
discs shall be covered with an oven-dry asbestos pad 50 mm. 50 mm,
and 4 mm. thick. The disc and the pad may be fixed to the surface of
the steel plate by pins, tape, or a suitable adhesive. The asbestos pad
shall have a density of approximately 1,000 kg./m.3 and thermal
conductivity of 0.11 kcal/m/hr. C. at 100 C. (212 F.).
(f) Temperature observations. (1) All observations shall be taken at
intervals not exceeding 5 minutes. The surface temperature on the
exterior side of the steel plate shall be measured by thermocouples
located as follows:
(i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each
quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).
(ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the steel plate.
(iii) One thermocouple in way of or as close as possible to one of
the pins or other through metallic connections (if any) used for holding
the insulation in place.
(iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing
laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature
at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of
the above-mentioned thermocouples.
(2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be
obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(g) Other observations. Throughout the test observations shall be
made of all changes and occurrences, which are not criteria of
performance, but which may create hazard in case of a fire; for example
the emission of appreciable volumes of smoke or noxious vapors from the
unexposed side of the test specimen. The specimen shall be examined
after the test for changes that have taken place and the information
shall be noted in the test report.
(h) Duration of testing. The test shall be continued for at least
one hour or until the maximum surface temperature rise values noted in
164.007-5(a) have been reached, whichever occurs later.
46 CFR 164.007-5 Test requirements.
The insulation value of the specimens for the full scale test shall
be such that the average temperature of the thermocouples on the
unexposed surface described in 164.007-4(f)(2) will not rise more than
139 C. (250 F.) above the initial temperature, nor will the temperature
at any one point on the surface, including any through metallic
connection, rise more than 181 C. (325 F.) above the original
temperature at the end of 60 minutes. The results obtained on the small
scale test 2' x 2' (60 cm. x 60 cm.) shall be recorded.
46 CFR 164.007-6 Test report.
(a) The test report required shall contain at least the following:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Purpose of test.
(3) Test conditions and date of test.
(4) Description of the panel tested giving the details of the
assembly comprising a steel plate, insulation (thickness and density)
spacer strips and fastening and the method of mounting the panel
assembly in the test furnace.
(5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature,
for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for
the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording
the highest temperature. In addition, for 164.007-9(g)(2), complete
time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table
for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together
with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
(6) A log maintained by the owner relative to deflections, cracking
or loosening of the insulation, smoke or gas emission, glow, flame
emission, and any other important data. The time of each observation
should be noted.
(7) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
(8) Summary of test results.
46 CFR 164.007-7 Analysis of results.
(a) When only one sample is tested, the results of the test shall be
binding and no analysis by the Coast Guard will be undertaken.
(b) When more than one sample of the same density material is tested
simultaneously and the results are not exact, the Coast Guard may
analyze the results. Data from the tests may be analyzed to determine
the minimum thickness to meet the requirements of 164.007-5(a).
(c) Consideration will be given to correction for inaccurate furnace
control in accordance with 164.007-4(d)(4).
(CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969; 34 FR 19030, Nov. 29, 1969)
46 CFR 164.007-8 Retests.
(a) Manufacturers of approved structural insulation shall maintain
quality control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the
finished product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to
meet the requirements of this specification, and any other conditions
outlined on the certificate of approval. Structural insulation
materials are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections;
however, approved materials are subject to retest for continued
compliance with the requirements of this subpart on the following basis:
(1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast
Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where
structural insulation is manufactured to conduct any inspections or
examinations deemed advisable and to select representative samples for
further examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall be
admitted to any place where work is done on structural insulation or
component materials.
(2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following
issuance of approval, samples of an approved material selected from
production stock shall be forwarded by the inspector to the Commandant
for testing in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Where
the plant is outside the jurisdiction of a Coast Guard District
Commander, the frequency of such testing shall be once every 2 years.
The cost of such testing shall be borne by the manufacturer. The nature
of the product or its production may dictate a differing retest
frequency.
(3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of
approved structural insulation at any time on samples selected by a
marine inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The
manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the results,
shall be binding upon the approval of his product.
(b) A small scale furnace test (2' x 2' furnace test 60 cm. x 60 cm.)
shall be conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the
original small scale test values by more than 10 percent. In addition
tests shall be conducted to determine incombustibility ( 164.009),
density and thickness. Values of retesting for density and thickness
shall not vary from the original test values by more than 10 percent.
46 CFR 164.007-9 Procedure for approval.
The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
(a) Test request information. If a manufacturer desires to have a
structural insulation approved, a written request shall be submitted to
the Commandant of the Coast Guard together with the following:
(1) If the material has already been approved as an incombustible
material under Subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of the
material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in Subpart
164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall be
obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
(2) A description and trade name of the structural insulation.
(3) A statement of the composition of the material and the percentage
of each component.
(4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in the thickness
and density proposed by the manufacturer to be tested. When more than
one thickness of a material of the same density is to be tested, only a
sample of a single thickness need be submitted.
(5) The range of thicknesses and densities in which it is proposed to
manufacture or use the material together with any information or
recommendations that the manufacturer may have as to maximum or minimum
thickness or density.
(6) The location of the place or places where the material will be
manufactured.
(7) Description of attachment to or protection of the bulkhead or
deck. If an adhesive is used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
(8) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating
limitations if any.
(9) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures
indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of
inspection performed by outside organizations.
(10) A statement indicating proposed methods for field identification
of the products as being approved. Identification shall include the
Coast Guard approval numbers.
(b) Test suitability. The above information will be examined by the
Coast Guard, and if it is indicated that the material is in all respects
suitable for testing, the manufacturer will be so advised. Coast Guard
comments on the manufacturer's recommended thickness and density of the
sample or samples for the fire resistance test will be given at this
time, together with the estimated cost of the required test.
(c) Samples to be submitted. If the material is indicated as being
suitable for testing, the manufacturer shall submit a 100 cm. x 150 cm.
(40'' x 60'') sample, a 30 cm. x 30 cm. (12'' x 12'') sample and a 60
cm. x 60cm. (24'' x 24'') sample for each thickness and density
proposed to the Fire Research section of the National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, DC 20234, and shall advise the Coast Guard of the
shipment. A separate test will be made for each density of the material
for which approval is desired.
(d) Pretest information. At this time the manufacturer shall submit
to the Coast Guard the following:
(1) A statement that the material is offered for testing as described
pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section is completely
representative of the product which will be manufactured and sold under
U.S. Coast Guard approval if such approval is granted and that the
shipbuilder will be advised of the proper installation methods and the
limitations of the approval.
(2) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of
Standards for the cost or review of the tests when billed by them.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so
indicate at this time.
(e) Test authorization. The National Bureau of Standards will then
be authorized to conduct the tests noted in 164.007-4 and, upon
completion of all testing, the manufacturer will be billed directly by
the National Bureau of Standards. Four copies of the test report
containing the information required by 164.007-6 will be submitted to
the Coast Guard.
(f) Notification of results. A copy of the report will be forwarded
to the manufacturer and he will be advised if his material is approved
under this subpart. If approved, any stipulations of the approval will
be specified. This information will be published in the Federal
Register, and a certificate of approval will be issued to the
manufacturer.
(g) Other laboratories. (1) If the manufacturer desires to have the
test conducted at some laboratory other than the National Bureau of
Standards, this information shall be supplied at the time of initial
contact with the Coast Guard. If the proposed laboratory is acceptable
to the Coast Guard, the manufacturer will be so advised, and any special
testing requirements together with any estimated cost of expenses
incurred by the National Bureau of Standards for their review will be
specified at this time. The Coast Guard shall be notified in advance of
the date of the test so that a representative may be present.
(2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test report
to the Coast Guard together with representative samples of the material
taken before and after testing. The test report and samples will be
examined by the National Bureau of Standards for compliance with this
subpart. The test report shall include the information required by
164.007-6 together with any other pertinent data.
46 CFR 164.007-9 Subpart 164.008 -- Bulkhead Panels
Source: CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.008-1 Applicable specification and reference material.
(a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in
effect on the date of manufacture of the bulkhead panel shall form a
part of the regulations of this subpart (see 2.75-17 through 2.75-19 of
subchapter A, Procedures Applicable to the Public, of this chapter):
(1) Coast Guard specification:
Subpart 164.009 of this part, Incombustible Materials for Merchant
Vessels.
(b) Technical reference. For guidance purposes this technical
reference may be used, which is entitled American Society for Testing
Materials Standard E-119, ''Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials'', ASTM, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
(c) Copies on file. A copy of the specification listed in paragraph
(a) of this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the certificate of approval and this specification. It is the
manufacturer's responsibility to have the latest issue of the
specification on hand together with the certificate of approval and
approved plans when manufacturing under this specification subpart.
(1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the Commandant
(G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969, as amended by CGD 82-063b,
48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 164.008-2 Conditions of approval.
(a) Bulkhead panel material shall be of such quality as to
successfully meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set
forth in Subpart 164.009 of this part.
(b) Bulkhead panels used in Class B-15 construction and as a
component in Class A-30 or Class A-15 construction shall meet the
thermal insulation requirements of 164.008-4(a) for at least 15 minutes,
and the integrity requirements of 164.008-4(b) for at least 30 minutes.
(c) Bulkhead panels for use as a component in Class A-60 construction
shall meet the thermal insulation requirements of 164.008-4(a) for at
least 15 minutes and the integrity requirements of 164.008-4(b) for at
least 60 minutes.
(d) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to
an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard
approval number.
(e) The specimen to be tested shall be representative of the typical
installation on board a vessel and any limitations shall be shown on the
sketch required by 164.008-7(a)(7).
(f) The bulkhead panel shall successfully pass the retests required
by 164.008-6.
46 CFR 164.008-3 Testing procedure.
(a) Tests. All tests, including the retests, shall be conducted at
the National Bureau of Standards or other laboratories designated by the
Coast Guard.
(b) Preparation of test specimen. (1) The test specimens shall be
conditioned to approximately constant weight with the air being
maintained at a relative humidity of 40 to 70 percent and a temperature
of 15 to 25 C. (59 to 77 F.). After conditioning, but before testing,
the temperature of the specimen should not exceed 40 C. (104 F.).
(2) The specimens shall be mounted in the furnace in a vertical
position in such a way as to give an exposed surface of at least 4.65
square meters (50 square feet) and a height of at least 2.44 meters (8
feet).
(3) The specimen shall be supported at the top and secured on the
vertical sides and at the bottom in a manner representative of
conditions in service. If provision for movement at the edges of a
bulkhead panel is made for a particular construction in service, the
specimen should stimulate these conditions.
(4) The method of securing shall be such that there is no possibility
of misinterpretation of test results due to the passage of flame at the
edges of the specimen when the method of fixing is not the subject of
the test.
(c) Furnace control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined
by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples having rapid response
and distributed so as to represent fairly the furnace temperature and to
insure as uniform heating as possible. The thermocouples shall be
arranged so that the hot junction is approximately 10 cm. (4'') from
the nearest point of the specimen.
(2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as to
follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy specified
in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
(3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve
drawn through the following points:
At the beginning of the test, 20 C. (68 F.).
At the end of the first 5 minutes, 538 C. (1,000 F.).
At the end of the first 10 minutes, 704 C. (1,300 F.).
At the end of the first 30 minutes, 843 C. (1,550 F.).
At the end of the first 60 minutes, 927 C. (1,700 F.).
For a further definition of the time-temperature curve, see Appendix
I of the ASTM Standard E119, ''Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials''.
(4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area
under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area
under the standard curve during the first 10 minutes of the test, within
10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5 percent for any
period after the first one-half hour. At any time after the first 10
minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not differ from
the standard curve by more than 100 C. (180 F.). Consideration will be
given to adjusting the results for variation of the furnace exposure
from that prescribed. If corrections are made, they shall be in
accordance with the procedures set forth in ASTM E-119.
(5) The pressure in the furnace shall be equal to that in the
laboratory at about one-third of the height of the specimen.
(d) Temperature of unexposed surface. For the unexposed surface
temperature measurement, a thermocouple of 0.5 mm. (0.020'') diameter
wires shall be soldered centrally with high temperature solder to one
surface of a disc of copper 12 mm. diameter and 0.2 mm. thick. The
discs shall be covered with an oven-dry asbestos pad 50 mm. x 50 mm.
and 4 mm. thick. The disc and the pad may be fixed to the surface of
the specimen by pins, tape or a suitable adhesive, depending on the
nature of the specimen material. The asbestos pad shall have a density
of approximately 1,000 kg./m.3 and thermal conductivity of 0.11 kcal./
m./hr. x C. at 100 C. (212 F.).
(e) Flame penetration. (1) Where cracks or openings are formed
during the test, an ignition test as prescribed in 164.008-4(b) shall
take place immediately after the appearance of cracks or damage,
followed by similar tests at frequent intervals. The purpose of the
test is to indicate whether cracks and openings formed during the test
are such that they would lead to passage of flame.
(2) The cotton wool used for the tests prescribed in 164.008-4(b)
shall consist of new undyed soft fibers without any admixture of
artificial fibers, and shall be free from thread, leaf, and shell fiber
dust. A suitable material for this purpose is sold in the form of rolls
for surgical use. A pad shall be cut measuring 10 cm. x 10 cm.
approximately 2 cm. thick and weighing between 3 and 4 grams. It shall
be oven-dried prior to the test. The pad shall be attached by means of
wire clips to a 10 cm. x 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle
approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its
use on the specimen.
(3) When testing for cracks or openings during the test, the pad
shall be held in a vertical position facing the crack or opening with
the aperture located in a central part of the cotton wool. The pad may
be reused if it has not absorbed any moisture or become charred during
the previous application.
(f) Temperature observations. (1) All observations shall be taken at
intervals not exceeding 5 minutes. The surface temperatures on the
unexposed side of the test specimen shall be measured by thermocouples
located as follows:
(i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each
quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).
(ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the test specimen, but
away from the joint, if any.
(iii) At least one thermocouple at the vertical joint of the test
specimen.
(iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing
laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature
at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of
the above mentioned thermocouples.
(2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be
obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in
paragraphs (f)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.
(g) Other observations. Throughout the test, observations shall be
made of all changes and occurrences, which are not criteria of
performance but which may create hazard in case of a fire; for example
the emission of appreciable volumes of smoke or noxious vapors from the
unexposed side of the test specimen. The specimen shall be examined
after the test for changes that have taken place and the information
shall be noted in the test report.
(h) Duration of testing. The test shall be continued for at least 30
minutes to meet the requirements of 164.008-2(b) or at least 60 minutes
to meet the requirements of 164.008-2(c). In either case, the test shall
be continued until the maximum surface temperature rise values noted in
164.008-4(a) have been reached, or until cracks which lead to flaming as
specified in 164.008-4(b) are formed.
46 CFR 164.008-4 Test requirements.
(a) Thermal insulation: The insulation value of the specimens for
the full scale test shall be such that the average temperature of
thermocouples on the unexposed surface described in 164.008-3(f)(2) will
not rise more than 139 C. (250 F.) above the initial temperature, nor
will the temperature at any point on the surface, including any joint,
rise more than 225 C. (405 F.) above the initial temperature at the end
of 15 minutes. When failure is due to excessive temperature rise on the
joint, consideration will be given to alternate joint construction. The
results obtained on the small scale test (2' x 2') (60 cm. x 60 cm.)
shall be recorded.
(b) The test shall determine the length of time, up to one hour, that
the bulkhead panel, including the joint can withstand the passage of
flame. Cracks and openings shall not be such as to lead to flaming of a
cotton wool test pad as prescribed in 164.008-3(e)(3) held facing the
aperture at about 25 mm. for a period of 30 seconds. If no flaming
occurs, the pad shall be removed and reapplied after a suitable
interval.
46 CFR 164.008-5 Test report.
(a) The test report required by 164.008-7(e) and (g) shall include at
least the following:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Purpose of test.
(3) Test conditions and date of test.
(4) Description of the panel tested giving size, thickness, density,
detail of joint and method of assembling in test furnace.
(5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature,
for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for
the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording
the highest temperature. In addition, for 164.008-7(g)(2) complete
time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table
for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together
with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
(6) A log setting forth the observer's notes relative to deflections,
smoke or gas emission, glow, flame emission, and any other important
data. The time of each observation should be noted.
(7) Complete observations on the appearance of cracks and data on the
testing of the cracks as specified in 164.008-4(b).
(8) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
(9) Summary of test results.
(CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969; 34 FR 19030, Nov. 29, 1969)
46 CFR 164.008-6 Retests.
(a) Manufacturers of approved bulkhead panels shall maintain quality
control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished
product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to meet the
requirements of this specification, and any other conditions outlined on
the certificate of approval. Bulkhead panels are not inspected at
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, approved bulkhead
panels are subject to retest for continued compliance with the
requirements of this subpart on the following basis:
(1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast
Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where bulkhead
panels are manufactured to conduct any inspections or examinations
deemed advisable and to select representative samples for further
examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall be admitted to
any place where work is done on bulkhead panels or component materials.
(2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following
issuance of approval, samples of an approved bulkhead panel selected
from production stock shall be forwarded by the inspector to the
Commandant for testing in accordance with the requirements of this
subpart. Where the plant is outside the jurisdiction of a Coast Guard
District Commander, the frequency of such selection and testing shall be
every 2 years. The cost of such testing shall be borne by the
manufacturer. The nature of the product or its production may dictate a
differing retest frequency.
(3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of
approved bulkhead panels at any time on samples selected by a marine
inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The manufacturer
will incur no expense for such tests, but the results shall be binding
upon the approval of his product.
(b) A small scale furnace test (2' x 2' furnace test) shall be
conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the original (2' x
2' furnace) test values by more than 10 percent. In addition, tests
shall be conducted to determine incombustibility ( 164.009), density and
thickness. Values on retesting for density and thickness shall not vary
from the original test values by more than 10 percent.
46 CFR 164.008-7 Procedure for approval.
The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
(a) Test request information. If a manufacturer desires to have a
bulkhead panel approved, a written request shall be submitted to the
Commandant of the Coast Guard, together with the following:
(1) If the material has already been approved as an ''Incombustible
Material'' under subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of
the material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in
subpart 164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall
be obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
(2) The description and trade name of the bulkhead panel.
(3) A statement of the composition of the material and the percentage
of each component.
(4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in each thickness
and density of the material as manufactured.
(5) The range of thicknesses and/or densities in which it is proposed
to manufacture or use the material, together with any information or
recommendations the manufacturer may have as maximum or minimum
thickness or density.
(6) The location of the place or places where the material will be
manufactured.
(7) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating
limtations, if any.
(8) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures
indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of
inspection performed by outside organizations.
(9) A statement indicating proposed methods for field identification
of the products as being approved. Identification shall include the
Coast Guard approval number.
(b) Test suitability. The above information will be examined by the
Coast Guard and if it is indicated that the material is in all other
respects suitable for testing, the manufacturer will be so advised.
Coast Guard comments on the manufacturer's recommended thickness and
density of the panel for the fire resistance and integrity test will be
given at this time together with the estimated cost of the tests.
(c) Samples to be submitted. If the material is indicated as being
suitable for testing, the manufacturer shall submit the samples required
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section to the Fire Research Section of the
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC 20234, and shall advise the
Coast Guard of the shipment.
(1) One representative panel of the material having a surface
approximately 4.65 square meters (50 square feet) and a height of 2.44
meters (8 feet) containing at least one vertical joint, located at
approximately one-third panel width from one edge (20-24 inches), and
one representative panel of the material having 60 cm. x 60 cm. (2' x
2') dimensions. If the manufacturer desires to submit the panel in
thickness or size other than that recommended, prior approval shall be
obtained from the Commandant. The manufacturer shall supply any labor
required for fabrication of the panel and for attaching the panel to the
frame for testing.
(d) Pretest information. At this time the manufacturer shall submit
to the Coast Guard the following:
(1) A statement that the material as offered for testing and as
described pursuant to 164.008-6(a)(3) is completely representative of
the product which will be manufactured and sold under U.S. Coast Guard
approval if such approval is granted and that the shipbuilder will be
advised of the proper installation methods and the limitations of the
conditions of approval.
(2) A commitment from the manufacturer that he will reimburse the
National Bureau of Standards for the cost of the tests or review when
billed by them.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so
indicate at this time.
(e) Test authorization. The National Bureau of Standards will then
be authorized to conduct the test noted in 164.008-4(a) and, upon
completion of all testing, the manufacturer will be billed directly by
the National Bureau of Standards, four copies of the report containing
the information required by 164.008-5 shall be submitted to the Coast
Guard.
(f) Notification of results. A copy of the report will be forwarded
to the manufacturer, and he will be advised if his material is approved
under this subpart. If approved, any stipulations of the approval will
be specified. This information will be published in the Federal
Register, and a certificate of approval will be issued to the
manufacturer.
(g) Other laboratories. (1) If the manufacturer desires to have the
tests conducted at some laboratory other than the National Bureau of
Standards, this information shall be supplied at the time of initial
contact with the Coast Guard. If the proposed laboratory is acceptable
to the Coast Guard, the manufacturer will be so advised and any special
testing requirements together with an estimated cost of expenses
incurred by the National Bureau of Standards for their review will be
specified at this time. Payment will be made as noted in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section. The Coast Guard shall be notified in advance of
the date of the test so that a representative may be present.
(2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test report
to the Coast Guard, together with representative samples of the material
being taken before and after testing. The test report and samples will
be examined by the National Bureau of Standards for compliance with this
subpart. The test report shall include the information required by
164.008-5 together with any other pertinent data.
46 CFR 164.008-7 Subpart 164.009 -- Noncombustible Materials for
Merchant Vessels
Source: CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.009-1 General.
(a) This subpart contains --
(1) Procedures for approval of noncombustible materials used in
merchant vessel construction;
(2) The test and measurements required for approval of materials;
and
(3) A list of noncombustible materials for which specific approval
under this subpart is not required.
(b) The test and measurements described in this subpart are conducted
by a laboratory designated by the Commandant. The following
laboratories are so designated:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL
60062
Dantest, National Institute for Testing and Verification, Amager
Boulevard 115, DK 2300 Copenhagen S., Denmark
(CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 86-035,
54 FR 36316, Sept. 1, 1989)
46 CFR 164.009-3 Noncombustible materials not requiring specific
approval.
The following noncombustible materials may be used in merchant vessel
construction though not specifically approved under this subpart:
(a) Sheet glass, block glass, clay, ceramics, and uncoated fibers.
(b) All metals, except magnesium and magnesium alloys.
(c) Portland cement, gypsum, and magnesite concretes having
aggregates of only sand, gravel, expanded vermiculite, expanded or
vesicular slags, diatomaceous silica, perlite, or pumice.
(d) Woven, knitted or needle punched glass fabric containing no
additives other than lubricants not exceeding 2.5 percent.
(CGD 86-035, 54 FR 36316, Sept. 1, 1989)
46 CFR 164.009-7 Contents of application.
An application for approval of a material under this subpart must
contain the following:
(a) The trade name of the material.
(b) The thickness or density, or both, of the material, or the range
of thicknesses or densities, or both, of the material as manufactured.
(c) The composition of the material.
(d) The density and percentage of moisture and volatile matter of
each component of the material.
(e) The address of the factory manufacturing the material.
(f) A sample representative of the material that is 305 mm long and
305 mm wide and that has a height equal to the largest thickness of the
material as manufactured.
(g) If the applicant intends to observe the test and measurements of
the sample, a statement to that effect.
(h) A commitment by the applicant to pay for the cost of the test and
measurements when billed by the designated laboratory.
46 CFR 164.009-9 Procedure for approval.
(a) An application for approval of a material under this subpart must
be sent to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001.
(b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine the
probability that the material meets the requirements for approval. The
Coast Guard notifies the applicant of the results of the examination and
of the sample size necessary for submission to the designated
laboratory.
(c) The designated laboratory notifies the applicant of the time and
place for submission and testing of the sample.
(d) The designated laboratory conducts the tests and measurements of
the sample in accordance with the procedures in this subpart, prepares a
test report, and sends four copies of the report to the Commandant
(G-MVI). The applicant may observe the test and measurements.
(e) The Commandant sends a copy of the test report to the applicant
and advises him whether the material is approved. If the material is
approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant.
(CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 82-063b,
48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 164.009-11 Furnace apparatus.
(a) The test furnace apparatus consists of a furnace tube,
stabilizer, draft shield, furnace stand, temperature coil controls with
a voltage stabilizer, specimen holder, specimen insertion device, and
three thermocouples (a furnace thermocouple to measure furnace
temperature, a surface thermocouple to measure temperature at the
surface of a specimen, and a specimen thermocouple to measure
temperature at the center of a specimen). A detailed plan of the
construction and arrangement of the furnace apparatus may be obtained
from the Commandant (G-MVI).
(b) Temperatures measured by the thermocouples are recorded by an
instrument having a measuring range that corresponds to the temperature
changes that occur during a furnace calibration or test. The temperature
recording equipment is accurate to within at least 0.5 percent of
temperatures recorded during a test.
(CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 82-063b,
48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983)
46 CFR 164.009-13 Furnace calibration.
A calibration is performed on each new furnace and on each existing
furnace as often as necessary to ensure that the furnace is in good
working order. In each calibration the energy input to the furnace is
adjusted so that the furnace thermocouple gives a steady reading of 750
10 C. The wall temperature of the furnace tube is then measured by an
optical micro-pyrometer at intervals of 10mm on 3 equally spaced
vertical axes. The furnace is correctly calibrated if the temperature
of the furnace tube wall is between 825 and 875 C. 50 mm above and below
the midline of the wall and if the average wall temperature is
approximately 850 C.
46 CFR 164.009-15 Test procedure.
(a) General. Paragraphs (b) through (k) of this section contain the
test procedures for each material submitted for approval, except
fiberglass and other materials that melt at 750 10 C. Paragraph (1) of
this section contains test procedures for fiberglass and other materials
that melt at 750 10 C.
(b) Preparation of specimens. (1) The designated laboratory prepares
5 cylindrical specimens representative of the properties of the sample
submitted for testing. The dimensions of each specimen are as follows:
(2) If the height of the sample, except a composite material, is less
than 47 mm, the specimens prepared consist of layers of the sample.
(3) If the sample is a composite material and has a height that is
not 50 3mm, the layers of the specimen prepared are proportional in
thickness to the layers of the sample.
(4) The top and bottom faces of each specimen prepared are the faces
of the material as manufactured.
(5) If it is not practicable to prepare a specimen by the procedures
described in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section, the test
is performed on five specimens of each component of the sample made to
the dimensions prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) Conditioning of specimen. Each specimen is conditioned for at
least 20 hours in a ventilated oven maintained at 60 5 C. and is then
cooled to room temperature in a desiccator.
(d) Weight of specimen. The weight of each conditioned specimen
after cooling is determined before it is tested.
(e) Placement of specimen in holder. After a specimen is conditioned
and weighed, it is placed in the specimen holder. A specimen that is
made of layers of a composite material is held firmly together in the
specimen holder.
(f) Attachment of thermocouples. After the specimen is placed in the
specimen holder, the thermocouples are attached to the specimen as
follows: A vertical hole with a diameter of 2 mm and a depth that is
half the height of the specimen is made in the center of the top of the
specimen. The specimen thermocouple is then inserted into the hole so
that its hot junction is at the center of the specimen. The surface
thermocouple is put in contact with the surface of the specimen at its
mid-height.
(g) Preparation of the apparatus. The apparatus is examined to
determine whether it is in good working order and to ensure that the
equipment is protected against drafts and is not exposed to direct
sunlight or artificial illumination. The furnace temperature is
stabilized at 750 C. 10 C. and kept at that temperature for the
duration of the test. The furnace temperature is stabilized when no
adjustments are needed in the energy input to the furnace to keep the
temperature constant.
(h) Insertion of specimen. After the furnace temperature is
stabilized for at least 10 minutes, the specimen is inserted into the
furnace. The insertion is completed within 5 seconds. The specimen is
positioned so that the hot junction of the surface thermocouple is
diametrically opposite the hot junction of the furnace thermocouple.
(i) Heating period. The heating period begins upon insertion of the
specimen into the furnace and continues for 20 minutes, or until peak
temperatures have passed.
(j) Test observations. Temperature measurements at each thermocouple
are made at intervals of not more than 10 seconds during the heating
period, and note is taken of the occurrence and duration of any flaming.
At the end of the heating period, the specimen is removed from the
furnace and weighed while still hot.
(k) Test results. Material is approved under this subpart if the
test results of the sample submitted are within the following limits:
(1) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the
test by the furnace thermocouple, when averaged with the highest
temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 50 C.
above the stabilized furnace temperature.
(2) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the
test by the surface thermocouple, when averaged with the highest
temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 50 C.
above the stabilized furnace temperature.
(3) The duration of flaming of each specimen during the test, when
averaged with duration of flaming recorded for the other specimens, is
not more than 10 seconds.
(4) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating is not
more than 50 percent of their average weight after conditioning.
(l) Fiberglass and other materials that melt at 750 C. 10 C. If the
material submitted for approval is fiberglass or other material that
melts at 750 10 C., it is tested as described in paragraphs (b) through
(k) of this section, except the average weight loss of the sample is
determined as follows:
(1) Five cylindrical specimens in addition to the five cylindrical
specimens required in paragraph (b) of this section are prepared as
described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Each of the additional specimens is placed on a weighing dish and
both the specimen and the weighing dish are conditioned as described in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) The weight of each specimen and its weighing dish is determined
as described in paragraph (d) of this section.
(4) After a specimen and weighing dish are conditioned and weighed,
they are placed in the specimen holder with the specimen supported by
weighing dish. No specimen thermocouple or surface thermocouple is
attached to the specimen.
(5) The apparatus is prepared as described in paragraph (g) of this
section, and after the furnace temperature has stabilized for at least
10 minutes, the specimen and weighing dish are inserted into the
furnace. The specimen and weighing dish are then heated for 20 minutes
or until peak temperatures have passed. At the end of the heating
period, the specimen and weighing dish are removed from the furnace and
weighed while still hot.
(6) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating may not be
more than 50 percent of their average weight before heating.
46 CFR 164.009-17 Density measurement.
(a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine
the density of a sample.
(b) If the sample is a solid material, a specimen that has a length
of 305 mm, a width of 305 mm, and thickness equal to that of the sample
is prepared. The length and width are measured to the nearest 0.80 mm
and the thickness to the nearest 0.25 mm. Allowance is made for any
irregularity in the surfaces of the specimen. The average of at least
four measurements of each dimension is determined.
(c) If the sample is fibrous insulation, a specimen is prepared from
sheets of the sample submitted. The sample is a cube and each dimension
is 305 mm 1.60 mm. The average of at least four measurements of each
dimension is determined.
(d) The weight of a specimen is determined with a sensitive balance
scale accurate to at least 0.5 percent of the weight of the specimen.
(e) The dimension and weight measurements of a specimen are made
after it has been conditioned for at least one week, and for any
additional time needed for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in
an atmosphere that is 22.8 C. 2 C. and 50 percent 5 percent relative
humidity.
46 CFR 164.009-19 Measurement of moisture and volatile matter content.
(a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine
the moisture and volatile matter content of a sample.
(b) A specimen cut from the density specimen of a sample is
conditioned for at least one week, and for any additional time needed
for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in an atmosphere that is
22.8 C. 2 C., and 50 percent 5 percent relative humidity. The
conditioned specimen is then weighed and transferred to a previously
weighed wide mouth weighing bottle that has a glass stopper. With the
stopper removed, the bottle, stopper, and specimen are heated at 105 C.
5 C. for four hours. After four hours, the stopper is inserted in the
bottle and the bottle and sample are cooled and weighed.
(c) The content of moisture and volatile matter is the difference
between the two weighings and is reported as a percentage of the weight
of the conditioned specimen.
46 CFR 164.009-21 Laboratory report.
The laboratory report of the test and measurements of a material
contains the following:
(a) Name of the designated laboratory.
(b) Name of manufacturer of the material.
(c) Date of receipt of the material and dates of the test and
measurements.
(d) Trade name of the material.
(e) Description of the material.
(f) Density of the sample.
(g) Percentage of moisture and volatile matter in the sample.
(h) Description of the specimens tested if the specimens are prepared
from composite material.
(i) If the test was done on individual components of the sample, a
description of the components.
(j) Test results including the following:
(1) Complete time and temperature data for each thermocouple.
(2) Each observation of flame emission and the time and duration of
each emission.
46 CFR 164.009-23 Factory inspection.
The Coast Guard does not inspect noncombustible materials approved
under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commander of the
Coast Guard District in which a factory is located may detail a marine
inspector at any time to visit a factory where a noncombustible material
is manufactured to conduct an inspection of the manufacturing and
quality control procedures and to select representative samples of the
material for examination or tests to verify that the material is as
stated in the original application for approval. The manufacturer is
advised in advance of the time of testing samples selected and may
witness the tests upon request.
46 CFR 164.009-25 Marking.
The manufacturer must mark each shipping container for an approved
noncombustible material with the approval number and date of approval of
the material.
46 CFR 164.009-25 Subpart 164.012 -- Interior Finishes for Merchant Vessels
46 CFR 164.012-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the
contract date for the particular installation on any vessel, form a part
of this subpart:
(1) American Society for Testing Materials' standard: E 84-50T --
Tentative Method of Fire Hazard Classification for Building Materials.
(2) National Fire Protection Association's standard: NFPA No. 255 --
Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
(3) Coast Guard specifications: 164.008 -- Bulkhead Panels for
Merchant Vessels. 164.009 -- Incombustible Materials for Merchant
Vessels.
(b) A copy of this subpart, together with copies of the
specifications referred to in this section, shall be kept on file by the
manufacturer of any Interior Finish except those qualifying under
164.012-5(c). It should be noted that the standards listed in paragraphs
(a) (1) and (2) of this section are identical and, therefore, only one
need to be kept on file. The Coast Guard specifications may be obtained
upon request from the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington,
DC 20593-0001. The American Society for Testing Materials Standards may
be purchased from that society at 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.,
19103. The National Fire Protection Association Standard may be
purchased from that association at 60 Batterymarch Street, Boston,
Mass., 02110.
(CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9303, Sept. 30, 1961, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10903, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 164.012-5 Scope.
(a) The purpose of this specification is to set forth the fire
protection standards for ''Interior Finishes'' applied to ''Bulkhead
Panels'' or ''Incombustible Materials'' approved under Subpart 164.008
or 164.009 of this subchapter. The term ''Interior Finish'' means any
coating, overlay, or veneer except standard paint which is applied for
decorative or other purpose. It includes not only the visible finish,
but all material used in its composition and in its application to the
approved ''Bulkhead Panel'' or ''Incombustible Material.'' When finishes
are applied to both sides of a panel, each must comply with this
specification.
(b) ''Interior Finishes'' of not more than 0.075'' thickness
qualifying under 164.012-10 and those materials which are described in
paragraph (c) of this section, may be used without restriction on all
merchant vessels, including those locations where combustible veneers,
trim, moldings, and decorations are specifically prohibited by subpart
72.05 of subchapter H (Rules and Regulations for Passenger Vessels) of
this chapter.
(c) With the exception of nitrocellulose or other highly inflammable
or noxious fume-producing paints or lacquers (which are prohibited), a
limited number of coats of any standard paint, or any ''Incombustible
Material'' approved under subpart 164.009 of this subchapter in any
thickness, or a combination thereof, are considered as automatically
satisfying the intent of this specification and no test or proof of
compliance will be required. Paint may be applied to one or both sides
of ''Bulkhead Panels'' or ''Incombustible Materials,'' but it shall
never be applied as an internal layer in sandwich or laminar
construction.
(CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9303, Sept. 30, 1961)
46 CFR 164.012-10 Requirements.
(a) For an ''Interior Finish'' to qualify under this specification it
shall not be more than 0.075 inch thick (including adhesive and any
underlayment) and shall be subjected to the test described in either
standard listed in 164.012-1(a) (1) or (2). The ''Interior Finish''
shall be applied to a 1/4-inch asbestos cement board, ''Bulkhead Panel''
or ''Incombustible Material'' approved under subparts 164.008 and
164.009, in the same manner as will be employed for the shipboard
installation. The classification ratings determined by this test shall
not exceed the following values:
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-11 Marking.
In addition to that information required by the recognized
laboratory, the following information and special markings shall be
included:
Complies with USCG Subpart 164.012. Approval No. 164.012/ -- .
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-12 Recognized laboratory.
A recognized laboratory is one which is operated as a nonprofit
public service and is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and
evaluation as to the safety of insulation and surfacing materials;
which has an established factory inspection, listing, and labeling
program; and which has standards for evaluating listing and labeling
which are acceptable to the Commandant. The following laboratories are
recognized:
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, IL 60611
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-13 Examinations, tests, and inspections.
(a) Manufacturer's inspection and tests. Manufacturers of listed and
labeled Interior Finishes shall maintain quality control of the
materials used, manufacturing methods and the finished product so as to
meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections
and tests of representative samples and components produced to maintain
the quality of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the
manufacturer and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers
that applicable requirements are met, entering into manufacture shall be
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard
marine inspector, or both, for review upon request.
(b) Laboratory inspection and tests. Such examinations, inspections
and tests as are required by the recognized laboratory for listed and
labeled material produced will be conducted by the laboratory inspector
at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of the
laboratory.
(c) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard
marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the
factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the
factory where work is being done on listed and labeled products, and
either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials
entering into construction of final assemblies, for further
examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the
tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
(d) Additional tests, etc. Unannounced examinations, tests, and
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted
by the recognized laboratory or the U.S. Coast Guard.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-14 Procedure for listing and labeling.
(a) Manufacturers having a surfacing material which they consider has
characteristics suitable for general use on merchant vessels may make
application for listing and labeling as an interior finish by addressing
a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will
inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspection,
examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The
request shall include a permission for the laboratory to furnish a
complete test report together with a description of the quality control
procedures to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality
control procedures to determine if the approval requirements have been
met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory
that the material is approved and that when the material is listed and
labeled it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved. Notice of
U.S. Coast Guard approval will be published in CG-190.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical or inspection
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements the opinion
of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer may at any time request clarification or advice
from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding
manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-15 Termination of listing and labeling.
(a) Listing and labeling as an interior finish acceptable to the
Commandant as approved may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, or
suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the
Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized
laboratory or from the Commandant.
(b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing
and labeling may be any of the following:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable
assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being
manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current
applicable requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard and the recognized
laboratory.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports
indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 164.012-15 Subpart 164.013 -- Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted Trigonal Pattern)
46 CFR 164.013-1 Applicable specifications and plans.
(a) Specifications and plan. The following specifications and plan,
of the issue in effect on the date the plastic foam material is
manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
(1) Federal test method standard.
No. 601 -- Rubber: Sampling and Testing.
(2) Military specification.
MIL-P-40619 -- Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene.
(3) A.S.T.M. specification standard.
D-1564 -- Sections 42 to 46: Density Determination.
(4) Plan.
Dwg. 164.013-1 -- Pattern, Trigonal Slit, for Polyethylene Foam Slab
Material.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together
with the Certificate of Approval.
(1) The Coast Guard specifications and plans may be obtained upon
request from the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20226.
(2) The federal testing method standards may be purchased from the
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC
20407.
(3) The military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(4) The A.S.T.M. specification standards may be purchased from the
American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103.
(CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30
FR 10903, Aug. 21, 1965)
46 CFR 164.013-2 Grades.
(a) Unicellular polyethylene foam shall be of but one grade as
specified in this subpart.
(CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 164.013-3 Material and workmanship.
(a) The unicellular polyethylene foam shall be all new material
complying with the requirements outlined in this specification. The
results of the tests described in 164.013-4 shall yield property values
within the limits shown in table in 164.013-4(a).
(b) The manufacturer of the unicellular polyethylene foam shall
incorporate a color throughout the material to provide identification.
The choice of this color shall be subject to Coast Guard acceptance as a
means of identifying the various manufacturers.
(c) The unicellular polyethylene foam shall be produced in slabs with
a thickness of 1 1/8''(+ 1/8'', ^0''). One surface of the foam sheet
shall be slitted with the trigonal pattern shown on Dwg. No.
164.013-1. The slits of the trigonal pattern shall be cut to a depth
that leaves an unslit portion of material 1/8''(+ 1/16'', ^0'') in
thickness. The width of the slits shall be 0.000'' to 0.035''.
(CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 164.013-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Unicellular polyethylene foam to be used in a finished
product subject to inspection by the Coast Guard shall also be subject
to inspection at the plant where the foam is manufactured. The
manufacturer of the foam has primary responsibility for quality control
over the production of the foam. A marine inspector shall be admitted
to any place in the factory where production or partial processing of
the foam takes place, and he may take samples of the foam or other
materials for further inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall
provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance
of certain tests to be witnessed by the marine inspector, the results of
which shall comply with the table in this paragraph. The following
properties shall be determined on specimens of the sheet foam which have
not been finished with the trigonal pattern slits described in
164.013-3(c):
Polye500000000 thylene Foam
(b) Density. The density of the material shall be determined from
specimens of sheet foam that have not been finished with the trigonal
slit pattern described in 164.013-3(c). The density of the material
shall be determined by the method described in A.S.T.M. D 1564, sections
42 to 46.
(c) Compression deflection. Compression deflection shall be
determined in accordance with Method 12151 of Federal Test Method
Standard No. 601, except that the test specimens shall be compressed to
10 percent of their original thicknesses by compression forces applied
at a rate of 0.5 inches per minute.
(d) Water absorption. Water absorption of the material shall be
determined in accordance with paragraph 4.5.7 of MIL-P-40619.
(e) Buoyancy in fresh water. The buoyancy test shall be made with a
sample of the material measuring approximately 1 1/8'' x 12'' x 12''.
Securely attach a spring scale in a position directly over a test tank.
Suspend a weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the
basket can be weighed while completely submerged under water. Proceed
as follows:
(1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(2) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the samples to remain submerged 24 hours.
(3) After the 24 hour submergence period, weigh the wire basket with
the sample inside while both are still under water.
(4) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1) of this section
minus paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The resulting value is divided
by the volume of the polyethylene foam expressed in cubic feet. The
final result is in lbs./cubic feet.
(f) Volume loss on heat aging. The volume loss shall be determined
according to par. 4.5.9 of Military Specification MIL-P-40619.
(g) Oil resistance. The resistance to Navy grade fuel oil shall be
determined according to para. 4.5.10 of Military Specification
MIL-P-40619.
(h) Odor. The odor of unicellular polyethylene foam shall be
determined by sniffing.
(i) Compression set. The compression set shall be measured one hour
after removal of a 10-pound weight which has been applied to a sample
approximately 1'' x 1'' x 1'' for one hour at room temperature. The
compression set shall be calculated by means of the following formula:
where:
to = original thickness.
tf = final thickness.
(CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964, as amended by CGFR 64-87, 30
FR 2028, Feb. 13, 1965)
46 CFR 164.013-5 Procedure for acceptance.
(a) Unicellular polyethylene foam is not subject to formal approval,
but will be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for
use in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
(b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the
Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to
the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing
methods, and to select from foam already manufactured sufficient sample
material for testing for compliance with the requirements of this
specification. A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with
the sample material and one copy of an independent laboratory test
report, will be forwarded to the Commandant and if satisfactory, notice
of acceptance will be given to the manufacturer.
(c) Acceptance of unicellular polyethylene foam prior to being
incorporated into finished products, or during the course of
manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the
acceptance of the finished product.
(d) The manufacturer of the foam shall provide the manufacturer of
the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit stating that the foam
conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.
(CGFR 64-87, 30 FR 2029, Feb. 13, 1965)
46 CFR 164.013-5 Subpart 164.015 -- Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant,
Sheet and Molded Shape
Source: CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965 unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.015-1 Applicable specifications and standards.
(a) Specifications. The following specification and standard, of the
issue in effect on the date the plastic foam material is manufactured,
form a part of this subpart:
(1) Military specification:
MIL-F-859 -- Fuel Oil, Boiler.
(2) Federal specification:
C-C-91 -- Candle illuminating.
(3) Federal standard:
Standard 601 -- Rubber: Sampling and Testing.
(4) A.S.T.M. standard:
D1692T -- Flammability of Plastic Foam and Sheeting.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and standards
referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the plastic foam
manufacturer with this subpart.
(1) The Federal Specification and the Federal Standard may be
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services
Administration, Washington, DC, 20407.
(2) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.
19120.
(3) The A.S.T.M. Standard may be purchased from the American Society
for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64,
31 FR 563 Jan. 18, 1966)
46 CFR 164.015-2 Types.
(a) Unicellular expanded polyvinyl chloride-acetate copolymer or
synthetic rubber modified polyvinyl chloride, polymer or copolymer
plastic foam shall be of three types as follows:
Type A -- for life preservers, buoyant vests or buoyant cushions.
Type B -- for buoyant vests or buoyant cushions.
Type C -- for ring life buoys.
46 CFR 164.015-3 Material and workmanship.
(a) The unicellular plastic foam shall be all new material complying
with the requirements of this specification. The results of the tests
described in 164.015-4 shall yield property values within the limits
shown in Table 164.015-4(a).
(b) The unicellular plastic foam shall be produced in sheet stock or
molded shapes.
46 CFR 164.015-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Unicellular plastic foam to be used in a finished
product subject to inspection by the Coast Guard also shall be subject
to inspection at the plant where the foam is manufactured. The
manufacturer of the foam has primary responsibility for quality control
over the production of the foam. A marine inspector shall be admitted
to any place in the factory where production or partial processing of
the foam takes place, and he may take samples of the foam or other
materials for further inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall
provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance
of certain tests to be witnessed by the marine inspector, the results of
which shall comply with Table 164.015-4(a). Unless otherwise specified,
all tests shall be conducted at a temperature of 21 3 C. (70 5 F.) The
properties listed in Table 164.015-4(a) shall be determined on specimens
of sheet foam or molded shapes.
(b) Density. The density of the material shall be determined by
dividing the weight of the material by its volume and shall be expressed
in pounds per cubic foot. The volume shall be determined by measuring
the volume of water displaced by the material or by direct measurement
of the specimen using vernier calipers reading to 0.001 inch A sheet
specimen 4'' x 4'' x thickness furnished shall be used unless the foam
is molded shape, then the largest single piece so molded shall be used.
(c) Buoyancy in fresh water -- (1) Specimens. The buoyancy test
shall be made with a sample of the sheet material measuring 12'' x 12''
x thickness of material furnished or with the largest molded shape
furnished.
(2) Procedure. Securely attach a spring scale in a position directly
over a test tank. Suspend a weighted wire basket from the scale in such
a manner that the basket can be weighed while completely submerged in
water. Proceed as follows:
(i) Weigh the empty basket under water.
(ii) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the samples to remain submerged for 24 hours.
(iii) After 24 hours submergence period, weigh the wire basket with
the sample inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section
minus (c)(2)(iii) of this section. The resulting value is divided by
the volume of the polyvinyl chloride foam expressed in cubic feet. The
final result is in lbs./cu. ft.
(d) Volume loss on heat aging -- (1) Specimen. Test specimens shall
consist of pieces 4'' x 4'' x the thickness of the material furnished.
Where the foam is an object of molded shape, the largest single piece so
molded shall be used for this test.
(2) Procedure. Volume before and after the heat aging test shall be
determined by measuring the volume of water displaced by the material.
The specimens shall be placed in an oven maintained at 140 2 F., for a
period of one week. At the end of that period the specimens shall be
removed from the oven and allowed to recover in the open for 5 hours at
70 2 F. before the measurement of final volume is made. The test shall
be run in triplicate, the results averaged and the percentage of volume
loss calculated.
(e) Compression deflection. Compression deflection shall be
determined in accordance with method 12151 of Federal Standard 601,
except that the deflection shall be maintained at 25 percent with
automatic or manual control, and the load observed and recorded 60
seconds after the 25 percent deflection is reached.
(f) Compression set -- (1) Specimens. The specimens shall have
parallel top and bottom surfaces which shall be at right angles to the
side surfaces. The specimen may be cylindrical or rectangular. The
minimum dimension across the top shall be at least 1.0 times the
thickness and the top a minimum of 1 square inch in area, and a maximum
of 16 square inches in area.
(2) Apparatus. The apparatus shall consist of a compression device
with two parallel plates, between which the test specimen shall be
compressed by means of four studs and nuts. The plates may be steel,
aluminum or any rigid smooth metal of sufficient thickness to withstand
the required compression stresses without bending. The surfaces against
which the test specimens are held shall be smooth and shall be
thoroughly cleaned and wiped dry before each test. Metal shims inserted
between the plates shall be used to limit the compression of the
specimen.
(3) Procedure. Thickness, before and after the compression set test
shall be measured as specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section. The
test specimens shall be compressed 25% of the original thickness for 22
hours. At the end of that period, the test specimens shall be removed
from the set apparatus and allowed to rest for 24 hours before
measurement of final thickness is made. The compression set shall be
calculated by means of the following formula:
(1)
where:
ho=the original thickness.
hi=the thickness 24 hours after removal from apparatus.
hs=the test compression thickness.
(g) Fire retardance -- (1) Types A and C foams. The test specimens
shall be 1/4 inch in thickness, 1 inch in width and approximately 6
inches in length. The specimens shall be clamped at one end in a
position such that the long dimension forms a 45 angle with the
horizontal and with the widths in a vertical position. A bunsen burner
with a 1 inch yellow flame shall be applied to the lower or free end of
the specimen for 15 seconds. The burner shall then be removed and the
time that the specimen continues to burn after removal of the burner
shall be recorded as burning time. The length of char shall also be
recorded. The test shall be performed in a location free from drafts.
The average results of three determinations shall be reported. A plain
wax candle equivalent to those meeting Federal Specification C-C 91 may
be substituted for the bunsen burner.
(2) Type B foam. The test specimens shall be 1/2 inch in thickness,
2 inches in width and approximately 6 inches in length. The specimens
shall be tested in accordance with American Society for Testing
Materials Designation D-1692T specification standard.
(h) Tensile strength and the ultimate elongation -- (1) Specimens.
The test specimens shall be dumbbell shaped, conforming in shape to die
I of method 4111 of Standard FED-STD-601. The thickness of the specimen
shall be 1/4 inch. Two specimens shall be taken from the center of the
sample piece and two from one side, keeping the skin surface intact.
The thickness shall be measured to the nearest 0.001 inch by a suitable
measurement device such as a vernier caliper with a sliding vernier to
read 0.001 inch. Care shall be taken not to compress or distort the
specimen when measuring. The specimens taken from the center will be
skinless; the others will have skin on one side. One-inch bench marks
shall be placed midway on the constricted portion of the tensile
specimen.
(2) Procedure. (i) The tensile strength of the specimens shall be
determined in a standard tensile testing machine with a rate of
separation of jaws set at 2 inches per minute. The bench marks shall be
followed with a suitable pair of dividers until the specimen ruptures.
A minimum of 4 specimens shall be tested and if any specimen breaks at
the clamp or any specimen exhibits any obvious defects, the results
obtained therewith shall be discarded. A new similar specimen shall
then be prepared and tested. The tensile strength shall be calculated
by dividing the breaking load (to the nearest 0.1 pound) by the original
area of the cross section of the specimen in square inches and the
result shall be expressed in pounds per square inch. The percent
ultimate elongation shall be calculated as follows:
(2)
where:
D = distance between knife edges of bench marker.
D1 = distance between bench marks at moment of rupture to the nearest
1/32 inch.
(3) Averaging determinations. The tensile strength in pounds per
square inch and percent ultimate elongation of four determinations shall
be averaged for each sample.
(i) Water absorption -- (1) Specimens. Test specimens shall be 4'' x
4'' square and approximately 1'' in thickness. The specimen may have
the natural skin on the top and bottom surfaces.
(2) Procedure. The specimens shall be weighed and submerged in water
under a 10-foot head of water (equal to 4.35 psi) at room temperature
(65 -95 F.) for 48 hours. The specimens shall then be placed in a
stream of air for the minimum time required to remove visible water from
the surface, and reweighed. The results shall be calculated in terms of
pounds of water gain per square foot of total exposed surface.
(j) Flexibility -- (1) The size of the specimen shall be
approximately 1'' x 8'' with a thickness of 1/4'' 1/16''. The test
specimens and equipment shall be conditioned for at least 4 hours at 0
F. 2 F., and bent 180 around a 1/2'' diameter steel mandril within 5
seconds at the test temperature. Care shall be taken to avoid warming
the test specimens, particularly at or near the bend point, in
performing the test.
(k) Oil resistance -- (1) Specimens. The test specimens shall be a
disk approximately 1'' in diameter and 1'' (approximately) in thickness.
(2) Procedure. The specimen shall be immersed in fuel oil conforming
to Navy special grade of Specification MIL-F-859 for 70 hours. The
specimen shall then be removed, dipped in alcohol and blotted with
filter paper. The specimen shall then be compared to an untreated
specimen of similar size for apparent softness and visible swelling.
(l) Odor. The odor of unicellular polyvinyl chloride foam shall be
determined by sniffing.
(CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64,
31 FR 563, Jan. 18, 1966)
46 CFR 164.015-5 Procedure for acceptance.
(a) Unicellular plastic foam is not subject to formal approval, but
will be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for use
in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
(b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the
Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to
the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing
methods and to select from foam already manufactured sufficient sample
material for testing for compliance with the requirements of this
specification. A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with
the sample material and one copy of an independent laboratory test
report will be forwarded to the Commandant and if satisfactory notice of
acceptance will be given to the manufacturer.
(c) Acceptance of unicellular plastic foam prior to being
incorporated into finished products, or during the course of
manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the
acceptance of the finished products.
(d) The manufacturer of the foam shall provide the manufacturer of
the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit certifying that the foam
conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 164.015-5 Subpart 164.016 -- Microcellular Nylon, Sheet and
Molded Shapes
Source: CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970.
46 CFR 164.016-1 Reference specifications and standards.
(a) Specifications and standards. The following specifications and
standards are listed for reference.
(1) Military specification. (i) MIL-F-859, Fuel oil, boiler.
(2) Federal standard. (i) Standard 601, Rubber: Sampling and
testing.
(3) American society for testing and materials standard. (i) ASTM
D1692T, Flammability of plastic foam and sheeting.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and standards
referred to in this section in effect on the date of manufacture of the
microcellular nylon material together with a copy of this subpart shall
be kept on file by the manufacturer. The military specification may be
obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor
Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. The Federal standard may be purchased
from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration,
Washington, DC 20407. The ASTM standard may be purchased from the
American Society for Testing and Material, 1916 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
46 CFR 164.016-2 Types.
Microcellular nylon polymer shall be of one grade containing an
average cell size not larger than 0.01 inch.
46 CFR 164.016-3 Material and workmanship.
(a) The microcellular nylon shall be all new material complying with
the requirements of this specification. The results of the tests
described in 164.016-4 shall yield property values within the limits
shown in table 164.016-4(a).
(b) The microcellular nylon shall be produced in sheet stock or
molded shapes.
46 CFR 164.016-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Microcellular nylon to be used in a finished product
subject to inspection by the U.S. Coast Guard shall be subject to
inspection at the plant where the nylon is manufactured. The
manufacturer of the nylon has primary responsibility for quality control
over the production of the nylon. A marine inspector shall be admitted
to any place in the factory where production or partial processing of
the nylon takes place, and he may take samples of the nylon or other
materials for further inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall
provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance
of certain tests to be witnessed by the marine inspector, the results of
which shall comply with table 164.016-4(a). Unless otherwise specified,
all tests shall be conducted at a temperature of 21 C. 3 C. (70 F. 5
F.) and 50% R.H. The following properties shall be determined on
specimens of sheet foam or molded shapes:
(b) Density. The density of the material shall be determined by
dividing the weight of the material by its volume and shall be expressed
in pounds per cubic foot. The volume shall be determined by measuring
the volume of water displaced by the material or by direct measurement
of the specimen using vernier calipers reading to 0.001 inch. A sheet
specimen 4'' by 4'' by thickness furnished shall be used unless the
nylon is molded shape, then the largest single piece so molded shall be
used.
(c) Buoyancy test method -- (1) Specimens. The buoyancy test shall
be made in fresh water with a sample of the sheet material measuring
12'' by 12'' by thickness of material furnished or with the largest
molded shape furnished.
(2) Procedure. A spring scale shall be securely attached in a
position directly over a test tank. A weighted wire basket shall be
suspended from the scale in such a manner that the basket can be weighed
while completely submerged in water. The test procedures shall be as
follows:
(i) Weigh the empty basket under water.
(ii) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2'' below the surface of the water. Allow
the samples to remain submerged for 24 hours.
(iii) After 24 hours submergence period, weigh the wire basket with
the sample inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section
minus paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section. The resulting value is
divided by the volume of the microcellular nylon expressed in cubic
feet. The final result is in lbs./cu. ft.
(d) Volume loss on heat aging -- (1) Specimen. Test specimens shall
consist of pieces 4'' by 4'' by the thickness of the material furnished.
Where the nylon is an object of molded shape, the largest single piece
so molded shall be used for this test.
(2) Procedure. Volume before and after the heat aging test shall be
determined by measuring the volume of water displaced by the material.
The specimens shall be placed in an oven maintained at 140 F. 2 F. for
a period of 1 week. At the end of that period the specimens shall be
removed from the oven and allowed to recover in the open for 5 hours at
70 F. 2 F. before the measurement of final volume is made. The test
shall be run in triplicate, the results averaged and the percentage of
volume loss calculated.
(e) Compression deflection. Compression deflection shall be
determined in accordance with Method 12151 of Federal Standard 601,
except that the deflection shall be maintained at 25 percent with
automatic control, and the load observed and recorded 60 seconds after
the 25 percent deflection is reached.
(f) Compression set -- (1) Specimens. The specimens shall have
parallel top and bottom surfaces which shall be at right angles to the
side surfaces. The specimen may be cylindrical or rectangular. The
minimum dimension across the top shall be at least 1.0 times the
thickness and the top a minimum of 1 square inch in area, and a maximum
of 16 square inches in area.
(2) Apparatus. The apparatus shall consist of a compression device
with two parallel plates, between which the test specimen shall be
compressed by means of four studs and nuts. The plates may be steel,
aluminum or any rigid smooth metal of sufficient thickness to withstand
the required compression stresses without bending. The surfaces against
which the test specimens are held shall be smooth and shall be
thoroughly cleaned and wiped dry before each test. Metal shims inserted
between the plates shall be used to limit the compression of the
specimen.
(3) Procedure. Thickness, before and after the compression set test,
shall be measured as provided by paragraph (h)(1) of this section. The
test specimens shall be compressed 25 percent of the original thickness
for 22 hours. At the end of that period, the test specimens shall be
removed from the set apparatus and allowed to rest for 24 hours before
measurement of final thickness is made The compression set shall be
calculated by means of the following formula:
Compression set (percent)=(ho^hi) (ho^hs) 100
where:
ho equals the original thickness
hi equals the thickness 24 hours after removal from apparatus
hs equals the test compression thickness
(g) Fire retardance. (1) The test specimens shall be 1/2'' in
thickness, 2'' in width and approximately 6'' in length The specimens
shall be tested in accordance with American Society for Testing and
Materials Designation D-1692T specification standard.
(h) Tensile strength and the ultimate elongation -- (1) Specimens.
The test specimens shall be dumbbell shaped, conforming in shape to die
I of Method 4111 of Standard FED-STD-601. The thickness of the specimen
shall be taken from the center of the sample piece and two from one
side, keeping the skin surface intact. The thickness shall be measured
to the nearest 0.001 inch by a suitable measurement device such as a
vernier caliper with a sliding vernier to read 0.001 inch. Care shall
be taken not to compress or distort the specimen when measuring. The
specimens taken from the center will be skinless; the others will have
skin on one side. One-inch bench marks shall be placed midway on the
constricted portion of the tensile specimen.
(2) Procedure. The tensile strength of the specimens shall be
determined in a standard tensile testing machine with a rate of
separation of jaws set at 2 inches per minute. The bench marks shall be
followed with a suitable pair of dividers until the specimen ruptures.
A minimum of 4 specimens shall be tested and if any specimen breaks at
the clamp or any specimen exhibits any obvious defects, the results
obtained therewith shall be discarded. A new similar specimen shall
then be prepared and tested. The tensile strength shall be calculated
by dividing the breaking load (to the nearest 0.1 pound) by the original
area of the cross section of the specimen in square inches and the
result shall be expressed in pounds per square inch.
The percent ultimate elongation shall be calculated as follows:
where:
D equals distance between knife edges of bench marker
D1 equals distance between bench marks at moment of rupture to the
nearest 1/32 inch.
The tensile strength in pounds per square inch and percent ultimate
elongation of four determinations shall be averaged for each sample.
(i) Water absorption -- (1) Specimens. Test specimens shall be 4'' x
4'' square and approximately 1'' in thickness and the specimen may have
the natural skin on the top and bottom surfaces. Where the nylon is a
molded shape, the longest single piece so molded shall be used for this
test.
(2) Procedure. The specimens shall be weighed and submerged in water
under a 10-foot head of water (equal to 4.34 p.s.i. at room temperature
(65 -95 F.) for 48 hours. The specimens shall then be placed in a stream
of air for the minimum time required to remove visible water from the
surface, and reweighed. The results shall be calculated in terms of
pounds of water gain per square foot of total exposed surface.
(j) Flexibility. (1) The size of the specimen shall be approximately
1'' x 8'' with a thickness of 1/4'' 1/16''. The test specimens and
equipment shall be conditioned for at least four hours at 0 F. 2 F.,
and bent 180 around a 1/2'' diameter steel mandrill within 5 seconds at
the test temperature. Care shall be taken to avoid warming the test
specimens, particularly at or near the bend point, in performing the
test.
(k) Oil resistance -- (1) Specimens. The test specimens shall be a
disk approximately 1'' in diameter and 1'' inch in thickness.
(2) Procedure. The specimen shall be immersed in fuel oil conforming
to Navy special grade of Specification MIL-F-859 for 70 hours. The
specimen shall then be removed, dipped in alcohol and blotted with
filter paper. The specimen shall then be compared to an untreated
specimen of similar size for apparent softness and visible swelling.
(l) Odor. The odor of microcellular nylon shall be determined by
sniffing.
(m) Cell size. Four test specimens shall be taken from various
sections of the molded piece. Using vernier calipers, bench marks .10
inch apart shall be scribed on each test sample. Using 100X
magnification photomicrographs, the number of cells shall be counted in
a straight line between the two bench marks.
(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970; 36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971)
46 CFR 164.016-5 Procedure for acceptance.
(a) Microcellular nylon is not subject to formal approval, but will
be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for use in
the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
(b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the
Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to
the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing
methods, and to select, from microcellular nylon already manufactured,
sufficient sample material for testing for compliance with the
requirements of this specification. A copy of the marine inspector's
report, together with the sample material and one copy of an independent
laboratory test report, will be forwarded to the Commandant and, if
satisfactory, notice of acceptance will be given to the manufacturer.
(c) Acceptance of microcellular nylon prior to being incorporated
into finished products, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no
case be construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished
products.
(d) The manufacturer of the nylon shall provide the manufacturer of
the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit certifying that the foam
conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 164.016-5 Subpart 164.018 -- Retroreflective Material for
Lifesaving Equipment
Source: CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38786, July 2, 1979, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 164.018-1 Scope.
This subpart prescribes design requirements, approval tests, and
procedures for approving retroreflective material used on lifesaving
equipment.
46 CFR 164.018-3 Classification.
The following types of retroreflective material are approved under
this specification:
(a) Type I -- Material used on flexible surfaces and rigid surfaces,
except rigid surfaces that are continuously exposed.
(b) Type II -- Weather resistant material used on continuously
exposed rigid surfaces.
46 CFR 164.018-5 Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.
(a) The following federal and military specifications and standards
are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) Federal Specification L-P-375 C (April 23, 1970), entitled
''Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride'', as amended by Amendment 2 of
December 2, 1976.
(2) Federal Specification L-S-300 B (July 12, 1974), entitled
''Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing.''
(3) Federal Specification CCC-C-426 D (August 12, 1970), entitled
''Cloth, Drill, Cotton.''
(4) Federal Specification CCC-C-443 E (December 2, 1974), entitled
''Cloth, Duck, Cotton (Single and Plied Filling Yarns, Flat).''
(5) Federal Test Method Standard 141a (September 1, 1965), entitled
''Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection,
Sampling and Testing.'' (Method 6141 ''Washability of Paints'', and
Method 6142 ''Scrub Resistance'' as amended May 1, 1974).
(6) Federal Test Method Standard 370 (March 1, 1977), entitled
''Instrumental Photometric Measurements of Retroreflective Materials and
Retroreflective Devices.''
(7) Military Specification MIL-C-17415 E (April 16, 1964), entitled
''Cloth, Coated, and Webbing, Inflatable Boat and Miscellaneous Use'',
as amended by Amendment 5 of April 26, 1976.
(8) Military Specification MIL-R-21607 D (August 5, 1976), entitled
''Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire-retardant.''
(9) Military Specification MIL-C-43006 E (March 24, 1978), entitled
''Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl Nylon High Strength, Flexible.''
(b) Federal and military specifications and standards may be obtained
from Customer Service, Naval Publications, Forms Center, 5801 Tabor
Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. These materials are also on file in the
Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on June
14, 1979.
(d) When changes are made to a specification or standard incorporated
by reference into this subpart, the effective date for its use will be
the effective date set by the issuing authority unless otherwise
determined by the Coast Guard.
46 CFR 164.018-7 Approval procedures.
(a) An application for approval of retroreflective material must be
sent to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC
20593-0001.
(b) Each application for approval must contain -- (1) The name and
address of the applicant;
(2) Two copies of plans or specifications of the material;
(3) A detailed description of the quality control procedures used in
manufacturing the material; and
(4) A test report containing observations and results of approval
testing conducted.
(c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the retroreflective
material is approved. If the material is approved, an approval
certificate is sent to the applicant.
(CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38786, July 2, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48
FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 164.018-9 Design requirements.
(a) Type I retroreflective material must be capable of being attached
to lifesaving equipment either by sewing it to the equipment or by means
of an adhesive. Type II material must be capable of being attached to
lifesaving equipment either by mechanical fasteners or by an adhesive.
(b) The following information must be stated on retroreflective
material or on the package in which it is supplied to a user:
(1) Each surface to which the retroreflective material is designed to
be attached.
(2) The instructions for attaching the material to each surface
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) When retroreflective material designed for use with an adhesive
is tested in accordance with the ''adhesion'' test method listed in
164.018-11, the material must not peel for a distance of more than 5 cm
(2 in.).
(d) When dry material is tested in accordance with the ''reflective
intensity'' test method listed in 164.018-11, the reflective intensity
of the material must be equal to or greater than the values for
reflective intensity listed in Table 164.018-9.
(e) When wet material is tested in accordance with the ''reflective
intensity during rainfall'' test method listed in 164.018-11, the
reflective intensity of the material must be at least 90 percent of the
values listed in Table 164.018-9.
(f) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance
with the ''resistance to accelerated weathering'' test method listed in
164.018-11 must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in Table
164.018-9.
(g) After testing in accordance with the ''fungus resistance'' test
method listed in 164.018-11, retroreflective material must not support
fungus growth, and the reflective intensity of the material must be
equal to or greater than the values for reflective intensity listed in
Table 164.018-9.
(h) The reflective intensity of materials after testing in accordance
with the ''resistance to water immersion'' test method described in
164.018-11, must be equal to or greater than the values listed in Table
164.018-9, except that retroreflectivity is not required in the area
extending outward 5 mm (0.2 inches) from each side of the cuts made in
the material.
(i) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance
with the ''abrasion resistance'' test method described in 164.018-11(
b)(2), must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in Table
164.018-9
(j) After retroreflective material is tested in accordance with the
''soil resistance and cleanability'' test method described in
164.018-11(b)(3) the material must not have any visible damage or
permanent soiling.
(k) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (j) of this section,
retroreflective material when tested in accordance with the test methods
listed in 164.018-11 must meet the requirements prescribed for those
test methods in Federal Specification L-S-300.
46 CFR 164.018-11 Approval tests.
(a) Retroreflective material submitted for Coast Guard approval must
be tested in accordance with the following test methods described in
Federal Specification L-S-300:
(1) Test conditions.
(2) Test panels.
(3) Adhesion test method using a 0.79 kg (1.75 lb.) test weight,
except that one test panel must be immersed in distilled water in a
covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied and the
other test panel must be immersed in salt water (4% NaCl by weight) in a
covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied. (This test
method is required only for retroreflective material that is designed
for use with an adhesive. If a particular test panel used in testing
results in a test failure, the retroreflective material will not be
approved for attachment to material of the type used as the test panel.
The retroreflective material may nevertheless be approved for use with
other types of material depending on the results of testing with the
other panels. See paragraph (d) of this section for a listing of tests
panels used.)
(4) Flexibility at standard conditions test method, except that when
testing Type I material --
(i) The material must be unmounted;
(ii) A 1.5 mm ( 1/16-inch) mandrel must be used in place of the
mandrel described in the test method; and
(iii) After testing at standard conditions, the material must be
placed in a chamber at a temperature of ^18 C. (0 F.) for at least 1
hour and then retested in the chamber at that temperature.
(5) Reflective intensity.
(6) Resistance to accelerated weathering test method and subtest
methods ''reflective intensity after accelerated weathering,''
''reflective intensity during rainfall,'' and ''adhesion after
accelerated weathering.'' (The ''adhesion after accelerated weathering''
test method is required only for materials designed for use with an
adhesive. The ''resistance to accelerated weathering'' test method must
be performed for 250 hours, if testing Type I material, and for 1,000
hours if testing Type II material.)
(7) Resistance to heat, cold, and humidity.
(8) Fungus resistance.
(b) Retroreflective material submitted for approval must also be
tested as follows:
(1) Resistance to water immersion. Two test panels are used. The
test panels and test conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2)
of this section. The retroreflective material on each test panel is cut
with a sharp knife from each corner to the corner diagonally opposite so
that an ''X'' is formed. The cuts must be made completely through the
material to the metal panel. One panel is immersed in distilled water
in a covered container. The other panel is immersed in salt water (4%
NaCl by weight) in a covered container. After 16 hours in water, the
panels are removed from the containers, rinsed of deposits, and dried.
Reflective intensity values at the angles listed in Table 164.018-9 must
be measured within 2 hours after removal of the panels from the water.
When measuring the reflective intensity values, the area within 5 mm
(0.2 in.) of either side of the ''X'' cuts, and within 5 mm of the cut
edges of the material, must not be counted.
(2) Abrasion resistance. One test panel is used. The panel and test
conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section. The
test apparatus must meet Federal Test Method Standard 141, Method 6142,
except that the brush must be dry. One thousand brush strokes are
applied to the material. The test panel is then wiped with a clean soft
cloth. Thereafter, the reflective intensity of the area of the material
in contact with the brush is measured at the angles listed in Table
164.018-9.
(3) Soil resistance and cleanability. One panel is used. The test
panel and test conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this
section. A soiling medium is applied to the material as described in
Federal Test Method Standard 141, Method 6141. The soiled area is then
covered with a laboratory watch glass or similar device. After 24
hours, the material is uncovered and the soil medium wiped off with a
clean, dry, soft cloth. The material is then wetted with mineral
spirits and wiped with a cloth soaked in mineral spirits. Thereafter, it
is washed with a 1 percent (by weight) solution of detergent in warm
water and rinsed and dried with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
(c) Each measurement of reflective intensity required in paragraphs
(a), (b)(1), and (b)(2) of this section must be made using either --
(1) The L-S-300 procedure for measuring reflective intensity; or
(2) The procedure for measuring specific intensity per unit area in
Federal Test Method Standard 370, except that the test apparatus
arrangement required in L-S-300 must be used.
(d) If material is designed for use with an adhesive, the
''adhesion'' test method required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section
must be repeated using a 0.79 kg. (1.75 lb.) test weight and using each
of the following materials as test panels in place of the aluminum test
panels required by this test method:
(1) Smooth panel of cured polyester laminating resin meeting
MIL-R-21607 (Types I and II material).
(2) Cotton drill (Type I material only) meeting CCC-C-426, or cotton
duck meeting CCC-C-443 (Type I material only).
(3) Vinyl-nylon laminated cloth meeting MIL-C-43006 (Type I material
only).
(4) Vinyl film meeting L-P-375 (Type I material only).
(5) Rubber coated cloth meeting MIL-C-17415 (Type I material only).
(e) Each flexible material listed in paragraph (d) of this section
when used as a test panel must be bonded to a rigid backing.
(f) Test panel material listed in paragraph (d) of this section must
--
(1) Be taken from an item of Coast Guard approved lifesaving
equipment; or
(2) Be certified by the manufacturer of the material that it meets
the applicable specification in paragraph (d) of this section.
46 CFR 164.018-13 Production inspections.
The Coast Guard does not inspect retroreflective material approved
under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may
select samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to
determine whether retroreflective material is being manufactured in
compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
46 CFR 164.018-13 PART 165 -- (RESERVED)
46 CFR 164.018-13 FINDING AIDS
A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations
which is published separately and revised annually.
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
List of CFR Sections Affected
Title 46-Shipping
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.
46 CFR 164.018-13 46 CFR SUBCHAPTER Q (PARTS 159-165)
COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
American Society for Mechanical Engineers
United Engineering Center, 345 E. 47th St., New York, NY 10017
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section I -- par. PG-67 to 72 Design and Construction, and Tests
1977-1979 162.001-1
Par. PG-69 -- Testing 1977-1979 162.001-1 Par. PG-71 -- Mounting
1977-1979 162.001-1 Par. PG-110 -- Stamping of Safety Valves
1977-1979 162.001-1 Section IV -- par. HG-402 Discharge
Capacities of Safety and
Safety Relief Valves, 1980 162.012-1; 162.013-1
Section VIII -- Par. UG-131 Certification of Capacity for
Pressure Relief Valves, 1980 162.018-1
American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM A 27-80 Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel Castings 160.032-1
ASTM A 36-77 Structural Steel 160.035-1
ASTM A 216-77 Carbon-Steel Casting Suitable for Fusion Welding for
High Temperature Service 160.032-1
ASTM A 525-80 Steel Sheets, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip
Process 160.035-1
ASTM B 61-80 Steam or Valve Bronze Castings 162.014-1
ASTM B 117-73 Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing 160.171-3;
161.002-1; 161.004-1; 161.006-1
ASTM B 117-73 (reapproved 1979) Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog)
Testing 160.176-8; 160.176-13
ASTM C 177-76 Standard Test Method for Steady State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate 160.171-3;
160.174-3
ASTM C 518-76 Standard Test Method for Steady State Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter 160.171-3;
160.174-3
ASTM D 413-76 Adhesion of Vulcanized Rubber (Friction Test) 160.055-1
ASTM D 570-77 Water Absorbtion of Plastics 160.055-1
ASTM D 751-79 Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics 160.176-13
ASTM D 882-75 Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting 160.055-1;
160.071-3
ASTM D 975-81 Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils 160.171-3;
160.174-3
ASTM D 1004-66 Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting
160.055-1; 160.171-3; 160.174-3
ASTM D 1434-75 Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting
160.176-13
ASTM D 1435-75 Standard Recommended Practice for Outdoor Weathering
of Plastics 163.003-1
ASTM D 1518-77 Thermal Transmittance of Textile Materials Between
Guarded Hot-Plate and Cool Atmosphere 160.174-3
ASTM D 1571-77 Cloth Woven Asbestos 164.009-3
ASTM D 3574-77 Flexible Cellular Materials -- Slab Bonded and Molded
Urethane Foam, Testing 164.031-1
ASTM E 84-80 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics
of Building Materials 164.012-1
ASTM E 119-80 Fire Testing of Building Construction and Materials
164.007-1; 164.008-1
ASTM F 1014-86 Standard Specification for Flashlights on Vessels
160.051-7(c)(4), (d)(4)
Coast Guard
Commandant (G-MVI), 2100 Second St. SW, Washington, DC 20593
DWG No. F-49-6-1 Life Preserver, Kapok, Adult 160.002-1
DWG No. F-49-6-5 Life Preserver, Kapok, Child 160.002-1
DWG No. 160.005-1 Life Preserver, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child
(Jacket Type) 160.005-1
DWG No. 160.009 Cork and Balsa Wood Ring Life Buoy; arrangement and
construction details 160.009-1
DWG No. 160.013-1 Hatchet (Lifeboat and Liferaft) 160.013-1
DWG No. 160.027-4 Rectangular Balsa Wood Life Float with Platform,
Net and Rigging 160.027-1
DWG No. 160.043-1(b) Jackknife (with Can Opener) 160.043-1
DWG No. 160.047-1 Buoyant Vest, Kapok or Fibrous Glass, Adult and
Child 160.047-1
DWG No. 160.048-1 Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass 160.048-1
DWG No. 160.049-1 Buoyant Cushion, Plastic Foam 160.049-1
DWG No. 160.052-1 Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and
Child 160.052-1
DWG No. 160-055-1A Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult
160.055-1
DWG No. 160.055-1B Life Preservers, Unicellular Foam, Child
160.055-1
DWG No. 160.060-1 Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Polyethylene Foam, Adult
and Child 160.060-1
DWG No. 164.013-1 Pattern, Trigonal Slit, for Polyethylene Foam Slab
Material 164.013-1
Compressed Gas Association
500 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10036
S-1.2.5.2 -- Flow Tests of Safety Relief Valves (Pamphlet 1.2, para.
5.2), 1979 162.018-1
Federal Aviation Administration, Technical Standard Order
Policy and Procedure Br., AWS-110, Aircraft Engineering Division,
Office of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Ave., S.W., Washington, DC
20591
TSO-C13d, Federal Aviation Administration Standard for Life
Preservers, January 3, 1983 160.176-8
National Institute of Standards and Technology (formerly National
Bureau of Standards)
C/O Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402
Special Pub. 440 (SD Cat. No. C13.10:440) Color: Universal Language
and Dictionary of Names, 1976 160.010-1; 160.021-1; 160.022-1;
160.024-1; 160.036-1; 160.037-1; 160.057-1; 160.171-3; 160.174-3;
160.176-9
Naval Publications Forms Center
Customer Service, Code 1052, 5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
Federal Specifications:
C-C-91 Candle, Illuminating, D 164.015-1 CCC-C-426 Cloth, Cotton
Drill, D 160.048-1; 160.049-1;
160.055-1; 164.018-5
CCC-C-443 Cloth, Cotton, Duck, Plied Filling Yarns, Flat, E, and
Amdt. 1 160.009-1, 164.018-5
CCC-C-700 Cloth, Coated, Vinyl (Artificial Leather), G
160.048-1; 160.049-1; 160.055-1
GG-K-391 Kits (Empty), First Aid, Burn Treatment and Snakebite;
and kit contents, A, and Amdt. 4 160.041-1
GGG-A-926 Axes, C, and Amdt. 2 160.013-1 HH-M-351 Millboard,
Asbestos, E, and Amdt. 2 164.009-3 L-P-375 Plastic Film,
Flexible, Vinyl Chloride, C, and Amdt. 3
160.002-1; 160.005-1; 160.047-1; 160.048-1; 164.018-1
L-P-390 Plastic Molding and Extrusion Materials, Polyethylene and
Copolymers (Low, Medium, and High Density), C, and Amdt. 1 161.010-1
L-P-393 Plastic Molding Material Polycarbonate, Injection and
Extrusion, A, and Amdt. 2 161.010-1
L-S-300 Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: Non-exposed Lens,
Adhesive Backing, B 164.018-5
QQ-B-611 Brass, Commercial; Bars, plates, rods shapes, Sheets
and Strip, A 161.006-1
QQ-I-706 Iron and Steel; Sheet, tinned (Tinplate), A, and Amdt.
1 160.061-1
QQ-W-423 Wire, Steel, Corrosion-resisting, B 160.061-1 T-R-605
Rope, Manila and Sisal, B, and Amdt. 3 160.009-1;
160.028-1; 160.031-1
TT-E-489 Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss (for Exterior and Interior
Surfaces), G 161.001-1; 161.010-1
TT-P-59 Paint, Ready-mixed, International Orange (not for
Residential Use), E, and Amdt. 1 160.035-1
V-T-276 Thread, Cotton, H 160.001-1; 160.009-1 V-T-285 Thread,
Polyester, D 160.001-1; 160.009-1 V-T-295 Thread, Nylon, D
160.001-1; 160.009-1; 160.050-1 VV-G-671 Grease; Lubricating,
Graphite, E 161.001-1 W-B-101 Batteries and Cells; Dry, H
161.008-1; 161.010-1 WW-C-621 Couplings; Hose, Cotton
(Rubberlined) and Linen
(Unlined), E, and Amdt. 1 162.027-1
Federal Standards and Test Method Standards:
No. 141 Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Materials; Methods
of Inspection, Sampling, and Testing, A 164.018-5
No. 151 Metals, Test Methods, B, and Notice 2 160.062-1 No. 191
Textiles, Test Methods, A 160.002-1; 160.005-1;
160.009-1; 160.047-1; 160.052-1; 160.055-1; 160.060-1; 160.171-3
No. 191A (dated July 20, 1978) the following methods: (1) Method
5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven
Cloth; Grab Method 160.176-13
(2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum
Method 160.176-13
(3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method
160.176-13
(4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated
Weathering Method 160.176-8
(5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil
Burial Method 160.176-8
No. 370 Instrumental Photometric Measurements of Retroflective
Materials and Retroflective Devices, 1977 164.018-1
No. 595 Colors, A, and Notice 5 160.009-1; 160.050-1;
160.055-1
No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings (January 25, 1965)
160.002-1; 160.005-1; 160.009-1; 160.047-1; 160.048-1; 160.048-1;
160.052-1; 160.055-1; 160.060-1; 160.171-3; 160.176-9
No 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings, Class 300 Lockstitch
and Class 700 Single Lockstitch 160.174-3(b)
Military Specifications:
MIL-B-18 Batteries, Dry, D, and Amdt. 2 161.001-1; 161.010-1
MIL-B-2766 Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment, B, and
Interim Amdt. 1 160.005-1; 160.047-1; 160.048-1
MIL-B-16444 Bronze, Hydraulic (ounce metal): castings, A, and
Notice 1 160.027-1
MIL-C-17415 Cloth, Coated and Webbing, Inflatable Boat and
Miscellaneous Use, E, and Amdt. 1 160.051-1; 164.018-1
MIL-C-43006 Cloth Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon, High Strength,
Flexible, E 160.049-1; 160.055-1; 164.018-5
MIL-D-3716 Dessicants (Activated) for Dynamic Dehumidification,
A, and Amdt. 2 161.001-1
MIL-D-5531 Desalter Kit Sea water Mark Q, E 160.058-1 MIL-E-15090
Enamel, equipment, light gray (Formula No. 111), B,
and Amdt. 2 160.026-1
MIL-F-859 Fuel Oil, Boiler, E and Amdt. 2 164.015-1; 164.016-1
MIL-I-16923 Insulating Compound, Electrical Embedding, G, and
Amdt. 1 161.010-1
MIL-L-1204 Lamp, Safety, Flame, B 160.016-1 MIL-L-2648 Light,
Marker, Distress, Floating Automatic
Nonmagnetic, D, and Amdt. 2 161.001-1
MIL-L-7178 Lacquer, Cellulose Nitrate, Glass for Aircraft Use, A,
and Amdt. 1 160.026-1
MIL-L-17653A Life Preserver, Vest, Work Type, Unicellular
Plastic, B, and Amdt. 3 160.053-1
MIL-L-19496 (ships) Lifeboat, CO2 Inflatable Mark 5, Mod 1,
15-person Capacity, D, and Amdt. 1 160.051-1
MIL-L-24611 Life Preserver Support Package For Life Preserver, MK
4, dated May 18, 1982 160.176-8
MIL-L-45505 Line-throwing Apparatuses, Rocket and Projectile
Units, A 160.040-1
MIL-M-15617 Mats, Fibrous Glass for Reinforcing Plastics, A, and
Amdt. 1 160.035-1
MIL-P-79 Plastic Rods and Tubes, Thermosetting, Laminated, C, and
Amdt. 2 160.001-1; 161.010-1
MIL-P-17549 Plastic Laminates, Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine
Structural, C, and Amdt. 2 160.035-1
MIL-P-18066 Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, B 160.035-1
MIL-P-19644 Plastic Foam, Molded Polystyrene (Expanded Bead
Type), C 160.010-1; 160.035-1
MIL-P-21929 Plastic Materials, Cellular Polyurethane,
Foam-in-Place, Rigid (2 and 4 Pounds Per Cubic Foot), B, and Amdt. 1
160.010-1; 160.035-1
MIL-P-40619 Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene (for Buoyancy
Applications), A 160.010-1; 160.035.1; 164.013-1
MIL-R-900 Rubber Gasket Material, 45 Durometer Hardness, F
161.001-1
MIL-R-2765 Rubber Sheet, Strip, Extruded, and Molded Shapes,
Synthetic, Oil Resistant, C 161.001-1
MIL-R-7575 Resin, Polyester, Low-Pressure Laminating, C, and
Amdt. 2 160.035-1
MIL-R-16847 Ring Buoys, Lifesaving, Unicellular Plastic, E, and
Amdt. 2 160.050-1
MIL-R-21607 Resins, Polyester, Low-Pressure Laminating,
Fire-retardant, D 160.010-1; 160.035-1; 164.018-5
MIL-R-23139 Rocket Motors, Surfaced Launched, Development and
Qualification Requirements for, B 160.040-1
MIL-S-18655 Signal, Smoke and Illumination, Marine, C 160.023-1
MIL-W-530 Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or
in Colors, F, and Amdt. 2 160.002-1; 160.005-1; 160.047-1;
160.052-1; 160.055-1
National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
No. 255 Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials, 1972 164.012-1
Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062
UL 62-80 Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire 161.006-1
UL 198B-81 Class H Fuses 161.004-1
UL 1191-77 First Edition, Standard for Components of Personal
Flotation Devices 160.171-3
UL 1191-84 Components for Personal Flotation Devices 160.176-8;
160.176-13
UL 1196 Standard for Floating Waterlights, Second Edition, March 23,
1987 161.010-1; 161.010-2; 161.010-4
Chap.
46 CFR 164.018-13 Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 1 -- General Provisions
I Administrative Committee of the Federal Register (Parts 1 -- 49)
II Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50 -- 299)
III Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400 -- 500)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 2 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 3 -- The President
I Executive Office of the President (Parts 100 -- 199)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 4 -- Accounts
I General Accounting Office (Parts 1 -- 99)
II Federal Claims Collection Standards (General Accounting Office --
Department of Justice) (Parts 100 -- 299)
III General Accounting Office (CASB) (Parts 300 -- 499)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 5 -- Administrative Personnel
I Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1 -- 1199)
II Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
III Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
IV Advisory Committee on Federal Pay (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
V The International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board (Parts 1500
-- 1599)
VI Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
VII Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations (Parts 1700 --
1799)
VIII Office of Special Council (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
IX Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XI United States Soldiers' and Airmen's Home (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XIV Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of the Federal
Labor Relations Authority and Federal Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400
-- 2499)
XV Office of Administration, Executive Office of the President (Parts
2500 -- 2599)
XVI Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600 -- 2699)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 6 -- (Reserved)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 7 -- Agriculture
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Agriculture (Parts 0 -- 26)
Subtitle B -- Regulations of the Department of Agriculture
I Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, Inspections, Marketing
Practices), Department of Agriculture (Parts 27 -- 209)
II Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 210
-- 299)
III Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 400 -- 499)
V Agricultural Research Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 500
-- 599)
VI Soil Conservation Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service (Agricultural
Adjustment), Department of Agriculture (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Federal Grain Inspection Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department of Agriculture (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Milk), Department of Agriculture (Parts 1000 -- 1199)
XI Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Miscellaneous Commodities), Department of Agriculture (Parts 1200 --
1299)
XIV Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1400 -- 1499)
XV Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1500 -- 1599)
XVI Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1600 --
1699)
XVII Rural Electrification Administration, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 1700 -- 1799)
XVIII Farmers Home Administration, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1800 -- 2099)
XXI Foreign Economic Development Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXII Office of International Cooperation and Development, Department
of Agriculture (Parts 2200 -- 2299)
XXIV Board of Contract Appeals, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2400
-- 2499)
XXV Office of the General Sales Manager, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 2500 -- 2599)
XXVI Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture (Parts
2600 -- 2699)
XXVII Office of Information Resources Management, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XXVIII Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2800 --
2899)
XXIX Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2900 -- 2999)
XXX Office of Finance and Management, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3000 -- 3099)
XXXI Office of Environmental Quality, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3100 -- 3199)
XXXII Office of Grants and Program Systems, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3200 -- 3299)
XXXIII Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3300 -- 3399)
XXXIV Cooperative State Research Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3400 -- 3499)
XXXVI National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 3600 -- 3699)
XXXVII Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3700 -- 3799)
XXXVIII World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3800 -- 3899)
XXXIX Economic Analysis Staff, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3900
-- 3999)
XL Economics Management Staff, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4000
-- 4099)
XLI National Agricultural Library, Department of Agriculture (Part
4100)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 8 -- Aliens and Nationality
I Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of Justice
(Parts 1 -- 499)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 9 -- Animals and Animal Products
I Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Packers and Stockyards Administration, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 200 -- 299)
III Food Safety and Inspection Service, Meat and Poultry Inspection,
Department of Agriculture (Parts 300 -- 399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 10 -- Energy
I Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0 -- 199)
II Department of Energy (Parts 200 -- 699)
III Department of Energy (Parts 700 -- 999)
X Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XV Office of the Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas
Transportation System (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVII Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 11 -- Federal Elections
I Federal Election Commission (Parts 1 -- 9099)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 12 -- Banks and Banking
I Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1 --
199)
II Federal Reserve System (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of The Treasury (Parts 500
-- 599)
VI Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900 -- 999)
XI Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XIII Farm Credit System Assistance Board (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
XV Oversight Board (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVI Resolution Trust Corporation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 13 -- Business Credit and Assistance
I Small Business Administration (Parts 1 -- 199)
III Economic Development Administration, Department of Commerce
(Parts 300 -- 399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 14 -- Aeronautics and Space
I Federal Aviation Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation (Aviation
Proceedings) (Parts 200 -- 399)
III Office of Commercial Space Transportation, Department of
Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
V National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 15 -- Commerce and Foreign Trade
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 0 -- 29)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Commerce and Foreign Trade
I Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 30 -- 199)
II National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of
Commerce (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
300 -- 399)
IV Foreign-Trade Zones Board (Parts 400 -- 499)
VII Bureau of Export Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
700 -- 799)
VIII Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce (Parts 800
-- 899)
IX National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of
Commerce (Parts 900 -- 999)
XI Technology Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XII United States Travel and Tourism Administration, Department of
Commerce (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
XIII East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
Subtitle C -- Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade Agreements
XX Office of the United States Trade Representative (Parts 2000 --
2099)
Subtitle D -- Regulations Relating to Telecommunications and
Information
XXIII National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 2300 -- 2399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 16 -- Commercial Practices
I Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0 -- 999)
II Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000 -- 1799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 17 -- Commodity and Securities Exchanges
I Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Department of the Treasury (Parts 400 -- 499)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 18 -- Conservation of Power and Water Resources
I Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy (Parts 1
-- 399)
III Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400 -- 499)
VI Water Resources Council (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800 -- 899)
XIII Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 19 -- Customs Duties
I United States Customs Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1
-- 199)
II United States International Trade Commission (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
300 -- 399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 20 -- Employees' Benefits
I Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department of Labor
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200 -- 399)
III Social Security Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
IV Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of Labor (Parts
500 -- 599)
V Employment and Training Administration, Department of Labor (Parts
600 -- 699)
VI Employment Standards Administration, Department of Labor (Parts
700 -- 799)
VII Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 800 -- 899)
VIII Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 900 -- 999)
IX Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' Employment and
Training, Department of Labor (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 21 -- Food and Drugs
I Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 1 -- 1299)
II Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice (Parts 1300
-- 1399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 22 -- Foreign Relations
I Department of State (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Agency for International Development, International Development
Cooperation Agency (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Peace Corps (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV International Joint Commission, United States and Canada (Parts
400 -- 499)
V United States Information Agency (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Overseas Private Investment Corporation, International
Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 700 -- 799)
IX Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XI International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and
Mexico, United States Section (Parts 1100 -- 1199)
XII United States International Development Cooperation Agency (Parts
1200 -- 1299)
XIII Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor Relations
Authority; General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority;
and the Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
XV African Development Foundation (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVI Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 23 -- Highways
I Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts
1 -- 999)
II National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal Highway
Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
III National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 24 -- Housing and Urban Development
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and
Urban Development (Parts 0 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban Development
I Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, Department of
Housing and Urban Development (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 200 --
299)
III Government National Mortgage Association, Department of Housing
and Urban Development (Parts 300 -- 399)
V Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and
Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 500 --
599)
VI Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and
Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and Urban
Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance Programs and Public and Indian
Housing Programs) (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Section 8
Housing Assistance Programs and Section 202 Direct Loan Program) (Parts
800 -- 899)
IX Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing,
Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Interstate
Land Sales Registration Program) (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
XI Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank, Department of Housing
and Urban Development (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
XII Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and Urban
Development (Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XV Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs under the Emergency
Homeowners' Relief Act, Department of Housing and Urban Development
(Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XX Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 3200 --
3699)
XXV Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100 -- 4199)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 25 -- Indians
I Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior (Parts 1 --
299)
II Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the Interior (Parts
300 -- 399)
III National Indian Gaming Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
IV Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 700 -- 799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 26 -- Internal Revenue
I Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1 --
799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 27 -- Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms
I Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 1 -- 299)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 28 -- Judicial Administration
I Department of Justice (Parts 0 -- 199)
III Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice (Parts 300
-- 399)
V Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice (Parts 600
-- 699)
VII Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700 -- 799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 29 -- Labor
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 0 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Labor
I National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Bureau of Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs,
Department of Labor (Parts 200 -- 299)
III National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of Labor (Parts
400 -- 499)
V Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 500 -- 899)
IX Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission (Parts 900
-- 999)
X National Mediation Board (Parts 1200-1299)
XII Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 1400-1499)
XIV Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600-1699)
XVII Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of
Labor (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XX Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts 2200 --
2499)
XXV Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, Department of Labor
(Parts 2500 -- 2599)
XXVI Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 2600 -- 2699)
XXVII Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts 2700 --
2799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 30 -- Mineral Resources
I Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor (Parts 1
-- 199)
II Minerals Management Service, Department of the Interior (Parts 200
-- 299)
III Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Department of
the Interior (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 400 -- 499)
VI Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Department
of the Interior (Parts 700 -- 999)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 31 -- Money and Finance: Treasury
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of the Treasury (Parts 0 -- 50)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
I Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 51 -- 199)
II Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (Parts
500 -- 599)
VI Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of the
Treasury (Parts 700 -- 799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 32 -- National Defense
Subtitle A -- Department of Defense
I Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1 -- 399)
V Department of the Army (Parts 400 -- 699)
VI Department of the Navy (Parts 700 -- 799)
VII Department of the Air Force (Parts 800 -- 1099)
Subtitle B -- Other Regulations Relating to National Defense
XII Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200-1299)
XVI Selective Service System (Parts 1600-1699)
XIX Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XX Information Security Oversight Office (Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XXI National Security Council (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXIV Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400 -- 2499)
XXVII Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XXVIII Office of the Vice President of the United States (Parts 2800
-- 2899)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 33 -- Navigation and Navigable Waters
I Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, Department of
Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 34 -- Education
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary, Department of Education (Parts
1 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations of the Offices of the Department of
Education
I Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of
Education (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,
Department of Education (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department of Education
(Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs,
Department of Education (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education (Parts
600 -- 699)
VII Office of Educational Research and Improvement, Department of
Education (Parts 700 -- 799)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 35 -- Panama Canal
I Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1 -- 299)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 36 -- Parks, Forests, and Public Property
I National Park Service, Department of the Interior (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500 -- 599)
VII Library of Congress (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 900-999)
XI Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Parts
1100 -- 1199)
XII National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 37 -- Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
I Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce (Parts 1 --
199)
II Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Copyright Royalty Tribunal (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department of Commerce
(Parts 400-499)
V Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce (Parts 500
-- 599)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 38 -- Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief
I Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0 -- 99)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 39 -- Postal Service
I United States Postal Service (Parts 1-999)
III Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000 -- 3099)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 40 -- Protection of Environment
I Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1 -- 799)
V Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500-1599)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 41 -- Public Contracts and Property Management
Subtitle B -- Other Provisions Relating to Public Contracts
50 Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1 -- 50-999)
51 Committee for Purchase from the Blind and Other Severely
Handicapped (Parts 51-1 -- 51-99)
60 Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment
Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 60-1 -- 60-999)
61 Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans Employment and
Training, Department of Labor (Parts 61-1 -- 61-999)
Subtitle C -- Federal Property Management Regulations System
101 Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1 -- 101-99)
105 General Services Administration (Parts 105-1 -- 105-999)
109 Department of Energy Property Management Regulations (Parts 109-1
-- 109-99)
114 Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1 -- 114-99)
115 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1 -- 115-99)
128 Department of Justice (Parts 128-1 -- 128-99)
132 Department of the Air Force (Parts 132-1 -- 132-99)
Subtitle D -- Other Provisions Relating to Property Management
(Reserved)
Subtitle E -- Federal Information Resources Management Regulations
System
201 Federal Information Resources Management Regulation (Parts 201-1
-- 201-99)
Subtitle F -- Federal Travel Regulation System
301 Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1 -- 301-99)
302 Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1 -- 302-99)
303 Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of Certain Employees
(Parts 303-1 -- 303-99)
304 Payment from a non-Federal source for travel expenses (Parts
304-1 -- 304-99)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 42 -- Public Health
I Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services
(Parts 1 -- 199)
IV Health Care Financing Administration, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 1000 -- 1999)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 43 -- Public Lands: Interior
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of the Interior (Parts 1 --
199)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Public Lands
I Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior (Parts 200 --
499)
II Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior (Parts 1000
-- 9999)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 44 -- Emergency Management and Assistance
I Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0 -- 399)
IV Department of Commerce and Department of Transportation (Parts 400
-- 499)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 45 -- Public Welfare
Subtitle A -- Department of Health and Human Services, General
Administration (Parts 1 -- 199)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
II Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), Family Support
Administration, Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 200 --
299)
III Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support Enforcement
Program), Family Support Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Refugee Resettlement, Family Support Administration,
Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States,
Department of Justice (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI National Science Foundation (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800 -- 899)
X Office of Community Services, Family Support Administration,
Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XI National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XII ACTION (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
XIII Office of Human Development Services, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XVI Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
XVII National Commission on Libraries and Information Science (Parts
1700 -- 1799)
XVIII Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
XX Commission on the Bicentennial of the United States Constitution
(Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XXI Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXII Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission (2200 --
2299)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 46 -- Shipping
I Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts 200
-- 399)
III Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of Transportation
(Parts 400 -- 499)
IV Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 47 -- Telecommunication
I Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0 -- 199)
II Office of Science and Technology Policy and National Security
Council (Parts 200 -- 299)
III National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 300 -- 399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 48 -- Federal Acquisition Regulations System
1 Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1 -- 99)
2 Department of Defense (Parts 200 -- 299)
3 Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300 -- 399)
4 Department of Agriculture (Parts 400 -- 499)
5 General Services Administration (Parts 500 -- 599)
6 Department of State (Parts 600 -- 699)
7 Agency for International Development (Parts 700 -- 799)
8 Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800 -- 899)
9 Department of Energy (Parts 900 -- 999)
10 Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
12 Department of Transportation (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
13 Department of Commerce (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
14 Department of the Interior (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
15 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
16 Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees Health Benefits
Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
17 Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
18 National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
19 United States Information Agency (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
22 Small Business Administration (Parts 2200 -- 2299)
24 Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2400 -- 2499)
25 National Science Foundation (Parts 2500 -- 2599)
28 Department of Justice (Parts 2800 -- 2899)
29 Department of Labor (Parts 2900 -- 2999)
34 Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 3400 --
3499)
35 Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500 -- 3599)
44 Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400 -- 4499)
51 Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5100 --
5199)
52 Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5200 --
5299)
53 Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation
Supplement (Parts 5300 -- 5399)
57 African Development Foundation (Parts 5700 -- 5799)
61 General Services Administration Board of Contract Appeals (Parts
6100 -- 6199)
63 Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals (Parts 6300
-- 6399)
99 Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal Procurement
Policy, Office of Management and Budget (Parts 9900 -- 9999)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 49 -- Transportation
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Transportation (Parts 1 --
99)
Subtitle B -- Other Regulations Relating to Transportation
I Research and Special Programs Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 200 -- 299)
III Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
V National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Urban Mass Transportation Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) (Parts 700 --
799)
VIII National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800 -- 899)
X Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 1000 -- 1399)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Title 50 -- Wildlife and Fisheries
I United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and Whaling) (Parts
300 -- 399)
IV Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior and National Marine Fisheries Service,
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of
Commerce); Endangered Species Committee Regulations (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
46 CFR 164.018-13 CFR Index and Finding Aids Subject/Agency Index
List of Agency Prepared Indexes Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities
and Rules Acts Requiring Publication in the Federal Register List of CFR
Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
46 CFR 164.018-13 Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
CFR Title, Subtitle or
Agency
Chapter
ACTION 45, XII
Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 1, I
Administrative Conference of the United States 1, III
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 5, VII
Advisory Committee on Federal Pay 5, IV
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 36, VIII
African Development Foundation 22, XV; 48, 57
Agency for International Development 22, II; 48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service 7, VII
Agriculture Department
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service 7, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Contract Appeals, Board of 7, XXIV
Cooperative State Research Service 7, XXXIV
Economic Analysis Staff 7, XXXIX
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Economics Management Staff 7, XL
Energy, Office of 7, XXIX
Environmental Quality, Office of 7, XXXI
Farmers Home Administration 7, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 4
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Federal Grain Inspection Service 7, VIII
Finance and Management, Office of 7, XXX
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Foreign Economic Development Service 7, XXI
Forest Service 36, II
General Sales Manager, Office of 7, XXV
Grants and Program Systems, Office of 7, XXXII
Information Resources Management, Office of 7, XXVII
Inspector General, Office of 7, XXVI
International Cooperation and Development Office 7, XXII
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
Operations Office 7, XXVIII
Packers and Stockyards Administration 9, II
Rural Electrification Administration 7, XVII
Rural Telephone Bank 7, XVI
Secretary of Agriculture, Office of 7, Subtitle A
Soil Conservation Service 7, VI
Transportation, Office of 7, XXXIII
World Agriculture Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department 32, VII; 41, Subtitle C, Ch. 132
Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 48, 53
Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System, Office of the Federal
Inspector 10, XV
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of 27, I
AMTRAK 49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission 36, IV
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission 5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board 36, XI
Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, U.S. 22, VI
Army Department 32, V
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 51
Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department of Commerce 37,
IV
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Bicentennial of the United States Constitution, Commission on the 45,
XX
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office of 34, V
Blind and Other Severely Handicapped, Committee for Purchase from 41,
51
Board for International Broadcasting 22, XIII
Budget, Office of Management and 5, III
Census Bureau 15, I
Central Intelligence Agency 32, XIX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission 45, XXII
Civil Rights Commission 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for (Education Department) 34, I
Claims Collection Standards, Federal 4, II
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I, III; 49, IV
Commerce Department 44, IV
Census Bureau 15, I
Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy 37, IV
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Export Administration Bureau 15, VII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 13
Fishery Conservation and Management 50, VI
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III,
IV, VI
National Telecommunications and Information Administration 15, XXIII;
47, III
Patent and Trademark Office 37, I
Productivity, Technology and Innovation, Assistant Secretary for 37,
IV
Secretary of Commerce, Office of 15, Subtitle A
Technology Administration 15, XI
Under Secretary for Technology 37, V
United States Travel and Tourism Administration 15, XII
Commercial Space Transportation, Office of, Department of
Transportation 14, III
Commission on the Bicentennial of the United States Constitution 45,
XX
Committee for Purchase from the Blind and Other Severely Handicapped
41, 51
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant Secretary for
24, V, VI
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 29, IX
Consumer Product Safety Commission 16, II
Contract Appeals, Board of 7, XXIV
Cooperative State Research Service 7, XXXIV
Copyright Office 37, II
Copyright Royalty Tribunal 37, III
Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal Procurement Policy
48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality 40, V
Customs Service, United States 19, I
Defense Department 32, Subtitle A
Air Force Department 32, VII; 41, Subtitle C, Ch. 132
Army Department 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 48, 51
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 2
Navy Department 32, VI; 48, 52
Secretary of Defense, Office of 32, I
Defense Logistics Agency 32, XII
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board 10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission 18, III
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board 15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary (Commerce) 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Analysis Staff, Department of Agriculture 7, XXXIX
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Economics Management Staff 7, XL
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Education, Department of
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office of 34, V
Civil Rights, Office for 34, I
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 34
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
Secretary of Education, Office of 34, Subtitle A
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board, International Organizations 5, V
Employment and Training Administration 20, V
Employment Standards Administration 20, VI
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Energy, Department of 10, II, III, X; 41, 109
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 9
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 18, I
Energy, Office of, Department of Agriculture 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency 40, I; 41, 115; 48, 15
Environmental Quality, Office of (Agriculture Department) 7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Executive Office of the President 3, I
Administration, Office of 5, XV
Export Administration Bureau 15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Family Support Administration 45, II, III, IV, X
Farm Credit Administration 12, VI
Farm Credit System Assistance Board 12, XIII
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation 12, XIV
Farmers Home Administration 7, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Claims Collection Standards 4, II
Federal Communications Commission 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 12, III
Federal Election Commission 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency 44, I; 48, 44
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 12, XI
Federal Financing Bank 12, VIII
Federal Grain Inspection Service 7, VIII
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1, IV
Federal Housing Finance Board 12, IX
Federal Information Resources Management Regulations 41, Subtitle E,
Ch. 201
Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System,
Office of 10, XV
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General Counsel of the Federal
Labor Relations Authority 5, XIV; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Federal Maritime Commission 46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service 29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 29, XXVII
Federal Pay, Advisory Committee on 5, IV
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations 41, 101
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, Subtitle C
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of 1, I
Federal Register, Office of 1, II
Federal Reserve System 12, II
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board 5, VI
Federal Service Impasses Panel 5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission 16, I
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
Finance and Management, Department of Agriculture 7, XXX
Fine Arts Commission 45, XXI
Fiscal Service 31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management 50, VI
Fishing and Whaling, International Regulatory Agencies 50, III
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of United States 45, V
Foreign Economic Development Service 7, XXI
Foreign Service Grievance Board 22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel 22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board 22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board 15, IV
Forest Service 36, II
General Accounting Office 4, I, II, III
General Sales Manager, Office of 7, XXV
General Services Administration
Contract Appeals Board 48, 61
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 5
Federal Information Resources Management Regulations 41, Subtitle E,
Ch. 201
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, 101, 105
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain Employees 41,
303
Reduction in Meeting and Training Allowance Payments 41, 304
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Travel Allowances 41, 301
Geological Survey 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of 5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Grants and Program Systems, Office of 7, XXXII
Great Lakes Pilotage 46, III
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of 45, Subtitle A
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Family Support Administration 45, II, III, IV, X
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 3
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Health Care Financing Administration 42, IV
Human Development Services Office 45, XIII
Inspector General, Office of 42, V
Public Health Service 42, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Social Security Administration 20, III; 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration 42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant Secretary for
24, V, VI
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 24
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Housing -- Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant
Secretary for 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Inspector General, Office of 24, XII
Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs Under Emergency Homeowners'
Relief Act 24, XV
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, IX
Secretary, Office of 24, Subtitle B, VII
Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank 24, XI
Housing -- Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant
Secretary for 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Human Development Services Office 45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service 8, I
Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Information Agency, United States 22, V; 48, 19
Information Resources Management, Office of, Agriculture Department
7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office 32, XX
Inspector General, Office of, Agriculture Department 7, XXVI
Inspector General, Office of, Health and Human Services Department
42, V
Inspector General, Office of, Housing and Urban Development
Department 24, XII
Inter-American Foundation 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission on 5, VII
Interior Department
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 14
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, 114
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Geological Survey 30, IV
Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Land Management Bureau 43, II
Minerals Management Service 30, II
Mines, Bureau of 30, VI
National Park Service 36, I
Reclamation Bureau 43, I
Secretary of the Interior, Office of 43, Subtitle A
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of 30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Office of 30, VII
United States Fish and Wildlife Service 50, I, IV
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico
22, XI
International Cooperation and Development Office, Department of
Agriculture 7, XXII
International Development, Agency for 22, II
International Development Cooperation Agency 22, XII
International Development, Agency for 22, II
Overseas Private Investment Corporation 22, VII
International Joint Commission, United States and Canada 22, IV
International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board 5, V
International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and Whaling) 50, III
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States 19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission 49, X
Japan-United States Friendship Commission 22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries 20, VIII
Justice Department 28, I; 41, 128
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 28
Federal Claims Collection Standards 4, II
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States 45, V
Immigration and Naturalization Service 8, I
Offices of Independent Counsel 28, VI
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Labor Department
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV
Employment and Training Administration 20, V
Employment Standards Administration 20, VI
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 29
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Procurement Regulations System 41, 50
Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs, Bureau of 29, II
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, IV
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration 29, XXV
Public Contracts 41, 50
Secretary of Labor, Office of 29, Subtitle A
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the Assistant Secretary
for 41, 61; 20, IX
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I
Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs, Bureau of 29, II
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, IV
Land Management, Bureau of 43, II
Legal Services Corporation 45, XVI
Library of Congress 36, VII
Copyright Office 37, II
Management and Budget, Office of 5, III; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission 50, V
Maritime Administration 46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board 5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for 32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Minerals Management Service 30, II
Mines, Bureau of 30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency 15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies 1, IV
Monetary Offices 31, I
Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs Under the Emergency Homeowners'
Relief Act, Department of Housing and Urban Development 24, XV
National Aeronautics and Space Administration 14, V; 48, 18
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
National Archives and Records Administration 36, XII
National Bureau of Standards 15, II
National Capital Planning Commission 1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy 1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information Science 45, XVII
National Credit Union Administration 12, VII
National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 45, XI
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 49, V
National Indian Gaming Commission 25, III
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II
National Labor Relations Board 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board 29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III,
IV, VI
National Park Service 36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board 29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 49, VII
National Science Foundation 45, VI; 48, 25
National Security Council 32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science and Technology Policy
47, II
National Telecommunications and Information Administration 15, XXIII;
47, III
National Transportation Safety Board 49, VIII
Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation 25, IV
Navy Department 32, VI; 48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation 24, XXV
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 10, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 29, XX
Office of Independent Counsel 28, VII
Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 28, VI
Operations Office, Department of Agriculture 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation 22, VII
Oversight Board 12, XV
Packers and Stockyards Administration 9, II
Panama Canal Commission 48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations 35, I
Patent and Trademark Office 37, I
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain Employees 41,
303
Peace Corps 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation 36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, Department of Labor 29,
XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 29, XXVI
Personnel Management, Office of 5, I; 45, VIII; 48, 17
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation 48, 16
Postal Rate Commission 39, III
Postal Service, United States 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
President's Commission on White House Fellowships 1, IV
Presidential Documents 3
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Productivity, Technology and Innovation, Assistant Secretary
(Commerce) 37, IV
Property Management Regulations System, Federal 41, Subtitle C
Public Contracts, Department of Labor 41, 50
Public Health Service 42, I
Railroad Retirement Board 20, II
Reclamation Bureau 43, I
Reduction in Meeting and Training Allowance Payments 41, 304
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions 13, V
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration 49, I
Resolution Trust Corporation 12, XVI
Rural Electrification Administration 7, XVII
Rural Telephone Bank 7, XVI
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of 32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and National Security
Council 47, II
Secret Service 31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission 17, II
Selective Service System 32, XVI
Small Business Administration 13, I; 48, 22
Smithsonian Institution 36, V
Social Security Administration 20, III; 45, IV
Soil Conservation Service 7, VI
Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank, Department of Housing and
Urban Development 24, XI
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States 5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of 5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III
State Department 22, I
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of 30, III
Susquehanna River Basin Commission 18, VIII
Technology Administration 15, XI
Tennessee Valley Authority 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the Treasury 12, V
Trade Representative, United States, Office of 15, XX
Transportation, Department of 44, IV
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I, III; 49, IV
Commercial Space Transportation, Office of 14, III
Contract Appeals Board 48, 63
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 12
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Maritime Administration 46, II
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 49, V
Research and Special Programs Administration 49, I
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Secretary of Transportation, Office of 14, II; 49, Subtitle A
Urban Mass Transportation Administration 49, VI
Transportation, Office of, Department of Agriculture 7, XXXIII
Travel Allowance 41, 301
Travel and Tourism Administration, United States 15, XII
Treasury Department 17, IV
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of 27, I
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Customs Service, United States 19, I
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 10
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Fiscal Service 31, II
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
Monetary Offices 31, I
Secret Service 31, IV
Secretary of the Treasury, Office of 31, Subtitle A
Thrift Supervision Office 12, V
United States Customs Service 19, I
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 37, V
United States and Canada, International Joint Commission 22, IV
United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency 22, VI
United States Customs Service 19, I
United States Fish and Wildlife Service 50, I, IV
United States Information Agency 22, V; 48, 19
United States International Development Cooperation Agency 22, XII
United States International Trade Commission 19, II
United States Postal Service 39, I
United States Soldiers' and Airmen's Home 5, XI
United States Trade Representative, Office of 15, XX
United States Travel and Tourism Adminstration 15, XII
Urban Mass Transportation Administration 49, VI
Veterans Affairs Department 38, I; 48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the Assistant Secretary
for 41, 61; 20, IX
Vice President of the United States, Office of 32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Water Resources Council 18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I
World Agriculture Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
46 CFR 164.018-13 46 CFR (10-1-91 Edition)
46 CFR 164.018-13 Redesignation Tables
46 CFR 164.018-13
46 CFR 164.018-13
46 CFR 164.018-13 Redesignation Tables
At 48 FR 50996, Nov. 4, 1983, the Coast Guard established Subchapter
S containing the subdivision and stability regulations for merchant
vessels. Subchapter S regulations were transferred in part from various
places throughout title 46 and title 33. For the convenience of the
user, the following Derivation Table and Distribution Table II show the
relationship of the old regulations to the new regulations in Subchapter
S. Distribution Table I shows where certain old stability rules not
contained in Subchapter S are being transferred. Abbreviations of
referenced materials used in the tables below include: NVC for
Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular, MSM for Marine Safety Manual,
MMTN for Merchant Marine Technical Note, and IMO Res. for International
Maritime Organization Resolution. Numerical references are to
regulations in title 46 unless otherwise noted.
46 CFR 164.018-13 46 CFR (10-1-91 Edition)
46 CFR 164.018-13 List of CFR Sections Affected
46 CFR 164.018-13 List of CFR Sections Affected
All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which
were made by documents published in the Federal Register since January
1, 1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as
well as sections for revisions.
For the period before January 1, 1986, see the ''List of CFR Sections
Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985'' published in seven
separate volumes.
46 CFR 164.018-13 1986
46 CFR
51 FR
Page
Chapter I
159.001-9 (b) amended (OMB numbers) 35220
160.077-3 (a) and (j) revised 4351
160.077-15 (b)(3) revised 4351
160.077-23 (h)(1)(ii) introductory text revised 4351
160.077-31 (c) and (d) revised; (k) added 4351
160.077-33 (a)(3)(v) and (4) revised 4351
160.174-1 -- 160.174- 25 (Subpart 160.174) Added 19343
160.174-25 Heading corrected 20650
46 CFR 164.018-13 1987
46 CFR
52 FR
Page
Chapter I
157 Redesignated as Part 15 and revised; interim 38652
160.071-1 -- 160.071-25 (Subpart 160.071) Removed 1188
Effective date suspended 13445
Removal eff. 1-20-88 39532
160.171-1 -- 160.171-25 (Subpart 160.171) Added 1188
Effective date suspended 13445
Addition eff. 1-20-88 39532
160.171-17 (f)(4) and (l)(2) revised 39532
160.174-17 (h)(2) and (3) amended 1197
Effective date suspended 13445
(h) (2) and (3) amendment eff. 1-20-88 39532
46 CFR 164.018-13 1988
46 CFR
53 FR
Page
Chapter I
159 Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
159.001-5 Amended 34535
160 Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
160.001-1 (d) amended 34535
160.001-3 (a) amended 34535
160.002-1 (c) amended 34535
160.002-7 (a) amended 34535
160.005-1 (c) amended 34535
160.005-7 (a) amended 34535
160.013-1 (c) amended 34535
160.021-9 (b) amended 34535
160.022-1 (c) amended 34535
160.022-9 (b) amended 34535
160.023-9 (b) amended 34535
160.024-9 (b) amended 34535
160.026-7 (a) amended 34535
160.028-9 (b) amended 34535
160.031-7 (b) amended 34535
160.033-1 (b) amended 34535
160.034-1 (b) amended 34535
160.036-9 (b) amended 34535
160.037-1 (c) amended 34535
160.037-9 (b) amended 34535
160.040-9 (b) amended 34535
160.044-6 (a) amended 34535
160.047-1 (c)(1) amended 34535
160.049-1 (c) amended 34535
160.050-1 (b) amended 34535
160.050-7 (a) amended 34535
160.051-0 -- 160.051-9 (Subpart 160.051) Authority citation revised
17705
160.051-0 Added 17705
160.051-7 (c)(4) and (d)(2) revised 17706
160.051-9 (a) amended 34536
160.052-1 (c)(1) amended 34536
160.053-6 (a) amended 34536
160.054-1 (b) amended 34536
160.054-7 (a) amended 34536
160.055-1 (c) amended 34536
160.055-9 (a) amended 34536
160.057-1 (c) amended 34536
160.057-9 (b) amended 34536
160.060-1 (c)(1) amended 34536
160.060-3 (f) amended 34536
160.061-7 (a) amended 34536
160.062-6 (a) amended 34536
160.066-18 (b) amended 34536
160.072-9 (a) amended 34536
160.073-5 (b) amended 34536
160.077-3 (a) revised 34536
161 Authority citation revised 17706
Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
161.002-1 (c) amended 34536
161.004-1 (d) amended 34536
161.004-7 (a) amended 34536
161.008-1 -- 161.008-8 (Subpart 161.008) Removed 17706
161.010-7 (a) and (c) amended 34536
161.012-5 (a) amended 34536
161.013-11 (c)(1) amended 34536
161.013-17 (a) amended 34536
162 Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
162.016-6 (a) amended 34536
162.017-6 (a) amended 34536
162.018-8 (a) amended 34536
162.027-6 (a) amended 34536
162.041-7 (a) amended 34536
162.042-7 (a) amended 34536
162.043-7 (a) amended 34537
162.050-7 (a) amended 34537
162.050-15 (a) and (h) amended 34537
163 Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
164 Authority citation revised; section authority citations removed
37568
164.007 (c)(1) amended 34537
164.008-1 (c)(1) amended 34537
164.009-9 (a) amended 34537
164.012-1 (b) amended 34537
164.018-7 (a) amended 34537
46 CFR 164.018-13 1989
46 CFR
54 FR
Page
Chapter I
157 Redesignation as Part 15 and revision at 52 FR 38652 confirmed
132
159.001-2 Added 50381
160 Authority citation revised 50319
160.001-2 (c) revised; interim 50320
160.176-1 -- 160.176-23 (Subpart 160.176) Added; interim 50320
161.010-1 -- 161.010-4 (Subpart 161.010) Revised 27020
164.009-1 (b) revised; eff. 10-2-89 36316
164.009-3 Removed; new 164.009-3 redesignated from 164.009-5 and
revised; eff. 10-2-89 36316
164.009-5 Redesignated as 164.009-3 and revised; eff. 10-2-89 36316
46 CFR 164.018-13 1990
46 CFR 164.018-13 1991
46 CFR
56 FR
Page
Chapter I
160.001-2 Regulation at 54 FR 50320 confirmed 29441
160.176-1 -- 160.176-23 (Subpart 160.176) Regulation at 54 FR 50320
confirmed 29441
160.176-5 (a)(3)(iii) revised 29441
160.176-8 (k) revised; (m) added 29441
160.176-13 (a)(1), (b)(1), (c) introductory text, (4), (d)(2)(ii) and
(j)(1)(ii) revised 29441
160.176-15 (g)(3)(iii) revised 29442
160.176-23 (e) correctly designated 29442
162 Authority citation revised 35827
162.016-1 -- 162.016-6 (Subpart 162.016) Removed 35827
162.017-1 -- 162.017-6 (Subpart 162.017) Heading Revised 35827
162.017-2 Revised 35827
162.017-3 (b) revised 35827
162.017-4 Revised 35827
162.017-6 Revised 35827
162.034-1 -- 162.034-6 (Subpart 162.034) Removed 35827
162.041-1 -- 162.041-7 (Subpart 162.041) Removed 35827
162.042-1 -- 162.042-7 (Subpart 162.042) Removed 35827
162.043-1 -- 162.043-7 (Subpart 162.043) Removed 35827
163.001-1 -- 163.001-8 (Subpart 163.001) Removed 35827
46
Shipping
PARTS 156 TO 165
Revised as of October 1, 1991
CONTAINING
A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
AND FUTURE EFFECT
AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1991
With Ancillaries
Published by
the Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
as a Special Edition of
the Federal Register
46 CFR 164.018-13 Table of Contents
Page
Explanation v
Title 46:
Chapter I -- Coast Guard, Department of Transportation -- Continued:
Finding Aids:
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
List of CFR Sections Affected
46 CFR 164.018-13 Explanation
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
ISSUE DATES
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16 as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27 as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41 as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50 as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, October 1, 1991), consult the ''List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ''Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires Federal
agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request. Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB
control numbers as amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These
OMB numbers are placed as close as possible to the applicable
recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected,
1949-1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes.
For the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ''List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on
which approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you
find the material is not available, please notify the Director of the
Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration,
Washington DC 20408, or call (202) 523-4534.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ''Title 3 -- The President'' is carried
within that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ''Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES AND SALES
For a summary, legal interpretation, or other explanation of any
regulation in this volume, contact the issuing agency. Inquiries
concerning editing procedures and reference assistance with respect to
the Code of Federal Regulations may be addressed to the Director, Office
of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration,
Washington, DC 20408 (telephone 202-523-3517). Sales are handled
exclusively by the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402 (telephone 202-783-3238).
Martha L. Girard,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
October 1, 1991.
46 CFR 164.018-13 THIS TITLE
Title 46 -- Shipping is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these
volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-40, 41-69, 70-89,
90-139, 140-155, 156-165, 166-199, 200-499 and 500 to End. The first
seven volumes containing parts 1-199 comprise chapter I -- Coast Guard,
Department of Transportation. The eighth volume containing parts 200 to
499 includes chapter II -- Maritime Administration, DOT and chapter III
-- Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), DOT. The ninth volume containing
part 500 to End includes chapter IV -- Federal Maritime Commission. The
contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified
under this title of the CFR as of October 1, 1991.
Subject indexes appear for subchapter B -- Merchant Marine Officers
and Seamen, subchapter C -- Uninspected Vessels, and subchapter D --
Tank Vessels following the subchapters in parts 1-40; for subchapter F
-- Marine Engineering following the subchapter in parts 41-69; for
subchapter H -- Passenger Vessels following the subchapter in parts
70-89; for subchapter I -- Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels, subchapter
I-A-Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, and subchapter J -- Electrical
Engineering following the subchapters in parts 90-139; for subchapter S
-- Subdivision and Stability and for subchapter T -- Small Passenger
Vessels (Under 100 Gross Tons) following the subchapters in parts
166-199.
For this volume, Ms. S. Meyer was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal
Regulations publication program is under the direction of Richard L.
Claypoole, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.
46 CFR 0.0 46 CFR Ch. I (10-1-92 Edition)
46 CFR 0.0 Coast Guard, DOT
46 CFR 0.0 Title 46 -- Shipping
46 CFR 0.0 (This book contains parts 166 to 199)
Part
chapter i -- Coast Guard, Department of Transportation -- Continued
166
46 CFR 0.0 46 CFR Ch. I (10-1-92 Edition)
46 CFR 0.0 Coast Guard, DOT
46 CFR 0.0 CHAPTER I -- COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION -- Continued
46 CFR 0.0
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER R -- NAUTICAL SCHOOLS
Part
Page
166 Designation and approval of nautical school ships
167 Public nautical school ships
168 Civilian nautical school vessels
169 Sailing school vessels
46 CFR 0.0
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER S -- SUBDIVISION AND STABILITY
170 Stability requirements for all inspected vessels
171 Special rules pertaining to vessels carrying passengers
172 Special rules pertaining to bulk cargoes
173 Special rules pertaining to vessel use
174 Special rules pertaining to specific vessel types Index
46 CFR 0.0
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER T -- SMALL PASSENGER VESSELS (UNDER 100 GROSS
TONS)
175 General provisions
176 Inspection and certification
177 Construction and arrangement
178-179 (Reserved)
180 Lifesaving equipment
181 Fire protection equipment
182 Machinery installation
183 Electrical installation
184 Vessel control and miscellaneous systems and equipment
185 Operations Index
46 CFR 0.0
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER U -- OCEANOGRAPHIC RESEARCH VESSELS
188 General provisions
189 Inspection and certification
190 Construction and arrangement
191 (Reserved)
192 Lifesaving equipment
193 Fire protection equipment
194 Handling, use and control of explosives and other hazardous
materials
195 Vessel control and miscellaneous systems and equipment
196 Operations
46 CFR 0.0
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER V -- MARINE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
STANDARDS
197 General provisions
198-199 (Reserved)
46 CFR 0.0 46 CFR Ch. I (10-1-92 Edition)
46 CFR 0.0 Coast Guard, DOT
46 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER R -- NAUTICAL SCHOOLS
46 CFR 0.0 PART 166 -- DESIGNATION AND APPROVAL OF NAUTICAL SCHOOL
SHIPS
Sec.
166.01 Approval of nautical school ships.
166.05 Course of study for deck students.
166.10 Course of study for engineering students.
166.15 Training for maintenance of discipline; ship sanitation;
fire and lifeboat drills.
166.20 Applicants for certificates; when eligible for examination.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 8105; 46 U.S.C. App. 1295g; 49
CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9542, Oct. 18, 1952, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 166.01 Approval of nautical school ships.
(a) Under the provisions of section 13 of the Act of March 4, 1915
(38 Stat. 1169; 46 U.S.C. 672), as amended by section 1 of the Act of
June 25, 1936 (49 Stat. 1930; 46 U.S.C. 672), and the Act of May 22,
1937 (50 Stat. 199; 46 U.S.C. 672), graduates of school ships approved
by and conducted under rules prescribed by the Commandant may be rated
able seamen or qualified members of the engine department.
(b) It has been made to appear to the satisfaction of the Commandant
that the school ships operated by the States in which they are located;
namely, by the California Maritime Academy, Great Lakes Maritime Academy
at Northwestern Michigan College, Maine Maritime Academy, Massachusetts
Maritime Academy, New York State Maritime College, and Texas Maritime
Academy, and by the United States Merchant Marine Academy, the United
States Naval Academy, and the United States Coast Guard Academy, have
adopted a course of study for their students complying with the rules
prescribed by the Commandant, and a system of instruction adequate to
equip the deck and engineering students theoretically and physically in
the rudiments of seamanship and navigation necessary to qualify the
graduates for the rating of ''able seamen'' and in all branches of
marine engineering necessary to qualify the graduates for the rating of
''qualified member of the engine department,'' respectively.
(c) The school ships operated by the State organizations and the
Federal academies named in paragraph (b) of this section are hereby
approved and their graduates, if meeting the other qualifications
required by law and regulations promulgated thereunder, are entitled to
the rating of able seamen or qualified members of the engine department
and to be certified as such.
(d) A graduate of any of those school ships, if meeting the other
qualifications required by law and regulations promulgated thereunder,
is also entitled to the rating of lifeboatman and to be certified as
such.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9542, Oct. 18, 1952, as amended by CGD 72-92R, 38
FR 29320, Oct. 24, 1973)
46 CFR 166.05 Course of study for deck students.
The course of study for deck students shall include (a) all the
instructions in the rudiments of seamanship and navigation necessary to
equip the student fully with the theoretical knowledge required for the
proper discharge of the duties developing upon able seaman; (b) a
thorough practical training in the mechanics of all operations incident
to the sailing and management of a vessel insofar as such operations
form a part of the duties of able seamen.
46 CFR 166.10 Course of study for engineering students.
The course of study for engineering students shall include (a) all
the instruction necessary to fully equip the student with the
theoretical knowledge required for the proper discharge of the duties
developing upon qualified members of the engine department; (b) a
thorough practical training in the mechanics of all operations incident
to the sailing and management of a vessel insofar as such operations
form a part of the duties of qualified members of the engine department.
46 CFR 166.15 Training for maintenance of discipline; ship sanitation;
fire and lifeboat drills.
All students shall be trained to obey all lawful orders emanating
from their superior officers and schooled in the rules of conduct to be
observed in order that proper discipline may be maintained on shipboard.
They shall also be instructed in the fundamentals of ship sanitation as
prescribed by law and regulations, and shall be given intensive
instruction and practical training in all the operations incident to
fire and lifeboat drills, both in port and at sea.
46 CFR 166.20 Applicants for certificates; when eligible for
examination.
Applicants for certificates as able seamen will be eligible for
examination after they have completed a course of study as outlined in
166.05, 166.15, and applicants for certificates as qualified members of
the engine department after they have completed a course of study as
outlined in 166.10, 166.15.
46 CFR 166.20 Pt. 167
46 CFR 166.20 PART 167 -- PUBLIC NAUTICAL SCHOOL SHIPS
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.01 -- General Provisions
Sec.
167.01-1 Basis and purpose of part.
167.01-5 Application of regulations.
167.01-7 Ocean or unlimited coastwise vessels on inland and Great
Lakes Routes.
167.01-8 Inspection of school ships using gross tonnage criterion.
167.01-10 Effective date of regulations.
167.01-15 Specifications for articles or materials.
167.01-20 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.05 -- Definitions
167.05-1 Definition of terms.
167.05-5 Approved.
167.05-10 Commandant.
167.05-15 Coast Guard District Commander.
167.05-20 Marine inspector or inspector.
167.05-25 Nautical school ship.
167.05-30 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.10 -- Enforcement and Right of Appeal
167.10-1 Enforcement.
167.10-50 Right of appeal.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.15 Inspections
167.15-1 Inspections required.
167.15-5 Authority of marine inspectors.
167.15-10 Application for annual inspection.
167.15-15 Application for inspection of a new nautical school ship or
a conversion of a vessel to a nautical school ship.
167.15-20 Inspections of nautical school ships.
167.15-25 Inspection standards for hulls, boilers and machinery.
167.15-27 Definitions relating to hull examinations.
167.15-30 Drydock examination and internal structural examination
intervals.
167.15-35 Notice and plans required.
167.15-40 Integral fuel oil tank examinations -- T/ALL.
167.15-50 Tailshaft examinations.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.20 -- Hull Requirements, Construction and
Arrangement of Nautical School Ships
167.20-1 Construction.
167.20-7 Subdivision and stability.
167.20-10 Means of escape.
167.20-15 Scupper, sanitary and similar discharges.
167.20-17 Bilge pumps, bilge piping and sounding arrangements.
167.20-35 Liquid ballast.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.25 -- Marine Engineering
167.25-1 Boilers, pressure vessels, piping and appurtenances.
167.25-5 Inspection of boilers, pressure vessels, piping and
appurtenances.
167.25-20 Carrying of excess steam.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.30 -- Repairs or Alterations
167.30-1 Notice of repairs or alterations required.
167.30-5 Proceeding to another port for repairs.
167.30-10 Special operating requirements.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.35 -- Lifesaving Equipment
167.35-1 Use of approved lifesaving equipment.
167.35-2 Inflatable liferafts.
167.35-3 Hydraulic releases.
167.35-5 Life preservers.
167.35-10 Lifeboats.
167.35-15 Tests of lifeboats at annual inspection.
167.35-20 Air tanks in lifeboats.
167.35-25 Numbering and marking of lifeboats.
167.35-30 Care of lifeboats.
167.35-35 Davits.
167.35-40 Strength and operation of davits.
167.35-45 Releasing gear or disengaging apparatus.
167.35-50 Inspection of releasing gear or disengaging apparatus.
167.35-60 Lifeboat equipment.
167.35-65 Motor lifeboat equipment.
167.35-70 Portable radio apparatus.
167.35-72 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
167.35-75 Handling of lifeboats.
167.35-80 Life buoys.
167.35-85 Line-throwing appliances.
167.35-90 Embarkation ladders.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.40 -- Certain Equipment Requirements
167.40-1 Electrical installations.
167.40-5 Alarm bells.
167.40-7 Voice tubes, telephone, and telegraph systems.
167.40-20 Deep-sea sounding apparatus.
167.40-25 Signaling lamp.
167.40-30 Guards and rails.
167.40-35 Motion-picture projectors.
167.40-40 Radar.
167.40-45 Magnetic compass and gyrocompass.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.43 -- Work Vests
167.43-1 Application.
167.43-5 Approved types of work vests.
167.43-10 Use.
167.43-15 Shipboard stowage.
167.43-20 Shipboard inspections.
167.43-25 Additional requirements for hybrid work vests.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.45 -- Special Firefighting and Fire
Prevention Requirements
167.45-1 Steam, carbon dioxide, and halon fire extinguishing systems.
167.45-5 Steam fire pumps or their equivalent.
167.45-10 Couplings on fire hose.
167.45-15 Capacity of pipes and hose.
167.45-20 Examination and testing of pumps and fire-extinguishing
equipment.
167.45-25 Fire mains and hose connections.
167.45-30 Use of approved fire-fighting equipment.
167.45-40 Fire-fighting equipment on nautical school ships using oil
as fuel.
167.45-45 Carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system requirements.
167.45-50 Foam smothering system requirements.
167.45-55 Fixed water spray system requirements.
167.45-60 Emergency breathing apparatus and flame safety lamps.
167.45-65 Portable fire extinguishers in accommodation spaces.
167.45-70 Portable fire extinguishers, general requirements.
167.45-75 Fire extinguishers for emergency powerplants.
167.45-80 Fire axes.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.50 -- Accommodations
167.50-1 Hospital accommodations.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.55 -- Special Markings Required
167.55-1 Draft marks and draft indicating systems.
167.55-5 Marking of fire and emergency equipment, etc.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.60 -- Certificates of Inspection
167.60-1 Issuance by Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
167.60-5 Period of time for which valid.
167.60-10 Exhibition of certificate of inspection.
167.60-15 Manning and persons allowed to be carried.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.65 -- Special Operating Requirements
167.65-1 Station bills, drills, and log book entries.
167.65-3 Reckless or negligent operation prohibited by law.
167.65-5 Flashing the rays of a searchlight or other blinding light.
167.65-10 Unauthorized lights.
167.65-15 Routing instructions; strict compliance with.
167.65-20 Unnecessary whistling.
167.65-25 Steering gear tests.
167.65-30 Steering orders.
167.65-35 Use of auto pilot.
167.65-38 Loading doors.
167.65-40 Draft.
167.65-42 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability
requirements.
167.65-45 Notice to mariners; aids to navigation.
167.65-50 Posting placards of lifesaving signals and breeches buoy
instructions.
167.65-55 Posting placards containing instructions for launching and
inflating inflatable liferafts.
167.65-60 Examination of boilers and machinery by engineer.
167.65-65 Notice and reporting of casualty and voyage records.
167.65-70 Reports of accidents, repairs, and unsafe boilers and
machinery by engineers.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 6101, 8105; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 166.20 Subpart 167.01 -- General Provisions
46 CFR 167.01-1 Basis and purpose of part.
By virtue of the authority in R.S. 4405 (46 U.S.C. 375), as amended,
and to apply the requirements of the act of October 25, 1919, as amended
(41 Stat. 305; 46 U.S.C. 363), the rules and regulations in this part
are prescribed and apply to public nautical school ships, except vessels
of the Navy or Coast Guard. It is the intent of the regulations in this
part to provide minimum standards for vessels used as nautical school
ships in accordance with the various inspection statutes and to obtain
their correct and uniform application. This part is not applicable to
civilian nautical school ships.
46 CFR 167.01-5 Application of regulations.
(a) Regulations in this part contain requirements for the design,
construction, inspection, lifesaving equipment, firefighting and fire
prevention requirements, special operating requirements and number of
persons allowed to be carried on nautical school ships.
(b) Vessels owned or chartered by the United States Maritime
Administration that may be used by or in connection with any nautical
school are not normally considered as merchant vessels of the United
States and, therefore, are not documented.
(c) Documented nautical school ships of 500 gross tons or more, on
international voyages, shall comply with the standards of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, for cargo
vessels.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9982, June 17, 1970; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 167.01-7 Ocean or unlimited coastwise vessels on inland and
Great Lakes Routes.
(a) Vessels inspected and certificated for ocean or unlimited
coastwise routes shall be considered suitable for navigation insofar as
the provisions of this subchapter are concerned on any inland route,
including the Great Lakes.
(CGFR 59-10, 24 FR 3240, Apr. 25, 1959)
46 CFR 167.01-8 Inspection of school ships using gross tonnage
criterion.
(a) One of the criteria used for invocation of safety standards is
the descriptions of school ships by relative sizes in gross tonnages.
When it is determined in accordance with 70.05-20 of this chapter that
a particular school ship has a Bureau of Customs' assigned gross
register tonnage which is not indicative of the relative physical size
of the vessel, the requirements in this part and the manning shall be
that applicable to a vessel of the greater relative size.
(CGFR 60-50, 25 FR 7982, Aug. 18, 1960)
46 CFR 167.01-10 Effective date of regulations.
(a) The regulations in this part shall be in effect on and after July
1, 1951: Provided, That amendments, revisions, or additions shall
become effective 90 days after the date of publication in the Federal
Register unless the Commandant shall fix a different time.
(b) Amendments to regulations in this part will not be retroactive in
effect unless specifically made so at the time the amendments are
issued.
46 CFR 167.01-15 Specifications for articles or materials.
Articles of equipment or materials used in the equipment or the
construction of vessels, which conform to the specifications of the Navy
or Coast Guard or their approved equivalent, may be accepted.
46 CFR 167.01-20 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f), which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(CGD 88-072, 53 FR 34298, Sept. 6, 1988, as amended by CGD 89-037, 57
FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 167.01-20 was
amended by revising paragraph (b), effective December 10, 1992. For the
convenience of the user, the superseded text appears as follows:
167.01-20 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(b) Display.
46 CFR 167.01-20 Subpart 167.05 -- Definitions
46 CFR 167.05-1 Definition of terms.
Certain terms used in the regulations of this part are defined in
this subpart.
46 CFR 167.05-5 Approved.
This term means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise stated.
46 CFR 167.05-10 Commandant.
This term means Commandant of the Coast Guard.
46 CFR 167.05-15 Coast Guard District Commander.
This term means an Officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by
the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his
district, which include the inspections, enforcement, and administration
of Title 52, R.S., and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto,
and rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 167.05-20 Marine inspector or inspector.
These terms mean any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any other person as may be
designated for the performance of duties with respect to the
inspections, enforcement, and the administration of Title 52, R.S., and
acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, and rules and
regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 167.05-25 Nautical school ship.
This term means any vessel used as a nautical school ship by any
state or political subdivision thereof or a school operated by the
United States Maritime Administration, but shall not include vessels of
the Navy or Coast Guard.
46 CFR 167.05-30 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant, and who, under the
superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is
in charge of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with
respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Title 52,
R.S., and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, and rules and
regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 167.05-30 Subpart 167.10 -- Enforcement and Right of Appeal
46 CFR 167.10-1 Enforcement.
The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is responsible for the
performance of duties within his jurisdiction with respect to inspection
of nautical school ships which are subject to the provisions of Title
52, R.S., and acts amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto, rules
and regulations issued thereunder, and the inspections required thereby.
46 CFR 167.10-50 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 167.10-50 Subpart 167.15 -- Inspections
46 CFR 167.15-1 Inspections required.
(a) Before a vessel may be used as a nautical school ship, it shall
be inspected by the Coast Guard to determine that the hull, boilers,
machinery, equipment and appliances comply with the regulations in this
part.
(b) Every nautical school ship subject to the regulations in this
part shall be inspected annually, or oftener if necessary, by the Coast
Guard to determine that the hull, boilers, machinery, equipment and
appliances comply with the regulations in this part.
(c) Nautical school ships while laid up and dismantled and out of
commission are exempt from any or all inspections required by law or
regulations in this part.
46 CFR 167.15-5 Authority of marine inspectors.
Marine inspectors may at any time lawfully inspect any nautical
school ship.
46 CFR 167.15-10 Application for annual inspection.
Application in writing for the annual inspection of every nautical
school ship required to be inspected by law and the regulations in this
part shall be made by the master, owner, or agent to the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, at any local Marine Inspection Office, U.S.
Coast Guard, where the nautical school ship may be operating. The
application shall be on Form CG 3752, Application for Inspection of U.S.
Vessel, which requires information on name and type of vessel, nature of
employment and route in which to be operated, place where and date when
the vessel may be inspected, and that no other application has been made
to any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, since the issuance of the
last valid certificate of inspection.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29
FR 7361, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 167.15-15 Application for inspection of a new nautical school
ship or a conversion of a vessel to a nautical school ship.
Prior to the commencement of the construction of a new nautical
school ship, or a conversion of a vessel to a nautical school ship,
application for the approval of contract plans and specifications and
for a certificate of inspection shall be made in writing by the owner or
agent to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at the nearest local
Marine Inspection Office, U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 167.15-20 Inspections of nautical school ships.
At each annual inspection, or oftener if deemed necessary, the
inspector will inspect the hull, boilers, machinery, equipment, and
appliances generally for compliance with the regulations in this subpart
and in addition will inspect and test certain specific items as
specifically set forth in this part.
46 CFR 167.15-25 Inspection standards for hulls, boilers and machinery.
Except as otherwise provided by law or regulations in this subpart,
the following standards shall be accepted as standard by the inspectors:
(a) American Bureau of Shipping ''Rules for Building and Classing
Steel Vessels'' regarding the construction of hulls, boilers and
machinery in effect on the date of inspection. These rules may be
purchased from the American Bureau of Shipping, New York, N.Y.
(b) U. S. Navy Standard Construction Specification in effect on the
date of inspection.
(c) U. S. Coast Guard Standard Construction Specification in effect
on the date of inspection.
46 CFR 167.15-27 Definitions relating to hull examinations.
As used in this part --
(a) Drydock examination means hauling out a vessel or placing a
vessel in a drydock or slipway for an examination of all accessible
parts of the vessel's underwater body and all through-hull fittings, sea
chests, sea valves, sea strainers, and valves for the emergency bilge
suction.
(b) Internal structural examination means an examination of the
vessel while afloat or in drydock and consists of a complete examination
of the vessel's main strength members, including the major internal
framing, the hull plating, voids, and ballast tanks, but not including
cargo or fuel oil tanks.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39655, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 167.15-30 Drydock examination and internal structural
examination intervals.
(a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section, each vessel must undergo drydock and internal structural
examinations as follows:
(1) Vessels that operate in salt water must undergo two drydock and
two internal stuctural examinations within any five year period. No
more than three years may elapse between any two examinations.
(2) Vessels that operate in fresh water at least six months in every
12 month period since the last drydock examination must undergo drydock
and internal structural examinations at intervals not to exceed five
years.
(b) Vessels with wooden hulls must undergo two drydock and two
internal structural examinations within any five year period regardless
of the type of water in which they operate. No more than three years
may elapse between any two examinations.
(c) If, during an internal structural examination damage or
deterioration to the hull plating or structural members is discovered,
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may require the vessel to be
drydocked or otherwise taken out of service to further assess the extent
of the damage and to effect permanent repairs.
(d) Each vessel which has not met with the applicable examination
schedules in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section because it is on
a voyage, must undergo the required examinations upon completion of the
voyage.
(e) The Commandant (G-MVI) may authorize extensions to the
examination intervals specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39655, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 167.15-35 Notice and plans required.
(a) The master, owner, operator, or agent of the vessel shall notify
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, whenever the vessel is to be
drydocked regardless of the reason for drydocking.
(b) Each vessel, except barges, that holds a Load Line Certificate
must have on board a plan showing the vessel's scantlings. This plan
must be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector whenever the
vessel undergoes a drydock examination or internal structural
examination or whenever repairs are made to the vessel's hull.
(c) Each barge that holds a Load Line Certificate must have a plan
showing the barge's scantlings. The plan need not be maintained on
board the barge but must be made available to the Coast Guard marine
inspector whenever the barge undergoes a drydock examination or internal
structural examination or whenever repairs are made to the barge's hull.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39655, Oct. 23, 1987)
46 CFR 167.15-40 Integral fuel oil tank examinations -- T/ALL.
(a) Each fuel oil tank with at least one side integral to the
vessel's hull and located within the hull (''integral fuel oil tank'')
is subject to inspection as provided in this section. The owner or
operator of the vessel shall have the tanks cleaned out and gas freed as
necessary to permit internal examination of the tank or tanks designated
by the marine inspector. The owner or operator shall arrange for an
examination of the fuel tanks of each vessel during an internal
structural examination at intervals not to exceed five years.
(b) Integral non-double-bottom fuel oil tanks need not be cleaned out
and internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by
external examination that the general condition of the tanks is
satisfactory.
(c) Double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels less than 10 years of age
need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine inspector
is able to determine by external examination that the general condition
of the tanks is satisfactory.
(d) Double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 10 years of age or older
but less than 15 years of age need not be cleaned out and internally
examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by internal
examination of at least one forward double-bottom fuel oil tank, and by
external examination of all other double-bottom fuel oil tanks on the
vessel, that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(e) All double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 15 years of age or
older need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine
inspector is able to determine by internal examination of at least one
forward, one amidships, and one aft double-bottom fuel oil tank, and by
external examination of all other double-bottom fuel oil tanks on the
vessel, that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39655, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 167.15-50 Tailshaft examinations.
Tailshaft examinations on nautical school ships must conform with the
examination requirements in part 61 of this chapter.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39655, Oct. 23, 1987)
46 CFR 167.15-50 Subpart 167.20 -- Hull Requirements, Construction and Arrangement of Nautical School Ships
46 CFR 167.20-1 Construction.
Except as otherwise provided by law or regulations in this subpart,
the following standards for construction are acceptable.
(a) American Bureau of Shipping ''Rules for Building and Classing
Steel Vessels'' regarding the construction of hulls, boilers and
machinery in effect on the date of inspection. These rules may be
purchased from the American Bureau of Shipping, New York, N.Y.
(b) U. S. Navy Standard Construction Specification in effect on the
date of inspection.
(c) U. S. Coast Guard Standard Construction Specification in effect
on the date of inspection.
46 CFR 167.20-7 Subdivision and stability.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in Subchapter S of
this chapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983)
46 CFR 167.20-10 Means of escape.
(a) On all nautical school ships where the arrangements will possibly
permit, all inclosures where persons may be quartered, or where anyone
may be employed, shall be provided with not less than two avenues of
escape, so located that if one of such avenues is not available another
may be.
46 CFR 167.20-15 Scupper, sanitary and similar discharges.
(a) All scupper, sanitary, and other similar discharges which lead
through the ship's hull shall be fitted with efficient means for
preventing the ingress of water in the event of a fracture of such
pipes. The requirements do not apply to the discharges in the machinery
space connected with the main and auxiliary engines, pumps, etc.
46 CFR 167.20-17 Bilge pumps, bilge piping and sounding arrangements.
The number, capacity, and arrangement of bilge pumps and bilge piping
shall be in accordance with the requirements for cargo vessels contained
in parts 50 to 61 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
Sounding pipes shall be fitted in each compartment, except those
accessible at all times. The main and secondary drain systems installed
in accordance with U.S. Navy or U.S. Coast Guard Construction
Specifications shall be accepted as meeting the intent of this section.
(CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9542, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 167.20-35 Liquid ballast.
When water ballasting of fuel tanks is necessary, such oily ballast
shall not be subsequently discharged overboard within any of the
prohibited zones as defined by the Oil Pollution Act, 1961 (33 U.S.C.
1011), except through oily water separators which meet the requirements
in 55.10-25(n) of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter, or
directly into sludge barges or shore facilities, or other approved
means.
(CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 9046, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 167.20-35 Subpart 167.25 -- Marine Engineering
46 CFR 167.25-1 Boilers, pressure vessels, piping and appurtenances.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law or regulations in this
subpart, all vessels constructed or reconverted to use as nautical
school ships on or after July 1, 1951, shall conform with one of the
following standards for boilers, pressure vessels, piping and
appurtenances:
(1) Marine engineering regulations in parts 50 to 63, inclusive, of
Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(2) Navy Standard Construction Specifications in effect at time of
construction or conversion.
(3) U.S. Coast Guard Standard Construction Specifications in effect
at time of construction or conversion.
(b) The boilers, pressure vessels, and appurtenances shall be
inspected initially under the provisions of part 52 of Subchapter F
(Marine Engineering) of this chapter. All alterations, replacements or
repairs on nautical school ships shall conform to the applicable
standards in paragraph (a) of this section insofar as practicable.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 167.25-5 Inspection of boilers, pressure vessels, piping and
appurtenances.
The inspection of boilers, pressure vessels, piping and appurtenances
shall be in accordance with the applicable regulations in parts 50 to
63, inclusive, of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter,
insofar as they relate to tests and inspection of cargo vessels.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 167.25-20 Carrying of excess steam. 1001
When it is known or comes to the knowledge of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, that any steam nautical school ship is or has been
carrying an excess of steam beyond that which is allowed by her
certificate of inspection, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in
whose zone the nautical school ship is being navigated, in addition to
reporting the fact to the United States District Attorney for
prosecution under R. S. 4437 (46 U.S.C. 413), shall require the owner
or owners of the nautical school ship to place on the boiler a lockup
safety valve which will prevent the carrying of an excess of steam and
it shall be under the control of said Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
0011Attention is called to R. S. 4437 (46 U.S.C. 413), which makes
the obstructing of a safety valve a misdemeanor subject to a $200 fine
and imprisonment for not to exceed 5 years.
46 CFR 167.25-20 Subpart 167.30 -- Repairs or Alterations
46 CFR 167.30-1 Notice of repairs or alterations required.
(a) It shall be the duty of the master, owner, or agent to notify the
nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, whenever repairs or
alterations are required, or will be made on a nautical school ship.
(b) Whenever a nautical school ship is placed upon the dock, it shall
be the duty of the master, owner or agent to report the same to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, so that a thorough inspection may
be made by the Coast Guard to determine what is necessary to make such a
nautical school ship seaworthy, if the condition or age of the nautical
school ship, in the judgment of the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, renders such examination necessary.
46 CFR 167.30-5 Proceeding to another port for repairs.
(a) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may issue a permit to
proceed to another port for repairs, if in his judgment it can be done
with safety. In the issuance of such a permit the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, will state upon its face, the conditions upon which
it is granted.
(b) When a nautical school ship obtains a permit from the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, to go to another port for repairs, the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall so notify the Coast Guard
District Commander, and state the repairs to be made. The Coast Guard
District Commander shall notify the Coast Guard District Commander of
the district where such repairs are to be made, furnishing him a copy of
the report indicating the repairs ordered.
46 CFR 167.30-10 Special operating requirements.
Inspection and testing required when making alterations, repairs, or
other such operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or like
fire-producing actions are as follows:
(a) The provisions of ''Standard for the Control of Gas Hazards on
Vessels to be Repaired'', NFPA No. 306, published by National Fire
Protection Association, 60 Batterymarch Street, Boston, Mass., shall be
used as a guide in conducting the inspections and issuance of
certificates required by this section.
(b) Until an inspection has been made to determine that such
operation can be undertaken with safety, no alterations, repairs, or
other such operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or like
fire-producing actions shall be made:
(1) Within or on the boundaries of cargo tanks which have been used
to carry combustible liquids or chemicals in bulk; or,
(2) Within spaces adjacent to cargo tanks which have been used to
carry Grade D combustible liquid cargo, except where the distance
between such cargo tanks and the work to be performed is not less than
twenty-five (25) feet; or,
(3) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or,
(4) To pipe lines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, or other
appurtenances connected to such cargo or fuel tanks.
(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced as follows:
(1) In ports or places in the United States or its territories and
possessions, the inspection shall be made by a marine chemist
certificated by the National Fire Protection Association; however, if
the services of such certified marine chemist are not reasonably
available, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon the
recommendation of the vessel owner and his contractor or their
representative, shall select a person who, in the case of an individual
vessel, shall be authorized to make such inspection. If the inspection
indicates that such operations can be undertaken with safety, a
certificate setting forth the fact in writing and qualified as may be
required, shall be issued by the certified marine chemist or the
authorized person before the work is started. Such qualifications shall
include any requirements, as may be deemed necessary to maintain,
insofar as can reasonably be done, the safe conditions in the spaces
certified throughout the operation and shall include such additional
tests and certifications as considered required. Such qualifications
and requirements shall include precautions necessary to eliminate or
minimize hazards that may be present from protective coatings or
residues from cargoes.
(2) When not in such a port or place, and a marine chemist or such
person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is not
reasonably available, the inspection shall be made by the senior officer
present and a proper entry shall be made in the vessel's logbook.
(d) It shall be the responsibility of the senior officer present to
secure copies of certificates issued by the certified marine chemist or
such person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. It
shall be the responsibility of the senior officer present, insofar as
the persons under his control are concerned, to maintain a safe
condition on the vessel by full observance of all qualifications and
requirements listed by the marine chemist in the certificate.
(CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7361, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 167.30-10 Subpart 167.35 -- Lifesaving Equipment
46 CFR 167.35-1 Use of approved lifesaving equipment.
(a) Lifeboats, lifeboat disengaging apparatus, life-rafts, life
preservers, or other lifesaving equipment which conform to the
specifications of the Navy or Coast Guard, or their approved equivalent,
may be accepted for use on nautical school ships, but on or before July
1, 1963, all kapok and fibrous glass life preservers which do not have
plastic-covered pad inserts shall be removed from service.
(CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10642, Nov. 5, 1960)
46 CFR 167.35-2 Inflatable life-rafts.
(a) On all vessels of less than 3000 gross tons, except those
required to meet the standards of the International Convention for
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
upon request of the master, owner or agent, may permit substitution of
approved inflatable liferafts for lifeboats. The criteria to be used by
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in determining substitutions
to be permitted will be in accordance with substitutions permitted in
Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) Inflatable life-rafts shall be stowed in such a manner that they
will float free in the event of the vessel sinking. Stowage and
arrangements will be to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
(c) Inflatable life-rafts shall be serviced at an approved service
facility every 12 months or not later than next vessel inspection,
provided total time since date of last servicing does not exceed 15
months.
Note: After the raft has been satisfactorily serviced in the
presence of a marine inspector, the raft is repacked and sealed and the
carrying case stamped ''PASSED'' together with the date, port, and the
marine inspector's initials.
(d) Inflatable life-rafts shall be equipped in accordance with
subpart 160.051 of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter.
(e) An inflatable life-raft must meet the following:
(1) The life-raft must be approved under subpart 160.051 of this
chapter.
(2) Except as required in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the
life-raft must be marked in accordance with 160.051-8 of this chapter.
(3) After January 1, 1976 on vessels certificated for Great Lakes
service and after January 1, 1980 on other certificated vessels, the
life-raft must show on or near the life-raft's nameplate, and the
life-raft's container must show on or near the plate, marking approved
by a Coast Guard inspector that is --
(i) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is greater than 49 followed by a revision number (e.g.
160.051/50/1); or
(ii) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is smaller than 50 that is followed by a revision number
(e.g. 160.051/48/1), the words ''MOD. TEMP.'', a Coast Guard
inspector's initials, and the date that an inspector found that the
life-raft met 160.051-5(c)(4) of this chapter.
(CGFR 68-36, 25 FR 10642, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 69-116, 35
FR 6862, Apr. 30, 1970; CGD 75-040, 40 FR 58454, Dec. 17, 1975; CGD
90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 167.35-3 Hydraulic releases.
(a) Hydraulic releases approved under subpart 160.062 of Subchapter Q
(Specifications) of this chapter, and spring-tensioned gripes may be
permitted in the installation of any life-raft, inflatable life-raft,
lifefloat, or buoyant apparatus. On and after July 1, 1969, only
hydraulic releases approved under subpart 160.062 of this chapter may be
used.
(b) Existing hydraulic releases may be returned to their
manufacturers or to repair facilities designated by their manufacturers
for the purpose of determining compliance with subpart 160.062 of this
chapter. If such a release passes the periodic servicing and testing
requirements in 160.062-4(f) of this chapter and the reconditioning
work (if any) is done to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, the complete body marking and inspection tagging
required by 160.062-5 of this chapter shall be placed on such a release
indicating it is an approved item.
(c) A hydraulic release used in the installation of any life-raft,
inflatable life-raft, lifefloat, or buoyant apparatus shall undergo the
periodic servicing and testing required by subpart 160.062 of this
chapter every 12 months which may be extended to 15 months as determined
by the date shown on its inspection tag. The springs of a
spring-tensioned gripe used in such an installation shall be renewed
when the accompanying hydraulic release is serviced and tested.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5724, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 167.35-5 Life preservers.
(a) Number required. All nautical school ships shall be provided
with one life preserver for each person carried.
(b) Shipboard inspections. At each annual inspection of any nautical
school ship, or oftener if deemed necessary, all life preservers shall
be examined by an inspector to determine serviceability. When life
preservers are found to be in accordance with the requirements, the
inspector shall stamp them with the word ''Passed'', his initials, port,
and date. Life preservers found not to be in a serviceable condition
shall be removed from the vessel's equipment and, if beyond repair,
shall be destroyed in the presence of the inspector.
(c) Personal flotation device lights. Each life preserver carried on
a vessel engaged in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes service after June
30, 1980, must have a personal flotation device light that is approved
under subpart 161.012 of this chapter. Each light must be securely
attached to the front shoulder area of a life preserver.
(d) Retroreflective material. Each life preserver carried on a
vessel after June 30, 1980, must have at least 200 sq. cm (31 sq. in.)
of retroreflective material attached on its front side, at least 200 sq.
cm on its back side, and at least 200 sq. cm of material on each of
its reversible sides. The material must be Type I material that is
approved under subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The material attached
on each side of a life preserver must be divided equally between the
upper quadrants of the side, and the material in each quadrant must be
attached as closely as possible to the shoulder area of the life
preserver.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGD 76-028, 44
FR 38788, July 2, 1979)
46 CFR 167.35-10 Lifeboats.
Each nautical school ship shall be provided with fully equipped
lifeboats of sufficient capacity to accommodate all persons on board.
46 CFR 167.35-15 Tests of lifeboats at annual inspection.
At each annual inspection, or oftener if necessary, the inspectors
shall satisfy themselves that every lifeboat, together with its
equipment, is in every respect to good condition and ready for immediate
use. Every lifeboat, with its required equipment, shall be lowered to
near the water and loaded to its allowed capacity, evenly distributed
throughout its length, and then lowered into the water afloat. In
making this test, persons or satisfactory deadweight may be used. If
persons are used, the weight of each person shall average at least 165
pounds. When deadweight is used, the weight shall be equivalent to at
least 165 pounds for each person allowed.
46 CFR 167.35-20 Air tanks in lifeboats.
Before any lifeboat is passed and accepted, the air tanks if
installed shall be tested in the presence of an inspector by an air
pressure of not more than 1 pound per square inch. At each subsequent
annual inspection, or oftener if necessary or desirable, the inspectors
shall satisfy themselves that the air tanks are in good condition, but
pressure need not be applied unless the inspectors are in doubt
regarding the efficiency of the tanks. This does not take from the
inspectors the right and authority to satisfy themselves at any time,
either by examination or pressure, as to the condition of the air tanks.
46 CFR 167.35-25 Numbering and marking of lifeboats.
(a) The number of each lifeboat shall be plainly marked or painted on
each side of the bow in figures three inches high; and, where lifeboats
are carried on both sides of a vessel, the odd-numbered boats shall be
stowed on the starboard side and even-numbered boats on the port side;
i.e., lifeboat No. 1 shall be forward on the starboard side, and
lifeboat No. 3 next abaft lifeboat No. 1; lifeboat No. 2 shall be
forward on the port side and lifeboat No. 4 next abaft lifeboat No. 2,
etc. Where lifeboats are nested, the lifeboat under lifeboat No. 1
shall be numbered 1a, the lifeboat under lifeboat No. 2 shall be
numbered 2a, etc.
(b) The cubical contents and number of persons allowed to be carried
on each lifeboat shall be plainly marked or painted on each side of the
bow in letters and numbers 1 1/2 inches high. In addition, the number
of persons allowed shall be plainly marked or painted on the top of at
least two of the thwarts in letters and numbers three inches high.
(c) Such letters and numbers required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this section shall be dark on a light background or light on a dark
background.
(d) The top of thwarts, side benches and footings of lifeboats shall
be painted or otherwise colored international orange. The area in way
of the red mechanical disengaging gear control shall be painted or
otherwise colored white, to provide a contrasting background for the
control.
(e) Where mechanical disengaging apparatus is used, the control
effecting the release of the lifeboat shall be painted bright red.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 62-8, 27
FR 4173, May 2, 1962)
46 CFR 167.35-30 Care of lifeboats.
Lifeboats shall be stripped, cleaned, and thoroughly overhauled, at
least once in every year.
46 CFR 167.35-35 Davits.
All lifeboats shall be carried under davits of approved types.
Davits approved by the Navy may be used. More than one type of davit
may be carried on any one vessel.
46 CFR 167.35-40 Strength and operation of davits.
The davits shall be of such strength that the boats can be lowered
with their full complement of persons and equipment.
46 CFR 167.35-45 Releasing gear or disengaging apparatus.
More than one type of approved releasing gear or disengaging
apparatus may be installed in the lifeboats on any one nautical school
ship. Releasing gear approved by the Navy may be used.
46 CFR 167.35-50 Inspection of releasing gear or disengaging apparatus.
The inspectors, when inspecting or reinspecting vessels, shall
carefully examine the releasing gear or disengaging apparatus and the
blocks and falls thereof to satisfy themselves that the same are in good
condition.
46 CFR 167.35-60 Lifeboat equipment.
The equipment specified in this section shall be provided for each
lifeboat. This equipment need not be stowed in the lifeboat but shall
be readily available for emergency use. The lifeboat, except where
otherwise specified in this subpart, shall be equipped as follows:
(a) Bailer. One bailer of sufficient size and suitable for bailing
with lanyard attached.
(b) Boathooks. Two boathooks of clear-grained white ash of suitable
length but not less than 8 feet long by 1 1/2 inches in diameter.
(c) Bucket. One galvanized iron bucket of about 2-gallon capacity,
with lanyard attached.
(d) Compass. One compass.
(e) Distress signals. Twelve hand red flare distress signals in a
watertight container, and four floating orange smoke distress signals;
or twelve hand red flare distress signals in a watertight container, and
twelve hand orange smoke distress signals in a watertight container; or
twelve hand combination flare and smoke distress signals in a watertight
container. The service use shall be limited to a period of three years
from date of manufacture, and replacement shall be made no later than
the first annual inspection of the vessel after the date of expiration.
(f) Ditty bag. One canvas bag containing sailmaker's palm, needles,
sail twine, marline, and marline spike.
(g) Drinking cups. Two drinking cups.
(h) Flashlight. One flashlight.
(i) Hatchets. Two hatchets attached to the boat by individual
lanyards and readily available for use, one at each end of the boat.
(j) Lantern. One lantern containing sufficient oil to burn at least
9 hours and ready for immediate use.
(k) Life line. When necessary a life line, or grab line, properly
secured the entire length on each side, festooned in bights not longer
than 3 feet, with a seine float in each bight, which float may be
omitted if the line is of an inherently buoyant material and absorbs
little or no water. The life line shall be of a size and strength not
less than 3/8-inch diameter manila. The bights shall hang to within 12
inches of the water when the lifeboat is light.
(l) Life preservers or life buoys. Two life preservers or two life
buoys.
(m) Mast and sails. A mast or masts with at least one good sail and
proper gear for each, the sail and gear to be protected by a suitable
canvas cover. Where a nautical school ship in the North Atlantic north
of 35 north latitude is provided with a radiotelegraph installation,
only one of the lifeboats on each side of the nautical school ship shall
be required to be so equipped.
(n) Matches. One box of friction matches in a watertight container.
(o) Oars. A single banked complement of oars, two spare oars, and a
steering oar with rowlock or becket. Motor lifeboats and lifeboats
fitted with propellers operated by hand shall be equipped with four oars
and one steering oar.
(p) Painter. One painter of manila rope not less than 2 3/4 inches
in circumference and a length not less than three times the distance
between the boat deck and the light draft.
(q) Plugs. Each drain hole shall be provided with two plugs or caps
attached by chains, or with one cap attached by chain to the lifeboat if
the cap is fitted with a setscrew to prevent its being taken off without
removing the setscrew.
(r) Provisions. Two pounds of provisions for each person consisting
of hard bread or its equivalent in any emergency ration approved by the
Coast Guard or Navy of cereal or vegetable compound packaged in
hermetically sealed containers.
(s) Rowlocks. One set and a half of rowlocks, each attached to the
lifeboat by a separate chain.
(t) Rudder. One rudder and tiller.
(u) Sea anchor. One sea anchor.
(v) Signaling mirrors. Two signaling mirrors.
(w) Storm oil. One container holding 1 gallon of vegetable or animal
oil, so constructed that the oil can be easily distributed on the water
and so arranged that it can be attached to the sea anchor.
(x) Water. For each person at least 1 quart of drinking water
contained in hermetically sealed cans of a type approved by the Coast
Guard or Navy.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 57-18, 22
FR 3471, May 17, 1957; CGFR 58-44, 23 FR 8984, Nov. 9, 1958)
46 CFR 167.35-65 Motor lifeboat equipment.
(a) Equipment required. In addition to the equipment required by
167.35-60, the following items shall also be carried:
(1) Two portable fire extinguishers having Coast Guard classification
B-1, C-1. (Carbon dioxide or dry chemical type approved by the Coast
Guard or the Navy.)
(2) One tool kit containing at least:
(i) One 12-ounce ball peen hammer.
(ii) One screwdriver with 6-inch blade.
(iii) One pair 8-inch slip joint pliers.
(iv) One 8-inch adjustable end wrench.
(b) Motor and accessories. (1) The engine for motor-propelled
lifeboats shall be of a reliable, marine, heavy-duty type, permanently
installed inside the lifeboat.
(2) Motor-propelled lifeboats certified for 100 or more persons shall
be fitted with at least two bilge pumps, one of which shall be an
efficient hand pump. Each bilge pump shall be capable of pumping from
each compartment. Motor-propelled lifeboats certified for less than 100
persons shall be fitted with one bilge pump, either hand or power,
having suitable suctions or drainage to different parts of the lifeboat.
(c) Equipment not required. A motor-propelled lifeboat need not
carry a mast or sails nor more than four rowing oars and one steering
oar.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by 21 FR 6713,
Sept. 6, 1956; CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 9047, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 167.35-70 Portable radio apparatus.
(a) Each nautical school ship shall be provided with a portable radio
apparatus complying with the requirements of the Federal Communications
Commission, unless at least one lifeboat on each side of the vessel is
fitted with a fixed radio installation. The apparatus shall be so
designed that it may be used by an unskilled person.
(b) The portable radio apparatus shall be kept in the radio room,
chart room, or other suitable location ready to be moved to one or other
of the lifeboats in the event of an emergency.
(CGFR 61-52, 26 FR 11909, Dec. 31, 1961)
46 CFR 167.35-72 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
(a) Each vessel in ocean and coastwise service must have an approved
Class A emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) that is --
(1) Operative;
(2) Stowed where it is readily accessible for testing and use; and
(3) Stowed in a manner so that it will float free if the vessel
sinks.
(b) Compliance with paragraph (a) of this section is not required for
a coastwise vessel --
(1) That carries a VHF radiotelephone that complies with the FCC
requirements; and
(2) Whose Certificate of Inspection is endorsed for a route which
does not extend more than 20 miles from a harbor of safe refuge. (49
CFR 1.4(b)(1)(ii) and 1.46(b))
(c) Each vessel certificated for Great Lakes service, and each other
vessel operating on the Great Lakes that is not required to have a Class
A EPIRB meeting paragraph (a) of this section must have two Class C
EPIRB's installed --
(1) In a weather tight enclosure;
(2) In a readily accessible location;
(3) One on each side of the vessel; and
(4) At or near the principal embarkation stations.
(CGD 73-24R, 39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974, as amended by CGD 80-024, 49
FR 40409, Oct. 16, 1984)
46 CFR 167.35-75 Handling of lifeboats.
All the lifeboats shall be stowed in such a way that they can be
launched in the shortest possible time and that, even under unfavorable
conditions of list and trim from the point of view of the handling of
the lifeboats, it may be possible to embark in them as large a number of
persons as possible.
46 CFR 167.35-80 Life buoys.
(a) Number required. (1) The minimum number of life buoys and the
minimum number to which water lights shall be attached shall be in
accordance with the following table:
(2) One life buoy on each side of a vessel shall have an attached
line at least 15 fathoms in length.
(b) Distribution and securing of life buoys and water lights. All
life buoys and water lights shall be distributed and secured as follows:
(1) All life buoys shall be so placed as to be readily accessible to
the persons on board, and their positions plainly indicated so as to be
known to the persons concerned.
(2) The life buoys shall always be capable of being cast loose, and
shall not be permanently secured in any way.
(c) Water lights. Each water light must be an approved automatic
electric type, constructed in accordance with subpart 161.010 of this
chapter or approved by the U.S. Navy; except a water light constructed
in accordance with former subpart 160.012 or 161.001 of this chapter
that was installed before January 1, 1972, may be retained in an
existing installation as long as it is maintained in good condition.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGD 79-165a, 45
FR 46188, Sept. 29, 1980)
46 CFR 167.35-85 Line-throwing appliances.
(a) Requirements. All nautical school ships (regardless of tonnage
or manner of propulsion) engaged on international voyages and all
nautical school ships of 500 gross tons and over, shall be equipped with
an approved line-throwing appliance, and equipment auxiliary thereto, of
the impulse-projected rocket type, the requirements for which are set
forth in subpart 160.040 of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
chapter. All nautical school ships of 150 gross tons and over and less
than 500 gross tons, shall be equipped with an approved line-throwing
appliance, and equipment auxiliary thereto, of the shoulder gun type or
the impulse-projected rocket type, the requirements for which are set
forth in subparts 160.031 and 160.040, respectively, of Subchapter Q
(Specifications) of this chapter. The line-throwing appliances shall be
approved by the Coast Guard or the Navy. Service use of rockets shall
be within four years from date of manufacture. Lyle gun type
line-throwing appliances already in service may be continued in use so
long as in good and serviceable condition in lieu of impulse-projected
rocket type or shoulder gun type line-throwing appliances: Provided,
That any replacements shall be made with a line-throwing appliance of
the impulse-projected rocket type or shoulder gun type, as applicable.
(b) Accessibility. The line-throwing appliance and its equipment
shall be kept always easily and immediately accessible and ready for
use. No part of this equipment shall be used for any other purpose.
(c) Drills. The master of a nautical school ship equipped with a
line-throwing appliance shall drill his crew in its use and require it
to be fired at least once in every 3 months. Each drill shall be
recorded in the nautical school ship's log book. The service line shall
not be used for drill purposes. The drills shall be conducted as
follows:
(1) For impulse-projected rocket type, by actually firing the rocket
with any ordinary line of proper length attached; or,
(2) For shoulder gun type, by actual firing, using the regular
cartridge and projectile with any ordinary line of proper length; or,
(3) For Lyle gun type, by actual firing, using one-half the usual
charge of powder with regular service projectile and any ordinary line
of proper length.
46 CFR 167.35-90 Embarkation ladders.
Nautical school ships shall be provided with flexible ladders to
enable people to descend to lifeboats, one such ladder being provided
for each set of boat davits. These ladders shall be kept ready and
convenient for use on the lifeboat deck, and shall reach from such deck
to the nautical school ship's light water line.
46 CFR 167.35-90 Subpart 167.40 -- Certain Equipment Requirements
46 CFR 167.40-1 Electrical installations.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law or regulation in this part,
the electrical equipment may be considered acceptable if it complies
with the requirements covered by any one of the following:
(1) U.S. Navy Standard Construction Specifications currently in
effect.
(2) U. S. Coast Guard electrical engineering requirements in
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(3) American Institute of Electrical Engineers Standard No. 45, 1945
or 1948 Revision. These standards may be purchased from the American
Institute of Electrical Engineers, New York, N. Y.
(b) Changes or alterations in the electrical installations of vessels
now in service shall be in accordance with standards set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Special attention shall be given by the inspectors in the
examination of present installation to see that it is of such nature as
to preclude any danger of fire, giving particular attention to wiring
which is carried through wooden bulkheads, partitions, etc.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 52-43, 17
FR 9543, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 167.40-5 Alarm bells.
All nautical school ships over 100 gross tons shall have all sleeping
accommodations, public spaces, and machinery spaces equipped with a
sufficient number of alarm bells so located as to warn all occupants.
The system shall operate from a continuous source of electric energy
capable of supplying the system for a period of at least 8 hours without
being dependent upon the main, auxiliary or emergency generating plants.
Each bell shall produce a signal of a tone distinct from that of other
bell signals in the vicinity and shall be independently fused, with each
of these fuses located above the bulkhead deck. The bells shall be
controlled by a manually-operated contact maker located in the
pilothouse. The characteristics of the contact maker shall be such that
it possesses:
(a) Positive contact;
(b) Watertightness (when located in open spaces subject to weather);
(c) Means whereby its electrically open or closed position can be
determined by sense of touch;
(d) Means to affect a make-or-break circuit for signaling; and
(e) Self-maintaining contacts.
46 CFR 167.40-7 Voice tubes, telephone, and telegraph systems.
(a) Each nautical school ship shall be fitted with an efficient means
of communication between the pilothouse and engine room. This may be by
bell signals with voice tubes, telephone, or telegraph systems.
(b) A voice tube or telephone system between the radio room and the
navigating bridge shall be provided when the nautical school ship is
equipped with a radio installation.
(c) A voice tube or telephone system between the pilothouse and
emergency steering station shall be provided when the nautical school
ship is equipped with an emergency steering station.
46 CFR 167.40-20 Deep-sea sounding apparatus.
Nautical school ships shall be equipped with an efficient or
electronic deep-sea sounding apparatus in addition to the ordinary
deep-sea hand lead. The electronic deep-sea sounding apparatus required
shall be installed, kept in working order, and ready for immediate use.
(CGFR 58-10, 23 FR 4686, June 26, 1958, as amended by CGD 75-074, 42
FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
46 CFR 167.40-25 Signaling lamp.
Nautical school ships of over 150 gross tons shall be equipped with
an efficient signaling lamp. This lamp shall be permanently fixed above
the bridge and equipped with a Fresnel lens and high-speed bulb,
operated by a weatherproof key, fitted with a suitable condenser. The
lamp shall be so connected that it can be operated from the normal
source of the nautical school ship's current, the emergency source, and
other emergency batteries if provided.
46 CFR 167.40-30 Guards and rails.
On nautical school ships all exposed and dangerous places, such as
gears and machinery shall be properly protected with covers, guards, or
rails, in order that the danger of accidents may be minimized. On
nautical school ships equipped with radio (wireless) the lead-ins shall
be efficiently incased or insulated to insure the protection of persons
from accidental shock. Such lead-ins shall be located so as not to
interfere with the launching of lifeboats and life rafts.
46 CFR 167.40-35 Motion-picture projectors.
(a) Motion-picture projectors of the 16 mm. or 8 mm. size, using
only slow-burning films, need not be of an approved type and may be used
without booths.
(b) Motion-picture projectors using the 35 mm. size, unless mounted
on weather deck shall be used in booths, in accordance with 72.05-60 of
Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter or applicable Navy
specifications.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 52-43, 17
FR 9543, Oct. 18, 1952)
46 CFR 167.40-40 Radar.
All mechanically propelled vessels of 1,600 gross tons and over in
ocean or coastwise service must be fitted with a marine radar system for
surface navigation. Facilities for plotting radar readings must be
provided on the bridge.
(CG FR 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
46 CFR 167.40-45 Magnetic compass and gyrocompass.
(a) All mechanically propelled vessels in ocean or coastwise service
must be fitted with a magnetic compass.
(b) All mechanically propelled vessels of 1,600 gross tons and over
in ocean or coastwise service must be fitted with a gyrocompass in
addition to the magnetic compass.
(c) Each vessel must have an illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass
required under paragraph (b) of this section that is at the main
steering stand unless the gyrocompass is illuminated and is at the main
steering stand.
(CFD 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
46 CFR 167.40-45 Subpart 167.43 -- Work Vests
Source: CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4962, June 18, 1959, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 167.43-1 Application.
(a) Provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels inspected
and certificated in accordance with this subchapter.
46 CFR 167.43-5 Approved types of work vests.
(a) Each buoyant work vest carried under the permissive authority of
this section must be approved under --
(1) Subpart 160.053 of this chapter; or
(2) Subpart 160.077 of this chapter as a commercial hybrid PFD.
(CGD 78-174A, 51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 167.43-25 Additional Requirements for Hybrid Work Vests.
(a) In addition to the other requirements in this subpart, commercial
hybrid PFD's must be --
(1) Used, stowed, and maintained in accordance with the procedures
set out in the manual required for these devices by 160.077-29 of this
chapter and any limitations(s) marked on them; and
(2) Of the same or similar design and have the same method of
operation as each other hybrid PFD carried on board.
(CGD 78-174A, 51 FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986)
46 CFR 167.43-10 Use.
(a) Approved buoyant work vests are considered to be items of safety
apparel and may be carried aboard vessels to be worn by crew members
when working near or over the water under favorable working conditions.
They shall be used under the supervision and control of designated
ship's officers. When carried, such vests shall not be accepted in lieu
of any portion of the required number of approved life preservers and
shall not be substituted for the approved life preservers required to be
worn during drills and emergencies.
46 CFR 167.43-15 Shipboard stowage.
(a) The approved buoyant work vests shall be stowed separately from
the regular stowage of approved life preservers.
(b) The locations for the stowage of work vests shall be such as not
to be easily confused with that for approved life preservers.
46 CFR 167.43-20 Shipboard inspections.
(a) Each work vest shall be subject to examination by a marine
inspector to determine its serviceability. If found to be satisfactory,
it may be continued in service, but shall not be stamped by a marine
inspector with a Coast Guard stamp. If a work vest is found not to be
in a serviceable condition, then such work vest shall be removed from
the vessel. If a work vest is beyond repair, it shall be destroyed or
mutilated in the presence of a marine inspector so as to prevent its
continued use as a work vest.
46 CFR 167.43-20 Subpart 167.45 -- Special Firefighting and Fire Prevention Requirements
46 CFR 167.45-1 Steam, carbon dioxide, and halon fire extinguishing
systems.
(a) General requirements. (1) Nautical school ships shall be
provided with an inert-gas fire-extinguishing system when required.
(2) All nautical school ships carrying combustible cargo in the
holds, between decks, or other closed cargo compartments shall be
equipped with means for extinguishing fire in such compartments by the
use of any inert-gas fire-extinguishing system approved by the Coast
Guard or Navy. However, in specific cases where by reason of the
design, such compartments are normally accessible and considered to be
part of the working or living quarters, a water sprinkling system may be
installed in lieu of an inert-gas fire-extinguishing system. On such
vessels contracted for prior to January 1, 1962, a steam smothering
system may be accepted in lieu of the inert gas system for the
protection of cargo holds, paint lockers, and similar spaces. However,
although existing steam smothering systems may be repaired, replaced, or
extended, no new systems contracted for on or after January 1, 1962,
will be permitted.
(3) Cabinets, boxes, or casings inclosing manifolds or valves shall
be distinctly marked in painted letters about 3 inches in height,
''Steam Fire Apparatus,'' or ''CO2 Fire Apparatus,'' as the case may be.
(4) Steam or gas piping fitted for extinguishing fire shall not be
used for any other purpose except that it may be used for fire-detecting
purposes.
(5) Pipes for conveying steam from the boilers for the purpose of
extinguishing fire shall not be led into the cabins, other living
spaces, or working spaces. Pipes for conveying carbon dioxide or other
extinguishing vapors for the purpose of extinguishing fire shall not be
led into the cabins or other living spaces.
(6) Steam smothering lines shall be tested with at least 50 pounds
air pressure with ends of the smothering lines capped, or by blowing
steam through the lines, and a survey made for detecting corrosion and
defects, using the hammer test or such other means as may be necessary.
(7) At annual inspections, all carbon dioxide (CO2) cylinders,
whether fixed or portable, shall be examined externally and replaced if
excessive corrosion is found; and all cylinders shall also be checked
by weighing to determine contents and if found to be more than 10
percent under required contents of carbon dioxide, the same shall be
recharged.
(8) Carbon dioxide and halon cylinders carried on board nautical
school ships must be tested and marked in accordance with the
requirements of 147.60 and 147.65 of this chapter.
(9) Regarding the limitations on the use of steam smothering in
subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, this does not preclude the
introduction of steam into such confined spaces as boiler casings or
into tanks for steaming out purposes. Such installations are not to be
considered as part of any required fire extinguishing system.
(b) Steam systems. (1) As noted in subparagraph (a)(2) of this
section, steam smothering systems are not permitted on nautical school
ships contracted for on or after January 1, 1962, nor for new
installations on vessels contracted for prior to that date. Where steam
smothering systems are installed, the provisions of this paragraph shall
be met.
(2) Steam for fire-extinguishing systems shall be available at a
suitable pressure from the main boilers or a donkey or auxiliary boiler.
(3) The pipe lines shall be led from not more than three stations in
easily accessible locations on the weather deck to each cargo hold,
cargo 'tween-decks, or other closed cargo compartments, and to each
cargo-oil deep tank, lamp locker, oil room, and like compartments, which
lamp locker, oil room, and like compartments, shall be wholly and
tightly lined with metal. The steam connections to the lamp lockers,
oil rooms, and like compartments may be taken from the nearest steam
supply line, independent of the extinguishing manifolds. In lamp
lockers, oil rooms, and like compartments, adequate means may be
provided for ventilation if suitable dampers capable of being operated
from outside the spaces are fitted in each vent duct.
(4) Each pipe in the extinguishing manifolds shall be fitted with a
shut-off valve plainly and permanently marked to indicate into which
compartment it discharges. This requirement also applies to independent
extinguishing lines.
(5) Manifold steam supply pipes shall be fitted with master valves at
the manifolds, and provision shall be made for draining the manifold and
individual lines to protect them against freezing. If the manifolds are
located on an open deck, they shall be enclosed in a metal box.
(6) The minimum diameter of any steam fire-extinguishing pipe to a
cargo hold, cargo 'tween-decks, other closed cargo compartments, or
cargo-oil deep tank shall be one inch, the size and number of pipes to
be governed by the size of the compartment. The minimum diameter of any
steam fire-extinguishing pipe to a lamp locker, oil room, or like
compartments, shall be three-fourths of an inch.
(c) Inert-gas systems. (1) When a carbon dioxide (CO2) smothering
system is fitted in the cargo hold, cargo 'tween-decks, or other closed
cargo compartments, or cargo-oil deep tanks, the quantity of carbon
dioxide shall be sufficient to give a gas saturation of 30 percent of
the gross volume of the largest cargo hold. The quantity in pounds of
carbon dioxide required may be determined approximately by the following
formula:
where:
W=the weight of CO2 required, in pounds.
L=the length of the hold, in feet.
B=the mean breadth of the hold, in feet,
D=the depth from tank top or flat forming lower boundary to top of
uppermost space in which freight may be carried, in feet.
(2) When a carbon dioxide (CO2) smothering system is fitted in the
lamp locker, oil room, or like compartments, the quantity in pounds of
carbon dioxide required may be determined by dividing the gross volume
of the space by a factor of 22. Lamp lockers, oil rooms, and like
compartments, in all classes of vessels, shall be wholly and tightly
lined with metal. The whole charge of gas shall be capable of being
released simultaneously by operating one valve and control, and all
cylinders shall be completely discharged in not more than two minutes.
(3) Pipes used for supplying carbon dioxide to the cargo holds, cargo
'tween-decks, other closed cargo compartments, and cargo-oil deep tanks
shall be not less than three-fourths inch inside diameter. Pipes used
for supplying carbon dioxide to lamp lockers, oil rooms, and like
compartments shall not be less than one-half inch inside diameter.
(4) The control(s) releasing the inert gas shall be located in a
position(s) outside the space(s) protected and shall be readily
accessible when the vessel is being navigated. All valves shall be
permanently marked to indicate into which compartment they discharge. A
space which is protected by a carbon dioxide extinguishing system, and
is normally accessible to crew while the nautical school ship is being
navigated shall be fitted with an approved audible alarm in such space,
which will be automatically sounded when the carbon dioxide is admitted
to the space.
(5) Provisions shall be made to prevent the admission of air into the
lower parts of cargo holds, cargo 'tween-decks, and other closed cargo
compartments while the inert-gas system is in operation.
(6) Cylinders, piping, and controls for the inert-gas system shall be
protected from damage and shall be securely fastened and supported.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 54-46, 19
FR 8708, Dec. 18, 1954; CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9303, Sept. 30, 1961; CGFR
65-9, 30 FR 11494, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7752, Mar. 10,
1988)
46 CFR 167.45-5 Steam fire pumps or their equivalent.
(a) All nautical school ships shall be equipped with fire pumps.
(b) Nautical school ships of 100 gross tons and under shall be
equipped with one hand fire pump with a pump-cylinder capacity not less
than 100 cubic inches, or a power-driven pump of equivalent discharge
capacity.
(c) Nautical school ships over 100 gross tons shall be equipped with
fire pumps and piping as follows:
(1) All nautical school ships shall be provided with powerful pumps
available for use as fire pumps. When of less than 1,000 gross tons it
shall have 1, and when larger it shall have at least 2 independently
driven pumps connected to the fire main. Each pump shall be capable of
delivering two powerful jets of water simultaneously from the highest
outlets on the fire main at a Pitot tube pressure of approximately 50
pounds per square inch.
(2) On oil-burning nautical school ships, where two pumps are
required, they may be located in the same compartment, if the
compartment is equipped with an approved fixed carbon dioxide
extinguishing system.
(d) Outlets from the fire mains shall be of a sufficient number and
so arranged that any part of the living quarters, weather decks and any
part of cargo decks, accessible to crew, while the nautical school ship
is being navigated, may be reached with a single 50-foot length of hose.
Outlets within accommodations and service spaces adjacent thereto shall
comply with the above or they may be so arranged that any part may be
reached with a single 75-foot length of hose provided a siamese
connection is fitted at each outlet. Where the fire main is located on
an exposed deck, branches shall be provided so that the hose connections
necessary to comply with the foregoing be distributed on both sides of
the nautical school ship. The fire hose shall be connected to the
outlet at all times, except on open decks where the location of the fire
hydrants is such that no protection is afforded for the hose in heavy
weather. The fire hose may be temporarily removed from the hydrant when
it will interfere with the handling of cargo.
(e) Outlet openings shall have a diameter of not less than 1 1/2
inches and shall be fitted with suitable hose connections and spanners.
The arrangement of the fire hydrant shall be limited to any position
from the horizontal to the vertical pointing downward, so that the hose
will lead downward or horizontally, in order to minimize the possibility
of kinking. In no case will a hydrant arranged in a vertical position
with the outlet pointing upward be accepted.
(f) Fire pumps shall be fitted on the discharge side with relief
valves set to relieve at 25 pounds higher than the pressure necessary to
maintain the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and a
pressure gage to indicate the pressure on the fire main. If the fire
pumps operating under shut-off conditions are not capable of producing a
pressure exceeding 125 pounds per square inch, the relief valve may be
omitted.
(g) Each section of fire hose used after January 1, 1980 must be
lined commercial fire hose that conforms to Underwriters' Laboratories,
Inc. Standard 19 or Federal Specification ZZ-H-451E. Hose that bears
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. as lined fire hose is
accepted as conforming to this requirement. Each section of replacement
fire hose or any section of new fire hose placed aboard a vessel after
January 1, 1977 must also conform to the specification required by this
paragraph.
(h) Each fire hydrant must have at least one length of firehose.
Each firehose on the hydrant must have a combination solid stream and
water spray firehose nozzel that is approved under subpart 162.027 of
this chapter.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 60-36, 25
FR 10642, Nov. 5, 1960; CGD 74-60, 41 FR 43152, Sept. 30, 1976; CGD
76-086, 44 FR 2394, Jan. 11, 1979)
46 CFR 167.45-10 Couplings on fire hose.
The couplings on fire hose shall be of brass, copper, or composition
material. All hydrants shall be provided with suitable spanners.
46 CFR 167.45-15 Capacity of pipes and hose.
The capacity of the pipes and hose leading from the pumps shall in no
case be less than that of the discharge opening of the pump: Provided,
however, That the pipe and hose shall in no instance be less than 1 1/2
inches in internal diameter.
46 CFR 167.45-20 Examination and testing of pumps and
fire-extinguishing equipment.
The inspectors will examine all pumps, hose, and other fire apparatus
and will see that the hose is subjected to a pressure of 100 pounds to
the square inch at each annual inspection and that the hose couplings
are securely fastened.
46 CFR 167.45-25 Fire mains and hose connections.
All pipes used as mains for conducting water from fire pumps on
nautical school ships shall be of steel, wrought iron, brass, or copper
with wrought iron brass, or composition hose connections.
46 CFR 167.45-30 Use of approved fire-fighting equipment.
Portable fire extinguishers or fire-extinguishing systems which
conform to the specifications of the Navy or Coast Guard, or their
approved equivalent, may be accepted for use on nautical school ships.
46 CFR 167.45-40 Fire-fighting equipment on nautical school ships using
oil as fuel.
Steam-propelled nautical school ships burning oil for fuel shall be
fitted with the fire-fighting equipment of the following type and
character:
(a) In each fire room a metal receptacle containing not less than 10
cubic feet of sand, sawdust impregnated with soda, or other approved dry
materials, and scoop or shaker for distributing it: Provided, That a
nautical school ship of 1,000 gross tons and under using oil as fuel,
shall be fitted with a metal receptacle, containing not less than 5
cubic feet of sand, sawdust impregnated with soda or other approved dry
material, and scoop or shaker for distributing it.
(b) In each boiler room and in each of the machinery spaces of a
nautical school ship propelled by steam, in which a part of the fuel-oil
installation is situated, two or more approved fire extinguishers of the
foam type of not less than 2 1/2 gallons each or two or more approved
fire extinguishers of the carbon dioxide (CO2) type of not less than 15
pounds each shall be placed where accessible and ready for immediate
use: Provided, That on a nautical school ship of 1,000 gross tons and
under only one of the fire extinguishers may be required.
(c) In boiler and machinery spaces, at least two fire hydrants must
have a firehose of a length that allows each part of the boiler and
machinery spaces to be reached by the combination nozzle.
(c-1) Before February 12, 1981, each firehose under paragraph (c) of
this section must have a combination solid stream and water spray nozzle
and a low-velocity water spray applicator that are approved under
subpart 162.027 of this chapter, except if the nozzle or applicator has
approvd under subpart 162.027 of this chapter before May 26, 1965 --
(1) The nozzle must have a high-velocity water spray timp that meets
162.027-2(c) of this chapter, and the applicator must have a
low-velocity water spray applicator that meets 162.027-2(c) of this
chapter; or
(2) The fire hydrant or nozzle must have a self-cleaning strainer
that meets the requirements under which the nozzle was approved.
(c-2) After February 11, 1981, each new or replacement nozzle or
applicator must be approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter.
(d) On every steam propelled nautical school ship of over 1,000 gross
tons having one boiler room there shall be provided one fire
extinguisher of the foam type of at least 40 gallons rated capacity or
one carbon dioxide (CO2) extinguisher of at least 100 pounds. If the
nautical school ship has more than one boiler room, an extinguisher of
the above type shall be provided in each boiler room. On every steam
propelled nautical school ship of 1,000 gross tons and under, foam type
fire extinguishers of at least 20 gallons rated capacity or carbon
dioxide (CO2) extinguishers of at least 50 pounds shall be used.
Extinguishers fitted shall be equipped with suitable hose and nozzles on
reels or other practicable means easy of access, and of sufficient
length to reach any part of the boiler room and spaces containing
oil-fuel pumping units.
(e) All nautical school ships propelled by internal-combustion
engines shall be equipped with the following foam type or carbon dioxide
type fire extinguishers in the machinery spaces:
(1) One approved 12-gallon foam-type extinguisher or one approved
35-pound carbon dioxide type extinguisher.
(2) One approved 2 1/2-gallon foam-type, or one approved 15-pound
carbon dioxide type extinguisher for each 1,000 B. H. P. of the main
engines, or fraction thereof. The total number of fire extinguishers
carried shall not be less than two and need not exceed six.
(3) When a donkey boiler fitted to burn oil as fuel is located in the
machinery space, there shall be substituted for the 12-gallon foam type
or 35-pound carbon dioxide type fire extinguisher required either one
40-gallon foam type or one 100-pound carbon dioxide type fire
extinguisher.
(f) In this section any reference to an approved fire extinguisher
means either approved by the Coast Guard or the Navy.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGD 76-086, 44
FR 2394, Jan. 11, 1979)
46 CFR 167.45-45 Carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system requirements.
(a) When a carbon dioxide (CO2) smothering system is fitted in the
boiler room, the quantity of carbon dioxide carried shall be sufficient
to give a gas saturation of 25 percent of the gross volume of the
largest boiler room from tank top to top of the boilers. Top of the
boilers is to be considered as the top of the shell of a Scotch or leg
type of boiler, and the top of the casing or drum, whichever is the
higher, on water-tube boilers. The quantity of carbon dioxide required
may be determined approximately by the following formula:
where:
W=the weight of CO2 required in pounds.
L=the length of the boiler room in feet.
B=the breadth of the boiler room in feet.
D=the distance in feet from tank top or flat forming lower boundary
to top of boilers.
(b) When a carbon dioxide (CO2) smothering system is fitted in the
machinery space of a nautical school ship propelled by internal
combustion engines, the quantity of carbon dioxide required may be
determined approximately by the following formula:
where:
W=the weight of CO2 required in pounds.
L=the length of machinery space in feet.
B=breadth of the machinery space in feet.
D=distance in feet from tank top or flat forming lower boundary to
the underside of deck forming the batch opening.
(c) The whole charge of gas shall be capable of being released
simultaneously by operating one valve and control. All cylinders shall
be completely discharged in not more than two minutes. The arrangement
of the piping shall be such as to give a general and fairly uniform
distribution over the entire area protected. An alarm which shall
operate automatically with the operation of the system shall be provided
to give a warning in the space when the carbon dioxide is about to be
released. Provision shall be made to prevent the admission of air into
the lower parts of the boiler or engine room while the system is in
operation.
46 CFR 167.45-50 Foam smothering system requirements.
(a) When a foam-type system is fitted, its capacity shall be such as
to rapidly discharge over the entire area of the bilge (tank top) of the
largest boiler room a volume of foam 6 inches deep in not more than 3
minutes. The arrangement of piping shall be such as to give a uniform
distribution over the entire area protected.
(b) The foam-type system may be of a type approved by the Navy or
Coast Guard. All containers and valves by which the system is operated
shall be easily accessible and so placed that control valves and
containers will not readily be cut off from use by an outbreak of fire.
46 CFR 167.45-55 Fixed water spray system requirements.
(a) When a fixed system is fitted for spraying water on oil in
bilges, its capacity shall be such as to blanket the entire area of the
bilge (tank top) of the largest boiler room with an adequate supply of
water.
(b) The arrangement of piping and nozzles shall be such as to give a
uniform distribution over the entire area protected. The piping system
for each space protected shall be one unit, unless otherwise
specifically approved by the Commandant.
(c) All valves by which the system is operated shall be located
outside of the space protected and shall be easily accessible. Suitable
means shall be provided to prevent the passage of foreign substances
into the spray nozzles.
(d) The primary source of supply for the system shall be from a pump
or pumps of suitable capacity and pressure. The pump or pumps shall be
reserved for this purpose only. This pump or pumps shall be located
outside of space protected.
46 CFR 167.45-60 Emergency breathing apparatus and flame safety lamps.
All nautical school ships shall be equipped with the following
devices, approved by Coast Guard or Navy:
(a) One self-contained breathing apparatus.
(b) One supplied air respirator.
(c) One flame safety lamp.
(d) One gas mask of a type giving protection against refrigerant used
on board the nautical school ship.
46 CFR 167.45-65 Portable fire extinguishers in accommodation spaces.
(a) All nautical school ships shall be provided with such number of
good and efficient portable fire extinguishers approved by the Navy or
Coast Guard as follows:
(1) Nautical school ships less than 150 feet in length shall have at
least two fire extinguishers on each passenger deck.
(2) Nautical school ships 150 feet and over in length shall be
provided with at least one fire extinguisher for every 150 linear feet
of corridor length or fraction thereof in the spaces occupied by
passengers and crew.
(3) In all public spaces fire extinguishers shall be located not more
than 150 feet apart.
(b) The number of required fire extinguishers is based on the
capacity of the ordinary fire extinguisher, which is about 2 1/2
gallons, and no fire extinguisher of larger capacity shall be allowed a
greater rating than that of the ordinary fire extinguisher. Fire
extinguishers of approved types of less capacity are allowable when
their total contents equal the required quantity.
46 CFR 167.45-70 Portable fire extinguishers, general requirements.
(a) Extra charges shall be carried on board for 50 percent of each
size and variety of fire extinguishers provided. If 50 percent of each
size and variety of fire extinguishers carried gives a fractional
result, extra charges shall be provided for the next largest whole
number.
(1) The following is an example:
(2) When the portable fire extinguisher is of such variety that it
cannot be readily recharged by the vessel's personnel, one spare unit of
the same classification shall be carried in lieu of spare charges for
all such units of the same size and variety.
(b) Recharges, particularly the acid, used in charging soda-and-acid
type of fire extinguishers, shall be packed in such manner that the
filling operation (i.e., in recharging the extinguisher) can be
performed without subjecting the person doing the recharging to undue
risk of acid burns and shall be contained in Crown stopper type of
bottle.
(c) (Reserved)
(d) Fire extinguishers shall be located in such places as in the
judgment of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, will be most
convenient and serviceable in case of emergency and so arranged that
they may be easily removed from their fastenings.
(e) Every fire extinguisher provided shall be examined at each annual
inspection to determine that it is still in good condition.
Soda-and-acid and foam fire extinguishers shall be tested by discharging
the contents, cleaning thoroughly, and then refilling. Carbon dioxide
fire extinguishers shall be checked by weighing to determine contents
and if found to be more than 10 percent under required contents of
carbon dioxide shall be recharged. Pump tank fire extinguishers shall
be tested by pumping and discharging the contents, cleaning thoroughly,
and then refilling or recharging. Cartridge-operated type fire
extinguishers shall be checked by examining the extinguishing agents to
determine if in still good condition and by examining the pressure
cartridge. If the cartridge end is punctured, or it the cartridge is
otherwise determined to have leaked or to be in an unsuitable condition,
the pressure cartridge shall be rejected and a new one inserted. Stored
pressure type extinguishers shall be checked by determining that the
pressure gage is in the operating range, and the full charge of
extinguishing agent is in the chamber. The hoses and nozzles of all
fire extinguishers shall be inspected to see that they are clear and in
good condition.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 54-46, 19
FR 8708, Dec. 18, 1954; CGFR 59-21, 24 FR 7196; Sept. 5, 1959; CGFR
60-17, 25 FR 2667, Mar. 30, 1960; CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 9047, Sept. 11,
1962)
46 CFR 167.45-75 Fire extinguishers for emergency powerplants.
In compartments where emergency lighting and wireless units are
located, two fire extinguishers approved by the Coast Guard or the Navy,
of either carbon dioxide or dry chemical type, shall be permanently
located at the most accessible points. In addition, two fire
extinguishers of the above types, or foam type, shall be permanently
located so as to be readily accessible to the emergency fuel tanks
containing gasoline, benzine or naphtha. Carbon tetrachloride type fire
extinguishers shall be removed on or before January 1, 1962. Existing
installations of such extinguishers may be continued in use if in good
and serviceable condition until the removal date.
(CGFR 58-29, 23 FR 6882, Sept. 6, 1958)
46 CFR 167.45-80 Fire axes.
(a) All nautical school ships shall be provided with fire axes, as
follows:
(b) All fire axes shall be located so as to be readily found in time
of need, shall not be used for general purposes, and shall be kept in
good condition.
46 CFR 167.45-80 Subpart 167.50 -- Accommodations
46 CFR 167.50-1 Hospital accommodations.
Each nautical school ship, which makes voyages of more than 3 days'
duration between ports and carries 12 or more persons, shall be equipped
with a compartment suitably separated from other spaces for hospital
purposes, and such compartment shall have at least 1 bunk for every 12
persons allowed to be carried: Provided, That not more than 6 bunks
shall be required in any case.
46 CFR 167.50-1 Subpart 167.55 -- Special Markings Required
46 CFR 167.55-1 Draft marks and draft indicating systems.
(a) All vessels must have draft marks plainly and legibly visible
upon the stem and upon the sternpost or rudderpost or at any place at
the stern of the vessel as may be necessary for easy observance. The
bottom of each mark must indicate the draft.
(b) The draft must be taken from the bottom of the keel to the
surface of the water at the location of the marks.
(c) In cases where the keel does not extend forward or aft to the
location of the draft marks, due to a raked stem or cut away skeg, the
draft must be measured from a line projected from the bottom of the keel
forward or aft, as the case may be, to the location of the draft marks.
(d) In cases where a vessel may have a skeg or other appendage
extending locally below the line of the keel, the draft at the end of
the vessel adjacent to such appendage must be measured to a line tangent
to the lowest part of such appendage and parallel to the line of the
bottom of the keel.
(e) Draft marks must be separated so that the projections of the
marks onto a vertical plane are of uniform height equal to the vertical
spacing between consecutive marks.
(f) Draft marks must be painted in contrasting color to the hull.
(g) In cases where draft marks are obscured due to operational
constraints or by protrusions, the vessel must be fitted with a reliable
draft indicating system from which the bow and stern drafts can be
determined.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 167.55-1 was
revised, effective December 10, 1992. For the convenience of the user,
the superseded text appears as follows:
167.55-1 Draft marks.
Every nautical school ship of 50 gross tons and over, shall have its
draft plainly and legibly marked upon the stem and upon the sternpost or
rudderpost or at such other place at the stern of the vessel as may be
necessary for easy observance. The draft shall be taken from the bottom
of the lowest part of the keel to the surface of the water, the bottom
of the mark to indicate the draft in feet.
46 CFR 167.55-5 Marking of fire and emergency equipment, etc.
Marking of fire and emergency apparatus, watertight doors, lifeboat
embarkation stations and direction signs, stateroom notices,
instructions for changing steering gears, etc., shall be carried out as
follows:
(a) General alarm bell switch. The general alarm bell switch in the
pilot-house or fire control station shall be clearly marked with
lettering on a brass plate or with a sign in red letters on suitable
background: ''General Alarm.''
(b) General alarm bells. General alarm bells shall be marked in not
less than 1/2-inch red letters: ''General Alarm -- When Bell Rings Go
to Your Station.''
(c) Steam, foam or CO2 fire smothering apparatus. Steam, foam or CO2
fire smothering apparatus shall be marked ''Steam Fire Apparatus'' or
''Foam Fire Apparatus'' or ''CO2 Fire Apparatus'', as appropriate, in
not less than 2-inch red letters. The valves of all branch piping
leading to the several compartments shall be distinctly marked to
indicate the compartments or parts of the nautical school ship to which
they lead.
(d) Fire hose stations. At each fire hose valve there shall be
marked in not less than 2-inch red letters and figures ''Fire Station
1,'' 2, 3, etc.
(e) Emergency squad equipment. Lockers or spaces containing
equipment for use of the emergency squad shall be marked ''Emergency
Squad Equipment.'' Lockers or spaces where oxygen or fresh air breathing
apparatus is stowed shall be marked ''Oxygen Breathing Apparatus'' or
''Fresh Air Breathing Apparatus,'' as appropriate.
(f) Fire extinguishers. Each fire extinguisher shall be marked with
a number and the location where stowed shall be marked in corresponding
numbers in not less than 1-inch figures.
(g) Watertight doors. Each watertight door shall be numbered in at
least 2-inch letters and figures ''W.T.D. 1,'' 2, 3, etc. The color of
the marking shall be in contrast to the background. All watertight door
remote hand-closing stations shall be marked in at least 2-inch letters
and figures ''W. T. D. 1,'' 2, 3, etc. The direction of operation of
the lever or wheel provided to close or open the door at all watertight
door remote hand-closing stations shall be marked. The color of the
sign shall contrast with the background.
(h) Instructions for changing steering gear. Instructions in at
least 1/2-inch letters and figures shall be posted at each emergency
steering station and in the steering engine room, relating in order, the
different steps to be taken in changing to the emergency steering gear.
Each clutch, gear wheel, level, valve, or switch which is used during
the changeover shall be numbered or lettered on a brass plate or painted
so that the markings can be recognized at a reasonable distance. The
instructions shall indicate each clutch or pin to be ''in'' or ''out''
and each valve or switch which is to be ''opened'' or ''closed'' in
shifting to any means of steering for which the vessel is equipped.
Instructions shall be included to line up all steering wheels and rudder
amidship before changing gears.
(i) Rudder orders. At all steering stations, there shall be
installed a suitable notice on the wheel or device or at such other
position as to be directly in the helmsman's line of vision, to indicate
the direction in which the wheel or device must be turned for ''right
rudder'' and for ''left rudder.''
(j) Nautical school ship's name on equipment. (1) All lifeboats,
rigid type oars and paddles, life preservers, EPIRB, life buoys, fire
hose, and axes shall be painted or branded with the name of the nautical
school ship.
(2) There shall be stenciled in a conspicuous place in the immediate
vicinity of each inflatable life raft the following:
------ Persons Capacity
These markings shall not be placed on the inflatable life raft
containers.
Note: See 167.35-2(e) (2) and (3) and 160.051-8 of this chapter
for required markings on an inflatable life-raft and a life-raft's
container.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 54-46, 19
FR 8708, Dec. 18, 1954; CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10642, Nov. 5, 1960; CGD
73-24R, 39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974; CGD 75-040, 40 FR 58454, Dec. 17,
1975)
46 CFR 167.55-5 Subpart 167.60 -- Certificates of Inspection
46 CFR 167.60-1 Issuance by Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) Every nautical school ship shall be inspected annually and if in
the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the nautical
school ship can be operated safely, he shall issue a certificate of
inspection with the following indorsement: ''Nautical School Ship'' in
lieu of the classification ''Passenger vessel'', ''cargo vessel'', etc.
(b) When a nautical school ship, in the opinion of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, may be navigated on the waters of any ocean
or the Gulf of Mexico more than 20 nautical miles offshore, the route
shall be designated on certificate of inspection as ''Ocean''.
(c) When a nautical school ship, in the opinion of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, may be navigated on the waters of any ocean
or the Gulf of Mexico 20 nautical miles or less offshore, the route
shall be designated on the certificate of inspection as ''Coastwise''.
(d) Documented vessels of 500 gross tons or more, certificated for
ocean or coastwise service, which do not comply with the requirements of
SOLAS 74 for cargo vessels shall have their certificate of inspection
endorsed ''Domestic Voyages Only.''
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9982, June 17, 1970; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 167.60-5 Period of time for which valid.
A certificate of inspection for any period less than one year shall
not be issued, but nothing herein shall be construed as preventing the
revocation or suspension of a certificate of inspection in case such
process is authorized by law.
46 CFR 167.60-10 Exhibition of certificate of inspection.
On every nautical school ship, the original certificate of inspection
shall be framed under glass and posted in a conspicuous place.
46 CFR 167.60-15 Manning and persons allowed to be carried.
The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall specify in the
Certificate of Inspection the minimum complement of officers and crew
necessary for the safe navigation of the vessel and shall specify the
total number of persons allowed to be carried.
(41 FR 19647, May 13, 1976)
46 CFR 167.60-15 Subpart 167.65 -- Special Operating Requirements
46 CFR 167.65-1 Station bills, drills, and log book entries.
(a) Station bills and muster lists. It shall be the duty of the
master of every nautical school ship to cause station bills and muster
lists to be prepared before the nautical school ship sails, which shall
be signed by the master who shall be responsible for their preparation.
The station bills and muster lists shall be posted in conspicuous places
in several parts of the nautical school ship, particularly in the
quarters, and must contain full particulars of the signals which will be
used for calling all persons to their stations for emergency duties.
Special duties shall be allotted to each person and the muster lists
shall show all these special duties and indicate the station to which
each man must go and the duties he has to perform. The special duties
should, as far as possible, be comparable to the regular work of the
individual. When practicable, several members of the crew shall be
designated as an emergency squad and required to report to the bridge
with certain equipment for instructions. The duties provided for by the
muster lists should include:
(1) The closing of airports, watertight doors, fire doors, and fire
screens, the covers and all valves of all scuppers, sanitary and other
discharges which lead through the ship's hull below the margin line, and
stopping the fans and ventilating systems.
(2) The extinction of fire.
(3) The equipment of boats, rafts, and buoyant apparatus and their
preparation for launching.
(4) The muster of all persons aboard.
(b) Emergency signals -- (1) Fire alarm signals. (i) The general
fire alarm signal shall be a continuous rapid ringing of the ship's bell
for a period not less than 10 seconds supplemented by the continuous
ringing of the general alarm bells for not less than 10 seconds.
(ii) For dismissal from fire-alarm stations, the general alarm bells
shall be sounded three times, supplemented by three short blasts of the
whistle.
(2) Boat station or boat drill signals. (i) The signal for boat
drill or boat stations shall be more than six short blasts and one long
blast of the whistle, supplemented by the same signal on the general
alarm bells.
(ii) Where whistle signals are used for handling boats, they shall be
as follows:
(a) To lower boats, one short blast of the whistle.
(b) To stop lowering the boats, two short blasts of the whistle.
(c) For dismissal from boat stations, three short blasts of the
whistle.
(3) Other emergency signals. The master of any vessel may establish
such other emergency signal, in addition to the above, so that all
persons will have positive and certain notice of the existing emergency.
The signals used for the assembly of the emergency squad should not
conflict with the navigational signals or the signals used for a general
alarm.
(c) Drills, tests, and inspection. (1) It shall be the duty of the
master or the mate or officer in command, once at least in each week, to
call all hands to quarters and exercise them, weather permitting, in the
unlashing and swinging out of the lifeboats, the closing of all hand or
power-operated watertight doors which are in use at sea, closing all
fire doors and fire screens, the use of fire pumps and all other
apparatus for the safety of life on board of such vessels, with special
regard for the drill of the crew in the method of adjusting life
preservers and educating others in this procedure, and to see that all
the equipments required by law are in complete working order for
immediate use; the fact of exercise of the crew, as herein
contemplated, shall be entered in the log book.
(2) The requirements relating to fire and boat drills contemplate
that such drills shall be conducted precisely as though an emergency
existed. To accomplish the purpose of this section, lifeboat covers and
strongbacks shall be removed, plugs or caps put in place, boat ladders
secured in position for use, painters carried forward and tended so as
to provide a good lead and slack to hold the boat in position under the
davits when in the water. The person in charge of each lifeboat or life
raft should have a list of its crew and should see that the men under
his orders are acquainted with their several duties. The hand pumps and
fire pumps shall be operated long enough and a sufficient number of
outlets used to insure that such equipment is in order and effectual.
The motor and the hand-operated propeller gear of each lifeboat shall be
operated for a period of not less than 5 minutes once at least in every
7 days, in order that it may be ready for service at any time. Such
operation shall be a part of the lifeboat drill and the fact of such
operation shall be made a part of the report of such drill. When
emergency breathing apparatus, such as gas masks, or other special
equipment is carried, certain members of the crew shall be trained in
the use of the equipment.
(3) The master shall make sure that each EPIRB other than an EPIRB in
an inflatable life-raft --
(i) Is tested monthly, using the visual or audible output indicator,
to determine that it is operative; and --
(ii) Has its battery replaced --
(A) Immediately after the EPIRB is used for purposes other than
testing, and --
(B) On or before the marked expiration date.
(4) The master shall ensure that each personal flotation device light
that has a non-replaceable power source is replaced on or before the
expiration date of the power source.
(5) The master shall ensure that --
(i) Each replaceable power source for a personal flotation device
light is replaced on or before its expiration date; and
(ii) The light is replaced when it is no longer serviceable.
(d) Log book entries. The entries in the log book relating to the
exercise of the crew in fire and boat drills shall state the day of the
month and the hour when so exercised, length of time of the drill,
number on the boats swung out, number of lengths of hose used, together
with a statement of the condition of all fire and lifesaving apparatus,
watertight door mechanism, valves, etc.
(CGFR 51-11, 16 FR 3218, Apr. 12, 1951, as amended by CGD 76-028, 44
FR 38788, July 2, 1979; CGD 80-024, 49 FR 40409, Oct. 16, 1984)
46 CFR 167.65-3 Reckless or negligent operation prohibited by law.
Section 12(d) of the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971 (46 U.S.C.
1461(d)) reads as follows:
No person may use a vessel, including one otherwise exempted by
section 4(c) of this Act (46 U.S.C. 1453(c)), in a negligent manner so
as to endanger the life, limb, or property of any person. Violations of
this subsection involving use which is grossly negligent, subject the
violator, in addition to any other penalties prescribed in this Act, to
the criminal penalties prescribed in section 34 (46 U.S.C. 1483).
(CGD 77-052, 42 FR 56332, Oct. 25, 1977)
46 CFR 167.65-5 Flashing the rays of a searchlight or other blinding
light.
Flashing the rays of a searchlight or other blinding light onto the
bridge or into the pilothouse of any vessel under way is prohibited.
46 CFR 167.65-10 Unauthorized lights.
Any master or pilot of a nautical school ship shall not authorize or
permit the carrying of any light, electric or otherwise, not required by
law that in any way will interfere with distinguishing the lights
required to be carried.
46 CFR 167.65-15 Routing instructions; strict compliance with.
Due to existing mine field dangers, all masters, officers, and seamen
on nautical school ships shall comply strictly with the routing
instructions issued by competent naval authority. Nothing herein shall
be construed as relieving the master of the responsibility for the
safety of his nautical school ship.
46 CFR 167.65-20 Unnecessary whistling.
Unnecessary sounding of a nautical school ship's whistle is
prohibited within any harbor limits of the United States.
46 CFR 167.65-25 Steering gear tests.
On all nautical school ships making voyages of more than 48 hours'
duration, the entire steering gear, the whistle, the means of
communication and the signaling appliances between the bridge or
pilothouse and engine room shall be examined and tested by an officer of
the nautical school ship within a period of not more than 12 hours
before leaving port. All nautical school ships making voyages of less
than 48 hours' duration shall be so examined and tested at least once in
every week. The fact and time of such examination and test shall be
recorded in the log book.
46 CFR 167.65-30 Steering orders.
(a) ''Right rudder'' shall be given only when it is intended that the
wheel, the rudder blade, and the head of the nautical school ship should
go to the right.
(b) ''Left rudder'' shall be given only when it is intended that the
wheel, the rudder blade, and the head of the nautical school ship should
go to the left.
(c) Where rudder indicators are provided, they shall be installed
consistent with the foregoing.
46 CFR 167.65-35 Use of auto pilot.
Except as provided in 33 CFR 164.15, when the automatic pilot is used
in --
(a) Areas of high traffic density;
(b) Conditions of restricted visibility; and
(c) All other hazardous navigational situations, the master shall
ensure that --
(1) It is possible to immediately establish human control of the
ship's steering:
(2) A competent person is ready at all times to take over steering
control; and
(3) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice versa
is made by, or under, the supervision of the officer of the watch.
(CFR 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 17, 1977)
46 CFR 167.65-38 Loading doors.
(a) The master of a vessel fitted with loading doors shall assure
that all loading doors are closed watertight and secured during the
entire voyage except that --
(1) If a door cannot be opened or closed while the vessel is at a
dock, it may be open while the vessel approaches and draws away from the
dock, but only as far as necessary to enable the door to be immediately
operated.
(2) If needed to operate the vessel, or embark and disembark
passengers when the vessel is at anchor in protected waters, loading
doors may be open provided that the master determines that the safety of
the vessel is not impaired.
(b) For the purposes of this section, ''loading doors'' include all
weathertight ramps, bow visors, and openings used to load personnel,
equipment, and stores, in the collision bulkhead, the side shell, and
the boundaries of enclosed superstructures that are continuous with the
shell of the vessel.
(c) The master shall enter into the log book the time and door
location of every closing of the loading doors.
(d) The master shall enter into the log book any opening of the doors
in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section setting forth the
time of the opening of the doors and the circumstances warranting this
action.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 167.65-38 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 167.65-40 Draft.
The master of every nautical school ship over 50 gross tons shall,
whenever leaving port, enter the maximum draft of his nautical school
ship in the log book.
46 CFR 167.65-42 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable
stability requirements.
(a) After loading and prior to departure and at all other times
necessary to assure the safety of the vessel, the master shall determine
that the vessel complies with all applicable stability requirements in
the vessel's trim and stability book, stability letter, Certificate of
Inspection, and Load Line Certificate, as the case may be, and then
enter an attestation statement of the verification in the log book. The
vessel may not depart until it is in compliance with these requirements.
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability
requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be determined
as necessary and any stability calculations made in support of the
determination must be retained on board the vessel for the duration of
the voyage.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 167.65-42 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 167.65-45 Notice to mariners; aids to navigation.
(a) Officers are required to acquaint themselves with the latest
information published by the Coast Guard and the U.S. Navy regarding
aids to navigation, and neglect to do so is evidence of neglect of duty.
It is desirable that nautical school ships navigating oceans and
coastwise and Great Lakes waters shall have available in the pilothouse
for convenient reference at all times a file of the applicable Notice to
Mariners.
(b) Weekly Notices to Mariners (Great Lakes Edition), published by
the Commander, 9th Coast Guard District, contain announcements and
information on changes in aids to navigation and other marine
information affecting the safety of navigation on the Great Lakes.
These notices may be obtained free of charge, by making application to
Commander, 9th Coast Guard District.
(c) Weekly Notices to Mariners (Worldwide coverage) are prepared
jointly by the U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, the U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey and the U.S. Coast Guard. They include changes in aids
to navigation in assembled form for the 1st, 3d, 5th, 7th, Greater
Antilles Section, 8th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, and 17th Coast Guard
Districts. Foreign marine information is also included in these
notices. These notices are available without charge from the U.S.
Naval Oceanographic Office, Washington, DC 20390, Branch Oceanographic
Offices, U.S. Collector of Customs of the major seaports in the United
States and are also on file in the U.S. Consulates where they may be
inspected.
(d) As appropriate for the intended voyage, all nautical school ships
must carry adequate and up-to-date --
(1) Charts;
(2) Sailing directions;
(3) Coast pilots;
(4) Light lists;
(5) Notices to mariners;
(6) Tide tables;
(7) Current tables; and
(8) All other nautical publications necessary. /1/
(CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15298, Dec. 6, 1966, as amended by CGFR 75-074, 42
FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
/1/ For United States vessels in one or on the navigable waters of
the United States, see 33 CFR 164.33.
46 CFR 167.65-50 Posting placards of lifesaving signals and breeches
buoy instructions.
On all vessels to which this subpart applies there shall be readily
available to the deck officer of the watch a placard (Form CG-811)
containing instructions for the use of breeches buoys and the lifesaving
signals set forth in Regulation 16, Chapter V, of the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974. These signals shall be used
by vessels or persons in distress when communicating with lifesaving
stations and maritime rescue units.
(CGD 87-031a, 53 FR 27688, July 22, 1988)
46 CFR 167.65-55 Posting placards containing instructions for launching
and inflating inflatable life-rafts.
(a) Every vessel equipped with inflatable life-rafts shall have
posted in conspicuous places which are regularly accessible to the crew
and/or passengers, approved placards containing instructions for
launching and inflating inflatable life-rafts for the information of
persons on board. The number and location of such placards for a
particular vessel shall be as determined by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
(b) Under the requirements contained in 160.051-6(c)(1) in
Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter, the manufacturer of
approved inflatable life-rafts is required to provide approved placards
containing such instructions with each life-raft.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11494, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 167.65-60 Examination of boilers and machinery by engineer.
It shall be the duty of an engineer when he assumes charge of the
boilers and machinery of a nautical school ship to examine the same
forthwith and thoroughly, and if he finds any part thereof in bad
condition, he shall immediately report the facts to the master, owner,
or agent, and to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of the
district, who shall thereupon investigate the matter and take such
actions as may be necessary.
46 CFR 167.65-65 Notice and reporting of casualty and voyage records.
The requirements for providing notice and reporting of marine
casualties and for retaining voyage records are contained in part 4 of
this chapter.
(CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47536, Dec. 14, 1987)
46 CFR 167.65-70 Reports of accidents, repairs, and unsafe boilers and
machinery by engineers.
(a) Before making repairs to a boiler of a nautical school ship the
engineer in charge shall report, in writing, the nature of such repairs
to the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, where such repairs
are to be made.
(b) And it shall be the duty of all engineers when an accident occurs
to the boilers or machinery in their charge tending to render the
further use of such boilers or machinery unsafe until repairs are made,
or when, by reason of ordinary wear, such boilers or machinery have
become unsafe, to report the same to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, immediately upon the arrival of the nautical school ship at
the first port reached subsequent to the accident, or after the
discovery of such unsafe condition by said engineer.
46 CFR 167.65-70 PART 168 -- CIVILIAN NAUTICAL SCHOOL VESSELS
46 CFR 167.65-70 Subpart 168.01 -- Authority and Purpose
Sec.
168.01-1 Purpose of regulations.
168.01-5 Assignment of functions.
168.01-10 Authority for regulations.
46 CFR 167.65-70 Subpart 168.05 -- General Requirements
168.05-1 Application of passenger vessel inspection laws.
168.05-5 Application of passenger vessel inspection regulations.
168.05-10 Subdivision and stability.
168.05-15 Right of appeal.
46 CFR 167.65-70 Subpart 168.10 -- Definitions of Terms Used in this
Part
168.10-1 Vessel.
168.10-5 Civilian nautical school.
46 CFR 167.65-70 Subpart 168.15 -- Accommodations
168.15-1 Intent.
168.15-5 Location.
168.15-10 Construction.
168.15-15 Size.
168.15-20 Equipment.
168.15-25 Washrooms.
168.15-30 Toilet rooms.
168.15-35 Hospital space.
168.15-40 Lighting.
168.15-45 Heating.
168.15-50 Ventilation.
168.15-55 Screening.
168.15-60 Inspection.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 46 U.S.C. App. 1295g; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9543, Oct. 18, 1952, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 167.65-70 Subpart 168.01 -- Authority and Purpose
46 CFR 168.01-1 Purpose of regulations.
(a) The purpose of the regulations in this part is to set forth
uniform minimum requirements for vessels, whether being navigated or
not, which are used by or in connection with any civilian nautical
school, except vessels of the Navy or Coast Guard.
46 CFR 168.01-5 Assignment of functions.
(a) The Department of Transportation Act (Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat.
931-950, 49 U.S.C. 1651-1659), transferred to and vested in the
Secretary of Transportation ''* * * all functions, powers, and duties,
relating to the Coast Guard, of the Secretary of the Treasury and of
other officers and offices of the Department of the Treasury''
(subsection 6(b)(1), 49 U.S.C. 1655(b)). This transfer is subject to
certain conditions, modifications, and exceptions as set forth in such
act. By a rule in 49 CFR 1.4(a) the Secretary of Transportation
delegated to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, authority to exercise
certain functions, powers, and duties as set forth in subsections
6(a)(4), 6(b)(1), and 6(g) of such act (49 U.S.C. 1655), subject to
conditions, exceptions and modifications as described in 49 CFR part 1.
By a rule in 49 CFR 1.9 the Secretary of Transportation continued in
effect actions taken prior to April 1, 1967.
(b) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, in a notice dated March 31,
1967, and effective April 1, 1967 (32 FR 5611), approved the
continuation of orders, rules, regulations, policies, procedures,
privileges, waivers, and other actions, which had been made, allowed,
granted, or issued prior to April 1, 1967, and provided that they shall
continue in effect according to their terms until modified, terminated,
repealed, superseded, or set aside by appropriate authority.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5724, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 168.01-10 Authority for regulations.
(a) The authority to prescribe regulations is in section 3 of the act
of June 12, 1940, as amended (sec. 3, 54 Stat. 346, 46 U.S.C. 1333).
46 CFR 168.01-10 Subpart 168.05 -- General Requirements
46 CFR 168.05-1 Application of passenger vessel inspection laws.
(a) All laws covering the inspection of passenger vessels are hereby
made applicable to all vessels or other floating equipment used by or in
connection with any civilian nautical school, whether such vessels or
other floating equipment are being navigated or not, except vessels of
the Navy or Coast Guard.
46 CFR 168.05-5 Application of passenger vessel inspection regulations.
(a) Where the requirements are not covered specifically in this part,
all the regulations applying to passenger vessels in Subchapter E (Load
Lines), F (Marine Engineering), H (Passenger Vessels), J (Electrical
Engineering), P (Manning), Q (Specifications), and T (Small Passenger
Vessels) of this chapter are hereby made applicable to all vessels or
other floating equipment used by or in connection with any civilian
nautical school, whether such vessels or other floating equipment are
being navigated or not, except vessels of the Navy or Coast Guard.
(CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 9047, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 168.05-10 Subdivision and stability.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in Subchapter S of
this chapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983)
46 CFR 168.05-15 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 168.05-15 Subpart 168.10 -- Definitions of Terms Used in This Part
46 CFR 168.10-1 Vessel.
(a) The term vessel means any vessel, whether being navigated or not,
which is used by or in connection with any civilian nautical school,
except vessels of the Navy or Coast Guard.
46 CFR 168.10-5 Civilian nautical school.
(a) The term civilian nautical school means any school or branch
thereof operated and conducted in the United States (except State
nautical schools and schools operated by the United States or any agency
thereof) which offers to persons quartered on board any vessel
instruction for the primary purpose of training for service in the
merchant marine.
46 CFR 168.10-5 Subpart 168.15 -- Accommodations
46 CFR 168.15-1 Intent.
(a) It is the intent of this subpart to provide minimum standards for
the size, ventilation, plumbing, and sanitation of quarters assigned to
the members of the crew, passengers, cadets, students, instructors, or
any other persons at any time quartered on board any such vessel.
46 CFR 168.15-5 Location.
(a) Quarters shall be located so that sufficient fresh air and light
are obtainable compatible with accepted practice or good arrangement and
construction.
(b) Quarters shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead,
nor shall such section or sections of any deck occupied by quarters be
below the deepest load line except in special cases which may be
approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 168.15-10 Construction.
(a) All quarters are to be efficiently constructed in a manner
suitable to the purpose for which they are intended. Bulkheads
separating accommodations from cargo and machinery spaces, lamp, paint,
storerooms and drying rooms, washrooms and toilet rooms are to be
efficiently constructed and made odorproof when considered necessary by
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
(b) Metal decks in living quarters are to be covered with deck
covering composition as approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard so
as to be cleaned readily and kept sanitary. Deck coverings in hospital,
wash places, drying rooms, and toilet rooms are to be of suitable solid
impervious material such as tile, cement, etc.
(c) All quarters are to be properly drained. Living accommodations
are not to drain directly into washrooms or toilet rooms, each of which
shall be drained separately.
(d) All washrooms and toilet rooms shall be properly drained and so
constructed and arranged that they can be kept in a clean, workable, and
sanitary condition. The scupper to the wash place must be of sufficient
size and situated in the lowest part of the space.
46 CFR 168.15-15 Size.
(a) Sleeping accommodations shall be divided into rooms, no one of
which shall berth more than 6 persons. The purpose for which each space
is to be used and the number of persons it may accommodate, shall be
marked.
(b) Each room shall be of such size that there are at least 20 square
feet of deck area and a volume of at least 150 cubic feet for each
person accommodated. In measuring sleeping quarters, any equipment
contained therein is not to be deducted from the total volume or from
the deck area.
46 CFR 168.15-20 Equipment.
(a) Each person shall have a separate berth and not more than 1 berth
shall be placed above another. The berths shall be of metal framework
and shall be so arranged that they provide ample room for easy
occupancy. The over-all size of a berth shall not be less than 30
inches wide by 76 inches long. Where berths adjoin, they shall be
divided by a partition not less than 18 inches in height. Where 2 tiers
of berths are fitted, the bottom of the lower must not be less than 12
inches above the deck, and the bottom of the upper must not be less than
2 feet 6 inches both from the bottom of the lower and from the deck
overhead. The berths shall not be obstructed by pipes, ventilating
ducts, or other installations.
(b) A metal locker shall be provided for each person accommodated in
a room. Each locker shall be not less than 18 inches by 21 inches by 60
inches high and so placed as to be readily accessible. The interior of
the locker shall be so arranged as to facilitate the proper stowage of
clothes.
46 CFR 168.15-25 Washrooms.
(a) There shall be provided 1 shower for each 10 persons or fraction
thereof and 1 wash basin for each 6 persons or fraction thereof to be
accommodated. The persons to be accommodated shall include all persons
who do not occupy rooms to which private facilities are attached.
(b) All wash basins and showers shall be equipped with proper
plumbing including hot and cold running fresh water. Wash basins may be
located in the sleeping quarters if properly installed and equipped with
proper plumbing.
46 CFR 168.15-30 Toilet rooms.
(a) There shall be provided 1 toilet for each 10 persons or fraction
thereof to be accommodated. The persons to be accommodated shall
include all persons who do not occupy rooms to which private facilities
are attached.
(b) The toilet rooms shall be separate from the washrooms and shall
be located convenient to the sleeping quarters of the persons to which
they are allotted but shall not open directly into such quarters except
when they are provided as private or semiprivate facilities.
(c) Where more than one toilet is located in a space or compartment,
each toilet shall be separated by partitions. Such partitions shall be
open at the top and bottom for ventilating and cleaning purposes.
(d) Urinals may be fitted if desired, but no reduction in the
required number of toilets will be made therefor.
46 CFR 168.15-35 Hospital space.
(a) Each vessel shall be provided with a hospital space. This space
shall be situated with due regard to the comfort of the sick so that
they may receive proper attention in all weathers.
(b) The hospital shall be suitably separated from other spaces and
shall be used for the care of the sick and for no other purpose.
(c) The entrance is to be of such width and in such a position as to
admit a stretcher case readily. Berths are to be of metal and may be in
double tier, provided the upper berth is hinged and arranged to be
secured clear of the lower berth when not in use. At least one berth is
to be so arranged that it can be made accessible from both sides when
necessary.
(d) The hospital shall be fitted with berths in the ratio of 1 berth
to every 12 persons, but the number of berths need not exceed 6. These
berths, in their size and arrangement, shall comply with the provisions
of 168.15-20(a).
(e) The hospital shall have a toilet, wash basin, and bath tub or
shower conveniently located. Other necessary suitable equipment of a
sanitary type such as clothes locker, table, seat, etc., shall be
provided.
46 CFR 168.15-40 Lighting.
All quarters shall be adequately lighted. The minimum standard for
natural lighting is that it will be possible on a clear day to read
print such as that of an ordinary newspaper in any part of the clear
working space. When it is not possible to provide adequate natural
lighting, artificial lighting may be accepted on the same basis.
Washrooms, toilet rooms, and hospital spaces are in particular to be
well lighted.
46 CFR 168.15-45 Heating.
All quarters shall be adequately heated in a manner suitable to the
purpose of the space. The method of heating may be by steam, hot water
apparatus, a continuous supply of warm air, or other method approved by
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 168.15-50 Ventilation.
(a) All quarters shall be adequately ventilated in a manner suitable
to the purpose of the space and route of the vessel. The inlets shall
be arranged to diffuse the inflow as widely as possible in order that
the air shall be distributed without discomfort to the occupants.
(b) Except for such spaces as are located in deck houses where, under
all ordinary weather conditions, the windows, ports, skylights, etc.,
and doors to passageways can be kept open, all spaces shall be
ventilated by a mechanical system unless it can be shown that a natural
system will meet the requirements outlined in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(c) When washrooms are ventilated by a natural system, they may
receive their supply of fresh air from well-ventilated passageways, but
independent outlet ventilators must be fitted with an area of at least
10 square inches, exclusive of insect screening if fitted, for each 150
cubic feet of volume of the space ventilated.
(d) When toilet rooms are ventilated by a natural system, the fresh
air must be supplied through independent inlet ventilators having a
minimum area of 10 square inches, exclusive of insect screening if
fitted, for each 150 cubic feet of volume of space ventilated. The
outlet ventilators also must be independent to the open air and must be
at least equal in size to the inlet ventilators.
(e) When mechanical ventilation is provided for sleeping rooms and
messrooms, these spaces shall be supplied with fresh air equal to at
least 10 times the volume of the room each hour and shall be so
ventilated both at sea and in port when such spaces are occupied. The
system shall be so designed that the impure air will exhaust in a
satisfactory manner.
(f) When mechanical ventilation is provided for washrooms, toilet
rooms, and hospital spaces, these spaces shall be fitted with exhaust
ventilation to remove a volume of air equal to 10 times the volume of
the space each hour and with adequate ventilation inlets so that it is
possible to have these spaces properly ventilated when all doors and
ports are closed.
46 CFR 168.15-55 Screening.
Provision shall be made to protect the quarters against the admission
of insects by the fitting of suitable screens to ventilating skylights,
airports, ventilators, and doors to the open deck.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Inspection.
(a) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall inspect the
quarters of every such vessel at least once in each month or at such
time as the vessel shall enter an American port and shall satisfy
himself that such vessel is in compliance with the regulations in this
part.
(b) Whenever it shall be found that such vessel is not in compliance
with the regulations in this part, the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, shall proceed as provided in section 4453 of the Revised
Statutes of the United States, as amended (46 U.S.C. 435).
46 CFR 168.15-60 Pt. 169
46 CFR 168.15-60 PART 169 -- SAILING SCHOOL VESSELS
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.100 -- General Provisions
Sec.
169.101 Purpose.
169.103 Applicability.
169.107 Definitions.
169.109 Equivalents.
169.111 Administrative procedures.
169.112 Special consideration.
169.113 Right of appeal.
169.115 Incorporation by reference.
169.117 OMB Control numbers.
169.119 Vessel status.
169.121 Loadlines.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.200 -- Inspection and Certification
169.201 When required.
169.203 Description.
169.205 How to obtain or renew.
169.207 Period of validity.
169.209 Routes permitted.
169.211 Permit to proceed for repair.
169.213 Permit to carry excursion party.
169.215 Certificate of inspection amendment.
169.217 Posting.
169.218 Procedures for designating sailing school vessels.
169.219 Renewal of letter of designation.
169.220 General.
169.221 Initial inspection for certification.
169.222 Scope of inspection for certification.
169.223 Subsequent inspections for certification.
169.225 When required.
169.227 Scope.
169.229 Drydock examination and internal structural examination
intervals.
169.231 Definitions relating to hull examinations.
169.233 Notice and plans required.
169.234 Integral fuel oil tank examinations.
169.235 Permission required.
169.236 Inspection and testing required.
169.237 Inspection standards.
169.239 Hull.
169.241 Machinery.
169.243 Electrical.
169.245 Lifesaving equipment.
169.247 Firefighting equipment.
169.249 Pressure vessels.
169.251 Steering apparatus.
169.253 Miscellaneous systems and equipment.
169.255 Sanitary inspection.
169.257 Unsafe practices.
169.259 Limitations of inspections.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.300 -- Construction and Arrangement
169.305 Plans required.
169.307 Plans for sister vessels.
169.309 Structural standards.
169.311 Fire protection.
169.313 Means of escape.
169.315 Ventilation (other than machinery spaces).
169.317 Accommodations.
169.319 Washrooms and toilets.
169.321 Motion picture projectors and film.
169.323 Furniture and furnishings.
169.327 Deck rails.
169.329 Storm rails.
169.331 Guards in hazardous locations.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.400 -- Watertight Integrity, Subdivision,
and Stability
169.401 Applicability.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.500 -- Lifesaving and Firefighting
Equipment
169.505 Equipment installed but not required.
169.507 Responsibility of master.
169.509 Approval for repairs and alterations.
169.513 Types of primary equipment.
169.515 Number required.
169.517 Rescue boat.
169.519 Availability.
169.521 Stowage.
169.525 General.
169.527 Required equipment for lifeboats.
169.529 Description of lifeboat equipment.
169.531 Required equipment for liferafts.
169.535 Required equipment for lifefloats.
169.537 Description of equipment for lifefloats.
169.539 Type required.
169.541 Number required.
169.543 Distribution and stowage.
169.545 Markings.
169.549 Ring lifebuoys and waterlights.
169.551 Exposure suits.
169.553 Pyrotechnic distress signals.
169.555 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
169.556 Work vests.
169.559 Fire pumps.
169.561 Firemain.
169.563 Firehose.
169.564 Fixed extinguishing system, general.
169.565 Fixed carbon dioxide system.
169.567 Portable extinguishers.
169.569 Fire axes.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.600 -- Machinery and Electrical
169.601 General.
169.605 General.
169.607 Keel cooler installations.
169.608 Grid cooler installations.
169.609 Exhaust systems.
169.611 Carburetors.
169.613 Gasoline fuel systems.
169.615 Diesel fuel systems.
169.618 General.
169.619 Reliability.
169.621 Communications.
169.622 Rudder angle indicators.
169.623 Power-driven steering systems.
169.625 Compartments containing diesel machinery.
169.627 Compartments containing diesel fuel tanks.
169.629 Compartments containing gasoline machinery or fuel tanks.
169.631 Separation of machinery and fuel tank spaces from
accommodation spaces.
169.640 General.
169.642 Vital systems.
169.650 General.
169.652 Bilge piping.
169.654 Bilge pumps.
169.662 Hazardous locations.
169.664 Applicability.
169.665 Name plates.
169.666 Generators and motors.
169.667 Switchboards.
169.668 Batteries.
169.669 Radiotelephone equipment.
169.670 Circuit breakers.
169.671 Accessories.
169.672 Wiring for power and lighting circuits.
169.673 Installation of wiring for power and lighting circuits.
169.674 Applicability.
169.675 Generators and motors.
169.676 Grounded electrical systems.
169.677 Equipment protection and enclosure.
169.678 Main distribution panels and switchboards.
169.679 Wiring for power and lighting circuits.
169.680 Installation of wiring for power and lighting circuits.
169.681 Disconnect switches and devices.
169.682 Distribution and circuit loads.
169.683 Overcurrent protection, general.
169.684 Overcurrent protection for motors and motor branch circuits.
169.685 Electric heating and cooking equipment.
169.686 Shore power.
169.687 General.
169.688 Power supply.
169.689 Demand loads.
169.690 Lighting branch circuits.
169.691 Navigation lights.
169.692 Remote stop stations.
169.693 Engine order telegraph systems.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.700 -- Vessel Control, Miscellaneous
Systems, and Equipment
169.703 Cooking and heating.
169.705 Mooring equipment.
169.709 Compass.
169.711 Emergency lighting.
169.713 Engineroom communication system.
169.715 Radio.
169.717 Fireman's outfit.
169.721 Storm sails and halyards (exposed and partially protected
waters only).
169.723 Safety belts.
169.725 First aid kit.
169.726 Radar reflector.
169.730 General alarm bell switch.
169.731 General alarm bells.
169.732 Carbon dioxide alarm.
169.733 Fire extinguishing branch lines.
169.734 Fire extinguishing system controls.
169.735 Fire hose stations.
169.736 Self-contained breathing apparatus.
169.737 Hand portable fire extinguishers.
169.738 Emergency lights.
169.739 Lifeboats.
169.740 Liferafts and lifefloats.
169.741 Personal flotation devices and ring life buoys.
169.742 Firehose and axes.
169.743 Portable magazine chests.
169.744 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
169.745 Escape hatches and emergency exits.
169.746 Fuel shutoff valves.
169.747 Watertight doors and hatches.
169.750 Radio call sign.
169.755 Draft marks and draft indicating systems.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.800 -- Operations
169.805 Exhibition of licenses.
169.807 Notice of casualty.
169.809 Charts and nautical publications.
169.813 Station bills.
169.815 Emergency signals.
169.817 Master to instruct ship's company.
169.819 Manning of lifeboats and liferafts.
169.821 Patrol person.
169.823 Openings.
169.824 Compliance with provisions of certificate of inspection.
169.825 Wearing of safety belts.
169.826 Steering, communications and control.
169.827 Hatches and other openings.
169.829 Emergency lighting and power systems.
169.831 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
169.833 Fire and boat drills.
169.837 Lifeboats, liferafts, and lifefloats.
169.839 Firefighting equipment.
169.840 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability
requirements.
169.841 Logbook entries.
169.847 Lookouts.
169.849 Posting placards containing instructions for launching and
inflating inflatable liferafts.
169.853 Display of plans.
169.855 Pre-underway training.
169.857 Disclosure of safety standards.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 3306, 5115, 6101; E.O.
11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46;
169.117 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
Source: CGD 83-005, 51 FR 896, Jan. 9, 1986, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 168.15-60 Subpart 169.100 -- General Provisions
46 CFR 169.101 Purpose.
The regulations in this part set forth uniform requirements which are
suited to the particular characteristics and specialized operations of
sailing school vessels as defined in Title 46, United States Code
section 2101(30).
46 CFR 169.103 Applicability.
(a) This subchapter applies to each foreign and domestic vessel
operating as a sailing school vessel except as follows:
(1) A vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea and which has on board a
current valid Safety Certificate; or
(2) A vessel of a foreign nation having inspection laws approximating
those of the United States together with reciprocal arrangements with
the United States and which has on board a current valid certificate of
inspection issued by its government.
(b) This subchapter does not apply to --
(1) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not
navigable waters of the United States;
(2) Any vessel while laid up, dismantled, and out of service;
(3) Any vessel with title vested in the United States and which is
used for public purposes except vessels of the U.S. Maritime
Administration;
(4) Any vessel carrying one or more passengers; or
(5) Any vessel operating under the authority of a current valid
certificate of inspection issued in accordance with the requirements of
Subchapter H or T, 46 CFR parts 70 thru 78 and parts 175 thru 187,
respectively.
(c) A vessel which engages in trade or commerce or carries one or
more passengers, cannot operate under a certificate of inspection as a
sailing school vessel, but must meet the rules and regulations governing
the service in which it is engaged.
46 CFR 169.107 Definitions.
(a) Approved means accepted by the Commandant unless otherwise
stated.
(b) Coast Guard District Commander means an officer of the Coast
Guard designated by the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities
within a district.
(c) Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast Guard or an
authorized representative of the Commandant.
(d) Existing vessel means a sailing school vessel, whose keel was
laid prior to (January 9, 1986), which applies for certification as a
sailing school vessel prior to (January 9, 1987), and whose initial
inspection for certification is completed prior to (January 9, 1988).
(e) Exposed Waters means waters more than 37 kilometers (20 nautical
miles) from the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge, or other waters the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection determines to present special
hazards due to weather or other circumstances.
(f) Guest means an individual on board a sailing school vessel who is
not a member of the ship's company and has not contributed any
consideration, either directly or indirectly, for carriage on the
vessel. Guests are not considered passengers for the purpose of these
regulations.
(g) Headquarters means the Office of the Commandant, United States
Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593.
(h) Instructor means any person who is aboard a sailing school vessel
for the purpose of providing sailing instruction and is not an officer,
operator, or member of the crew required by regulation to be aboard the
vessel, and has not paid any consideration, either directly or
indirectly for his or her carriage on the vessel.
(i) Length means the mean length. It is the mean or average between
length on deck (LOD) and length between perpendiculars (LBP). Length on
deck (LOD) means the length between the forward-most and after-most
points on the weather deck, excluding sheer. Length between
perpendiculars (LBP) means the horizontal distance between the
perpendiculars taken at the forward-most and after-most points on a
vessel's waterline corresponding to the deepest operating draft.
(j) Marine Inspector means any person from the civilian or military
branch of the Coast Guard assigned by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection or any other person designated by the Coast Guard to perform
duties with respect to the inspection, enforcement, and administration
of vessel safety and navigation laws and regulations.
(k) Master means the senior licensed individual having command of the
vessel.
(l) New vessel means a sailing school vessel which is not an existing
vessel.
(m) Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) means any person from
the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by
the Commandant and who, under the direction of the Coast Guard District
Commander, is in charge of the inspection zone in which the vessel is
located for the performance of duties with respect to the inspections,
enforcement, and administration of vessel safety and navigation laws and
regulations.
(n) Partially Protected Waters means --
(1) Waters within 37 kilometers (20 nautical miles) of a harbor of
safe refuge, unless determined by the OCMI to be exposed waters; and
(2) Those portions of rivers, harbors, lakes, etc. which the OCMI
determines not to be sheltered.
(o) Passenger means any person carried on board a vessel other than
--
(1) The owner or his representative;
(2) The master and bona fide members of the crew who are engaged in
the business of the vessel and paid for their services;
(3) Any employee of the owner of the vessel engaged in the business
of the owner, except when the vessel is operating under a bareboat
charter;
(4) Any employee of the bareboat charterer of the vessel engaged in
the business of the bareboat charterer;
(5) Any quest; or
(6) Any sailing school instructor or sailing school student.
(p) Protected Waters means sheltered waters presenting no special
hazards such as most rivers, harbors, lakes, etc.
(q) Qualified Organization means an educational organization, State,
or political subdivision of a State that owns or demise charters, and
operates a sailing school vessel for the purpose of providing sailing
instruction. The educational organization must satisfy the requirements
of section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and must be
exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code, as now or hereafter
amended.
(r) Recognized Classification Society means the American Bureau of
Shipping or other classification society recognized by the Commandant.
(s) Rules of the Road means the statutory and regulatory rules
governing navigation of vessels.
(t) Sailing Instruction means teaching, research, and practical
experience in operating vessels propelled primarily by sail, and may
include --
(1) Any subject related to that operation and the sea, including
seamanship, navigation, oceanography, other nautical and marine
sciences, and maritime history and literature; and
(2) When in conjunction with a subject referred to in paragraph
(t)(1) of this paragraph, instruction in mathematics and language arts
skills to sailing school student having learning disabilities.
(u) Sailing School Student means any person who is aboard a sailing
school vessel for the purpose of receiving sailing instruction.
(v) Sailing School Vessel means a vessel of less than 500 gross tons,
carrying six or more individuals who are sailing school students or
sailing school instructors, principally equipped for propulsion by sail
even if the vessel has an auxiliary means of propulsion, and owned or
demise chartered and operated by a qualified organization during such
times as the vessel is operated exclusively for the purposes of sailing
instruction.
(w) Ship's Company means the officers and crew of a sailing school
vessel, sailing school students, and sailing school instructors.
(x) Watertight means designed and constructed to withstand a static
head of water without any leakage, except that watertight equipment
means enclosed equipment constructed so that a stream of water from a
hose (not less than 1 inch in diameter) under head of about 35 feet from
a distance of about 10 feet, and for a period of 5 minutes, can be
played on the apparatus without leakage.
(y) Weathertight means that water will not penetrate into the unit in
any sea condition, except that weathertight equipment means equipment
constructed or protected so that exposure to a beating rain will not
result in the entrance of water.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 897, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 3785, Jan. 30, 1986)
46 CFR 169.109 Equivalents.
Substitutes for a fitting, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, may be
accepted by the Commandant if the substituted item is as effective and
consistent with the requirements and minimum safety standards specified
in this subchapter.
46 CFR 169.111 Administrative procedures.
(a) Upon receipt of a written application for inspection, the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection assigns a marine inspector to inspect the
vessel at a mutually agreed upon time and place.
(b) The owner or a representative shall be present during the
inspection.
(c) If during the inspection, the vessel or its equipment is found
not to conform to the requirements of law or the regulations in this
subchapter, the marine inspector lists all requirements which have not
been met and presents the list to the owner or a representative.
(d) In any case where the owner of a vessel or his representative
desires further clarification of, or reconsideration of any requirement
placed against his vessel, he may discuss the matter with the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.112 Special consideration.
In applying the provisions of this part, the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, may give special consideration to departures from the
specific requirements when special circumstances or arrangements warrant
such departures and an equivalent level of safety is provided.
46 CFR 169.113 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
part, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50381, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 169.113 Appeals.
Whenever any person directly interested in or affected by any
decision or action of any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, feels
aggrieved by such decision or action, he may appeal to the Coast Guard
District Commander having jurisdiction, and to the Commandant under the
provisions of 2.01-70 of this title.
46 CFR 169.115 Incorporation by reference.
(a) In this subchapter portions or the entire text of certain
industrial standards and specifications are referred to as the governing
requirements for materials, equipment, tests, or procedures to be
followed. These standards and specification requirements specifically
referred to in this subchapter are the governing requirements for the
subject matters covered unless specifically limited, modified, or
replaced by other regulations in this subchapter.
(b) These materials are incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of the
Federal Register publishes a table, ''Material Approved for
Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids section
of this volume. In that table is found citations to the particular
sections of this part where the material is incorporated with the
approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To enforce any
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (c) of this section,
notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and the
material must be made available. All approved material is on file at
the Office of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408 and at the U.S.
Coast Guard, Merchant Vessel Inspection Division, Washington D.C. 20593.
(c) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
part are:
(1) American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC), P.O. Box 806, 190 Ketchum
Ave., Amityville, NY 11701
P-1-73 -- ''Safe Installation of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion
and Auxiliary Engines'' (1973)
H-24.9 (g) and (h) -- ''Fuel Strainers and Fuel Filters'' (1975)
H-2.5 -- ''Ventilation of Boats Using Gasoline -- Design and
Construction'' (1981)
A-1-78 -- ''Marine LPG -- Liquefied Petroleum Gas Systems'' A-3-70
-- ''Recommended Practices and Standards Covering Galley
Stoves''
A-22-78 -- ''Marine CNG -- Compressed Natural Gas Systems''
(2) National Bureau of Standards, c/o Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington D.C. 20402
Special Pub. 440 (SD Cat. No. C13.10:490), ''Color: Universal
Language and Dictionary of Names'', 1976
(3) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Batterymarch Park,
Quincy, MA 02269
302 -- ''Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft,'' Chapter 6 (1980)
306 -- ''Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels'' (1980) 70 --
''National Electrical Code,'' Article 310-8 and Table
310-13 (1980)
(4) Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service Code 1052,
5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
Federal Specification ZZ-H-451 ''Hose, Fire, Woven-Jacketed
Rubber or Cambric-Lined, with Couplings, F.''
(5) Underwriters Laboratories, 333 Pfingsten road, Northbrook, IL
60062
UL 19-78 -- ''Woven Jacketed, Rubber Lined Fire Hose''
46 CFR 169.117 OMB control numbers.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 896, Jan. 9, 1986, as amended by CGD 88-072, 53 FR
34298, Sept. 6, 1988; CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 169.117 was
amended by revising paragraph (b), effective December 10, 1992. For the
convenience of the user, the superseded text appears as follows:
169.117 OMB control numbers.
(b) Display.
46 CFR 169.119 Vessel status.
For the purpose of 46 U.S.C. 11101, 46 App. U.S.C. 291 and 46 App.
U.S.C. 883 a sailing school vessel is not deemed a merchant vessel or a
vessel engaged in trade or commerce.
46 CFR 169.121 Loadlines.
Sailing school vessels must meet the applicable loadline regulations
contained in Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.121 Subpart 169.200 -- Inspection and Certification
46 CFR 169.121 Certificate of Inspection
46 CFR 169.201 When required.
(a) No sailing school vessel shall be operated without a valid
Certificate of Inspection, Form CG-3753.
(b) Except as noted in this subpart, each sailing school vessel
inspected and certificated under the provisions of this subchapter must,
during the tenure of the certificate, be in full compliance with the
terms of the certificate when carrying six or more individuals who are
sailing school students or sailing school instructors.
(c) If necessary to prevent delay of the vessel, a temporary
Certificate of Inspection, Form CG-854, is issued pending the issuance
and delivery of the regular Certificate of Inspection, Form CG-3753.
The temporary certificate is carried in the same manner as the regular
certificate and is considered the same as the regular certificate of
inspection which it represents.
46 CFR 169.203 Description.
The certificate of inspection issued to a vessel describes the
vessel, the route which it may travel, the minimum manning requirements,
the major lifesaving equipment carried, the minimum fire extinguishing
equipment and life preservers required to be carried, the maximum number
of sailing school students and instructors and the maximum number of
persons which may be carried, the name of the owner and operator, and
such conditions of operations as may be determined by the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.205 How to obtain or renew.
(a) A qualified organization attempting to obtain or renew a
certificate of inspection for a vessel must submit to the Coast Guard
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection located in or nearest the port at
which the inspection is to be made, the following --
(1) An application for inspection on Form CG-3752; and
(2) Evidence that the vessel has been designated as a sailing school
vessel or an application for designation, as set forth in 169.218; and
(3) Information concerning the program's age and physical
qualifications for students and instructors and the ratio of students to
instructors.
(b) The application for initial inspection of a vessel being newly
constructed or converted must be submitted prior to the start of such
construction or conversion.
(c) The construction, arrangement and equipment of all vessels must
be acceptable to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as
a prerequisite of the issuance of the initial certificate of inspection.
Acceptance will be based on the information, specifications, drawings
and calculations available to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
and on the successful completion of an initial inspection for
certification.
(d) Certificates of inspection will be renewed by the issuance of new
certificates of inspection.
(e) The condition of the vessel and its equipment must be acceptable
to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as a prerequisite
of the certificate of inspection renewal. Acceptance will be based on
the condition of the vessel as found at the inspection for
certification.
46 CFR 169.207 Period of validity.
(a) Certificates of inspection are issued for a period of two years.
(b) Certificates of inspection may be revoked, or suspended and
withdrawn by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at any time for
noncompliance with the provisions of this subchapter or requirements
established thereunder.
46 CFR 169.209 Routes permitted.
(a) The area of operation for each vessel is designated by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection and recorded on its Certificate of
Inspection. Each area of operation is described on the Certificate of
Inspection under the major headings ''exposed waters,'' ''partially
protected waters,'' or ''protected waters,'' as applicable. Further
limitations imposed or extensions granted are described by reference to
bodies of waters, geographical points, distance from geographical
points, distances from land, depths of channel, seasonal limitations,
etc.
(b) Operation of vessels on routes of lesser severity than those
specifically described or designated on the Certificate of Inspection
are permitted, unless expressly prohibited on the Certificate of
Inspection. The general order of severity is: exposed, partially
protected, and protected waters.
46 CFR 169.211 Permit to proceed for repair.
(a) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may issue a permit to
proceed to another port for repair, Form CG-948, to a vessel if in his
judgment it can be done with safety even if the Certificate of
Inspection of the vessel has expired or is about to expire.
(b) The permit is issued only upon the written application of the
master, owner, or agent of the vessel.
(c) The permit states upon its face the conditions under which it is
issued and that guests may not be carried when operating under the
permit. The permit must be carried in a manner similar to that
described in 169.217(a) for a certificate of inspection.
46 CFR 169.213 Permit to carry excursion party.
(a) A vessel may be permitted to engage in a temporary excursion
operation with a greater number of persons and/or on a more extended
route than permitted by its certificate of inspection when in the
opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the operation can
be undertaken with safety. A ''Permit To Carry Excursion Party'' Form
CG-949, is a prerequisite of such an operation.
(b) Any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction may
issue a permit to carry an excursion party upon the written application
of the operator, owner or agent of the vessel.
(c) The OCMI will reevaluate the vessel's sailing instruction program
to ensure that the permit fits within the scope of the training program
and that the vessel continues to meet the definition of a sailing school
vessel.
(d) The OCMI may require an inspection prior to the issuance of a
permit to carry an excursion party.
(e) The permit states upon its face the conditions under which it is
issued, a reminder about the prohibition against carrying passengers,
the number of persons the vessel may carry, the crew required, and
additional lifesaving or safety equipment required, the route for which
the permit is granted, and the dates on which the permit is valid.
(f) The permit must be carried with the certificate of inspection.
Any vessel operating under a permit to carry an excursion party must be
in full compliance with the terms of its certificate of inspection as
supplemented by the permit.
46 CFR 169.215 Certificate of inspection amendment.
(a) An amended certificate of inspection may be issued at any time by
any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The amended certificate of
inspection replaces the original. An amended certificate of inspection
may be issued to authorize and record a change in the character of a
vessel or in its route, equipment, ownership, operator, etc., from that
specified in the current certificate of inspection.
(b) A request for an amended certificate of inspection must be made
to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, by the master, operator,
owner, or agent of the vessel at any time there is a change in the
character of a vessel or in its route, equipment, ownership, operation
etc., as specified in its current certificate of inspection.
(c) The OCMI may require an inspection prior to the issuance of an
amended certificate of inspection.
46 CFR 169.217 Posting.
The certificate of inspection must be framed under glass or other
suitable transparent material and posted in a conspicuous place on the
vessel except on open boats where the certificate may be retained in a
watertight container, which is secured to the vessel.
46 CFR 169.217 Letter of Designation
46 CFR 169.218 Procedures for designating sailing school vessels.
(a) Upon written request by a qualified institution, a determination
is made by the OCMI whether the vessel may be designated as a sailing
school vessel.
(b) The request should contain sufficient information to allow the
OCMI to make this determination. At a minimum the following items must
be submitted:
(1) A detailed description of the vessel, including its
identification number, owner, and charterer.
(2) A specific operating plan stating precisely the intended use of
the vessel and the intended course of instruction for sailing school
students.
(3) A copy of the Internal Revenue Service designation as a
non-profit, tax-exempt, organization under sections 501(a) and 501(c)(3)
of the Internal Revenue Code.
(4) An affidavit certifying that the owner or charterer has financial
resources to meet any liability incurred for death or injury to sailing
school students or sailing school instructors on voyages aboard the
vessel, in an amount not less than $50,000 for each student and
instructor.
(5) Any additional information as requested by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
(c) If a designation is granted it is indicated on the certificate of
inspection and remains valid for the duration of the certificate,
provided all operating conditions remain unchanged.
(d) In the event of a change, the institution must advise the OCMI
who issued the designation. After reviewing the pertinent information
concerning the change, the OCMI shall determine if the vessel is
eligible to retain its designation as a sailing school vessel.
46 CFR 169.219 Renewal of letter of designation.
At least 60 days prior to the expiration date of the certificate of
inspection, a request for renewal must be submitted in the same manner
as described in 169.218. If the request for renewal is submitted to the
OCMI who made the initial determination and all operating conditions
remain unchanged, the information need not be resubmitted.
46 CFR 169.219 Inspection for Certification
46 CFR 169.220 General.
(a) An inspection is required before the issuance of a certificate of
inspection.
(b) An inspection for certification is not made until after receipt
of the information required in 169.205(a) of this subchapter.
46 CFR 169.221 Initial inspection for certification.
(a) The initial inspection includes an inspection of the hull
structure, yards, masts, spars, rigging, sails, machinery, and
equipment, including unfired pressure vessels.
(b) The initial inspection of a vessel being newly constructed or
converted normally consists of a series of inspections during the
construction or conversion.
(c) The inspection ensures that the vessel and its equipment comply
with the regulations in this subchapter to the extent they are
applicable to the vessel being inspected, and are in accordance with
approved plans. The inspection also ensures that the materials,
workmanship and condition of all parts of the vessel and its machinery
and equipment are in all respects satisfactory for the service intended,
and that the vessel is in possession of a valid certificate issued by
the Federal Communications Commission, if required.
(d) Before construction is started, the owner, operator, or builder
must develop plans indicating the proposed arrangement and construction
of the vessel. This list of plans to be developed and the required
disposition of these plans are set forth in 169.305.
46 CFR 169.222 Scope of inspection for certification.
Items normally included in an Inspection for Certification are:
(a) Structure.
(b) Watertight integrity.
(c) Pressure vessels and appurtenances.
(d) Piping.
(e) Auxiliary machinery.
(f) Steering apparatus.
(g) Electrical installations.
(h) Lifesaving appliances.
(i) Navigation equipment.
(j) Fire detecting and extinguishing systems.
(k) Pollution prevention equipment.
(l) Sanitary conditions.
(m) Fire hazards.
(n) Verification of valid certificates issued by the Federal
Communications Commission.
(o) Lights and signals required by navigation rules.
(p) Bilge and ballast systems.
(q) Rigging, yards, masts, spars, and sails.
46 CFR 169.223 Subsequent inspections for certification.
An inspection for renewal of a certificate of inspection includes an
inspection of the structure, machinery, yards, spars, masts, rigging,
sails, and equipment. The inspection ensures that the vessel is in
satisfactory condition, fit for the service intended and complies with
the applicable regulations in this subchapter.
46 CFR 169.223 Reinspection
46 CFR 169.225 When required.
At least one reinspection shall be made on each sailing school vessel
holding a valid certificate of inspection. The inspection, when
possible, will be made between the tenth and fourteenth month of the
period for which the certificate is valid. The owner, operator, or
master must contact the OCMI to arrange for this inspection.
46 CFR 169.227 Scope.
The scope of the reinspection is the same as the inspection for
certification.
46 CFR 169.227 Drydocking or Hauling Out
46 CFR 169.229 Drydock examination and internal structural examination
intervals.
(a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section, each vessel must undergo drydock and internal structural
examinations as follows:
(1) Vessels that operate in salt water must undergo two drydock and
two internal stuctural examinations within any five year period. No
more than three years may elapse between any two examinations.
(2) Vessels that operate in fresh water at least six months in every
12 month period since the last drydock examination must undergo drydock
and internal structural examinations at intervals not to exceed five
years.
(b) Vessels with wooden hulls must undergo two drydock and two
internal structural examinations within any five year period regardless
of the type of water in which they operate. No more than three years
may elapse between any two examinations.
(c) If, during an internal structural examination damage or
deterioration to the hull plating or structural members is discovered,
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may require the vessel to be
drydocked or otherwise taken out of service to further assess the extent
of the damage and to effect permanent repairs.
(d) Each vessel which has not met with the applicable examination
schedules in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section because it is on
a voyage, must undergo the required examinations upon completion of the
voyage.
(e) The Commandant (G-MVI) may authorize extensions to the
examination intervals specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39656, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 169.231 Definitions relating to hull examinations.
As used in the part --
(a) Drydock examination means hauling out a vessel or placing a
vessel in a drydock or slipway for an examination of all accessible
parts of the vessel's underwater body and all through-hull fittings, sea
chests, sea valves, sea strainers, and valves for the emergency bilge
suction.
(b) Internal structural examination means an examination of the
vessel while afloat or in drydock and consists of a complete examination
of the vessel's main strength members, including the major internal
framing, the hull plating, voids, and ballast tanks, but not including
cargo or fuel oil tanks.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39656, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 169.233 Notice and plans required.
(a) The master, owner, operator, or agent of the vessel shall notify
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, whenever the vessel is to be
drydocked regardless of the reason for drydocking.
(b) Each vessel, except barges, that holds a Load Line Certificate
must have on board a plan showing the vessel's scantlings. This plan
must be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector whenever the
vessel undergoes a drydock examination or internal structural
examination or whenever repairs are made to the vessel's hull.
(c) Each barge that holds a Load Line Certificate must have a plan
showing the barge's scantlings. The plan need not be maintained on
board the barge but must be made available to the Coast Guard marine
inspector whenever the barge undergoes a drydock examination or internal
structural examination or whenever repairs are made to the barge's hull.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39656, Oct. 23, 1987)
46 CFR 169.234 Integral fuel oil tank examinations.
(a) Each fuel oil tank with at least one side integral to the
vessel's hull and located within the hull (''integral fuel oil tank'')
is subject to inspection as provided in this section. The owner or
operator of the vessel shall have the tanks cleaned out and gas freed as
necessary to permit internal examination of the tank or tanks designated
by the marine inspector. The owner or operator shall arrange for an
examination of the fuel tanks of each vessel during an internal
structural examination at intervals not to exceed five years.
(b) Integral non-double-bottom fuel oil tanks need not be cleaned out
and internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by
external examination that the general condition of the tanks is
satisfactory.
(c) Double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels less than 10 years of age
need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine inspector
is able to determine by external examination that the general condition
of the tanks is satisfactory.
(d) All double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 10 years of age or
older but less than 15 years of age need not be cleaned out and
internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by
internal examination of at least one forward double-bottom fuel oil
tank, and by external examination of all other double-bottom fuel oil
tanks on the vessel, that the general condition of the tanks is
satisfactory.
(e) All double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 15 years of age or
older need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine
inspector is able to determine by internal examination of at least one
forward, one amidships, and one aft double-bottom fuel oil tank, and by
external examination of all other double-bottom fuel oil tanks on the
vessel, that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(CGD 84-024, 52 FR 39656, Oct. 23, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 32232,
Aug. 24, 1988)
46 CFR 169.234 Repairs and Alterations
46 CFR 169.235 Permission required.
(a) Repairs or alterations to the hull, machinery, or equipment which
affects the safety of the vessel may not be made without the knowledge
and approval of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Drawings, sketches or written specifications describing the
alterations in detail must be submitted to the OCMI. Proposed
alterations must be approved by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, before work is started.
(c) Drawings are not required for repairs or replacements in kind.
46 CFR 169.236 Inspection and testing required.
(a) The provisions of NFPA 306, ''Control of Gas Hazards on
Vessels,'' are used as a guide in conducting the inspections and issuing
certificates required by this section.
(b) Until an inspection has been made to determine that the
operations can be undertaken safely, no alterations, repairs, or other
operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or other fire-producing
actions may be made --
(1) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or
(2) To pipelines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, or other
appurtenances connected to fuel tanks.
(c) Inspections must be conducted as follows:
(1) In ports or places in the United States or its territories and
possessions, the inspection must be made by a marine chemist
certificated by the National Fire Protection Association; however, if
the services of such certified marine chemist are not reasonably
available, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon the
recommendation of the vessel owner and his contractor on their
representative, may authorize a person to inspect the particular vessel.
If the inspection indicates that the operations can be undertaken with
safety, a certificate setting forth this fact in writing must be issued
by the certified marine chemist or the authorized person before the work
is started. The certificate must include any requirements necessary to
reasonably maintain safe conditions in the spaces certified throughout
the operation, including any precautions necessary to eliminate or
minimize hazards that may be present from protective coatings or
residues from cargoes.
(2) When not in a port or place in the United States or its
territories and possessions, and when a marine chemist or a person
authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is not
reasonably available, the senior officer present shall conduct the
inspection and enter the results of the inspection in the vessel's
logbook.
(d) It is the responsibility of the senior officer present to secure
copies of certificates issued by the certified marine chemist or a
person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. It is
the responsibility of the senior officer present, insofar as the persons
under his control are concerned, to maintain a safe condition on the
vesssel by full observance of all requirements listed by the marine
chemist in the certificate.
46 CFR 169.236 Inspections
46 CFR 169.237 Inspection standards.
Vessels are inspected for compliance with the standards required by
this subchapter. Items not covered by standards in this subchapter must
be in accordance with good marine practice and acceptable to the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.239 Hull.
At each inspection for certification, the vessel must be afloat and
ready for the following tests and inspections of the hull structure and
its appurtenances:
(a) All accessible parts of the exterior and interior of the hull,
the watertight bulkheads, and weather deck are examined. Where the
internals of the vessel are completely concealed, sections of the lining
or ceiling may be removed or the parts otherwise probed or exposed so
that the inspector may be satisfied as to the condition of the hull
structure.
(b) All watertight closures in the hull, decks and bulkheads are
examined and operated.
(c) The condition of the superstructure, masts, and similar
arrangements constructed on the hull is checked. All spars, standing
rigging, running rigging, blocks, fittings, and sails, including storm
sails are inspected.
(d) All railings and bulwarks and their attachment to the hull
structure are inspected. Special attention is paid to ensure that
guards or rails are provided in all dangerous places.
(e) All weathertight closures above the weather deck are inspected.
The provisions for drainage of sea water from the exposed decks are
checked.
46 CFR 169.241 Machinery.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification the
Coast Guard examines and tests the following items to the extent
necessary to determine that they are in proper operating condition and
fit for the service for which they are intended:
(1) Engine starting system. Alternate methods of starting are
checked.
(2) Engine control mechanisms. Mechanisms are operationally tested
and visually examined.
(3) Auxiliary machinery. All machinery essential to the routine
operation of the vessel is checked.
(4) Fuel systems. Tanks, tank vents and other appurtenances, piping
and pipe fittings are examined. The fuel systems for the auxiliary
propulsion engines and all other fuel systems installed are checked.
All valves in the fuel lines are tested by operating locally and at
remote operating positions.
(5) Sea valves and bulkhead closure valves. All overboard discharge
and intake valves are checked.
(6) Bilge and drainage systems. The means provided for pumping
bilges are operationally tested. All suction strainers are examined.
(b) During all inspections special attention is paid to ensure that
no fire hazards exist and that guards or protective devices are provided
in all hazardous places.
46 CFR 169.243 Electrical.
At each inspection for certification the following items are examined
and tested to the extent necessary to determine that they are in proper
operating condition, safe electrical condition, and fit for the service
for which they are intended:
(a) Electrical cable. All cable is examined as far as practicable
without undue disturbance of the cable or electrical apparatus.
(b) Overload or circuit protective devices. Circuit breakers are
tested by manual operation and fuses examined visually. The ratings of
fuses are checked to determine suitability for the service intended.
(c) Rotating machinery. Rotating electrical machinery essential to
the routine operation of the vessel is examined.
(d) Generators, etc. All generators, motors, lighting fixtures and
circuit interrupting devices located in spaces or areas which may
contain flammable vapors are checked.
(e) Storage batteries. Batteries are checked for condition and
security of stowage.
(f) Fire detection and alarm system. Electrical apparatus, which
operates as part of or in conjunction with a fire detection or alarm
system installed on board the vessel, is operationally tested. The test
is applied, in a manner to simulate, as closely as practicable, the
actual operation in case of fire.
46 CFR 169.245 Lifesaving equipment.
At each inspection for certification the following tests and
inspections of lifesaving equipment are conducted:
(a) All air tank buoyant units of all lifesaving appliances are
tested for airtightness.
(b) Each lifeboat is lowered to near the water and loaded with its
allowed capacity, evenly distributed throughout the length. The total
weight used is at least equal to the allowed capacity of the lifeboat
considering persons to weigh 75 kg (165 pounds) each. The lifeboat is
then lowered into the water until it is afloat and released from the
falls.
(c) Each personal flotation device is examined to determine its
serviceability. If found to be satisfactory, it is stamped ''Passed,''
together with the date and the port. If found to be unsatisfactory, the
personal flotation device must be removed from the vessel's equipment
and repaired. If it is beyond repair it must be destroyed in the
presence of the Coast Guard inspector.
(d) Each lifeboat winch electrical control apparatus is opened and
inspected.
(e) Where gravity davits are installed, it must be demonstrated that
the lifeboat can be swung out and lowered from any stopped position by
merely releasing the brake on the lifeboat winch. The use of force to
start the davits or the lifeboat winch is not permitted.
(f) Inflatable liferaft containers are examined for defects and the
inspector verifies that the inflatable liferafts and hydraulic releases,
if installed, have been serviced at an approved facility in accordance
with the provisions of subparts 160.051 and 160.062, respectively, of
this chapter.
(g) All other items of lifesaving equipment are examined to determine
that they are in suitable condition.
46 CFR 169.247 Firefighting equipment.
(a) At each inspection for certification and at such other times as
considered necessary all fire-extinguishing equipment is inspected to
ensure it is in suitable condition. Tests may be necessary to determine
the condition of the equipment. The inspector verifies that the tests
and inspections required in Tables 169.247 (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this
subchapter have been conducted by a qualified servicing facility at
least once every twelve months.
(1) Hand portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire
extinguishing systems are examined for excessive corrosion and general
condition.
(2) All parts of the fixed fire-extinguishing systems are examined
for excessive corrosion and general condition.
(3) Piping, controls, valves, and alarms on all fire-extinguishing
systems are checked to be certain the system is in operating condition.
(4) The fire main system is operated and the pressure checked at the
most remote and highest outlets.
(5) Each firehose is subjected to a test pressure equivalent to its
maximum service pressure.
46 CFR 169.249 Pressure vessels.
Pressure vessels must meet the requirements of part 54 of this
chapter. The inspection procedures for pressure vessels are contained
in subpart 61.10 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.251 Steering apparatus.
At each inspection for certification the steering apparatus is
inspected and operationally tested to determine that its condition is
satisfactory and that it is fit for the service intended.
46 CFR 169.253 Miscellaneous systems and equipment.
(a) At each inspection for certification all items in the ship's
outfit, such as ground tackle, navigation lights, compass, etc., which
are required to be carried by the regulations in this subchapter are
examined and tested as necessary to determine that they are fit the
service intended.
(b) Approved work vests, where carried, are inspected as provided in
169.556.
46 CFR 169.255 Sanitary inspection.
At each inspection for certification and reinspection quarters,
toilet and washing spaces, galleys, serving pantries, lockers, etc., are
examined to determine that they are serviceable and in a sanitary
condition.
46 CFR 169.257 Unsafe practices.
(a) At each inspection for certification, reinspection, and at every
other vessel inspection all observed unsafe practices and hazardous
situations must be corrected.
(b) At each inspection for certification and at every other vessel
inspection the bilges and other spaces are examined to see that there is
no accumulation of oil or other matter which might create a fire hazard.
46 CFR 169.259 Limitations of inspections.
The OCMI may require that a vessel and its equipment meet any test or
inspection deemed necessary to determine that they are suitable for the
service in which they are to be employed.
46 CFR 169.259 Subpart 169.300 -- Construction and Arrangement
46 CFR 169.259 Plans
46 CFR 169.305 Plans required.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section the
owner or builder shall, before the start of construction or before the
initial inspeciton of the vessel, submit to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection of the inspection zone where the vessel is to be
inspected, at least one copy of each of the following plans:
(1) Midship section.
(2) Outboard profile.
(3) Inboard profile.
(4) Arrangement of decks.
(5) Lifesaving equipment installation and arrangement.
(6) Machinery installation.
(7) Electrical installation.
(8) Fire control plan.
(9) Fuel tanks.
(10) Piping systems.
(11) Hull penetrations and shell connections.
(12) Lines and offsets, curves of form, and capacities of the tanks
including size and location on vessel.
(13) Masts, including integration into the ship's structure.
(14) Rigging plan showing sail areas and centers of effort as well as
the arrangement, dimensions, and connections of the standing rigging.
(b) For vessels less than 65 feet in length, the owner may submit
specifications, sketches, photographs, line drawings or written
descriptions in lieu of any of the required drawings provided the
required information is adequately detailed and acceptable to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may waive submission of
some or all of the structural plans called for by paragraph (a) of this
section for an existing vessel with a history of at least 5 years of
safe operation, or if the design and construction of the vessel are
essentially similar to a vessel which has a proven record of safe
operation in similar service upon similar waters.
46 CFR 169.307 Plans for sister vessels.
Plans are not required for any vessel which is a sister ship to a
vessel, provided that --
(a) The approved plans for the original vessels are already on file
at any Marine Inspection Office;
(b) The owner of the plans authorizes their use for the new
construction;
(c) The regulations have not changed since the original plan
approval; and
(d) There are no major modifications to any of the systems used.
46 CFR 169.307 Hull Structure
46 CFR 169.309 Structural Standards.
(a) Compliance with the standards established by a recognized
classification society will, in general, be considered satisfactory
evidence of the structural adequacy of a vessel.
(b) Masts, posts and other supporting structures are to have adequate
strength to withstand the highest loadings imposed by the sail systems
during all normal and emergency conditions. Particular attention must
be given to the integration of the masts and rigging into the hull
structure. The hull structure must be adequately reinforced and
stiffened locally to ensure sufficient strength and resistance to plate
buckling.
(c) The design, materials, and construction of masts, yards, booms,
bowsprits, and standing rigging must be suitable for the intended
service. Detailed calculations with respect to the strength of the sail
system may be required. Approval by a recognized classification society
may be considered satisfactory evidence of the adequacy of the sail
system.
(d) When scantlings differ from established standards and it can be
demonstrated that a craft approximating the same size, power and
displacement has been built to the proposed scantlings and has been in
satisfactory service, insofar as structural adequacy is concerned, for a
period of a least 5 years, the proposed scantling may be approved. A
detailed structural analysis may be required.
(e) Special consideration will be given to the structural
requirements of vessels not contemplated by the standards of a
recognized classification society and to the use of materials not
specially included in these standards.
46 CFR 169.311 Fire protection.
(a) The general construction of the vessel must be designed to
minimize fire hazards. Each vessel which carries more than 100 persons
or has overnight accommodations for more than 49 persons must meet the
requirements of subpart 72.05 of this chapter. Each vessel which is
certificated to carry 100 persons or less or had overnight
accommodations for less than 50 persons must meet the requirements of
169.323.
(b) A fire detector, listed by a recognized testing laboratory, must
be installed in each unmanned engine space.
(c) Smoke detectors, listed by a recognized testing laboratory, must
be installed in each berthing compartment, sail locker, and public area.
(d) Internal combustion engine exhausts, boiler and galley uptakes,
and similar sources of ignition must be kept clear of and suitably
insulated from any woodwork or other combustible matter.
(e) Lamp, paint, oil lockers and similar compartments must be
constructed of metal or wholly lined with metal.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 897, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 3785, Jan. 30, 1986)
46 CFR 169.313 Means of escape.
(a) Except as provided by paragraph (f) of this section, there must
be at least two means of escape from all areas generally accessible to
persons onboard. At least one means of escape must be independent of
watertight doors and lead directly to the open deck. Windows and
windshields of sufficient size and proper accessibility may be used as
one avenue of escape.
(b) The two means of escape must be as widely separated as practical
to minimize the possibility of one incident blocking both escapes.
(c) Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, a vertical
ladder and deck scuttle may not be designated as one of the means of
escape.
(d) A vertical ladder and deck scuttle may be used as a second means
of escape if --
(1) The primary means of escape is an enclosed stairtower or
stairway;
(2) The installation of two stairways is impracticable;
(3) The scuttle is located where it can not be interfered with; and
(4) The scuttle is fitted with a quick-acting release and a hold-back
to hold the scuttle in an open position.
(e) The required means of escape must not have locking devices.
(f) Where the length of the compartment is less than 12 feet, one
vertical means of escape is acceptable provided that --
(1) There is no source of fire in the space, such as a galley stove,
heater, etc., and the vertical escape is remote from the engine or fuel
tank space, and
(2) The arrangement is such that the installation of two means of
escape does not materially improve the safety of the vessel or those on
board.
(g) Dead end corridors or the equivalent, more than 40 feet in length
are prohibited.
(h) Each means of escape must be of adequate size to accommodate
rapid evacuation.
(i) Each vertical ladder must have rungs that are:
(1) At least 16 inches in length;
(2) Not more than 12 inches apart, uniform for the length of the
ladder;
(3) At least 3 inches from the nearest permanent object in back of
the ladder; and
(4) Except when unavoidable obstructions are encountered, there must
be at least 4 1/2 inches clearance above each rung.
46 CFR 169.315 Ventilation (other than machinery spaces).
(a) All enclosed spaces within the vessel must be properly ventilated
in a manner suitable for the purpose of the space.
(b) A means must be provided to close off all vents and ventilators.
(c) Living spaces must be ventilated by a mechanical system unless it
can be shown that a natural system will provide adequate ventilation in
all ordinary weather conditions. Provided that paragraph (a) of this
section is satisfied, a vessel having only a natural ventilation system
must satisfy the following: V/A 1.4 where V is the total area of the
vents in square inches and A is the product in square feet of the
vessel's design waterline length times its maximum beam.
46 CFR 169.315 Living Spaces
46 CFR 169.317 Accommodations.
(a) Quarters must have sufficient fresh air, light and heat.
Quarters must not be located forward of the collision bulkhead or
farther forward in the vessel than a vertical plane located at 5 percent
of the vessel's loadline length abaft the forward side of the stem. The
space must not be located totally below the deepest load waterline.
(b) Bulkheads separating accommodations from machinery spaces, paint
lockers, storerooms, washrooms, and toilet facilities are to be
odorproof.
(c) All quarters are to be properly drained, odorproof and protected
from heat and noise.
(d) Each person on board must have a separate berth which is of
sufficient size and generally clear of all pipes, ventilation ducts and
other installations.
(e) Each bunk must be constructed of wood, fiberglass or metal. If
fitted with a mattress, the mattress must be covered with material which
has been treated to give it fire resistant properties and which will
provide the mattress with a reasonably smooth surface. There must be a
minimum vertical distance between bunks of 24 inches.
(f) A means of access must be provided for each berthing arrangement
where the upper berth is more than 60 inches above the deck.
(g) The construction and arrangement must allow free and unobstructed
access to each berth. Each berth must be immediately adjacent to an
aisle leading to a means of escape from the living area.
(h) A properly arranged hammock may be used as a berth.
46 CFR 169.319 Washrooms and toilets.
(a) Sailing school vessels must have one toilet and on washbasin for
every 20 persons. Each toilet and washbasin must have adequate
plumbing.
(b) Each washroom and toilet room must properly drain and the scupper
to the washroom must be of sufficient size and situated in the lowest
part of the space.
(c) Each sailing school vessel must meet the applicable requirements
of Title 33, Code of Federal Regulations, part 159.
46 CFR 169.321 Motion picture projectors and film.
Motion picture projectors may use only acetate or slowburning films.
Nitrocellulose film is prohibited.
46 CFR 169.323 Furniture and furnishings.
Each sailing school vessel certificated to carry 100 persons or less
or having overnight accommodations for less than 50 persons must meet
the following requirements:
(a) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, all
free-standing furniture must be constructed of noncombustible material.
Upholstery and padding used in furniture must be of fire resistant
materials.
(b) Existing solid wooden furniture may be retained on existing
vessels.
(c) Draperies must be fabricated of fire resistant fabrics.
(d) Rugs and carpets must be of wool or other material having
equivalent fire resistant qualities.
(e) Trash receptacles must be constructed of non-combustible
materials with solid sides and bottoms and have solid noncombustible
covers.
46 CFR 169.323 Rails and Guards
46 CFR 169.327 Deck rails.
(a) All rails or lifelines must be at least 30 inches high and
permanently supported by stanchions at intervals of not more than 7
feet. Stanchions must be through bolted or welded to the deck.
(b) Rails or lifelines must consist of evenly spaced courses. The
spacing between courses must not be greater than 12 inches. The opening
below the lowest course must not be more than 9 inches. Lower rail
courses are not required where all or part of the space below the upper
rail is fitted with a bulwark, chain link fencing, wire mesh, or an
equivalent.
(c) Small vessels of the open type and vessels of unusual
construction must have rails or equivalent protection as considered
necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.329 Storm rails.
Suitable storm rails or hand grabs must be installed where necessary
in all passageways, at deckhouse sides, and at ladders and hatches where
persons might have normal access.
46 CFR 169.331 Guards in hazardous locations.
Each exposed hazard, such as gears or machinery, must be properly
protected with covers, guards, or rails.
46 CFR 169.331 Subpart 169.400 -- Watertight Integrity, Subdivision, and Stability
46 CFR 169.401 Applicability.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in Subchapter S,
parts 170-174, of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.401 Subpart 169.500 -- Lifesaving and Firefighting Equipment
46 CFR 169.401 Lifesaving Equipment -- General
46 CFR 169.505 Equipment installed but not required.
Each item of lifesaving equipment installed on board a vessel must be
of an approved type.
46 CFR 169.507 Responsibility of master.
The master or operator shall ensure that the lifeboats, liferafts,
davits, falls, personal flotation devices, and other lifesaving
appliances are at all times ready for use, and that all equipment
required by the regulations in this subchapter is provided, maintained,
serviced, and replaced as indicated.
46 CFR 169.509 Approval for repairs and alterations.
No extensive repairs or alterations, except in an emergency, may be
made to any item of lifesaving equipment without advance notice to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Repairs and alterations must be
made to the original standard of construction and tested in the manner
specified in this subpart and applicable requirements in Subchapter Q of
this chapter. Emergency repairs or alterations must be reported as soon
as practicable to the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.509 Primary Lifesaving Equipment
46 CFR 169.513 Types of primary equipment.
(a) Lifeboats -- Each lifeboat must be of a type approved under
subpart 160.035 of this chapter. Installation and arrangement of each
lifeboat including davits and winches must meet the requirements of part
94 of this chapter.
(b) Inflatable Liferafts. (1) Each inflatable liferaft must be of a
type approved under subpart 160.051 of this chapter.
(2) The inflatable liferaft and liferaft container must show on or
near their respective nameplates, marking approved by the Coast Guard
that contains --
(i) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is greater than 49 followed by a revision number (e.g.
160.051/50/1); or
(ii) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is smaller than 50 that is followed by a revision number
(e.g. 160.051/48/1); the words ''MOD TEMP,'' and the date that an
inspector found that the liferaft met 160.051-5(c)(4) of this chapter.
(3) Each inflatable liferaft must be marked ''Ocean Service,'' except
that inflatable liferafts on vessels operating on protected waters or
partially protected waters may be marked ''Limited Service.''
(c) Life floats. Each lifefloat must be of a type approved under
subpart 160.027 of this subchapter.
46 CFR 169.515 Number required.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each vessel
must have sufficient lifeboats or inflatable liferafts to accommodate
all persons on board .
(b) Each vessel certificated for exposed waters must have additional
inflatable liferafts to accommodate 25% of the persons on board or the
number of persons accommodated in the largest lifeboat or liferaft,
whichever is greater.
(c) Vessels certificated for protected waters only may carry
lifefloats of a combined capacity to accommodate all persons on board in
lieu of the lifeboats and inflatable liferafts required in paragraph (a)
of this section.
46 CFR 169.517 Rescue boat.
All vessels certificated for exposed or partially protected waters
service must have a suitable motor rescue boat, except when a motor
lifeboat is provided or when, in the opinion of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, the vessel is of such design and operating
characteristics that the vessel itself provides a satisfactory man
overboard rescue platform.
46 CFR 169.519 Availability.
(a) Each lifeboat, inflatable liferaft, and lifefloat must be kept in
good working order and be readily available.
(b) The decks on which lifeboats, liferafts, and lifefloats are
carried must be kept clear of obstructions which could interfere with
the immediate boarding and launching of the lifesaving appliances.
46 CFR 169.521 Stowage.
(a) General. Each lifeboat, inflatable liferaft, and lifefloat must
be stowed so that --
(1) It is capable of being launched within 10 minutes or, in the case
of vessels having one compartment subdivision, 30 minutes;
(2) It does not impede the launching or handling of other lifesaving
appliances;
(3) It does not impede the marshaling of persons at the embarkation
stations, or their embarkation; and
(4) It is capable of being put in the water safely and rapidly even
under unfavorable conditions of list and trim.
(b) Lifeboat stowage. Each lifeboat must be stowed to meet the
following requirements:
(1) Each lifeboat must be attached to a separate set of davits.
(2) Lifeboats must not be stowed in the bow of the vessel nor so far
aft as to be endangered by the propellers or overhang of the stern.
(3) Lifeboats must be stowed so that it is not necessary to lift them
in order to swing out the davits.
(4) Means must be provided for bringing the lifeboats against the
ship's side and holding them there so that persons may safely embark,
unless the lifeboats are arranged for boarding at the stowage position.
(5) Lifeboats must be fitted with skates or other suitable means to
facilitate launching against an adverse list of up to 15 degrees.
However, skates may be dispensed with if, in the opinion of the
Commandant, the arrangements ensure that the lifeboats can be
satisfactorily launched without them.
(6) Means must be provided outside the machinery space to prevent the
discharge of water into the lifeboats while they are being lowered.
(c) Inflatable liferaft stowage. Inflatable liferafts must be stowed
so that they will float free in the event of the vessel sinking.
Stowage and launching arrangements must be to the satisfaction of the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(d) Life float stowage. Each life float must be stowed to meet the
requirements of this paragraph.
(1) Each life float must be secured to the vessel by a painter and a
float-free link that is --
(i) Certified to meet subpart 160.073 of this chapter;
(ii) Of proper strength for the size of the life float as indicated
on its identification tag; and
(iii) Secured to the painter at one end and secured to the vessel on
the other end.
(2) The means by which the float-free link is attached to the vessel
must --
(i) Have a breaking strength of at least the breaking strength of the
painter.
(ii) If synthetic, be of a dark color or of a material certified to
be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light; and
(iii) If metal, be corrosion resistant.
(3) If the life float does not have a painter attachment fitting, a
means for attaching the painter must be provided by a wire or line that
--
(i) Encircles the body of the device;
(ii) Will not slip off;
(iii) Has a breaking strength that is at least the breaking strength
of the painter; and
(iv) If synthetic, is of a dark color or is of a material certified
to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(4) The float-free link described in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of
this section is not required if the vessel operates solely in waters
that have a depth less than the length of the painter.
(5) If the vessel carries more than one life float, the life floats
may be grouped and each group secured by a single painter, provided that
--
(i) The combined weight of each group of life floats does not exceed
400 pounds;
(ii) Each life float is individually attached to the painter by a
line that meets paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section and which
is long enough so that each can float without contacting any other life
float in the group; and
(iii) The strength of the float-free link and the strength of the
painter under paragraphs (d)(1)(ii) and (d)(2) of this section is
determined by the combined capacity of the group of life floats.
(6) Each life float, as stowed, must be capable of easy launching.
Life floats weighing over 400 pounds must not require lifting before
launching.
(7) Life floats must be secured to the vessel only by a painter and
lashings that can be easily released or by hydraulic releases. They
must not be stowed in more than four tiers. When stowed in tiers, the
separate units must be kept apart by spacers.
(8) There must be means to prevent shifting.
(e) Hydraulic Releases. Each hydraulic release used in the
installation of any inflatable liferaft or life float must meet subpart
160.062 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.521 Equipment for Primary Lifesaving Apparatus
46 CFR 169.525 General.
(a) Equipment for primary lifesaving apparatus must kept in good
condition.
(b) Lifeboats, inflatable liferafts and lifefloats must be fully
equipped before the vessel is navigated and throughout the voyage.
(c) No person may stow in any lifeboat, inflatable liferaft, or
lifefloat any article not required by this subpart unless the article is
authorized by the OCMI, in good working order, and properly stowed so as
not to reduce the seating capacity, the space available to the
occupants, or adversely affect the seaworthiness of the livesaving
apparatus.
(d) Loose equipment, except boathooks in lifeboats, must be securely
attached to the lifesaving appliance to which it belongs.
46 CFR 169.527 Required equipment for lifeboats.
Lifeboats must be equipped in accordance with Table 169.527. This
equipment is described in 169.529.
46 CFR 169.529 Description of lifeboat equipment.
(a) Bailer. The bailer must have a lanyard attached and must be of
sufficient size and suitable for bailing.
(b) Bilge pump. Bilge pumps must be approved under subpart 160.044
of this chapter. They must be of the size given in Table 169.529(b)
depending upon the capacity of the lifeboat as determined by the
six-tenths rule as described in 160.035-9(b) of this chapter.
(c) Boathooks. Boathooks must be of the single hook ballpoint type.
Boathook handles must be of clear grained white ash, or equivalent, and
of a length and diameter as given in Table 169.529(c).
(d) Bucket. Each bucket must be of heavy gage galvanized iron, or
other suitable corrosion-resistant metal, of not less than 2-gallon
capacity, and must have a 6-foot lanyard of 12-thread manila or
equivalent attached.
(e) Compass and mounting. The compass and mounting must be of an
approved type.
(f) Ditty bag. The ditty bag must consist of a canvas bag or
equivalent and must contain a sailmaker's palm, needles, sail twine,
marline, and marline spike.
(g) Drinking cups. Drinking cups must be enamel coated or plastic,
graduated in milliliters or ounces, and provided with lanyards 3 feet in
length.
(h) Fire extinguishers. Each fire extinguisher must be an approved
Type B-C, Size I. One must be attached to each end of the lifeboat.
(i) First-aid kit. The first-aid kit must be approved under subpart
160.041 of this chapter.
(j) Flashlights. Each flashlight must be approved under subpart
161.008 of this chapter. Three spare cells (or one 3-cell battery) and
two spare bulbs, stowed in a watertight container, must be provided with
each flashlight. Batteries must be replaced yearly during the annual
stripping, clearing, and overhaul of the lifeboat.
(k) Hatchets. Hatchets must be approved under subpart 160.013 of
this chapter. They must be attached to the lifeboat by individual
lanyards and be readily available for use, one at each end of the
lifeboat.
(l) Heaving line. The heaving line must be of adequate strength, 10
fathoms in length, and 1 inch in circumference. It must remain buoyant
after being submerged for 24 hours.
(m) Jackknife. The jackknife must be approved under subpart 160.043
of this chapter.
(n) Ladder, lifeboat gunwale. The lifeboat gunwale ladder must
consist of 3 flat wood steps with cut outs for hand holds. The steps
must be spaced 12 inches apart and fastened with 5/8 inch diameter
manila rope or equivalent. Each rope end must be tied inside the
lifeboat at about amidships with the ladder stowed on top of the side
benches and ready for immediate use.
(o) Lantern. The lantern must contain sufficient oil to burn for at
least 9 hours, and be ready for immediate use. In totally enclosed
lifeboats, an interior lighting system may be used in lieu of a lantern.
(p) Lifeline. The lifeline must be properly secured to both sides of
the lifeboat along its entire length, festooned in bights not longer
than 3 feet, with a seine float in each bight. The float may be omitted
if the line is of an inherently buoyant material and absorbs little or
no water. The lifeline must be of a size and strength not less than
3/8-inch diameter manila. The bights must hang to within 12 inches of
the water when the lifeboat is light.
(q) Life preservers. Life preservers must be of an approved type.
These preservers are in addition to those required by 169.539 of this
chapter.
(r) Locker. The locker must be suitable for the storage and
preservation of the small items of equipment required under 169.527.
(s) Mast and sail. A unit, consisting of a standing lug sail
together with the necessary spars and rigging, must be provided in
accordance with Table 169.529(s). The sails must be of good quality
canvas, or other material acceptable to the Commandant, colored Indian
Orange (Cable No. 70072, Standard Color Card of America). Rigging must
consist of galvanized wire rope not less than three-sixteenths inch in
diameter. The mast and sail must be protected by a suitable cover.
(t) Matches. A box of friction matches in a watertight container,
stowed in an equipment locker or secured to the underside of the stern
thwart if no locker is fitted, must be provided.
(u) Mirrors, signaling. Signaling mirrors must be of an approved
type.
(v) Oars. A unit, consisting of a complement of rowing oars and
steering oar, must be provided for each lifeboat in accordance with
Table 169.529(v) except that motor-propelled and hand-propelled
lifeboats need only be equipped with four rowing oars and one steering
oar. In any case, the emergency lifeboats must be provided with the
full complement of oars prescribed by the table. All oars must be
buoyant.
(w) Oil, illuminating. One quart of illuminating oil must be
provided in a metal container if a lantern is carried.
(x) Oil, storm. One gallon of vegetable, fish, or animal oil must be
provided in a suitable metal container so constructed as to permit a
controlled distribution of oil on the water, and so arranged that it can
be attached to the sea anchor.
(y) Painter. Painters must be of manila rope not less than 2 3/4
inches in circumference, or equivalent, and of a length not less than 3
times the distance between the deck on which the lifeboat is stowed and
the light draft of the vessel. For lifeboats on vessels certificated
for exposed or partially protected water service, one of the painters
must have a long eye splice and be attached to the thwart with a toggle.
The other painter must be attached to the stem.
(z) Plug. The automatic drain required in the lifeboat must be
provided with a cap or plug attached to the lifeboat by a suitable
chain.
(aa) Provisions. Approved emergency rations must be provided,
consisting of 10,000 kJ (2390 calories) for each person the lifeboat is
approved to carry. The provisions must be stowed in lockers or other
compartments providing suitable protection.
(bb) Rowlocks. A unit, consisting of sufficient rowlocks and rowlock
sockets for each oar required by Table 169.529(w) plus 2 additional
rowlocks must be provided. The rowlocks must be attached to the
lifeboat by separate chains so as to be available for immediate use,
except that the 2 additional spare rowlocks must be carried in the
equipment locker or stowed near the stern if no locker is fitted. The
rowlocks and rowlock sockets must be distributed so as to provide the
maximum amount of single banked oars practicable.
(cc) Rudder and tiller. The rudder and tiller must be constructed in
accordance with 160.035-3(t) of this chapter.
(dd) Sea anchor. The sea anchor must be of an approved type.
(ee) Signals, distress, floating orange smoke. The floating orange
smoke distress signals must be approved under subpart 160.022 of this
chapter. The signals must be replaced no later than the first annual
stripping, cleaning, and overhaul of the lifeboat after the date of
expiration.
(ff) Signals, distress, red hand flare. A unit consists of twelve
hand red flare distress signals approved under subpart 160.021 or
160.023 of this chapter and stored in a watertight container. Signals
must be replaced no later than the first annual stripping, cleaning, and
overhaul of the lifeboat after the date of expiration.
(gg) Signals, distress, red parachute flare. A unit consists of
twelve parachute red flare distress signals with an approved means of
projection approved under subparts 160.024 and 160.028 respectively; or
twelve approved hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress
signals approved under subpart 160.036. Flares must be stored in a
portable watertight container. Flares must be replaced no later than
the first annual stripping, cleaning, and overhaul of the lifeboat after
the date of expiration.
(hh) Tool kit. The tool kit must consist of at least the following
tools in a suitable container:
(1) One 12-once ball peen hammer.
(2) One screwdriver with 6-inch blade.
(3) One pair 8-inch slip joint pliers.
(4) One 8-inch adjustable end wrench.
(ii) Water. (1) For each person the lifeboat is certified to carry,
there must be provided three quarts of drinking water in containers
approved under subpart 160.026. Water must be replaced no later than the
first annual stripping, cleaning, and overhaul of the lifeboat after
date of expiration.
(2) One or more desalting kits, approved under subpart 160.058 of
this chapter, may be used as a substitute for one-third of the drinking
water required.
(3) The drinking water must be stowed in drinking water tanks,
lockers, or other compartments providing suitable protection.
(jj) Whistle, signaling. The whistle must be of the ball-type or
multi-tone type, of corrosion resistant construction, with a 36-inch
lanyard attached, and in good working order.
(kk) Fishing kit. The fishing kit must be approved under subpart
160.061 of this chapter.
(ll) Cover, protecting. The cover must be of highly visible color
and capable of protecting the occupants against exposure.
(mm) Table of lifesaving signals. The table of lifesaving signals
must be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter V, Regulation 16,
of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and
must be printed on water resistant paper.
46 CFR 169.531 Required equipment for liferafts.
Each liferaft must be fitted with the equipment required by and
described in 160.051-7(c) of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
chapter.
46 CFR 169.535 Required equipment for lifefloats.
Each lifefloat must be equipped in accordance with Table 169.535.
The equipment is described in 169.537.
46 CFR 169.537 Description of equipment for lifefloats.
(a) Boathook. Each boathook must be of the single hook ball point
type. Boathook handles must be of clear grained white ash, or
equivalent, not less than 6 feet long and 1 1/2 inches in diameter.
(b) Lifeline and pendants. The lifeline and pendants must be as
furnished by the manufacturer with approved life floats. Replacement
lifelines and pendants must meet the requirements in subpart 160.010 of
this chapter.
(c) Paddles. Paddles must be not less than 5 feet long.
(d) Painter. The painter must --
(1) Be at least 30m (100 ft.) long, but not less than 3 times the
distance between the deck on which the life float(s) are stowed and the
light draft of the vessel,
(2) Have a breaking strength of at least 6.7 KN (1500 lbs.), except
that if the capacity of the life float is 50 persons or more, the
breaking strength must be at least 13.4 KN (3000 lbs.),
(3) Be of a dark color, if synthetic, or of a type certified to be
resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light, and
(4) Be stowed in such a way it runs freely when the life float floats
away from the sinking vessel.
(e) Water light. The water light must be approved under subpart
161.010 of this chapter. The water light must be attached to the
lifefloat by a 12-thread manila or equivalent synthetic lanyard 3
fathoms in length.
46 CFR 169.537 Personal Flotation Devices
46 CFR 169.539 Type required.
All personal flotation devices (PFDs) must be either --
(a) a Type I approved under subpart 160.055, 160.002, or 160.005 of
Subchapter Q (specification) of this chapter; or
(b) a Type V approved specifically for sailing school vessel use
under subpart 160.064 or 160.077 of Subchapter Q of this chapter; or
(c) a Type II approved under subparts 160.047, 160.052, or 160.060 or
a Type III approved under subpart 160.064 if the vessel carries exposure
suits or Type V exposure PFDs, in accordance with section 169.551.
46 CFR 169.541 Number required.
Each vessel must be provided with an approved adult personal
flotation device of an appropriate size for each person carried. In
addition, unless the service is such that children are never carried,
there must be provided an approved personal flotation device of a
suitable size for each child carried.
46 CFR 169.543 Distribution and stowage.
(a) Personal flotation devices must be distributed through the upper
part of the vessel in protected places convenient to the persons on
board.
(b) If practicable, personal flotation device containers must be
designed to allow the PFDs to float free.
(c) Personal flotation devices for children, when provided, must be
stowed separately.
(d) Lockers, boxes, and closets in which PFDs are stowed must not be
capable of being locked.
46 CFR 169.545 Markings.
(a) Each personal flotation device must be marked with the vessel's
name.
(b) Where PFDs are stowed so that they are not readily visible to
persons onboard, the containers in which they are stowed must be marked
''adult personal flotation devices'' or ''child personal flotation
devices'', as appropriate, and with the number contained therein, in at
least 1-inch letters and figures.
(c) Each personal flotation device carried on vessels certificated
for exposed or partially protected waters service must have a light
approved under subpart 161.012 of this chapter. The light must be
securely attached to the front shoulder area of the personal flotation
device.
(d) Each personal flotation device must have at least 200 sq. cm.
(31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material attached on its front side and
at least 200 sq. cm. on its back side. If the personal flotation
device is reversible, retroreflective material must be applied as
described above on both sides.
(e) Retroreflective material required by this section must be Type I
material that is approved under subpart 164.018 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.545 Additional Lifesaving Equipment
46 CFR 169.549 Ring lifebuoys and water lights.
(a)(1) The minimum number of life buoys and the minimum number to
which water lights must be attached must be in accordance with the
following table:
(2) One lifebuoy on each side of a vessel must have an attached line
at least 15 fathoms in length.
(b) All lifebuoys must be placed where they are readily accessible.
They must be capable of being readily cast loose.
(c)(1) All ring lifebuoys must be approved under subpart 160.050 or
160.064 of this chapter and be international orange in color.
(2) Each water light must be approved under subpart 161.010 of this
chapter.
46 CFR 169.551 Exposure suits.
(a) This section applies to each vessel operating in exposed or
partially protected waters service except those --
(1) Operating on routes between 32 N and 32 S in the Atlantic Ocean.
(2) Operating on routes between 35 N and 35 S latitude in all other
waters.
(b) Each vessel to which this section applies must have for each
person on board an exposure suit approved under subpart 160.071 or a
Type V exposure PFD approved under subpart 160.053.
46 CFR 169.553 Pyrotechnic distress signals.
(a) All pyrotechnic distress signals must be of an approved type.
(b) Replacement must be made no later than the first inspection for
certification or reinspection after the date of expiration.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this section, each vessel must
carry the following pyrotechnic distress signals:
(1) 6 hand red flare distress signals, and 6 hand orange smoke
distress signals; or,
(2) 12 hand held rocket propelled parachute red flare distress
signals.
(d) (Reserved)
(e) All pyrotechnic distress signals must be carried near the helm or
in a location considered suitable by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(f) All pyrotechnic distress signals must be stowed in a portable
watertight container.
46 CFR 169.555 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
(a) Each vessel certificated for exposed waters must have an approved
Class A emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB), and each
vessel certificated for partially protected waters must have an approved
Class C emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB). The required
EPIRB must be --
(1) Operational;
(2) Stowed where it is readily accessible for testing and use; and
(3) Stowed in a manner so that it will float free if the vessel
sinks.
(b) Each vessel must have an additional Class B EPIRB for every
twenty-five persons onboard, for use in the lifeboats and liferafts.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 896, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 10632, Mar. 28, 1986)
46 CFR 169.556 Work vests.
(a) Buoyant work vests carried under the permissive authority of this
section must be approved under subpart 160.053 of this chapter.
(b) Approved buoyant work vests are items of safety apparel and may
be carried aboard vessels to be worn by persons when working near or
over the water under favorable working conditions. Work vests are not
accepted in lieu of any of the required number of approved personal
flotation devices and must not be worn during drills and emergencies.
(c) The approved buoyant work vests must be stowed separately from
personal flotation devices, and in locations where they will not be
confused with personal flotation devices.
(d) Each work vest is subject to examination by a marine inspector to
determine its serviceability. If a work vest is found not to be in a
serviceable condition, then it must be repaired or removed from the
vessel. If a work vest is beyond repair, it must be destroyed in the
presence of the marine inspector.
46 CFR 169.556 Firefighting Equipment
46 CFR 169.559 Fire pumps.
(a) Each sailing school vessel must be equipped with fire pumps as
required in Table 169.559(a).
(b) Fire pump capacity must be in accordance with the following:
(c) Each fire pump must be fitted with a pressure gage on the
discharge side of the pump.
(d) Each vessel must have a hand operated portable fire pump having a
capacity of at least 1.1 m3/hr (5 gpm). This pump must be equipped with
suction and discharge hose suitable for use in firefighting.
46 CFR 169.561 Firemain.
(a) Each vessel required to be provided with a power-driven fire pump
must also be provided with a fire main, hydrants, hoses and nozzles.
(b) Fire hydrants must be of sufficient number and located so that
any part of the vessel may be reached with an effective stream of water
from a single length of hose.
(c) All piping, valves, and fittings must be in accordance with good
marine practice and suitable for the purpose intended.
46 CFR 169.563 Firehose.
(a) One length of firehose must be provided for each fire hydrant
required.
(b) Vessels less than 90 feet in length must have commercial firehose
or equivalent of not over 1 1/2 inch diameter or garden hose of not less
than 5/8 inch nominal inside diameter. If garden hose is used, it must
be of a good commercial grade constructed of an inner rubber tube, plies
of braided cotton reinforcement and an outer rubber cover, or of
equivalent material, and must be fitted with a commercial garden hose
nozzle of good grade bronze or equivalent metal.
(c) Vessels of 90 feet or greater must have lined commercial firehose
that conform to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard 19 or Federal
Specification ZZ-H-451. The firehose must be fitted with a combination
nozzle approved under 162.027 of this chapter.
(d) Each length of firehose must be a single piece 50 feet long.
(e) Firehose must be connected to the hydrants at all times, except
that, on open decks where no protection is afforded to the hose, it may
be temporarily removed from the hydrant in heavy weather and stowed in
an accessible nearby location.
46 CFR 169.564 Fixed extinguishing system, general.
(a) Fixed carbon dioxide or halogenated extinguishing systems must be
installed to protect the following spaces --
(1) The machinery and fuel tank spaces of all vessels, except where
machinery and fuel tank spaces are so open to the atmosphere as to make
the use of a fixed system ineffective;
(2) The paint and oil rooms and similar hazardous spaces; and
(3) The galley stove area, for vessels greater than 90 feet in length
and certificated for exposed or partially protected water service.
(b) Each fixed extinguishing system must be of an approved carbon
dioxide or halogenated type and installed to the satisfaction of the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.565 Fixed carbon dioxide system.
(a) The number of pounds of carbon dioxide required for each space
protected must be equal to the gross volume of the space divided by the
appropriate factor in Table 169.565(a).
(b) A separate supply of carbon dioxide is not required for each
space protected. The total available supply must be sufficient for the
space requiring the greatest amount.
(c) Controls. (1) Each control and valve for the operation of the
system must be outside the spaces protected and accessible at all times.
(2) Each branch line must be fitted with an approved shutoff valve.
Each valve must be kept closed at all times except to operate the
particular system.
(3) The arrangements must be such that the entire charge to any space
can be introduced into the space by the operation of one valve selecting
the space, and one control for releasing the required amount of fire
extinguishing agent. The release control must be of an approved type
and located adjacent to the branch line shutoff valve.
(4) Complete but simple instructions for the operation of the system
must be located in a conspicuous place at or near the releasing control
device.
(5) Each control valve to branch lines must be labeled to indicate
the space served.
(d) Piping. (1) The pipe and fittings for the extinguishing systems
must be in accordance with the system manufacturer's approved design
manual.
(2) Each pipe, valve, and fitting of ferrous materials must be
galvanized.
(3) Each dead-end line must extend at least 2 inches beyond the last
orifice and must be closed with cap or plug.
(4) Each pipe, valve, and fitting must be securely supported and,
where necessary, protected against injury.
(5) Drains and dirt traps must be fitted where necessary to prevent
accumulation of dirt or moisture. Each drain and dirt trap must be
located in accessible locations but not in accommodation spaces.
(e) Discharge outlets. (1) The area of discharge outlets shall be as
specified in the manufacturer's approved design manual.
(2) The discharge of the required amount of carbon dioxide must be
complete within two minutes.
(f) Cylinders. (1) Each cylinder must be securely fastened and
supported, and where necessary protected against injury. Cylinders must
be located outside the space protected.
(2) Each cylinder must be mounted in an upright position or inclined
not more than 30 from the vertical, except that cylinders which are
fitted with flexible or bent siphon tubes may be inclined not more than
80 from the vertical.
(3) Each cylinder used for storing extinguishing agent must be
approved and marked in accordance with Department of Transportation
regulations.
(4) Each cylinder must be mounted so it is readily accessible and
capable of easy removal for recharging and inspection. Cylinders must
be capable of being weighed in place.
(5) Where subject to moisture, cylinders must be installed so that a
space of at least 2 inches is provided between the flooring and the
bottom of the cylinders.
(6) Each cylinder storage area must be properly ventilated and the
temperature inside must not exceed 130 F.
(g) Provision must be made by means of plugs, covers, dampers, etc.,
to prevent the admission of air into the space protected.
(h) Systems must be fitted with a delayed discharge and an alarm bell
arranged so the alarm sounds for at least twenty seconds before the
carbon dioxide is released into the space.
46 CFR 169.567 Portable extinguishers.
(a) The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on
each vessel is determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
in accordance with Table 169.567(a) and other provisions of this
subpart.
(b) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may permit the use of
any approved fire extinguishers, including semiportable extinguishers,
which provide equivalent fire protection.
(c) All portable fire extinguishers installed on vessels must be of
an approved type.
(d) Portable fire extinguishers must be stowed in a location
convenient to the space protected.
(e) Portable fire extinguishers must be installed and located to the
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(f) Portable fire extinguishers which are required to be protected
from freezing must not be located where freezing temperatures may be
expected.
(g) Each vessel must carry spare charges for at least 50 percent of
each size and variety of hand portable extinguishers required. For
units that can not be readily recharged on the vessel, one spare
extinguisher for each classification carried onboard must be provided in
lieu of spare charges.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 897, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 3785, Jan. 30, 1986)
46 CFR 169.569 Fire axes.
(a) Each vessel must carry at least the number of fire axes set forth
in Table 169.569(a). The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection may
require additional fire axes necessary for the proper protection of the
vessel.
(b) Fire axes must be stowed so as to be readily available in the
event of emergency.
(c) If fire axes are not located in the open or behind glass, they
must be placed in marked enclosures containing the fire hose.
46 CFR 169.569 Subpart 169.600 Machinery and Electrical
46 CFR 169.601 General.
(a) The regulations in this subpart contain requirements for the
design, construction and installation of machinery on sailing school
vessels.
(b) Machinery must be suitable in type and design for the purpose
intended. Installations of an unusual type and those not addressed by
this subpart are subject to the applicable regulations in Subchapter F
(Marine Engineering) and Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this
chapter.
(c) The use of liquefied inflammable gases, such as propane, methane,
butane, etc., as fuel, except for cooking purposes, is prohibited.
46 CFR 169.601 Internal Combustion Engine Installations
46 CFR 169.605 General.
(a) Generators, starting motors, and other spark producing devices
must be mounted as high above the bilges as practicable.
(b) Gages to indicate engine cooling water temperature, exhaust
cooling water temperature and engine lubricating oil pressure must be
provided and located in plain view.
(c) All electrical components of the engine must be protected in
accordance with 183.410 of Title 33, Code of Federal Regulations to
prevent ignition of flammable vapors.
46 CFR 169.607 Keel cooler installations.
(a) Except as provided in this section, keel cooler installations
must meet the requirements of 56.50-96 of this chapter.
(b) Approved metallic flexible connections may be located below the
deepest load waterline if the system is a closed loop below the
waterline and its vent is located above the waterline.
(c) Fillet welds may be used in the attachment of channels and half
round pipe sections to the bottom of the vessel.
(d) Short lengths of approved nonmetallic flexible hose may be used
at machinery connections fixed by hose clamps provided that --
(1) The clamps are of a corrosion resistant material;
(2) The clamps do not depend on spring tension for their holding
power; and
(3) Two clamps are used on each end of the hose or one hose clamp is
used and the pipe ends are expanded or beaded to provide a positive stop
against hose slippage.
46 CFR 169.608 Grid cooler installations
(a) Hull penetrations for grid cooler installations must be made
through a cofferdam or at a sea chest.
(b) Grid coolers must be suitably protected against damage from
debris and grounding by recessing the unit into the hull or by the
placement of protective guards.
(c) Each grid cooler hull penetration must be equipped with a shutoff
valve.
46 CFR 169.609 Exhaust systems.
Engine exhaust installations and associated cooling sytems must be
built in accordance with the requirements of American Boat and Yacht
Council, Inc. Standard P-1, ''Safe Installation of Exhaust Systems for
Propulsion and Auxiliary Machinery'' and the following additional
requirements:
(a) All exhaust installations with pressures in excess of 15 pounds
per square inch gage or employing runs passing through living or working
spaces must meet the material specifications of part 56 of Title 46,
Code of Federal Regulations.
(b) Horizontal dry exhaust pipes are permitted if they do not pass
through living or berthing spaces, terminate above the deepest load
waterline, are arranged to prevent entry of cold water from rough seas,
and are constucted of corrosion resistant material at the hull
penetration.
(c) When the exhaust cooling system is separate from the engine
cooling system, a suitable warning device must be provided to indicate a
failure of water flow in the exhaust cooling system.
46 CFR 169.611 Carburetors.
(a) This section applies to all vessels having gasoline engines.
(b) Each carburetor other than a down-draft type, must be equipped
with integral or externally fitted drip collectors of adequate capacity
and arranged so as to permit ready removal of fuel leakage. Externally
fitted drip collectors must be covered with flame screens.
(c) All gasoline engines must be equipped with an acceptable means of
backfire flame control. Installations of backfire flame arresters
bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or 162.041 or engine air and fuel
induction systems bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or 165.042 may be
continued in use as long as they are serviceable and in good condition.
New installations or replacements must meet the applicable requirements
of part 58, subpart 58.10 (Internal Combustion Engine Installations) of
this chapter.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 896, Jan. 9, 1986, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR
35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 169.611 Fuel Systems
46 CFR 169.613 Gasoline fuel systems.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) each gasoline fuel system
must meet the requirements of 56.50-70 of this chapter
(b) Each vessel of 65 feet and under must meet the requirements of
182.15-25, 182.15-30, 182.15-35 and 182.15-40 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.615 Diesel fuel systems.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) each diesel fuel system must
meet the requirements of 56.50-75 of this chapter.
(b) Each vessel of 65 feet and under must meet the requirements of
182.20-22, 182.20-25, 182,20-30, 182.20-35 and 182.20-40 of this
chapter.
46 CFR 169.615 Steering Systems
46 CFR 169.618 General.
(a) Each vessel must have an effective steering system.
(b) The steering system must be designed to withstand all anticipated
loading while under sail, including shocks to the rudder. Additionally,
the steering system on vessels with an auxiliary means of propulsion
must not be susceptible to damage or jamming at the vessel's maximum
astern speed.
(c) The main steering gear must be capable of moving the rudder from
hard-over to hard-over at an average rate of not less than 2 1/3 per
second with the vessel at design service speed (ahead).
46 CFR 169.619 Reliability.
(a) Except where the OCMI judges it impracticable, the steering
system must --
(1) Provide continued or restored steering capability in the event of
a failure or malfunction of any single steering system component other
than the rudder or rudder stock;
(2) Be independent of other systems, including auxiliary propulsion
machinery; and
(3) Be operable in the event of localized fire or flooding.
(b) A main and independent auxiliary steering gear must be provided,
except when --
(1) A small vessel uses a tiller or direct mechanical linkage as the
primary means of controlling the rudder; or
(2) Installation of an auxiliary steering gear is not possible.
Note: A partial reduction of normal steering capability as a result
of malfunction or failure is acceptable. This reduction should not be
below that necessary for the safe navigation of the vessel.
(c) The strength and reliability of any component that is not
provided in duplicate must be suitable to the cognizant OCMI. Where
redundant or backup equipment or components are provided to meet the
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the following
must be provided:
(1) A means to readily transfer from the failed equipment or
component to the backup.
(2) Readily available tools or equipment necessary to make the
transfer.
(3) Instructions for transfer procedures, posted at the main steering
location.
(4) A means to steady the rudder while making the transfer.
46 CFR 169.621 Communications.
A reliable means of voice communications must be provided between the
main steering location and each alternate steering location.
46 CFR 169.622 Rudder angle indicators.
Each vessel must have a rudder angle indicator at the main steering
location that meets the requirements of 113.40-10 of this chapter,
except where a tiller or direct mechanical linkage is the primary means
of controlling the rudder.
46 CFR 169.623 Power-driven steering systems.
(a) Power-driven steering systems must have means to be brought into
operation from a dead ship condition, without external aid. The system
must automatically resume operation after an electric power outage.
(b) Control of power-driven steering systems from the main steering
control location must include, as applicable --
(1) Control of any necessary ancillary device (motor, pump, valve,
etc.);
(2) A pilot light to indicate operation of each power unit; and
(3) Visual and audible alarms to indicate loss of power to the
control system or power units and overload of electric motors.
(c) Overcurrent protection for steering system electric circuits must
meet 111.93-11 of this chapter, as applicable.
46 CFR 169.623 Ventilation
46 CFR 169.625 Compartments containing diesel machinery.
(a) Spaces containing machinery must be fitted with adequate
dripproof ventilators, trunks, louvers, etc., to provide sufficient air
for proper operation of the propulsion and auxiliary engines.
(b) Air-cooled propulsion and auxiliary engines installed below deck
must be fitted with air intake ducts or piping from the weather deck.
The ducts or piping must be arranged and supported to safely sustain
stresses induced by weight and engine vibration and to minimize transfer
of vibration to the supporting structure. Prior to installing
ventilation for the engines, plans or sketches showing the machinery
arrangement including air intakes, exhaust stack, method of attachment
of ventilation ducts to the engine, location of spark arresting mufflers
and capacity of ventilation blowers must be submitted to the OCMI for
approval.
(c) Spaces containing machinery must be fitted with at least two
ducts to furnish natural or mechanical supply and exhaust ventilation.
One duct must extend to a point near the bottom of the compartment, and
be installed so that the ordinary collection of water in the bilge will
not trap the duct. Where forced ventilation is installed, the duct
extending to the bottom of the compartment must be the exhaust. The
total inlet area and the total outlet area of ventilation ducts must be
not less than one square inch for each foot of beam of the vessel.
These minimum areas must be increased when such ducts are considered
part of the air supply to the engines.
(d) All ducts must be of rigid permanent noncombustible construction,
properly fastened, supported, and reasonably gastight from end to end.
(e) All supply ducts for ventilation purposes must be provided with
cowls or scoops having a free area not less than twice the required duct
area. When the cowls or scoops are screened, the mouth area must be
increased to compensate for the area of the screen wire. Dampers are
prohibited in supply ducts. Cowls or scoops must be kept open at all
times except when weather would endanger the vessel if the openings were
not temporarily closed. Supply and exhaust openings must not be located
where the natural flow of air is unduly obstructed, or adjacent to
possible sources of vapor ignition, and must not be located where
exhaust air may be taken into the supply vents.
46 CFR 169.627 Compartments containing diesel fuel tanks.
Unless they are adequately ventilated, enclosed compartments or
spaces containing diesel fuel tanks and no machinery must be provided
with a gooseneck vent of not less than 2 1/2 inches in diameter. The
vent opening must not be located adjacent to possible sources of vapor
ignition.
46 CFR 169.629 Compartments containing gasoline machinery or fuel
tanks.
Spaces containing gasoline machinery or fuel tanks must have natural
supply and mechanical exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of
American Boat and Yacht Council Standard H-2.5, ''Design and
Construction; Ventilation of Boats Using Gasoline.
46 CFR 169.631 Separation of machinery and fuel tank spaces from
accommodation spaces.
(a) Machinery and fuel tank spaces must be separated from
accommodation spaces by watertight or vapor tight bulkheads of double
diagonal wood, marine plywood, steel plate, or equivalent construction.
(b) On vessels less than 90 feet in length, segregation may be by
means of a watertight or vapor tight engine box.
46 CFR 169.631 Piping Systems
46 CFR 169.640 General.
(a) Vital piping systems, as defined in 169.642 of this subpart,
must meet the material and pressure design requirements of Subchapter F
of this chapter.
(b) Except as provided in this paragraph, nonmetallic piping system
materials must meet the applicable requirements of 46 CFR 56.60-25.
(1) Rigid nonmetallic materials are acceptable for use in bilge,
ballast, and machinery-connected piping systems on vessels less than 120
feet in length, provided that bilge and fire systems do not use the same
piping.
(2) Nonmetallic piping is prohibited in fuel systems except where
flexible hose is permitted.
(3) Rigid nonmetallic materials may be used in non-vital systems.
46 CFR 169.642 Vital systems.
For the purpose of this part, the following are considered vital
systems --
(a) A marine engineering system identified by the OCMI as being
crucial to the survival of the vessel or to the protection of the
personnel on board; and
(b) On vessels greater than 120 feet in length --
(1) Bilge system;
(2) Ballast system;
(3) Fire protection system;
(4) Fuel oil system; and
(5) Steering and steering control system.
46 CFR 169.642 Bilge Systems
46 CFR 169.650 General.
All vessels must be provided with a satisfactory arrangement for
draining any compartment, other than small buoyancy compartments, under
all practical conditions. Sluice valves are not permitted in watertight
bulkheads except as specified in 169.652(a).
46 CFR 169.652 Bilge piping.
(a) All vessels of 26 feet in length and over must be provided with
individual bilge lines and suction for each compartment except that the
space forward of the collision bulkhead may be serviced by a sluice
valve or portable bilge pump if the arrangement of the vessel is such
that ordinary leakage can be removed this way.
(b) The bilge pipe on vessels 65 feet in length and under must be not
less than one inch nominal pipe size. On vessels greater than 65 but
less than 120 feet in length the bilge pipe must be not less than one
and one-half inches. Piping on vessels of 120 feet or greater or of 100
gross tons or greater must meet the requirements contained in section
56.50-50 of this chapter.
(c) Each bilge suction must be fitted with a suitable strainer having
an open area not less than three times the area of the bilge pipe.
(d) Each individual bilge suction line must be led to a central
control point or manifold. Each line must be provided with a stop valve
at the control point or manifold and a check valve at some accessible
point in the bilge line, or a stop-check valve located at the control
point or manifold.
(e) Each bilge pipe piercing the collision bulkhead must be fitted
with a screw-down valve located on the forward side of the collision
bulkhead and operable from above the weather deck.
46 CFR 169.654 Bilge pumps.
(a) Vessels of less than 65 feet in length must have a portable hand
bilge pump having a maximum capacity of 5 gpm.
(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section,
vessels of 26 feet but less than 40 feet in length must have a fixed
hand bilge pump or fixed power bilge pump having a minimum capacity of
10 gpm. If a fixed hand pump is installed, it must be operable from on
deck.
(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section,
vessels of 40 feet but less than 65 feet must have a fixed power bilge
pump having a minimum capacity of 25 gpm.
(d) Vessels of 65 feet in length but less than 120 feet and under 100
gross tons must have two fixed power bilge pumps having a combined
minimum capacity of 50 gpm.
(e) Vessels of 120 feet or greater and vessels of 100 gross tons and
over must have two fixed power pumps meeting the capacity requirements
of 56.50-55(c) of this chapter.
(f) Each power driven bilge must be self priming.
(g) Each fixed bilge pump required by this section must be
permanently connnected to the bilge main.
(h) Bilge pumps may also be connected to the firemain provided that
the bilge system and firemain system may be operated simultaneously.
46 CFR 169.654 Electrical
46 CFR 169.662 Hazardous locations.
Electrical equipment must not be installed in lockers that are used
to store paint, oil, turpentine, or other flammable liquids unless the
equipment is explosion-proof or intrinsically safe in accordance with
111.105-9 or 111.105-11 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.662 Electrical Installations Operating at Potentials of Less Than 50 Volts on Vessels of Less than 100 Gross Tons
46 CFR 169.664 Applicability.
The requirements in this subpart apply to electrical installations
operating at potentials of less than 50 volts on vessels of less than
100 gross tons.
46 CFR 169.665 Name plates.
Each generator, motor and other major item of power equipment must be
provided with a name plate indicating the manufacturer's name, its
rating in volts and amperes or in volts and watts and, when intended for
connection to a normally grounded supply, the grounding polarity.
46 CFR 169.666 Generators and motors.
(a) Each vessel of more than 65 feet in length having only
electrically driven fire and bilge pumps must have two generators. One
of these generators must be driven by a means independent of the
auxiliary propulsion plant. A generator that is not independent of the
auxiliary propulsion plant must meet the requirements of 111.10-4(c) of
this chapter.
(b) Each generator and motor must be in a location that is
accessible, adequately ventilated, and as dry as practicable.
(c) Each generator and motor must be mounted as high as practicable
above the bilges to avoid damage by splash and to avoid contact with low
lying vapors.
(d) Each generator must be protected from overcurrent by a circuit
breaker, fuse or an overcurrent relay.
46 CFR 169.667 Switchboards.
(a) Each switchboard must be in as dry a location as praticable,
accessible, protected from inadvertent entry, and adequately ventilated.
All uninsulated current carrying parts must be mounted on nonabsorbent,
noncombustible, high dielectric insulating material.
(b) Each switchboard must be --
(1) Totally enclosed; and
(2) Of the dead front type.
(c) Each ungrounded conductor of a circuit must have at the point of
attachment to the power source either --
(1) A Circuit breaker; or
(2) A switch and fuse.
(d) Each switch other than one mounted on a switchboard must be of
the enclosed type.
46 CFR 169.668 Batteries.
(a) Each battery must be in a location that allows the gas generated
in charging to be easily dissipated by natural or induced ventilation.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a battery
must not be located in the same compartment with a gasoline tank or
gasoline engine.
(c) If compliance with paragraph (b) of this section is not
practicable, the battery must be effectively screened by a cage or
similar structure to minimize the danger of accidental spark through
dropping a metal object across the terminals.
(d) Each battery must be located as high above the bilges as
practicable and secured against shifting with motion of the vessel.
Each battery and battery connection must be accessible so as to permit
removal.
(e) All connections must be made to battery terminals with permanent
type connectors. Spring clips or other temporary type clamps may not be
used.
(f) Each battery must be located in a tray of lead or other suitable
material resistant to deteriorating action by the electrolyte.
(g) Each battery charger intended for connection to a commercial
supply voltage must employ a transformer of the isolating type. An
ammeter that is readily visible must be included in the battery charger
circuit.
(h) A voltage dropping resistor, provided for charging a battery,
must be mounted in a ventilated noncombustible enclosure that prevents
hazardous temperatures at adjacent combustible materials.
(i) The main supply conductor from the battery must have an emergency
switch, located as close as practicable to the battery, that opens all
ungrounded conductors.
(j) If a storage battery is not in the same compartment and adjacent
to the panel or box that distributes power to the various lighting,
motor and appliance branch circuits, the storage battery lead must be
fused at the battery.
46 CFR 169.669 Radiotelephone equipment.
A separate circuit from the switchboard must be provided for each
radiotelephone installation.
46 CFR 169.670 Circuit breakers.
(a) Each circuit breaker must be of the manually reset type designed
for --
(a) Inverse time delay;
(b) Instantaneous short circuit protection; and
(c) Repeated opening of the circuit without damage to the circuit
breaker.
46 CFR 169.671 Accessories.
Each light, receptacle and switch exposed to the weather must be
watertight and must be constructed of corrosion-resistant material.
46 CFR 169.672 Wiring for power and lighting circuits.
(a) Wiring for power and lighting circuits must have copper
conductors, of 14 AWG or larger, and --
(1) Meet Article 310-8 and Table 310-13 of the National Electrical
Code;
(2) Be listed as ''50 volt boat cable''; or
(3) Meet subpart 111.60 of this chapter.
(b) Wiring for power and lighting circuits on new vessels must have
stranded conductors.
(c) Conductors must be sized so that --
(1) They are adequate for the loads carried; and
(2) The voltage drop at the load terminals is not more than 10
percent.
46 CFR 169.673 Installation of wiring for power and lighting circuits.
(a) Wiring must be run as high as practicable above the bilges.
(b) Wiring, where subject to mechanical damage, must be protected.
(c) A wiring joint or splice must be mechanically secure and made in
a junction box or enclosure.
(d) Unless a splice is make by an insulated pressure wire connector,
it must be thoroughly soldered and taped with electrical insulating tape
or the soldered joint must be otherwise protected to provide insulation
equivalent to that of the conductors joined.
(e) Where ends of stranded conductors are to be clamped under
terminal screws, they must be formed and soldered unless fitted with
pressure terminal connectors.
(f) Conductors must be protected from overcurrent in accordance with
their current-carrying capacities.
(g) Conductors supplying motors and motor operated appliances must be
protected by a separate overcurrent device that is responsive to motor
current. This device must be rated or set at not more than 125 percent
of the motor full-load current rating.
(h) On metallic vessels the enclosures and frames of all major
electrical equipment must be permanently grounded to the metal hull of
the vessel by the mounting bolts or other means. Cable armor must not
be used as the normal grounding means.
(i) On nonmetallic vessels, the enclosures and frames of major
electrical equipment must be bonded together to a common ground by a
normally noncurrent carrying conductor.
(j) For grounded systems the negative polarity of the supply source
must be grounded to the metal hull or, for nonmetallic vessels,
connected to the common ground.
(k) On a nonmetallic vessel, where a ground plate is provided for
radio equipment it must be connected to the common ground.
(l) For grounded systems, hull return must not be used except for
engine starting purposes.
46 CFR 169.673 Electrical Installations Operating at Potentials of 50 Volts or More on Vessels of Less than 100 Gross Tons
46 CFR 169.674 Applicability.
The requirements in this subpart apply to electrical installations
operating at potentials of 50 volts or more, on vessels of less than 100
gross tons.
46 CFR 169.675 Generators and motors.
(a) Each generator and motor must be fitted with a nameplate of
corrosion-resistant material marked with the following information as
applicable:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Manufacturer's type and frame designation.
(3) Output in kilowatts or horsepower rating.
(4) Kind of rating (continuous, intermittent, etc.).
(5) Revolutions per minute at rated load.
(6) Amperes at rated load.
(7) Voltage.
(8) Frequency if applicable.
(9) Number of phases, if applicable.
(10) Type of winding (for direct-current motors).
(b) Each vessel of more than 65 feet in length having only
electrically driven fire and bilge pumps must have two generators. One
of these generators must be driven by a means independent of the
auxiliary propulsion plant. A generator that is not independent of the
auxiliary propulsion plant must meet the requirements of 111.10-4(c) of
this chapter.
(c) Each generator and motor must be in a location that is
accessible, adequately ventilated, and as dry as practicable.
(d) Each generator and motor must be mounted as high as practicable
above the bilges to avoid damage by splash and to avoid contact with low
lying vapors.
(e) Each motor for use in a location exposed to the weather must be
of the watertight or waterproof type or must be enclosed in a watertight
housing. The motor enclosure or housing must be provided with a check
valve for drainage or a tapped hole at the lowest part of the frame for
attaching a drain pipe or drain plug.
(f) Except as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section,
each generator and motor for use in a machinery space must be designed
for an ambient temperature of 50 degrees C. (122 degrees F.).
(g) A generator or motor may be designed for an ambient temperature
of 40 degrees C. (104 degrees F.) if the vessel is designed so that the
ambient temperature in the machinery space will not exceed 40 degrees C.
under normal operating conditions.
(h) A generator or motor designed for 40 degrees C. may be used in a
50 degrees C. ambient location provided it is derated to 80 percent of
full load rating, and the rating or setting of the overcurrent device is
reduced accordingly. A nameplate specifying the derated capacity must
be provided for each motor and generator.
(i) A voltmeter and an ammeter must be provided that can be used for
measuring voltage and current of each generator that is in operation.
For each alternating-current generator a means for measuring frequency
must also be provided. Additional control equipment and measuring
instruments must be provided, if needed, to ensure satisfactory
operation of each generator.
46 CFR 169.676 Grounded electrical systems.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
electrical system must meet 111.05 of this chapter.
(b) Ground detection is not required.
46 CFR 169.677 Equipment protection and enclosure.
(a) Except as provided in this section, all electrical equipment
including motors, generators, controllers, distribution panels,
consoles, etc., must be at least dripproof and protected.
(b) Equipment mounted on a hinged door of an enclosure must be
constructed or shielded so that no live parts of the door mounted
equipment will be exposed to accidental contact by a person with the
door open and the circuit energized.
(c) Any cabinet, panel, or box containing more than one source of
potential in excess of 50 volts must be fitted with a sign warning
personnel of this condition and identifying the circuits to be
disconnected to remove all the potentials in excess of 50 volts.
(d) Each distribution panelboard must be enclosed.
46 CFR 169.678 Main distribution panels and switchboards.
(a) A distribution panel to which the generator leads are connected,
and from which the electric leads throughout the vessel directly or
indirectly receive their electric power is a switchboard.
(b) Each switchboard must have a driphood or an equivalent means of
protecting against falling liquid.
(c) Nonconductive deck materials, mats, or gratings must be provided
in front of each switchboard.
(d) If the switchboard is accessible from the rear, nonconductive
deck material, mats, or gratings must be provided in the rear of the
switchboard.
(e) Metal cases of instruments and secondary windings of instrument
transformers must be grounded.
(f) Each switchboard must be placed in a location that is accessible,
adequately ventilated, and as dry as practicable. All uninsulated
current carrying parts must be mounted on nonabsorbent, noncombustible,
high dielectric insulating material.
(g) Each switchboard must be of the dead front type.
(h) Each switchboard must have front and, if accessible from the
back, rear non-conducting hand rails except on vessels where the
surrounding bulkheads and decks are of an insulating material such as
fiberglass or wood.
46 CFR 169.679 Wiring for power and lighting circuits.
Wiring for each power and lighting circuit must meet subpart 111.60
of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.680 Installation of wiring for power and lighting circuits.
(a) Wiring must be run as high as practicable above the bilges.
(b) Each cable installed where particularly susceptible to damage
such as locations in way of doors, hatches, etc, must be protected by
removable metal coverings, angle irons, pipe, or other equivalent means.
All metallic coverings must be electrically continuous and grounded to
the metal hull or common ground, and all coverings such as pipe that may
trap moisture must be provided with holes for drainage. Where cable
protection is carried through a watertight deck or bulkhead, the
installation must maintain the watertight integrity of the structure.
(c) Each cable entering a box or fitting must be protected from
abrasion, and must meet the following requirements:
(1) Each opening through which conductors enter must be adequately
closed.
(2) Cable armor must be secured to the box or fitting.
(3) In damp or wet locations, each cable entrance must be watertight.
(d) The enclosures of all equipment must be permanently grounded to
the metal hull of the vessel by the mounting bolts or other means.
Cable armor must not be used as the normal grounding means.
(e) On a nonmetallic vessel, the enclosures must be bonded to a
common ground by a normal noncurrent carrying conductor.
(f) On a nonmetallic vessel, where a ground plate is provided for
radio equipment it must be connected to the common ground.
(g) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, each armored
cable must have a metallic covering that is --
(1) Electrically and mechanically continuous; and
(2) Grounded at each end of the run to --
(i) The metal hull; or
(ii) The common ground required by paragraph (e) of this section on
nonmetallic vessels.
(h) In lieu of being grounded at each end of the run as required by
paragraph (g) of this section, final sub-circuits may be grounded at the
supply end only.
(i) All equipment, including switches, fuses, lampholders, etc., must
be of a type designed for the proper potential and be so identified.
(j) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, each
junction box, connection box, and outlet box, must have an internal
depth of at least 1 1/2 inches.
(k) For a box incorporated in a fixture having a volume of not less
than 20 cubic inches, the depth may be decreased to not less than 1
inch.
(l) Each conductor, except a fixture wire within a box, must have a
free space computed using the volume per conductor given in Table
169.680(l). If a fitting or device such as a cable clamp, hickey, switch
or receptacle is contained in the box, each fitting or device must count
as one conductor.
(m) Each junction box, connection box, and outlet box for use in a
damp or wet location must be of watertight construction.
(n) Each lighting fixture must be constructed in accordance with the
requirements of Subchapter J of this chapter.
(o) A separate circuit from the switchboard must be provided for each
radiotelephone installation.
(p) Knife switches must be so placed or designed that gravity or
vibration will not tend to close them. Knife switches, unless of the
double throw type, must be connected so that the blades are dead when
the switch is in the open position.
(q) Circuits must be connected to the fuse end of switches and to the
coil end of circuit breakers, except that generator leads or incoming
feeders may be connected to either end of circuit breakers.
(r) Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs for the attachment of
portable lamps, tools, and similar apparatus supplied as ship's
equipment and operating at 100 volts or more, must provide a grounding
pole and a grounding conductor in the portable cord to ground the
non-current carrying metal parts of the apparatus.
(s) Receptacle outlets of the type providing a grounded pole must be
of a configuration that will not permit the dead metal parts of portable
apparatus to be connected to a live conductor.
46 CFR 169.681 Disconnect switches and devices.
(a) Externally operable switches or circuit breakers must be provided
for motor and controller circuits and must open all ungrounded
conductors of the circuit.
(b) If the disconnect means is not within sight of the equipment that
the circuit supplies, means must be provided for locking the disconnect
device in the ''open'' position.
(c) For circuits protected by fuses, the disconnect switch required
for fuses in 169.683(b) of this chapter is adequate for disconnecting
the circuit from the supply.
(d) The disconnect means may be in the same enclosure with motor
controllers.
(e) Disconnect means must be provided to open all conductors of
generator and shore power cables.
(CGD 83-005, 51 FR 896, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 10632, Mar. 28, 1986)
46 CFR 169.682 Distribution and circuit loads.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the
connected load on a lighting branch circuit must not exceed 80 percent
of the rating of the overcurrent protective device, computed using the
greater of --
(1) The lamp sizes to be installed; or
(2) 50 watts per outlet.
(b) Circuits supplying electrical discharge lamps must be computed
using the ballast input current.
(c) The branch circuit cables for motor and lighting loads must be no
smaller than No. 14 AWG.
46 CFR 169.683 Overcurrent protection, general.
(a) Overcurrent protection must be provided for each ungrounded
conductor for the purpose of opening the electric circuit if the current
reaches a value that causes an excessive or dangerous temperature in the
conductor or conductor insulation.
(b) Disconnect means must be provided on the supply side of and
adjacent to all fuses for the purpose of deenergizing the fuses for
inspection and maintenance purposes. All disconnect means must open all
ungrounded conductors of the circuit simultaneously.
(c) Each conductor, including a generator lead and shore power cable,
must be protected in accordance with its current-carrying capacity.
(d) If the allowable current-carrying capacity of a conductor does
not correspond to a standard size fuse, the next larger size or rating
may be used but not exceeding 150 percent of the allowable
current-carrying capacity of the conductor.
(e) Plug (screw in type) fuses and fuseholders must not be used in
circuits exceeding 125 volts between conductors. The screw shell of
plug type fuseholders must be connected to the load of the circuit.
Edison base fuses may not be used.
(f) If the allowable current-carrying capacity of the conductor does
not correspond to a standard rating of circuit breakers, the next larger
rating not exceeding 150 percent of the allowable current-carrying
capacity of the conductor may be used.
(g) Lighting branch circuits must be protected against overcurrent
either by fuses or circuit breakers rated at not more than 20 amperes.
(h) Each circuit breaker must be of the manually reset type designed
for --
(1) Inverse time delay;
(2) Instantaneous short circuit protection; and
(3) Repeated opening of the circuit in which it is to be used without
damage to the circuit breaker.
(i) Circuit breakers must indicate whether they are in the open or
closed position.
(j) Devices such as instruments, pilot lights, ground detector
lights, potential transformers, etc. must be supplied by circuits
protected by overcurrent devices.
(k) Each generator must be protected with an overcurrent device set
at a value not exceeding 15 percent above the full-load rating for
continuous rated machines or the overload rating for special rated
machines.
46 CFR 169.684 Overcurrent protection for motors and motor branch
circuits.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each motor
must be provided with running protection against overcurrent. A
protective device integral with the motor that is responsive to motor
current or to both motor current and temperature may be used.
(b) The motor branch circuit conductors, the motor control apparatus,
and the motors must be protected against overcurrent due to short
circuits or grounds with overcurrent devices.
(c) The motor branch circuit overcurrent device must be capable of
carrying the starting current of the motor.
(d) Each manually started continous duty motor, rated at one
horsepower or less, that is within sight from the starter location, is
considered as protected against overcurrent by the overcurrent device
protecting the conductors of the branch circuit.
46 CFR 169.685 Electric heating and cooking equipment.
(a) Each electric space heater for heating rooms and compartments
must be provided with thermal cutouts to prevent overheating. Each
heater must be so constructed and installed as to prevent the hanging of
towels, clothing, etc., on the heater, and to prevent overheating of
heater parts and adjacent bulkheads or decks.
(b) All electric cooking equipment, attachments, and devices, must be
of rugged construction and so designed as to permit complete cleaning,
maintenance, and repair.
(c) Doors for electric cooking equipment must be provided with heavy
duty hinges and locking devices to prevent accidental opening in heavy
seas.
(d) Electric cooking equipment must be mounted to prevent dislodgment
in heavy seas.
(e) For each grill or similar type cooking equipment, means must be
provided to collect grease or fat and to prevent spillage on wiring or
the deck.
(f) Where necessary for safety of personnel, grab rails must be
provided. Each electric range must be provided with sea rails with
suitable barriers to resist accidental movement of cooking pots.
46 CFR 169.686 Shore power.
If a shore power connection is provided it must meet the following
requirements:
(a) A shore power connection box or receptacle and a cable connecting
this box or receptacle to the main distribution panel must be
permanently installed in an accessible location.
(b) The shore power cable must be provided with a disconnect means
located on or near the main distribution panel.
46 CFR 169.686 Electrical Installations on Vessels of 100 Gross Tons and Over
46 CFR 169.687 General.
Except as provided in this subpart, electrical installations on
vessels of 100 gross tons and over must meet the requirements of parts
110-113 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.688 Power supply.
(a) The requirements of this section apply in lieu of subpart 111.10
of this chapter.
(b) If a generator is used to provide electric power for any vital
system listed in 169.642 of this subchapter, at least two generating
sets must be provided. At least one required generating set must be
independent of the auxiliary propulsion machinery. A generator that is
not independent of the auxiliary propulsion plant must meet the
requirements of 111.10-4(c) of this chapter. With any one generating
set stopped, the remaining set(s) must provide the power necessary for
each of the following:
(1) Normal at sea load plus starting of the largest vital system load
that can be started automatically or started from a space remote from
the main distribution panel (switchboard).
(2) All vital systems simultaneously with nonvital loads secured.
(c) The adequacy of ship service generators must be demonstrated to
the satisfaction of the OCMI during the initial inspection required by
169.221 of this subchapter.
46 CFR 169.689 Demand loads.
Demand loads must meet 111.60-7 of this chapter except that smaller
demand loads for motor feeders are acceptable if the cable is protected
at or below its current-carrying capacity.
46 CFR 169.690 Lighting branch circuits.
Each lighting branch circuit must meet the requirements of 111.75-5
of this chapter, except that --
(a) Appliance loads, electric heater loads, and isolated small motor
loads may be connected to a lighting distribution panelboard; and
(b) Branch circuits in excess of 30 amperes may be supplied from a
lighting distribution panelboard.
46 CFR 169.691 Navigation lights.
Navigation light systems must meet the requirements of 111.75-17 of
this chapter except the requirements of 111.75-17 (a) and (c).
46 CFR 169.692 Remote stop stations.
In lieu of the remote stopping systems required by subpart 111.103 of
this chapter, remote stop stations must be provided as follows:
(a) A propulsion shutdown in the pilothouse for each propulsion unit,
(b) A bilge slop or dirty oil discharge shutdown at the deck
discharge,
(c) A ventilation shutdown located outside the space ventilated, and
(d) A shutdown from outside the engineroom for the fuel transfer
pump, fuel oil service pump, or any other fuel oil pump.
46 CFR 169.693 Engine order telegraph systems.
An engine order telegraph system is not required.
46 CFR 169.693 Subpart 169.700 -- Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment
46 CFR 169.703 Cooking and heating.
(a) Cooking and heating equipment must be suitable for marine use.
Cooking installations must meet the requirements of ABYC Standard A-3,
''Recommended Practices and Standards covering galley stoves.''
(b) The use of gasoline for cooking, heating or lighting is
prohibited on all vessels.
(c) The use of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) or compressed natural
gas (CNG) is authorized for cooking purposes only.
(1) The design, installation and testing of each LPG system must meet
either ABYC A-1 or Chapter 6 of NFPA 302.
(2) The design, installation, and testing of each CNG system must
meet either Chapter 6 of NFPA 302 or ABYC A-22.
(3) The stowage of each cylinder must comply with the requirements
for the stowage of cylinders of liquefied or non-liquefied gases used
for heating, cooking, or lighting in part 147 of this chapter.
(4) If the fuel supply line enters an enclosed space on the vessel, a
remote shutoff valve must be installed which can be operated from a
position adjacent to the appliance. The valve must be a type that will
fail closed, and it must be located between the regulator and the point
where the fuel supply enters the enclosed portion of the vessel.
(5) If Chapter 6 of NFPA 302 is used as the standard, then the
following additional requirements must also be met:
(i) LPG or CNG must be odorized in accordance with ABYC A-1.5.d or
A-22.5.b, respectively.
(ii) Ovens must be equipped with a flame failure switch in accordance
with ABYC A-1.10.b for LPG or A-22.10.b for CNG.
(iii) The marking and mounting of LPG cylinders must be in accordance
with ABYC-1.6.b.
(iv) LPG cylinders must be of the vapor withdrawal type as specified
in ABYC A-1.5.b.
(6) If ABYC A-1 or A-22 is used as the standard for an LPG on CNG
installation, then pilot lights or glow plugs are prohibited.
(7) If ABYC A-22 is used as the standard for a CNG installation, then
the following additional requirements must also be met:
(i) The CNG cylinders, regulating equipment, and safety equipment
must meet the installation, stowage, and testing requirements of
paragraphs 6-5.11.1, 2, 3; 6-5.11.5; and 6-5.11.8 of NFPA 302.
(ii) The use or stowage of stoves with attached cylinders is
prohibited as specified in paragraph 6-5.1 of NFPA 302.
46 CFR 169.705 Mooring equipment.
Each vessel must be fitted with ground tackle and hawsers deemed
necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, depending upon
the size of the vessel and the waters on which it operates.
46 CFR 169.709 Compass.
(a) Each vessel must be fitted with a magnetic steering compass.
(b) Each vessel certificated for exposed water service must have an
emergency compass in addition to the one required in paragraph (a).
46 CFR 169.711 Emergency lighting.
(a) Each vessel must be equipped with a suitable number of portable
battery lights.
(b) Each vessel of 100 gross tons and over must satisfy the emergency
lighting requirements for a miscellaneous self-propelled vessel as
contained in part 112 of this chapter.
(c) Each vessel of less than 100 gross tons that has accommodation
spaces located below the main deck must have permanently installed
lighting which is connected to a single emergency power source or
permanently installed, relay-controlled, battery-operated lanterns. The
lighting or lanterns must be fitted along the avenues of escape, in the
wheelhouse, and in the engine compartment.
(1) A single emergency power source, if provided, must be independent
of the normal power source and must be either a generator or a storage
battery.
(d) The emergency power source and batteries for individual,
battery-operated, lanterns must have the capacity to supply all
connected loads simultaneously for at least 6 hours of continuous
operations. If the emergency lighting is provided by battery power,
then an automatic battery charger that maintains the battery(s) in a
fully charged condition must be provided.
(e) The emergency lighting system must be capable of being fully
activated from a single location.
46 CFR 169.713 Engineroom communication system.
An efficient communication system must be provided between the
principal steering station and the engineroom on vessels which are not
equipped with pilothouse controls if, in the opinion of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, this is necessary for proper operation of the
vessel.
46 CFR 169.715 Radio.
(a) Radiotelegraph and radiotelephone installations are required on
certain vessels. Details of these requirements and the details of the
installations are contained in regulations of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) in Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, part 83.
(b) A valid certificate issued by the FCC is evidence that the radio
installation is in compliance with the requirements of that agency.
46 CFR 169.717 Fireman's outfit.
(a) Each vessel greater than 120 feet but less than 150 feet in
length must carry one approved fireman's outfit consisting of --
(1) An approved-contained breathing apparatus with belt and lifeline;
(2) An approved flame safety lamp;
(3) One flashlight listed by an independent testing laboratory as
suitable for use in hazardous locations;
(4) One fire ax;
(5) Boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically nonconducting
material;
(6) A rigid helmet which provides effective protection against
impact; and
(7) Protective clothing.
(b) Each vessel 150 feet or greater must carry two fireman's outfits.
The outfits must be stowed in widely separated accessible locations.
(c) Lifelines must be of steel or bronze wire rope. Steel wire rope
must be either inherently corrosion resistant or made so by galvanizing
or thinning. Each end must be fitted with a hook with keeper having a
throat opening which can be readily slipped over a 5/8-inch bolt. The
total length of the lifeline is dependent upon the size and arrangement
of the vessel, and more than one line may be hooked together to achieve
the necessary length. No individual length of lifeline may be less than
50 feet in length. The assembled lifeline must have a minimum breaking
strength of 1,500 pounds.
(d) A complete recharge must be carried out for each self-contained
breathing apparatus and a complete set of spare batteries and bulb must
be carried for each flashlight. The spares must be stowed in the same
location as the equipment it is to reactivate.
(e) Protective clothing must be constructed of material that will
protect the skin from the heat of fire and burns from scalding steam.
The outer surface must be water resistant.
46 CFR 169.721 Storm sails and halyards (exposed and partially
protected waters only).
(a) Unless clearly unsuitable, each vessel must have one storm
trysail of appropriate size. It must be sheeted independently of the
boom and must have neither headboard nor battens.
(b) Each vessel having headsails must also have one storm head sail
of appropriate size and strength.
(c) Each vessel must have at least two halyards, each capable of
hoisting a sail.
46 CFR 169.723 Safety belts.
Each vessel must carry a harness type safety belt conforming to
Offshore Racing Council (ORC) standards for each person on watch or
required to work the vessel in heavy weather.
46 CFR 169.725 First aid kit.
Each vessel must carry an approved first aid kit, constructed and
fitted in accordance with subpart 160.041 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.726 Radar reflector.
Each nonmetallic vessel less than 90 feet in length must exhibit a
radar reflector of suitable size and design while underway.
46 CFR 169.726 Markings
46 CFR 169.730 General alarm bell switch.
On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm
bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly and permanently identified by
lettering on a metal plate or with a sign in red letters on a suitable
background: ''GENERAL ALARM''
46 CFR 169.731 General alarm bells.
On vessels of 100 gross tons and over each general alarm bell must be
identified by red lettering at least 1/2 inch high: ''GENERAL ALARM --
WHEN BELL RINGS GO TO YOUR STATION.''
46 CFR 169.732 Carbon dioxide alarm.
Each carbon dioxide alarm must be conspicuously identified: ''WHEN
ALARM SOUNDS -- VACATE AT ONCE. CARBON DIOXIDE BEING RELEASED.''
46 CFR 169.733 Fire extinguishing branch lines.
Each branch line valve of every fire extinguishing system must be
plainly and permanently marked indicating the spaces served.
46 CFR 169.734 Fire extinguishing system controls.
Each control cabinet or space containing valves or manifolds for the
various fire extinguishing systems must be distinctly marked in
conspicuous red letters at least 2 inches high: ''CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM,'' or ''HALON FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM,'' as
appropriate.
46 CFR 169.735 Fire hose stations.
Each fire hydrant must be identified in red letters and figures at
least two inches high ''FIRE STATION NO. 1,'' ''2,'' ''3,'' etc. Where
the hose is not stowed in the open or readily seen behind glass, this
identification must be placed so as to be readily seen from a distance.
46 CFR 169.736 Self-contained breathing apparatus.
Each locker or space containing self-contained breathing apparatus
must be marked ''SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS.''
46 CFR 169.737 Hand portable fire extinguishers.
Each hand portable fire extinguisher must be marked with a number,
and the location where it is stowed must be marked with a corresponding
number. The marks must be at least 1/2 inch high. Where only one type
and size of hand portable fire extinguisher is carried, the numbering
may be omitted.
46 CFR 169.738 Emergency lights.
Each emergency light must be marked with a letter ''E'' at least 1/2
inch high.
46 CFR 169.739 Lifeboats.
(a) The name and port of the vessel marked on its stern as required
by 67.15 of this chapter must be plainly marked or painted on each side
of the bow of each lifeboat in letters not less than 3 inches high.
(b) Each lifeboat must have its number plainly marked or painted on
each side of the bow in figures not less than 3 inches high. The
lifeboats on each side of the vessel must be numbered from forward aft,
with the odd numbers on the starboard side.
(c) The cubical contents and number of persons allowed to be carried
in each lifeboat must be plainly marked or painted on each side of the
bow of the lifeboat in letters and numbers not less than 1 1/2 inches
high. In addition, the number of persons allowed must be plainly marked
or painted on top of at least 2 thwarts in letters and numbers not less
than 3 inches high.
(d) Each oar must be conspicuously marked with the vessel's name.
(e) Where mechanical disengaging apparatus is used, the control
effecting the release of the lifeboat must be painted bright red and
must have thereon in raised letters either the words -- ''DANGER-LEVER
DROPS BOAT'', or the words -- ''DANGER-LEVER RELEASES HOOKS''.
(f) The top of thwarts, side benches and footings of lifeboats must
be painted or otherwise colored international orange. The area in way
of the red mechanical disengaging gear control lever, from the keel to
the side bench, must be painted or otherwise colored white, to provide a
contrasting background for the lever. This band of white should be
approximately 12 inches wide depending on the internal arrangements of
the lifeboat.
46 CFR 169.740 Liferafts and lifefloats.
(a) Rigid type liferafts and lifefloats, together with their oars and
paddles, must be conspicuously marked with the vessel's name and port of
the vessel as marked on its stern as required by 67.15 of this chapter.
(b) The number of persons allowed on each rigid type liferaft and
lifefloat must be conspicuously marked or painted thereon in letters and
numbers at least 1 1/2 inches high.
(c) There must be stenciled in a conspicuous place in the immediate
vicinity of each inflatable liferaft the following:
These markings must not be placed on the inflatable liferaft
containers.
46 CFR 169.741 Personal flotation devices and ring life buoys.
Each personal flotation device and ring life buoy must be marked with
the vessel's name.
46 CFR 169.742 Firehose and axes.
Each fire hose and axe must be marked with the vessel's name.
46 CFR 169.743 Portable magazine chests.
Portable magazine chests must be marked in letters at least 3 inches
high: ''PORTABLE MAGAZINE CHEST -- FLAMMABLE -- KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE
AWAY.''
46 CFR 169.744 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
Each EPIRB must be marked with the vessel's name.
46 CFR 169.745 Escape hatches and emergency exits.
Each escape hatch and other emergency exit must be marked on both
sides using at least 1-inch letters: ''EMERGENCY EXIT, KEEP CLEAR'',
unless the markings are deemed unnecessary by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 169.746 Fuel shutoff valves.
Each remote fuel shutoff station must be marked in at least 1-inch
letters indicating purpose of the valves and direction of operation.
46 CFR 169.747 Watertight doors and hatches.
Each watertight door and watertight hatch must be marked on both
sides in at least 1-inch letters: ''WATERTIGHT DOOR -- CLOSE IN
EMERGENCY'' or ''WATERTIGHT HATCH -- CLOSE IN EMERGENCY'', unless the
markings are deemed unnecessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
46 CFR 169.750 Radio call sign.
Each vessel certificated for exposed or partially protected water
service must have its radio call sign permanently displayed or readily
available for display upon its deck or cabin top in letters at least 18
inches high.
46 CFR 169.755 Draft marks and draft indicating systems.
(a) All vessels must have draft marks plainly and legibly visible
upon the stem and upon the sternpost or rudderpost or at any place at
the stern of the vessel as may be necessary for easy observance. The
bottom of each mark must indicate the draft.
(b) The draft must be taken from the bottom of the keel to the
surface of the water at the location of the marks.
(c) In cases where the keel does not extend forward or aft to the
location of the draft marks, due to a raked stem or cut away skeg, the
draft must be measured from a line projected from the bottom of the keel
forward or aft, as the case may be, to the location of the draft marks.
(d) In cases where a vessel may have a skeg or other appendage
extending locally below the line of the keel, the draft at the end of
the vessel adjacent to such appendage must be measured to a line tangent
to the lowest part of such appendage and parallel to the line of the
bottom of the keel.
(e) Draft marks must be separated so that the projections of the
marks onto a vertical plane are of uniform height equal to the vertical
spacing between consecutive marks.
(f) Draft marks must be painted in contrasting color to the hull.
(g) In cases where draft marks are obscured due to operational
constraints or by protrusions, the vessel must be fitted with a reliable
draft indicating system from which the bow and stern drafts can be
determined.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41824, Sept. 11, 1992, 169.755 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 169.755 Subpart 169.800 -- Operations
46 CFR 169.805 Exhibition of licenses.
Licensed personnel on any vessel subject to this subchapter shall
have their licenses in their possession and available for examination at
all times when the vessel is being operated.
46 CFR 169.807 Notice of casualty.
(a) The owner, agent, master, or person in charge of a vessel
involved in a marine casualty shall give notice as soon as possible to
the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office,
whenever the casualty involves any of the following:
(1) Each accidental grounding and each intentional grounding which
also meets any of the other reporting criteria or creates a hazard to
navigation, the environment or the safety of the vessel;
(2) Loss of main propulsion or primary steering or any associated
component or control system which causes a reduction of the maneuvering
capabilities of the vessel. Loss means that systems, components,
sub-system or control systems do not perform the specified or required
function;
(3) An occurrence materially and adversely affecting the vessel's
seaworthiness or fitness for service or route, including but not limited
to fire, flooding, or failure or damage to fixed fire extinguishing
systems, lifesaving equipment, auxiliary power generating equipment,
Coast Guard approved equipment or bilge pumping systems;
(4) Loss of life;
(5) Injury causing a person to remain incapacitated for a period in
excess of 72 hours; or
(6) An occurrence resulting in damage to property in excess of
$25,000.00. Damage includes the cost necessary to restore the property
to the service condition which existed prior to the casualty but does
not include the cost of salvage, gas freeing, drydocking, or demurrage.
(b) The notice must include the name and official number of the
vessel involved, the name of the vessel's owner or agent, nature,
location and circumstances of the casualty, nature and extent of injury
to persons, and the damage to property.
(c) In addition to the notice required, the person in charge of the
vessel shall report in writing or in person, as soon as possible to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection at the port in which the casualty
occurred or nearest the port of first arrival. Casualties must be
reported on Form CG-2692.
(d) The owner, agent, master, or other person in charge of any vessel
involved in a marine casualty shall retain for three years the voyage
records of the vessel such as both rough and smooth deck and engineroom
logs, navigation charts, navigation work books, compass deviation cards
gyrocompass records, record of draft, aids to mariners, radiograms sent
and received, the radio log, and crew, sailing school student,
instructor, and guest lists. The owner agent, master, or other officer
in charge, shall make these records available to a duly authorized Coast
Guard officer or employee for examination upon request.
(e) Whenever a vessel collides or is connected with a collision with
a buoy or other aid to navigation under the jurisdiction of the Coast
Guard, the person in charge of the vessel shall report the accident to
the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. A report on Form
CG-2692 is not required unless any of the results listed in paragraph
(b) of this section occur.
46 CFR 169.809 Charts and nautical publications.
As appropriate for the intended voyage, all vessels must carry
adequate and up-to-date --
(a) Charts;
(b) Sailing directions;
(c) Coast pilots;
(d) Light lists;
(e) Notices to mariners;
(f) Tide tables; and
(g) Current tables.
46 CFR 169.813 Station bills.
(a) A station bill (muster list) shall be prepared and signed by the
master of the vessel. The master shall ensure that the bill is posted
in conspicuous locations throughout the vessel, particularly in the
living spaces, before the vessel sails.
(b) The station bill must set forth the special duties and duty
station of each member of the ship's company for the various
emergencies. The duties must, as far as possible, be comparable with
the regular work of the individual. The duties must include at least
the following and any other duties necessary for the proper handling of
a particular emergency:
(1) The closing of airports, watertight doors, scuppers, sanitary and
other discharges which lead through the vessel's hull below the margin
line, etc., the stopping of fans and ventilating systems, and the
operating of all safety equipment.
(2) The preparing and launching of lifeboats and liferafts.
(3) The extinguishing of fire.
(4) The mustering of guests, if carried, including the following:
(i) Warning the guests.
(ii) Seeing that they are dressed and have put on their personal
flotation devices in a proper manner.
(iii) Assembling the guests and directing them to the appointed
stations.
(iv) Keeping order in the passageways and stairways and generally
controlling the movement of the guests.
(v) Seeing that a supply of blankets is taken to the lifeboats.
46 CFR 169.815 Emergency signals.
(a) The station bill must set forth the various signals used for
calling the ship's company to their stations and for giving instructions
while at their stations.
(b) On vessels of 100 gross tons and over the following signals must
be used.
(1) The first alarm signal must be a continuous blast of the vessel's
whistle for a period of not less than 10 seconds supplemented by the
continuous ringing of the general alarm bells for not less than 10
seconds.
(2) For dismissal from fire alarm stations, the general alarm must be
sounded three times supplemented by three short blasts of the vessel's
whistle.
(3) The signal for boat stations or boat drill must be a succession
of more than six short blasts, followed by one long blast, of the
vessel's whistle supplemented by a comparable signal on the general
alarm bells.
(4) For dismissal from boat stations, three must be three short
blasts of the whistle.
(c) Where whistle signals are used for handling the lifeboats, they
must be as follows:
(1) To lower lifeboats, one short blast.
(2) To stop lowering the lifeboats, two short blasts.
46 CFR 169.817 Master to instruct ship's company.
The master shall conduct drills and give instructions as necessary to
insure that all hands are familiar with their duties as specified in the
station bill.
46 CFR 169.819 Manning of lifeboats and liferafts.
(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to all vessels
equipped with lifeboats and/or liferafts.
(b) The master shall place a licensed deck officer, an able seaman,
or a certificated lifeboatman in command of each lifeboat or liferaft.
Each lifeboat or liferaft with a prescribed complement of 25 or more
persons must have one additional certificated lifeboatman.
(c) The person in charge of each lifeboat or liferaft shall have a
list of its assigned occupants, and shall see that the persons under his
orders are acquainted with their duties.
46 CFR 169.821 Patrol person.
(a) The master shall designate a member of the ship's company to be a
roving patrol person, whenever the vessel is operational.
(b) The roving patrol person shall frequently visit all areas to
ensure that safe conditions are being maintained.
46 CFR 169.823 Openings.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all
watertight doors in subdivision bulkheads, hatches, and openings in the
hull must be kept closed during the navigation of the vessel.
(b) The master may permit hatches or other openings to be uncovered
or opened for reasonable purposes such as ship's maintenance, when
existing conditions warrant the action and the openings can readily be
closed.
46 CFR 169.824 Compliance with provisions of certificate of inspection.
The master or person in charge of the vessel shall see that all of
the provisions of the certificate of inspection are strictly adhered to.
Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as limiting the master or
person in charge of the vessel, on his own responsibility, from
diverting from the route prescribed in the certificate of inspection or
taking such other steps as he deems necessary and prudent to assist
vessels in distress or for other similar emergencies.
46 CFR 169.825 Wearing of safety belts.
The master of each vessel shall ensure that each person wears an
approved safety harness when aloft or working topside in heavy weather.
46 CFR 169.825 Tests, Drills, and Inspections
46 CFR 169.826 Steering, communications and control.
The master shall test the vessel's steering gear, signaling whistle,
engine controls, and communications equipment prior to getting underway.
46 CFR 169.827 Hatches and other openings.
The master is responsible for seeing that all hatches, openings in
the hull, and watertight doors are properly closed tight.
46 CFR 169.829 Emergency lighting and power systems.
(a) Where fitted, the master shall have the emergency lighting and
power systems operated and inspected at least once in each week that the
vessel is navigated to ensure that the system is in proper operating
condition.
(b) The master shall have the internal combustion engine driven
emergency generators operated under load for at least 2 hours at least
once in each month that the vessel is navigated.
(c) The master shall have the storage batteries for emergency
lighting and power systems tested at least once in each 6-month period
that the vessel is navigated to demonstrate the ability of the storage
battery to supply the emergency loads for the specified period of time.
(d) The date of each test and the condition and performance of the
apparatus must be noted in the official logbook.
46 CFR 169.831 Emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB).
The master shall ensure that --
(a) The EPIRB required in 169.555 of this subchapter is tested
monthly, using the integrated test circuit and output indicator, to
determine that it is operative; and
(b) The EPIRB's battery is replaced after the EPIRB is used and
before the marked expiration date.
46 CFR 169.833 Fire and boat drills.
(a) When the vessel is operating, the master shall conduct a fire and
boat drill each week. The scheduling of drills is at the discretion of
the master except that at least one fire and boat drill must be held
within 24 hours of leaving a port if more than 25 percent of the ship's
company have been replaced at that port.
(b) The fire and boat drill must be conducted as if an actual
emergency existed. All persons on board including guests shall report
to their respective stations and be prepared to perform the duties
specified in the station bill.
(1) Fire pumps must be started and a sufficient number of outlets
used to ascertain that the system is in proper working order.
(2) All rescue and safety equipment must be brought from the
emergency equipment lockers and the persons designated must demonstrate
their ability to use the equipment.
(3) All watertight doors which are in use while the vessel is
underway must be operated.
(4) Weather permitting, lifeboat covers and strongbacks must be
removed, plugs or caps put in place, boat ladders secured in position,
painters led forward and tended, and other life saving equipment
prepared for use. The motor and hand-propelling gear of each lifeboat,
where fitted, must be operated for at least 5 minutes.
(5) In port, every lifeboat must be swung out, if practicable. The
unobstructed lifeboats must be lowered to the water and the ship's
company must be exercised in the use of the oars or other means of
propulsion. Although all lifeboats may not be used in a particular
drill, care must be taken that all lifeboats are given occasional use to
ascertain that all lowering equipment is in proper order and the crew
properly trained. The master shall ensure that each lifeboat is lowered
to the water at least once every 3 months.
(6) When the vessel in underway, and weather permitting, all
lifeboats must be swung out to ascertain that the gear is in proper
order.
(7) The person in charge of each lifeboat and liferaft shall have a
list of its crew and shall ensure that the persons under his or her
command are acquainted with their duties.
(8) Lifeboat equipment must be examined at least once a month to
ensure that it is complete.
(9) The master shall ensure that all persons on board fully
participate in these drills and that they have been instructed in the
proper method of donning and adjusting the personal flotation devices
and exposure suits used and informed of the stowage location of these
devices.
(c) The master shall have an entry made in the vessel's official
logbook relative to each fire and boat drill setting forth the date and
hour, length of time of the drill, numbers on the lifeboats swung out
and numbers on those lowered, the length of time that motor and
hand-propelled lifeboats are operated, the number of lengths of hose
used, together with a statement as to the condition of all fire and
lifesaving equipment, watertight door mechanisms, valves, etc. An entry
must also be made to report the monthly examination of the lifeboat
equipment. If in any week the required fire and boat drills are not
held or only partial drills are held, an entry must be made stating the
circumstances and extend of the drills held.
(d) A copy of these requirements must be framed under glass or other
transparent material and posted in a conspicuous place about the vessel.
46 CFR 169.837 Lifeboats, liferafts, and lifefloats.
(a) The master or person in charge shall ensure that the lifeboats,
rescue boats, liferafts, and lifefloats, are properly maintained at all
times, and that all equipment for the vessel required by the regulations
in this subchapter is provided, maintained, and replaced as indicated or
when necessary and no less frequently than required by paragraph (b) of
this section.
(b) The master shall ensure that:
(1) Each lifeboat has been stripped, cleaned and thoroughly
overhauled at least once in each year.
(2) The fuel tanks of motor propelled lifeboats have been emptied and
fuel changed once every twelve months.
(3) Each lifefloat has been cleaned and thorughly overhauled once
every twelve months.
(4) Each inflatable liferaft has been serviced at an approved
facility every 12 months or not later than the next vessel; inspection
for certification if the time since the date of the last servicing does
not exceed 15 months.
46 CFR 169.839 Firefighting equipment.
(a) The master or person in charge shall ensure that the vessel's
firefighting equipment is at all times ready for use and that all
firefighting equipment required by the regulations in this subchapter is
provided, maintained, and replaced as indicated.
(b) The master or person in charge shall have performed at least once
every 12 months the tests and inspections of all hand portable fire
extinguishers, semiportable fire extinguishing systems, and fixed fire
extinguishing systems on board as described in 169.247 of this
subchapter. The master or person in charge shall keep records of the
tests and inspections showing the dates when performed, the number
and/or other identification of each unit tested and inspected, and the
name(s) of the person(s) and/or company conducting the tests and
inspections. These records must be made available to the marine
inspectors upon request and must be kept for the period of validity of
the vessel's current certificate of inspection. Conducting these tests
and inspections does not relieve the master or person in charge of his
responsibility to maintain this firefighting equipment in proper
condition at all times.
46 CFR 169.840 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable
stability requirements.
(a) After loading and prior to departure and at all other times
necessary to assure the safety of the vessel, the master shall determine
that the vessel complies with all applicable stability requirements in
the vessel's trim and stability book, stability letter, Certificate of
Inspection, and Load Line Certificate, as the case may be, and then
enter an attestation statement of the verification in the log book. The
vessel may not depart until it is in compliance with these requirements.
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability
requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be determined
as necessary and any stability calculations made in support of the
determination must be retained on board the vessel for the duration of
the voyage.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 169.840 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 169.841 Logbook entries.
(a) Each vessel subject to the inspection provisions of this
subchapter must have an official logbook.
(b) The master shall place all entries required by law or regulation
in the logbook.
(c) A Coast Guard form ''Official Logbook'' may be utilized or the
owner may utilize his own format for an official logbook. The logs must
be kept available for review by the Coast Guard for a period of one year
after the date to which the records refer or for the period of validity
of the vessel's current certificate of inspection, whichever is longer.
(d) All tests, drills, inspections and notifications required in this
subchapter must be entered in the official logbook.
(e) Prior to getting underway the master shall enter in the logbook
the name of each sailing school student, sailing school instructor, and
guest onboard, and the fact that each person was notified of the
applicable safety standards for sailing school vessels as required by
169.857 of this chapter.
46 CFR 169.847 Lookouts.
Nothing in this part exonerates any master or officer of the watch
from the consequences of any neglect to keep a proper lookout.
46 CFR 169.849 Posting placards containing instructions for launching
and inflating inflatable liferafts.
Every vessel equipped with inflatable liferafts must have posted in
conspicuous places readily accessible to the ship's company and guests
approved placards containing instructions for launching and inflating
inflatable liferafts. The number and location of such placards for a
particular vessel shall be determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
46 CFR 169.853 Display of plans.
(a) Each vessel of 100 gross tons and over must have permanently
exhibited for the guidance of the master, general arrangement plans for
each deck showing the fire control stations, the various sections
enclosed by fire resisting bulkheads, the sections enclosed by fire
retarding bulkheads, together with the particulars of the fire alarms,
detecting systems, fire extinguishing appliances, means of access to
different compartments, ventilation systems and the position of dampers
and remote stops.
(b) Plans must clearly show for each deck the boundaries of the
watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure
and the position of any controls, and the arrangements for the
correction of any list due to flooding.
46 CFR 169.855 Pre-underway training.
Prior to getting underway the master shall ensure that each sailing
school student and sailing school instructor, who has not previously
been instructed, is instructed in the handling of sails, emergency
procedures, nautical terms, location and use of lifesaving and
firefighting equipment, and the general layout of the vessel.
46 CFR 169.857 Disclosure of safety standards.
(a) This section applies to all sailing school vessels and all
promotional literature or advertisements offering passage or soliciting
sailing school students or instructors for voyages on sailing school
vessels.
(b) Each item of promotional literature or advertisement that offers
passage or solicits students or instructors of voyages onboard a sailing
school vessel must contain the following information:
(1) The name of the vessel;
(2) The country of registry;
(3) A statement detailing the role and responsibility of a sailing
school student or instructor; and
(4) A statement that the vessel is inspected and certificated as a
sailing school vessel and is not required to meet the same safety
standards required of a passenger vessel on a comparable route.
(c) Before getting underway the master shall ensure that each sailing
school student, sailing school instructor, and guest, who has not
previously been notified, is notified of the specialized nature of
sailing school vessels and that the applicable safety requirements for
these vessels are not the same as those applied to passenger vessels.
46 CFR 169.857 SUBCHAPTER S -- SUBDIVISION AND STABILITY
46 CFR 169.857 Pt. 170
46 CFR 169.857 PART 170 -- STABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL INSPECTED VESSELS
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart A -- General Provisions
Sec.
170.001 Applicability.
170.003 Right of appeal.
170.005 Vessel alteration or repair.
170.010 Equivalents.
170.015 Incorporation by reference.
170.020 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart B -- Definitions
170.050 General terms.
170.055 Definitions concerning a vessel.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart C -- Plan Approval
170.070 Applicability.
170.075 Plans.
170.080 Stability booklet.
170.085 Information required before a stability test.
170.090 Calculations.
170.093 Specific approvals.
170.095 Data submittal for a vessel equipped to lift.
170.098 Submittal of information for the carriage of bulk grain.
(Reserved)
170.100 Addresses for submittal of plans and calculations.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart D -- Stability Instructions for Operating
Personnel
170.105 Applicability.
170.110 Stability booklet.
170.120 Stability letter.
170.125 Operating information for a vessel engaged in lifting.
170.135 Operating information for a vessel with Type III subdivision.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart E -- Weather Criterion
170.160 Specific applicability.
170.170 Calculations required.
170.173 Criterion for vessels of unusual proportion and form.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart F -- Determination of Lightweight Displacement
and Centers of Gravity
170.174 Specific applicability.
170.175 Stability test: general.
170.180 Plans and information required at the stability test.
170.185 Stability test preparations.
170.190 Stability test procedure modifications.
170.200 Estimated lightweight vertical center of gravity.
170.210 Lightweight verification.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart G -- Special Installations
170.235 Fixed ballast.
170.245 Form flotation material.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart H -- Watertight Bulkhead Doors
170.248 Applicability.
170.250 Types and classes.
170.255 Class 1 doors; permissible locations.
170.260 Class 2 doors; permissible locations.
170.265 Class 3 doors; required locations.
170.270 Door design, operation, installation, and testing.
170.275 Special requirements for cargo space watertight doors.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart I -- Free Surface
170.285 Free surface correction for intact stability calculations.
170.290 Free surface correction for damage stability calculations.
170.295 Special considerations for free surface of passive roll
stabilization tanks.
170.300 Special consideration for free surface of spoil in hopper
dredge hoppers.
Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 169.857 Subpart A -- General Provisions
46 CFR 170.001 Applicability.
(a) This subchapter, except where specifically stated otherwise,
applies to each vessel contracted for on or after January 3, 1984, that
is --
(1) Inspected under another subchapter of this chapter; or
(2) A foreign vessel that must comply with the requirements in
Subchapter 0 of this chapter.
(b) Each vessel contracted for before January 3, 1984 may be
constructed in accordance with the regulations in effect at the time.
However, any alterations or repairs must be done in accordance with
170.005.
(c) Certain regulations in this subchapter apply only to limited
categories of vessels. Specific applicability statements are provided
at the beginning of those regulations.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 89-037, 57
FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 170.001 was
amended by revising the introductory text of paragraph (a), effective
December 10, 1992. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text
appears as follows:
170.001 Applicability.
(a) This subchapter applies to each vessel contracted for on or after
January 3, 1984, that is --
46 CFR 170.003 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50382, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 170.005 Vessel alteration or repair.
(a) Alterations and repairs to inspected vessels must be done --
(1) Under the direction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection;
and
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, in
accordance with the regulations in this subchapter, to the extent
practicable.
(b) Minor alterations and repairs may be done in accordance with
regulations in effect at the time the vessel was contracted for.
46 CFR 170.010 Equivalents.
Substitutions for fittings, equipment, arrangements, calculations,
information, or tests required in this subchapter may be approved by the
Commandant, the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety
Center (G-MSC), 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001 or the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, if the substitution provides an
equivalent level of safety.
(CGD 89-025, 54 FR 19572, May 8, 1989)
46 CFR 170.015 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with
5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the
public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and
at the U.S. Coast Guard, Marine Technical and Hazardous Materials
Division (G-MTH), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and
is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part
and the sections affected are:
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM F-1196, Sliding Watertight Door Assemblies, 1989 170.270
ASTM F-1197, Sliding Watertight Door Control Systems, 1989 170.270
Naval Publications and Forms Center, Code 1052, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, PA 19120
MIL-P-21929B, Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam in Place,
Rigid, 1970 170.245
Publications Section, International Maritime Organization, 4 Albert
Embankment, London SE1 7SR
Resolution A.265 (VIII) 170.135
(CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 170.020 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f), which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the OMB for each approved agency information
collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 170.020 was
added and all other OMB control number citations in part 170 were
removed, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 170.020 Subpart B -- Definitions
46 CFR 170.050 General terms.
(a) Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center (CO, MSC) means a
district commander described in 33 CFR part 3 whose command includes a
merchant marine technical office or an authorized representative of the
district commander.
(b) Commandant means the Commandant of the Coast Guard or an
authorized representative of the Commandant.
(c) Exposed waters means waters more than 20 nautical miles (37
kilometers) from the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge and other waters
which the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection determines to present
special hazards due to weather or other circumstances.
(d) Great Lakes includes both the waters of the Great Lakes and of
the St. Lawrence River as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap de
Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a line along the
63rd meridian from Anticosti Island to the north shore of the St.
Lawrence River.
(e) Lakes, Bays, and Sounds includes the waters of any lake, bay, or
sound, except the Great Lakes.
(f) Oceans includes the waters of --
(1) Any ocean;
(2) The Gulf of Mexico;
(3) The Caribbean Sea;
(4) The Gulf of Alaska; and
(5) Any other waters designated as ''oceans'' by the Commandant.
(g) Officer in Charge Marine Inspection (OCMI) means an officer of
the Coast Guard who commands a Marine Inspection Zone described in 33
CFR part 3 or an authorized representative of that officer.
(h) Oil means oil of any kind or in any form, and includes but is not
limited to petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with
wastes other than dredged spoil.
(i) Partially protected waters means --
(1) Waters within 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) of the mouth of a
harbor of safe refuge, unless determined by the OCMI to be exposed
waters; and
(2) Those portions of rivers, harbors, lakes, etc. which the OCMI
determines not to be sheltered.
(j) Protected waters means sheltered waters presenting no special
hazards such as most rivers, harbors, lakes, etc.
(k) Rivers means any river, canal, or any other similar body of water
designated by the OCMI.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.055 Definitions concerning a vessel.
(a) Auxiliary sailing vessel means a vessel capable of being
propelled both by mechanical means and by sails.
(b) Barge means a vessel not equipped with a means of
self-propulsion.
(c) Beam or B means the maximum width of a vessel from --
(1) Outside of planking to outside of planking on wooden vessels;
and
(2) Outside of frame to outside of frame on all other vessels.
(d) Bulkhead deck means the uppermost deck to which watertight
bulkheads and the watertight shell extend.
(e) Downflooding means, except as provided in 174.035(b), the entry
of seawater through any opening into the hull or superstructure of an
undamaged vessel due to heel, trim, or submergence of the vessel.
(f) Documented alterations means changes to the vessel which are
reflected in the approved stability information carried on board the
vessel.
(g) Downflooding angle means, except as specified in 171.055(f),
172.090(d), 173.095(e), 174.015(b), and 174.035(b), the static angle
from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and waterline in calm
water to the first opening that cannot be closed watertight and through
which downflooding can occur.
(h) Draft means the vertical distance from the molded baseline
amidships to the waterline.
(i) Length means the distance between fore and aft points on a
vessel. The following specific terms are used and correspond to
specific fore and aft points:
(1) Length between perpendiculars (LBP) means the horizontal distance
measured between perpendiculars taken at the forward-most and after-most
points on the waterline corresponding to the deepest operating draft.
(2) Length overall (LOA) means the horizontal distance between the
forward-most and after-most points on the hull.
(3) Length on the waterline (LWL) means the horizontal distance
between the forward-most and after-most points on a vessel's waterline.
(4) Length on deck (LOD) means the length between the forward-most
and after-most points on a specified deck measured along the deck,
excluding sheer.
(5) Load line length (LLL) has the same meaning that is provided for
the term length in 42.13-15(a) of this chapter.
(6) Mean length is the average of the length between perpendiculars
(LBP) and the length on deck (LOD).
(j) Lightweight means with fixed ballast and with machinery liquids
at operating levels but without any cargo, stores, consumable liquids,
water ballast, or persons and their effects.
(k) Main transverse watertight bulkhead means a transverse bulkhead
that must be maintained watertight in order for the vessel to meet the
damage stability and subdivision requirements in this subchapter.
(l) Major conversion, as applied to Great Lakes bulk carriers, means
a conversion of an existing vessel that substantially changes the
dimensions or carrying capacity of the vessel or changes the the type of
vessel or substantially prolongs its life or that otherwise so changes
the vessel that it is essentially a new vessel.
(m) Permeability is the percentage of the volume of a space that can
be occupied by water.
(n) Sailing vessel means a vessel propelled only by sails.
(o) Ship means a self-propelled vessel.
(p) Tank vessel means a vessel that is specially constructed or
converted to carry liquid bulk cargo in tanks.
(q) Tank barge means a tank vessel not equipped with a means of
self-propulsion.
(r) Tank ship means a tank vessel propelled by mechanical means or
sails.
(s) Vessel means any vessel and includes both ships and barges.
(t) Weather deck means the uppermost deck exposed to the weather.
(u) Existing sailing school vessel means a sailing vessel whose keel
was laid prior to (January 9, 1986), which has an application for
initial inspection for certification as a sailing school vessel on file
with the Coast Guard prior to (January 9, 1987), and whose initial
inspection for certification is completed prior to (January 9, 1988).
(v) New sailing school vessel means a sailing school vessel which is
not an existing sailing school vessel.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986; 51 FR 3785, Jan. 30, 1986; CGD 80-159, 51 FR
33059, Sept. 18, 1986; 51 FR 35515, Oct. 6, 1986; CGD 89-037, 57 FR
41825, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 170.055 was
amended by redesignating paragraphs (f) through (u) as paragraphs (g)
through (v), respectively, and by adding a new paragraph (f), effective
December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 170.055 Subpart C -- Plan Approval
46 CFR 170.070 Applicability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart
applies to each vessel.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
(1) A passenger vessel that --
(i) Is less than 100 gross tons;
(ii) Is less than 65 feet (19.8 meters) LOD measured over the weather
deck; and
(iii) Carries 49 or less passengers.
(2) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
174.020 of this chapter.
(3) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in 30.25-1 of
this chapter and that is less than 150 gross tons.
(4) A tank barge that --
(i) Operates only in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service;
(ii) Does not have to meet 33 CFR part 157, subpart B; and
(iii) Only carries a product listed in 30.25-1 of this chapter.
(5) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies with
the requirements in 173.063(e) of this subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 170.075 Plans.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
applicant for an original certificate of inspection and approval of
plans must also submit three copies of each of the following plans:
(1) General arrangement plan of decks, holds, and inner bottoms
including inboard and outboard profiles.
(2) Lines.
(3) Curves of form.
(4) Capacity plan showing capacities and vertical, longitudinal, and
transverse centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.
(5) Tank sounding tables showing --
(i) Capacities, vertical centers of gravity, and longitudinal centers
of gravity in graduated intervals; and
(ii) Free surface data for each tank.
(6) Draft mark locations including longitudinal location and vertical
reference points.
(b) Each small passenger vessel that is designed to comply with the
alternate intact stability requirements in 171.030(b)(2) of this
subchapter and the simplified method of spacing main transverse
watertight bulkheads in 171.043 of this subchapter does not have to
submit the plans required by paragraph (a) of this section.
46 CFR 170.080 Stability booklet.
Before issuing an original certificate of inspection, three copies of
the stability booklet required by 170.110 must be submitted for
approval to the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.085 Information required before a stability test.
If a stability test is to be performed, a stability test procedure
that contains the information prescribed in 170.185(g) must be
submitted to the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center at least two
weeks before the test.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.090 Calculations.
(a) Except as provided in 170.098, all calculations required by this
subchapter must be submitted with the plans required by 170.075.
(b) If it is necessary to compute and plot any of the following
curves as part of the calculations required in this subchapter, these
plots must also be submitted:
(1) Righting arm or moment curves.
(2) Heeling arm or moment curves.
(3) Cross curves of stability.
(4) Floodable length curves.
46 CFR 170.093 Specific approvals.
Certain rules in this subchapter require specific approval of
equipment or arrangements by the Commandant, Commanding Officer, Marine
Safety Center, or OCMI. These approval determinations will be made as a
part of the plan review process.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.095 Data submittal for a vessel equipped to lift.
The following data must be submitted with the plans required by
170.075 if the vessel is engaged in lifting and is required to comply
with subpart B of part 173 of this chapter:
(a) A graph of maximum hook load versus maximum crane radius.
(b) A table of crane radius versus the maximum distance above the
main deck to which the hook load can be raised.
(c) A table showing maximum vertical and transverse moments at which
the crane is to operate.
46 CFR 170.098 Submittal of information for the carriage of bulk grain. (Reserved)
46 CFR 170.100 Addresses for submittal of plans and calculations.
Except as provided in 170.098, the plans, information, and
calculations required by this subpart must be submitted to one of the
following:
(a) The Marine Inspection Office, in the zone where the vessel is to
be built or altered.
(b) Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center,
(G-MSC), 400 Seventh St., SW,, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 85-048b, 51
FR 15498, Apr. 24, 1986; CGD 89-025, 54 FR 19572, May 8, 1989)
46 CFR 170.100 Subpart D -- Stability Instructions for Operating Personnel
46 CFR 170.105 Applicability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart
applies to each vessel.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
(1) A passenger vessel that --
(i) Is less than 100 gross tons;
(ii) Is less than 65 feet (19.8 meters) LOD measured over the weather
deck; and
(iii) Carries 49 or less passengers.
(2) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
174.020 of this chapter.
(3) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in 30.25-1 of
this chapter and that is less than 150 gross tons.
(4) A tank barge that --
(i) Operates only in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service;
(ii) Does not have to meet 33 CFR part 157, subpart B; and
(iii) Only carries a product listed in 30.25-1 of this chapter.
(5) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies with
the requirements in 173.063(e) of this subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 170.110 Stability booklet.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a stability
booklet must be prepared for each vessel, except for mobile offshore
drilling units subject to the operating manual requirements of 109.121
of this chapter.
(b) Each stability booklet must be approved by the Commanding
Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(c) Each stability book must contain sufficient information to enable
the master to operate the vessel in compliance with applicable
regulations in this subchapter. Information on loading restrictions
used to determine compliance with applicable intact and damage stability
criteria must encompass the entire range of operating drafts and the
entire range of the operating trims. Information must include an
effective procedure for supervision and reporting of the opening and
closing of all loading doors, where applicable.
(d) The format of the stability booklet and the information included
will vary dependent on the vessel type and operation. Units of measure
used in the stability booklet must agree with the units of measure of
the draft markings. In developing the stability booklet, consideration
must be given to including the following information:
(1) A general description of the vessel, including lightweight data.
(2) Instructions on the use of the booklet.
(3) General arrangement plans showing watertight compartments,
closures, vents, downflooding angles, and allowable deck loadings.
(4) Hydrostatic curves or tables.
(5) Capacity plan showing capacities and vertical, longitudinal, and
transverse centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.
(6) Tank sounding tables showing capacities, vertical centers of
gravity, and longitudinal centers of gravity in graduated intervals and
showing free surface data for each tank.
(7) Information on loading restrictions, such as a maximum KG or
minimum GM curve that can be used to determine compliance with
applicable intact and damage stability criteria.
(8) Examples of loading conditions.
(9) A rapid and simple means for evaluating other loading conditions.
(10) A brief description of the stability calculations done including
assumptions.
(11) General precautions for preventing unintentional flooding.
(12) A table of contents and index for the booklet.
(13) Each ship condition which, if damage occurs, may require
cross-flooding for survival and information concerning the use of any
special cross-flooding fittings.
(14) The amount and location of fixed ballast.
(15) Any other necessary guidance for the safe operation of the
vessel under normal and emergency conditions.
(16) For each self-propelled hopper dredge with a working freeboard,
the maximum specific gravity allowed for dredge spoil.
(e) A stability booklet is not required if sufficient information to
enable the master to operate the vessel in compliance with the
applicable regulations in this subchapter can be placed on the
Certificate of Inspection, Load Line Certificate, or in the stability
letter required in 170.120.
(f) On board electronic stability computers may be used as an adjunct
to the required booklet, but the required booklet must contain all
necessary information to allow for the evaluation of the stability of
any intact condition that can be evaluated by use of the computer.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-071, 52
FR 6979, Mar. 6, 1987; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD
76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989; CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11,
1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 170.110 was
amended by revising paragraph (c) and the introductory text of paragraph
(d), and adding a new paragraph (f), effective December 10, 1992. For
the convenience of the user, the superseded text appears as follows:
170.110 Stability booklet.
(c) Each stability booklet must contain sufficient information to
enable the master to operate the vessel in compliance with the
applicable regulations in this subchapter.
(d) The format of the stability booklet and the information included
will vary dependent on the vessel type and operation. In developing the
stability booklet, consideration must be given to including the
following information:
46 CFR 170.120 Stability letter.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each vessel
must have a stability letter issued by the Coast Guard before the vessel
is placed in service. This letter sets forth conditions of operation.
(b) A stability letter is not required if the information can be
placed on the Certificate of Inspection or the Load Line Certificate.
46 CFR 170.125 Operating information for a vessel engaged in lifting.
In addition to the information required in 170.110, the following
information must be included in the stability booklet of a vessel that
is required to comply with 173.005 of this subchapter:
(a) Non-counterballasted vessel. If a vessel is not
counterballasted, stability information setting forth hook load limits
corresponding to boom radii based on the intact stability criterion in
173.020 must be provided.
(b) Counterballasted vessel. If a vessel is counterballasted with
water, the following information must be provided:
(1) Instructions on the effect of the free surface of the
counterballast water.
(2) Instructions on the amounts of counterballast needed to
compensate for hook load heeling moments.
(3) If a vessel has fixed counterballast, a table of draft versus
maximum vertical moment of deck cargo and hook load combined.
(4) If a vessel has variable counterballast, a table of draft versus
maximum vertical moment of deck cargo and hook load combined for each
counterballasted condition.
46 CFR 170.135 Operating information for a vessel with Type III
subdivision.
(a) In addition to the information required in 170.110, the
stability booklet of a passenger vessel with Type III subdivision must
contain the information required by Regulation 8(b) of IMO Resolution
A.265 (VIII).
(b) International Maritime Organization Resolution A.265 (VIII) is
incorporated by reference into this part.
(c) As used in IMO Resolution A.265 (VIII), Administration means the
Commandant, U. S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 170.135 Subpart E -- Weather Criterion
46 CFR 170.160 Specific applicability
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
this subpart applies to each vessel.
(b) This subpart does not apply to any of the following vessels
unless the stability of the vessel is questioned by the OCMI:
(1) A passenger vessel that --
(i) Is less than 100 gross tons;
(ii) Is less than 65 feet (19.8 meters) LOD measured over the weather
deck; and
(iii) Carries 49 or less passengers.
(2) A deck cargo barge that complies with the requirements in
174.020 of this chapter.
(3) A tank vessel that only carries a product listed in 30.25-1 of
this chapter and that is --
(i) Less than 150 gross tons; or
(ii) A tank barge that operates only in river or lakes, bays, and
sounds service.
(4) A sailing school vessel that is an open boat that complies with
the requirements in 173.063(e) of this subchapter.
(c) This subpart does not apply to the following vessels:
(1) A tank barge that carries a product listed in Table 151.01-10(b)
of this chapter.
(2) A mobile offshore drilling unit.
(3) A vessel that performs the test required by 171.030(c) of this
subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 170.170 Calculations required.
(a) Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to have a
metacentric height (GM) that is equal to or greater than the following
in each condition of loading and operation:
Where --
P=.005+(L/14,200)2 tons/ft2 . . . for ocean service, Great Lakes
winter service, or service on exposed waters.
P=.055+(L/1309)2 metric tons/m2 . . . for ocean service, Great Lakes
winter service, or service on exposed waters.
P=.0033+(L/14,200)2 tons/ft2 . . . for Great Lakes summer service or
service on partially protected waters.
P=.036+(L/1309)2 metric tons/m2 . . . for Great lakes summer service
or service on partially protected waters.
P=.0025+(L/14,200)2 tons/ft2 . . . for service on protected waters.
P=.028+(L/1309)2 metric tons/m2 . . . for service on protected
waters.
L=LBP in feet (meters).
A=projected lateral area in square feet (square meters) of the
portion of the vessel and deck cargo above the waterline.
H=the vertical distance in feet (meters) from the center of A to the
center of the underwater lateral area or approximately to the one-half
draft point.
W=displacement in long (metric) tons.
T=14 degrees or the angle of heel at which one-half the freeboard to
the deck edge is immersed, whichever is less.
(b) If approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center, a
larger value of T may be used for a vessel with a discontinuous weather
deck or abnormal sheer.
(c) When doing the calculations required by paragraph (a) of this
section for a sailing vessel or auxiliary sailing vessel, the vessel
must be assumed --
(1) To be under bare poles; or
(2) If the vessel has no auxiliary propulsion, to have storm sails
set and trimmed flat.
(d) The criterion specified in this section is generally limited in
application to flush deck, mechanically powered vessels of ordinary
proportions and form that carry cargo below the main deck. On other
types of vessels, the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center requires
calculations in addition to those in paragraph (a) of this section. On
a mechanically powered vessel under 328 feet (100 meters) in length,
other than a tugboat or a towboat, the requirements in 170.173 are
applied.
(48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983; 49 FR 37384, Sept. 24, 1984, as amended
by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.173 Criterion for vessels of unusual proportion and form.
(a) If required by the Commander (mmt), each mechanically powered
vessel less than 328 feet (100 meters) LLL, other than a tugboat or
towboat, must be shown by design calculations to comply with --
(1) Paragraph (b) or (c) of this section if the maximum righting arm
occurs at an angle of heel less than or equal to 30 degrees; or
(2) Paragraph (b) of this section if the maximum righting arm occurs
at an angle of heel greater than 30 degrees.
(b) Each vessel must have --
(1) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.49 feet (0.15
meters);
(2) A maximum righting arm (GZ) of at least 0.66 feet (0.20 meters)
at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30 degrees;
(3) A maximum righting arm that occurs at an angle of heel not less
than 25 degrees;
(4) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 10.3
foot-degrees (3.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 30 degrees;
(5) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 16.9
foot-degrees (5.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 40 degrees
or the downflooding angle, whichever is less; and
(6) An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of 30
degrees and 40 degrees, or between 30 degrees and the downflooding angle
if this angle is less than 40 degrees, of not less than 5.6 foot-degrees
(1.72 meter-degrees).
(c) Each vessel must have --
(1) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.49 feet (0.15
meters);
(2) A maximum righting arm that occurs at an angle of heel not less
than 15 degrees;
(3) An area under each righting arm curve of at least 16.9
foot-degrees (5.15 meter-degrees) up to an angle of heel of 40 degrees
or the downflooding angle, whichever is less;
(4) An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of 30
degrees and 40 degrees, or between 30 degrees and the downflooding angle
if this angle is less than 40 degrees, of not less than 5.6 foot-degrees
(1.72 meter-degrees); and
(5) An area under each righting arm curve up to the angle of maximum
righting arm of not less than the area determined by the following
equation:
where --
A=area in foot-degrees (meter-degrees).
Y=angle of maximum righting arm, degrees.
(d) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (b)
and (c) of this section, at each angle of heel a vessel's righting arm
is calculated after the vessel is permitted to trim free until the
trimming moment is zero.
46 CFR 170.173 Subpart F -- Determination of Lightweight Displacement and Centers of Gravity
46 CFR 170.174 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each vessel for which the lightweight
displacement and centers of gravity must be determined in order to do
the calculations required in this subchapter.
46 CFR 170.175 Stability test: General.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and
in 170.200, the owner of a vessel must conduct a stability test of the
vessel and calculate its vertical and longitudinal centers of gravity
and its lightweight displacement.
(b) An authorized Coast Guard representative must be present at each
stability test conducted under this section.
(c) The stability test may be dispensed with, or a deadweight survey
may be substituted for the stability test, if the Coast Guard has a
record of, or is provided with, the approved results of a stability test
of a sister vessel.
(d) The stability test of a vessel may be dispensed with if the Coast
Guard determines that an accurate estimate of the vessel's lightweight
characteristics can be made and that locating the precise position of
the vessel's vertical center of gravity is not necessary to insure that
the vessel has adequate stability in all probable loading conditions.
46 CFR 170.180 Plans and information required at the stability test.
The owner of a vessel must provide the following Coast Guard approved
plans and information to the authorized Coast Guard representative at
the time of the stability test:
(a) Lines.
(b) Curves of form.
(c) Capacity plans showing capacities and vertical and longitudinal
centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks.
(d) Tank sounding tables.
(e) Draft mark locations.
(f) General arrangement plan of decks, holds, and inner bottoms.
(g) Inboard and outboard profiles.
(h) The stability test procedure described in 170.185(g).
46 CFR 170.185 Stability test preparations.
The following preparations must be made before conducting a stability
test:
(a) The vessel must be as complete as practicable at the time of the
test.
(b) Each tank must be empty and dry, except that a tank may be
partially filled or full if the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center
determines that empty and dry tanks are impracticable and that the
effect of filling or partial filling on the location of the center of
gravity and on the displacement can be accurately determined.
(c) All dunnage, tools, and other items extraneous to the vessel must
be removed.
(d) The water depth at the mooring site must provide ample clearance
against grounding.
(e) Each mooring line must be arranged so that it dmes not interfere
with the inclination of the unit during the test.
(f) The draft and axis of rotation selected for testing a mobile
offshore drilling unit must be those that result in acceptable accuracy
in calculating the center of gravity and displacement of the unit.
(g) The stability test procedure required by 170.085 must include
the following:
(1) Identification of the vessel to be tested.
(2) Date and location of the test.
(3) Inclining weight data.
(4) Pendulum locations and lengths.
(5) Approximate draft and trim of the vessel.
(6) Condition of each tank.
(7) Estimated items to be installed, removed, or relocated after the
test, including the weight and location of each item.
(8) Schedule of events.
(9) Person or persons responsible for conducting the test.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.190 Stability test procedure modifications.
The authorized Coast Guard representative present at a stability test
may allow a deviation from the requirements of 170.180 and 170.185 if
the representative determines that the deviation would not decrease the
accuracy of the test results.
46 CFR 170.200 Estimated lightweight vertical center of gravity.
(a) Each tank vessel that does not carry a material listed in either
Table 1 of part 153 or Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter may comply
with this section in lieu of 170.175 if it --
(1) Is 150 gross tons or greater;
(2) Is or ordinary proportions and form;
(3) Has a flush weather deck, one or more longitudinal bulkheads, and
no independent tanks; and
(4) Is designed not to carry cargo above the freeboard deck.
(b) When doing the calculations required by 170.170 and 172.065,
the vertical center of gravity of a tank vessel in the lightweight
condition must be assumed to be equal to the following percentage of the
molded depth of the vessel measured from the keel amidship:
(1) For a tank ship -- 70%.
(2) For a tank barge -- 60%.
(c) As used in this section, molded depth has the same meaning that
is provided for the term in 42.13-15(e) of this chapter.
46 CFR 170.210 Lightweight verification.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, verification
of a vessel's lightweight displacement and longitudinal center of
gravity is required for all vessels, including vessels built prior to
January 3, 1984, as follows:
(1) The owner must conduct a deadweight survey at intervals not
exceeding 5 years to determine the lightweight displacement and
longitudinal center of gravity, unless otherwise authorized by the
Commandant.
(2) For each vessel, the date by which its initial periodic
lightweight verification must be carried out will be determined by the
OCMI by consideration of a number of factors. These factors include the
history and condition of the vessel, the date of the vessel's last
lightweight verification, the date of the vessel's next credit
drydocking, and the expiration date of the vessel's Load Line
Certificate.
(3) An authorized Coast Guard representative must be present at each
deadweight survey conducted under this section.
(4) If the deviation from the lightweight displacement and
longitudinal center of gravity does not exceed the values in paragraph
(b) of this section, the owner must certify to the Commanding Officer,
Marine Safety Center that the lightweight characteristics have not
changed. The Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center may accept the
certification or require the owner to provide supporting calculations
for review and approval.
(b) The owner must conduct a stability test in accordance with
subpart F of this part, if --
(1) The deviation of the lightweight displacement calculated from the
last stability test exceeds 3 percent of the lightweight displacement;
(2) The deviation of the longitudinal center of gravity calculated
from the last stability test exceeds 1 percent of LBP (length between
perpendiculars);
(3) The deviation from the previously approved lightweight
displacement, updated by documented alterations, exceeds 2 percent of
the lightweight displacement; or
(4) The deviation from the previously approved longitudinal center of
gravity, updated by documented alterations, exceeds 1 percent of LBP.
(c) If a stability test is required by paragraph (b) of this section,
the stability booklet must be updated in accordance with 170.110 to
reflect the current stability condition of the vessel.
(d) The deadweight survey required in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section must be repeated as part of the stability test required in
paragraph (b) of this section, unless the entire stability test
including the deadweight survey is completed at the same time.
(e) Periodic lightweight verification is not required for the
following:
(1) Vessels to which the simplified stability test of 171.030 of
this chapter was applied;
(2) Vessels with an estimated lightweight center of gravity
determined in accordance with 170.200;
(3) Vessels to which 170.175(d) applies;
(4) Self-elevating mobile offshore drilling units;
(5) Vessels regulated under subchapter D or subchapter I of this
Chapter whose lightweight displacement comprises less than 35 percent of
their total fully loaded displacement; or
(6) Vessels exempted by the Commandant.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41825, Sept. 11, 1992, 170.210 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 170.210 Subpart G -- Special Installations
46 CFR 170.235 Fixed ballast.
(a) Fixed ballast, if used, must be --
(1) Installed under the supervision of the OCMI; and
(2) Stowed in a manner that prevents shifting of position.
(b) Fixed ballast may not be removed from a vessel or relocated
unless approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
However, ballast may be temporarily moved for vessel examination or
repair if done under the supervision of the OCMI.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.245 Foam flotation material.
(a) Installation of foam must be approved by the OCMI.
(b) If foam is used to comply with 171.070(d), 171.095(c), or
173.063(e) of this subchapter, the following applies:
(1) Foam may be installed only in void spaces that are free of
ignition sources.
(2) The foam must comply with MIL-P-21929B including the requirements
for fire resistance.
(3) A submergence test must be conducted for a period of at least 7
days to demonstrate whether the foam has adequate strength to withstand
a hydrostatic head equivalent to that which would be imposed if the
vessel were submerged to its margin line.
(4) The effective buoyancy at the end of the submergence test must be
used as the buoyancy credit; however, in no case will a credit greater
than 55 lbs per cubic foot (881 kilograms per cubic meter) be allowed.
(5) The structure enclosing the foam must be strong enough to
accommodate the buoyancy of the foam.
(6) Piping and cables must not pass through foamed spaces unless they
are within piping and cable trunks accessible from both ends.
(7) Sample specimens must be prepared during installation and the
density of the installed foam must be determined.
(8) Foam may be installed adjacent to fuel tanks if the boundary
between the tank and space has double continuous fillet welds.
(9) MIL-P-21929B is incorporated by reference into this part.
(10) The results of all tests and calculations must be submitted to
the OCMI.
(11) Blocked foam must --
(i) Be used in each area that may be exposed to water; and
(ii) Have a protective cover approved by the OCMI.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 170.245 Subpart H -- Watertight Bulkhead Doors
46 CFR 170.248 Applicability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section, this subpart applies to vessels with watertight doors in
bulkheads that have been made watertight to comply with the flooding or
damage stability regulations in this subchapter
(b) A watertight door on a MODU must comply with 174.100 of this
subchapter.
(c) A watertight door on a self-propelled hopper dredge with a
working freeboard must comply with 174.335 of this subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 76-080, 54
FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 170.250 Types and classes.
(a) Watertight doors, except doors between cargo spaces, are classed
as follows:
(1) Class 1 -- Hinged door.
(2) Class 2 -- Sliding door, operated by hand gear only.
(3) Class 3 -- Sliding door, operated by power and by hand gear.
(b) The following types of watertight doors are not permitted:
(1) A plate door secured only by bolts; and
(2) A door required to be closed by dropping or by the action of
dropping weights.
(c) Whenever a door of a particular class is prescribed by these
regulations, a door of a class bearing a higher number may be used.
46 CFR 170.255 Class 1 doors; permissible locations.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
Class 1 doors within passenger, crew, and working spaces are permitted
only above a deck, the molded line of which, at its lowest point at
side, is at least 7 feet (2.14 meters) above the deepest load line.
(b) Class 1 doors are permitted within passenger, crew, and working
spaces, wherever located, if --
(1) In the judgment of the OCMI, the door is in a location where it
will be closed at all times except when actually in use; and
(2) The vessel is less than 150 gross tons and will not proceed more
than 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) from shore; or
(3) The vessel is in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service.
(c) Class 1 doors are permitted in any location on a vessel that --
(1) Is less than 100 gross tons; and
(2) Will operate only in the offshore oil industry trade.
(d) Quick-acting Class 1 doors are permitted in any location on a
vessel that operates on the Great Lakes and is required to meet the
damage stability standards of subpart H of part 172 of this chapter.
(e) For vessels required to meet the damage stability standards of
subpart H of this chapter, when Class 1 doors are installed below a deck
the molded line of which at its lowest point at side is less than 7 feet
(2.14 meters) above the deepest load line, an indicator light for each
door which warns when the door is open must be installed on the bridge.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 80-159, 51
FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986)
46 CFR 170.260 Class 2 doors; permissible locations.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a
Class 2 door is permitted only if --
(1) Its sill is above the deepest load line; and
(2) It is not a door described in 170.265(d).
(b) If passenger spaces are located below the bulkhead deck, Class 2
doors with sills below the deepest load line may be used if --
(1) The number of watertight doors located below the deepest load
line that are used intermittently during operation of the vessel does
not exceed two, and;
(2) The doors provide access to or are within spaces containing
machinery.
(c) If no passenger spaces are located below the bulkhead deck, Class
2 doors may be used if the number of watertight doors located below the
deepest load line that are used intermittently during operation of the
vessel does not exceed five.
(d) In determining whether Class 2 doors are allowed under paragraph
(c) of this section, the watertight doors at the entrance to shaft
tunnels need not be counted. If Class 2 doors are allowed under
paragraph (c) of this section, the doors at the entrance to shaft
tunnels may also be Class 2.
46 CFR 170.265 Class 3 doors; required locations.
The following doors must always be Class 3:
(a) Doors in all locations not addressed in 170.255 and 170.260.
(b) Doors between coal bunkers below the bulkhead deck that must be
opened at sea.
(c) Doors into trunkways that pass through more than one main
transverse watertight bulkhead if the dmor sills are less than 2.14
meters above the deepest load line.
(d) Doors below a deck, the molded line of which, at its lowest point
at side, is not at least 7 feet (2.14 meters) above the deepest load
line if --
(1) The vessel is engaged on a short international voyage as defined
in 171.010 of this subchapter; and
(2) The vessel is required by 171.065 of this subchapter to have a
factor of subdivision of 0.05 or less.
46 CFR 170.270 Door design, operation, installation, and testing.
(a) Each Class 1 door must have a quick action closing device
operative from both sides of the door.
(b) Each Class 1 door on a vessel in ocean service must be designed
to withstand a head of water equivalent to the depth from the sill of
the door to the margin line but in no case less than 10 feet (3.05
meters).
(c) Each Class 2 and Class 3 door must --
(1) Be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with
ASTM F-1196;
(2) Have controls in accordance with ASTM F-1197; and
(3) If installed in a subdivision bulkhead, meet Supplemental
Requirements Nos. S1 and S3 of ASTM F-1196, unless the watertight doors
are built in accordance with plans previously approved by the Coast
Guard, in which case, only Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1 and S3.1.4
of ASTM F-1196 must be met. In either case, control systems for
watertight doors must have power supplies, power sources, installation
tests and inspection, and additional remote operating consoles in
accordance with Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1 through S4 of ASTM
F-1197.
(d) Installations of sliding watertight door assemblies must be in
accordance with the following:
(1) Before a sliding watertight door assembly is installed in a
vessel, the bulkhead in the vicinity of the door opening must be
stiffened. Such bulkhead stiffeners, or deck reinforcement where flush
deck door openings are desired, must not be less than 6 inches nor more
than 12 inches from the door frame so that an unstiffened diaphragm of
bulkhead plating 6 to 12 inches wide is provided completely around the
door frame. Where such limits cannot be maintained, alternative
installations will be considered by the Marine Safety Center. In
determining the scantlings of these bulkhead stiffeners, the door frame
should not be considered as contributing to the strength of the
bulkhead. Provision must also be made to adequately support the thrust
bearings and other equipment that may be mounted on the bulkhead or
deck.
(2) Sliding watertight door frames must be either bolted or welded
watertight to the bulkhead.
(i) If bolted, a suitable thin heat and fire resistant gasket or
suitable compound must be used between the bulkhead and the frame for
watertightness. The bulkhead plating must be worked to a plane surface
in way of the frame when mounting.
(ii) If welded, caution must be exercised in the welding process so
that the door frame is not distorted.
(e) For each watertight door, an indicator must be installed in the
pilothouse and at each other vessel operating station from which the
door is not visible. The indicator must show whether the door is open
or closed.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56
FR 35828, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 170.275 Special requirements for cargo space watertight doors.
(a) A door between cargo spaces --
(1) Must not be designed for remote operation;
(2) Must be located as high as practicable; and
(3) Must be located as far inboard of the side shell as practicable
but in no case closer to the side shell than one-fifth of the beam of
the vessel where the beam is measured at right angles to the centerline
of the vessel at the level of the deepest load line.
(b) If the door is accessible while the ship is in operation, it must
have installed a lock or other device that prevents unauthorized
opening.
(c) Before installing a watertight door in a cargo space, approval
must be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51010, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 170.275 Subpart I -- Free Surface
46 CFR 170.285 Free surface correction for intact stability
calculations.
(a) When doing the intact stability calculations required by this
subchapter, the virtual increase in the vessel's vertical center of
gravity due to liquids in tanks must be determined by calculating --
(1) For each type of consumable liquid, the maximum free surface
effect of at least one transverse pair of wing tanks or a single
centerline tank; and
(2) The maximum free surface effect of each partially filled tank
containing non-consumable liquids.
(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the tank or
combination of tanks selected must be those having the greatest free
surface effect.
46 CFR 170.290 Free surface correction for damage stability
calculations.
(a) When doing the damage stability calculations required by this
subchapter, the virtual increase in the vessel's vertical center of
gravity due to liquids in tanks must be determined by calculating --
(1) For each type of consumable liquid, the free surface effect of at
least one transverse pair of wing tanks or a single centerline tank;
and
(2) The free surface effect of each partially filled tank containing
other than consumable liquids.
(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the tank or
combination of tanks selected must be those having the greatest free
surface effect.
(c) When doing the calculations in paragraph (a) of this section, the
free surface effect of a liquid in a tank must be determined by --
(1) Assuming the vessel is heeled five degrees from the vertical; or
(2) Calculating the shift of the center of gravity of the liquid in
the tank by the moment of transference method.
46 CFR 170.295 Special consideration for free surface of passive roll
stabilization tanks.
(a) The virtual increase in the vertical center of gravity due to a
liquid in a roll stabilization tank may be calculated in accordance with
paragraph (b) of this section if --
(1) The virtual increase in the vertical center of gravity of the
vessel is calculated in accordance with 170.285(a); and
(2) The slack surface in the roll stabilization tank is reduced
during vessel motions because of the shape of the tank or the amount of
liquid in the tank.
(b) The virtual rise in the vertical center of gravity calculated in
accordance with 170.285(a) for a stabilization tank may be reduced in
accordance with the following equation:
where --
E.F.S. = the effective free surface.
F.F.S. = the full free surface calculated in accordance with
170.285(a).
K = the reduction factor calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)
of this section.
(c) The factor (K) must be calculated as follows:
(1) Plot (I/d)tan T on Graph 170.295 where --
(i) (I) is the moment of inertia of the free surface in the roll
tank;
(ii) (d) is the density of the liquid in the roll tank; and
(iii) (T) is the angle of heel.
(2) Plot the moments of transference of the liquid in the roll tank
on Graph 170.295.
(3) Construct a line A on Graph 170.295 so that the area under line A
between T = 0 and the angle at which the deck edge is immersed or 28
degrees, whichever is smaller, is equal to the area under the curve of
actual moments of transference between the same angles.
(4) The factor (K) is calculated by determining the ratio of the
ordinate of line A to the ordinate of the curve of (I/d)tan T, both
measured at the angle at which the deck edge is immersed or 28 degrees,
whichever is smaller.
insert illus 58 0132
46 CFR 170.300 Special consideration for free surface of spoil in
hopper dredge hoppers.
The calculations required by this subchapter for each self-propelled
hopper dredge must include --
(a) The free surface effect of consumable liquids and the free
surface effect of the dredged spoil in the hoppers; and
(b) Either of the following assumptions when performing the
calculations required by 174.310(b) of this chapter:
(1) If the dredged spoil is assumed to be jettisoned, the free
surface of the dredged spoil may be disregarded.
(2) If the dredged spoil is not assumed to be jettisoned. the free
surface of the dredged spoil must be calculated.
(CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 170.300 Pt. 171
46 CFR 170.300 PART 171 -- SPECIAL RULES PERTAINING TO VESSELS CARRYING PASSENGERS
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart A -- General
Sec.
171.001 Applicability.
171.010 Definitions.
171.015 Location of margin line.
171.017 One and two compartment standards of flooding.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart B -- Small Vessels
171.020 Specific applicability.
171.030 Intact stability requirements for a machanically propelled or
a nonself-propelled vessel.
171.035 Intact stability requirements for a sailing vessel or an
auxiliary sailing vessel.
171.040 Watertight subdivision.
171.043 Simplified method of spacing main transverse watertight
bulkheads.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart C -- Large Vessels
171.045 Specific applicability.
171.050 Intact stability requirements for a mechanically propelled or
a nonself-propelled vessel.
171.055 Intact stability requirements for a monohull sailing vessel
or a monohull auxiliary sailing vessel.
171.057 Intact stability requirements for a sailing catamaran.
171.060 Watertight subdivision: general.
171.065 Subdivision requirements -- Type I.
171.066 Calculation of permeability for Type I subdivision.
171.067 Treatment of stepped and recessed bulkheads in Type I
subdivision.
171.068 Special considerations for Type I subdivision for vessels on
short international voyages.
171.070 Subdivision requirements -- Type II.
171.072 Calculation of permeability for Type II subdivision.
171.073 Treatment of stepped and recessed bulkheads in Type II
subdivision.
171.075 Subdivision requirements -- Type III.
171.080 Damage stability standards for vessels with Type I or Type II
subdivision.
171.082 Damage stability standards for vessels with Type III
subdivision.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart D -- Additional Subdivision Requirements
171.085 Collision bulkhead.
171.090 Aft peak bulkhead.
171.095 Machinery space bulkhead.
171.100 Shaft tunnels and stern tubes.
171.105 Double bottoms.
171.106 Wells in double bottoms.
171.108 Manholes in double bottoms.
171.109 Watertight floors in double bottoms.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart E -- Penetrations and Openings in Watertight
Bulkheads
171.110 Specific applicability.
171.111 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in vessels
of 100 gross tons or more.
171.112 Watertight door openings.
171.113 Trunks.
171.114 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in a vessel
less than 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart F -- Openings in the Side of a Vessel Below the
Bulkhead or Weather Deck
171.115 Specific applicability.
171.116 Port lights.
171.117 Dead covers.
171.118 Automatic ventilators and side ports.
171.119 Openings below the weather deck in the side of a vessel less
than 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart G -- Watertight Integrity Above the Margin Line
171.120 Specific applicability.
171.122 Watertight integrity above the margin line in a vessel of 100
gross tons or more.
171.124 Watertight integrity above the margin line in a vessel less
than 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart H -- Drainage of Weather Decks
171.130 Specific applicability.
171.135 Weather deck drainage on a vessel of 100 gross tmns or more.
171.140 Drainage of a flush deck vessel.
171.145 Drainage of a vessel with a cockpit.
171.150 Drainage of a vessel with a well deck.
171.155 Drainage of an open boat.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR,
1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 170.300 Subpart A -- General
46 CFR 171.001 Applicability.
(a) This part applies to passenger vessels inspected under Subchapter
T or H of this chapter.
(b) Specific sections of this part also apply to nautical school
ships, sailing school vessels, oceanographic vessels, and nuclear
vessels. The applicable sections are listed in subparts C and D of part
173 and subpart D of part 174 of this subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 923, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 171.010 Definitions.
(a) Cockpit means an exposed recess in the weather deck extending no
more than one-half of the length of the vessel (LMD) measured over the
weather deck.
(b) Deepest subdivision load line means the waterline that
corresponds to the deepest draft permitted by the applicable subdivision
requirements in this part.
(c) Equivalent plane bulkhead means a bulkhead that is --
(1) Used in lieu of a recessed or stepped bulkhead when doing the
subdivision calculations required in this part; and
(2) Located as shown in Figure 171.010(a).
(d) Ferry means a vessel that --
(1) Operates in rivers or lakes, bays, and sounds service only;
(2) Has provisions only for deck passengers or vehicles, or both;
(3) Operates on a frequent schedule between two points over the most
direct water route; and
(4) Offers a public service of a type normally attributed to a bridge
or tunnel.
(e) Floodable length means the length of a shell to shell segment of
the vessel that, when flooded, will sink and trim the vessel until the
margin line is tangent to the waterline.
(f) Flush deck means a continuous weather deck located at the
uppermost sheer line of the hull.
(g) International voyage has the same meaning provided for the term
in 70.05-10 of this chapter.
(h) Machinery space means, unless otherwise prescribed by the
Commandant for unusual arrangements, the space extending from the molded
base line to the margin line and between the main transverse watertight
bulkheads bounding the following spaces:
(1) Each space containing main and auxiliary propelling machinery.
(2) Each space containing propulsion boilers.
(3) Each space containing permanent coal bunkers.
(i) Open boat means a vessel not protected from entry of water by
means of a complete deck, or by a combination of a partial weather deck
and superstructure which is seaworthy for the waters upon which the
vessel operates.
(j) Passenger space means a space which is provided for the
accommodation and use of passengers, other than a baggage, store,
provision or mail room.
(k) Recessed bulkhead means a bulkhead that is recessed as shown by
bulkhead B in Figure 171.010(b).
(l) Short international voyage means an international voyage where --
(1) A vessel is not more than 200 nautical miles (370 kilometers)
from a port or place in which the passengers and crew could be placed in
safety; and
(2) The total distance between the last port of call in the country
in which the voyage began and the final port of destination does not
exceed 600 nautical miles (1111 kilometers).
(m) Stepped bulkhead means a bulkhead that is stepped as shown by
bulkhead A in Figure 171.010(b).
insert illus 58 0138
(n) Well deck means a weather deck fitted with solid bulwarks that
impede the drainage of water over the sides or an exposed recess in the
weather deck extending one-half or more of the length of the vessel
(LOD) measured over the weather deck.
46 CFR 171.015 Location of margin line.
(a) A vessel with a continuous bulkhead deck and sufficient sheer.
If the average value of the sheer at the forward perpendicular (FP) and
the after perpendicular (AP) is at least 12 inches (30.5 cm), the margin
line must be located no less than 3 inches (7.6 cm) below the upper
surface of the bulkhead deck at side as illustrated in Figure
171.015(a).
(b) A vessel with a continuous bulkhead deck and insufficient sheer.
If the average value of the sheer at the forward perpendicular (FP) and
the after perpendicular (AP) is less than 12 inches (30.5 cm), the
margin line must be a parabolic curve with the following
characteristics:
(1) The parabolic curve must be at least 3 inches (7.6 cm) below the
upper surface of the bulkhead deck at the FP and AP.
(2) The parabolic curve must be at least the distance given in Table
171.015 below the surface of the bulkhead deck amidships.
(3) Intermediate values not shown in Table 171.015 must be
interpolated.
(4) Figure 171.015(b) illustrates a margin line drawn in this manner.
(c) A vessel with a discontinuous bulkhead deck. A continuous margin
line must be drawn that is no more than 3 inches (7.6 cm) below the
upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side as illustrated in Figure
171.015(c).
(d) A vessel with a discontinuous bulkhead deck where the side shell
is carried watertight to a higher deck. A continuous margin line must
be drawn as illustrated in Figure 171.015(d).
46 CFR 171.017 One and two compartment standards of flooding.
(a) One compartment standard of flooding. A vessel is designed to a
one compartment standard of flooding if the margin line is not submerged
when the total buoyancy between each set of two adjacent main transverse
watertight bulkheads is lost.
(b) Two compartment standard of flooding. A vessel is designed to a
two compartment standard of flooding if the margin line is not submerged
when the total buoyancy between each set of three adjacent main
transverse watertight bulkheads is lost.
46 CFR 171.017 Subpart B -- Small Vessels
46 CFR 171.020 Specific applicability.
(a) Except as provide in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart
applies to each vessel that is less than 100 gross tons, less than 65
feet (19.8 meters) LOD measured over the weather deck, ald carries 150
or less passengers.
(b) This subpart does not apply to a vessel described in paragraph
(a) of this section that carries more than 12 passengers on an
international voyage.
46 CFR 171.030 Intact stability requiremelts for a mechanically
propelled or a non-self-propelled vessel.
(a) This section applies to each vessel, exc passengers;
(2) The stability of which is questioned by the OCMI; or
(3) Is permitted an increased passenger allowance by 176.01-25(b) of
this chapter.
(b) Each vessel must --
(1) Comply with 170.170 and 171.050 of this subchapter; or
(2) Perform the test in paragraph (d) of this section in the presence
of the OCMI.
(c) Each vessel must be in the following condition when the test in
paragraph (d) is performed:
(1) The construction of the vessel must be complete in all respects.
(2) Ballast, if necessary, must be solid and must be on board and in
place.
(3) Fuel and water tanks must be approximately three-quarters full.
(4) The weight of passengers and other loads must be onboard and
distributed so as to provide normal operating trim and to simulate the
vertical center of gravity causing the least stable condition that is
likely to occur in service. The number of passengers used in
determining the total passenger weight must not be more than the maximum
number permitted by 176.01-25 of this chapter.
(5) If a vessel has non-return closures on cockpit scuppers or on
weather deck drains, the closures must be kept open during the test.
(d) Each vessel must not exceed the limitations in paragraph (e) of
this section, when subjected to the greater of the following heeling
moments:
where --
Mp=Passenger heeling moment in foot-lbs. (kilogram-meters).
W=the total passenger weight. (Assume 140 lbs. (63.5 kg) per
passenger on protected waters when passenger load consists of men,
women, and children. Assume 160 lbs. (72.6 kg) per passenger all other
times.)
B=The maximum transverse distance that is accessible to the
passengers in feet (meters).
Mw=Wind heeling moment in foot-lbs. (kilogram-meters).
P=A wind pressure of --
(1) 7.5 lbs./square foot (36.6 kg/square meter) for operation in
protected waters;
(2) 10.0 lbs/square foot (48.8 kg/square meter) for operation in
partially protected waters; and
(3) 15.0 lbs./square foot (73.2 kg/square meter) for operation in
exposed waters.
A=Area, in square feet (square meters), of the projected lateral
surface of the vessel above the waterline (this surface includes each
projected area of the hull, superstructure and area bounded by railings
and structural canopies).
H=Height, in feet (meters), to the center of area (A) above the
waterline.
(e) Each vessel must not exceed the following limits of heel when
doing the test in paragraph (d) of this section:
(1) On a flush deck or well deck vessel, no more than one half the
freeboard may be immersed, except that, on a well deck vessel that
operates on protected waters and has scuppers, the full freeboard may be
immersed if the full freeboard is not more than one quarter of the
distance from the waterline to the gunwale.
(2) On a cockpit boat, the maximum allowable immersion is calculated
from the following equation:
(i) On exposed waters --
(ii) On protected or partially protected waters --
Where --
i=maximum allowable immersion in feet (meters).
f=freeboard in feet (meters).
L=LOD, measured over the weather deck, in feet (meters).
L'=length of cockpit in feet (meters).
(3) On an open boat, no more than one-quarter of the freeboard may be
immersed.
(4) In no case may the angle of heel exceed 14 degrees.
(f) The limits of heel must be measured at --
(1) The point of minimum freeboard; or
(2) At a point three quarters of the vessel's length from the bow if
the point of minimum freeboard is aft of this point.
(g) Each ferry must also be tested in a manner acceptable to the OCMI
to determine whether the trim or heel during loading or unloading will
submerge the deck edge. A ferry passes this test if the deck edge is
not submerged during loading or unloading.
(h) When demonstrating compliance with paragraph (e) of this section,
the freeboard must be measured as follows:
(1) For a flush deck or well deck vessel, the freeboard must be
measured to the top of the weatherdeck at the side of the vessel.
(2) For a vessel with a cockpit or for an open boat, the freeboard
must be measured to the top of the gunwale.
46 CFR 171.035 Intact stability requirements for a sailing vessel or an
auxiliary sailing vessel.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each of the
following sailing vessels and auxiliary sailing vessels must meet the
intact stability standards of 170.170 and 171.055 of this subchapter:
(1) A vessel to be operated in exposed waters.
(2) A vessel to be operated during non-daylight hours.
(3) A vessel of unusual type, rig, or hull form.
(4) A vessel that carries more than 49 passengers.
(5) A sailing school vessel that carries a combined total of six or
more sailing school students or instructors.
(b) A catamaran must meet the intact stability requirements of
170.170 and 171.057 of this subchapter.
(c) Each sailing vessel and auxiliary sailing vessel not listed in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must comply with the requirements
in paragraphs (d) through (h).
(d) Each vessel operating in partially protected waters must have a
self-bailing cockpit.
(e) The OCMI determines whether the vessel has adequate stability for
protected waters or partially protected waters. When making this
determination, the analysis techniques of paragraph (f) or (g) of this
section are used unless the OCMI determines that other analysis
techniques are more appropriate.
(f) Operational tests may be performed to assure that the vessel
shows satisfactory handling characteristics under sail.
(g) The simplified stability test of 171.030 may be used. The
heeling moment used for this test must be the greater of the following:
(1) Passenger heeling moment from 171.030.
(2) Wind heeling moment from 171.030 under bare poles, or, if the
vessel has no auxiliary power, with storm sails set.
(3) Wind heeling moment calculated from the following equation:
where --
Mw=wind heeling moment in foot-lbs. (kilogram-meters).
A=the windage area of the vessel in square feet (square meters) with
all sail set and trimmed flat.
H=the distance in feet (meters) from the center of the windage area
to the waterline.
P=1.0 lbs./square foot (4.9 kilograms/square meter) for both
protected and partially protected waters.
(h) Additional or different stability requirements may be needed for
a broad, shallow draft vessel with little or no ballast outside the
hull. The additional requirements, if needed, will be prescribed by the
appropriate Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.040 Watertight subdivision.
(a) Each vessel that carries more than 49 passengers must comply with
the following:
(1) Each vessel must have a collision bulkhead.
(2) If the vessel is designed to comply with 171.030(b)(1), it must
also meet the subdivision and damage stability requirements in 171.070
and 171.080.
(3) If the vessel is designed to comply with 171.030(b)(2), the main
transverse watertight bulkheads must be spaced in accordance with
171.043.
(b) Each vessel that does not carry more than 49 passengers must have
a collision bulkhead unless it is --
(1) Less than 40 feet (12 meters) in length and operated on partially
protected waters; or
(2) Operated on other than ocean waters.
(c) Insofar as practicable, watertight bulkheads must be installed in
one plane without steps or recesses.
(d) Each double-ended ferry that is required by paragraphs (a) or (b)
of this section to have a collision bulkhead must also have a second
collision bulkhead. One collision bulkhead must be located in each end
of the vessel.
46 CFR 171.043 Simplified method of spacing main transverse watertight
bulkheads.
(a) The maximum distance between adjacent main transverse watertight
bulkheads on vessels required by 171.040(a)(3) to comply with this
section, must not be greater than the smaller of the following:
(1) One-third of LOD measured over the bulkhead deck; or
(2) The distance given by the following equation:
where --
d=the maximum distance in feet (meters) between adjacent main
transverse watertight bulkheads.
f=the effective freeboard in feet (meters) calculated for each pair
of adjacent bulkheads in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
L=LOD in feet (meters) measured over the bulkhead deck.
F=the floodable length factor from Table 171.043.
D=the distance in feet (meters) from the inside of the shell plating
or planking to the point of intersection of the bulkhead deck and side
shell when measured amidships at a point one-quarter of the maximum
beam, amidships, from the centerline as shown in Figure 171.043(a).
(b) The effective freeboard for each compartment is calculated by the
following equation:
where --
f=the effective freeboard in feet (meters).
a=the freeboard in feet (meters) measured --
(1) at the forward main transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2) from the deepest load line to --
(i) the top of the bulkhead deck on a flush deck vessel; or
(ii) if a vessel has a stepped bulkhead deck, the line shown in
Figure 171.043(b); or
(iii) if a vessel has an opening port light below the bulkhead deck,
the line shown in Figure 171.043(c).
b=the freeboard in feet (meters) measured --
(1) at the aft main transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2) from the deepest load line to --
(i) the top of the bulkhead deck on a flush deck vessel; or
(ii) if a vessel has a stepped bulkhead deck, the line shown in
Figure 171.043(b); or
(iii) if a vessel has an opening port light below the bulkhead deck,
the line shown in Figure 171.043(c).
Insert illus. 580 153
Insert illus. 580 154
46 CFR 171.043 Subpart C -- Large Vessels
46 CFR 171.045 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each vessel that fits into any one of the
following categories:
(a) Greater than 100 gross tons.
(b) Greater than 65 feet (19.8 meters) in length.
(c) Carries more than 12 passengers on an international voyage.
(d) Carries more than 150 passengers.
(e) The stability of which is questioned by the OCMI.
46 CFR 171.050 Intact stability requirements for a mechanically
propelled or nonself-propelled vessel.
Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to have a
metacentric height (GM) in feet (meters) in each condition of loading
and operation, that is not less than the value given by the following
equation:
where --
N=number of passengers.
W=displacement of the vessel in long (metric) tons.
T=14 degrees or the angle of heel at which the deck edge is first
submerged, whichever is less.
b=distance in feet (meters) from the centerline of the vessel to the
geometric center of the passenger deck on one side of the centerline.
K=24 passengers/long ton (23.6 passengers/metric ton).
46 CFR 171.055 Intact stability requirements for a monohull sailing
vessel or a monohull auxiliary sailing vessel.
(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, each
monohull sailing vessel and auxiliary sailing vessel must be shown by
design calculations to meet the stability requirements in this section.
(b) Additional or different stability requirements may be needed for
a vessel of unusual form, proportion, or rig. The additional
requirements, if needed, will be prescribed by the Commandant.
(c) Each vessel must have positive righting arms in each condition of
loading and operation from --
(1) 0 to at least 70 degrees of heel for service on protected or
partially protected waters; and
(2) 0 to at least 90 degrees of heel for service on exposed waters.
(d) Each vessel must be designed to satisfy the following equations:
(1) For a vessel in service on protected or partially protected
waters --
where --
X=1.0 long tons/sq. ft. (10.9 metric tons/sq. meter).
Y=1.1 long tons/sq. ft. (12.0 metric tons/sq. meter).
Z=1.25 long tons/sq. ft. (13.7 metric tons/sq. meter).
(2) For a vessel on exposed waters --
where --
HZA, HZB, and HZC are calculated in the manner specified in paragraph
(e) or (f) of this section.
X=1.5 long tons/sq. ft. (16.4 metric tons/sq. meter).
Y=1.7 long tons/sq. ft. (18.6 metric tons/sq. meter).
Z=1.9 long tons/sq. ft. (20.8 metric tons/sq. meter).
A=the projected lateral area or silhouette in square feet (meters) of
the portion of the vessel above the waterline computed with all sail set
and trimmed flat. Sail overlap areas need not be included except
parachute type spinnakers which are to be added regardless of overlap.
H=the vertical distance in feet (meters) from the center of A to the
center of the underwater lateral area or approximately to the one-half
draft point.
W=the displacement of the vessel in long (metric) tons.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, HZA, HZB,
and HZC must be determined as follows for each condition of loading and
operation:
(1) Plot the righting arm curve on Graphs 171.005 (b), (c), and (d)
or (e).
(2) If the angle at which the maximum righting arm occurs is less
than 35 degrees, the righting arm curve must be truncated as shown on
Graph 171.055(a).
(3) Plot an assumed heeling arm curve on Graph 171.055(b) that
satisfies the following conditions:
(i) The assumed heeling arm curve must be defined by the equation --
where --
HZ=heeling arm.
HZA=heeling arm at 0 degrees of heel.
T=angle of heel.
(ii) The first intercept shown on Graph 171.055(b) must occur at the
angle of heel corresponding to the angle at which deck edge immersion
first occurs.
(4) Plot an assumed heeling arm curve on Graph 171.055(c) that
satisfies the following conditions:
(i) The assumed heeling arm curve must be defined by the equation --
where --
HZ=heeling arm.
HZB=heeling arm at 0 degrees of heel.
T=angle of heel.
(ii) The area under the assumed heeling arm curve between 0 degrees
and the downflooding angle or 60 degrees, whichever is less, must be
equal to the area under the righting arm curve between the same limiting
angles.
(5) Plot an assumed heeling arm curve on Graph 171.055 (d) or (e)
that satisfies the following conditions:
(i) The assumed heeling arm curve must be defined by --
where --
HZ=heeling arm.
HZC=heeling arm at 0 degrees of heel.
T=angle of heel.
(ii) The area under the assumed heeling arm curve between the angles
of 0 and 90 degrees must be equal to the area under the righting arm
curve between 0 degrees and --
(A) 90 degrees if the righting arms are positive to an angle less
than or equal to 90 degrees; or
(B) The largest angle corresponding to a positive righting arm but no
more than 120 degrees if the righting arms are positive to an angle
greater than 90 degrees.
(6) The values of HZA, HZB, and HZC are read directly from Graphs
171.055 (b), (c), and (d) or (e).
(f) For the purpose of this section, the downflooding angle means the
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
waterline in calm water to the first opening that cannot be rapidly
closed watertight.
(g) HZB and, if the righting arms are positive to an angle of 90
degrees or greater, HZC may be computed from the following equation:
where --
I=the area under the righting arm curve to --
(1) the downflooding angle or 60 degrees, whichever is less, when
computing HZB; or
(2) the largest angle corresponding to a positive righting arm or 90
degrees, whichever is greater, but no greater than 120 degrees when
computing HZC.
T=the downflooding angle or 60 degrees, whichever is less, when
computing HZB or 90 degrees when computing HZC.
Insert illus. 58 0161
Insert illus. 58 0162
Insert illus. 58 0163
Insert illus. 58 0164
Insert illus. 58 0165
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51,
FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 171.057 Intact stability requirements for a sailing catamaran.
(a) A sailing vessel that operates on protected waters must be
designed to satisfy the following equation:
where --
B=the distance between hull centerlines in feet (meters).
As=sail area in square feet (square meters).
Hm=the mast height above the deck in feet (meters).
W=the combined displacement of both hulls in lbs. (kilograms).
X=1.0 lbs./sq. ft. (4.88 kilograms/sq. meter).
(b) A sailing vessel that operates on partially protected or exposed
waters must be designed to satisfy the following equation:
where --
B=the distance between hull centerlines in feet (meters).
As=sail area in square feet (square meters).
Hm=the mast height above the deck in feet (meters).
W=the combined displacement of both hulls in lbs. (kilograms).
X=1.5 lbs./sq. ft. (7.32 kilograms/sq. meter).
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-005, 51
FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 171.060 Watertight subdivision: General.
46 CFR (a) Each of the following vessels must be shown by design calculations to comply with the requirements in 171.065 through 171.068 for Type I subdivision or 171.075 for Type III subdivision:
(a) Each of the following vessels must be shown by design calculations to comply with the requirements in 171.065 through 171.068 for Type I subdivision or 171.075 for Type III subdivision
46 CFR (1) Each vessel 100 gross tons or more on an international voyage: and
(2) Each vessel 150 gross tons or more in ocean service.
(b) Each vessel not described in paragraph (a) of this section must be shown by design calculations to comply with the requirements in 171.070 to 171.073 for Type II subdivision.
(c) Except as allowed in 171.070(c), each vessel must have a collision bulkhead.
(d) Each double-ended ferry that is required by paragraph (c) of this section to have a collision bulkhead must also have a second collision bulkhead. One collision bulkhead must be located in each end of the vessel.
46 CFR 171.065 Subdivision requirements -- Type I.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (f) of this section, the
separation between main transverse watertight bulkheads on a vessel,
other than one described in paragraph (b) of this section, must not
exceed --
(floodable length) X (factor of subdivision)
where --
the factor of subdivision is listed under FS in Table 171.065(a).
(b) The factor of subdivision used to determine compliance with
paragraph (a) of this section must be the smaller of 0.5 or the value
determined from Table 171.065(a) if --
(1) The vessel is 430 feet (131 meters) or more in LBP; and
(2) The greater of the values of Y as determined by the following
equations equals or exceeds the value of X in Table 171.065(b):
or
where --
M, V, and P have the same value as listed in Table 171.065(a); and
P1=the smaller of the following:
(i) 0.6LN (0.056LN) where --
N=the total number of passengers; and
L=LBP in feet (meters).
(ii) The greater of the following:
(A) 0.4LN (0.037LN).
(B) The sum of P and the total volume of passenger spaces above the
margin line.
(c) The distance A in Figure 171.065 between main transverse
watertight bulkheads may exceed the maximum allowed by paragraphs (a) or
(b) of this section if each of the distances B and C between adjacent
main transverse watertight bulkheads in Figure 171.065 does not exceed
the smaller of the following:
(1) The floodable length.
(2) Twice the separation allowed by paragraphs (a) or (b) of this
section.
(d) In each vessel 330 feet (100 meters) or more in LBP, one of the
main transverse watertight bulkheads aft of the collision bulkhead must
be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular that is not
greater than the maximum separation allowed by paragraph (a) or (b) of
this section.
(e) The minimum separation between two adjacent main transverse
watertight bulkheads must be at least 10 feet (3.05 meters) plus 3
percent of the LBP of the vessel, or 35 feet (10.7 meters), whichever is
less.
(f) The maximum separation of bulkheads allowed by paragraphs (a) or
(b) of this section may be increased by the amount allowed in paragraph
(g) of this section if --
(1) The space between two adjacent main transverse watertight
bulkheads contains internal watertight volume; and
(2) After the assumed side damage specified in paragraph (h) of this
section is applied, the internal watertight volume will not be flooded.
(g) For the purpose of paragraph (f) of this section, the allowable
increase in separation is as follows:
where --
''total volume of allowed local subdivision'' is determined by
calculating the unflooded volume on each side of the centerline and
multiplying the smaller volume by two.
(h) The assumed extents of side damage are as follows:
(1) The longitudinal extent of damage must be assumed to extend over
a length equal to the minimum spacing of bulkheads specified in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(2) The transverse extent of damage must be assumed to penetrate a
distance from the shell plating equal to one-fifth the maximum beam of
the vessel and at right angles to the centerline at the level of the
deepest subdivision load line.
(3) The vertical extent of damage must be assumed to extend
vertically from the baseline to the margin line.
(i) The maximum separation between the following bulkheads must not
exceed the maximum separation between main transverse watertight
bulkheads:
(1) The collision bulkhead and the first main transverse watertight
bulkhead aft of the collision bulkhead; and
(2) The last main transverse watertight bulkhead and the aftermost
point on the bulkhead deck.
(j) The minimum separation between the following bulkheads must not
be less than the minimum separation between main transverse watertight
bulkheads:
(1) The collision bulkhead and the first main transverse watertight
bulkhead aft of the collision bulkhead; and
(2) The last main transverse watertight bulkhead and the aftermost
point on the bulkhead deck.
46 CFR 171.066 Calculation of permeability for Type I subdivision.
(a) Except as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the
following permeabilities must be used when doing the calculations
required to demonstrate compliance with 171.065(a), (b), and (c):
(1) When doing calculations required to demonstrate compliance with
171.065(a) and (b), the uniform average permeability given by the
formulas in Table 171.066 must be used.
(2) When doing calculations required to demonstrate that compartments
on opposite sides of a main transverse watertight bulkhead that bounds
the machinery space comply with 171.065(c), the mean of the uniform
average permeabilities determined from Table 171.066 for the two
compartments must be used.
(b) If an average permeability can be calculated that is less than
that given by the formulas in Table 171.066, the lesser value may be
substituted if approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
When determining this lesser value, the following permeabilities must
be used:
(1) 95% for passenger, crew, and all other spaces that, in the full
load condition, normally contain no cargo, stores, provisions, or mail.
(2) 60% for cargo, stores, provisions, or mail spaces.
(3) 85% for spaces containing machinery.
(4) Values approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center
for double bottoms, oil fuel, and other tanks.
(c) In the case of unusual arrangements, the Commanding Officer,
Marine Safety Center may require a detailed calculation of average
permeability for the portions of the vessel forward or aft of the
machinery spaces. When doing these calculations, the permeabilities
specified in paragraph (b) of this section must be used.
(d) When calculating permeability, the total volume of the 'tween
deck spaces between two adjacent main transverse watertight bulkheads
that contains any passenger or crew space must be regarded as passenger
space volume, except that the volume of any space that is completely
enclosed in steel buldheads and is not a crew or passenger space may be
excluded.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.067 Treatment of stepped and recessed bulkheads in Type I
subdivision.
(a) For the purpose of this section --
(1) The main transverse watertight bulkhead immediately forward of a
stepped bulkhead is referred to as bulkhead 1; and
(2) The main transverse watertight bulkhead immediately aft of the
stepped bulkhead is referred to as bulkhead 3.
(b) If a main transverse watertight bulkhead is stepped, it and
bulkheads 1 and 3 must meet one of the following conditions:
(1) The separation between bulkheads 1 and 3 must not exceed the
following:
(i) If the factor of subdivision (FS) determined from 171.065 (a) or
(b) is greater than 0.9, the distance between bulkheads 1 and 3 must not
exceed the maximum separation calculated to demonstrate compliance with
171.065.
(ii) If the factor of subdivision is 0.9 or less, the distance
between bulkheads 1 and 3 must not exceed 90% of the floodable length or
twice the maximum bulkhead separation calculated to demonstrate
compliance with 171.065, whichever is smaller.
(2) Additional watertight bulkheads must be located as shown in
Figure 171.067(a) so that distances A, B, C, and D, illustrated in
Figure 171.067(a), satisfy the following:
(i) Distances A and B must not exceed the maximum spacing allowed by
171.065.
(ii) Distances C and D must not be less than the minimum separation
prescribed by 171.065(e).
(3) The distance A, illustrated in Figure 171.067(b), must not exceed
the maximum length determined in 171.065 corresponding to a margin line
taken 3 inches (7.6 cm) below the step.
(c) A main transverse bulkhead may not be recessed unless all parts
of the recess are inboard from the shell of the vessel a distance A as
illustrated in Figure 171.067(c).
(d) Any part of a recess that lies outside the limits defined in
paragraph (c) of this section must be treated as a step in accordance
with paragraph (b) of this section.
(e) The distance between a main transverse watertight bulkhead and
the transverse plane passing through the nearest portion of a recessed
bulkhead must be greater than the minimum separation specified by
171.065(e).
(f) If a main transverse bulkhead is stepped or recessed, equivalent
plane bulkheads must be used in the calculations required to demonstrate
compliance with 171.065.
Insert illus. 58 0178
Insert illus. 58 0179
46 CFR 171.068 Special considerations for Type I subdivision for
vessels on short international voyages.
(a) The calculations done to demonstrate compliance with 171.065 for
a vessel that makes short international voyages and is permitted under
75.10-10 of this chapter to carry a number of persons on board in excess
of the lifeboat capacity must --
(1) Assume the uniform average permeabilities given in Table 171.068
in lieu of those in Table 171.066; and
(2) Use a factor of subdivision (FS) that is the smaller of the
following:
(i) The value from Table 171.065(a).
(ii) 0.50.
(b) For a vessel less than 300 feet (91 meters) in length, the
Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center may approve the separation of
main transverse watertight bulkheads greater than that permitted by
paragraph (a) of this section if --
(1) The shorter separation is impracticable; and
(2) The separation is the smallest that is practicable.
(c) In the case of ships less than 180 feet (55 meters) in length,
the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center may approve a further
relaxation in the bulkhead spacing. However, in no case may the
separation be large enough to prevent the vessel from complying with the
flooding requirements for Type II subdivision in 171.070.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.070 Subdivision requirements -- Type II.
(a) Each vessel, except a ferry vessel, must be designed so that,
while in each condition of loading and operation, it complies with the
standard of flooding specified in Table 171.070(a).
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), each ferry vessel must be
designed so that, while in each condition of loading and operation, it
meets the standard of flooding specified in Table 171.070(b).
(c) A ferry vessel described in paragraph (d) of this section need
not meet the standard of flooding specified in Table 171.070(b), except
that a ferry vessel in Great Lakes service must at least have a
collision bulkhead.
(d) Paragraph (c) of this section applies to a ferry vessel that --
(1) Is 150 feet (46 meters) or less in length; and
(2) Has sufficient air tankage, or other internal buoyancy to float
the vessel with no part of the margin line submerged when the vessel is
completely flooded. If foam is used to comply with this paragraph, it
must be installed in accordance with the requirements in 170.245 of
this subchapter.
(e) Except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section, each main
transverse watertight bulkhead must be spaced as follows:
(1) If the LBP of the vessel is 143 feet (43.5 meters) or more, each
main transverse watertight bulkhead must be at least 10 feet (3 meters)
plus 3 percent of the vessel's LBP from --
(i) Every other main transverse watertight bulkhead;
(ii) The collision bulkhead; and
(iii) The aftermost point on the bulkhead deck.
(2) If the LBP of the vessel is less than 143 feet (43.5 meters) and
the vessel does not make international voyages, each main transverse
watertight bulkhead must be no less than 10 percent of the vessel's LBP
or 6 feet (1.8 meters), whichever is greater, from --
(i) Every other main transverse watertight bulkhead;
(ii) The collision bulkhead; and
(iii) The aftermost point on the bulkhead deck.
(f) If a vessel is required by 171.060 to have a collision bulkhead
in each end of the vessel, then each main transverse watertight bulkhead
must be no less than the distance specified in paragraph (e) of this
section from --
(1) Every other main transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2) Each collision bulkhead.
Vessels TABLE/GRAPH OMITTED
46 CFR 171.072 Calculation of permeability for Type II subdivision.
When doing calcualtions to show compliance with 171.070, the
following uniform average permeabilities must be assumed:
(a) 85 percent in the machinery space.
(b) 60 percent in the following spaces:
(1) Tanks that are normally filled when the vessel is in the full
load condition.
(2) Chain lockers.
(3) Cargo spaces.
(4) Stores spaces.
(5) Mail or baggage spaces.
(c) 95 percent in all other spaces.
46 CFR 171.073 Treatment of stepped and recessed bulkheads in Type II
subdivision.
(a) A main transverse watertight bulkhead may not be stepped unless
additional watertight bulkheads are located as shown in Figure
171.067(a) so that the distances A, B, C, and D illustrated in Figure
171.067(a) comply with the following:
(1) A and B must not exceed the maximum bulkhead spacing that permits
compliance with 171.070; and
(2) C and D must not be less than the minimum spacing specified in
171.070(e).
(b) A main transverse watertight bulkhead may not be recessed unless
all parts of the recess are inboard from the shell of the vessel as
illustrated in Figure 171.067(c).
(c) If a main transverse watertight bulkhead is recessed or stepped,
an equivalent plane bulkhead must be used in the calculations required
by 171.070.
46 CFR 171.075 Subdivision requirements -- Type III.
(a) Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to comply with
the requirements of Regulations 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 of the Annex to
Resolution A.265 (VIII) of the International Maritime Organization
(IMO).
(b) International Maritime Organization Resolution A.265 (VIII) is
incorporated by reference into this part.
(c) As used in IMO Resolution A.265 (VIII), ''Administration'' means
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 171.080 Damage stability standards for vessels with Type I or
Type II subdivision.
(a) Calculations. Each vessel with Type I or Type II subdivision
must be shown by design calculations to meet the survival conditions in
paragraph (d) of this section in each condition of loading and operation
assuming the extent and character of damage specified in paragraph (b)
of this section.
(b) Extent and character of damage. For the purpose of paragraph (a)
of this section, design calculations must assume that the damage --
(1) Has the character specified in Table 171.080(a); and
(2) Consists of a penetration having the dimensions specified in
Table 171.080(a) except that, if the most disabling penetration would be
less than the penetration described in the table, the smaller
penetration must be assumed.
(c) Permeability. When doing the calculations required in paragraph
(a) of this section, the permeability of each space must be calculated
in a manner approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center or
be taken from Table 171.080(c).
(d) Damage survival for vessels constructed prior to December 10,
1992. A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(1) On a vessel required to survive assumed damage with a
longitudinal extent of 10 feet (3 meters) plus 0.03L, the final angle of
equilibrium must not exceed 7 degrees after equalization, except that
the final angle may be as large as 15 degrees if --
(i) The vessel is not equipped with equalization or is equipped with
fully automatic equalization; and
(ii) The Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center approves the
vessel's range of stability in the damaged condition.
(2) On a vessel required to survive assumed damage with a
longitudinal extent of 20 feet (6.1 meters) plus 0.04L, the angle of
equilibrium must not exceed 15 degrees after equalization.
(3) The margin line may not be submerged at any point.
(4) The vessel's metacentric height (GM) must be at least 2 inches (5
cm) when the vessel is in the upright position.
(e) Damage survival for vessels constructed on or after December 10,
1992. A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage if it is shown by
calculations to meet the conditions set forth in paragraphs (e)(1)
through (e)(6) of this section in the final stage of flooding and the
conditions set forth in paragraphs (e)(7) and (e)(8) of this section in
each earlier stage of flooding as specified:
(1) Each vessel must have positive righting arms for at least 15
degrees beyond the final angle of equilibrium.
(2) Each vessel must not have any opening through which progressive
flooding can occur within 15 degrees of the angle of equilibrium unless
the vessel can meet all survival criteria prescribed in this section
after progressive flooding. Openings fitted with effective weathertight
closures must be considered as progressive flooding locations if the
openings lead to spaces accessible to passengers or the crew.
(3) Each vessel must have an area under each righting arm curve of at
least 2.82 foot-degrees (0.015 meter-radians), measured from the angle
of equilibrium to the smaller of the following angles:
(i) The angle at which progressive flooding occurs; or
(ii) 22 degrees from the upright in the case of one compartment
flooding or 27 degrees from the upright in the case of two compartment
flooding.
(4) Each vessel must have a maximum righting arm within 15 degrees of
the angle of equilibrium of at least 0.13 feet (0.04 meters) greater
than each of the following heeling arms, but in no case less than 0.33
feet (0.10 meters):
(i) Passenger heeling moment divided by vessel displacement where the
heeling moment is calculated assuming:
(A) Each passenger weighs 165 pounds (75 kilograms);
(B) Each passenger occupies 2.69 square feet (0.25 square meters) of
deck area; and
(C) All passengers are distributed on available deck areas towards
one side of the vessel on the decks where muster stations are located
and in such a way that they produce the most adverse heeling moment.
(ii) Asymmetric passenger escape routes heeling moment divided by
vessel displacement if the vessel has asymmetric passenger escape routes
where the heeling moment is calculated assuming:
(A) Each passenger weighs 165 pounds (75 kilograms);
(B) Each passenger occupies 2.69 square feet (0.25 square meters) of
deck area; and
(C) All passengers are distributed on available deck areas in a
manner that accounts for the use of any asymmetric passenger escape
routes to get to the decks where muster or embarkation stations are
located and in such a way that they produce the most adverse heeling
moment.
(iii) Launching of survival craft heeling moment divided by vessel
displacement where the heeling moment is calculated assuming:
(A) All survival craft, including davit-launched liferafts and rescue
boats, fitted on the side to which the vessel heels after sustained
damage are swung out if necessary, fully loaded and ready for lowering;
(B) Persons not in the survival craft that are swung out and ready
for lowering are centered about the center line so that they do not
provide additional heeling or righting moments; and
(C) Survival craft on the side of the vessel opposite to which the
vessel heels remain stowed.
(iv) Wind pressure heeling moment divided by vessel displacement
where the heeling moment is calculated assuming:
(A) A wind pressure of 2.51 pounds per square foot (120 Newtons per
square meter);
(B) The wind acts on an area equal to the projected lateral area of
the vessel above the waterline corresponding to the intact condition;
and
(C) The wind lever arm is the vertical distance from a point at
one-half the mean draft, or the center of area below the waterline, to
the center of the lateral area.
(5) Each vessel must have an angle of equilibrium that does not
exceed the following:
(i) 7 degrees for one compartment flooding; or
(ii) 12 degrees for two compartment flooding.
(6) The margin line of the vessel must not be submerged in the
equilibrium condition.
(7) Each vessel must have a maximum angle of equilibrium that does
not exceed 15 degrees during each earlier stage of flooding.
(8) Each vessel must have a maximum righting arm of at least 0.16
feet (0.05 meters) and positive righting arms for a range of at least 7
degrees during each earlier stage of flooding. Only one breach in the
hull and only one free surface need be assumed when meeting the
requirements of this paragraph.
(f) Equalization. (1) Equalization systems on vessels of 150 gross
tons or more in ocean service must meet the following:
(i) Equalization must be automatic except that the Commanding
Officer, Marine Safety Center may approve other means of equalization if
--
(A) It is impracticable to make equalization automatic; and
(B) Controls to cross-flooding equipment are located above the
bulkhead deck.
(ii) Equalization must be fully accomplished within 15 minutes after
damage occurs.
(2) Equalization on vessels under 150 gross tons in ocean service and
on all vessels in other than ocean service must meet the follmwing:
(i) Equalization must not depend on the operation of valves.
(ii) Equalization must be fully accomplished within 15 minutes after
damage occurs.
(3) The estimated maximum angle mf heel before equalization must be
approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41826, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41826, Sept. 11, 1992, 171.080 was
amended by revising the introductory text of paragraph (d), by
redesignating paragraph (e) as paragraph (f), and by adding a new
paragraph (e), effective December 10, 1992. For the convenience of the
user, the superseded text appears as follows:
171.080 Damage stability standards for vessels with Type I or Type
II subdivision.
(d) Damage survival. A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage
if it meets the following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
46 CFR 171.082 Damage stability standards for vessels with Type III
subdivision.
(a) Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to comply with
the requirements of Regulations 1 and 5 of the Annex to Resolution A.265
(VIII) of the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
(b) International Maritime Organization Resolution A.265 (VIII) is
incorporated by reference into this part.
(c) As used in IMO Resolution A.265 (VIII), ''Administration'' means
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
(d) Section 56.50-57 of this chapter contains additional requirements
on bilge pumping and piping systems.
46 CFR 171.082 Subpart D -- Additional Subdivision Requirements
46 CFR 171.085 Collision bulkhead.
(a) Paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section apply to each vessel
of 100 gross tons or more and paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section
apply to each vessel that is less than 100 gross tons.
(b) The portion of the collision bulkhead that is below the bulkhead
deck must be watertight.
(c) Each portion of the collision bulkhead must be at least --
(1) 5 percent of the LBP from the forward perpendicular in a motor
vessel; and
(2) 5 feet (1.52 meters) from the forward perpendicular in a steam
vessel.
(d) The collision bulkhead must be no more than 10 feet (3 meters)
plus 5 percent of the LBP from the forward perpendicular.
(e) The collision bulkhead must extend to the deck above the bulkhead
deck if the vessel --
(1) Is in ocean service; and
(2) Has a superstructure that extends from a point forward of the
collision bulkhead to a point at least 15 percent of the LBP aft of the
collision bulkhead.
(f) The collision bulkhead required by paragraph (e) of this section
must have the following characteristics:
(1) The portion of the collision bulkhead above the bulkhead deck
must be weathertight.
(2) If the portion of the collision bulkhead above the bulkhead deck
is not located directly above the collision bulkhead below the bulkhead
deck, then the bulkhead deck between must be weathertight.
(g) Each opening in the collision bulkhead must --
(1) Be located above the bulkhead deck; and
(2) Have a watertight closure.
(h) Each collision bulkhead --
(1) Must extend to the weather deck;
(2) May not have watertight doors in it; and
(3) May have penetrations and openings that --
(i) Are located as high and as far inboard as practicable; and
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, have means
to make them watertight.
(i) Each vessel that is not required to comply with a one or two
compartment standard of flooding may have an opening that cannot be made
watertight in the collision bulkhead below the bulkhead deck if --
(1) The lowest edge of the opening is not more than 12 inches (30.5
centimeters) below the bulkhead deck; and
(2) There are at least 36 inches (92 centimeters) of intact collision
bulkhead below the lower edge of the opening.
(j) Each portion of the collision bulkhead must be --
(1) At least 5 percent of the LBP from the forward perpendicular;
and
(2) No more than 15 percent of the LBP from the forward
perpendicular.
46 CFR 171.090 Aft peak bulkhead.
(a) Each of the following vessels must have an aft peak bulkhead:
(1) Each vessel 100 gross tons or more on an international voyage.
(2) Each other vessel of more than 150 gross tons.
(b) Except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, each
portion of the aft peak bulkhead below the bulkhead deck must be
watertight.
(c) A vessel may have an aft peak bulkhead that does not intersect
the bulkhead deck if approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety
Center.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.095 Machinery space bulkhead.
(a) This section applies to each vessel of 100 gross tons or more.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a vessel
required to have Type I or II subdivision must have enough main
transverse watertight bulkheads to separate the machinery space from the
remainder of the vessel. All portions of these bulkheads must be
watertight below the bulkhead deck.
(c) Compliance with paragraph (b) of this section is not required if
the vessel has sufficient air tanks or other internal buoyancy to
maintain the vessel afloat while in the full load condition when all
compartments and all other tanks are flooded. If foam is used to comply
with this paragraph, it must be installed in accordance with the
requirements in 170.245 of this subchapter.
46 CFR 171.100 Shaft tunnels and stern tubes.
(a) Stern tubes in each of the following vessels must be enclosed in
watertight spaces:
(1) Each vessel of 100 gross tons or more on an international voyage.
(2) Each other vessel over 150 gross tons in ocean or Great Lakes
service.
(3) Each vessel under 100 gross tons that carries more than 12
passengers on an international voyage.
(b) The watertight seal in the bulkhead between the stern tube space
and the machinery space must be located in a watertight shaft tunnel.
The vessel must be designed so that the margin line will not be
submerged when the watertight shaft tunnel is flooded.
(c) If a vessel has two or more shaft tunnels, they must be connected
by a watertight passageway.
(d) If a vessel has two or less shaft tunnels, only one door is
permitted between them and the machinery space. If a vessel has more
then two shaft tunnels, only two doors are permitted between them and
the machinery space.
46 CFR 171.105 Double bottoms.
(a) This section applies to each vessel that carries more than 12
passengers on an international voyage and all other vessels that are --
(1) 100 gross tons or more; and
(2) In ocean or Great Lakes service.
(b) Each vessel over 165 feet (50 meters) and under 200 feet (61
meters) in LBP must have a double bottom that extends from the forward
end of the machinery space to the fore peak bulkhead.
(c) Each vessel over 200 feet (61 meters) and under 249 feet (76
meters) in LBP must have a double bottom that extends from the fore peak
bulkhead to the forward end of the machinery space and a double bottom
that extends from the aft peak bulkhead to the aft end of the machinery
space.
(d) Each vessel 249 feet (76 meters) in LBP and upward must have a
double bottom that extends from the fore to the aft peak bulkhead.
(e) Each double bottom required by this section must be at least the
depth at the centerline given by the following equation:
where --
D=the depth at the centerline in inches (centimeters).
L=LBP in feet (meters).
(f) The line formed by the intersection of the margin plate and the
bilge plating must be above the horizontal plane C, illustrated in
Figure 171.105, at all points. The horizontal plane C is defined by
point B, located, as shown in Figure 171.105, in the midships section.
insert illus. 58 0198
(g) A double bottom is not required in a tank that is integral with
the hull of a vessel if --
(1) The tank is used exclusively for the carriage of liquids; and
(2) It is approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(h) A double bottom is not required in any part of a vessel where the
separation of main transverse watertight bulkheads is governed by a
factor of subdivision less than or equal to 0.50 if --
(1) The Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center approves;
(2) The vessel makes short international voyages; and
(3) The vessel is permitted by 75.10-10 of this chapter to carry a
number of passengers in excess of the lifeboat capacity.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov 4. 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34532, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.106 Wells in double bottoms.
(a) This section applies to each vessel that has a well installed in
a double bottom required by 171.105.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section --
(1) The depth of a well must be at least 18 inches (45.7 cm) less
than the depth of the double bottom at the centerline; and
(2) The well may not extend below the horizontal plane C illustrated
in Figure 171.105.
(c) A well may extend to the outer bottom of a double bottom at the
after end of a shaft tunnel.
46 CFR 171.108 Manholes in double bottoms.
(a) The number of manholes in the inner bottom of a double bottom
required by 171.105 must be reduced to the minimum required for
adequate access.
(b) Each manhole must have a cover that can be --
(1) Made watertight; and
(2) Protected from damage by cargo or coal.
46 CFR 171.109 Watertight floors in double bottoms.
If a vessel is required to have a double bottom, a watertight
transverse division must be located in the double bottom under each main
transverse watertight bulkhead or as near as practicable to the main
transverse watertight bulkhead. If a vessel also has duct keels, the
transverse divisions need not extend across them.
46 CFR 171.109 Subpart E -- Penetrations and Openings in Watertight Bulkheads
46 CFR 171.110 Specific applicability.
(a) Sections 171.111, 171.112, and 171.113 apply to each vessel of
100 gross tons or more.
(b) Section 171.114 applies to each vessel under 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 171.111 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in
vessels of 100 gross tons or more.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each opening
in a watertight bulkhead must have a means to close it watertight.
(b) Except in a machinery space, the means for closing each opening
may not be by bolted portable plates.
(c) If a main transverse watertight bulkhead is penetrated, the
penetration must be made watertight. Lead or other heat sensitive
materials must not be used in a system that penetrates a main transverse
watertight bulkhead if fire damage to this system would reduce the
watertight integrity of the bulkhead.
(d) A main transverse watertight bulkhead must not be penetrated by
valves or cocks unless they are a part of a piping system.
(e) If a pipe, scupper, or electric cable passes through a main
transverse watertight bulkhead, the opening through which it passes must
be watertight.
(f) A main transverse watertight bulkhead may not have non-watertight
penetrations below the bulkhead deck unless --
(1) The margin line is more than 9 inches (23 centimeters) below the
bulkhead deck at the intersection of the margin line and the line formed
by the intersection of the plane of the main transverse watertight
bulkhead and the shell; and
(2) Making all penetrations watertight is impracticable.
(g) Penetrations approved in accordance with paragraph (f) of this
section must comply with the following:
(1) The bottom of the penetration must not be located --
(i) More than 24 inches (61 centimeters) below the bulkhead deck;
nor
(ii) Less than 9 inches (23 centimeters) above the margin line.
(2) The penetration must not be located outboard from the centerline
more than 1/4 of the beam of the vessel measured --
(i) On the bulkhead deck; and
(ii) In the vertical plane of the penetration.
(h) No doors, manholes, or other access openings may be located in a
watertight bulkhead that separates two cargo spaces or a cargo space and
a permanent or reserve bunker.
46 CFR 171.112 Watertight door openings.
(a) The opening for a watertight door must be located as high in the
bulkhead and as far inboard as practicable.
(b) No more than one door, other than a door to a bunker or shaft
alley, may be fitted in a main transverse watertight bulkhead within
spaces containing the following:
(1) Main and auxiliary propulsion machinery.
(2) Propulsion boilers.
(3) Permanent bunkers.
46 CFR 171.113 Trunks.
(a) For the purpose of this section, ''trunk'' means a large enclosed
passageway through any deck or bulkhead of a vessel.
(b) Each trunk, other than those specified in paragraph (c) of this
section, must have a watertight door at each end except that a trunk may
have a watertight door at one end if --
(1) The trunk does not pass through more than one main compartment;
(2) The sides of the trunk are not nearer to the shell than is
permitted by 171.067(c) for the sides of a recess in a bulkhead; and
(3) The vessel complies with the subdivision requirements in this
part when the volume of the trunk is included with the volume of the
compartmelt into which it opens.
(c) Each trunk that provides access from a crew accommodation space
and that passes through a main transverse watertight bulkhead must
comply with the following:
(1) The trunk must be watertight.
(2) The trunk, if used for passage at sea, must have at least one end
above the margin line and access to the other end of the trunk must be
through a watertight door.
(3) The trunk must not pass through the first main transverse
watertight bulkhead aft of the collision bulkhead.
46 CFR 171.114 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in a
vessel less than 100 gross tons.
(a) Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads must --
(1) Be kept as high and as far inboard as practicable; and
(2) Have means to make them watertight.
(b) Watertight bulkheads must not have sluice valves.
(c) Each main transverse watertight bulkhead must extend to the
bulkhead deck.
46 CFR 171.114 Subpart F -- Openings in the Side of a Vessel Below the Bulkhead or Weather Deck
46 CFR 171.115 Specific applicability.
(a) Sections 171.116, 171.117, and 171.118 apply to each vessel of
100 gross tons or more.
(b) Section 171.119 applies to each vessel under 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 171.116 Port lights.
(a) A vessel may have port lights below the bulkhead deck if --
(1) It is greater than 150 gross tmns; and
(2) It is in ocean service.
(b) All port lights in a space must be non-opening if the sill of any
port light in that space is below a line that --
(1) Is drawn parallel to the line formed by the intersection of the
bulkhead deck and the shell of the vessel; and
(2) Has its lowest point 2 1/2 percent of the beam of the vessel
above the deepest subdivision load line.
(c) For the purpose of paragraph (b) of this section, the beam of the
vessel is measured at or below the deepest subdivision load line.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, no port
light may be located in a space that is used exclusively for the
carriage of cargo, stores, or coal.
(e) A port light may be located in a space used alternately for the
carriage of cargo or passengers.
(f) Each port light installed below the bulkhead deck must conform to
the following requirements:
(1) The design of each port light must be approved by the Commanding
Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(2) Each non-opening port light must be watertight.
(3) Each opening port light must be constructed so that it can be
secured watertight.
(4) Each opening port light must be installed with at least one bolt
that is secured by a round slotted or recessed nut that requires a
special wrench to remove. The nut must be protected by a sleeve or
guard to prevent it from being removed with ordinary tools.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.117 Dead covers.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each port
light with the sill located below the margin line must have a hinged,
inside dead cover.
(b) The dead cover on a port light located in an accommodation space
for passengers other than steerage passengers may be portable if --
(1) The apparatus for stowing the dead cover is adjacent to its
respective port light;
(2) The port light is located above the deck that is immediately
above the deepest subdivision load line;
(3) The port light is aft of a point one-eighth of the LBP of the
vessel from the forward perpendicular; and
(4) The port light is above a line that --
(i) Is parallel to the line formed by the intersection of the
bulkhead deck and the side of the vessel; and
(ii) Has its lowest point at a height of 12 feet (3.66 meters) plus 2
1/2 percent of the beam of the vessel above the deepest subdivision load
line.
(c) For the purpose of paragraph (b) of this section, the beam of the
vessel is measured at or below the deepest subdivision load line.
(d) Each dead cover must be designed so that --
(1) It can be secured watertight; and
(2) It is not necessary to release any of the special nuts required
in 171.116(f)(4) in order to secure the dead cover.
46 CFR 171.118 Automatic ventilators and side ports.
(a) An automatic ventilator must not be fitted in the side of a
vessel below the bulkhead deck unless approved by the Commanding
Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(b) The design and construction of each gangway, cargo and coaling
port, and similar opening in the side of a vessel must be approved by
the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.
(c) In no case may the lowest point of any gangway, cargo and coaling
port, or similar opening be below the deepest subdivision load line.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51017, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 171.119 Openings below the weather deck in the side of a vessel
less than 100 gross tons.
(a) If a vessel operates on exposed or partially protected waters, an
opening port light is not permitted below the weather deck unless --
(1) The sill is at least 30 inches (76.2 centimeters) above the
deepest subdivision load line; and
(2) It has an inside, hinged dead cover.
(b) Except for engine exhausts, each inlet or discharge pipe that
penetrates the hull below a line drawn parallel to and at least 6 inches
(15.2 centimeters) above the deepest subdivision load line must have
means to prevent water from entering the vessel if the pipe fractures or
otherwise fails.
(c) A positive action valve or cock that is located as close as
possible to the hull is an acceptable means for complying with paragraph
(b) of this section.
(d) If an inlet or discharge pipe is inaccessible, the means for
complying with paragraph (b) of this section must be a shut-off valve
that is --
(1) Operable from the weather deck or any other accessible location
above the bulkhead deck; and
(2) Labeled at the operating point for identity and direction of
closing.
(e) Any connecting device or valve in a hull penetration must not be
cast iron.
(f) Each plug cock in an inlet or discharge pipe must have a means,
other than a cotter pin, to prevent its loosening or removal from the
body.
46 CFR 171.119 Subpart G -- Watertight Integrity Above the Margin Line
46 CFR 171.120 Specific applicability.
Each vessel that is 100 gross tons or more must comply with 171.122
and each vessel under 100 gross tons must comply with 171.124.
46 CFR 171.122 Watertight integrity above the margin line in a vessel
of 100 gross tons or more.
(a) For the purpose of this section, a partial watertight bulkhead is
one in which all portions are not watertight.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the bulkhead
deck or a deck above it must be weathertight.
(c) Partial watertight bulkheads or web frames must be located in the
immediate vicinity of main transverse watertight bulkheads to minimize
as much as practicable the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead
deck.
(d) If a partial watertight bulkhead or web frame is located on the
bulkhead deck in order to comply with paragraph (c) of this section, the
joint between it and the shell and bulkhead deck must be watertight.
(e) If a partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with a main
transverse watertight bulkhead below the bulkhead deck, the bulkhead
deck between them must be watertight.
(f) Each opening in an exposed weather deck must --
(1) Have a coaming that complies with the height requirements in
Table 171.124; and
(2) Have a means for closing it weathertight.
(g) Each port light located between the bulkhead deck and the next
deck above the bulkhead deck must have an inside dead cover than can be
secured watertight.
46 CFR 171.124 Watertight integrity above the margin line in a vessel
less than 100 gross tons.
(a) Each hatch exposed to the weather must be watertight, except that
the following hatches may be weathertight:
(1) Each hatch on a watertight trunk that extends at least 12 inches
(30.5 cm) above the weather deck.
(2) Each hatch in a cabin top.
(3) Each hatch on a vessel that operates only on protected waters.
(b) Each hatch cover must --
(1) Have securing devices; and
(2) Be attached to the hatch frame or coaming by hinges, captive
chains, or other devices to prevent its loss.
(c) Each hatch that provides access to crew or passenger
accomodations must be operable from either side.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a
weathertight door with permanent watertight coamings that comply with
the height requirements in Table 171.124 must be provided for each
opening located in a deck house or companionway that --
(1) Gives access into the hull; and
(2) Is located in --
(i) A cockpit;
(ii) A well; or
(iii) An exposed location on a flush deck vessel.
(e) If an opening in a location specified in paragraph (d) of this
section is provided with a Class 1 watertight door, the height of the
watertight coaming need only be sufficient to accommodate the door.
46 CFR 171.124 Subpart H -- Drainage of Weather Decks
46 CFR 171.130 Specific applicability.
(a) Section 171.135 applies to each vessel that is 100 gross tons or
more.
(b) Sections 171.140, 171.145, 171.150, and 171.155 apply to each
vessel under 100 gross tons.
46 CFR 171.135 Weather deck drainage on a vessel of 100 gross tons or
more.
The weather deck must have freeing ports, open rails, and scuppers,
as necessary, to allow rapid clearing of water under all weather
conditions.
46 CFR 171.140 Drainage of a flush deck vessel.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the weather
deck on a flush deck vessel must be watertight and have no obstruction
to overboard drainage.
(b) Each vessel with a flush deck may have solid bulwarks in the
foward one-third length of the vessel if --
(1) The bulwarks do not form a well enclosed on all sides; and
(2) The foredeck of the vessel has sufficient sheer to insure
drainage aft.
46 CFR 171.145 Drainage of a vessel with a cockpit.
(a) Except as follows, the cockpit must be watertight:
(1) A cockpit may have companionways if they comply with 171.124(d).
(2) A cockpit may have ventilation openings along its inner periphery
if --
(i) The vessel operates only on protected or partially protected
waters;
(ii) The ventilation openings are located as high as possible in the
side of the cockpit; and
(iii) The height of the ventilation opening does not exceed 2 inches
(5 cm).
(b) The cockpit must be designed to be self-bailing.
(c) Scuppers installed in a cockpit must be located to allow rapid
clearing of water in all probable conditions of list and trim.
(d) Scuppers must have a combined area of at least the area given by
either of the following equations:
Where --
A=the combined area of the scuppers in square inches (square
Centimeters).
D=the area of the cockpit in square feet (square meters).
(e) The cockpit deck of a vessel that operates on exposed or
partially protected waters must be at least 10 inches (25.4 cm) above
the deepest subdivision load line unless the vessel complies with --
(1) The intact stability requirements of 171.050;
(2) The Type II subdivision requirements in 171.070, 171.072, and
171.073; and
(3) The damage stability requirements in 171.080.
(f) The cockpit deck of all vessels that do not operate on exposed or
partially protected waters must be located as high above the deepest
subdivision load line as practicable.
46 CFR 171.150 Drainage of a vessel with a well deck.
(a) Each well deck on a vessel must be watertight.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) and (d) of this section, the
area required for freeing ports in the bulwarks that form a well must be
determined as follows:
(1) If a vessel operates on exposed or partially protected waters, it
must have at least 100 percent of the freeing port area derived from
Table 171.150.
(2) If a vessel operates only on protected or partially protected
waters and complies with the requirements in the following sections for
a vessel that operates on exposed waters, it must have at least 50
percent of the freeing port area derived from Table 171.150:
(i) The intact stability requirements of 171.030 or 171.050 and
170.170 of this subchapter.
(ii) The subdivision requirements of 171.040, 171.043, or 171.070.
(iii) The damage stability requirements of 171.080.
(3) If a vessel operates only on protected waters, the freeing port
area must be at least equal to the scupper area required by 171.145(d)
for a cockpit of the same size.
(c) The freeing ports must be located to allow rapid clearing of
water in all probable conditions of list and trim.
(d) If a vessel that operates on exposed or partially protected
waters does not have free drainage from the foredeck aft, then the
freeing port area must be derived from Table 171.150 using the entire
bulwark length rather than the bulwark length in the after 2/3 of the
vessel as stated in the table.
46 CFR 171.155 Drainage of an open boat.
The deck within the hull of an open boat must drain to the bilge.
Overboard drainage of the deck is not permitted.
46 CFR 171.155 Pt. 172
46 CFR 171.155 PART 172 -- SPECIAL RULES PERTAINING TO BULK CARGOES
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart A -- General
Sec.
172.005 Applicability.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart B -- Bulk Grain (Reserved)
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart C -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Barge That
Carries a Cargo Regulated Under Subchapter D of This Chapter
172.047 Specific applicability.
172.050 Damage stability.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart D -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Vessel That
Carries a Cargo Regulated Under 33 CFR part 157
172.060 Specific applicability.
172.065 Damage stability.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart E -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Barge That
Carries a Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O of this Chapter
172.080 Specific applicability.
172.085 Hull type.
172.087 Cargo loading assumptions.
172.090 Intact transverse stability.
172.095 Intact longitudinal stability.
172.100 Watertight integrity.
172.103 Damage stability.
172.104 Character of damage.
172.105 Extent of damage.
172.110 Survival conditions.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart F -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Ship That
Carries a Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O of This Chapter
172.125 Specific applicability.
172.127 Definitions.
172.130 Calculations.
172.133 Character of damage.
172.135 Extent of damage.
172.140 Permeability of spaces.
172.150 Survival conditions.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart G -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Ship That
Carries a Bulk Liquefied Gas Regulated Under Subchapter O of This
Chapter
172.155 Specific applicability.
172.160 Definitions.
172.165 Intact stability calculations.
172.170 Damage stability calculations.
172.175 Character of damage.
172.180 Extent of damage.
172.185 Permeability of spaces.
172.195 Survival conditions.
172.205 Local damage.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart H -- Special Rules Pertaining to Great Lakes Dry
Bulk Cargo Vessels
172.215 Specific applicability.
172.220 Definitions.
172.225 Calculations.
172.230 Character of damage.
172.235 Extent of damage.
172.240 Permeability of spaces.
172.245 Survival conditions.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 171.155 Subpart A -- General
46 CFR 172.005 Applicability.
This part applies to each vessel that carries one of the following
cargoes in bulk:
(a) Grain.
(b) A cargo listed in Table 30.25-1 of this chapter.
(c) A cargo regulated under 33 CFR part 157.
(d) A cargo listed in Table 151.01-10(b) of this chapter.
(e) A cargo listed in Table I of part 153 of this chapter.
(f) A cargo listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter.
(g) Any dry bulk cargo carried in a new Great Lakes vessel.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 80-159, 51
FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986)
46 CFR 172.005 Subpart B -- Bulk Grain (Reserved)
46 CFR 172.005 Subpart C -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Barge That Carries a Cargo Regulated Under Subchapter D of This Chapter
46 CFR 172.047 Specific applicability.
This section applies to each tank barge that carries, in independent
tanks described in 151.15-1(b) of this chapter, a cargo listed in Table
30.25-1 of this chapter that is a --
(a) Liquefied flammable gas; or
(b) Flammable liquid that has a Reid vapor pressure in excess of 25
pounds per square inch (172.4 KPa).
46 CFR 172.050 Damage stability.
(a) Each tank barge is assigned a hull type number by the Commandant
in accordance with 32.63-5 of this chapter. The requirements in this
section are specified according to the hull type number assigned.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each Type I
and II barge hull must have a watertight weather deck.
(c) If a Type I or II barge hull has an open hopper, the fully loaded
barge must be shown by design calculations to have at least 2 inches
(50mm) of positive GM when the hopper space is flooded to the height of
the weather deck.
(d) When demonstrating compliance with paragaph (c) of this section,
credit may be given for the buoyancy of the immersed portion of cargo
tanks if the tank securing devices are shown by design calculations to
be strong enough to hold the tanks in place when they are subjected to
the buoyant forces resulting from the water in the hopper.
(e) Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to have at
least 2 inches (50 mm) of positive GM in each condition of loading and
operation after assuming the damage specified in paragraph (f) of this
section is applied in the following locations:
(1) Type I barge hull not in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is not a box barge designed for use in an
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge hull can
survive damage at any location including on the intersection of a
transverse and longitudinal watertight bulkhead.
(2) Type I barge hull in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is a box barge designed for operation in an
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge can survive
damage --
(i) To any location on the bottom of the tank barge except on a
transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(ii) To any location on the side of the tank barge including on a
transverse watertight bulkhead.
(3) Type II hull. If a Type II hull is required, design calculations
must show that the barge can survive damage to any location except to a
transverse watertight bulkhead.
(f) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of this section --
(1) Design calculations must include both side and bottom damage,
applied separately; and
(2) Damage must consist of the most disabling penetration up to and
including penetrations having the following dimensions:
(i) Side damage must be assumed to be as follows:
(A) Longitudinal extent -- 6 feet (183 centimeters).
(B) Transverse extent -- 30 inches (76 centimeters).
(C) Vertical extent -- from the baseline upward without limit.
(ii) Bottom damage must be assumed to be 15 inches (38.1 centimeters)
from the baseline upward.
46 CFR 172.050 Subpart D -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Vessel That Carries a Cargo Regulated Under 33 CFR part 157
46 CFR 172.060 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each U.S. tank vessel that is required to
comply with 33 CFR 157.21.
(CGD 90-051, 57 FR 36246, Aug. 12, 1992)
46 CFR 172.065 Damage stability.
(a) Definitions. As used in this section, Length or L means load
line length (LLL).
(b) Calculations. Each tank vessel must be shown by design
calculations to meet the survival conditions in paragraph (g) of this
section in each condition of loading and operation except as specified
in paragraph (c) of this section, assuming the damage specified in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Conditions of loading and operation. The design calculations
required by paragraph (b) of this section need not be done for ballast
conditions if the vessel is not carrying oil, other than oily residues,
in cargo tanks.
(d) Character of damage. (1) If a tank vessel is longer than 738
feet (225 metes) in length, design calculations must show that it can
survive damage at any location.
(2) If a tank vessel is longer than 492 feet (150 meters) in l ength,
but not longer than 738 feet (225 meters), design calculations must show
that it can survive damage at any location except the transverse
bulkheads bounding an aft machinery space. The machinery space is
calculated as a single floodable compartment.
(3) If a tank vessel is 492 feet (150 meters) or less in length,
design calculations must show that it can survive damage --
(i) At any location between adjacent main transverse watertight
bulkheads except to an aft machinery space;
(ii) To a main transverse watertight bulkhead spaced closer than the
longitudinal extent of collision penetration specified in Table
172.065(a) from another main transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(iii) To a main transverse watertight bulkhead or a transverse
watertight bulkhead bounding a side tank or double bottom tank if there
is a step or a recess in the transverse bulkhead that is longer than 10
feet (3.05 meters) and that is located within the extent of penetration
of assumed damage. The step formed by the after peak bulkhead and after
peak tank top is not a step for the purpose of this regulaton.
(e) Extent of damage. For the purpose of paragraph (b) of this
section --
(1) Design calculations must include both side and bottom damage,
applied separately; and
(2) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the dimensions
given in Table 172.065(a) except that, if the most disabling
penetrations would be less than the penetrations described in this
paragraph, the smaller penetration must be assumed.
(f) Permeability of spaces. When doing the calculations required in
paragraph (b) of this section --
(1) The permeability of a floodable space, other than a machinery
space, must be as listed in Table 172.065(b);
(2) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a floodable
space must be based on an assumed machinery space permeability of 85%,
unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 85% is justified
in detail; and
(3) If a cargo tank would be penetrated under the assumed damage, the
cargo tank must be assumed to lose all cargo and refill with salt water,
or fresh water if the vessel operates solely on the Great Lakes, up to
the level of the tank vessel's final equilibrium waterline.
(g) Survival conditions. A vessel is presumed to survive assumed
damage if it meets the following conditions in the final stage of
flooding:
(1) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim, must be below the lower edge of an opening
through which progressive flooding may take place, such as an air pipe,
or an opening that is closed by means of a weathertight door or hatch
cover. This opening does not include an opening closed by a --
(i) Watertight manhole cover;
(ii) Flush scuttle;
(iii) Small watertight cargo tank hatch cover that maintains the high
integrity of the deck;
(iv) Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead within the superstructure;
(v) Remotely operated sliding watertight door; or
(vi) Side scuttle of the non-opening type.
(2) Heel angle. The maximum angle of heel must not exceed 25
degrees, except that this angle may be increased to 30 degrees if no
deck edge immersion occurs.
(3) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond its
position of equilibrium after flooding, a tank vessel must meet the
following conditions:
(i) The righting arm curve must be positive.
(ii) The maximum righting arm must be at least 3.94 inches (10 cm).
(iii) Each submerged opening must be weathertight.
(4) Progressive flooding. Pipes, ducts or tunnels within the assumed
extent of damage must be either --
(i) Equipped with arrangements such as stop check valves to prevent
progressive flooding to other spaces with which they connect; or
(ii) Assumed in the design calculations required in paragraph (b) of
this section to permit progressive flooding to the spaces with which
they connect.
(h) Buoyancy of superstructure. For the purpose of paragraph (b) of
this section, the buoyancy of any superstructure directly above the side
damage is to be disregarded. The unflooded parts of superstructures
beyond the extent of damage may be taken into consideration if they are
separated from the damaged space by watertight bulkheads and no
progressive flooding of these intact spaces takes place.
46 CFR 172.065 -- Subpart E -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Barge That Carries a Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O of This Chapter
46 CFR 172.080 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each tank barge that carries a cargo listed
in Table 151.01-10(b) of this chapter.
46 CFR 172.085 Hull type.
If a cargo listed in Table 151.05 of part 151 of this chapter is to
be carried, the tank barge must be at least the hull type specified in
Table 151.05 of this chapter for that cargo.
46 CFR 172.087 Cargo loading assumptions.
(a) The calculations required in this subpart must must be done for
cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to
be endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection in accordance with
151.04-1(c) of this chapter.
(b) For each condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must
be assumed to have its maximum free surface.
46 CFR 172.090 Intact transverse stability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each tank
barge must be shown by design calculations to have a righting arm curve
with the following characteristics:
(1) If the tank barge is in river service, the area under the
righting arm curve must be at least 5 foot-degrees (1.52 meter-degrees)
up to the smallest of the following angles:
(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(2) If the tank barge is in lakes, bays and sounds or Great Lakes
summer service, the area under the righting arm curve must be at least
10 foot-degrees (3.05 meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following
angles:
(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(3) If the tank barge is in ocean or Great Lakes winter service, the
area under the righting arm curve must be at least 15 foot-degrees (4.57
meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following angles:
(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(b) If the vertical center of gravity of the cargo is below the
weather deck at the side of the tank barge amidships, it must be shown
by design calculations that the barge has at least the following
metacentric height (GM) in feet (meters) in each condition of loading
and operation:
where --
K=0.3 for river service.
K=0.4 for lakes, bays and sounds and Great Lakes summer service.
K=0.5 for ocean and Great Lakes winter service.
B=beam in feet (meters).
fe=effective freeboard in feet (meters).
(c) the effective freeboard is given by --
where --
f=the freeboard to the deck edge amidships in feet (meters).
fa=(1.25)(a/L)((2b/B)-1)(h); or
fa=h, whichever is less.
where --
a=trunk length in feet (meters).
L=LOA in feet (meters)
b=breadth of a watertight trunk in feet (meters).
B=beam of the barge in feet (meters).
h=height of a watertight trunk in feet (meters).
d=draft of the barge in feet (meters).
(d) For the purpose of this section, downflooding angle means the
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
waterline in calm water to the first opening that does not close
watertight automatically.
46 CFR 172.095 Intact longitudinal stability.
Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to have a
longitudinal metacentric height (GM) in feet (meters) in each condition
of loading and operation, at least equal to the following:
where --
L=LOA in feet (meters)
d=draft in feet (meters).
46 CFR 172.100 Watertight integrity.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each Type I
or II hopper barge hull must have a weathertight weather deck.
(b) If a Type I or II barge hull has an open hopper, the fully loaded
barge must be shown by design calculations to have at least 2 inches (50
mm) of positive GM when the hopper space is flooded to the height of the
weather deck.
(c) When doing the calculations required by this section, credit may
be given for the buoyancy of the immersed portion of cargo tanks if the
tank securing devices are shown by design calculations to be strong
enough to hold the tanks in place when they are subjected to the buoyant
forces resulting from the water in the hopper.
46 CFR 172.103 Damage stability.
Each tank barge must be shown by design calculations to meet the
survival conditions in 172.110 assuming the damage specified in
172.104 to the hull type specified in Table 151.05 of part 151 of this
chapter.
46 CFR 172.104 Character of damage.
(a) Type I barge hull not in an integrated tow. If a Type I hull is
required and the barge is not a box barge designed for use in an
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge can survive
damage at any location including the intersection of a transverse and a
longitudinal bulkhead.
(b) Type I barge hull in an integrated tow. If a Type I barge hull
is required and the barge is a box barge designed for operation in an
integrated tow, design calculations must show that the barge can survive
damage --
(1) At any location on the bottom of the tank barge except on a
transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(2) At any location on the side of the tank barge including on a
transverse watertight bulkhead.
(c) Type II barge hull. If a Type II hull is required, design
calculations must show that a barge can survive damage at any location
except on a transverse watertight bulkhead.
46 CFR 172.105 Extent of damage.
For the purpose of 172.103, design calculations must include both
side and bottom damage, applied separately. Damage must consist of the
most disabling penetration up to and including penetrations having the
following dimensions:
(a) Side damage must be assumed to be as follows:
(1) Longitudinal extent -- 6 feet (183 centimeters).
(2) Transverse extent -- 30 inches (76 centimeters).
(3) Vertical extent -- from the baseline upward without limit.
(b) Bottom damage must be assumed to be 15 inches (38 centimeters)
from the baseline upward.
46 CFR 172.110 Survival conditions.
(a) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply to a hopper barge
and paragraphs (e) through (i) apply to all other tank barges.
(b) A barge is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(c) A hopper barge must not heel or trim beyond the angle at which --
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
(2) If the barge has a coaming that is at least 36 inches (91.5
centimeters) in height, the intersection of the deck and the coaming is
first submerged, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) A hopper barge must not heel beyond the angle at which the deck
edge is first submerged by more than ''fa'' as defined in 172.090(c).
(e) Except as provided in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section,
each tank barge must not heel beyond the angle at which --
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
(2) If the barge has one or more watertight trunks, the deck edee is
first submerged by more than ''fa'' as defined in 172.090(c).
(f) Except as provided in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, a
tank barge must not trim beyond the angle at which --
(1) The deck edge is first submerged; or
(2) If the barge has one or more watertight trunks, the intersection
of the deck and the trunk is first submerged.
(g) If a tank barge experiences simultaneous heel and trim, the trim
requirements in paragraph (f) of this section apply only at the
centerline.
(h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, in no case
may any part of the actual cargo tank top be underwater in the final
condition of equilibrium.
(i) If a barge has a ''step-down'' in hull depth on either or both
ends and all cargo tank openings are located on the higher deck level,
the deck edge and tank top in the stepped-down area may be submerged.
46 CFR 172.110 Subpart F -- Special Rules Pertaining tm a Ship That Carries a Hazardous Liquid Regulated Under Subchapter O of This Chapter
46 CFR 172.125 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each tankship that carries a cargo listed in
Table I of part 153 of this chapter, except that it does not apply to a
tankship whose cargo tanks are clean and gas free.
46 CFR 172.127 Definitions.
Length or L means load line length (LLL).
46 CFR 172.130 Calculations.
(a) Except as provided in 153.7 of this chapter, each tankship must
be shown by design calculations to meet the survival conditions in
172.150 in each condition of loading and operation assuming the damage
specified in 172.133 for the hull type prescribed in part 153 of this
chapter.
(b) If a cargo listed in Table I of part 153 of this chapter is to be
carried, the vessel must be at least the hull type specified in part 153
of this chapter for that cargo.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 81-101, 52
FR 7799, Mar. 12, 1987)
46 CFR 172.133 Character of damage.
(a) If a type I hull is required, design calculations must show that
the vessel can survive damage at any location.
(b) Except as provided in 153.7 of this chapter, if a type II hull
is required, design calculations must show that a vessel --
(1) Longer than 492 feet (150 meters) in length can survive damage at
any location; and
(2) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, 492 feet
(150 meters) or less in length can survive damage at any location.
(c) If a Type III hull is required, design calculations must show
that a vessel --
(1) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, 410 feet
(125 meters) in length or longer can survive damage at any location;
and
(2) Less than 410 feet (125 meters) in length can survive damage at
any location except to an aft machinery space.
(d) A vessel described in paragraph (b)(2) or (c)(1) of this section
need not be designed to survive damage to a main transverse watertight
bulkhead bounding an aft machinery space. Except as provided in 153.7
of this chapter, the machinery space must be calculated as a single
floodable compartment.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 81-101, 52
FR 7799, Mar. 12, 1987)
46 CFR 172.135 Extent of damage.
For the purpose of 172.133 --
(a) Design calculations must include both side and bottom damage,
applied separately; and
(b) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the dimensions
given in Table 172.135 except that, if the most disabling penetrations
would be less than the penetrations given in Table 172.135, the smaller
penetration must be assumed.
46 CFR 172.140 Permeability of spaces.
(a) When doing the calculations required in 172.130, the
permeability of a floodable space other than a machinery space must be
as listed in Table 172.060(b).
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a floodable
space must be based on an assumed machinery space permeability of 0.85,
unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 0.85 is justified
in detail.
(c) If a cargo tank would be penetrated under the assumed damage, the
cargo tank must be assumed to lose all cargo and refill with salt water
up to the level of the tankship's final equilibrium waterline.
46 CFR 172.150 Survival conditions.
A tankship is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(a) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim, must be below the lower edge of openings such
as air pipes and openings closed by weathertight doors or hatch covers.
The following types of openings may be submerged when the tankship is at
the final waterline:
(1) Openings covered by watertight manhole covers or watertight flush
scuttles.
(2) Small watertight cargo tank hatch covers.
(3) A Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead within the
superstructure.
(4) Remotely operated sliding watertight doors.
(5) Side scuttles of the non-opening type.
(b) Heel angle. (1) Except as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the maximum angle of heel must not exceed 15 degrees (17
degrees if no part of the freeboard deck is immersed).
(2) The Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center will consider on a
case by case basis each vessel 492 feet (150 meters) or less in length
having a final heel angle greater than 17 degrees but less than 25
degrees.
(c) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond its
position of equilibrium after flooding, a tankship must meet the
following conditions:
(1) The righting arm curve must be positive.
(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 3.95 inches (10 cm).
(3) Each submerged opening must be weathertight.
(d) Progressive flooding. Pipes, ducts or tunnels within the assumed
extent of damage must be either --
(1) Equipped with arrangements such as stop check valves to prevent
progressive flooding to other spaces with which they connect; or
(2) Assumed in the design calculations required by 172.130 to flood
the spaces with which they connect.
(e) Buoyancy of superstructure. The buoyancy of any superstructure
directly above the side damage is to be disregarded. The unflooded
parts of superstructures beyond the extent of damage may be taken into
consideration if they are separated from the damaged space by watertight
bulkheads and no progressive flooding of these intact spaces takes
place.
(f) Metacentric height. After flooding, the tankship's metacentric
height must be at least 2 inches (50mm) when the ship is in the upright
position.
(g) Equalization arrangements. Flooding equalization arrangements
requiring mechanical operation such as valves or cross-flooding lines
may not be assumed to reduce the angle of heel. Spaces joined by ducts
of large cross sectional area are treated as common spaces.
(h) Intermediate stages of flooding. If an intermediate stage of
flooding is more critical than the final stage, the tankship must be
shown by design calculations to meet the requirements in this section in
the intermediate stage.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51040, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 172.150 Subpart G -- Special Rules Pertaining to a Ship That Carries a Bulk Liquefied Gas Regulated Under Subchapter O of This Chapter
46 CFR 172.155 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each tankship that has on board a bulk
liquefied gas listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter as cargo,
cargo residue, or vapor.
46 CFR 172.160 Definitions.
As used in this subpart --
(a) Length or L means the load line length (LLL).
(b) MARVS means the Maximum Allowable Relief Valve Setting of a cargo
tank.
46 CFR 172.165 Intact stability calculations.
(a) Design calculations must show that 2 inches (50mm) of positive
metacentric height can be maintained by each tankship when it is being
loaded and unloaded.
(b) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the requirements
of paragraph (a), of this section, the effects of the addition of water
ballast may be considered.
46 CFR 172.170 Damage stability calculations.
(a) Each tankship must be shown by design calculations to meet the
survival conditions in 172.195 in each condition of loading and
operation assuming the damage specified in 172.175 for the hull type
specified in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter.
(b) If a cargo listed in Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter is to be
carried, the vessel must be at least the ship type specified in Table 4
of part 154 of this chapter for the cargo.
46 CFR 172.175 Character of damage.
(a) If a type IG hull is required, design calculations must show that
the vessel can survive damage at any location.
(b) If a type IIG hull is required, design calculations must show
that a vessel --
(1) Longer than 492 feet (150 meters) in length can survive damage at
any location; and
(2) 492 feet (150 meters) or less in length can survive damage at any
location except the transverse bulkheads bounding an aft machinery
space. The machinery space is calculated as a single floodable
compartment.
(c) If a vessel has independent tanks type C with a MARVS of 100 psi
(689 kPa) gauge or greater, is 492 feet (150 meters) or less in length,
and Table 4 of part 154 of this chapter allows a type IIPG hull, design
calculations must show that the vessel can survive damage at any
location, except as prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section.
(d) If a type IIIG hull is required, except as specified in paragraph
(e) of this section, design calculations must show that a vessel --
(1) 410 feet (125 meters) in length or longer can survive damage at
any location; and
(2) Less than 410 feet (125 meters) in length can survive damage at
any location, except in the main machinery space.
(e) The calculations in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section need
not assume damage to a transverse bulkhead unless it is spaced closer
than the longitudinal extent of collision penetration specified in Table
172.180 from another transverse bulkhead.
(f) If a main transvers watertight bulkhead or transverse watertight
bulkhead bounding a side tank or double bottom tank has a step or a
recess that is longer than 10 feet (3.05 meters) located within the
extent of penetration of assumed damage, the vessel must be shown by
design calculations to survive damage to this bulkhead. The step formed
by the after peak bulkhead and after peak tank top is not a step for the
purpose of this regulation.
46 CFR 172.180 Extent of damage.
For the purpose of 172.170 --
(a) Design calculations must include both side and bottom damage,
applied separately; and
(b) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the dimensions
given in Table 172.180 except that, if the most disabling penetrations
would be less than the penetrations given in Table 172.180, the smaller
penetration must be assumed.
46 CFR 172.185 Permeability of spaces.
(a) When doing the calculations required in 172.170, the
permeability of a floodable space other than a machinery space must be
as listed in Table 172.060(b).
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a floodable
space must be based on an assumed machinery space permeability of 85%,
unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 85% is justified
in detail.
(c) If a cargo tank would be penetrated under the assumed damage, the
cargo tank must be assumed to lose all cargo and refill with salt water
up to the level of the tankship's final equilibrium waterline.
46 CFR 172.195 Survival conditions.
A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(a) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim, must be below the lower edge of an opening
through which progressive flooding may take place, such as an air pipe,
or an opening that is closed by means of a weathertight door or hatch
cover. This opening does not include an opening closed by a --
(1) Watertight manhole cover;
(2) Flush scuttle;
(3) Small watertight cargo tank hatch cover that maintains the high
integrity of the deck;
(4) A Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead within the
superstructure;
(5) Remotely operated sliding watertight door; or
(6) A side scuttle of the non-opening type.
(b) Heel angle. The maximum angle of heel must not exceed 30
degrees.
(c) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond its
position of equilibrium after flooding, a tankship must meet the
following conditions:
(1) The righting arm curve must be positive.
(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 3.94 inches (10 cm).
(3) Each submerged opening must be weathertight.
(d) Progressive flooding. If pipes, ducts, or tunnels are within the
assumed extent of damage, arrangements must be made to prevent
progressive flooding to a space that is not assumed to be flooded in the
damaged stability calculations.
(e) Buoyancy of superstructure. The buoyancy of any superstructure
directly above the side damage is to be disregarded. The unflooded
parts of superstructures beyond the extent of damage may be taken into
consideration if they are separated from the damaged space by wartight
bulkheads and no progressive flooding of these intact spaces takes
place.
(f) Metacentric height. After flooding, the tank ship's metacentric
height must be at least 2 inches (50 mm) when the vessel is in the
upright position.
(g) Equalization arrangements. Equalization arrangements requiring
mechanical aids such as valves or cross-flooding lines may not be
considered for reducing the angle of heel. Spaces joined by ducts of
large cross-sectional area are treated as common spaces.
(h) Intermediate stages of flooding. If an intermediate stage of
flooding is more critical than the final stage, the tank vessel must be
shown by design calculations to meet the requirements in this section in
the intermediate stage.
46 CFR 172.205 Local damage.
(a) Each tankship must be shown by design calculations to meet the
survival conditions in paragraph (b) of this section in each condition
of loading and operation assuming that local damage extending 30 inches
(76 cm) normal to the hull shell is applied at any location in the cargo
length:
(b) The vessel is presumed to survive assumed local damage if it does
not heel beyond the smaller of the following angles in the final stage
of flooding:
(1) 30 degrees.
(2) The angle at which restoration of propulsion and steering, and
use of the ballast system is precluded.
46 CFR 172.205 Subpart H -- Special Rules Pertaining to Great Lakes Dry
Bulk Cargo Vessels
Source: CGD 80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 172.215 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each new Great Lakes vessel of 1600 gross
tons or more carrying dry cargo in bulk.
46 CFR 172.220 Definitions.
(a) As used in this subpart Length (L), Breadth (B), and Molded Depth
(D) are as defined in 45.3 of this Chapter.
(b) As used in this part new Great Lakes Vessel means a vessel
operating solely within the limits of the Great Lakes as defined in this
Subchapter that:
(1) Was contracted for on or after November 17, 1986, or delivered on
or after November 17, 1988.
(2) Has undergone a major conversion under a contract made on or
after November 17, 1986, or completed a major conversion on or after
November 17, 1987.
CGD 80-159, 51 FR 33059, Sept. 18, 1986; 52 FR 6979, Mar. 6, 1987)
46 CFR 172.225 Calculations.
(a) Each vessel must be shown by design calculations to meet the
survival conditions in 172.245 in each condition of loading and
operation, assuming the damage specified in 172.230.
(b) When doing the calculations required by paragraph (a) of this
section, the virtual increase in the vertical center of gravity due to a
liquid in a space must be determined by calculating either --
(1) The free surface effect of the liquid with the vessel assumed
heeled five degrees from the vertical; or
(2) The shift of the center of gravity of the liquid by the moment of
transference method.
(c) In calculating the free surface effect of consumable liquids, it
must be assumed that, for each type of liquid, at least one transverse
pair of wing tanks or a single centerline tank has a free surface. The
tank or combination of tanks selected must be those having the greatest
free surface effect.
(d) When doing the calculations required by paragraph (a) of this
section, the buoyancy of any superstructure directly above the side
damage must not be considered. The unflooded parts of superstructures
beyond the extent of damage may be considered if they are separated from
the damaged space by watertight bulkheads and no progressive flooding of
these intact spaces takes place.
46 CFR 172.230 Character of damage.
(a) Design calculations must show that each vessel can survive damage
--
(1) To any location between adjacent main transverse watertight
bulkheads;
(2) To any location between a main transverse bulkhead and a partial
transverse bulkhead in way of a side wing tank;
(3) To a main or wing tank transverse watertight bulkhead spaced
closer than the longitudinal extent of collision penetration specified
in Table 172.235 to another main transverse watertight bulkhead; and
(4) To a main transverse watertight bulkhead or a transverse
watertight bulkhead bounding a side tank or double bottom tank if there
is a step or a recess in the transverse bulkhead that is longer than 10
feet (3.05 meters) and that is located within the extent of penetration
of assumed damage. The step formed by the after peak bulkhead and after
peak tank top is not a step for the purpose of this paragraph.
46 CFR 172.235 Extent of damage.
For the purpose of the calculations required in 172.225 --
(a) Design calculations must include both side and bottom damage,
applied separately; and
(b) Damage must consist of the penetrations having the dimensions
given in Table 172.235 except that, if the most disabling penetrations
would be less than the penetrations described in this paragraph, the
smaller penetration must be assumed.
46 CFR 172.240 Permeability of spaces.
When doing the calculations required in 172.225,
(a) The permeability of a floodable space, other than a machinery or
cargo space, must be assumed as listed in Table 172.240;
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a floodable
space must be based on an assumed machinery space permeability of 85%
unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 85% is justified
in detail; and
(c) Calculations in which a cargo space that is completely filled is
considered flooded must be based on an assumed cargo space permeability
of 60% unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 60% is
justified in detail. If the cargo space is not completely filled, a
cargo space permeability of 95% must be assumed unless the use of an
assumed permeability of less than 95% is justified in detail.
46 CFR 172.245 Survival conditions.
A vessel is presumed to survive assumed damage if it meets the
following conditions in the final stage of flooding:
(a) Final waterline. The final waterline, in the final condition of
sinkage, heel, and trim must be below the lower edge of an opening
through which progressive flooding may take place, such as an air pipe,
or an opening that is closed by means of a weathertight door or hatch
cover. This opening does not include an opening closed by a:
(1) Watertight manhole cover;
(2) Flush scuttle;
(3) Small watertight cargo tank hatch cover that maintains the high
integrity of the deck;
(4) Class 1 door in a watertight bulkhead;
(5) Remotely operated sliding watertight door;
(6) Side scuttle of the nonopening type;
(7) Retractable inflatable seal; or
(8) Guillotine door.
(b) Heel angle. The maximum angle of heel must not exceed 15
degrees, except that this angle may be increased to 17 degrees if no
deck edge immersion occurs.
(c) Range of stability. Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond its
position of equilibrium after flooding, a vessel must meet the following
conditions:
(1) The righting arm curve must be positive.
(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 4 inches (10 cm).
(3) Each submerged opening must be weathertight
(d) Metacentric height. After flooding, the metacentric height must
be at least 2 inches (50 mm) when the vessel is in the equilibrium
position.
(e) Progressive flooding. In the design calculations required by
172.225, progressive flooding between spaces connected by pipes, ducts
or tunnels must be assumed unless:
(1) Pipes within the assumed extent of damage are equipped with
arrangements such as stop check valves to prevent progressive flooding
to other spaces with which they connect; and,
(2) Progressive flooding through ducts or tunnels is protected
against by:
(i) Retractable inflatable seals to cargo hopper gates; or
(ii) Guillotine doors in bulkheads in way of the conveyor belt.
46 CFR 172.245 PART 173 -- SPECIAL RULES PERTAINING TO VESSEL USE
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart A -- General
173.001 Applicability.
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart B -- Lifting
173.005 Specific applicability.
173.007 Location of the hook load.
173.010 Definitions.
173.020 Intact stability standards: counterballasted and
non-counterballasted vessels.
173.025 Additional intact stability standards: Counterballasted
vessels.
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart C -- School Ships
173.050 Specific applicability.
173.051 Public nautical school ships.
173.052 Civilian nautical school ships.
173.053 Sailing school vessels.
173.054 Watertight subdivision and damage stability standards for new
sailing school vessels.
173.055 Watertight subdivision and damage stability standards for
existing sailing school vessels.
173.056 Collision and other watertight bulkheads.
173.057 Permitted locations for Class 1 watertight doors.
173.058 Double bottom requirements.
173.059 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads.
173.060 Openings in the side of a vessel below the bulkhead or
weather deck.
173.061 Watertight integrity above the margin line.
173.062 Drainage of weather deck.
173.063 Intact stability requirements.
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart D -- Oceanographic Research
173.070 Specific applicability.
173.075 Subdivision requirements.
173.080 Damage stability requirements.
173.085 General subdivision requirements.
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart E -- Towing
173.090 General.
173.095 Towline pull criterion.
Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306, 5115; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 172.245 Subpart A -- General
46 CFR 173.001 Applicability.
Each vessel that is engaged in one of the following activities must
comply with the applicable provisions of this part:
(a) Lifting.
(b) Training (schoolship).
(c) Oceanographic research.
(d) Towing.
46 CFR 173.001 Subpart B -- Lifting
46 CFR 173.005 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each vessel that --
(a) Is equipped to lift cargo or other objects; and
(b) Has a maximum heeling moment due to hook load greater than or
equal to --
(0.67)(W)(GM)(F/B) in foot-long tons
(0.21)(W)(GM)(F/B) in meter-metric tons
where --
W=displacement of the vessel with the hook load included in long tons
(metric tons).
GM=metacentric height with hook load included in feet (meters).
F=freeboard to the deck edge amidships in feet (meters).
B=beam in feet (meters).
46 CFR 173.007 Location of the hook load.
When doing the calculations required in this subpart, the hook load
must be considered to be located at the head of the crane.
46 CFR 173.010 Definitions.
As used in this part --
(a) Hook load means the weight of the object lifted by the crane.
(b) Crane radius means the distance illustrated in Figure 173.010.
insert illus 58 0245A
46 CFR 173.020 Intact stability standards: Counterballasted and
non-counterballasted vessels.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each vessel
that is not equipped to counter-ballast while lifting must be shown by
design calculations to comply with this section in each condition of
loading and operation and at each combination of hook load and crane
radius.
(b) Each vessel must have a righting arm curve with the following
characteristics:
(1) If the vessel operates in protected or partially protected
waters, the area under the rightg arm curve up to the smallest of the
following angles must be at least 10 foot-degrees (3.05 meter-degrees):
(i) The angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(iii) 40 degrees.
(2) If the vessel operates in exposed waters, the area under the
righting arm curve up to the smallest of the following angles must be at
least 15 foot-degrees (4.57 meter-degrees):
(i) The angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(iii) 40 degrees.
(c) If the vessel's hull proportions fall within any one of the
following limits, in lieu of complying with paragraph (b) of this
section the vessel owner may demonstrate in the presence of the OCMI
that the vessel will not heel beyond the limits specified in paragraph
(d) of this section:
(1) Beam to depth -- 3.40 to 4.75.
(2) Length to beam -- 3.20 to 4.50.
(3) Draft to depth -- 0.60 to 0.85.
(d) For the purpose of paragraph (c) of this section, the following
limits of heel apply with the vessel at its deepest operating draft:
(1) Protected and partially protected waters and Great Lakes in
summer -- heel to main deck immersion or bilge emergence, whichever
occurs first.
(2) Exposed waters and Great Lakes in winter -- heel permitted to
one-half of the freeboard or one-half of the draft, whichever occurs
first.
46 CFR 173.025 Additional intact stability standards: Counterballasted
vessels.
(a) Each vessel equipped to counterballast while lifting must be
shown by design calculations to be able to withstand the sudden loss of
the hook load, in each condition of loading and operation and at each
combination of hook load and crane radius.
(b) When doing the calculations required by this section, the hook
load and counterballast heeling moments and vessel righting moments, as
plotted on graph 173.025, must define areas that satisfy the following
equation:
where --
(1) K=O for operation on protected waters and 7 foot-degrees (2.13
meter-degrees) for operation on partially protected and exposed waters.
(2)Areas I and II are shown on graph 173.025.
(c) Each heeling moment curve must be defined by --
where --
HM=heeling moment.
HMO=heeling moment at 0 degrees of heel.
T=angle of heel.
insert illus 58 0249A
where:
GZ(1) is the righting moment curve at the displacement corresponding
to the vessel without hook load.
GZ(2) is the righting moment curve at the displacement corresponding
to the vessel with hook load.
HM(1) is the heeling moment curve due to the combined heeling moments
of the hook load and the counterballast at the displacement with hook
load.
HM(2) is the heeling moment curve due to the counterballast at the
displacement without hook load.
theta(c) is the angle of static equilibrium due to the combined hook
load and counterballast heeling moments.
theta(f) is the downflooding angle on the counterballasted side of
the vessel.
46 CFR 173.025 Subpart C -- School Ships
46 CFR 173.050 Specific applicability.
Each nautical school ship, inspected under Subchapter R of this
chapter, must comply with this subpart.
46 CFR 173.051 Public nautical school ships.
Each public nautical school ship must comply with --
(a) Section 171.070(a) of this subchapter as a passenger vessel
carrying 400 or less passengers;
(b) Section 171.070(e) of this subchapter;
(c) Section 171.072 of this subchapter; and
(d) Section 171.073 of this subchapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983. Redesignated by CGD 83-005,
51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.052 Civilian nautical school ships.
Each civilian nautical school ship must comply with part 171 of this
subchapter as though it were a passenger vessel. In addition to regular
passengers, for the purpose of complying with part 171, the following
will also count as passengers;
(a) A student.
(b) A cadet.
(c) An instructor who is not also a member of the crew.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51045, Nov. 4, 1983. Redesignated by CGD 83-005,
51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.053 Sailing school vessels.
(a) In addition to the requirements in 173.054 through 173.063,
each sailing school vessel must comply with the provisions of subpart A
of part 171 of this subchapter.
(b) In addition to regular passengers, for the purpose of complying
with 171.070 through 171.073 and 171.080, the following will also be
counted as passengers:
(1) Sailing school students.
(2) Sailing school instructors.
(3) Guests.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.054 Watertight subdivision and damage stability standards
for new sailing school vessels.
(a) Each new sailing school vessel which has a mean length greater
than 75 feet (22.8 meters) or which carries more than 30 persons must
comply with --
(1) Section 171.040(a)(1);
(2) Sections 171.070 through 171.073; and
(3) Section 171.080 for Type II subdivision and damage stability.
(b) Each new sailing school vessel which has a mean length of 75 feet
(22.8 meters) or less and carries more than 30 persons must comply with
either --
(1) Section 171.040(a)(1) and 171.043; or
(2) Section 171.040(a)(1), 171.070 through 171.073, and 171.080.
(c) Each new sailing school vessel which does not carry more than 30
persons must have a collision bulkhead unless it has a mean length less
than 40 feet (12.2 meters) and is certificated for protected or
partially protected waters service only.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.055 Watertight subdivision and damage stability standards
for existing sailing school vessels.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an existing
sailing school vessel which carries more than 49 persons must be fitted
with a collision bulkhead and any additional bulkheads necessary to
provide one compartment subdivision.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an existing
sailing school vessel which has a mean length greater than 65 feet (19.8
meters), must be fitted with additional transverse watertight bulkheads
necessary to provide one compartment subdivision, when the following
Subdivision Numerals are exceeded:
(1) For vessels to be operated on Exposed Waters:
L N > 4000
(2) For vessels to be operated on Partially Protected Waters:
L N > 4500
(3) For vessels to be operated on Protected Waters:
L N > 5000
where L is the mean length and N is the number of persons on board
(c) An existing sailing school vessel which is required to meet a one
compartment subdivision standard and has a mean length of 90 feet (27.4
meters) or less may, instead of one compartment subdivision, be fitted
with a collision bulkhead and sufficient air tankage or other internal
buoyancy to maintain the fully-loaded vessel afloat with positive
stability in the flooded condition.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, an existing
sailing school vessel which has a mean length greater than 65 feet (19.8
meters) must be fitted with a collision bulkhead.
(e) On an existing sailing school vessel, operating on protected
waters, which has a mean length of 90 feet (27.4 meters) or less with no
other requirement for subdivision, the collision bulkhead may be
omitted.
(f) An existing sailing school vessel, operating on exposed waters,
which has a mean length of 65 feet (19.8 meters) or less and is carrying
more than 15 persons, must be fitted with a collision bulkhead.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.056 Collision and other watertight bulkheads.
(a) Collision bulkheads required by this section must comply with the
requirements in 171.085 of this subchapter.
(b) Each sailing school vessel required to meet paragraph (a) of
173.054 must comply with the machinery space bulkhead requirements in
171.095 of this subchapter.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.057 Permitted locations for Class I watertight doors.
(a) Class I doors are permitted in any location on a sailing school
vessel which has a mean length of 125 feet (38.1 meters) or less.
(b) Class I doors fitted in accordance with 170.270 of this
subchapter shall additionally be marked in two-inch letters ''RECLOSE
AFTER USE'', and be provided with a remote position indicator at the
main navigating station of the vessel.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.058 Double bottom requirements.
Each new sailing school vessel which has a mean length greater than
165 feet (50.3 meters) and is certificated for exposed water service
must comply with the double bottom requirements in 171.105 through
171.109, inclusive, of this subchapter.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.059 Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads.
Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads must comply with
the requirements in subpart E of part 171 of this subchapter.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.060 Openings in the side of a vessel below the bulkhead or
weather deck.
(a) Openings in the side of a vessel below the bulkhead or weather
deck must comply with the requirements in subpart F of part 171 of this
subchapter.
(b) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section,
each sailing school vessel which has a mean length greater than 90 feet
must comply with the requirements in 56.50-95 of Subchapter F of this
chapter.
(51 FR 924, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.061 Watertight integrity above the margin line.
The watertight integrity of each sailing school vessel above the
margin line must comply with the requirements in subpart G of part 171
of this subchapter.
(51 FR 925, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.062 Drainage of weather deck.
The weather deck of each sailing school vessel must be provided with
drainage in accordance with the requirements in subpart H of part 171 of
this subchapter.
(51 FR 925, Jan. 9, 1986)
46 CFR 173.063 Intact stability requirements.
(a) Except as provided in this section, each sailing school vessel
must meet the intact stability requirements in 171.035 of this
subchapter.
(b) In applying the requirements in 170.170 and 171.050 of this
subchapter, the value of ''T'' is equal to the angle of heel at which
the deck edge is immersed or 1/3 of the downflooding angle, whichever is
less.
(c) In applying the requirements of 171.055(d) (1) and (2) of this
subchapter --
(1) The value ''X'' is equal to 0.6 long tons/square foot (9.8 metric
tons/square meter).
(2) For a vessel in service on protected or partially protected
waters, values ''Y'' and ''Z'' are determined from graphs 173.063 (a)
and (b) and multiplied by the multiplier in graph 173.063(e).
(3) For a vessel in service on exposed waters, ''Y'' and ''Z'' are
determined from graphs 173.063 (c) and (d) and multiplied by the
multiplier from graph 173.063(e).
(4) To convert required numerals to units of ''metric tons/square
meter,'' multiply by 10.94.
(d) Each vessel of the open boat type that is required to comply with
the requirements in 171.035 (d) through (h) of this subchapter, may
instead comply with the requirements in paragraph (e) of this section.
(e) In lieu of complying with the requirements of paragraph (b) of
this section, an open boat may be provided with sufficient air tankage
or other internal buoyancy to maintain the vessel afloat when the vessel
is completely flooded or capsized. If foam is used to comply with this
paragraph, it must be installed in accordance with the requirements in
170.245 of this subchapter.
(f) A sailing school catamaran must meet the intact stability
requirements in 171.057.
(51 FR 925, Jan. 9, 1986)
insert illus. 176
insert illus. 177
insert illus. 178
46 CFR 173.063 Subpart D -- Oceanographic Research
46 CFR 173.070 Specific applicability.
Each oceanographic vessel, inspected under Subchapter U of this
chapter, except a barge that is less than 300 gross tons, must comply
with this subpart.
46 CFR 173.075 Subdivision requirements.
(a) Each oceanographic vessel must comply with the subdivision
requirements in 171.070, 171.072, and 171.073 of this subchapter as if
it were a passenger vessel carrying 400 or less passengers.
(b) Each vessel must have a collision bulkhead.
46 CFR 173.080 Damage stability requirements.
Each oceanographic vessel must comply with 171.080 of this
subchapter as a category Z vessel.
46 CFR 173.085 General subdivision requirements.
Each oceanographic vessel must comply with the following:
(a) Section 171.085(c)(1), (d) and (g) of this subchapter.
(b) Section 171.105 (a) through (g) of this subchapter except that a
reduction or elimination of the required inner bottom is allowed if --
(1) The inner bottom would interfere with the mission of the vessel;
and
(2) As a result of other design features, the ability of the vessel
to withstand side and bottom damage is not reduced.
(c) Section 171.106 of this subchapter.
(d) Section 171.108 of this subchapter.
(e) Section 171.109 of this subchapter.
(f) Section 171.111 of this subchapter.
(g) Section 171.113 of this subchapter.
(h) The collision bulkhead must not be penetrated by more than one
pipe that carries liquid to or from the forepeak tank. This pipe must
have a screwdown valve that is --
(1) Operative from above the bulkhead deck; and
(2) Attached to the bulkhead inside the forepeak tank.
(i) Section 171.116 (b), (c), and (e) of this subchapter.
(j) Section 171.117(c) of this subchapter.
(k) Each port light in a space located below the freeboard deck, as
defined in 42.13-15(i) of this chapter, or in a space within an
enclosed superstructure must be fitted with a hinged inside dead cover.
(l) Section 171.118 (b) and (c) of this subchapter.
(m) Section 171.122 (a) through (d) and (f) of this subchapter.
(n) Section 171.135 of this subchapter.
(o) A ventilation duct or forced draft duct may not penetrate a main
transverse watertight bulkhead unless --
(1) The penetration is watertight;
(2) The penetration is located as near the vessel's centerline as
possible; and
(3) The bottmm of the duct is not more than --
(i) 18 inches (45.7 cm) below the bulkhead deck; and
(ii) 4 feet (121.9 cm) above the final waterline after damage
determined in 173.080.
46 CFR 173.085 Subpart E -- Towing
46 CFR 173.090 General.
This subpart applies to each vessel that is equipped for towing.
46 CFR 173.095 Towline pull criterion.
(a) In each towing condition, each vessel must be shown by design
calculations to meet the requirements of either paragraph (b) or (c) of
this section.
(b) The vessel's metacentric height (GM) must be equal to or greater
than the following:
where --
N=number of propellers.
P=shaft power per shaft in horsepower (kilowatts).
D=propeller diameter in feet (meters).
s=that fraction of the propeller circle cylinder which would be
intercepted by the rudder if turned to 45 degrees from the vessel's
centerline.
h=vertical distance from propeller shaft centerline at rudder to
towing bitts in feet (meters).
D=displacement in long tons (metric tons).
f=minimum freeboard along the length of the vessel in feet (meters).
B=molded beam in feet (meters).
K=38 in English units.
K=13.93 in metric units.
(c) When a heeling arm curve, calculated in accordance with paragraph
(d) of this section, is plotted against the vessel's righting arm curve
--
(1) Equilibrium must be reached before the downflooding angle; and
(2) The residual righting energy must be at least 2 foot-degrees (.61
meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following angles:
(i) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(ii) The downflooding angle.
(iii) 40 degrees.
(d) The heeling arm curve specified in paragraph (c) of this section
must be calculated by the following equation:
where --
HA=heeling arm.
u=angle of heel.
N, P, D, K, s, h, and D are as defined in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(e) For the purpose of this section, downflooding angle means the
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
waterline in calm water to the first opening that does not close
watertight automatically.
(f) For the purpose of this section, at each angle of heel, a
vessel's righting arm may be calculated considering either --
(1) The vessel is permitted to trim free until the trimming moment is
zero; or
(2) The vessel does not trim as it heels.
46 CFR 173.095 Pt. 174
46 CFR 173.095 PART 174 -- SPECIAL RULES PERTAINING TO SPECIFIC VESSEL TYPES
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart A -- General
Sec.
174.005 Applicability.
174.007 Incorporation by reference.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart B -- Special Rules Pertaining to Deck Cargo
Barges
174.010 Specific applicability.
174.015 Intact stability.
174.020 Alternate intact stability criterion.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart C -- Special Rules Pertaining to Mobile Offshore
Drilling Units
174.030 Specific applicability.
174.035 Definitions.
174.040 Stability requirements: general.
174.045 Intact stability requirements.
174.050 Stability on bottom.
174.055 Calculation of wind heeling moment (Hm).
174.065 Damage stability requirements.
174.070 General damage stability assumptions.
174.075 Compartments assumed flooded: general.
174.080 Flooding on self-elevating and surface type units.
174.085 Flooding on column stabilized units.
174.090 Permeability of spaces.
174.100 Appliances for watertight and weathertight integrity.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart D -- Special Rules Pertaining to Nuclear Powered
Vessels
174.110 Specific applicability.
174.115 Subdivision requirements.
174.120 Damage stability requirements.
174.125 Additional subdivision requirements.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart E -- Special Rules Pertaining to Tugboats and
Towboats
174.140 Specific applicability.
174.145 Intact stability requirements.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart F -- Special Rules Pertaining to Ocean Thermal
Energy Conversion Plantships and Floating Facilities
174.150 Specific applicability.
174.155 Stability requirements.
174.160 Normal operating condition.
174.165 Tension tendon tethered facilities.
174.170 Stability test.
46 CFR 173.095 Subparts G-H (Reserved)
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart I -- Hopper Dredges With Working Freeboard
Assignments
Sec.
174.300 Specific applicability.
174.305 Definitions.
174.310 General.
174.315 Extent and character of damage.
174.320 Damage survival.
174.325 Equalization.
174.330 Jettisoning of spoil.
174.335 Watertight doors.
174.340 Collision bulkhead.
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 9118, 9119, 9153; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C.
3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277;
49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51048, Nov. 4, 1983, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 173.095 Subpart A -- General
46 CFR 174.005 Applicability.
Each of the following vessels must comply with the applicable
provisions of this part:
(a) Deck cargo barge.
(b) Mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU) inspected under Subchapter
IA of this chapter.
(c) Nuclear powered vessel.
(d) Tugboat and towboat inspected under Subchapter I of this chapter.
(e) Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion plantship and floating facility
inspected under Subchapter I of this chapter.
(f) Self-propelled hopper dredge having an assigned working
freeboard.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51048, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 76-080, 54
FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 174.007 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with
5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the
public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and
at the U.S. Coast Guard, Marine Technical and Hazardous Materials
Division (G-MTH), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and
is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part
and the sections affected are:
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM F-1196, Sliding Watertight Door Assemblies, 1989 174.100
ASTM F-1197, Sliding Watertight Door Control Systems, 1989 174.100
(CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35828, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 174.007 Subpart B -- Special Rules Pertaining to Deck Cargo Barges
46 CFR 174.010 Specific applicability.
Each barge that carries cargo above the weather deck must comply with
this subpart.
46 CFR 174.015 Intact stability.
(a) Except as provided In 174.020, in each condition of loading and
operation, each barge must be shown by design calculations to have an
area under the righting arm curve up to the angle of maximum righting
arm, the downflooding angle, or 40 degrees, whichever angle is smallest,
equal to or greater than --
(1) 15 foot-degrees (4.57 meter-degrees) for ocean and Great Lakes
winter service; and
(2) 10 foot-degrees (3.05 meter-degrees) for lakes, bays, sounds, and
Great Lakes summer service.
(b) For the purpose of this section, downflooding angle means the
static angle from the intersection of the vessel's centerline and
waterline in calm water to the first opening that does not close
watertight automatically.
46 CFR 174.020 Alternate intact stability criterion.
A barge need not comply with 174.015 and subparts C and E of part
170 of this chapter if it has the following characteristics:
(a) The weather deck is watertight.
(b) The barge's hull proportions fall within any one of the ratios in
categories (A) through (D) in Table 174.020.
(c) The maximum cargo height is 30 feet (9.25 meters) or a value
equal to the depth of the barge amidships, whichever is less.
46 CFR 174.020 Subpart C -- Special Rules Pertaining to Mobile Offshore Drilling Units
46 CFR 174.030 Specific applicability.
Each mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU) inspected under Subchapter
IA of this chapter must comply with this subpart.
46 CFR 174.035 Definitions.
(a) For the purpose of this subpart the following terms have the same
definitions as given in Subchapter IA of this chapter:
(1) Column stabilized unit.
(2) Mobile offshore drilling unit.
(3) Self-elevating unit.
(4) Surface type unit.
(b) For the purpose of this subpart --
(1) Downflooding means the entry of seawater through any opening that
cannot be rapidly closed watertight, into the hull, superstructure, or
columns of an undamaged unit due to heel, trim, or submergence of the
unit.
(2) Downflooding angle means the static angle from the intersection
of the unit's centerline and waterline in calm water to the first
opening through which downflooding can occur when subjected to a wind
heeling moment (Hm) calculated in accordance with 174.055.
(3) Normal operating condition means a condition of a unit when
loaded or arranged for drilling, field transit, or ocean transit.
(4) Severe storm condition means a condition of a unit when loaded or
arranged to withstand the passage of a severe storm.
46 CFR 174.040 Stability requirements: general.
Each unit must be designed to have at least 2 inches (50mm) of
positive metacentric height in the upright equilibrium position for the
full range of drafts, whether at the operating draft for navigation,
towing, or drilling afloat, or at a temporary draft when changing
drafts.
46 CFR 174.045 Intact stability requirements.
(a) Each unit must be designed so that the wind heeling moments (Hm)
and righting moments calculated for each of its normal operating
conditions and severe storm conditions, when plotted on GRAPH 174.045,
define areas that satisfy the equation:
where --
(1) K=1.4 except that if the unit is a column stabilized unit K=1.3;
(2) Area (A) is the area on GRAPH 174.045 under the righting moment
curve between 0 and the second intercept angle or the angle of heel at
which downflooding would occur, whichever angle is less; and
(3) Area (B) is the area on GRAPH 174.045 under the wind heeling
moment curve between 0 and the second intercept angle or the angle of
heel at which downflooding of the unit would occur whichever angle is
less.
(b) Each righting moment on graph 174.045 must be positive for all
angles greater than 0 and less than the second intercept angle.
(c) For the purposes of this section, openings fitted with the
weathertight closing appliances specified in 174.100(b) are not
considered as openings through which downflooding could occur if they
can be rapidly closed and would not be submerged below the units'
waterline prior to the first intercept angle, except that ventilation
intakes and outlets for machinery spaces, crew spaces, and other spaces
where ventilation is normally required are considered as openings
through which downflooding could occur regardless of location.
(d) Each unit must be designed so that it can be changed from each of
its normal operating conditions to a severe storm condition within a
minimum period of time consistent with the operating manual required in
109.121 of this chapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51048, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 83-071, 52
FR 6979, Mar. 6, 1987)
46 CFR 174.050 Stability on bottom.
Each bottom bearing unit must be designed so that, while supported on
the sea bottom with footings or a mat, it continually exerts a downward
force on each footing or the mat when subjected to the forces of wave
and current and to wind blowing at the velocities described in
174.055(b)(3).
46 CFR 174.055 Calculation of wind heeling moment (Hm).
(a) The wind heeling moment (Hm) of a unit in a given normal
operating condition or severe storm condition is the sum of the
individual wind heeling moments (H) calculated for each of the exposed
surfaces on the unit; i.e., Hm=SH.
(b) Each wind heeling moment (H) must be calculated using the
equation:
where --
(1) H=wind heeling moment for an exposed surface on the unit in
foot-pounds (kilogram-meters);
(2) k=0.00338 lb./(ft.2-knots2) (0.0623 (kg-sec2)/m4);
(3) v=wind velocity of --
(i) 70 knots (36 meters per second) for normal operating conditions.
(ii) 100 knots (51.5 meters per second) for severe storm conditions.
(iii) 50 knots (25.8 meters per second) for damage conditions.
(4) A=projected area in square feet (squrae meters) of an exposed
surface on the unit;
(5) Ch=height coefficient for ''A'' from Table 174.055(a);
(6) Cs=shape coefficient for ''A'' from Table 174.055(b); and
(7) h=the vertical distance in feet (meters) from the center of
lateral resistance of the underwater hull to the center of wind pressure
on ''A''.
(c) When calculating ''A'' in the equation described in paragraph (b)
of this section --
(1) The projected area of each column or leg; if the unit has
columns or legs, must not include shielding allowances;
(2) Each area exposed as a result of heel must be included;
(3) The projected area of a cluster of deck houses may be used
instead of the projected area of each individual deck house in the
cluster; and
(4) The projected area of open truss work may be calculated by taking
30% of the projected areas of both the front and back sides of the open
truss work rather than by determining the projected area of each
structural member of the truss work.
46 CFR 174.065 Damage stability requirements.
(a) Each unit must be designed so that, while in each of its normal
operating conditions and severe storm conditions, its final equilibrium
waterline would remain below the lowest edge of any opening through
which additional flooding could occur if the unit were subjected
simultaneously to --
(1) Damage causing flooding described in 174.075 through 174.085;
and
(2) A wind heeling moment calculated in accordance with 174.055(b)
using a wind velocity of 50 knots (25.8 meters per second).
(b) Each unit must have a means to close off each pipe, ventilation
system, and trunk in each compartment described in 174.080 or 174.085
if any portion of the pipe, ventilation system, or trunk is within 5
feet (1.5 meters) of the hull.
46 CFR 174.070 General damage stability assumptions.
For the purpose of determining compliance with 174.065, the
assumptions are made that during flooding and the resulting change in
the unit's waterline --
(a) The unit is not anchored or moored; and
(b) No compartment on the unit is ballasted or pumped out to
compensate for the flooding described in 174.075 through 174.085.
46 CFR 174.075 Compartments assumed flooded: general.
The individual flooding of each of the compartments described in
174.080 and 174.085 must be assumed for the purpose of determining
compliance with 174.065 (a). Simultaneous flooding of more than one
compartment must be assumed only when indicated in 174.080 and
174.085.
46 CFR 174.080 Flooding on self-elevating and surface type units.
(a) On a surface type unit or self-elevating unit, all compartments
within 5 feet (1.5 meters) of the hull of the unit between two adjacent
main watertight bulkheads, the bottom shell, and the uppermost
continuous deck or first superstructure deck where superstructures are
fitted must be assumed to be subject to simultaneous flooding.
(b) On the mat of a self-elevating unit, all compartments of the mat
must be assumed to be subject to individual flooding.
46 CFR 174.085 Flooding on column stabilized units.
(a) Watertight compartments that are outboard of, or traversed by, a
plane which connects the vertical centerlines of the columns on the
periphery of the unit, and within 5 feet (1.5 meters) of an outer
surface of a column or footing on the periphery of the unit, must be
assumed to be subject to flooding as follows:
(1) When a column is subdivided into watertight compartments by
horizontal watertight flats, all compartments in the column within 5
feet (1.5 meters) of the unit's waterline before damage causing flooding
must be assumed to be subject to simultaneous flooding.
(2) When a column is subdivided into watertight compartments by
vertical watertight bulkheads, each two adjacent compartments must be
assumed subject to simultaneous flooding if the distance between the
vertical watertight bulkheads, measured at the column periphery, is
equal to or less than one-eighth of the column perimeter at the draft
under consideration.
(3) When a column is subdivided into watertight compartments by
horizontal watertight flats and vertical watertight bulkheads, those
compartments that are within the bounds described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section and within 5 feet (1.5 meters) of the unit's waterline
before damage causing flooding must be assumed to be subject to
simultaneous flooding.
(b) Each compartment in a footing must be assumed to be subject to
individual flooding when any part of the compartment is within 5 feet
(1.5 meters) of the unit's waterline before damage causing flooding.
46 CFR 174.090 Permeability of spaces.
When doing the calculations required in 174.065 --
(a) The permeability of a floodable space, other than a machinery
space, must be as listed in Table 174.090; and
(b) Calculations in which a machinery space is treated as a floodable
space must be based on an assumed machinery space permeability of 85%,
unless the use of an assumed permeability of less than 85% is justified
in detail.
46 CFR 174.100 Appliances for watertight and weathertight integrity.
(a) Appliances to insure watertight integrity include watertight
doors, hatches, scuttles, bolted manhole covers, or other watertight
closures for openings in watertight decks and bulkheads.
(b) Appliances to insure weathertight integrity include weathertight
doors and hatches, closures for air pipes, ventilators, ventilation
intakes and outlets, and closures for other openings in deckhouses and
superstructures.
(c) Each internal opening equipped with appliances to insure
watertight integrity that is used intermittently during operation of the
unit while afloat must meet the following:
(1) Each door, hatch, and scuttle must --
(i) Be remotely controlled from a normally manned control station,
and be operable locally from both sides of the bulkhead; or
(ii) If there is no means of remote control there must be an alarm
system that signals whether the appliance is open or closed both locally
at each appliance and in a normally manned control station.
(2) Each closing appliance must remain watertight under the design
water pressure of the watertight boundary of which it is a part.
(d) Each external opening fitted with an appliance to insure
weathertight integrity must be located so that it would not be submerged
below the final equilibrium waterline if the unit is subjected
simultaneously to --
(1) Damage causing flooding described in 174.075 through 174.085;
and
(2) A wind heeling moment calculated in accordance with 174.055
using a wind velocity of 50 knots (25.8 meters per second).
(e) If a unit is equipped with sliding watertight doors, each sliding
watertight door must --
(1) Be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with
ASTM F-1196;
(2) Have controls in accordance with ASTM F-1197, except that a
remote manual means of closure, as specified in paragraphs 7.1 and
7.5.1, and a remote mechanical indicator, as specified in paragraph
7.5.2, will not be required; and
(3) If installed in a subdivision bulkhead, meet Supplemental
Requirements Nos. S1 and S3 of ASTM F-1196, unless the watertight doors
are built in accordance with plans previously approved by the Coast
Guard, in which case, only Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1 and S3.1.4
of ASTM F-1196 must be met. In either case, control systems for
watertight doors must have power supplies, power sources, installation
tests and inspection, and additional remote operating consoles in
accordance with Supplemental Requirements Nos. S1 through S4 of ASTM
F-1197.
(f) Installations of sliding watertight door assemblies must be in
accordance with the following:
(1) Before a sliding watertight door assembly is installed in a
vessel, the bulkhead in the vicinity of the door opening must be
stiffened. Such bulkhead stiffeners, or deck reinforcement where flush
deck door openings are desired, must not be less than 6 inches nor more
than 12 inches from the door frame so that an unstiffened diaphragm of
bulkhead plating 6 to 12 inches wide is provided completely around the
door frame. Where such limits cannot be maintained, alternative
installations will be considered by the Marine Safety Center. In
determining the scantlings of these bulkhead stiffeners, the door frame
should not be considered as contributing to the strength of the
bulkhead. Provision must also be made to adequately support the thrust
bearings and other equipment that may be mounted on the bulkhead or
deck.
(2) Sliding watertight door frames must be either bolted or welded
watertight to the bulkhead.
(i) If bolted, a suitable thin heat and fire resistant gasket or
suitable compound must be used between the bulkhead and the frame for
watertightness. The bulkhead plating shall be worked to a plane surface
in way of the frame when mounting.
(ii) If welded, caution must be exercised in the welding process so
that the door frame is not distorted.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51048, Nov. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56
FR 35828, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 174.100 Subpart D -- Special Rules Pertaining to Nuclear Powered Vessels
46 CFR 174.110 Specific applicability.
(a) This part applies to nuclear vessels.
(b) Nuclear vessels are required to comply with part 37, 79, or 99 of
this chapter.
46 CFR 174.115 Subdivision requirements.
Each vessel must comply with the subdivision requirements in
171.070, 171.072, and 171.073 of this subchapter as if it were a
passenger vessel carrying more than 1000 passengers.
46 CFR 174.120 Damage stability requirements.
Each vessel must comply with 171.080 of this subchapter as a
category Y vessel.
46 CFR 174.125 Additional subdivision requirements.
Each vessel must comply with the following:
(a) Sections 171.085, 171.090, 171.095, and 171.100 of this
subchapter as if it were a passenger vessel of 100 gross tons or more
with Type II subdivision.
(b) Sections 171.105, 171.106, 171.108, and 171.109 of this
subchapter as if it were a passenger vessel that is --
(1) Greater than 250 feet (76 meters) in LBP;
(2) Greater than 100 gross tons; and
(3) In ocean service.
(c) Sections 171.111 through 171.113 of this subchapter.
(d) Sections 171.116 through 171.118 of this subchapter.
(e) Sections 171.122 and 171.135 of this subchapter.
46 CFR 174.125 Subpart E -- Special Rules Pertaining to Tugboats and Towboats
46 CFR 174.140 Specific applicability.
Each tugboat and towboat inspected under Subchapter I of this chapter
must comply with this subpart.
46 CFR 174.145 Intact stability requirements.
(a) In each condition of loading and operation, each vessel must be
shown by design calculations to meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)
through (e) of this section.
(b) The area under each righting arm curve must be at least 16.9
foot-degrees (5.15 meter-degrees) up to the smallest of the following
angles:
(1) The angle of maximum righting arm.
(2) The downflooding angle.
(3) 40 degrees.
(c) The area under each righting arm curve must be at least 5.6
foot-degrees (1.72 meter-degrees) between the angles of 30 degrees and
40 degrees, or between 30 degrees and the downflooding angle if this
angle is less than 40 degrees.
(d) The maximum righting arm shall occur at a heel of at least 25
degrees.
(e) The righting arm curve must be positive to at least 60 degrees.
(f) For the purpose of this section, at each angle of heel, a
vessel's righting arm may be calculated considering either --
(1) The vessel is permitted to trim free until the trimming moment is
zero; or
(2) The vessel does not trim as it heels.
46 CFR 174.145 Subpart F -- Special Rules Pertaining to Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion Plantships and Floating Facilities
46 CFR 174.150 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion
plantship and floating facility that must meet part 106 of this chapter.
46 CFR 174.155 Stability requirements.
(a) Except as modified in this subpart, each plantship and floating
facility must meet the following requirements in this subchapter:
(1) Section 170.085.
(2) Section 170.090.
(3) Section 170.120.
(4) Sections 170.174 through 170.190.
(5) Sections 174.030 through 174.100.
(b) Compliance with the remaining provisions in this subchapter is
not required.
46 CFR 174.160 Normal operating condition.
For the purpose of this subpart, Normal operating condition means a
condition of the plantship or floating facility when loaded and arranged
for producing energy or when in ocean transit.
46 CFR 174.165 Tension tendon tethered facilities.
Each floating facility of the tension tendon tethered configuration
must be designed so that it continually maintains a tension on each
tendon when subjected to the forces described in 174.055 of this
subchapter.
46 CFR 174.170 Stability test.
The stability test provided for in subpart F of part 170 of this
subchapter is not required for a floating facility or plantship if it is
shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that, because of its
configuration, testing of the facility or plantship is not practicable
and the facility or plantship has inherent adequate stability by design.
46 CFR 174.170 Subparts G -- H (Reserved)
46 CFR 174.170 Subpart I -- Hopper Dredges With Working Freeboard
Assignments
Source: CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 174.300 Specific applicability.
This subpart applies to each self-propelled hopper dredge for which a
working freeboard assignment is being sought under part 44, subpart C,
of this chapter.
46 CFR 174.305 Definitions.
Hopper dredge has the same meaning as contained in 44.310 of this
chapter.
Length has the same meaning as contained in 42.13-15(d) of this
chapter.
Working freeboard has the same meaning as contained in 44.310 of
this chapter.
46 CFR 174.305 Calculations
46 CFR 174.310 General.
(a) Each hopper dredge under this subpart must be shown by design
calculations based on the assumptions under paragraphs (b), (c), (d),
and (e) of this section, that it meets --
(1) The requirements in 170.170, 170.173, and 170.300 of this
chapter in each condition of loading and operation; and
(2) The survival conditions of 174.320 in each condition of loading
and operation assuming the character and extent of damage specified in
174.315.
(b) The calculations required by paragraph (a) of this section must
assume:
(1) The hoppers are full of seawater;
(2) The permeability of flooded spaces is as provided by Table
174.310;
(3) The equalization provisions of 174.325; and
(4) The jettisoning provisions of 174.330.
(c) The calculations required by this section must take into account
a sufficient number of loading conditions to identify the condition in
which the vessel is least stable, including, but not limited to, the
most severe loading condition, and the:
(1) Specific gravity of the dredge spoil, from 1.02 up to and
including the maximum required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and
(2) Draft, up to and including the draft corresponding to the working
freeboard for the full range of trim.
(d) The calculations required by this section for a dredge with open
hoppers may include spillage of spoil from the hopper resulting from
changing the angle of heel and trim.
(e) The following assumptions must be made when doing the
calculations required by this section:
(1) Dredged spoil in the hopper is a homogeneous liquid with a
maximum specific gravity for the areas of operation.
(2) When calculating the vessel's righting arm, it is assumed at each
angle of heel that the vessel trims free and the trimming moment is
zero.
46 CFR 174.315 Extent and character of damage.
(a) The calculations required by 174.310 must show that the dredge
can survive damage at any location along the length of the vessel
including at a transverse bulkhead in accordance with paragraph (b) of
this section.
(b) The calculations required by paragraph (a) of this section must
assume the most disabling side penetration with the damage collision
penetration provided by Table 174.315, except that if the most disabling
damage collision penetrations would be less than those provided by Table
174.315, the smaller damage collision penetration must be assumed.
46 CFR 174.320 Damage survival.
A hopper dredge survives assumed damage if it meets the following
conditions:
(a) The maximum angle of heel in each stage of flooding must not
exceed 30 degrees or the angle of downflooding whichever is less.
(b) The final waterline, taking into account sinkage, heel, and trim,
must be below the lowest edge of each opening through which progressive
flooding may take place.
(c) The righting arm curve calculated after damage must:
(1) Have a minimum positive range of 20 degrees beyond the angle of
equilibrium; and
(2) Reach a height of at least 4 inches (l00mm) within the 20 degree
positive range.
(d) Each opening within, or partially within, the 20 degree range
beyond the angle of equilibrium must be weathertight.
(e) After flooding or equalization as allowed by 174.325, the hopper
dredge's metacentric height must be at least 2 inches (50mm) when the
dredge is in an upright position.
46 CFR 174.325 Equalization.
When doing the calculations required by 174.310 of this subpart --
(a) Equalization arrangements requiring mechanical aids, such as
valves, may not be assumed to be effective in reducing the angle of
heel; and
(b) Spaces joined by ducts may be assumed to be common spaces only if
equalization takes place within 15 minutes after flooding begins.
46 CFR 174.330 Jettisoning of spoil.
(a) When doing the calculations required by 174.310 for a hopper
dredge with bottom doors, it may be assumed that the spoil is jettisoned
immediately after damage and that the bottom doors remain open if:
(1) The bottom doors are designed so that they may be fully opened
from:
(i) The closed position within two minutes even if the main power
source is lost or the bottom door actuating mechanism is damaged; and
(ii) The navigating bridge;
(2) The discharge area through the bottom doors is equal to or
greater than 30 percent of the maximum cross sectional area of the
hopper measured in a plane parallel to the waterline; and
(3) Asymmetrical jettisoning of the spoil is impossible.
(b) When doing the calculations required by 174.310 for a hopper
dredge with a split hull, it may be assumed that the spoil is jettisoned
immediately after damage if --
(1) The hull is designed so that --
(i) The complete separation is effected within two minutes even if
the main power source is lost or the actuating means is damaged; and
(ii) The actuating means can be operated from the navigating bridge;
(2) It is shown to the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center,
either by calculations or by operational tests, that the hulls can
separate sufficiently to allow the dredged material to dump without
bridging; and
(3) Asymmetrical jettisoning of the spoil is impossible.
46 CFR 174.330 Design
46 CFR 174.335 Watertight doors.
(a) Each hopper dredge must have sliding watertight doors (Class 3)
approved under subpart 163.001 of this chapter if the sill for the door
is --
(1) Installed below the bulkhead deck; and
(2) Less than 24 inches above the final waterline as shown by the
calculations required by 174.310 in each damage condition up to and
including the maximum amount of assumed damage.
(b) Each hopper dredge must have sliding watertight doors (Class 3)
approved under subpart 163.001 of this chapter, or quick acting hinged
watertight doors (Class 1) approved under the same subpart if the sill
of the watertight door is --
(1) Installed below the bulkhead deck; and
(2) Greater than 24 inches above the final waterline as shown by the
calculations required by 174.310 in each damage condition up to and
including the maximum amount of assumed damage.
46 CFR 174.340 Collision bulkhead.
Each hopper dredge must have a collision bulkhead that is located not
less than 5 percent of the length abaft of the forward perpendicular.
46 CFR (10-1-92 Edition)
Index, Parts 170 -- 174
Editorial Note: This listing is provided for informational purposes
only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the Coast Guard, Department
of Transportation.
Part, subpart or section
Addresses:
Material incorporated by reference
170.015
Merchant marine technical offices
170.100
Aft peak bulkhead, passenger vessels
171.090
Alterations
170.001(b), 170.005
Auxiliary sailing vessels:
Defined
170.055(a)
Large passenger vessels
171.055
Small passenger vessels
171.035
Weather criterion for
170.170(c)
Ballast, fixed. (See Fixed ballast.)
Barges:
Deck cargo
Part 174, Subpart B
Definitions
170.055(b), (o), (q)
Large passenger
171.045
Oceanographic research
173.070
Small passenger
171.020
Tank. (See Tank barges.)
Weather criterion for
170.160
Bulk cargo vessels, special requirements for
Part 172
Buoyancy:
Air tanks
171.070(d), 171.095(c)
Foam flotation material
170.245
Internal
171.070(d), 171.095(c)
Standards of flooding
171.017
Calculations:
Samples of, in stability booklet
170.110(d)
Submittal of
170.090
Stability text results
170.175(a)
Catamarans
171.035(b), 171.057
Center of gravity:
Determination of
Part 170, Subpart F
During simplified stability test
171.030(c)(4)
Estimated position on tank vessels
170.200
In stability booklet
170.110(d)
Subchapter O barges
172.090(b)
Tanks
170.075(a)(5)
Virtual increase of
Part 170, Subpart I
Collision bulkhead:
Oceanographic research vessels
173.075, 173.085
Passenger vessels
170.040, 171.060, 171.065,
171.070, 171.085
Consumable liquids:
Effect on stability calculations
170.285, 170.290
In lightweight
170.055(i)
Cranes:
Data required
170.095
Requirements for vessels with
Part 173, Subpart B
Cross curves, required
170.090(b)(3)
Cross-flooding:
Instructions to the Master
171.110(d)(13)
Liquefied gas carriers, system standards
172.195(g)
Passenger vessels, system standards
171.080(e)
Subchapter O tankships, system standards
172.150(g)
Damage stability:
Liquefied gas carriers, local damage
172.205
Liquefied gas carriers, major damage
172.170
MODU's, standards for
174.065
Nautical school ships, standards for
173.055, 173.080
Nuclear powered vessels, standards for
174.120
Oceanographic research vessels, standards for
173.080
Oil tankers, standards for
172.065
OTEC facilities, standards for
174.155
Passenger vessels:
Cockpits
171.145(e)(3)
Types I and II
171.080
Types III
171.082
Well decks
171.150(b)(2)
Subchapter D tank barges carrying cargoes other than oil
172.050
Subchapter O barges, standards for
172.103
Subchapter O tankships, standards for
172.133
Dangerous cargoes
Part 172, Subparts E and F
Dead covers:
Oceanographic research vessels, required
173.085(k)
Passenger vessels, required
171.117, 171.119(a)(2), 171.122(g)
Deadweight surveys
170.175(c)
Deck cargo barges. (See Barges.)
Definitions:
Concerning a vessel
170.055
General terms
170.050
Pertaining to lifting
173.010
Pertaining to liquefied gas carriers
172.160
Pertaining to MODU's
174.035
Pertaining to passenger vessels
171.010
Pertaining to Subchapter O tankships
172.127
Discontinuous bulkhead deck, passenger vessels
171.015(c)
Discontinuous weather deck
170.170(b)
Double bottoms, passenger vessels:
Manholes in
171.108
Permeability of
171.066(b)(4)
Required
171.105
Watertight floors in
171.109
Wells in
171.106
Downflooding:
Angle
170.055(f)
Deck cargo barges
174.015
Defined (except MODU's)
170.055(e)
Lifting vessels
173.020(b)
Liquefied gas carriers
172.195
Mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs):
Considered
174.045
Defined
174.035(b)
Oil tankers
170.055(f)
Sailing passenger vessels
171.055
Subchapter O barges
172.090
Subcharter O tankships
172.150
Tugboats and towboats
174.145
Vessels of unusual proportion and form
170.173
Vessels which tow
173.095
Draft marks
170.075(a)(6), 170.180(e)
Drainage of weather decks
Part 171, Subpart H
Deck cargo barges
Part 174, Subpart B
Equalization. (See Cross-flooding.)
Equivalent plane bulkhead, passenger vessels:
Defined
171.010(c)
Required:
Type I subdivision
171.067(f)
Type II subdivision
171.073(c)
Equivalents
170.010
Estimated lightweight vertical center of gravity
170.200
Existing vessels
170.001(b)
Ferry:
Collision bulkheads
171.040(d), 171.060(d)
Defined
171.010(d)
Intact stability during loading
171.030(g)
Fixed ballast
170.055(i), 170.110(d)(14),
170.235
Floodable length:
Curves required
170.090(b)(4)
Defined
171.010(e)
Passenger vessels:
Simplified -- small passenger vessels
171.043(a)
Standards, Type I
171.065
Standards, Type II
171.070
Standards, Type III
171.075
Floors, watertight -- in double bottoms
171.109
Foam flotation
170.245, 171.070(d), 171.095(c)
Foreign vessels
170.001(a)(2)
Freeboard:
Allowable heeling limits, general
170.170(a), 171.030(e)-(h)
Passenger vessels, effective
171.043
Freeing ports:
Minimum Area
171.150
Required
171.135
Free surface:
Instructions concerning:
Counterballasting
170.125(b)(1)
Stability booklet
170.110(d)(6)
Subchapter O tank barges, assumption
172.087(b)
Treatment of, general
Part 170, Subpart I
Grain in bulk
170.098, Part 172, Subpart B
''Grandfathering''
170.001(b)
Hazardous liquids
Part 172, Subparts E, F
Hopper barges:
Subchapter D cargoes other than oil
172.050
Subchapter O cargoes
172.100, 172.110
Hydrostatic curves (curves of form), required
170.075(a)(3), 170.100(d)(4)
Inclining experiments. (See Stability test.)
Incorporation by reference:
General
170.015
IMO Resolution A.265(VIII)
170.135, 171.075, 171.082
MIL-P-21929B
170.245(b)(9)
Intact stability:
Deck cargo barges
174.015, 174.020
Large passenger vessels:
Catamarans
171.057
Passenger heel
171.050
Sailing
171.055
Lifting vessels
173.020, 173.025
Liquefied gas carriers
172.165
Mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs)
174.045
Passenger vessels:
Cockpits
171.145(e)(1)
Well decks
171.150(b)(2)
Small passenger vessels:
General
171.030
Sailing
171.035
Subchapter O barges
172.090, 172.095
Tugboats and Towboats
174.145
Vessels of unusual proportion and form
170.170(d), 170.173
Weather Criterion
170.160, 170.170
International voyage:
Passenger vessels:
Aft peak bulkhead required
171.090(a)
Defined
171.010(g), (1)
Double bottoms required for
171.105(a)
Shaft tunnels
171.100(a)
Special considerations
171.068
Standards
171.045
Subdivision requirements
170.265(d)(1)
Watertight door requirements
170.265(d)(1)
Large Passenger vessels
Part 171, Subpart C
Lifting:
Data submittal requirements
170.095
Operating information requirements
170.125
Standards
Part 173, Subpart B
Lightweight:
Defined
170.055(i)
Information required, stability booklet
170.110(d)(1)
Determination of
Part 170, Subpart F
Lines drawing required
170.075(a)(2), 170.180(a)
Liquefied flammable gas, barges
Part 172, Subpart C
Liquefied gas carriers
Part 172, Subpart G
LNG Carriers. See Liquefied gas carriers.)
Load line:
Certificate, stability information on
170.110(e), 170.120(b)
Length, defined
170.055(h)(5)
Locks required:
Cargo space watertight doors
170.275(b)
Port lights below the bulkhead deck
171.116(f)(4)
Machinery space bulkhead, passenger vessels
171.095
Main transverse watertight bulkhead
170.055(j)
Manholes, passenger vessels:
Double bottoms
171.108
Prohibited locations
171.111(h)
Margin line:
Passenger vessels:
Air tankage or internal buoyancy
171.070(d)(2)
Dead covers required on port lights, below
171.117(a)
Location of
171.015
Location of openings
171.111(f), (g)
Openings in trunks
171.113(c)(2)
Stepped bulkheads
171.067(b)(3)
Submergence of
171.017, 171.080(d)(3), 171.100(b)
Volume below
Tables 171.065(a), 171.066,
171.068
Volume of passenger spaces above
171.065(b)
Watertight integrity above
Part 171, Subpart G
Test head:
Form flotation material
170.245(b)(3)
Watertight doors
170.270(b)
Military specifications, MIL-P-21929B
170.015(b), 170.245(b)
Mobile offshore drilling units (MODU;s):
Operating information required
170.130
Stability information required
170.110(a)
Standards for
174.005(b), Part 174, Subpart C
Nautical school ships, standards
171.001(b), 173.001(b), Part 173,
Subpart C
Nuclear powered vessel, standards
171.001(b), 174.005(c), Part 174,
Subpart D
Oceanographic vessel, standards
171.001(b), 173.001(c), Part 173,
Subpart D
Oil in bulk, standards for vessels carrying
172.005(c), Part 172, Subpart D
Openings:
Closed by weathertight covers:
Liquefied gas carriers
172.195
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.045(c)
Oil tankers
172.065(g)
Subchapter O tankships
172.150
Downflooding through:
General
170.055(e), (f)
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.035(b), 174.065(a)
Subchapter O barges
172.090(d)
Sailing passenger vessels
171.055(f)
Mobile offshore drilling units:
Closures for
174.100
Watertight, closed automatically
174.015(b)
Watertight, closed rapidly
174.045
Passenger vessels:
Cockpit openings
171.145(a)(2)
Collision bulkhead
171.085
Effect on effective freeboard
171.043(b)
Special consideration, exposed weather decks
171.122(f)
Vessel sides
Part 171, Subpart F
Watertight bulkheads
Part 171, Subpart E
Watertight, closed automatically:
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.015(b)
Towing vessels
173.095(e)
Operating manual
170.130
OTEC facilities
174.005(e), Part 174, Subpart F
Passenger vessels, standards
Part 171
Penetrations. See Openings.)
Permeability
Calculation of, Type I subdivision
171.066
Damage stability:
Liquefied gas carriers
172.185
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.090
Oil tankers
172.065(f)
Passenger vessels
171.080(c)
Subchapter O tankships
172.140
Defined
170.055(k)
Uniform average permeability:
Type I subdivision
Table 171.068
Type II subdivision
171.072
Plans:
Approval:
General
Part 170, Subpart C, 170.180
Required
170.075
Specific
170.093
Submittal of
170.100, 170.180
Port lights
171.116
Repairs:
General
170.001(b), 170.005
In way of fixed ballast
170.235(b)
Roll stabilization tanks
170.295
Rudders, towline pull criterion
173.095
Sailing vessels:
Defined
170.055(a), (1)
Intact stability standards:
Catamarans
171.057
Large passenger vessels
171.055
Small passenger vessels
171.035
Weather criterion
170.170(c)
School ships. See Nautical school ships.)
Shaft power, towline pull criterion
173.095
Shaft tunnels:
On passenger vessels
171.100, 171.106(c)
Watertight doors in
170.260(d)
Short international voyages, vessels on:
Class 3 doors
170.265(d)(1)
Defined
171.010(1)
Double bottoms not required
171.105(h)(2)
Special considerations
171.068
Side ports, passenger vessels
171.118
Sister vessel, stability test dispensed with
170.175(c)
Small passenger vessels, standards
Part 171
Stability booklets:
Contents of
170.110
Lifting vessels, additional information
170.125
Submission and approval required
170.080
Vessels with Type III subdivision, additional information
170.135
Stability letters:
In lieu of stability booklet
170.110(e)
Required
170.120
Stability test:
General
170.175
Information required before test
170.085
Plans and information required at test
170.180
Preparations for test
170.185
Simplified test, small passenger vessels
171.030, 171.035
Test procedure, modification of
170.190
Stern tubes, passenger vessels
171.100
Subdivision:
Nuclear powered vessels, requirements
174.115, 174.125
Oceanographic vessels
173.075, 173.085
Passenger vessels:
Additional requirements
Part 171, Subpart D
Calculations: Type I
171.065, 171.066, 171.067, 171.068
Type II
171.070, 171.072, 171.073
Type III
171.075
Requirements, large passenger vessels
171.060
Requirements, small passenger vessels
171.040
Trunks, effect of
171.113(b)(3)
Subdivision load line (draft), passenger vessels:
Cockpits
171.145(e), (f)
Dead cover locations
171.117(b)
Deepest, defined
171.010(b)
Openings in hull, small passenger vessels
171.119(a)
Port light locations
171.116(b)(2)
Transverse damage extent, relationship to
171.065(h)(2), Table 171.080(a)
Ventilators and side port locations
171.118(c)
Superstructures:
Buoyancy of:
Liquefied gas carriers
172.195(e)
Oil tankers
172.065(h)
Subchapter O tankships
172.150
Integrity of, mobile offshore drilling units
174.100(b)
Points of downflooding in:
General
170.055(e)
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.035(b)(1)
Port lights in, oceanographic vessels
173.085(k)
Windage area of, small passenger vessels
171.030(d)
Tank barge:
Assumed center of gravity for
170.200(b)(2)
Carrying oil in bulk
Part 172, Subpart D
Carrying Subchapter D cargoes other than oil
Part 172, Subpart C
Carrying Subchapter O cargoes
Part 172, Subpart E
Defined
170.055(o)
Tank vessel:
Assumed center of gravity
170.200
Defined
170.055(n)
Standards for
Part 172, Subparts C, D, E, F, G
Tests:
Foam flotation material
170.245
Passenger vessels:
Operational, sailing vessels
171.035(f)
Simplified stability test, small passenger vessels
171.030, 171.035
Stability
170.085, Part 170, Subpart F
Watertight doors
170.270
Towboats. See Towing.)
Towing, standards for
173.001(d), Part 173, Subpart E,
174.005(d), Part
174, Subpart E
Towline pull criterion
173.095
Tugboats. (See Towing.)
Unusual proportion and form, vessels of
170.173
Ventilators, automatic -- passenger vessels
171.118
Watertight bulkheads:
Doors, standards for
171.122, 171.124, Part 170,
Subpart H
Liquefied gas carriers
172.175, 172.195
Mobile offshore drilling units
174.080, 174.085
Oceanographic vessels, ducts through
173.085(o)
Oil tankers
172.065
Passenger vessels:
Above weatherdeck
171.122
Large passenger vessels, requirements
171.065, 171.067, 171.068,
171.070, 171.073
Machinery space
171.095
Penetrations of
Part 171 -- Subpart E
Small passenger vessels, requirements
171.040, 171.043
Watertight floors
171.109
Subchapter D barges not carrying oil
172.050
Subchapter O barges
172.104
Subchapter O tankships
172.133(d), 172.150
Watertight doors. (See Watertight bulkheads.)
Weather criterion
Part 170, Subpart E
Wind heeling moment:
Small passenger vessels
171.030(d), 171.035(g)
MODU's
174.035(b)(2), 174.045, 174.055,
174.065(a)(2),
174.100(d)(2)
46 CFR 174.340 46 CFR Ch. I (10-1-92 Edition)
46 CFR 174.340 Coast Guard, DOT
46 CFR 174.340 SUBCHAPTER T -- SMALL PASSENGER VESSELS (UNDER 100 GROSS TONS)
46 CFR 174.340 Pt. 175
46 CFR 174.340 PART 175 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.01 -- Authority
Sec.
175.01-1 General.
175.01-3 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.05 -- Application
175.05-1 Applicability to United States vessels.
175.05-2 Applicability to offshore supply vessels.
175.05-3 Applicability to foreign vessels.
175.05-5 Specific application noted in text.
175.05-15 Gross tonnage as a criterion for requirements.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.07 -- Load Lines
175.07-1 Load lines required.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.10 -- Definitions of Terms Used in This
Subchapter
175.10-1 Approved.
175.10-2 Approved type.
175.10-3 Coastwise.
175.10-5 Commandant.
175.10-7 Coast Guard District Commander.
175.10-9 Ferry.
175.10-11 Great Lakes.
175.10-13 Headquarters.
175.10-15 Master.
175.10-17 Lakes, bays, and sounds.
175.10-19 Length.
175.10-21 Marine inspector or inspector.
175.10-23 Non-self-propelled vessel.
175.10-25 Ocean.
175.10-26 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
175.10-27 Passenger.
175.10-28 Passengers for hire, carriage of.
175.10-29 Pilothouse control.
175.10-31 Recognized classification society.
175.10-33 Rivers.
175.10-36 Sailing vessel.
175.10-37 Vessel.
175.10-38 Auxiliary sailing vessel.
175.10-40 Offshore supply vessel.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.15 -- Equivalents
175.15-1 Conditions under which equivalents may be used.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.20 -- Administrative Procedure
175.20-1 Assignment of marine inspector.
175.20-5 Notice of deficiencies and requirements.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.25 -- Special Consideration
175.25-1 By Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.27 -- Adoption of Standards and
Specifications
175.27-1 General.
175.27-5 American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC).
175.27-20 Yacht Safety Bureau (YSB).
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.30 -- Appeals
175.30-1 Right of appeal.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.35 -- Special Provisions
175.35-1 Existing offshore supply vessels.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115, 8105; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804;
49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; 175.01-3 also issued under the authority of 44
U.S.C. 3507.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9315, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 174.340 Subpart 175.01 -- Authority
46 CFR 175.01-1 General.
(a) The regulations in this subchapter are prescribed by the
Commandant of the Coast Guard to carry out the intent and purpose of
Title 46, U.S. Code, sections 3301, 3302, 3307, 7101 and 8101, which
require the inspection and certification of certain vessels of less than
100 gross tons carrying freight for hire or more than six passengers.
(b) S and L: Where other laws are applicable to vessels inspected
under this subchapter, appropriate references following certain
regulations are made to show that such regulations interpret or apply
such laws.
(CGFR 69-116, 35 FR 6862, Apr. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 81-059, 52
FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and CGD 81-059, 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 175.01-3 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(49 FR 38121, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41827,
Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992, 175.01-3 was
amended by revising paragraph (b), effective December 10, 1992. For the
convenience of the user, the superseded text appears as follows:
175.01-3 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(b) Display.
46 CFR 175.01-3 Subpart 175.05 -- Application
46 CFR 175.05-1 Applicability to United States vessels.
(a) This subchapter shall be applicable to all United States flag
vessels indicated in column 4 of Table 175.05-1(a) that are less than
100 gross tons, except as follows:
(1) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not
navigable waters of the United States.
(2) Any vessel while laid up and dismantled and out of commission.
(3) With the exception of vessels of the United States Maritime
Administration, any vessel with title vested in the United States and
which is used for public purposes and operated by a department or agency
of the Federal Government.
(4) Any lifeboat forming part of a vessel's lifesaving equipment.
(b) S and L: Any vessel carrying more than 150 passengers shall
comply with the provisions of this subchapter and shall be subject to
certain additional requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection. These additional requirements are contained in
applicable regulations in Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels), Subchapter P
(Manning), Subchapter F (Marine Engineering), and Subchapter J
(Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(c) S and L: Nothing in the regulations in this subchapter shall be
construed as exempting any mechanically propelled vessel, other than a
yacht, which carries more than 12 passengers on an international voyage
from the applicable requirements of the International Convention for
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(d) S and L: Any vessel which carries flammable or combustible
liquid cargo, or explosives, or other dangerous articles or substances
is subject to additional requirements provided in other laws and
regulations. Any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may be contacted
for information concerning these additional requirements.
(e) S and L: Any mechanically propelled vessel inspected and
certificated under the provisions of this subchapter, which is more than
15 gross tons and carries freight for hire, is subject to additional
requirements provided in other laws and regulations. Any Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, may be contacted for information concerning
these additional requirements.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9734, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGFR 70-10, 35
FR 3713, Feb. 25, 1970; CGFR 69-116, 35 FR 6862, Apr. 30, 1970; CGD
73-96, 42 FR 49027, Sept. 26, 1977; CGD 77-042, 42 FR 63643, Dec. 19,
1977; CGD 86-033, 53 FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988; 53 FR 46871, Nov. 21,
1988; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30663, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 175.05-2 Applicability to offshore supply vessels.
Offshore supply vessels of above 15 gross tons and less than 100
gross tons are subject to inspection under the provisions of this
subchapter.
(CGD 80-133, 45 FR 69244, Oct. 20, 1980)
46 CFR 175.05-3 Applicability to foreign vessels.
(a) Except as specifically noted in paragraph (b) of this section,
this subchapter shall be applicable to the extent prescribed by law to
all foreign vessels of the following classifications, indicated in
column 4 of Table 175.05-1(a) that are less than 100 gross tons:
(1) Mechanically propelled foreign vessels of more than 15 gross tons
and over 65 feet in length which carry more than 12 passengers from any
port in the United States.
(2) Foreign vessels which carry more than six passengers from any
port in the United States and which are:
(i) Mechanically propelled vessels of not more than 15 gross tons
regardless of length; or,
(ii) Mechanically propelled vessels of more than 15 gross tons but
less than 65 feet in length; or,
(iii) Sailing vessels or nonself-propelled vessels regardless of
length.
(b) The provisions of this subchapter shall not be applicable to
those foreign vessels covered by paragraph (a) of this section which
are:
(1) Vessels of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and which have on board a
current, valid Safety Certificate; or,
(2) Vessels of a foreign nation having inspection laws approximating
those of the United States together with reciprocal inspection
arrangements with the United States, and which have on board a current,
valid Certificate of Inspection issued by its government under such
arrangements.
(CGFR 69-116, 35 FR 6862, Apr. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 90-008, 55
FR 30663, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 175.05-5 Specific application noted in text.
(a) S: Under the designator ''S'' shall be included all vessels
indicated in column 4 of Table 175.05-1(a) that are not more than 65
feet in length and of less than 100 gross tons carrying more than six
passengers.
(b) L: Under the designator ''L'' shall be included all vessels
indicated in column 4 of Table 175.05-1(a) that are more than 65 feet in
length and of less than 100 gross tons which are:
(1) Mechanically propelled vessels of more than 15 gross tons
carrying one or more passengers for hire.
(2) Mechanically propelled vessels of not more than 15 gross tons
carrying more than six passengers.
(3) Sailing vessels and barges carrying more than six passengers.
(c) Certain portions of this subchapter applicable to only ''S''
vessels are indicated by the designator ''S''. Portions applicable to
only ''L'' vessels are indicated by the designator ''L''. Those
portions of this subchapter applicable to both categories of vessels
contain no designator or are designated ''S and L''.
(d) At the beginning of the various parts, subparts and sections, a
more specific application is generally given for the particular portion
of the text involved. This application sets forth the types, sizes,
services or vessels to which the text pertains, and in many cases limits
the application of the text to vessels contracted for before or after a
specific date.
(e) As used in this subchapter the term ''vessels contracted for''
includes not only contracting for the construction of a vessel, but also
contracting for a material alteration to a vessel, contracting for the
conversion of a vessel to a passenger vessel, and changing of service or
route of a vessel, if such change increases or modifies the general
requirements for the vessel or increases the hazards to which it might
be subjected.
(CGFR 69-116, 35 FR 6862, Apr. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 79-165a,
45 FR 64189, Sept. 29, 1980)
46 CFR 175.05-15 Gross tonnage as a criterion for requirements.
(a) The regulations in this subchapter, as well as referenced
requirements in other subchapters in this chapter, take into account the
passenger vessel's size, construction, and equipment, as well as its
intended service on the routes or waters on which it is desired to be
operated or navigated, which are indications of the hazards to which
such vessel may be subjected. The Commandant's determinations in this
respect for a particular passenger vessel are stipulated in a
certificate of inspection, which states certain terms and conditions
governing such vessels when in operation.
(b) In applying the laws and regulations to passenger vessels, one
criterion for invocation of safety standards is the description of
passenger vessels by relative size in gross tons. When it is determined
by the Commandant that the gross register tonnage for a particular
passenger vessel, which is attained by exemptions, reductions, or other
devices in the basic gross tonnage formulation, will circumvent or be
incompatible with the application of specific safety requirements in the
passenger vessel regulations for a vessel of such physical size, the
Commandant shall prescribe the regulations to be made applicable to such
vessel.
(c) When the Commandant determines that the gross register tonnage is
not a valid criterion for the invocation of safety requirements based on
relative size, the parties involved will be informed of the
determination and of the regulations applicable to such passenger
vessel, and before being permitted to operate such vessel, compliance
therewith shall be required. Endorsements or notations on the passenger
vessel's certificate of inspection may be made as appropriate.
46 CFR 175.05-15 Subpart 175.07 -- Load Lines
46 CFR 175.07-1 Load lines required.
Vessels of 79 feet in length and over having their keels laid or at a
similar stage of construction on or after July 21, 1968, and engaged in
international voyages, are subject to load line assignment,
certification, and marking under Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this
chapter.
(CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17503, Oct. 29, 1969)
46 CFR 175.07-1 Subpart 175.10 -- Definitions of Terms Used in This Subchapter
46 CFR 175.10-1 Approved.
This term means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise stated.
46 CFR 175.10-2 Approved type.
(a) Where equipment in this subchapter is required to be of an
''approved type,'' such equipment must be of a type which has been
specifically approved by the Commandant.
(b) Notifications regarding approvals are published in the Federal
Register. In addition, approved types of equipment are listed in Coast
Guard publication CG-190, ''Equipment Lists,'' which is available at the
Marine Inspection Office of any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 175.10-3 Coastwise.
(a) This term shall be used to describe a route which is not more
than 20 nautical miles offshore on any of the following waters:
(1) Any ocean;
(2) The Gulf of Mexico;
(3) The Caribbean Sea;
(4) The Gulf of Alaska; and,
(5) Such other similar waters as may be designated by a Coast Guard
District Commander.
46 CFR 175.10-5 Commandant.
This term means the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
46 CFR 175.10-7 Coast Guard District Commander.
This term means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by
the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his district
which include the enforcement and administration of Title 52 of the
Revised Statutes, acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto and
rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 175.10-9 Ferry.
Under this designation shall be included those vessels, in other than
ocean or coastwise service, having provisions only for deck passengers
and/or vehicles, operating on a short run on a frequent schedule between
two points over the most direct water route, and offering a public
service of a type normally attributed to a bridge or tunnel.
46 CFR 175.10-11 Great Lakes.
This term shall be used to describe a route on the waters of any of
the Great Lakes.
46 CFR 175.10-13 Headquarters.
This term means the office of the Commandant, United States Coast
Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 175.10-15 Master.
This term means the officer having command of the vessel.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 175.10-17 Lakes, bays, and sounds.
(a) This term shall be used to describe a route on any of the
following waters:
(1) Any lake other than the Great Lakes;
(2) Any bay;
(3) Any sound; and,
(4) Such other similar waters as may be designated by a Coast Guard
District Commander.
46 CFR 175.10-19 Length.
In determining length for the purpose of this chapter it shall be
measured from end to end over the deck excluding sheer.
46 CFR 175.10-21 Marine inspector or inspector.
This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, designated for the performance of
duties with respect to the enforcement and administration of Title 52 of
the Revised Statutes, acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto,
rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 175.10-23 Non-self-propelled vessel.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels which do not
have installed either propulsive machinery or masts, spars and sails.
46 CFR 175.10-25 Ocean.
(a) This term shall be used to describe a route which is more than 20
nautical miles offshore on any of the following waters:
(1) Any ocean;
(2) The Gulf of Mexico;
(3) The Caribbean Sea;
(4) The Gulf of Alaska; and,
(5) Such other similar waters as may be designated by a Coast Guard
District Commander.
46 CFR 175.10-26 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the
superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is
in charge of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with
respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Title 52,
Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto,
and rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 175.10-27 Passenger.
A passenger is every person other than the master and the members of
the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a
vessel in the business of that vessel. The following special
considerations should be noted:
(a) S and L. In the case of a vessel on an international voyage a
child under one year of age is not counted as a passenger.
(b) S. For vessels subject to the provisions of the Act of May 10,
1956 (46 U.S.C. 390-390g), the term passenger means every person carried
on board a vessel other than:
(1) The owner or his representative;
(2) The master and the bona fide members of the crew engaged in the
business of the vessel who have contributed no consideration for their
carriage and who are paid for their services;
(3) Any employee of the owner of the vessel engaged in the business
of the owner, except when the vessel is operating under a bareboat
charter;
(4) Any employee of the bareboat charterer of the vessel engaged in
the business of the bareboat charterer;
(5) Any guest on board a vessel which is being used exclusively for
pleasure purposes who has not contributed any consideration directly or
indirectly, for his carriage; or
(6) Any person on board a vessel documented and used for tugboat or
towboat service of fifty gross tons or more who has not contributed any
consideration, directly or indirectly, for his carriage.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9736, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 175.10-28 Passengers for hire, carriage of.
(a) The carriage of any person or persons by a vessel for a valuable
consideration, whether directly or indirectly flowing to the owner,
charterer, agent, or any other person interested in the vessel.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9736, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 175.10-29 Pilothouse control.
This term means that the operator of the vessel may start and stop
the engines and control the direction and speed of the propeller from
the principal station from which the vessel is steered.
46 CFR 175.10-31 Recognized classification society.
This term means any organization of nationwide scope, such as the
American Bureau of Shipping or Lloyd's Register of Shipping, with
standards of construction or equipage which have been accepted and/or
approved by the Commandant.
46 CFR 175.10-33 Rivers.
(a) This term shall be used to describe a route on any of the
following waters:
(1) Any river;
(2) Any canal; and,
(3) Such other similar waters as may be designated by a Coast Guard
District Commander.
46 CFR 175.10-36 Sailing vessel.
This term means a vessel with no mechanical means of propulsion, all
propulsive power being provided by sails.
46 CFR 175.10-37 Vessel.
Where the word ''vessel'' is used in this subchapter, it shall be
considered to include all vessels subject to the requirements of this
subchapter as described in subpart 175.05 of this part.
46 CFR 175.10-38 Auxiliary sailing vessel.
This term means a vessel capable of being propelled by mechanical
means and/or by sails.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5725, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 175.10-40 Offshore supply vessel.
(a) An offshore supply vessel is a vessel that is propelled by
machinery other than steam, that is of above 15 gross tons and less than
500 gross tons, and that regularly carriers goods, supplies, or
equipment in support of exploration, exploitation, or production of
offshore mineral or energy resources.
(b) An existing offshore supply vessel is one that was operating as
such on or before January 1, 1979, or that, if not in service of any
kind on or before that date, was contracted for on or before that date
and entered service as such before the effective date of this section.
(c) A new offshore supply vessel is one that is not an existing
offshore supply vessel.
(CGD 80-133, 45 FR 69244, Oct. 20, 1980)
46 CFR 175.10-40 Subpart 175.15 -- Equivalents
46 CFR 175.15-1 Conditions under which equivalents may be used.
(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular
fitting, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, shall be
fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular arrangement shall
be adopted, the Commandant may accept in substitution therefor any other
fitting, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, or any other
arrangement: Provided, That he shall have been satisfied by suitable
trials that the fitting, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type
thereof, or the arrangement shall be at least as effective as that
specified in this subchapter.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus, or
arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or
impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate equipment,
apparatus, or arrangement to such an extent and upon such conditions as
will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of safety consistent with the
minimum standards set forth in this subchapter.
46 CFR 175.15-1 Subpart 175.20 -- Administrative Procedure
46 CFR 175.20-1 Assignment of marine inspector.
(a) Upon receipt of a written application for inspection, the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection, will assign a marine inspector to inspect
the vessel. This inspection will be made at a mutually agreed to time
and place.
(b) The owner or someone representing the owner shall be present
during the inspection.
46 CFR 175.20-5 Notice of deficiencies and requirements.
(a) If during the inspection of a vessel, the vessel or its equipment
is found not to conform to the requirements of law or the regulations in
this subchapter, the marine inspector will point out all deficiencies
and will discuss all requirements with the owner or his representative.
Normally, the marine inspector will list all such requirements which
have not been completed and present the list to the owner or his
representative.
(b) In any case where the owner of a vessel or his representative
desires further clarification of, or reconsideration of any requirement
placed against his vessel, he may discuss the matter with the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 175.20-5 Subpart 175.25 -- Special Consideration
46 CFR 175.25-1 By Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) In applying the provisions of parts 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 183,
and 184 of this subchapter, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
may give special consideration to departures from the specific
requirements when special circumstances or arrangements warrant such
departures.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9315, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5725, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 175.25-1 Subpart 175.27 -- Adoption of Standards and
Specifications
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 175.27-1 General.
(a) In this subchapter portions or the entire text of certain
industrial standards and specifications are referred to as the governing
requirements for materials, equipment, tests, or procedures to be
followed. These standards and specification requirements specifically
referred to in this subchapter shall be the governing requirements for
the subject matters covered unless specifically limited, modified, or
replaced by other regulations in this subchapter.
(b) As used in this subchapter references to industry standards, such
as those established by the American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyd's
Register of Shipping or other recognized classification society, and
others, mean that the Coast Guard uses such standards as a guide with
respect to the subjects covered, and under normal conditions will accept
machinery, etc., meeting the requirements of such standards. Such
standards are not adopted as the governing requirements and made a part
of the regulations in this subchapter by reference.
(c) In this subpart are listed the organizations publishing standards
and specifications which are adopted by reference. The standards and
specifications may be obtained direct from the organization issuing the
standard or specification.
46 CFR 175.27-5 American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC).
(a) The materials as referenced in this subchapter from standards
published by the American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc., in effect on the
date equipment is manufactured, are adopted and shall form a part of the
regulations in this subchapter. Copies of the referenced materials may
be obtained from the American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc., 420
Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017.
46 CFR 175.27-20 Yacht Safety Bureau (YSB).
(a) The materials as referenced in this subchapter from standards
published by the Yacht Safety Bureau, in effect on the date equipment is
manufactured, are adopted and shall form a part of the regulations in
this subchapter. Copies of the referenced materials may be obtained
from the Yacht Safety Bureau, 336 Old Hook Road, Westwood, NJ 07676.
46 CFR 175.27-20 Subpart 175.30 -- Appeals
46 CFR 175.30-1 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subchapter 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50382, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 175.30-1 Subpart 175.35 -- Special Provisions
46 CFR 175.35-1 Existing offshore supply vessels.
(a) Existing offshore supply vessels of above 15 and less than 100
gross tons that do not possess a valid certificate of inspection must be
registered with an officer in charge, marine inspection on or before
January 6, 1981. The initial inspection for certification for each
registered offshore supply vessel shall be made within two years of the
date the vessel is registered.
(b) The registration must be on board the vessel and available for
inspection.
(CGD 80-133, 45 FR 69244, Oct. 20, 1980)
46 CFR 175.35-1 Pt. 176
46 CFR 175.35-1 PART 176 -- INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.01 -- Certificate of Inspection
Sec.
176.01-1 When required -- S.
176.01-3 When required -- L.
176.01-5 Description.
176.01-10 How to obtain or renew.
176.01-15 Period of validity.
176.01-20 Routes permitted.
176.01-25 Passengers permitted.
176.01-27 Permit to proceed to another port for repair -- L.
176.01-30 Permit to carry excursion party.
176.01-35 Certificate of inspection amendment.
176.01-40 Posting.
176.01-45 Certification expiration date stickers.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.05 -- Inspection for Certification
176.05-1 General.
176.05-5 Initial inspection for certification.
176.05-10 Subsequent inspections for certification.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.10 -- Reinspection
176.10-1 When made.
176.10-5 Scope.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.15 -- Drydocking or Hauling Out
176.15-1 When required.
176.15-5 Scope of drydock examination.
176.15-10 Notice.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.20 -- Repairs and Alterations
176.20-1 Permission required.
176.20-5 Inspection required.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.25 -- Material Inspections
176.25-1 Inspection standards.
176.25-5 Hull.
176.25-10 Machinery.
176.25-15 Electrical.
176.25-20 Lifesaving equipment -- S.
176.25-22 Lifesaving equipment -- L.
176.25-25 Fire extinguishing equipment.
176.25-27 Fire extinguishing equipment -- L.
176.25-30 Pressure vessels -- S.
176.25-32 Pressure vessels -- L.
176.25-35 Steering apparatus.
176.25-40 Miscellaneous systems and equipment.
176.25-45 Sanitary inspection.
176.25-50 Unsafe practices.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.30 -- Limitations of Inspections
176.30-1 Marine inspector not limited.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.35 -- International Convention for Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974
176.35-1 Vessels subject to requirements.
176.35-5 International voyage.
176.35-10 Voyage between continental United States and Hawaii or
Alaska or between Hawaii and Alaska.
176.35-15 Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
176.35-20 Exemption Certificate.
176.35-25 Posting of Convention certificates.
176.35-30 Duration of certificates.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 3306, 8105; 49 U.S.C.
App. 1804; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793;
E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 175.35-1 Subpart 176.01 -- Certificate of Inspection
46 CFR 176.01-1 When required -- S.
(a) Except as noted in this subpart, every vessel subject to
inspection and certification shall, when carrying more than six
passengers, have on board a valid certificate of inspection, Form
CG-3753, and shall be operated in compliance therewith.
(b) Every mechanically propelled vessel of above 15 gross tons
inspected and certificated under the provisions of this subchapter
shall, during the tenure of the certificate, be in full compliance with
the terms of the certificate when carrying freight for hire. Any other
vessel certificated under the provisions of this subchapter when
carrying not more than 6 passengers, and when operating as a yacht,
commercial fishing vessel, cargo carrier, etc., will be subject only to
the laws, rules and regulations governing the type of operation in which
it engages.
(c) If necessary to prevent delay of the vessel, a temporary
certificate of inspection, Form CG-854, shall be issued pending the
issuance and delivery of the regular certificate of inspection. Such
temporary certificate shall be carried in the same manner as the regular
certificate and shall in all ways be considered the same as the regular
certificate of inspection which it represents.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9736, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 176.01-3 When required -- L.
(a) Except as noted in this subpart or 176.01-27, no vessel subject
to inspection and certification may be operated without a valid
certificate of inspection, Form CG-3753.
(b) If necessary to prevent delay of the vessel, a temporary
certificate of inspection, Form CG-854, shall be issued pending the
issuance and delivery of the regular certificate of inspection. Such
temporary certificate shall be carried in the same manner as the regular
certificate and shall in all ways be considered the same as the regular
certificate of inspection which it represents.
(c) Nothing in this subpart shall prevent a vessel upon a regularly
established line from a port in the United States to a port of a foreign
country not contiguous to the United States whose certificate of
inspection expires at sea or while said vessel is in a foreign port or a
port of Hawaii from lawfully completing her voyage without the valid
certificate of inspection or temporary certificate required by this
section: Provided, That the voyage shall be completed within 30 days
after the expiration of the certificate of inspection. No such vessel
shall depart if its certificate of inspection will expire within 15 days
of the date of sailing unless the voyage will be completed before such
expiration.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9736, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CG 72-53R, 37
FR 12492, June 24, 1972)
46 CFR 176.01-5 Description.
(a) The certificate of inspection issued to a vessel will describe
the vessel, the route which she may travel, the minimum manning
requirements, the major lifesaving equipment carried, the minimum fire
extinguishing equipment and life preservers required to be carried, the
maximum number of passengers and the maximum number of persons which may
be carried, the name of the owner and operator, and such conditions of
operations as may be determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(CGFR 69-116, 35 FR 6863, Apr. 30, 1970)
46 CFR 176.01-10 How to obtain or renew.
(a) S and L. The certificate of inspection shall be obtained or
renewed by making application for inspection on Form CG-3752,
Application for Inspection of U.S. Vessel, to the Coast Guard Marine
Inspection Office located in, or nearest the port at which the
inspection is to be made. The application forms are available at any
local Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office.
(b) S and L. The application for initial inspection of a vessel
being newly constructed or converted shall be submitted prior to the
start of such construction or conversion. Information and requirements
or plans are in subpart 177.05 of this subchapter.
(c) S and L. The construction, arrangement and equipment of all
vessels shall be acceptable to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, as a prerequisite of the issuance of the initial certificate
of inspection. Such acceptance will be based on the information,
specifications, drawings and calculations available to the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, and on the successful completion of an
initial inspection for certification.
(d) S. Certificates of inspection will be renewed by the issuance of
new certificates of inspection. Such renewal will normally be made
triennially upon expiration of the old certificate of inspection but may
be made at any time within the three years upon proper application.
(e) L. Certificates of inspection will be renewed by the issuance of
new certificates of inspection. Such renewal will normally be made
annually upon expiration of the old certificate of inspection but may be
made at any time within the year upon proper application.
(f) S and L. The condition of the vessel and its equipment shall be
acceptable to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as a
prerequisite of the certificate of inspection renewal. Such acceptance
will be based on the condition as found at the periodic inspection for
certification.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29
FR 7362, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 176.01-15 Period of validity.
(a) S. A certificate of inspection will be issued for a period of
three years, and will remain valid for such period unless renewed,
revoked, suspended, or surrendered.
(b) L. A certificate of inspection will be issued for a period of
one year and will remain valid for such period unless renewed, revoked,
suspended, or surrendered.
(c) S and L. A certificate of inspection may be revoked, or
suspended and withdrawn by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at
any time for noncompliance with the provisions of this subchapter or
requirements established thereunder.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 176.01-20 Routes permitted.
(a) The area of operation permitted each vessel shall be as
designated by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Such area of
operation shall be described on the certificate of inspection under the
major headings ''ocean,'' ''coastwise,'' ''Great Lakes,'' ''lakes, bays,
and sounds,'' or ''rivers,'' as applicable. Further limitations imposed
or extensions granted shall be described by reference to bodies of
waters, geographical points, distance from geographical points,
distances from land, depths of channel, seasonal limitations, etc.
(b) Operation of vessels on routes of lesser severity than those
specifically described or designated on the certificate of inspection
will be permitted. The general order of severity is considered to be
ocean; coastwise; Great Lakes; lakes, bays, and sounds; and rivers.
Differences in local conditions of operation, as referred to in
paragraph (a) of this section, may need to be taken into account.
(c) Non-self-propelled vessels shall, in general, be limited to
routes other than ''ocean'' or ''coastwise.''
46 CFR 176.01-25 Passengers permitted.
(a) The maximum number of passengers permitted to be carried on a
vessel shall be as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, having jurisdiction and shall be stated on the vessel's
certificate of inspection.
(b) The maximum number of passengers permitted on any vessel of
reasonable design and proportions may be determined by length of rail
criteria, deck area criteria, or fixed seating criteria, whichever
permits the greatest number. Where seats are provided in one passenger
space and are not provided in other passenger spaces, the number of
passengers permitted may be the sum of the number permitted by the
seating criteria for the space having seats and the number permitted by
the area criteria for the space having no seats. For vessels operating
on short runs on protected waters such as ferry vessels, the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection may give special consideration to increases in
passenger allowances.
(1) Length of rail criteria. One passenger may be permitted for each
30 inches of rail space available to the passengers at the vessel's
sides and across the transom.
(2) Deck area criteria. One passenger may be permitted for each 10
square feet of deck area available for the passengers' use. In
computing such deck area, the areas occupied by the following shall be
excluded:
(i) Concession stands.
(ii) Toilets and washrooms.
(iii) Companionways, stairways, etc.
(iv) Spaces occupied by and necessary for handling lifesaving
equipment.
(v) Spaces below deck which are unsuitable for passengers and which
would not normally be used by passengers.
(vi) Interior passageways less than 30 inches wide and passageways on
the open deck less than 18 inches wide.
(3) Fixed seating criteria. One passenger may be permitted for each
18 inches of width of fixed seating provided. Regulations covering the
installation of fixed seating are contained in 177.30-1 (c) of this
subchapter.
(c) Notwithstanding the number of passengers permitted by any of the
criteria described in paragraph (b) of this section, the maximum number
may be further limited by stability or subdivision considerations.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5725, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 176.01-27 Permit to proceed to another port for repair -- L.
(a) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may issue a permit to
proceed to another port for repair, Form CG-948, to a vessel if in his
judgment it can be done with safety even if the certificate of
inspection of the vessel has expired or is about to expire.
(b) Such permit will only be issued upon the written application of
the master, owner, or agent of the vessel.
(c) The permit will state upon its face the conditions under which it
is issued and whether or not the vessel is permitted to carry freight or
passengers. Passengers may not be carried if the certificate of
inspection has expired, except as provided under 176.01-3(c).
(d) The permit shall be carried in a manner similar to that described
in 176.01-40 for a certificate of inspection.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 176.01-30 Permit to carry excursion party.
(a) A vessel may be permitted to engage in a temporary excursion
operation with a greater number of passengers and/or on a more extended
route than permitted by its certificate of inspection when in the
opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the operation can
be undertaken with safety. A ''Permit To Carry Excursion Party,'' Form
CG-949, shall be a prerequisite of such an operation.
(b) Any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction may
issue a permit to carry excursion party upon the written application of
the operator, owner or agent of the vessel.
(c) An inspection either general or partial, depending upon the
circumstances, may be made prior to the issuance of a permit to carry
excursion party.
(d) The permit will state upon its face the conditions under which it
is issued, the number of passengers the vessel may carry, the crew
required, any additional lifesaving or safety equipment which will be
required, the route for which the permit is granted, and the dates on
which the permit will be valid.
(e) The permit when used shall be carried with the certificate of
inspection. Any vessel to which a permit to carry excursion party has
been issued shall, during the tenure of the permit, be in full
compliance with the terms of its certificate of inspection as
supplemented by such permit.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5725, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 176.01-35 Certificate of inspection amendment.
(a) A certificate amending a valid certificate of inspection may be
issued at any time by any Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having
jurisdiction over the vessel. The ''Certificate of Inspection
Amendment,'' Form CG-858, may be issued to authorize and record a change
in the character of a vessel or in her route, equipment, etc., as
specified in her certificate of inspection previously issued and
currently valid.
(b) Notification and a request for a certificate of inspection
amendment shall be made to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
having jurisdiction, by the operator, owner, or agent of the vessel at
any time there is a change in the character of a vessel or in her route,
equipment, ownership, etc., as specified in her certificate of
inspection previously issued and currently valid.
(c) An inspection, either general or partial depending on the
circumstances, may be made prior to the issuance of a certificate of
inspection amendment.
(d) A certificate of inspection amendment, when issued, shall become
a part of the certificate which it amends, and shall be carried with the
certificate of inspection.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29
FR 7362, June 5, 1964)
46 CFR 176.01-40 Posting.
(a) The certification of inspection shall, in general, be framed
under glass or other transparent material and posted in a conspicuous
place. When the framing of the certificate would be impracticable, the
certificate of inspection shall be kept on board to be shown on demand.
46 CFR 176.01-45 Certification expriration date stickers.
(a) The owner, master, or person in charge of a vessel that is issued
a Certificate of Inspection under the provisions of this subchapter must
not operate the vessel without a Certification Expiration Date Sticker
affixed to the vessel on a place that is:
(1) On a glass or smooth metal surface from which the sticker may be
removed without damage to the vessel; (2) readily visible to each
boarding passenger and to patrolling Coast Guard law enforcement
personnel; and (3) acceptable to the Coast Guard marine inspector.
(b) The Coast Guard maring inspector may require the placement of
more than one sticker in order to insure compliance with paragraph
(a)(2) of this section.
(c) A Certification Expiration Date Sticker indicates the date upon
which the vessel's Certificate of Inspection expires and is provided by
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in the number required, upon
issuance or renewal of the Certificate of Inspection.
(CGD 76-162, 43 FR 30771, July 17, 1978)
46 CFR 176.01-45 Subpart 176.05 -- Inspection for Certification
46 CFR 176.05-1 General.
(a) An inspection for certification is a prerequisite of the issuance
of a certificate of inspection. Such inspection will be made only upon
the written application of the operator, owner or agent on Form CG-3752
to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction.
46 CFR 176.05-5 Initial inspection for certification.
(a) The initial inspection shall include an inspection of the
structure, machinery, and equipment, including the outside of the
vessel's bottom and unfired pressure vessels.
(b) In the case of a vessel being newly constructed or converted, the
initial inspection may consist of a series of inspections during the
construction or conversion.
(c) The inspection shall be such as to insure that the arrangement,
materials and scantlings of the structure, piping, main and auxiliary
machinery, electrical installations, lifesaving appliances, fire
extinguishing equipment, pollution prevention equipment, and all other
equipment comply with the regulations in this subchapter to the extent
they are applicable to the vessel being inspected, and are in accordance
with such approved plans as may be required by subpart 177.05 of this
subchapter. The inspection shall also be such as to insure that the
materials, workmanship and condition of all parts of the vessel and its
machinery and equipment are in all respects satisfactory for the service
intended, and that the vessel is in possession of a valid certificate
issued by the Federal Communications Commission, if required.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 71-161R, 37
FR 28263, Dec. 21, 1972)
46 CFR 176.05-10 Subsequent inspections for certification.
(a) An inspection for renewal of a certificate of inspection shall
include an inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment. The
inspection shall be such as to insure that the vessel, as regards the
structure, piping, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical
installations, lifesaving appliances, fire extinguishing equipment,
pollution prevention equipment and other equipment, is in satisfactory
condition and fit for the service for which it is intended and that it
complies with the regulations in this subchapter to the extent that such
regulations are applicable to the vessel being inspected.
(b) At each inspection for certification, the inspector shall examine
the vessel to determine that it meets the vessel design and equipment
requirements for pollution prevention in 33 CFR part 155, subpart B.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 71-161R,
37 FR 28263, Dec. 21, 1972)
46 CFR 176.05-10 Subpart 176.10 -- Reinspection
46 CFR 176.10-1 When made.
(a) S. At least two reinspections shall be made on each vessel
within each triennial inspection period. When possible these
reinspections will be made at approximately equal intervals between
triennial inspections for certification, but may be made at such other
times as may be required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) L. Vessels in this category are not required to be reinspected
between annual inspections, except where specifically deemed necessary
by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 176.10-5 Scope.
(a) In general, the scope of the reinspection shall be the same as
for the triennial inspection for certification, but will be in less
detail unless it is determined that a major change has occurred since
the last inspection for certification.
(b) The marine inspector shall examine all accessible parts of the
vessel's hull, machinery, and equipment to be assured that they are in a
satisfactory condition.
46 CFR 176.10-5 Subpart 176.15 -- Drydocking or Hauling Out
46 CFR 176.15-1 When required.
(a) Except for extensions as authorized by the Commandant, all
vessels shall be drydocked or hauled out and made available for
examination, and shall be examined by a marine inspector within the
periods set forth in this paragraph, depending upon the service.
(1) Each vessel shall be drydocked or hauled out at intervals not to
exceed 18 months if it operated in salt water a total of more than 9
months in the 18-month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out.
(2) Each vessel shall be drydocked or hauled out at intervals not to
exceed 36 months if it operated in salt water a total of 6 months or
less in each 12-month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out.
When a vessel exceeds this total amount of service in salt water in any
12-month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out, it shall be
drydocked or hauled out within 6 months after the end of that period or
within the 36-month interval, whichever is earlier.
(3) Each vessel shall be drydocked or hauled out at intervals not to
exceed 60 months if it operates exclusively in fresh water.
(b) Whenever a vessel is drydocked or hauled out in excess of the
requirements of this section, an examination may be made by a marine
inspector.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9048, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 176.15-5 Scope of drydock examination.
(a) A periodic examination made in accordance with the requirements
of this subpart shall include the underwater hull and appendages,
propellers, shafting, stern bearings, rudders, throughhull fittings, sea
valves and strainers, and shall be of sufficient scope to determine that
these items are in a satisfactory condition for the service intended.
(1) Any part or all of the propeller shafting may be required to be
drawn for examination of the shafting and stern bearing.
(2) Sea chests, sea valves, and sea strainers may be required to be
opened for internal examination.
(b) Drydock examinations in excess of the periodic examinations
required by this subpart may be of the same scope as a periodic
examination or may be a partial examination depending on the
circumstances.
46 CFR 176.15-10 Notice.
(a) Whenever any vessel is to be drydocked or hauled out in
compliance with 176.15-1, or to carry out major repairs or alterations
affecting the safety or seaworthiness of the vessel, it shall be the
duty of the person in charge of the vessel, the owner, or the agent to
report the same, together with the nature of any repairs or alterations
contemplated, as far in advance as practicable to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, in order that an examination may be made by a marine
inspector. Such notification may be made verbally at the Marine
Inspection Office of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having
jurisdiction, or it may be made by telephone, telegraph, letter or
similar means of communication.
(b) Whenever a vessel is drydocked or hauled out, in excess of the
requirements of this subpart, for the purpose of minor repairs, such as
changing a propeller, painting or cleaning the hull, no report need be
made to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 176.15-10 Subpart 176.20 -- Repairs and Alterations
46 CFR 176.20-1 Permission required.
(a) No major repairs or alterations affecting the safety of the
vessel with regard to the hull, machinery, or equipment, shall be made
without the knowledge and approval of the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(b) Proposed alterations shall be approved by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, before work is started. Drawings, sketches or
written specifications describing the alterations in detail may be
required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) Drawings will not be required for repairs or replacements in
kind.
46 CFR 176.20-5 Inspection required.
(a) An inspection, either general or partial, depending upon the
circumstances, may be made whenever any major repairs or alterations are
undertaken.
46 CFR 176.20-5 Subpart 176.25 -- Material Inspections
46 CFR 176.25-1 Inspection standards.
(a) Vessels shall be inspected for compliance with the standards
required by this subchapter. For items not covered by standards in this
subchapter, inspection shall be in accordance with standards acceptable
to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as good marine practice.
(b) In the application of inspection standards due consideration will
be given to the hazards involved in the operation permitted by a
vessel's certificate of inspection. Thus the standards may vary in
accordance with the vessel's area of operation or any other operational
restrictions or limitations.
(c) The published standards of recognized classification societies
(such as the American Bureau of Shipping and Lloyd's Register of
Shipping) and other recognized safety associations (such as the National
Fire Protection Association) may be used as a guide in the inspection of
vessels insofar as such standards do not conflict with the requirements
of this subchapter.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 176.25-5 Hull.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the
marine inspector shall view the vessel afloat and shall conduct the
following tests and inspections of the hull structure and its
appurtenances:
(1) Examine all accessible parts of the exterior and interior of the
hull, the watertight bulkheads, and weather deck. Where the internals
of the vessel are completely concealed, sections of the lining or
ceiling may be removed or the parts otherwise probed or exposed so that
the marine inspector may satisfy himself as to the condition of the hull
structure.
(2) Examine and test by operation all watertight closures in the
hull, decks and bulkheads.
(3) Check the condition of the superstructure, flying bridge, masts,
stacks, fishing platforms and similar arrangements constructed on the
hull. In sailing vessels inspect all spars, standing rigging, running
rigging, blocks, fittings, and sails.
(4) Inspect all railings and bulwarks and their attachment to the
hull structure. Special attention is to be paid to insure that guards
or rails are provided in all dangerous places.
(5) Examine all weathertight closures above weather deck and inspect
the provisions for drainage of sea water from the exposed decks.
46 CFR 176.25-10 Machinery.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification the
marine inspector shall examine and test the following items to the
extent necessary to determine that they are in proper operating
condition and fit for the service for which they are intended:
(1) Main propulsion machinery. The marine inspector may require that
the main propulsion machinery be operated both ahead and astern. The
attached auxiliary machinery and cooling water system shall be checked.
(2) Engine starting system. Alternate methods of starting shall be
checked.
(3) Engine control mechanisms. Such mechanisms shall be tested by
operation and examined, visually, throughout their length.
(4) Auxiliary machinery. All machinery essential to the routine
operation of the vessel shall be checked.
(5) Fuel systems. Tanks, tank vents and other appurtenances, piping
and pipe fittings shall be checked. The fuel systems for the main
propulsion engines, all auxiliaries and all other fuel systems installed
shall be checked. All valves in the fuel lines shall be tested by
operation locally and at remote operating positions.
(6) Sea valves and bulkhead closure valves. All overboard discharge
and intake valves shall be checked.
(7) Bilge and drainage systems. The means provided for pumping
bilges shall be tested by operation. All suction strainers shall be
examined.
(b) At all inspections special attention shall be paid to insure that
no fire hazards exist and that guards or protective devices are provided
in all hazardous places.
46 CFR 176.25-15 Electrical.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification the
marine inspector shall examine and test the following items to the
extent necessary to determine that they are in proper operating
condition, safe electrical condition, and fit for the service for which
they are intended:
(1) Electrical cable. The cable shall be examined as far as
practicable without undue disturbance of the cable or electrical
apparatus.
(2) Overload or circuit protective devices. Circuit breakers shall
be tested by manual operation and fuses shall be examined visually. The
ratings of fuses shall be checked to determine suitability for the
service intended.
(3) Rotating machinery. Rotating electrical machinery essential to
the routine operation of the vessel shall be checked.
(4) Generators, etc. All generators, motors, lighting fixtures and
circuit interrupting devices located in spaces or areas which may
contain flammable vapors shall be checked.
(5) Storage batteries. Batteries shall be checked for condition and
security of stowage.
(6) Fire protective devices. Electrical apparatus which operates as
part of, or in conjunction with, a fire protective device installed on
board the vessel shall be tested by operation. The test shall be
applied in the same manner as, or in a manner intended to simulate, the
actual operation in case of fire.
46 CFR 176.25-20 Lifesaving equipment -- S.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification and
reinspection the marine inspector shall inspect all lifesaving equipment
to determine its serviceability.
(b) Life preservers, if found to be of approved type and in good
condition, shall be stamped ''Passed'', together with the date, the port
and the marine inspector's initials.
(c) A hydraulic release used in the installation of any liferaft,
inflatable liferaft, lifefloat, or buoyant apparatus shall undergo the
periodic servicing and testing required by subpart 160.062 of Subchapter
Q (Specifications) of this chapter every 12 months which may be extended
to 15 months as determined by the date shown on its inspection tag. The
springs of a spring-tensioned gripe used in such an installation shall
be renewed when the accompanying hydraulic release is serviced and
tested.
(d) An inflatable liferaft must meet the following:
(1) The liferaft must be approved under subpart 160.051 of this
chapter.
(2) Except as required in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the
liferaft must be marked in accordance with 160.051-8 of this chapter.
(3) After January 1, 1976 on vessels certificated for Great Lakes
service and after January 1, 1980 on other certificated vessels, the
liferaft must show on or near the liferaft's nameplate, and the
liferaft's container must show on or near the plate, marking approved by
a Coast Guard inspector that is --
(i) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is greater than 49 followed by a revision number (e.g.
160.051/50/1); or
(ii) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is smaller than 50 that is followed by a revision number
(e.g. 160.051/48/1), the words ''MOD. TEMP.'', a Coast Guard
inspector's initials, and the date that an inspector found that the
liferaft met 160.051-5(c)(4) of this chapter.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963; CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD
75-040, 40 FR 58454, Dec. 17, 1975)
46 CFR 176.25-22 Lifesaving equipment -- L.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the
marine inspector shall inspect all lifesaving equipment to determine its
serviceability.
(b) Life preservers, if found to be of approved type and in good
condition shall be stamped ''Passed,'' together with the date, the port
and the marine inspector's initials.
(c) At each reinspection conducted in accordance with 176.10-1(b),
such examination of lifesaving equipment shall be made as deemed
necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(d) A hydraulic release used in the installation of any liferaft,
inflatable liferaft, lifefloat, or buoyant apparatus shall undergo the
periodic servicing and testing required by subpart 160.062 of Subchapter
Q (Specifications) of this chapter every 12 months which may be extended
to 15 months as determined by the date shown on its inspection tag. The
springs on a spring-tensioned gripe used in such an installation shall
be renewed when the accompanying hydraulic release is serviced and
tested.
(e) An inflatable liferaft must meet the following:
(1) The liferaft must be approved under subpart 160.051 of this
chapter.
(2) Except as required in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the
liferaft must be marked in accordance with 160.051-8 of this chapter.
(3) After January 1, 1976 on vessels certificated for Great Lakes
service and after January 1, 1980 on other certificated vessels, the
liferaft must show on or near the liferaft's nameplate, and the
liferaft's container must show on or near the plate, marking approved by
a Coast Guard inspector that is --
(i) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is greater than 49 followed by a revision number (e.g.
160.051/50/1); or
(ii) An approval number consisting of ''160.051/'' followed by a
number that is smaller than 50 that is followed by a revision number
(e.g. 160.051/48/1), the words ''MOD. TEMP.'', a Coast Guard
inspector's initials, and the date that an inspector found that the
liferaft met 160.051-5(c)(4) of this chapter.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD 75-040, 40 FR 58455, Dec. 17, 1975)
46 CFR 176.25-25 Fire extinguishing equipment.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification and
reinspection the firefighting equipment of all vessels shall be
inspected and all deficiencies found shall be corrected. The marine
inspector shall conduct the following examinations and tests:
(1) The fire pump shall be tested and the fire hose shall be
subjected to the available fire pump pressure.
(2) All hand portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire
extinguishing systems shall be checked as noted in Table
176.25-25(a)(2), and in addition shall be examined for excessive
corrosion and general condition.
(3) All cylinders of fixed carbon dioxide systems shall be weighed
and if the weight loss exceeds 10 percent of the weight of the charge,
they shall be recharged. All cylinders shall be examined externally and
if excessive corrosion is found they shall be replaced.
(b) During the inspection for certification and reinspection, all or
any part of the fire apparatus may be service tested.
(c) In addition to the other requirements of this section, 147.60
and 147.65 of this chapter require that --
(1) Carbon dioxide cylinders of all portable and semiportable
extinguishers and fixed systems be tested and marked;
(2) Flexible connections of semiportable and fixed carbon dioxide
systems be renewed or tested; and
(3) Discharge hoses of semiportable carbon dioxide systems be tested.
Note: Section 147.65 of this chapter includes a requirement that the
cylinder must be retested and re-marked under the following conditions:
(1) Whenever a cylinder is recharged or for any cause removed from a
vessel subsequent to 5 years from the latest test date stamped on the
shoulder of the cylinder; or, (2) Whenever a cylinder remains in place
on a vessel for 12 years from the latest test date stamped on the
shoulder of the cylinder. Cylinders retested under any of the above
conditions shall have new or renewed valve and safety relief devices of
the proper design installed in the cylinder.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963; CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15298, Dec. 6, 1966; CGFR
68-32, 33 FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968; CGD 78-154, 44 FR 13492, Mar. 12,
1979; CGD 84-044, 53 FR 7752, Mar. 10, 1988)
46 CFR 176.25-27 Fire extinguishing equipment -- L.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the
provisions of 176.25-25 shall apply.
(b) At each reinspection conducted in accordance with 176.10-1(b),
such examination of fire extinguishing equipment shall be made as deemed
necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9738, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 176.25-30 Pressure vessels -- S.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification the
marine inspector shall examine and test all boilers and unfired pressure
vessels to the extent necessary to determine that their condition is
satisfactory and that they are fit for the service for which intended.
(b) At each inspection for certification after the initial
inspection, the following examinations and tests shall be held:
(1) All boilers and unfired pressure vessels shall be examined under
operating conditions.
(2) The setting of safety valves or relief valves on boilers and
unfired pressure vessels shall be checked.
(3) Pressure vessels which required initial Coast Guard shop
inspection and stamping, and which are fitted with inspection openings
shall be examined internally. Tubular heat exchangers, hydraulic
accumulators and those pressure vessels used in refrigeration service
need not be examined internally.
(4) All pressure vessels that require initial Coast Guard shop
inspection and stamping other than those exempt by the provisions of
this paragraph, shall be subjected to hydrostatic test of 1 1/4 times
the maximum allowable working pressure.
(5) The following unfired pressure vessels will not normally be
subjected to a hydrostatic test:
(i) Tubular heat exchangers.
(ii) Pressure vessels used in refrigeration service.
(iii) Hydraulic accumulators.
(iv) Unfired pressure vessels which have been satisfactorily examined
internally by a marine inspector and in which no defects have been found
which impair the safety of the pressure vessel.
(v) Pressure vessels which were exempt from initial Coast Guard shop
inspection and stamping.
(vi) Pressure vessels which received an initial pneumatic test in
lieu of a hydrostatic test as permitted by 54.10-15 of Subchapter F
(Marine Engineering) of this chapter and which cannot be hydrostatically
tested.
(c) Main propulsion boilers, auxiliary boilers, and unfired pressure
vessels containing liquefied compressed gases or hazardous liquids,
shall be given special consideration and shall be subjected to such
tests and inspections as deemed necessary and specified by the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection, to insure that they are in a safe
condition. Periodic tests and examinations shall be as described in
part 61 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter, except
heating boilers as defined in part 53 of Subchapter F of this chapter
shall be tested or examined every three years.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9737, Sept. 6, 1963; CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 176.25-32 Pressure vessels -- L.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the
provisions of 176.25-30 shall apply except that those examinations and
tests required by 176.25-30 (b)(3) and (b)(4) shall be performed
triennially at the time of regular annual inspection.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9738, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 176.25-35 Steering apparatus.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification and
reinspection the marine inspector shall examine and test the main and
auxiliary steering apparatus to the extent necessary to determine that
its condition is satisfactory and that it is fit for the service
intended. The main and auxiliary steering apparatus shall be tested by
operation and the inspector shall examine the mechanism thereof
throughout its length.
46 CFR 176.25-40 Miscellaneous systems and equipment.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification and
reinspection the inspector shall examine and test all items in the
ship's outfit, such as ground tackle, navigation lights, compass, etc.,
which are required to be carried by the regulations in this subchapter.
Such examination and test shall be to the extent necessary to determine
that the condition of the item is satisfactory and that it is fit for
the service intended.
(b) Approved work vests, where carried, shall be inspected as
provided in 184.40-15 of this subchapter.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 176.25-45 Sanitary inspection.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification and
reinspection the marine inspector shall examine the passenger and crew
quarters, toilet and washing spaces, galleys, serving pantries, lockers,
etc., to determine that they are serviceable and in a sanitary
condition.
46 CFR 176.25-50 Unsafe practices.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification,
reinspection and at every other vessel inspection the marine inspector
shall require that all observed unsafe practices and hazardous
situations be corrected.
(b) At each inspection for certification and reinspection the marine
inspector shall examine the bilges and other spaces to see that there is
no accumulation of oil or other matter which might create a fire hazard.
46 CFR 176.25-50 Subpart 176.30 -- Limitations of Inspections
46 CFR 176.30-1 Marine inspector not limited.
(a) Nothing in this part shall be construed as limiting the marine
inspector from making such tests or inspections as are reasonable and
practicable to be assured of the seaworthiness of the vessel.
46 CFR 176.30-1 Subpart 176.35 -- International Convention for Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974
Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11494, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 176.35-1 Vessels subject to requirements.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, all mechanically
propelled vessels registered in the United States or the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, which carry more than 12 passengers on an international
voyage as defined in 176.35-5 or 176.35-10 shall be in compliance with
the applicable requirements of the International Convention for Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974.
(b) The International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
does not apply to vessels ''solely navigating the Great Lakes of North
America and the River St. Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn
from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north
side of Anticosti Island, the 63d Meridian.''
(c) In accordance with Regulation 4, Chapter I (General Provisions)
of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, a
vessel which is not normally engaged on an international voyage but
which, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a single
international voyage may be exempted by the Commandant from any of the
requirements of the Regulations of the Convention: Provided, That it
complies with safety requirements which are adequate in his opinion for
the voyage which is to be undertaken.
(d) In accordance with Regulation 1-4 of part A, Chapter II-1
(Construction -- Subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical
installations) or Regulation 1-4.1 of part A, Chapter II-2 (Construction
-- Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction) of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, the Commandant
may, if he considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the
voyage are such as to render the application of any specific
requirements of Chapters II-1 or II-2 of this Convention unreasonable or
unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual vessels or
classes of vessels which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed
more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
(e) In accordance with Regulation 2-1 of Chapter III (Lifesaving
Appliances, etc.) of the International Convention for Safety of Life at
Sea, 1974, the Commandant, if he considers that the sheltered nature and
conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of the
full requirements of Chapter III of this Convention unreasonable or
unnecessary, may to that extent exempt from the requirements of Chapter
III individual vessels or classes of vessels which, in the course of
their voyage, do not go more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
(CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30664, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 176.35-5 International voyage.
(a) This section describes those voyages which are considered to be
''international voyages'' for the purposes of this subchapter.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the term
''international voyage'' as used in this subchapter shall have the same
meaning as that contained in Regulation 2(d), Chapter I of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, i.e.,
''International voyage means a voyage from a country to which the
present convention applies to a port outside such country, or
conversely.''
(c) The International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
does not apply to vessels ''solely navigating the Great Lakes of North
America and the River St. Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn
from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north
side of Anticosti Island, the 63d Meridian.'' Accordingly, such vessels
shall not be considered as being on an ''international voyage'' for the
purpose of this subchapter.
(d) In addition, although voyages between the continental United
States and Hawaii or Alaska, and voyages between Hawaii and Alaska are
not ''international voyages'' under the provisions of the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, such voyages are similar in
nature and shall be considered as ''international voyages'' for the
purposes of this subchapter.
(CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30664, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 176.35-10 Voyage between continental United States and Hawaii or
Alaska or between Hawaii and Alaska.
(a) Although voyages between the continental United States and Hawaii
or Alaska, and voyages between Hawaii and Alaska are not ''international
voyages'' under the provisions of the International Convention for
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, such voyages are similar in nature and
shall be considered as ''international voyages'' for the purposes of
this subchapter.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11494, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 90-008, 55
FR 30664, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 176.35-15 Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.
(a) All vessels, which carry more than 12 passengers on an
international voyage, are required to have a ''Passenger Ship Safety
Certificate.''
(b) Any such vessel which is less than 100 gross tons shall meet the
applicable requirements of this chapter for vessels on an international
voyage.
46 CFR 176.35-20 Exemption Certificate.
(a) A vessel may be exempted by the Commandant from complying with
certain requirements of the Convention under his administration upon
request made in writing to him and transmitted via the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) When an exemption is granted to a vessel by the Commandant under
and in accordance with the Convention, an Exemption Certificate
describing such exemption shall be issued through the appropriate
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in addition to the Passenger Ship
Safety Certificate.
46 CFR 176.35-25 Posting of Convention certificates.
(a) The certificates described in this subpart, or certified copies
thereof, when issued to a vessel shall be posted in a prominent and
accessible place on the vessel.
(b) The certificate shall be carried in a manner similar to that
described in 176.01-40 for a certificate of inspection.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Duration of certificates.
(a) The certificates shall be issued for a period of not more than 12
months.
(b) An Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longer than the
period of the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate to which it refers.
(c) The Passenger Ship Safety Certificate may be withdrawn, revoked,
or suspended at any time when it is determined the vessel is no longer
in compliance with applicable requirements. (See 2.01-70 of this
chapter for procedures governing appeals.)
46 CFR 176.35-30 PART 177 -- CONSTRUCTION AND ARRANGEMENT
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
177.01-1 Application.
177.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.05 -- Plans
177.05-1 Plans required for vessels carrying not more than 150
passengers -- S.
177.05-3 Plans required for ''S'' vessels carrying more than 150
passengers, all ''L'' vessels, and certain other vessels.
177.05-5 Plans for sister vessels.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.10 -- Hull Structure
177.10-1 Structural standards.
177.10-5 Fire protection.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.13 -- Subdivision and Stability
177.13-1 Requirements.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.15 -- Means of Escape
177.15-1 Requirements.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.20 -- Ventilation (Other Than Machinery
Spaces)
177.20-1 Ventilation for closed spaces.
177.20-5 Ventilation for crew quarters and passenger spaces.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.25 -- Crew Accommodations
177.25-1 Where required.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.30 -- Passenger Accommodations
177.30-1 Seating.
177.30-5 Toilet facilities.
177.30-7 Lounge arrangements.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.35 -- Rails and Guards
177.35-1 Deck rails.
177.35-5 Storm rails.
177.35-10 Vessels carrying vehicles.
177.35-15 Guards in hazardous places.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 5115; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9323, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 176.35-30 Subpart 177.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 177.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels contracted
for on or after June 1, 1958. Vessels contracted for prior to that date
shall meet the requirements of this part insofar as is deemed reasonable
and practicable by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 177.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that the scantlings,
material, fastenings, workmanship and arrangement of each vessel are
such as to provide for safe operation in accordance with the terms of
its certificate of inspection. Primary consideration shall be given to
the provision of a seaworthy hull, protection against fire, means of
escape in case of sudden unexpected casualty, guards and rails in
hazardous places, ventilation of closed spaces, and necessary facilities
for passengers and crew.
46 CFR 177.01-5 Subpart 177.05 -- Plans
46 CFR 177.05-1 Plans required for vessels carrying not more than 150
passengers -- S.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this
section and 177.05-5, the owner or builder shall, prior to the start of
construction if practicable, or in any case prior to the initial
inspection of the vessel, submit for approval by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, of the inspection zone where the vessel is to be
inspected, at least one copy of each of the following plans:
(1) Midship section.
(2) Outboard profile.
(3) Inboard profile.
(4) Arrangement of decks.
(5) Machinery installation.
(6) Electrical installation.
(7) Fuel tanks.
(8) Piping systems.
(9) Hull penetrations and shell connections.
(b) Additional prints of the required plans may, at the owner's
option, be submitted for approval. Such additional copies will be
stamped and returned for the owner's records.
(c) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may accept
specifications, sketches, photographs, line drawings or written
descriptions in lieu of any or all of the required drawings provided the
required information is adequately detailed thereon.
(d) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, need not require some
or all of the plans called for by paragraph (a) of this section if, to
his own knowledge, the design and construction of the vessel are of a
type which has a proven record of safe operation in similar service upon
similar waters.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9323, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9738, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 177.05-3 Plans required for ''S'' vessels carrying more than 150
passengers, all ''L'' vessels, and certain other vessels.
(a) S and L. The owner or builder must, prior to the start of
construction if practicable, or in any case prior to the initial
inspection of the vessel, submit for approval to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, of the inspection zone where the vessel is to be
inspected, at least two copies of each of the plans listed in
177.05-1(a).
(b) S and L. Additional plans, calculations, and data must be
submitted as required by Subchapter S of this chapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51052, Nov. 4, 1983)
46 CFR 177.05-5 Plans for sister vessels.
(a) Plans will not be required for any vessel which is a sister ship
to a vessel, the approved plans for which are already on file at any
Marine Inspection Office: Provided, That the owner of the plans
authorizes their use for the new construction.
46 CFR 177.05-5 Subpart 177.10 -- Hull Structure
46 CFR 177.10-1 Structural standards.
(a) In general, compliance with the standards established by a
recognized classification society1003 will be considered satisfactory
evidence of the structural adequacy of a vessel. When scantlings differ
from such standards and it can be demonstrated that craft approximating
the same size, power and displacement have been built to such scantlings
and have been in satisfactory service insofar as structural adequacy is
concerned for a period of at least 5 years, such scantlings may be
approved. A detailed structural analysis may be required for
specialized types or integral parts thereof.
(b) Special consideration will be given to:
(1) The structural requirements of vessels not contemplated by the
standards of a recognized classification society; or,
(2) The use of materials not specifically included in these
standards.
0031Lloyds' ''Rules for the Construction and Classification of
Composite and Steel Yachts'' and Lloyds' ''Rules for the Construction
and Classification of Wood Yachts'' are acceptable for this purpose.
46 CFR 177.10-5 Fire protection.
(a) The general construction of the vessel shall be such as to
minimize fire hazards insofar as reasonable and practicable. Vessels
contracted for on or after July 1, 1961, which carry more than 150
passengers shall meet the requirements of subpart 72.05 of Subchapter H
(Passenger Vessels) of this chapter. The application of these
requirements to specific vessels shall be as determined by the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a-1) Except for a vessel complying with the requirements contained
in paragraph (a-2) of this section, each hull, structural bulkhead,
deck, or deckhouse made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic on each
vessel that carries 150 passengers or less must be constructed with fire
retardant resins, laminates of which have been demonstrated to meet
military specification MIL-R-21607 after 1-year exposure to weather.
Military specification MIL-R-21607 may be obtained from the Commanding
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
(a-2) Each hull, structural bulkhead, deck, or deckhouse, made of
fibrous reinforced plastic on a vessel that carries 150 passengers or
less, that was certificated on July 11, 1973, and remains certificated
may continue in service. Any repairs must be as follows:
(1) Minor repairs and alterations must be made to the same standard
as the original construction or a higher standard; and
(2) Major alterations and conversions must comply with the
requirements of this subpart.
(b) Internal combustion engine exhausts, boiler and galley uptakes,
and similar sources of ignition shall be kept clear of and suitably
insulated from any woodwork or other combustible matter.
(c) Lamp, paint, and oil lockers and similar compartments shall be
constructed of metal or lined with metal.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9323, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9738, Sept. 6, 1963; CGD 72-68R, 37 FR 26111, Dec. 8, 1972)
46 CFR 177.10-5 Subpart 177.13 -- Subdivision and Stability
46 CFR 177.13-1 Requirements.
Each vessel must meet the applicable requirements in Subchapter S of
this chapter.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51052, Nov. 4, 1983)
46 CFR 177.13-1 Subpart 177.15 -- Means of Escape
46 CFR 177.15-1 Requirements.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all vessels shall
be provided with not less than two avenues of escape from all general
areas accessible to the passengers or where the crew may be quartered or
normally employed, so located that if one is not available the other may
be. At least one of the avenues of escape shall be independent of
watertight doors. Windows and windshields of sufficient size and proper
accessibility may be used as one avenue of escape.
(b) Where the length of the compartment is less than 12 feet, one
vertical means of escape will be acceptable under the following
conditions:
(1) There is no source of fire in the space, such as galley stove,
heater, etc., and the vertical escape is remote from the engine or fuel
tank space; or,
(2) The arrangement is such that the installation of two means of
escape does not materially improve the safety of the vessel or those on
board.
46 CFR 177.15-1 Subpart 177.20 -- Ventilation (Other Than Machinery Spaces)
46 CFR 177.20-1 Ventilation for closed spaces.
(a) All enclosed spaces within the vessel shall be properly vented or
ventilated. Where such openings would endanger the vessel under adverse
weather conditions, means shall be provided to close them.
46 CFR 177.20-5 Ventilation for crew quarters and passenger spaces.
(a) All crew and passenger spaces shall be adequately ventilated in a
manner suitable to the purpose of the space.
46 CFR 177.20-5 Subpart 177.25 -- Crew Accommodations
46 CFR 177.25-1 Where required.
(a) All vessels with crew members living on board shall be provided
with crew accommodations of sufficient size, adequate construction, and
with suitable equipment to provide for the protection and accommodation
of the crew in a manner practicable for the size, facilities, and
service of the vessel.
46 CFR 177.25-1 Subpart 177.30 -- Passenger Accommodations
46 CFR 177.30-1 Seating.
(a) Seating accommodations for passengers are required to be provided
only when the maximum number of passengers permitted has been determined
by using the fixed seating criteria in 176.01-25(b) of this subchapter.
(b) Where fixed seats are installed, the seat spacing shall be such
as to provide for ready escape in case of fire or other casualty.
(c) Fixed seats shall be installed as follows, except that special
consideration may be given in cases where it can be shown that escape
over the side can be made readily through windows or other openings in
the way of seats:
(1) Aisles not over 15 feet long shall be not less than 24 inches
wide.
(2) Aisles over 15 feet long shall be not less than 30 inches wide.
(3) Where the seats are in rows the distance from seat front to seat
front shall be not less than 30 inches.
(d) In general, portable or temporary seats shall be arranged as
specified for fixed seating.
46 CFR 177.30-5 Toilet facilities.
(a) Vessels shall be provided with toilets and wash basins in
accordance with Table 177.30-5(a) except that vessels operating on short
runs of approximately 30 minutes or less need not be fitted with toilets
or wash basins.
(b) All toilets and wash basins provided shall be fitted with
adequate plumbing. Facilities for men and women shall be in separate
compartments.
46 CFR 177.30-7 Lounge arrangements.
(a) The specific requirements in this section apply to passenger
lounge areas located below the main deck. Variation from these
requirements may be authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, for unusual arrangements or design: Provided, That there is
no significant reduction of space, accessibility or sanitation.
(b) Bunks, where installed, shall have a minimum length of 74 inches
and a minimum width of 24 inches. They may be constructed of wood or
metal. Mattress is to be covered with material which has been treated
to give it fire resistant properties and which will provide the mattress
with a reasonably smooth surface free of sharp depressions. (Example:
Treated duck stretched smoothly, fully sewn, covering the basic
mattress.) Arrangement shall be not more than three high, with a minimum
distance of 24 inches vertically between bunks; ladders or steps shall
be provided for each top bunk. Construction and arrangement shall allow
free and unobstructed access to the bunks. Each bunk shall be
immediately adjacent to an aisle leading to a means of escape from the
lounge area.
(c) Means of escape from lounge areas shall be provided in accordance
with Subpart 177.15. Aisles alongside bunks shall be not less than 24
inches in width and after the joining of two or more aisles, the width
of the aisles leading to an escape shall be not less than 42 inches.
Head room in lounge areas shall be not less than 74 inches which may be
reduced at the sides of the space to allow for camber, wiring,
ventilation ducts or piping. However, main aisles leading to exits
shall have not less than 74 inches clear head room. All aisles shall be
kept clear of obstructions.
(d) Covered metal trash containers shall be provided in lounge areas
and the spaces shall be maintained to minimize fire and safety hazards
and to preserve sanitary conditions. Portable fire extinguishers shall
be provided as indicated in Subpart 181.30 of this subchapter.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9738, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 177.30-7 Subpart 177.35 -- Rails and Guards
46 CFR 177.35-1 Deck rails.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, rails or equivalent
protection shall be installed near the periphery of all weather decks
accessible to passengers and crews. Where space limitations make deck
rails impractical such as at narrow catwalks in way of deckhouse sides,
hand grabs may be substituted.
(b) Rails shall consist of evenly spaced courses and the spacing
between courses shall be not greater than 12 inches except as provided
by paragraph (f) of this section. The lower rail courses may not be
required where all or part of the space below the upper rail course is
fitted with a bulwark, chain link fencing, wire mesh or the equivalent.
(c) On passenger decks of vessels engaged in a ferry or excursion
type operation, rails shall be at least 42 inches high. The space below
the rail shall be fitted with bulwarks, chain link fencing, wire mesh,
or the equivalent.
(d) On sport fishing vessels where it can be shown that higher rails
would interfere with the normal operation of the vessel, rails of at
least 30 inches height may be permitted.
(e) Where the principal business of the vessel requires the discharge
of personnel in a seaway, the peripheral rails may be wholly or
partially omitted or reduced in height to not less than 30 inches. When
such rails are omitted, center rails or other suitable hand holds shall
be substituted therefor.
(f) For vessels subject to the 1966 International Convention on Load
Lines the height of rails and bulwarks installed at the peripheries of
the freeboard and superstructure decks shall be at least 39 1/2 inches.
However where this height would interfere with the normal operation of
the ship, a lesser height may be approved if the cognizant Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection is satisfied that adequate protection is
provided. The opening below the lowest course shall not be more than 9
inches and the courses shall not be more than 15 inches apart.
(g) All rails other than those noted in the preceding paragraphs,
shall be at least 36 inches high.
(h) Sailing vessels, small vessels of the open launch type, and other
vessels not specifically covered elsewhere in this section shall have
such rails or equivalent protection as considered necessary by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 60-64, 25 FR 9319, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 69-72, 34
FR 17503, Oct. 29, 1969)
46 CFR 177.35-5 Storm rails.
(a) Suitable storm rails or hand grabs shall be installed where
necessary in all passageways, at deckhouse sides, and at ladders and
hatches where passengers or crew might have normal access.
46 CFR 177.35-10 Vessels carrying vehicles.
(a) On vessels carrying vehicles, suitable chains, cable, or other
barriers shall be installed at the ends of the vehicle runways. In
addition, suitable gates, rails, or other devices shall be installed as
a continuation of the regularly required rails.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Guards in hazardous places.
(a) Suitable covers, guards, or rails shall be installed in way of
all exposed and hazardous places such as gears, machinery, etc.
46 CFR 177.35-15 PARTS 178 -- 179 (RESERVED)
46 CFR 177.35-15 Pt. 180
46 CFR 177.35-15 PART 180 -- LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
180.01-1 Application.
180.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.05 -- General Provisions Pertaining to
Lifesaving Equipment
180.05-1 Equipment of an approved type.
180.05-5 Equipment installed but not required.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.10 -- Primary Lifesaving Equipment
Required
180.10-1 General.
180.10-5 Requirements for vessels in ocean or coastwise service.
180.10-15 Requirements for vessels in Great Lakes service.
180.10-20 Requirements for vessels in lakes, bays, and sounds
service.
180.10-25 Requirements for vessels in river service.
180.10-30 Substitutions.
180.10-35 Rescue boat -- L.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.15 -- Equipment for Life Floats and
Buoyant Apparatus
180.15-1 Equipment required.
180.15-5 Description of equipment for life floats and buoyant
apparatus.
180.15-10 Stowage of equipment.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.20 -- Stowage and Marking of Lifesaving
Appliances
180.20-1 Stowage of lifesaving appliances.
180.20-5 Marking.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.25 -- Life Preservers
180.25-1 Type required.
180.25-5 Number required.
180.25-10 Distribution and stowage.
180.25-15 Marking.
180.25-20 Personal flotation device lights.
180.25-25 Retroreflective material.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.30 Ring Life Buoys and Water Lights
180.30-1 General.
180.30-5 Number and size required.
180.30-10 Location, distribution, and securing.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.35 -- Pyrotechnic Distress Signals
180.35-1 General.
180.35-5 Number required.
180.35-10 Stowage.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.40 -- Emergency Position Indicating
Radiobeacon (EPIRB)
180.40-1 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980
Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 177.35-15 Subpart 180.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 180.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as
specifically noted in this part.
46 CFR 180.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that each vessel carry
sufficient lifesaving equipment to provide for timely rescue and
survival of the personnel on board in the event of a casualty to the
vessel. Due consideration will be given to the number of persons
carried and the hazards of the route permitted.
46 CFR 180.01-5 Subpart 180.05 -- General Provisions Pertaining to Lifesaving Equipment
46 CFR 180.05-1 Equipment of an approved type.
(a) Where equipment in this part is required to be of an approved
type, such equipment requires the specific approval of the Commandant.
Notifications regarding approvals are published in the Federal Register,
and in addition are contained in Coast Guard publication CG-190,
''Equipment Lists.''
(b) Specifications for lifesaving equipment items required to be of
an approved type have been promulgated and are contained in Subchapter Q
(Specifications) of this chapter. In general, such specifications are
of interest only to the manufacturer of specific items of equipment.
The subparts in Subchapter Q containing specifications for the
lifesaving equipment required by this part are as follows:
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11495, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 73-24R, 39 FR 10140, Mar. 18, 1974; CGD
79-165a, 45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD 80-155a, 47 FR 10559, Mar.
11, 1982)
46 CFR 180.05-5 Equipment installed but not required.
(a) S and L. Except as further modified in this section, where items
of lifesaving equipment are not required, but are installed, such
equipment and its installation shall meet the requirements of this part.
However, the Commandant may, after suitable investigations and tests,
accept lifesaving devices in excess of those required, which are of a
type not contemplated by the regulations in this part, if the safety of
those on board is improved thereby.
(b) S. Special purpose water safety buoyant devices (such as water
ski vests, hunter's buoyant jackets, etc.), in order to be of an
approved type, shall be constructed, listed and labeled in accordance
with Subpart 160.064 of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter.
Small passenger vessels may carry special purpose water safety buoyant
devices of approved type as excess equipment.
(CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7390, June 6, 1964)
46 CFR 180.05-5 Subpart 180.10 -- Primary Lifesaving Equipment Required
46 CFR 180.10-1 General.
(a) All life floats and buoyant apparatus shall be of approved types.
(b) The term ''primary lifesaving equipment'' means a lifeboat or an
acceptable substitute. The acceptable substitute may include liferafts,
lifefloats, rescue boats, and buoyant apparatus under certain
conditions. Life preservers and ring buoys are not included in the
definitions of ''primary lifesaving equipment.''
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 180.10-5 Requirements for vessels in ocean or coastwise service.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, vessels in ocean
service shall carry sufficient life floats for all persons on board, and
vessels in coastwise service shall carry sufficient life floats or
buoyant apparatus for all persons on board.
(1) Vessels whose routes are restricted to 20 miles from a harbor of
safe refuge shall carry life floats or buoyant apparatus for not less
than 50 percent of all persons on board.
(2) For vessels operating not more than one mile from land, the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may permit operation with reduced
amounts of life floats or buoyant apparatus when in his opinion it is
safe to do so. In permitting such reduction the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, shall consider the vessel, its scope of operation and
the hazards of the route.
(b) After July 1, 1968, all lifefloats and buoyant apparatus shall be
international orange in color.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 180.10-15 Requirements for vessels in Great Lakes service.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, vessels in Great
Lakes service shall carry sufficient life floats or buoyant apparatus
for not less than 50 percent of all persons on board.
(1) Vessels navigating not more than one mile from land are not
required to carry life floats or buoyant apparatus.
(b) After July 1, 1968, all lifefloats and buoyant apparatus shall be
international orange in color.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 180.10-20 Requirements for vessels in lakes, bays, and sounds
service.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, vessels in lakes,
bays, and sounds service shall carry sufficient life floats or buoyant
apparatus for not less than 30 percent of all persons on board.
(1) Vessels navigating not more than 1 mile from land are not
required to carry life floats or buoyant apparatus.
(b) After July 1, 1968, all lifefloats and buoyant apparatus shall be
either international orange or white in color.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5726, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 180.10-25 Requirements for vessels in river service.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, vessels in river
service shall carry sufficient life floats or buoyant apparatus for not
less than 10 percent of all persons on board.
(1) Vessels navigating not more than 1 mile from land are not
required to carry life floats or buoyant apparatus.
46 CFR 180.10-30 Substitutions.
(a) Lifeboats and rigid type life rafts of an approved type may be
substituted for any portion of the primary lifesaving equipment
required. Such boats and rafts shall be equipped and stowed as required
by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Suitable dinghies, dories, skiffs, etc., may be substituted for
any portion of the primary lifesaving equipment required, under such
conditions as may be determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(c) Inflatable life rafts of an approved type may be substituted for
any portion of the primary lifesaving equipment required.
(d) Ring life buoys of an approved type may be substituted for a
portion of the primary lifesaving equipment required. One ring life
buoy shall be required for each person accommodated and no more than 2
ring life buoys may be used in the substitution. These ring life buoys
when provided, shall be in addition to the ring life buoy required by
this part.
46 CFR 180.10-35 Rescue boat -- L.
(a) A suitable rescue boat shall be required except when, in the
opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the vessel is of
such design and operating characteristics that the vessel itself
provides a fully satisfactory rescue platform. For protected waters, a
rescue boat constructed in accordance with Subpart 160.056 of Subchapter
Q (Specifications) of this chapter is acceptable in meeting the intent
of this paragraph. For exposed waters, a more seaworthy rescue boat may
be required but in no case shall more than one approved lifeboat
suitable for rescue work be required.
(CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19992, Dec. 28, 1968)
46 CFR 180.10-35 Subpart 180.15 -- Equipment for Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus
46 CFR 180.15-1 Equipment required.
(a) Each life float shall be fitted with a life line and shall be
equipped with two paddles, a water light and a painter.
(b) Each buoyant apparatus shall be fitted with a life line and shall
be equipped with a water light and painter.
46 CFR 180.15-5 Description of equipment for life floats and buoyant
apparatus.
(a) Life line. The life line shall be properly secured around the
sides and ends of the life float or buoyant apparatus, festooned in
bights not longer than 3 feet, with a seine float in each bight, which
float may be omitted if the line is of an inherently buoyant material
and absorbs little or no water. The life line shall be of a size and
strength not less than 3/8-inch diameter manila.
(b) Paddles. Paddles shall be not less than 4 feet long.
(c) Painter. The painter must --
(1) Be at least 30 m (100 ft.) long,
(2) Have a breaking strength of at least 6.7 kN (1500 lb.), except
that if the capacity of the life float or buoyant apparatus is 50
persons or more, the breaking strength must be at least 13.4 kN (3000
lb.),
(3) Be of a dark color if synthetic, or of a type certified to be
resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light, and
(4) Be stowed in such a way that it runs out freely when the life
float or buoyant apparatus floats away from the sinking vessel.
(d) Water light. (1) The water light must be --
(i) Of an approved automatic electric type, constructed in accordance
with Subpart 161.010 of this chapter, except as allowed under paragraph
(d)(2) of this section; and
(ii) Attached to the life float or buoyant apparatus by a 12-thread
manila or equivalent synthetic lanyard, at least 5.5 meters (18 feet) in
length.
(2) A water light constructed in accordance with former Subpart
160.012 or 161.001 of this chapter that was installed before January 1,
1972 may be retained in an existing installation as long as it is
maintained in good condition.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 79-165a,
45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41379, Sept. 20, 1982)
46 CFR 180.15-10 Stowage of equipment.
(a) Paddles shall be lashed on the sides of the life floats to which
they belong.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 79-165a,
45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980)
46 CFR 180.15-10 Subpart 180.20 -- Stowage and Marking of Lifesaving Appliances
46 CFR 180.20-1 Stowage of lifesaving appliances.
(a) Each life float and buoyant apparatus must be secured to the
vessel by a painter and a float-free link.
(1) The float-free link must be --
(i) Certified to meet Subpart 160.073 of this chapter,
(ii) Of proper strength for the size of the life float or buoyant
apparatus as indicated on its identification tag, and
(iii) Secured to the painter at one end and secured to the vessel on
the other end.
(2) The means by which the float-free link is attached to the vessel
must --
(i) Have a breaking strength of at least the breaking strength of the
painter,
(ii) If synthetic, be of a dark color or of a type certified to be
resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light, and
(iii) If metal, be corrosion resistant.
(3) If the life float or buoyant apparatus does not have a painter
attachment fitting, a means for attaching the painter must be provided
by a wire or line that --
(i) Encircles the body of the device,
(ii) Will not slip off,
(iii) Has a breaking strength that is at least the breaking strength
of the painter, and
(iv) If synthetic, is of a dark color or is of a type certified to be
resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(4) The float-free link described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of
this section is not required if the vessel operates solely in waters
which have a depth less than the length of the painter.
(5) If the vessel carries more than one life float or buoyant
apparatus, the life floats and buoyant apparatus may be grouped and each
group secured by a single painter, provided that --
(i) The combined weight of each group of life floats and buoyant
apparatus does not exceed 185 kg (400 lb.),
(ii) Each life float and buoyant apparatus is individually attached
to the painter by a line that meets 180.15-5(c)(2) and (c)(3) and which
is long enough so that each can float without contacting any other life
float or buoyant apparatus in the group, and
(iii) The strength of the float-free link under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)
of this section and the strength of the painter under 180.15-5(c)(2) is
determined by the combined capacity of the group of life floats and
buoyant apparatus.
(6) Stowing of life floats and buoyant apparatus must allow easy
launching. Life floats and buoyant apparatus over 185 kg (400 lb.) must
not require lifting before launching.
(7) Life floats and buoyant apparatus must not be secured to the
vessel except by the painter and by lashings which can be easily
released or hydraulic releases. They must not be stowed in tiers more
than 1.2 m (4 ft.) high. Tiers of life floats or buoyant apparatus must
not interfere with navigation of the vessel. When stowed in tiers, the
separate units must be kept apart by spacers.
(8) There must be means to prevent shifting.
(e) Each hydraulic release used in the installation of any liferaft,
inflatable liferaft, lifefloat, or buoyant apparatus must meet Subpart
160.062 of this chapter.
(CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41379, Sept. 20, 1982)
46 CFR 180.20-5 Marking.
(a) All life floats and buoyant apparatus shall be conspicuously
marked with the vessel's name. In addition the number of persons
allowed on each life float or buoyant apparatus shall be conspicuously
marked or painted thereon in letters and numbers at least 1 1/2 inches
high. (This requirement is also in 185.30-5 of this subchapter.)
(b) Any lifeboat, life raft, or other suitable boat accepted as
primary lifesaving equipment shall be marked with its allowed capacity
in persons, and with the name of the vessel in letters and figures at
least 2 inches high, except that inflatable life rafts shall be marked
by the manufacturer or service facility as required by Subpart 160.051
of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter and no additional
markings are required. (This requirement is also in 185.30-5 of this
subchapter.)
46 CFR 180.20-5 Subpart 180.25 -- Life Preservers
46 CFR 180.25-1 Type required.
(a) All life preservers shall be of an approved type.
(b) All kapok and fibrous glass life preservers which do not have
plastic-covered pad inserts, as required by subparts 160.002 and 160.005
of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter, shall be removed from
service.
(c) Cork and balsa wood life preservers, constructed in accordance
with the applicable provisions of subpart 160.003 or 160.004 and
manufactured as approved life preservers prior to July 1, 1965, may be
accepted as new or replacement equipment required by this subchapter if
such life preservers are servicable and in good condition to the
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection: Provided,
however, That such life preservers bearing basic Approval No. 160.003
or 160.004 shall not be considered as approved equipment meeting the
requirements for those passenger ships on an international voyage,
constructed or contracted for on or after May 26, 1965.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11495, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 180.25-5 Number required.
(a) All vessels shall be provided with an approved adult type life
preserver for each person carried. In addition, unless the service is
such that children are never carried, there shall be provided a number
of approved life preservers suitable for children equal to at least 10
percent of the total number of persons carried.
(b) In addition to the life preservers required by paragraph (a) of
this section, all vessels on an international voyage and carrying more
than 12 passengers shall be provided with approved type life preservers
for 5 percent of the persons carried.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9329, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5727, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 180.25-10 Distribution and stowage.
(a) Life preservers shall be distributed through the upper part of
the vessel in protected places convenient to the persons on board.
(b) If practicable, life preserver containers shall be so designed as
to allow the life preservers to float free.
(c) Life preservers for children, when provided, shall be stowed
separately.
46 CFR 180.25-15 Marking.
(a) All life preservers shall be marked with the vessel's name.
(This requirement is also in 185.30-5(c) of this subchapter.)
(b) Where life preservers are stowed so that they are not readily
visible to passengers, the containers in which they are stowed shall be
marked ''life preservers'' and with the number contained therein, in at
least 1-inch letters and figures. This legend shall indicate the
separate stowage of children's life preservers. (This requirement is
also in 185.30-10(a) of this subchapter.
46 CFR 180.25-20 Personal flotation device lights.
(a) Each life preserver carried on a vessel engaged in ocean,
coastwise, or Great Lakes service after June 30, 1980, must have a
personal flotation device light that is approved under subpart 161.012
of this chapter.
(b) Each light required by this section must be securely attached to
the front shoulder area of a life preserver.
(c) Vessels with Certificates of Inspection endorsed only for routes
that do not extend more than 20 miles from a harbor of safe refuge are
not required to comply with this section.
(CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38788, July 2, 1979)
46 CFR 180.25-25 Retroreflective material.
(a) Each life preserver carried on a vessel after June 30, 1980, must
have at least 200 sq. cm (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material
attached on its front side, at least 200 sq. cm on its back side, and
at least 200 sq. cm of material on each of its reversible sides.
(b) Retroreflective material required by this section must be Type I
material that is approved under subpart 164.018 of this chapter.
(c) The retroreflective material attached on each side of a life
preserver must be divided equally between the upper quadrants of the
side, and the material in each quadrant must be attached as closely as
possible to the shoulder area of the life preserver.
(CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38788, July 2, 1979)
46 CFR 180.25-25 Subpart 180.30 -- Ring Life Buoys and Water Lights
46 CFR 180.30-1 General.
(a) Each ring life buoy must be of an approved type, constructed in
accordance with subpart 160.050 of this chapter; except a ring life
buoy that was approved under former subpart 160.009 of this chapter may
be used if it is in good and serviceable condition.
(b) Each water light must be of an approved automatic electric type,
constructed in accordance with subpart 161.010 of this chapter, except
as allowed under paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Except as prohibited in paragraph (d) of this section, a water
light constructed in accordance with former subpart 160.012 or 161.001
of this chapter that was installed before January 1, 1972, may be
retained in an existing installation as long as it is maintained in good
condition.
(d) No vessel attending offshore petroleum operations may carry a
water light that produces an open flame.
(CGD 79-165a, 45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980, as amended by CGD 80-155a,
47 FR 10559, Mar. 11, 1982)
46 CFR 180.30-5 Number and size required.
(a) S. All vessels shall be fitted with one ring life buoy of not
less than 24 inches in diameter, except that vessels less than 26 feet
in length may use one ring life buoy of not less than 20 inches in
diameter.
(b) L. All vessels shall be fitted with three ring life buoys of not
less than 24 inches in diameter.
(c) S and L. Vessels not limited to daytime operation shall be
provided with an approved water light.
(d) S and L. Ring life buoys used on a vessel on an international
voyage shall be orange in color.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9739, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11495, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 180.30-10 Location, distribution, and securing.
(a) S. The ring life buoy shall be so placed as to be readily
accessible. It shall be capable of being cast loose, shall not be
permanently secured in any way, and shall have attached to it a line at
least 60 feet in length.
(b) L. The ring life buoys shall be so placed as to be readily
accessible. They shall be capable of being cast loose, shall not be
permanently secured in any way, and one of the ring life buoys shall
have attached to it a line at least 60 feet in length.
(c) S and L. The water light, which is to be attached for nighttime
operation, shall be stowed close to or attached to that ring life buoy
which is located nearest the pilothouse.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9739, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 180.30-10 Subpart 180.35 -- Pyrotechnic Distress Signals
46 CFR 180.35-1 General.
(a) All pyrotechnic distress signals shall be of an approved type.
(b) Service use of distress signals shall be limited to a period of 3
years from date of manufacture, and replacement shall be made no later
than the first inspection for certification or reinspection after the
date of expiration.
46 CFR 180.35-5 Number required.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all vessels shall
carry pyrotechnic distress signals as follows:
(1) 6 hand red flare distress signals, and 6 hand orange smoke
distress signals; or,
(2) 12 hand combination flare and smoke distress signals.
(b) Pyrotechnic distress signals are not required on vessels
operating on short runs. A vessel is considered to be on a short run
when its operating time away from a dock is limited to approximately 30
minutes.
46 CFR 180.35-10 Stowage.
(a) All pyrotechnic distress signals shall be carried within the
pilothouse or in other location considered suitable by the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All pyrotechnic distress signals shall be stowed in a portable
watertight container.
46 CFR 180.35-10 Subpart 180.40 -- Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacon (EPIRB)
46 CFR 180.40-1 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon EPIRB.
(a) Each vessel in ocean and coastwise service must have an approved
Class A emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) that is --
(1) Operative;
(2) Stowed where it is readily accessible for testing and use; and
(3) Stowed in a manner so that it will float free if the vessel
sinks.
(b) Compliance with paragraph (a) of this section is not required for
a coastwise vessel --
(1) That carries a VHF radiotelephone that complies with the FCC
requirements; and
(2) Whose Certificate of Inspection is endorsed for a route which
does not extend more than 20 miles from a harbor of safe refuge.
(c) Each vessel certificated for Great Lakes service, and each other
vessel operating on the Great Lakes that is not required to have a Class
A EPIRB meeting paragraph (a) of this section must have one Class C
EPIRB installed in a readily accessible location, at or near the
principal steering station.
(CGD 73-24R, 39 FR 10140, Mar. 18, 1974, as amended by CGD 80-024, 49
FR 40409, Oct. 16, 1984)
46 CFR 180.40-1 PART 181 -- FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
181.01-1 Application.
181.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.05 -- Approved Fire Protection Equipment
181.05-1 General.
181.05-5 Equipment installed but not required.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.10 -- Fire Pumps
181.10-1 Power fire pump.
181.10-5 Hand fire pumps.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.15 -- Fire Main System
181.15-1 Where required.
181.15-5 Fire main and hydrants.
181.15-10 Fire hose.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.20 -- Fixed Fire Extinguishing System
181.20-1 Where required.
181.20-5 Type system required.
181.20-10 Amount of CO2 gas required.
181.20-15 Controls.
181.20-20 Piping.
181.20-25 Discharge outlets.
181.20-30 Cylinders.
181.20-35 Closure of openings.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.25 -- Manual Sprinkling System
181.25-1 Where required.
181.25-5 Installation.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.30 -- Portable Fire Extinguishers
181.30-1 Required number, type and location.
181.30-5 Approved extinguishers.
181.30-10 Installation and location.
181.30-12 Semiportable fire extinguishers.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.35 -- Fire Axe
181.35-1 Required number and location -- L.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 180.40-1 Subpart 181.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 181.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as
specifically noted in this part.
(b) Installations of power fire pumps, fire main systems and fixed
fire extinguishing systems on vessels contracted for before June 1,
1958, shall meet the requirements of this part insofar as deemed
reasonable and practicable by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 181.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that each vessel is provided
with safe, readily available and sufficient firefighting equipment of
the type necessary to extinguish any fires which are likely to be
encountered in normal operation. Due consideration will be given to
hazards caused by the vessel's type of fuel, construction material,
equipment, cargo, etc.
(CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15298, Dec. 6, 1966)
46 CFR 181.01-5 Subpart 181.05 -- Approved Fire Protection Equipment
46 CFR 181.05-1 General.
(a) Where equipment in this part is required to be of an approved
type, such equipment requires the specific approval of the Commandant.
(b) Notifications regarding approvals are published in the Federal
Register, and in addition are contained in Coast Guard publication
CG-190, ''Equipment Lists''.
46 CFR 181.05-5 Equipment installed but not required.
(a) Except as further modified in this section, where fire
extinguishing systems or equipment are not required, but are installed,
the system or equipment and its installation shall meet the requirements
of this part. However, the Commandant may, after suitable
investigations and tests, accept fire fighting equipment, which is of a
type not contemplated by the regulations in this part, if the safety of
the vessel is materially improved thereby.
46 CFR 181.05-5 Subpart 181.10 -- Fire Pumps
46 CFR 181.10-1 Power fire pump.
(a) S and L. A power-driven fire pump shall be installed on each
mechanically propelled ''S'' vessel which is a ferry vessel or which is
permitted to carry more than 49 passengers, and on each mechanically
propelled ''L'' vessel.
(b) S. The power fire pump shall be selfpriming and of such size as
to discharge an effective stream from a hose connected to the highest
outlet.
(c) L. The minimum capacity of the power fire pump shall be 50
gallons per minute at a pressure of not less than 60 pounds per square
inch at the pump outlet. The pump outlet shall be fitted with a
pressure gage.
(d) S. The power fire pump may be driven off a propulsion engine or
other source of power and shall be connected to the fire main. This
pump may also be connected to the bilge system so that it can serve as
either a fire pump or a bilge pump as described in subpart 182.25.
(e) L. The power fire pump may be driven off one of the propulsion
engines in a twin engine installation. In a single engine propulsion
installation, the pump shall be driven by a source of power independent
of the propulsion engine. The pump may also be connected to the bilge
system so that it can serve as either a fire pump or a bilge pump as
described in subpart 182.25 of this subchapter.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9740, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 181.10-5 Hand fire pumps.
(a) All vessels shall be provided with a hand operated portable fire
pump having a capacity of at least 5 gallons per minute. This fire pump
shall be equipped with suction and discharge hose suitable for use in
fire fighting.
(b) The hand portable fire pump may also serve as a bilge pump.
46 CFR 181.10-5 Subpart 181.15 -- Fire Main System
46 CFR 181.15-1 Where required.
(a) All vessels required to be provided with a power-driven fire pump
shall also be provided with a fire main system including fire main,
hydrants, hose and nozzles.
46 CFR 181.15-5 Fire main and hydrants.
(a) S and L. Fire hydrants, when required, shall be of sufficient
number and so located that any part of the vessel may be reached with an
effective stream of water from a single length of hose.
(b) L. There shall be a minimum of two (2) fire hydrants on all
mechanically propelled ''L'' vessels.
(c) S and L. All piping, valves, and fittings shall be in accordance
with good marine practice and suitable for the purpose intended.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9740, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 181.15-10 Fire hose.
(a) S and L. One length of fire hose shall be provided for each fire
hydrant required.
(b) S. Fire hose may be commercial fire hose or equivalent of not
over 1 1/2-inch diameter or garden hose of not less than 5/8-inch
nominal inside diameter. Hose shall be in one piece not less than 25
feet and not more than 50 feet in length.
(c) L. Fire hose shall be 1 1/2 inches in diameter and 50 feet in
length.
(d) S and L. If 1 1/2 inch diameter fire hose is used after January
1, 1980, each length of hose must:
(1) Be lined commercial fire hose that conforms to Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc., Standard 19 or Federal Specification ZZ-H-451E. A
hose that bears the Label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as lined
fire hose is accepted as conforming to the requirement; and
(2) Have a nozzle that has a 1/2 inch solid stream orifice or a
combination nozzle approved by the Commandant in accordance with
162.027-6 of this Chapter. The nozzle must be bronze or another
material that has strength and corrosion resistance properties equal to
those of bronze.
(e) S. If garden hose is used, it shall be of a good commercial
grade constructed of an inner rubber tube, plies of braided cotton
reinforcement and an outer rubber cover or of equivalent material, and
shall be fitted with a commercial garden hose nozzle of good grade
bronze or equivalent metal.
(f) S and L. All fittings on fire hose shall be of brass, copper, or
other suitable corrosion-resistant metal.
(g) S and L. A length of fire hose shall be attached to each fire
hydrant at all times.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9740, Sept. 6, 1963, as amended by CGD 74-60, 41
FR 43152, Sept. 30, 1976)
46 CFR 181.15-10 Subpart 181.20 -- Fixed Fire Extinguishing System
46 CFR 181.20-1 Where required.
(a) Fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems shall be
installed to protect the following spaces:
(1) The machinery and fuel tank spaces of all vessels using gasoline
or other fuel having a flash point of 110 F. or lower, except that
where machinery and fuel tank spaces are so open to the atmosphere as to
make the use of a fixed system ineffective, no such system will be
required.
(2) The paint and oil rooms and similar hazardous spaces on all
vessels having such spaces.
(3) Cargo spaces which are inaccessible during a voyage and used for
combustible cargo on all vessels having such spaces.
46 CFR 181.20-5 Type system required.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all fixed fire
extinguishing systems shall be of an approved carbon dioxide type and
installed to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(b) On vessels where the amount of carbon dioxide gas required in a
fixed system can be supplied by one portable extinguisher or by a
semi-portable extinguisher, such extinguishers may be used subject to
the following:
(1) Cylinders shall be installed in a fixed position outside the
space protected.
(2) The applicator shall be installed in a fixed position so as to
discharge into the space protected.
(3) Controls shall be installed in an accessible location outside the
space protected.
46 CFR 181.20-10 Amount of CO2 gas required.
(a) The number of pounds of carbon dioxide required for each space
protected shall be determined as follows:
(1) For cargo spaces, the number of pounds required shall be equal to
the gross volume of the space in cubic feet divided by a factor of 30.
(2) For machinery and fuel tank spaces, paint lockers, oil rooms and
similar hazardous spaces, the number of pounds required for each space
shall be equal to the gross volume of the space divided by the
appropriate factor noted in Table 181.20-10(a)(2).
(b) A separate supply of carbon dioxide need not be provided for each
space protected. The total available supply shall be at least
sufficient for the space requiring the greatest amount.
46 CFR 181.20-15 Controls.
(a) All controls and values for the operation of the system shall be
outside the spaces protected and shall not be located in such space as
might be cut off or made inaccessible in the event of fire in any of the
spaces protected.
(b) Each branch line shall be fitted with an approved shutoff valve.
Such shutoff valve shall be kept closed at all times except to operate
the particular system.
(c) The arrangements shall be such that the entire charge to any
space can be introduced into the space by the operation of one valve
selecting the space, and one control for releasing at least the required
amount of carbon dioxide. The controls shall be of an approved type and
shall be located adjacent to the shutoff valve controls.
(d) Complete but simple instructions for the operation of the systems
must be located in a conspicuous place at or near all pull boxes, stop
valve controls and in the CO2 cylinder storage room. On systems in
which the CO2 cylinders are not within the protected space, these
instructions must also include a schematic diagram of the system and
instructions detailing alternate methods of discharging the system
should the manual release or stop valve controls fail to operate. Each
control valve to branch lines must be marked to indicate the related
space served.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 74-100R,
40 FR 6209, Feb. 10, 1975)
46 CFR 181.20-20 Piping.
(a) Branch lines to the various cargo spaces shall be not less than
1/2 inch standard pipe size.
(b) The size of branch lines to machinery and fuel tank spaces, paint
lockers, oil rooms and similar hazardous spaces shall be as noted in
Table 181.20-20(b).
(c) All piping, valves, and fittings of ferrous materials shall be
protected inside and outside against corrosion.
(d) All dead-end lines shall extend at least 2 inches beyond the last
orifice and shall be closed with cap or plug.
(e) All piping, valves, and fittings shall be securely supported, and
where necessary, protected against injury.
(f) Drains and dirt traps shall be fitted where necessary to prevent
the accumulation of dirt or moisture. Drains and dirt traps shall be
located in accessible locations.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9048, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 181.20-25 Discharge outlets.
(a) Discharge outlets shall be of an approved type.
(b) The total area of all discharge outlets shall not exceed 85
percent nor be less than 35 percent of the nominal cylinder outlet area
or the area of the supply pipe, whichever is smaller. The nominal
cylinder outlet area in square inches shall be determined by multiplying
the factor 0.0022 by the number of pounds of carbon dioxide required
except that in no case shall this outlet area be less than 0.110 square
inches.
46 CFR 181.20-30 Cylinders.
(a) Cylinders shall be securely fastened and supported, and where
necessary protected against injury.
(b) Cylinders shall be mounted in an upright position or inclined not
more than 30 from the vertical. However, cylinders which are fitted
with flexible or bent siphon tubes may be inclined not more than 80
from the vertical.
(c) All cylinders used for storing carbon dioxide must be fabricated,
tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements of 147.60 and
147.65 of this chapter.
(d) Cylinders shall be so mounted as to be readily accessible and
capable of easy removal for recharging and inspection, including
weighing.
(e) Where subject to moisture, cylinders shall be so installed as to
provide a space of at least 2 inches between the flooring and the bottom
of the cylinders.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 84-044, 53
FR 7752, Mar. 10, 1988)
46 CFR 181.20-35 Closure of openings.
(a) Provision shall be made by means of plugs, covers, etc., to
prevent the admission of air into the space protected.
46 CFR 181.20-35 Subpart 181.25 -- Manual Sprinkling System
46 CFR 181.25-1 Where required.
(a) All vessels having a deck above a vehicular space shall be fitted
with a manual sprinkling system in the vehicle space.
46 CFR 181.25-5 Installation.
(a) Manual sprinkling systems required shall be subject to such
requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
These requirements are contained in applicable regulations in part 76 of
Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
46 CFR 181.25-5 Subpart 181.30 -- Portable Fire Extinguishers
46 CFR 181.30-1 Required number, type and location.
(a) The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on
each vessel shall be as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, in accordance with Table 181.30-1(a) and other provisions of
this subpart.
(b) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may permit the use of
any approved fire extinguishers, including semiportable extinguishers,
in lieu of those required by this section when in his opinion such
extinguishers will provide equivalent fire protection.
(c) Vaporizing liquid type fire extinguishers containing carbon
tetrachloride or chlorobromomethane or other toxic vaporizing liquids
are not approved and are not permitted on any vessel.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 66-33, 31
FR 15299, Dec. 6, 1966; CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19992, Dec. 28, 1968)
46 CFR 181.30-5 Approved extinguishers.
(a) All portable fire extinguishers installed on vessels shall be of
an approved type.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5727, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 181.30-10 Installation and location.
(a) Portable fire extinguishers shall be located so as to be
convenient to the space protected.
(b) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed and located to the
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) Portable fire extinguishers, which are required on their
nameplates to be protected from freezing, shall not be located where
freezing temperatures may be expected.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9330, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27
FR 9048, Sept. 11, 1962)
46 CFR 181.30-12 Semiportable fire extinguishers.
(a) The frame or support of each semiportable fire extinguisher
permitted under 181.30-10(b) in lieu of a portable fire extinguisher
required by Table 181.3001(a) must be welded or otherwise permanently
attached to a bulkhead or deck.
(b) If an approved semiportable fire extinguisher has wheels and is
not required by Table 181.30-01(a), it must be securely stowed when not
in use to prevent it from rolling out of control under heavy sea
conditions.
(CGD 77-039, 44 FR 34133, June 14, 1979)
46 CFR 181.30-12 Subpart 181.35 -- Fire Axe
46 CFR 181.35-1 Required number and location -- L.
(a) Each ''L'' vessel will be equipped with one (1) fire axe located
in or adjacent to the pilothouse.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9740, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 181.35-1 Pt. 182
46 CFR 181.35-1 PART 182 -- MACHINERY INSTALLATION
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
182.01-1 Application.
182.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.05 -- Propulsion Machinery
182.05-1 General.
182.05-5 Installations.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.10 -- Auxiliary Machinery
182.10-1 General.
182.10-5 Installations.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.15 -- Machinery Using Gasoline as Fuel
182.15-1 Application.
182.15-5 General requirements.
182.15-7 Carburetors.
182.15-10 Gasoline engine cooling.
182.15-15 Gasoline engine exhaust cooling.
182.15-20 Gasoline engine exhaust pipe, installation.
182.15-25 Gasoline fuel tanks.
182.15-30 Filling and sounding pipes for gasoline fuel tanks.
182.15-35 Vent pipes for gasoline fuel tanks.
182.15-40 Gasoline fuel supply piping.
182.15-45 Ventilation of compartments containing gasoline machinery
or fuel tanks.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.20 -- Machinery Using Diesel Fuel
182.20-1 Application.
182.20-5 General requirements.
182.20-10 Diesel engine cooling.
182.20-15 Diesel engine exhaust cooling.
182.20-20 Diesel engine exhaust pipe, installation.
182.20-22 Integral diesel fuel tanks.
182.20-25 Independent diesel fuel tanks.
182.20-30 Filling and sounding pipes for diesel fuel tanks.
182.20-35 Vent pipes for diesel fuel tanks.
182.20-40 Diesel fuel supply piping.
182.20-45 Ventilation of compartments containing diesel machinery.
182.20-50 Ventilation or venting of compartments containing diesel
fuel tanks.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.25 -- Bilge and Ballast Systems
182.25-1 General.
182.25-5 Bilge piping system.
182.25-10 Bilge pumps.
182.25-15 Ballast systems.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.30 -- Steering Apparatus
182.30-1 Main steering apparatus.
182.30-5 Auxiliary steering apparatus.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.35 -- Separation of Machinery and Fuel Tank
Spaces From Accommodation Spaces
182.35-1 Bulkheads.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.40 -- Nonmetallic Piping Materials
182.40-1 General.
182.40-5 Vital systems.
182.40-10 Non-vital systems.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 181.35-1 Subpart 182.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 182.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to the machinery
installation on all vessels contracted for on or after June 1, 1958,
except as otherwise provided for in this part. Machinery installations
on all vessels contracted for prior to this date shall meet the
requirements of this part insofar as is deemed reasonable and
practicable by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 61-13, 26 FR 3927, May 5, 1961)
46 CFR 182.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that the main propulsion
machinery installed on each vessel is suitable for the vessel and its
operation and that the auxiliary machinery is suitable for the purpose
intended. It is further intended that all machinery be installed and
maintained in such a manner as to afford adequate protection against
fire, explosion, machinery failure and personnel injury.
46 CFR 182.01-5 Subpart 182.05 -- Propulsion Machinery
46 CFR 182.05-1 General.
(a) Propulsion machinery shall be suitable in type and design for
propulsion requirements of the hull in which it is installed and capable
of operating at constant marine load under such requirements without
exceeding its designed limitations.
46 CFR 182.05-5 Installations.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section main propulsion
machinery installations shall comply with the provisions of this part.
(b) Propulsion machinery of an unusual type for small passenger
vessels shall be given separate consideration and shall be subject to
such requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection. The requirements for machinery and boilers for steam and
electrically propelled vessels are contained in applicable regulations
in Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) and Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering) of this chapter. These unusual types of propulsion
machinery include:
(1) Machinery installations using steam.
(2) Electrical machinery installations.
(3) Gas turbine machinery installations.
(4) Outboard motors.
(5) Air screws.
(6) Hydraulic jets.
46 CFR 182.05-5 Subpart 182.10 -- Auxiliary Machinery
46 CFR 182.10-1 General.
(a) Auxiliary machinery shall be suitable in type and design for the
purpose intended.
46 CFR 182.10-5 Installations.
(a) Auxiliary machinery of the internal combustion piston type shall
comply with the provisions of this part.
(b) Auxiliary machinery installation of the steam or gas turbine type
will be given separate consideration and shall be subject to such
requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
These requirements are contained in applicable regulations in Subchapter
F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(c) Auxiliary boilers and heating boilers and their associated piping
and fittings will be given separate consideration and will be subject to
such requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection. These requirements shall be as specified in applicable
regulations in Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter except
that heating boilers shall be tested or examined every three years.
(d) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph all unfired
pressure vessels shall be Coast Guard approved and installed to the
satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The
requirements for design, construction and original testing of such
approved unfired pressure vessels are in applicable regulations in
Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter. Information
concerning the applicable regulations may be obtained from the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.10-5 Subpart 182.15 -- Machinery Using Gasoline as Fuel
46 CFR 182.15-1 Application.
(a) This subpart shall apply to all propulsion and auxiliary
machinery installations of the internal combustion piston type which use
gasoline or other fuel having a flashpoint of 110 F. (Pensky-Martens
Closed Cup Method, ASTM-D93) or lower.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.15-5 General requirements.
(a) Starting motors, generators and any spark producing device shall
be mounted as high above the bilges as practicable.
(b) Gages to indicate cooling water discharge temperature and
lubricating oil pressure shall be provided for all propulsion engines
and located so as to be in view of the operator. When engine is
freshwater cooled and exhaust pipe is cooled by a separate water cooling
system, a suitable warning, visible or audible at the operating station,
shall be provided to indicate any failure of water flow in the exhaust
system.
(c) The use of liquefied inflammable gases, such as propane, methane,
butane, etc., as fuel is prohibited on all vessels.
46 CFR 182.15-7 Carburetors.
(a) All carburetors except the downdraft type shall be equipped with
integral or externally fitted drip collectors of adequate capacity and
of such arrangement as to permit ready removal of fuel leakage.
Externally fitted drip collectors shall be covered with flame screens.
Note: It is recommended that drip collectors be drained by a device
for automatic return of all drip to engine air intakes.
(b) All gasoline engines must be equipped with an acceptable means of
backfire flame control. Installations of backfire flame arresters
bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or 162.041 or engine air and fuel
induction system bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or 162.042 may be
continued in use as long as they are servicable and in good condition.
New installations or replacements must meet the applicable requirements
of subpart 58.10 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-18, 30
FR 10243, Aug. 18, 1965; CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35829, July 29, 1991)
46 CFR 182.15-10 Gasoline engine cooling.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph all engines shall
be water cooled.
(1) Auxiliary engines with self-contained fuel systems may be air
cooled when they are installed on open decks.
(b) The engine cooling water system shall be in accordance with the
following provisions:
(1) The engine head, block and exhaust manifold shall be water
jacketed and cooled by water from a pump which operates whenever the
engine is operating.
(2) A closed fresh water system may be used to cool the engine. Air
cooled radiators shall not be used for propulsion engine cooling
systems.
(3) A suitable hull strainer shall be installed in the circulating
water intake line.
46 CFR 182.15-15 Gasoline engine exhaust cooling.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, all engine
exhaust pipes shall be water cooled.
(1) Dry pipe vertical exhausts are permissible if suitably insulated.
(2) Horizontal dry exhaust pipes are permitted only if: They do not
pass through living or berthing spaces, they terminate above the deepest
load waterline and are so arranged as to prevent entry of cold water
from rough or boarding seas, and they are constructed of corrosion
resisting material at the hull penetration.
(3) Exhaust pipes on air cooled engines need not be water cooled but
suitable insulation may be required.
(b) The exhaust pipe cooling water system shall be in accordance with
the following provisions:
(1) Water for cooling the exhaust pipe shall be obtained from the
engine cooling water system or a separate engine driven pump.
(2) Water for cooling the exhaust pipe, other than a vertical
exhaust, shall be injected into the exhaust system as near to the engine
manifold as practicable. The water shall pass through the entire length
of the exhaust pipe.
(3) That part of the exhaust system between the point of cooling
water injection and the engine manifold shall be water-jacketed or
effectively insulated.
(4) Vertical exhaust piping must be water-jacketed or suitably
insulated between the engine manifold and the spark arrester.
(5) When the exhaust cooling system is separate from the engine
cooling system, a suitable warning device shall be provided to indicate
any failure of water flow in the exhaust cooling system. Such warning
shall be visible or audible at the engine operating station.
(6) A suitable hull strainer shall be installed in the circulating
water intake line for the exhaust cooling system.
(c) Engine exhaust cooling systems built in accordance with the
requirements of American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc., Standard P-1,
''Safe Installation of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion and Auxiliary
Machinery'' will be considered as meeting the requirements of this
section. (See 175.27-5 of this subchapter.)
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 72-59R,
37 FR 6191, Mar. 25, 1972)
46 CFR 182.15-20 Gasoline engine exhaust pipe, installation.
(a) Exhaust piping shall be led to the point of escape with a minimum
number of bends or elbows. It shall be gastight throughout its length
and shall be properly supported by non-combustible hangers or blocks.
(b) The exhaust piping shall be so arranged as to prevent backflow of
water from reaching engine exhaust ports under normal conditions.
(c) Where flexibility is necessary a section of flexible metallic
hose may be used. Non-metallic hose may be used provided it is
especially adapted to resist the action of oil, acid and heat, and has a
wall thickness sufficient to prevent collapsing or panting.
(d) Where exhaust piping passes through watertight bulkheads the
watertight integrity of the bulkhead shall be maintained.
Non-combustible packing shall be used in bulkhead penetration glands.
Water cooled exhaust pipes may be welded to steel bulkheads in way of
penetrations if suitable arrangements are provided to relieve the
stresses resulting from the expansion of the exhaust piping.
(e) Where exhaust piping passes through non-watertight combustible
bulkheads or partitions non-combustible packing shall be used in
bulkhead penetration glands or a minimum clearance of 2 inches shall be
provided between the exhaust pipe and the bulkhead or partition.
(f) Vertical exhaust systems shall be provided with spark arresters.
Spark arresters shall be supported by suitable steel hangers and shall
be lagged with fire resistant material. A clearance of at least 9
inches shall be maintained between the spark arrester and any woodwork.
(g) Protective gratings shall be provided at such locations where
persons or gear might come in contact with the exhaust pipe.
(h) Arrangements shall be made to provide access to the exhaust pipe
throughout its length.
(i) All exhaust installations with pressures in excess of 15 pounds
per square inch gage or employing runs passing through living or working
spaces shall meet the material requirements of part 56 of Subchapter F
(Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(j) Engine exhaust installations built in accordance with the
requirements of American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc., Standard P-1,
''Safe Installations of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion and Auxiliary
Machinery'' will be considered as meeting the requirements of this
section. (See 175.27-5 of this subchapter.)
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18909, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.15-25 Gasoline fuel tanks.
(a) Materials and construction. (1) Fuel tanks shall be independent
of the hull. The material used and the minimum thickness allowed shall
be as indicated in Table 182.15-25(a)(1), except that consideration will
be given to other materials which provide equivalent safety as indicated
in paragraph (a)(8) of this section. Fuel tanks having a capacity of
more than 150 gallons shall be designed to withstand the maximum head to
which they may be subjected in service but in no case shall the
thickness be less than that specified in Table 182.15-25(a)(1).
(2) Tanks with flanged-up top edges, that may trap and hold moisture,
shall not be used.
(3) Openings for fill, vent and fuel pipes, and openings for fuel
level gages where used, shall be on topmost surface of tanks. Tanks
shall have no openings in bottoms, sides, or ends, except that an
opening fitted with threaded plug or cap may be used for tank cleaning
purposes.
(4) All tank joints shall be welded or brazed.
(5) Nozzles, flanges, or other fittings for pipe connections shall be
welded or brazed to the tank. The tank openings in way of pipe
connections shall be properly reinforced where necessary. Where fuel
level gages are used the flange to which gage fittings are attached
shall be welded or brazed to the tank. No tubular gage glasses or
trycocks shall be fitted to the tanks.
(6) All tanks exceeding 30 inches in any horizontal dimension shall
be fitted with vertical baffle plates where necessary for strength or
for control of excessive surge. In general, baffle plates installed at
intervals not exceeding 30 inches will be considered as meeting this
requirement.
(7) Baffle plates, where required, shall be of the same material and
not less than the minimum thickness required in the tank walls and shall
be connected to the tank walls by welding or brazing. Limber holes at
the bottom and air holes at the top of all baffles shall be provided.
(8) Materials other than those listed in Table 182.15-25(a)(1) may be
used for gasoline fuel tank construction only if the tank as constructed
meets the testing requirements of Yacht Safety Bureau STD E-3, paragraph
E3-3. (See 175.27-20 of this subchapter.) Testing may be accomplished
by any acceptable laboratory such as the Yacht Safety Bureau, or may be
done by the fabricator if witnessed by a marine inspector.
(b) Location and installation. (1) Fuel tanks shall be located in,
or as close as practicable to engine compartments.
(2) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as to permit examination,
testing, or removal for cleaning with minimum disturbance to the hull
structure.
(3) Fuel tanks shall be adequately supported and braced to prevent
movement. The supports and braces shall be insulated from contact with
the tank surfaces with a non-abrasive and non-absorbent material.
(4) All fuel tanks shall be electrically bonded to the common ground.
(5) Cylindrical tanks with longitudinal seams shall be arranged
horizontally where practicable so that such seams are located as near
the top as possible.
(c) Tests. (1) Prior to installation, tanks vented to the atmosphere
shall be tested to, and must withstand, a pressure of 5 pounds per
square inch or 1 1/2 times the maximum head to which they may be
subjected in service, whichever is greater. A standpipe of 11 1/2 feet
in height attached to the tank may be filled with water to accomplish
the 5 pounds per square inch test. Permanent deformation of the tank
will not be cause for rejection unless accompanied by leakage.
(2) After installation of the fuel tank on a vessel the complete
installation shall be tested in the presence of a marine inspector to a
head not less than that to which the tank may be subjected in service.
Fuel may be used as testing medium.
(3) All tanks not vented to the atmosphere shall be constructed and
tested in accordance with 182.10-5(d).
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 66-33, 31
FR 15299, Dec. 6, 1966; CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968; CGFR
72-59R, 37 FR 6191, Mar. 25, 1972)
46 CFR 182.15-30 Filling and sounding pipes for gasoline fuel tanks.
(a) Fill pipes shall be not less than 1 1/2 inches nominal pipe size.
(b) Filling and sounding pipes shall be so arranged that overflow of
liquid or vapor cannot escape to the inside of the vessel. Sounding
pipes may be omitted where sounding can be accomplished through the fill
pipe or where marine type fuel gages are installed. Where sounding
pipes are used, their openings shall be at least as high as the opening
of the fill pipe and they shall be kept closed at all times except
during sounding.
(c) Fill and sounding pipes shall run as directly as possible,
preferably in a straight line, from the deck connection to the top of
the tank. Such pipes shall terminate on the weather deck clear of any
coamings and shall be fitted with shutoff valves, watertight deck plates
or screw caps suitably marked for identification. Fill and sounding
pipes shall extend to within one-half of their diameter from the bottom
of the tank.
(d) Where a flexible fill pipe section is necessary, suitable
flexible tubing or hose having high resistance to salt water, petroleum
oils, heat and vibration, may be used. Such hose shall overlap metallic
pipe ends at least 1 1/2 times the pipe diameter and shall be secured at
each end by two clamps of corrosion resistant metal. The flexible
section shall be accessible and as near the upper end of the filling
pipe as practicable. When the flexible section is a nonconductor of
electricity, the metallic sections of the filling pipe separated thereby
shall be joined by a conductor for protection against static spark when
filling.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 76-154, 42
FR 48880, Sept. 26, 1977)
46 CFR 182.15-35 Vent pipes for gasoline fuel tanks.
(a) Each tank shall be fitted with a vent pipe which shall be
connected to the tank at its highest point under normal operating
conditions.
(b) The net cross-sectional area of the vent pipe shall be not less
than that of 3/4-inch O.D. tubing (0.035 inch wall thickness -- 20
gage), except that, where provision is made to fill the tanks under
pressure, the net-cross-sectional area of the vent pipe shall be not
less than that of the fill pipe.
(c) The discharge ends of vent pipes shall terminate on the hull
exterior as high above the waterline as practicable and remote from any
hull openings, or, they shall terminate in U-bends as high above the
weather deck as practicable and as far from any openings into living
quarters or other below deck spaces as practicable. Vent pipes
terminating on the hull exterior shall be so installed or equipped as to
prevent the accidental contamination of the fuel by water under normal
operating conditions.
(d) The discharge ends of vent pipes shall be fitted with removable
flame screens or flame arresters. The flame screens shall consist of a
single screen of corrosion resistant wire of at least 30 30 mesh. The
flame screens or flame arresters shall be of such size and design as to
prevent reduction in the net cross-sectional area of the vent pipe and
permit cleaning or renewal of the flame screens or arrester elements.
46 CFR 182.15-40 Gasoline fuel supply piping.
(a) Materials and workmanship. (1) Fuel lines shall be annealed
tubing of copper, nickel-copper, or copper-nickel having a minimum wall
thickness of 0.035 inch.
(2) Where flexibility is necessary or desired, a reasonable length of
flexible hose may be used provided it is fitted with suitable connection
fittings and has high resistance to saltwater, petroleum oils and
vibration.
(3) Flexible hose shall be fabricated with an inner tube and a cover
of synthetic rubber or other suitable material reinforced with wire
braid. The hose cover shall be adjudged self-extinguishing per ASTM
D1692, and the hose assembly shall be capable of withstanding free
burning gasoline for 2 1/2 minutes (test details available from Coast
Guard (G-MTH). Details of other fire tests designed to demonstrate this
capability shall be submitted to Coast Guard (G-MTH) for review.
(4) Tubing connections and fittings shall be of nonferrous drawn or
forged metal of the flared type except that the flareless fittings of
the nonbite type may be used when the tubing system is of nickel-copper
or copper-nickel. When making tube connections, the tubing shall be cut
square and flared by suitable tools. Tube ends shall be annealed before
flaring.
(5) Valves for fuel lines shall be of a suitable nonferrous type.
Cocks are prohibited except for the solid bottom type with tapered plugs
and union bonnets.
(b) Installation. (1) Fuel lines shall be run at the level of the
tank top to a point as close to the engine connection as practicable.
(2) Fuel lines shall be accessible, protected from mechanical injury,
and effectively secured against excessive movement and vibration by the
use of soft nonferrous metal straps with no sharp edges. Where passing
through bulkheads, fuel lines shall be protected by close fitting
ferrules or stuffing boxes.
(3) Shutoff valves, installed so as to close against the fuel flow,
shall be fitted in the fuel supply lines, one at the tank connection and
one at the engine end of the fuel line to stop fuel flow when servicing
accessories. The shutoff valve at the tank shall be operable from
outside the tank compartment preferably from an accessible position on
the weather deck.
(4) A loop of copper tubing or a short length of flexible hose shall
be installed in the fuel supply line at or near the engines. Such
flexible hose shall be provided with suitable connection fittings and
shall have a high resistance to salt water, petroleum oils, heat and
vibration.
(5) A suitable metal marine type strainer shall be fitted in the fuel
supply line in the engine compartment. Strainers shall be of the type
opening on top for cleaning screens. A drip pan fitted with flame
screen shall be installed under the strainer.
(6) All accessories installed in the fuel line shall be independently
supported.
(7) Outlets in fuel lines for drawing fuel below deck for any purpose
are prohibited.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17230, June 29, 1973; CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983)
46 CFR 182.15-45 Ventilation of compartments containing gasoline
machinery or fuel tanks.
(a) Spaces containing gasoline machinery or fuel tanks shall have
natural supply and mechanical exhaust ventilation as required by this
section, except that, where engines and fuel tanks are not in closed
compartments, at least one ventilation duct shall be installed in the
fore part of the vessel and one in the after part of the vessel, both
ducts having cowls or scoops are required by paragraph (h) of this
section.
(b) The requirements for the mechanical exhaust system shall be such
as to assure the air changes as noted in table 182.15-45(b) depending
upon the size of the space.
(c) Exhaust blower motors shall be outside of the ducts, and if
mounted in any compartment required to be ventilated by this section,
shall be located as high above the bilge as practicable. Blower blades
shall be nonsparking with reference to their housings.
(d) Exhaust blower switches shall be located outside of any space
required to be ventilated by this section, and shall be of the type
interlocked with the starting switch and the ignition switch so that the
blowers are started before the engine starter motor circuit or the
engine ignition is energized. A red warning sign at the switch shall
state that the blowers shall be operated prior to starting the engines
for a sufficient time to insure at least one complete change of air in
the compartments.
(e) The area of the ducts shall be such as to limit the air velocity
to a maximum of 2,000 feet per minute. Ducts may be of any shape,
provided that in no case shall one cross section dimension exceed twice
the other.
(f) At least two inlet ducts shall be located at one end of the
compartment and they shall extend to the lowest part of the compartment
or bilge on each side. Similar exhaust ducts shall be led to the
mechanical exhaust system from the lowest part of the compartment or
bilge on each side of the compartment at the end opposite from that at
which the inlet ducts are fitted. These ducts shall be so installed
that ordinary collection of water in the bilge will not trap the ducts.
(g) All ducts shall be of rigid permanent construction of fire proof
material and reasonably gastight from end to end. The ducts shall lead
as direct as possible and be properly fastened and supported.
(h) All supply ducts shall be provided with cowls or scoops having a
free area not less than twice the required duct area. When the cowls or
scoops are screened, the mouth area shall be increased to compensate for
the area of the screen wire. Dampers shall not be fitted in the supply
ducts. Cowls or scoops shall be kept open at all times except when the
stress of weather is such as to endanger the vessel if the openings are
not temporarily closed. Supply and exhaust openings shall not be
located where the natural flow of air is unduly obstructed, or adjacent
to possible sources of vapor ignition, nor shall they be so located that
exhaust air may be taken into the supply vents. Provision shall be made
for closing all cowls or scoops when the fixed carbon dioxide system is
operated.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-65, 33
FR 19992, Dec. 28, 1968)
46 CFR 182.15-45 Subpart 182.20 -- Machinery Using Diesel Fuel
46 CFR 182.20-1 Application.
(a) This subpart shall apply to all propulsion and auxiliary
machinery installations of the internal combustion piston type which use
Diesel fuel or other fuel having a flashpoint (Pensky-Martens Closed Cup
Method -- ASTM-D93) of over 110 F.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.20-5 General requirements.
(a) Generators, starting motors and other spark producing devices
shall be mounted as high above the bilges as practicable.
(b) Gages to indicate engine cooling water discharge temperature and
lubricating oil pressure shall be provided for all propulsion engines
and located so as to be in view of the operator.
46 CFR 182.20-10 Diesel engine cooling.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph all engines shall
be water cooled.
(1) Auxiliary engines with self-contained fuel systems may be air
cooled when they are installed on open decks.
(2) Air cooled propulsion and auxiliary engines may be installed
under deck when adequate compartment ventilation is provided and other
necessary safeguards are taken so as not to endanger the vessel. (See
182.20-45(b) for ventilation requirements.)
(b) The engine cooling water system shall be in accordance with the
following provisions:
(1) The engine head, block and exhaust manifold shall be water
jacketed and cooled by water from a pump which operates whenever the
engine is operating.
(2) A closed fresh water system may be used to cool the engine. Air
cooled radiators shall not be used for propulsion engine cooling
systems.
(3) A suitable hull strainer shall be installed in the circulating
water intake line.
46 CFR 182.20-15 Diesel engine exhaust cooling.
(a) Installation shall be in accordance with 182.15-15.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.20-20 Diesel engine exhaust pipe, installation.
(a) Installation of diesel engine exhaust pipe shall be in accordance
with 182.15-20.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 182.20-22 Integral diesel fuel tanks.
(a) A diesel fuel tank may not be built integral with the hull of a
vessel unless the hull is made of --
(1) Steel;
(2) Aluminum; or
(3) Fiberglass reinforced plastic that is --
(i) Not sandwich construction;
(ii) Sandwich construction with core material of closed-cell,
polyvinyl chloride foam; or
(iii) Sandwich construction only where the hull is not integral with
the tank.
(a-1) Each vessel contracted for before January 16, 1978 that has a
fiberglass reinforced plastic hull made of sandwich construction in
whole or in part may postpone compliance with paragraph (a) of this
section until its next inspection for certification or reinspection,
whichever occurs first.
(b) Integral fuel tanks shall be constructed to the satisfaction of
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The standards of a recognized
classification society may be considered in determining the structural
adequacy of an integral fuel tank.
(c) Integral fuel tanks, when new shall be subjected to and shall
withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 5 pounds per square inch, or to
the maximum head to which they may be subjected in service whichever is
greater.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 75-184, 42
FR 63175, Dec. 15, 1977)
46 CFR 182.20-25 Independent diesel fuel tanks.
(a) Material and construction. (1) The materials used and the
minimum thickness allowed in the construction of independent fuel tanks
shall be as indicated in Table 182.20-25(a)(1), except that
consideration will be given to other materials which provide equivalent
safety as indicated in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. Fuel tanks
having a capacity of more than 150 gallons shall be designed to
withstand the maximum head to which they may be subjected in service but
in no case should the thickness be less than that specified in Table
182.20-25(a)(1).
(2) Tanks with flanged-up top edges, that may trap and hold moisture,
shall not be used.
(3) Openings for fill and vent pipes and openings for fuel level
gages, where used, shall be on the topmost surface of tanks. Tanks
shall have no openings in bottoms, sides or ends except as follows:
(i) The opening for the fuel supply piping is not restricted to the
top of the tank.
(ii) An opening fitted with threaded plug or cap may be used on the
bottom of the tank for tank cleaning purposes.
(4) All tank joints shall be welded.
(5) Nozzles, flanges or other fittings for pipe connections shall be
welded or brazed to the tank. The tank opening in way of pipe
connections shall be properly reinforced where necessary. Where liquid
level indicating gages are installed, they shall be of heat resistant
materials, adequately protected from mechanical damage and provided at
the tank connections with devices which will automatically close in the
event of rupture of the gage or gage lines.
(6) All tanks exceeding 30 inches in any horizontal dimension shall
be fitted with vertical baffle plates where necessary for strength or
for control of excessive surge. In general, baffle plates installed at
intervals not exceeding 30 inches will be considered as meeting this
requirement.
(7) Baffle plates, where required, shall be of the same material and
not less than the minimum thickness required in the tank walls and shall
be connected to the tank walls by welding or brazing. Limber holes at
the bottom and air holes at the top of all baffles shall be provided.
(8) Iron or steel tanks shall not be galvanized on the interior.
Galvanizing, paint or other suitable coating shall be used to protect
the outside of iron and steel tanks.
(9) Materials other than those specifically listed in Table
182.20-25(a)(1) may be used only if the tank as constructed meets the
testing requirements of Yacht Safety Bureau STD E-3, paragraph E3-3.
(See 175.27-20 of this subchapter.) Testing may be accomplished by any
acceptable laboratory such as the Yacht Safety Bureau, or may be done by
the fabricator if witnessed by a marine inspector.
(b) Location and installation. (1) Fuel tanks shall be located in,
or as close as practicable, to engine compartments.
(2) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as to permit examination,
testing, or removal for cleaning with minimum disturbance to the hull
structure.
(3) Fuel tanks shall be adequately supported and braced to prevent
movement. The supports and braces shall be insulated from contact with
the tank surfaces with a non-abrasive and non-absorbent material.
(4) All fuel tanks shall be electrically bonded to the common ground.
(5) When cylindrical tanks are installed, longitudinal seams shall be
located as near the top of the tanks as possible.
(c) Tests. (1) Prior to installation, tanks vented to the atmosphere
shall be tested to and must withstand a pressure of 5 pounds per square
inch or 1 1/2 times the maximum head to which they may be subjected in
service, whichever is greater. A standpipe of 11 1/2 feet in height
attached to the tank may be filled with water to accomplish the 5 pounds
per square inch test. Permanent deformation of the tank will not be
cause for rejection unless accompanied by leakage.
(2) After installation of the fuel tank on a vessel, the complete
installation shall be tested in the presence of a marine inspector to a
head not less than that to which the tank may be subjected in service.
Fuel may be used as a testing medium.
(3) All tanks not vented to the atmosphere shall be constructed and
tested in accordance with 182.10-5(d).
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29
FR 7362, June 5, 1964; CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15299, Dec. 6, 1966; CGFR
68-82, 33 FR 18910, Dec. 18, 1968; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6192, Mar. 25,
1972)
46 CFR 182.20-30 Filling and sounding pipes for diesel fuel tanks.
(a) Fill pipes shall be not less than 1 1/2 inches nominal pipe size.
(b) Filling and sounding pipes shall be so arranged that overflow of
liquid or vapor cannot escape to the inside of the vessel. Sounding
pipes may be omitted where sounding can be accomplished through the fill
pipe or where marine type fuel gages are installed. Where sounding
pipes are used, their openings shall be at least as high as the opening
of the fill pipe and they shall be kept closed at all times except
during sounding.
(c) Fill and sounding pipes shall run as directly as possible,
preferably in a straight line, from the deck connection to the top of
the tank. Such pipes shall terminate on the weather deck clear of any
coamings and shall be fitted with shutoff valves, watertight deck plates
or screw caps suitably marked for identification. Fill and sounding
pipes may terminate at the top of the tank.
(d) Where a flexible fill pipe section is necessary, suitable
flexible tubing or hose having high resistance to salt water, petroleum
oils, heat and vibration, may be used. Such hose shall overlap metallic
pipe ends at least 1 1/2 times the pipe diameter and shall be secured at
each end by two clamps of corrosion resistant metal. The flexible
section shall be accessible and as near the upper end of the filling
pipe as practicable. When the flexible section is a nonconductor of
electricity, the metallic sections of the filling pipe separated thereby
shall be joined by a conductor for protection against static spark when
filling.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 76-154, 42
FR 48880, Sept. 26, 1977)
46 CFR 182.20-35 Vent pipes for diesel fuel tanks.
(a) Each fuel tank shall be fitted with a vent pipe which shall be
connected to the tank at its highest point under normal operating
conditions.
(b) The minimum net cross-sectional area of the vent pipe shall be as
follows:
(1) Not less than the cross-sectional area of 5/8-inch O.D. tubing
(0.035-inch wall thickness -- 20 gage), if the fill pipe terminates at
the top of the tank.
(2) Not less than the cross-sectional area of 3/4-inch O.D. tubing
(0.035-inch wall thickness -- 20 gage), if the fill pipe extends into
the tank.
(3) Not less than the cross-sectional area of the fill pipe if
provision is made to fill the tank under pressure.
(c) The discharge ends of vent pipes shall terminate on the hull
exterior as high above the waterline as practicable and remote from any
hull openings, or, they shall terminate in U-bends as high above the
weather deck as practicable and as far from any openings into living
quarters or other below deck spaces as practicable. Vent pipes
terminating on the hull exterior shall be so installed or equipped as to
prevent the accidental contamination of the fuel by water under normal
operating conditions.
(d) The discharge ends of vent pipes shall be fitted with removable
flame screens or flame arresters. The flame screens shall consist of a
single screen of corrosion resistant wire of at least 30 30 mesh. The
flame screens or flame arresters shall be of such size and design as to
prevent reduction in the net cross-sectional area of the vent pipe and
permit cleaning or renewal of the flame screens or arrester elements.
46 CFR 182.20-40 Diesel fuel supply piping.
(a) Material and workmanship. (1) Fuel supply piping shall be of
copper, nickel copper, or copper nickel having a minimum wall thickness
of 0.035 inch except that piping of other materials such as seamless
steel pipe or tubing which provides equivalent safety may be used.
(2) Flexible hose may be used provided it is fitted with suitable
connection fittings and has high resistance to saltwater, petroleum oils
and vibration.
(i) Flexible hose runs shall be visible, easily accessible and shall
not penetrate watertight bulkheads.
(ii) Flexible hose shall be fabricated with an inner tube and a cover
of synthetic rubber or other suitable material reinforced with wire
braid. The hose cover shall be adjudged self-extinguishing per ASTM
D1692, and the hose assembly be capable of withstanding free burning
gasoline for 2 1/2 minutes (test details available from Coast Guard
(G-MTH). Details of other fire tests designed to demonstrate this
capability shall be submitted to Coast Guard (G-MTH) for review.
(3) Tubing connections and fittings shall be drawn or forged metal of
the flared type except that flareless fittings of the nonbite type may
be used when the tubing is steel, nickel-copper, or copper nickel. When
making flared tube connections the tubing shall be cut square and flared
by suitable tools. Tube ends shall be annealed before flaring.
(4) Cocks are prohibited for use in fuel lines except those of the
solid bottom type with tapered plugs and union bonnets.
(b) Installation. (1) The fuel supply line may be connected to the
fuel tank at or near the bottom of the tank.
(2) Fuel lines shall be accessible, protected from mechanical injury,
and effectively secured against excessive movement and vibration by the
use of soft non-ferrous metal straps with no sharp edges. Where passing
through bulkheads, fuel lines shall be protected by close fitting
ferrules or stuffing boxes.
(3) Shutoff valves, installed so as to close against the fuel flow,
shall be fitted in the fuel supply lines, one at the tank connection and
one at the engine end of the fuel line to stop fuel flow when servicing
accessories. The shutoff valve at the tank shall be operable from
outside the tank compartment, preferably from an accessible position on
the weather deck.
(4) A loop of tubing or a short length of flexible hose shall be
installed in the fuel supply line at or near the engines. Such flexible
hose shall be provided with suitable connection fittings and shall have
a high resistance to salt water, petroleum oils, heat and vibration.
(5) A suitable marine type strainer shall be fitted in the fuel
supply line in the engine compartment. No special fuel strainers other
than those recommended or furnished by the engine manufacturer will be
required. Drip pans fitted with flame screens may be required under
fuel strainers other than those mounted on the engine.
(6) All accessories installed in the fuel line shall be independently
supported.
(7) Valves for removing water or impurities from fuel in watertraps
or strainers will be permitted. Such valves shall be provided with caps
or plugs to prevent fuel leakage.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18911, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17230, June 29, 1973; CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983)
46 CFR 182.20-45 Ventilation of compartments containing diesel
machinery.
(a) Spaces containing machinery shall be fitted with adequate
dripproof ventilators, trunks, louvers, etc., to provide sufficient air
for proper operation of main engines and auxiliary engines.
(b) Air-cooled propulsion and auxiliary engines installed below deck
as permitted by 182.20-10 shall be fitted with air intake ducts or
piping from the weather deck. The ducts or piping shall be so arranged
and supported to be capable of safely sustaining stresses induced by
weight and engine vibration and to minimize transfer of vibration to the
supporting structure. Prior to installation of ventilation for such
engines, plans or sketches showing machinery arrangement including air
intakes, exhaust stack, method of attachment of ventilation ducts to the
engine, location of spark arresting mufflers and capacity of ventilation
blowers shall be submitted to the Commandant for approval.
(c) Spaces containing machinery shall be fitted with at least two
ducts to furnish natural or mechanical supply and exhaust ventilation.
One duct shall extend to a point near the bottom of the compartment, so
installed that the ordinary collection of water in the bilge will not
trap the duct. Where forced ventilation is installed, the duct
extending near the bottom shall be the exhaust. The total inlet area
and the total outlet area of ventilation ducts shall each be not less
than one square inch for each foot of beam of the vessel. These minimum
areas shall be increased as necessary when such ducts are considered as
part of the air supply to the engines.
(d) All ducts shall be of rigid permanent construction of fire proof
material and reasonably gastight from end to end. The ducts shall lead
as direct as possible and be properly fastened and supported.
(e) All supply ducts for ventilation purposes shall be provided with
cowls or scoops having a free area not less than twice the required duct
area. When the cowls or scoops are screened, the mouth area shall be
increased to compensate for the area of the screen wire. Dampers shall
not be fitted in the supply ducts. Cowls or scoops shall be kept open
at all times except when the stress of weather is such as to endanger
the vessel if the openings are not temporarily closed. Supply and
exhaust openings shall not be located where the natural flow of air is
unduly obstructed, or adjacent to possible sources of vapor ignition,
nor shall they be so located that exhaust air may be taken into the
supply vents.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5727, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 182.20-50 Ventilation or venting of compartments containing
diesel fuel tanks.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph enclosed
compartments or spaces containing diesel fuel tanks and no machinery
shall be provided with a gooseneck vent of not less than 2 1/2 inches in
diameter. Vent openings shall not be located adjacent to possible
sources of vapor ignition.
(1) In small compartments or spaces a vent of not less than 1 1/2
inches in diameter may be provided.
(2) Compartments which are adequately ventilated need not be provided
with such gooseneck vents.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 68-32, 33
FR 5727, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 182.20-50 Subpart 182.25 -- Bilge and Ballast Systems
46 CFR 182.25-1 General.
(a) All vessels shall be provided with a satisfactory arrangement for
draining any watertight compartment other than small buoyancy
compartments, under all practical conditions. Sluice valves are not
permitted in watertight bulkheads.
46 CFR 182.25-5 Bilge piping system.
(a) All vessels of 26 feet in length and over shall be provided with
individual bilge lines and bilge suctions for each watertight
compartment except as follows:
(1) The space forward of the collision bulkhead need not be fitted
with a bilge suction line when the arrangement of the vessel is such
that ordinary leakage may be removed from this compartment by the use of
a hand portable bilge pump or other equipment and such equipment is
provided.
(b) The bilge pipe in ''S'' vessels shall be not less than one inch
nominal pipe size, and in ''L'' vessels not less than one and one-half
inches. The bilge suctions shall be fitted with suitable strainers
having an open area not less than three times the area of the bilge
pipe.
(c) The individual bilge suction lines shall be led to a central
control point or manifold. Each line shall be provided with a stop
valve at the control point or manifold and in addition shall be provided
with a check valve at some accessible point in the bilge line. A
stop-check valve located at the control point or manifold will meet the
requirements for both a stop valve and a check valve.
(d) The bilge pipe piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted
with a screw-down valve located on the forward side of the collision
bulkhead and operable from above the weather deck. In lieu thereof, a
screw-down valve without a reach rod may be fitted to the bilge line on
the after side of the collision bulkhead if it is readily accessible
under service conditions.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9332, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 63-40, 28
FR 9741, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 182.25-10 Bilge pumps.
(a) S and L. All vessels shall be provided with bilge pumps in
accordance with Table 182.25-10(a).
(b) S. The fixed power bilge pump shall be self-priming and may be
driven off the main engine or other source of power. It shall be
permanently connected to the bilge main and may also be connected to the
fire main. If of sufficient capacity the power bilge pump may also
serve as a fire pump.
(c) L. The two required fixed power bilge pumps shall be
self-priming and shall each be driven by different sources of power. If
one pump is driven off the main engine in a single propulsion engine
installation, the other shall be independently driven. In a twin engine
installation, each pump may be driven off a main propulsion engine. The
pumps shall be permanently connected to the bilge main and may also be
connected to the fire main.
(d) S and L. The fixed hand bilge pump shall be permanently
connected to the bilge main and may also be connected to the fire main.
(e) S and L. The portable hand bilge pump shall be provided with
suitable hoses for pumping bilges on the suction and discharge ends.
This pump may also serve as a portable fire pump if it is of sufficient
capacity.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9741, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 182.25-15 Ballast systems.
(a) For all vessels contracted for on or after January 1, 1962,
ballast piping shall not be installed to any hull compartment of a
wooden vessel. Where the carriage of liquid ballast in such vessels is
necessary, suitable ballast tanks, structurally independent of the hull,
shall be provided.
(b) For all vessels contracted for prior to January 1, 1962, ballast
systems shall meet the requirements of this section insofar as deemed
reasonable and practicable by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 61-13, 26 FR 3927, May 5, 1961)
46 CFR 182.25-15 Subpart 182.30 -- Steering Apparatus
46 CFR 182.30-1 Main steering apparatus.
(a) All vessels except non-self-propelled vessels shall be provided
with suitable steering apparatus.
46 CFR 182.30-5 Auxiliary steering apparatus.
(a) Except as further modified in this section, all single screw
vessels in ocean and coastwise service shall be provided with an
auxiliary steering arrangement located above the weather deck. A
suitable hand tiller will be acceptable for this purpose.
(b) Auxiliary steering will not be required where no regular rudder
is fitted and steering action is obtained by a change of setting of the
propelling unit, or where a rudder and tiller is the normal means of
steering.
46 CFR 182.30-5 Subpart 182.35 -- Separation of Machinery and Fuel Tank Spaces From Accommodation Spaces
46 CFR 182.35-1 Bulkheads.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, machinery and fuel
tank spaces shall be separated from accommodation spaces by watertight
and/or vapor tight bulkheads of double diagonal wood, marine plywood,
steel plate, or equivalent construction.
(b) Where segregation can be obtained by means of a watertight and/or
vapor tight engine box, this will be accepted as a substitute for the
required bulkheads.
46 CFR 182.35-1 Subpart 182.40 -- Nonmetallic Piping Materials
Source: CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19969, Dec. 30, 1970, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 182.40-1 General.
(a) Where rigid nonmetallic material is permitted for use in piping
systems by this subpart, the following restrictions shall be adhered to:
(1) Penetrations of required watertight decks and bulkheads by any
rigid plastic pipe systems are prohibited, except when:
(i) Each such penetration is accomplished using an acceptable
metallic fitting, welded or otherwise attached to the bulkhead or deck
by an accepted method; and
(ii) An acceptable metallic shutoff valve is installed adjacent to
the through deck or through bulkhead fitting. This valve shall be
operable from above the bulkhead deck. If two valves are installed, one
on either side of the bulkhead, the valves need not be operable from
above the bulkhead deck provided immediate access to both is possible.
Where both plastic and metallic pipes are used in a bulkhead penetrating
system and where the two materials exist entirely on opposite sides of
the bulkhead, the required shutoff valve shall be installed at the
bulkhead in the metallic part of the system, and may be locally operated
provided immediate access is possible.
(2) Protection from mechanical damage shall be specially considered.
Protective covering or shields shall be installed to the satisfaction of
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(3) Through hull fittings and shutoff valves shall be metal. In the
case of nonmetallic hulls, materials which will afford an equal degree
of safety and heat resistivity as that afforded by the hull may be
approved.
(4) The material specification shall show that the rigid nonmetallic
material possesses characteristics adequate for its intended service and
environment and shall be approved for use by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 182.40-5 Vital systems.
(a) Nonmetallic piping shall not be used in gasoline and diesel fuel
systems except where permitted by 182.15-40 and 182.20-40.
(b) Mechanically propelled ''S'' vessels which are ferry vessels or
which carry more than 49 passengers and mechanically propelled ''L''
vessels shall comply with the provisions of Subchapter F of this
chapter. Rigid nonmetallic materials are acceptable for use in bilge,
ballast and machinery connected piping systems on all other vessels.
46 CFR 182.40-10 Non-vital systems.
(a) Rigid nonmetallic materials are acceptable for use in non-vital
piping systems.
46 CFR 182.40-10 PART 183 -- ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
46 CFR 182.40-10 Subpart 183.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
183.01-1 Application.
183.01-5 Intent.
183.01-10 Special consideration for vital systems.
183.01-15 General standards and requirements.
46 CFR 182.40-10 Subpart 183.05 -- Electrical Installations Operating
at Potentials of Less Than 50 Volts
183.05-1 Application.
183.05-5 Name plates (less than 50 volts).
183.05-10 Generators and motors (less than 50 volts).
183.05-15 Switchboards (less than 50 volts).
183.05-20 Batteries (less than 50 volts).
183.05-25 Radio-phone equipment (less than 50 volts).
183.05-30 Circuit breakers (less than 50 volts).
183.05-35 Accessories (less than 50 volts).
183.05-40 Ignition wiring (installations less than 50 volts).
183.05-45 Lighting and power wiring size, insulation, etc. (less
than 50 volts).
183.05-50 Lighting and power wiring installation (less than 50
volts).
46 CFR 182.40-10 Subpart 183.10 -- Electrical Installations Operating
at Potentials of 50 Volts or More
183.10-1 Application.
183.10-5 Generators and motors (50 volts or more).
183.10-10 Equipment protection and enclosure (50 volts or more).
183.10-15 Main distribution panels (50 volts or more).
183.10-20 Wiring methods and materials (50 volts or more).
183.10-25 Disconnect switches and devices (50 volts or more).
183.10-30 Distribution and circuit loads (50 volts or more).
183.10-35 Overcurrent protection, general (50 volts or more).
183.10-40 Overcurrent protection for motors and motor branch
circuits.
183.10-45 Electric heating and cooking equipment (50 volts or more).
183.10-50 Shore power (50 volts or more).
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9338, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 182.40-10 Subpart 183.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 183.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to the electrical
installations on all vessels contracted for on or after June 1, 1958.
Electrical installations on vessels contracted for prior to that date
shall meet the requirements of this part insofar as is deemed reasonable
and practicable by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 183.01-5 Intent.
(a) This part is intended to provide a minimum standard of
regulations for electrical installations and equipment that will result
in a vessel that is reasonably safe from fire caused by and/or
originating in electrical equipment, and reasonably safe from electrical
shock of personnel.
46 CFR 183.01-10 Special consideration for vital systems.
(a) Electrical equipment and circuits which are a necessary part of
any system vital to the safe navigation of the vessel, such as
propulsion and steering systems, will be given special consideration and
shall be subject to certain additional requirements as determined by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. These additional requirements are
contained in applicable regulations in Subchapter J (Electrical
Engineering) of this chapter.
46 CFR 183.01-15 General standards and requirements.
(a) All electrical installations shall be to the satisfaction of the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) The regulations contained in this part are substantially in
accord with, and in general are based upon established codes and
recognized marine standards and practices. Certain of these codes and
publications are referred to specifically in some regulations in this
part. A list of the publications follows:
(1) Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259, published by United
States Coast Guard.
(2) Recommended Practice for Electric Installations On Shipboard,
AIEE No. 45, published by American Institute of Electrical Engineers,
33 West Thirty-ninth Street, New York 18, N.Y.
(3) National Electrical Code, published by National Fire Protection
Association, 60 Batterymarch Street, Boston 10, Mass.
(4) Standard for Marine Type Electric Lighting Fixtures, Subject 595,
published by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street,
Chicago 11, Ill.
(5) Standard for Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances, published by
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East Ohio Street, Chicago, Ill.
60611.
46 CFR 183.01-15 Subpart 183.05 -- Electrical Installations Operating at Potentials of Less Than 50 Volts
46 CFR 183.05-1 Application.
(a) The regulations in this subpart apply to electrical installations
operating at potentials of less than 50 volts. Regulations covering
electrical installations of 50 volts or more are contained in subpart
183.10 of this part.
46 CFR 183.05-5 Name plates (less than 50 volts).
(a) Each generator, motor and other major items of power equipment
shall be provided with a name plate indicating the maker's name, its
rating in volts and amperes or in volts and watts and when intended for
connection to a normally grounded supply, the grounding polarity.
46 CFR 183.05-10 Generators and motors (less than 50 volts).
(a) L. If both of the required fixed power bilge pumps (Table
182.25-10(a)) are electrically driven, two generators shall be provided.
One of these generators shall be driven by a means independent of the
main propulsion plant.
(b) S and L. Generators and motors shall be placed in dry,
accessible and adequately ventilated locations.
(c) S and L. Independent generators and motors should be mounted on
foundations as high as practicable above the bilges to avoid damage by
splash or contact with low lying vapors. They shall not be located in
low or pocketed positions.
(d) S and L. All generators shall be suitably protected from
overcurrent by circuit breakers, fuses or by an overcurrent relay.
(e) S and L. Overcurrent protection of a third brush type generator
shall open the field circuit.
(f) S and L. An emergency switch shall be provided in the normally
undergrounded main supply conductor from the battery and located as
closely as practicable to the supply battery.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9741, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 183.05-15 Switchboards (less than 50 volts).
(a) Switchboards shall be placed in dry, accessible and adequately
ventilated locations preferably outside the engine compartment. The
switchboard shall be adequately protected and provision shall be made
for access thereto. All uninsulated current carrying parts shall be
mounted on nonabsorbent, noncombustible, high dielectric insulating
material.
(b) Totally enclosed switchboards of the dead front type shall be
used whenever they are accessible to passengers.
(c) Each ungrounded conductor of circuit supplying lights, motors or
appliances shall be equipped with a circuit breaker or switch and fuses
at the point of attachment to the power source. This applies also to
added circuits.
(d) Switches other than those mounted on the switchboard shall be of
the enclosed type.
(e) If the storage battery is not in the same compartment and
adjacent to the panel or box which distributes power to the various
lighting, motor and appliance branch circuits the storage battery lead
shall be fused close to the battery.
46 CFR 183.05-20 Batteries (less than 50 volts).
(a) Batteries shall be so located that the gas generated in charging
will be easily dissipated by natural or induced ventilation. Batteries
should not be located in the same compartment with a gasoline tank or
gasoline engine, but where location elsewhere is impracticable, they
shall be effectively screened by a cage or similar structure to minimize
the danger of accidental spark through dropping a metal object across
terminals.
(b) Batteries shall be located as high above the bilge as practicable
and secured against shifting with motion of the boat. They shall be
accessible with not less than 10 inches head room.
(c) Battery terminals shall be of the soldered type and all
connections shall be made to the battery terminals with permanent type
connectors. Spring clips or other temporary type clamps are not
permitted.
(d) Acid batteries shall be located in a tray of lead or other
suitable material resistant to deteriorating action by the electrolyte.
(e) Alkaline batteries employing metal containers shall be mounted on
suitable insulating support and shall be prevented from coming in
contact with other metal which may result in a short circuit.
(f) A battery charger intended for connection to a commercial supply
voltage shall employ a transformer of the isolating type. An ammeter
that is readily visible shall be included in the battery charger
circuit.
(g) A voltage dropping resistor provided for charging a battery shall
be mounted in a suitable ventilated noncombustible enclosure, so
installed as to prevent hazardous temperatures at adjacent combustible
materials.
46 CFR 183.05-25 Radio-phone equipment (less than 50 volts).
(a) A separate circuit, fused at the main distribution panel shall be
provided for each radio-phone installation.
(b) The supply cable to the radio-phone installation shall be large
enough to carry the current under any condition of normal operation.
46 CFR 183.05-30 Circuit breakers (less than 50 volts).
(a) Circuit breakers, of the proper voltage rating, shall be of the
manually reset type designed for inverse time delay, instantaneous short
circuit protection and capable of repeatedly opening the circuit in
which it is to be used without damage to the circuit breaker.
46 CFR 183.05-35 Accessories (less than 50 volts).
(a) Accessories, such as switches, fuses, and sockets, shall be
standard National Electrical Code types for the loads to be carried and
shall be of types listed by, or types equal to those listed by
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other recognized testing
laboratory.
(b) All lights, receptacles and switches exposed to the weather shall
be watertight and on vessels operating in salt water, shall be
constructed of corrosion-resistant material.
46 CFR 183.05-40 Ignition wiring (installations less than 50 volts).
(a) Ignition wiring as supplied or recommended by engine
manufacturers is generally acceptable.
46 CFR 183.05-45 Lighting and power wiring size, insulation, etc.
(less than 50 volts).
(a) Wiring sizes for lighting and power shall be in accordance with
Table 183.05-45(a).
Capacitie500000000 s of Conductors Bas
ed on Room Temperature of 30 C., 86 F.
(b) As a precaution against rupture by vibration, all conductors
shall be of the stranded type, except where type MI cable is employed,
and no conductor smaller than No. 14 A.W.G. shall be used except for
short fixture leads or intercommunication wiring as set forth in
paragraph (k) of this section.
(c) Table 183.05-45(c) indicates the size of conductor required for
corresponding lengths and steady state (stable) values to obtain a
voltage drop of not more than 10 percent at the load terminals of a two
conductor circuit.
Other values can be computed by means of the following formula:
Where:
cm= Circular-mil area of conductor.
K= 10.75 (a constant representing the mil-foot resistance of copper).
I= Load current, in amperes.
L= Length of conductor from center of distribution, in feet.
E= Voltage drop at load, in volts.
(d) After computing the circular-mil area required, reference may be
made to Table 183.05-45(a) for selection of the required conductor gage
size. When the computed circular-mil area is found to be less than any
value given in the table, the next larger size conductor shall be used.
(e) Light and power conductors for interior wiring shall be insulated
in accordance with Table 183.05-45(e).
(f) Where desired, non-metallic sheathed multiple conductor cable may
be employed instead of individual conductors.
(g) Lead sheathed unarmored conductors and conductors armored with
spiral wound flat metal stripping shall not be used.
(h) Conductors armored with metallic basket weave, with or without
inside lead sheathing, depending upon location, in accordance with the
A.I.E.E. standard No. 45, Recommended Practice for Electrical
Installations on Shipboard, may be used.
(i) Where desired, metallic sheathed cable type MI, as defined in the
National Electrical Code, may be used. (This standard may be obtained
from National Fire Protection Association, 60 Batterymarch St., Boston
10, Mass.)
(j) Conductors, from receptacles to fixtures, shall be flexible cord
in accordance with Tables 183.05-45(j)(1) and 183.05-45(j)(2).
(k) For intercommunication wiring, rubber or thermoplastic covered
single braid IC cable, type RF-32 (rubber covered fixture wire --
1/32-in. installation) stranded and not smaller than No. 16 A.W.G. or
equivalent shall be used. Commercial bell wire shall not be used.
46 CFR 183.05-50 Lighting and power wiring installation (less than 50
volts).
(a) Wiring. (1) All wiring shall be run as high as practicable above
bilges.
(2) Wiring, where subject to mechanical damage shall be protected in
accordance with the National Electrical Code: article 352 for metal
raceways, article 346 for conduit, and article 348 for metallic tubing.
(b) Wiring joints and splices. (1) Wiring joints and splices shall
be mechanically secure and made in junction boxes.
(2) Unless a splice is made by an insulated pressure wire connector
listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., it shall be thoroughly
soldered, taped first with rubber and then with friction tape, or the
soldered joint shall be otherwise protected as to provide an insulation
the same as that of the conductors joined.
(3) Where ends of stranded conductors are to be clamped under
terminal screws, they shall be formed and soldered unless fitted with
pressure terminal connectors listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
(c) Conductors. (1) Conductors shall be protected from overcurrent
in accordance with their current-carrying capacities as given in Table
183.05-45(a).
Note: Overcurrent protection for conductors is provided for the
purpose of opening the electric circuit if the current reaches a value
which will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in the conductor
or conductor insulation.
(2) The conductors supplying motors and motor operated appliances
shall be protected by a separate overcurrent device which is responsive
to motor current. This device shall be rated or set at not more than
125 percent of the motor full-load current rating.
(d) Grounding. (1) On metal vessels the enclosures and frames of all
major electrical equipment shall be permanently grounded to the metal
hull of the vessel by the mounting bolts or other means. The term
''grounded'' in this case means that a normally non-current carrying
conductor is used to connect the non-current carrying metal enclosures
or frames of the electrical equipment to any metal area which is
electrically continuous with the wetted surface of the metal hull (for
example, a metal enclosure would be considered as grounded if it was
attached to a metal bulkhead by metal bolts, and if the bulkhead was
welded or bolted to a metal hull).
(2) On wooden vessels, bonding together of the enclosures and frames
of major electrical equipment to a common ground shall be effected.
This means that a normally non-current carrying conductor is used to
connect the non-current carrying metal enclosures or frames of major
electrical equipment to a common, electrically-continuous, metal network
that takes the place of a metal hull.
(3) For grounded systems the negative polarity of the supply source
should be grounded to the metal hull or, for wooden vessels, connected
to the common ground, but shall not normally carry current.
(4) On a wooden vessel where a ground plate is provided for radio
equipment it shall be connected to the common ground.
(5) For grounded systems, the use of hull return is not recommended
except for engine starting purposes.
46 CFR 183.05-50 Subpart 183.10 -- Electrical Installations Operating at Potentials of 50 Volts or More
46 CFR 183.10-1 Application.
(a) The regulations in this subpart apply to electrical installations
operating at potentials of 50 volts or more. Regulations covering
electrical installations of less than 50 volts are contained in subpart
183.05 of this part.
46 CFR 183.10-5 Generators and motors (50 volts or more).
(a) S and L. Each major generator and motor shall be fitted with a
nameplate of corrosion-resistant material marked with the following
information as applicable:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Manufacturer's type and frame designation.
(3) Output in KW of watts or horsepower rating.
(4) Kind of rating (continuous, intermittent, etc.).
(5) Revolutions per minute at rated load.
(6) Amperes at rated load.
(7) Voltage.
(8) Frequency if applicable.
(9) Number of phases, if applicable.
(10) Type of winding (for direct-current motors).
(b) L. If both of the required fixed power bilge pumps (Table
182.25-10(a)) are electrically driven, two generators shall be provided.
One of these generators shall be driven by a means independent of the
main propulsion plant.
(c) S and L. Generators and motors shall be mounted as high as
practicable above the bilges to avoid damage by splash or contact with
low lying vapors. They shall not be located in low or pocketed
positions.
(d) S and L. Generators and motors for use below decks shall be
located in as dry a place as practicable.
(e) S and L. Motors for use in locations exposed to the weather
shall be of the watertight type or shall be enclosed in watertight
housings. The motor enclosure or housing shall be provided with a check
valve for drainage or a tapped hole at the lowest part of the frame
which will serve for application of a drain pipe or drain plug.
(f) S and L. Generators and motors for use in machinery spaces shall
generally be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 C. (122 F.).
Generators and motors for use in locations where the ambient temperature
will not exceed 40 C. (104 F.) may be designed for an ambient
temperature of 40 C.
(1) If it can be substantiated that the ambient temperature in
machinery spaces will not exceed 40 C. under normal operating
conditions, the motors and generators may be designed for an ambient
temperature of 40 C.
(2) Generators and motors designed for 40 C. may be used in 50 C.
ambient locations provided the machines are derated to 80 percent of
full load rating, and the rating or setting of the overcurrent devices
is reduced accordingly. An additional nameplate specifying the derated
capacity shall be provided for each such motor and generator.
(g) S and L. A voltmeter and an ammeter shall be provided that can
be used for measuring voltage and current of each generator that is in
operation. For alternating-current generators a means for measuring
frequency shall also be provided. Additional control equipment and
measuring instruments shall be provided as necessary to insure
satisfactory operation of the generator or generators.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9741, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 183.10-10 Equipment protection and enclosure (50 volts or more).
(a) Except as provided otherwise in this subpart, all electrical
equipment including motors, generators, controllers, distribution
panels, etc., shall be dripproof protected. Dripproof protected means
that equipment and machinery is so constructed or protected that its
successful operation is not interfered with when subjected to falling
moisture or dirt, and rotating or uninsulated parts cannot be
inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by any
person.
(b) Equipment mounted on a hinged door of an enclosure shall be
constructed or shielded in such a manner that no live parts of the door
mounted equipment will be exposed to accidental contact by a person with
the door open and the circuit energized.
(c) Any cabinet, panel, or box containing more than one source of
potential in excess of 24 volts shall be fitted with a permanent sign
warning personnel of this condition and identifying the circuits to be
disconnected to remove all potentials in excess of 24 volts.
(d) Distribution panel boards shall be the safety type.
46 CFR 183.10-15 Main distribution panels (50 volts or more).
(a) The main distribution panel is that device to which the generator
leads are connected, and from which the electric leads throughout the
vessel directly or indirectly receive their electric power.
(1) If the main distribution panel is floor mounted and is not
dripproof protected, it is considered to be a switchboard.
(b) Switchboards shall be fitted with driphoods and non-conducting
hand rails. Non-conducting mats or grating shall be provided on deck in
front and rear of switchboards.
(c) Adequate working space shall be provided around all main
distribution panels and switchboards. Not less than 24'' shall be
provided in front of main distribution panels and switchboards and not
less than 18'' shall be provided in the rear of switchboards that are
accessible from the rear.
(d) Metal cases of instruments and secondary windings of instrument
transformers shall be grounded.
(e) Main distribution panels shall be placed in dry, accessible, and
adequately ventilated locations preferably outside the engine
compartment. All uninsulated current carrying parts shall be mounted on
nonabsorbent, noncombustible, high dielectric insulating material.
(f) Main distribution panels shall be of the dead front type where
voltage to ground is in excess of 150 volts A.C. or 250 volts D.C.
46 CFR 183.10-20 Wiring methods and materials (50 volts or more).
(a) All wiring and cables shall be suitable for marine service and
for the particular installation used. In addition --
(1) Cable must be constructed in accordance with U.S. Navy Standards,
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Recommended Practice
45, or be a suitable commercial grade cable, with stranded conductors,
that is Underwriters Laboratories listed and rated for at least 75 C.
service;
(2) Flexible or portable cords such as SO, STO, and similar types
cannot be used for permanently installed wiring; and
(3) All commercial grade cables must be specifically approved for
each installation.
(b)(1) Electric cable for installation in damp or wet location must
be --
(i) Impervious sheathed;
(ii) Impervious sheathed and armored;
(iii) Reinforced sheathed and armored;
(iv) Lead and armored; or
(v) Mineral insulated metal sheathed.
(2) The armor of cable subject to salt water or salt water spray may
be --
(i) Bronze; or
(ii) Aluminum.
(3) The sheath of mineral insulated metal sheathed cable must be
seamless annealed copper.
(c)(1) Electric lighting and power cable shall not be allowed to
carry a continuous current in excess of the maximum current capacities
listed in Tables 183.10-20(c)(1) and (2).
(2) A commercial cable's temperature rating other than those listed
in Table 183.10-20(c)(2) must be current rated in accordance with the
National Electric Code for 40 C. ambient temperatures.
(3) A Navy cable must be rated in accordance with current published
Navy standards.
(d) All wiring shall be run as high as practicable above bilges.
(e) All cables installed where particularly liable to damage such as
locations in way of doors, hatches, etc., shall be specially protected
by removable metal coverings, angle irons, pipe, or other equivalent
means. All such metallic coverings are to be electrically continuous
and effectively grounded to the metal hull or common ground, and all
such coverings such as pipe which may trap moisture shall be provided
with holes for drainage. Where cable protection is carried through
watertight decks or bulkheads, the installation shall be such that will
insure the watertight integrity of the structure.
(f) Cables entering boxes or fittings shall be protected from
abrasion, and shall conform with the following requirements:
(1) Openings through which conductors enter shall be adequately
closed.
(2) The cable armor shall be secured to the box or fitting.
(3) In damp or wet locations, the cable entrance shall be watertight.
(g) The enclosures of all equipment shall be permanently grounded to
the metal hull of the vessel by the mounting bolts or other means. The
term ''grounded'' in this case means that a normally non-current
carrying conductor is used to connect the non-current carrying metal
enclosures of electrical equipment to any metal area which is
electrically continuous with the wetted surface of the metal hull (for
example, a metal enclosure would be considered as grounded if it was
attached to a metal bulkhead by metal bolts, and if the bulkhead was
welded or bolted to a metal hull). On a wooden vessel, bonding together
of the enclosures to a common ground shall be effected. This means that
a normally non-current carrying conductor is used to connect the
non-current carrying metal enclosures of electrical equipment to a
common, electrically-continuous, metal network that takes the place of a
metal hull.
(1) On a wooden vessel where a ground plate is provided for radio
equipment it shall be connected to this common ground.
(2) When a vessel is connected to shore power, a bonding cable may be
used to connect the metal hull or on wooden vessels the common ground,
to shore ground.
(h) Each lead covered cable and each armored cable is to have the
metallic covering electrically and mechanically continuous and grounded
to the metal hull, or on wooden vessels, bonded to the common ground
provided by paragraph (g) of this section, at each end of the run,
except that final sub-circuits may be grounded at the supply end only.
(i) All equipment, including switches, fuses, lampholders, etc.,
shall be of a type designed for the potential involved and so
identified.
(j) Junction boxes, connection boxes, and outlet boxes, shall have an
internal depth of at least 1 1/2 inches, except that when a box is
incorporated in a fixture the depth may be decreased to not less than 1
inch provided the volume of the box is not less than 20 cubic inches.
The free space within such boxes for each conductor, not counting
fixture wires, shall not be less than that given in Table 183.10-20(j).
Table 183.10-20(j) applies where no fittings or devices, such as cable
clamps, hickeys, switches or receptacles are contained in the box.
Where one or more such devices are contained in the box, each such
device shall count as one conductor. Each conductor terminated in the
box is counted as one conductor.
(k) Junction boxes, connection boxes, and outlet boxes, for use in
damp or wet locations shall be of watertight construction.
(l) Lighting fixtures shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard for Marine
Type Electric Lighting Fixtures, Subject 595, or shall bear the proper
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ''Marine Type'' label, or shall be
constructed in accordance with the requirements of other recognized
testing laboratories.
(m) A separate circuit, fused at the main distribution panel shall be
provided for each radiophone installation.
(n) Knife switches shall be so placed or designed that gravity or
vibration will not tend to close them. Knife switches, unless of the
double throw type, shall be connected so that the blades are dead when
the switch is in the open position. Circuits shall be connected to the
fuse end of switches and to the coil end of circuit breakers, except
that generator leads or incoming feeders may be connected to either end
of circuit breakers.
(o) Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs for the attachment of
portable lamps, tools, and similar apparatus supplies as ship's
equipment and operating at 100 volts or more, shall provide a grounding
pole and a grounding conductor in the portable cord, to ground the
non-current carrying metal parts of the portable apparatus. Portable
apparatus shall be deemed to be any apparatus served by means of a
flexible extension cord, whether the apparatus is permanently mounted or
not.
(1) Receptacle outlets of the type providing a grounded pole shall be
of a distinctive design that will not permit the dead metal parts of
portable apparatus to be connected to a live conductor.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9338, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 72-35, 37
FR 4962, Mar. 8, 1972)
46 CFR 183.10-25 Disconnect switches and devices (50 volts or more).
(a) Externally operable switches or circuit breakers shall be
provided for motor and controller circuits and shall open all conductors
of the circuit.
(1) If the disconnect means is not within sight of the equipment
which the circuit supplies and is at a location accessible to
passengers, means shall be provided for locking the disconnect device in
the ''open'' position.
(2) For circuits protected by fuses, the disconnect switch required
for fuses in 183.10-35(b) will be considered as adequate for
disconnecting the circuit from the supply.
(3) The disconnect means may be in the same enclosure with motor
controllers.
(b) Disconnect means shall be provided to open all conductors of
generator and shore power cables.
46 CFR 183.10-30 Distribution and circuit loads (50 volts or more).
(a) In general the electrical source located within the vessel and
distribution system shall not be grounded. That is, a current carrying
conductor, or a part of the system electrically continuous with any
current-carrying conductor, shall not be intentionally connected,
directly or indirectly, to the metal hull, or on wooden vessels to the
common ground. An electrical installation that has any current carrying
conductor intentionally connected, directly or indirectly to the metal
hull, or on wooden vessels to the common ground, shall be subject to
certain additional requirements as determined by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection. These additional requirements are contained in
applicable regulations in Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this
chapter.
(1) Figure 183.10-30(a)(1) shows a typical two wire electrical system
showing various acceptable methods of circuit and equipment protection
and control.
Insert Illus. 1-A
(2) All circuits are to be completely metallic and hull return shall
not be used.
(3) The shore power sources may be either ungrounded or grounded.
(b) The connected load on a lighting branch circuit shall not exceed
880 watts, computed on the basis of the lamp sizes to be installed, but
in no case less than 50 watts per outlet. Circuits supplying electrical
discharge lamps shall be computed on the basis of ballast input current.
(c) The branch circuit cables for motor and lighting loads shall be
not smaller than No. 14 AWG.
46 CFR 183.10-35 Overcurrent protection, general (50 volts or more).
(a) Overcurrent protection shall be provided for each conductor for
the purpose of opening the electric circuit if the current reaches a
value which will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in the
conductor or conductor insulation.
(b) Disconnect means shall be provided on the supply side of and
adjacent to all fuses for the purpose of deenergizing the fuses for
inspection and maintenance purposes.
(1) All disconnect means shall open all conductors of the circuit
simultaneously.
(c) Conductors, including generator leads and shore power cables,
shall be protected in accordance with current-carrying capacities, as
given in Table 183.10-20(c).
(1) If the allowable current-carrying capacity of the conductor does
not correspond to a standard size fuse, the next larger size or rating
may be used but not exceeding 150 percent of the allowable
current-carrying capacity of the conductor. Plug (screw in type) fuses
and fuseholders shall not be used in circuits exceeding 125 volts
between conductors. The screw shell of plug type fuseholders shall be
connected to the load of the circuit. Edison base fuses shall not be
used.
Note: Edison base fuses are those having threads like those on an
ordinary light bulb.
(2) If the allowable current-carrying capacity of the conductor does
not correspond to a standard rating of circuit breakers, the next larger
rating may be used but not exceeding 150 percent of the allowable
current-carrying capacity of the conductor.
(d) Lighting branch circuits shall be protected against over-current
either by fuses rated at not more than 10 amperes or by circuit breakers
rated or set at not more than 15 ampheres.
(e) Circuit breakers of the proper voltage rating shall be of the
manually reset type designed for inverse time delay, instantaneous short
circuit protection and capable of repeatedly opening the circuit in
which it is to be used without damage to the circuit breaker.
(1) Circuit breakers shall indicate whether they are in the open or
closed position.
(f) Devices such as instruments, pilot lights, ground detector
lights, potential transformers, etc., shall be supplied by circuits
protected by overcurrent devices.
(g) Each generator shall be protected with an overcurrent device set
at a value not exceeding 15 percent above the full-load rating for
continuous rated machines or the overload rating for special rated
machines.
46 CFR 183.10-40 Overcurrent protection for motors and motor branch
circuits.
(a) All motors shall be provided with running protection against
overcurrent in accordance with Table 183.10-40(a). A protective device
integral with the motor which is responsive to motor current or to both
motor current and temperature may be used.
(b) Overcurrent devices shall be installed to protect the motor
branch circuit conductors, the motor control apparatus, and the motors
against overcurrent due to short circuits or grounds.
(1) The motor branch circuit overcurrent device shall be capable of
carrying the starting current of the motor. Overcurrent protection
shall be considered as being obtained when this overcurrent device has a
rating or setting not exceeding the values given in Table 183.10-40(a).
(2) Each manually started continuous duty motor rated at one
horsepower or less which is within sight from the starter location,
shall be considered as protected against overcurrent by the overcurrent
device protecting the conductors of the branch circuit. This branch
circuit overcurrent device shall not be larger than that specified by
Table 183.10-40(a), except that any such motor may be used at 125 volts
or less on a branch circuit protected at 20 ampheres.
(c) Motor branch circuit overcurrent protection and motor-running
overcurrent protection may be combined in a single overcurrent device if
the rating or setting of the device provides the running overcurrent
protection specified in Table 183.10-40(a).
46 CFR 183.10-45 Electric heating and cooking equipment (50 volts or
more).
(a) Electric space heaters for heating rooms and compartments shall
be provided with thermal cutouts to prevent overheating. Heaters shall
be so constructed and installed to prevent the hanging of towels,
clothing, etc. on the heaters, and to prevent overheating of heater
parts and adjacent bulkheads or decks.
(b) All electric cooking equipment, attachments, and devices, shall
be of rugged construction and so designed as to permit complete
cleaning, maintenance, and repair.
(1) Doors shall be provided with heavy duty hinges and locking
devices to prevent accidental opening in heavy seas.
(2) Electric cooking equipment shall be mounted to prevent
dislodgement in heavy seas, and for grill or similar type cooking
equipment means shall be provided to effect positive grease or fat
collection and to prevent spillage on wiring or deck.
(3) Where necessary for safety of personnel, grab rails shall be
provided. Electric ranges shall be provided with sea rails with
suitable barriers to resist accidental cook pot movement.
(4) Unspecified construction and circuit details shall be in
accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Standard for
Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Shore power (50 volts or more).
(a) At a convenient location, a shore power connection box or
receptacle shall be permanently installed and a cable connecting this
box or receptacle to the main distribution panels shall be permanently
installed.
(1) The shore power cable shall be provided with a disconnect means
located on or near the main distribution panel.
46 CFR 183.10-50 PART 184 -- VESSEL CONTROL AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
184.01-1 Application.
184.01-3 Incorporation by reference.
184.01-4 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
184.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.05 -- Cooking and Heating
184.05-1 Restrictions.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.10 -- Mooring Equipment
184.10-1 Anchors, cables, and hawsers.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.20 -- Compass
184.20-1 Vessels required to have compasses.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.25 -- Radio
184.25-1 Requirements of the Federal Communications Commission.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.30 -- Emergency Lighting
184.30-1 Portable lights.
184.30-5 Lights for lounge areas below the main deck.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.35 -- Engine Control
184.35-1 Engineroom communication system.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.40 -- Work Vests
184.40-1 Approved unicellular plastic foam work vests.
184.40-5 Use.
184.40-10 Stowage.
184.40-15 Inspections.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9346, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 183.10-50 Subpart 184.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 184.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as
specifically noted in this part.
46 CFR 184.01-3 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in
the Federal Register and the material made available to the public. All
approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800
North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S.
Coast Guard, Merchant Vessel Inspection and Documentation Division,
(G-MVI), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is
available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
part, and the sections affected are:
P.O. Box 747, 405 Headquarters Dr., Suite 3, Millersville, MD
21108-0747
A-1-78 -- Marine LPG-Liquefied Petroleum Gas Systems (December 15,
1978) 184.05-1
A-22-78 -- Marine CNG-Compressed Natural Gas Systems (December 15,
1978) 184.05-1
60 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02260
302-1989 -- Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft, Chapter 6 (1989
Edition) 184.05-1
(CGD 83-013, 55 FR 3960, Feb. 6, 1990)
46 CFR 184.01-4 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f), which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(CGD 83-013, 54 FR 6403, Feb. 10, 1989, and CGD 83-013, 55 FR 3959,
Feb. 6, 1990)
46 CFR 184.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that the vessel control
systems and the miscellaneous systems and equipment required herein
shall be suitable for the purpose intended.
46 CFR 184.01-5 Subpart 184.05 -- Cooking and Heating
46 CFR 184.05-1 Restrictions.
(a) Cooking and heating equipment shall be suitable for marine use.
(b) Vessels permitted to use liquefied and non-liquefied gases as
cooking fuels by 46 CFR part 147 must meet the requirements of paragraph
(d) of this section. The use of these fuels for cooking, heating, and
lighting on ferry vessels is prohibited by 46 CFR part 147.
(c) The use of gasoline for cooking, heating or lighting is
prohibited on all vessels.
(d) Cooking systems using liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and
compressed natural gas (CNG) must meet the following requirements:
(1) The design, installation and testing of each LPG system must meet
ABYC A-1-78 or Chapter 6 of NFPA 302.
(2) The design, installation and testing of each CNG system must meet
ABYC A-22-78 or Chapter 6 of NFPA 302.
(3) Cooking systems using Chapter 6 of NFPA 302 as the standard must
meet the following additional requirements:
(i) The storage or use of CNG containers within the accommodation
area, machinery spaces, bilges, or other enclosed spaces is prohibited.
(ii) LPG or CNG must be odorized in accordance with ABYC A-1.5.d or
A-22.5.b, respectively.
(iii) The marking and mounting of LPG cylinders must be in accordance
with ABYC A-1.6.b.
(iv) LPG cylinders must be of the vapor withdrawal type as specified
in ABYC A-1.5.b.
(4) Continuous pilot lights or automatic glow plugs are prohibited
for an LPG or CNG installation using ABYC A-1 or A-22 as the standard.
(5) CNG installations using ABYC A-22 as the standard must meet the
following additional requirements:
(i) The storage or use of CNG containers within the accommodation
area, machinery spaces, bilges, or other enclosed spaces is prohibited.
(ii) The CNG cylinders, regulating equipment, and safety equipment
must meet the installation, stowage, and testing requirements of
paragraph 6-5.12 of NFPA 302.
(iii) The use or stowage of stoves with attached CNG cylinders is
prohibited as specified in paragraph 6-5.1 of NFPA 302.
(6) If the fuel supply line of an LPG or CNG system enters an
enclosed space on the vessel, a remote shut-off valve must be installed
which can be operated from a position adjacent to the appliance. The
valve must be located between the fuel tank and the point where the fuel
supply line enters the enclosed portion of the vessel. A power operated
valve installed to meet this requirement must be of a type that will
fail closed.
(7) The following variances from ABYC A-1.11.b(1) are allowed for
CNG:
(i) The storage locker or housing access opening need not be in the
top.
(ii) The locker or housing need not be above the waterline.
(8) The following variances from NFPA 302 are allowed:
(i) The storage locker or housing for CNG tank installations need not
be above the waterline as required by paragraph 6-5.12.1.1(a).
(ii) Ignition protection need not be provided as required by
paragraph 6-5.4.
(CGFR 6054, 25 FR 9346, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 83-013, 54
FR 6403, Feb. 10, 1989; CGD 83-013, 55 FR 3960, Feb. 6, 1990)
46 CFR 184.05-1 Subpart 184.10 -- Mooring Equipment
46 CFR 184.10-1 Anchors, cables, and hawsers.
(a) All vessels shall be fitted with such ground tackle and hawsers
as deemed necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
depending upon the size of the vessel, the waters on which it operates,
and other operating hazards.
46 CFR 184.10-1 Subpart 184.20 -- Compass
46 CFR 184.20-1 Vessels required to have compasses.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, every vessel shall
be fitted with a suitable compass.
(b) The following vessels need not be fitted with a compass:
(1) Vessels in river service.
(2) Non-self-propelled vessels.
(3) Vessels operating in protected waters with short restricted
routes.
46 CFR 184.20-1 Subpart 184.25 -- Radio
46 CFR 184.25-1 Requirements of the Federal Communications Commission.
(a) Radio transmitting and receiving installations or radiotelephones
are required on certain vessels carrying passengers. Details of the
application of this requirement as well as the details of the
installation shall be as set forth in the regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission (47 CFR Chapter 1).
(b) If any violations of regulations enforced by the Federal
Communications Commission are noted by the marine inspector, the owner
and that agency shall be notified. A proper certificate issued by the
Federal Communications Commission shall be regarded as evidence that the
radio installation, if any, is in compliance with the requirements of
that agency.
(c) All vessels on an international voyages which are required to
carry a radiotelegraph or radiotelephone installation in accordance with
Chapter IV of the Safety of Life at Sea Convention, 1960, must carry the
International Code of Signals.
(CG FR 60-54, 25 FR 9346, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 75-074,
42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
46 CFR 184.25-1 Subpart 184.30 -- Emergency Lighting
46 CFR 184.30-1 Portable lights.
(a) Vessels shall be equipped with a suitable number of portable
battery lights.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9742, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 184.30-5 Lights for lounge areas below the main deck.
(a) Adequate emergency lighting automatically actuated upon failure
of the main lighting system shall be fitted along the line of escape in
vessels having lounge areas below the main deck as per subpart 177.30-7
of this subchapter.
(b) Vessels not equipped with a single source emergency lighting
system shall have individual storage battery powered automatically
operated lights in strategic locations. These lights shall have an
automatic battery charger, shall not be readily portable, and shall have
sufficient capacity for 6 hours continuous operation.
(CGFR 63-40, 28 FR 9742, Sept. 6, 1963)
46 CFR 184.30-5 Subpart 184.35 -- Engine Control
46 CFR 184.35-1 Engineroom communication system.
(a) An efficient communication system shall be provided between the
principal steering station and the engineroom on vessels which are not
equipped with pilothouse controls where in the opinion of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, such a system is necessary for proper
operation of the vessel.
46 CFR 184.35-1 Subpart 184.40 -- Work Vests
46 CFR 184.40-1 Approved unicellular plastic foam work vests.
(a) Buoyant work vests carried under the permissive authority of this
subpart shall be of a Coast Guard approved type.
(b) Specifications for approved type work vests are in subpart
160.053 of Subchapter Q -- Specifications, of this chapter.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR Sept. 25, 1960, as amended by CGFR 67-91, 32 FR
20813, Dec. 27, 1967)
46 CFR 184.40-5 Use.
(a) Approved buoyant work vests are considered to be items of safety
apparel and may be carried aboard vessels to be worn by crew members
when working near or over the water under favorable working conditions.
They shall be used under the supervision and control of a responsible
person. When carried, such vests shall not be accepted in lieu of any
portion of the required number of approved life preservers and shall not
be substituted for the approved life preservers required to be worn
during drills and emergencies.
46 CFR 184.40-10 Stowage.
(a) The approved buoyant work vests shall be stowed separately from
the regular stowage of approved life preservers.
(b) The locations for the stowage of work vests shall be such as not
to be easily confused with that for approved life preservers.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Inspections.
(a) Each work vest shall be subject to examination by a marine
inspector to determine its serviceability. If found to be satisfactory,
it may be continued in service, but shall not be stamped by a marine
inspector with a Coast Guard stamp. If a work vest is found not to be
in a serviceable condition, then such work vest shall be removed from
the vessel. If a work vest is beyond repair, it shall be destroyed or
mutilated in the presence of a marine inspector so as to prevent its
continued use as a work vest.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Pt. 185
46 CFR 184.40-15 PART 185 -- OPERATIONS
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.01 -- Application and Intent
Sec.
185.01-1 Application.
185.01-5 Intent.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.05 -- Penalties
185.05-1 General.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.10 -- Exhibition of License
185.10-1 Officers' licenses.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.12 -- Stability Letter
185.12-1 Posting.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.15 -- Notice and Reporting of Casualty and
Voyage Records
185.15-1 Notice and reporting of casualty and voyage records.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.17 -- Reckless or Negligent Operation
185.17-1 Use prohibited by law.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.19 -- Accident Assistance
185.19-1 Duty of master.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.20 -- Miscellaneous Operating Requirements
185.20-1 Compliance with provisions of certificate of inspection.
185.20-5 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability
requirements.
185.20-10 Steering gear tests.
185.20-15 Hatches.
185.20-17 Loading doors.
185.20-20 Vessels carrying vehicles.
185.20-25 Fueling of vessels using fuel having a flash point of 110
F., or lower (gasoline, etc.).
185.20-30 Use of auto pilot.
185.20-35 Charts and nautical publications.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.22 -- Patrolmen
185.22-1 Duties.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.25 -- Preparations for Emergencies
185.25-1 Emergency instructions.
185.25-5 Recommended emergency check-off lists.
185.25-7 Posting placards containing instructions for launching and
inflating inflatable liferafts.
185.25-10 Drills.
185.25-15 Officers' responsibilities.
185.25-20 Tests of emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.30 -- Markings Required
185.30-1 Hull markings.
185.30-3 Hull markings.
185.30-5 Lifesaving gear.
185.30-10 Life preserver stowage.
185.30-15 Escape hatches and emergency exits.
185.30-20 Fuel shutoff valves.
185.30-25 Watertight doors and watertight hatches.
185.30-30 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 6101, 8105; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9347, Sept. 29, 1960, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 184.40-15 Subpart 185.01 -- Application and Intent
46 CFR 185.01-1 Application.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as
specifically noted in this part.
46 CFR 185.01-5 Intent.
(a) The intent of this part is to insure that all vessels be operated
in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and in such a manner
as to afford adequate precaution against hazards of an emergency nature
which might endanger the vessel and the persons being transported.
46 CFR 185.01-5 Subpart 185.05 -- Penalties
46 CFR 185.05-1 General.
(a) The marine safety and criminal statutes provide penalties for the
violation of the applicable provisions of this subchapter, which
penalties, depending upon the gravity of the violation, are as follows:
(1) Assessment and collections of civil monetary penalty.
(2) Criminal prosecution where no loss of life results.
(3) Criminal prosecution for manslaughter where loss of life results
from violation of statute or regulation, or from misconduct, negligence,
or inattention to duty.
(4) Libel against vessel.
(b) In addition to the foregoing, any licensed or certificated
personnel committing an act of misbehavior, negligence, unskillfulness,
endangering life, willful violation of marine safety statutes or
regulations or requirements thereunder, and incompetency shall be
subject to proceedings under the provisions of R.S. 4450, as amended (46
U.S.C. 239), and regulations thereunder (part 137 of this chapter) with
respect to suspension or revocation of license or certificate.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9347, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11495, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 185.05-1 Subpart 185.10 -- Exhibition of License
46 CFR 185.10-1 Officers' licenses.
The licensed individuals employed upon any vessel subject to the
provisions of this subchapter shall have their licenses in their
possession and available for examination at all times when the vessel is
operated.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.10-1 Subpart 185.12 -- Stability Letter
46 CFR 185.12-1 Posting.
(a) If a stability letter is issued in accordance with the
requirements in 170.120 of this chapter, it must be posted under glass
or other suitable transparent material in the pilothouse of the vessel.
(b) If posting is impacticable, the stability letter must be kept on
board in the custody of the licensed operator.
(CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51052, Nov. 4, 1983)
46 CFR 185.12-1 Subpart 185.15 -- Notice and Reporting of Casualty and Voyage Records
46 CFR 185.15-1 Notice and reporting of casualty and voyage records.
The requirements for providing notice and reporting of marine
casualties and for retaining voyage records are contained in part 4 of
this chapter.
(CGD 84-099, 52 FR 47536, Dec. 14, 1987)
46 CFR 185.15-1 Subpart 185.17 -- Reckless or Negligent Operation
46 CFR 185.17-1 Use prohibited by law.
No person may use a vessel subject to the provisions of this
subchapter in a negligent manner so as to endanger the life, limb, or
property of any person. Violations of this subpart involving use which
is grossly negligent, subject the violator, in addition to any other
penalties, to the criminal penalties prescribed in 46 U.S.C. 2302.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.17-1 Subpart 185.19 -- Accident Assistance
46 CFR 185.19-1 Duty of master.
The master of a vessel involved in a collision, accident or other
casualty, to the extent possible without serious danger to his or her
own vessel or persons aboard, shall render all practicable and necessary
assistance to persons affected by the collision, accident, or casualty.
The master shall also give his or her name, address, and the
identification of his or her vessel to any person injured and to the
owner of any property damaged.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.19-1 Subpart 185.20 -- Miscellaneous Operating Requirements
46 CFR 185.20-1 Compliance with provisions of certificate of
inspection.
The master of the vessel must ensure that all of the provisions of
the certificate of inspection are strictly adhered to; however, the
master may divert from the route prescribed in the certificate of
inspection or take such other steps as deemed necessary and prudent to
assist vessels in distress or for other similar emergencies.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.20-5 Verification of vessel compliance with applicable
stability requirements.
(a) After loading and prior to departure and at all other times
necessary to assure the safety of the vessel, the master shall determine
that the vessel complies with all applicable stability requirements in
the vessel's trim and stability book, stability letter, Certificate of
Inspection, and Load Line Certificate, as the case may be. The vessel
may not depart until it is in compliance with these requirements.
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability
requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be determined
as necessary and any stability calculations made in support of the
determination must be retained on board the vessel for the duration of
the voyage.
(c) If a log book is required, then the master must enter an
attestation statement verifying that the vessel complies with the
applicable stability requirements at the times specified in paragraph
(a) of this section.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992, 185.20-5 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 185.20-10 Steering gear tests.
The master or mate of every vessel, before getting underway for a
day's operation, shall test the steering gear, signaling whistle,
controls and communication system.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.20-15 Hatches.
It shall be the duty of the master of any vessel to assure that all
exposed hatches are properly secured before getting underway for a
voyage on other than protected waters.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.20-17 Loading doors.
(a) The master of a vessel fitted with loading doors shall assure
that all loading doors are closed watertight and secured during the
entire voyage except that --
(1) If a door cannot be opened or closed while the vessel is at a
dock, it may be open while the vessel approaches and draws away from the
dock, but only as far as necessary to enable the door to be immediately
operated.
(2) If needed to operate the vessel, or embark and disembark
passengers when the vessel is at anchor in protected waters, loading
doors may be open provided that the master determines that the safety of
the vessel is not impaired.
(b) For the purposes of this section, ''loading doors'' include all
weathertight ramps, bow visors, and openings used to load personnel,
equipment, and stores, in the collision bulkhead, the side shell, and
the boundaries of enclosed superstructures that are continuous with the
shell of the vessel.
(c) If a log book is required, then the master shall make the
following entries:
(1) The time and door location of every closing of the loading doors;
and
(2) Any opening of the doors in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of
this section setting forth the time of the opening of the doors and the
circumstances warranting this action.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992, 185.20-17 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 185.20-20 Vessels carrying vehicles.
(a) Automobiles or other vehicles shall be stowed in such a manner as
to permit their occupants to get out and away from them freely in the
event of fire or other disaster. The decks, where necessary, shall be
distinctly marked with painted lines to indicate the vehicle runways and
the aisle spaces.
(b) The master shall take any necessary precautions to see that
automobiles or other vehicles have their motors turned off and their
emergency brakes set when the vessel ia underway, and that the motors
are not started until the vessel is secured to the landing. In
addition, the vehicles at each end shall have their wheels securely
blocked, while the vessel is being navigated.
(c) The master shall have appropriate ''NO SMOKING'' signs posted and
shall take all necessary precautions to prevent smoking or carrying of
lighted or smoldering cigars, cigarettes, etc., in the deck area
assigned to automobiles or other vehicles.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.20-25 Fueling of vessels using fuel having a flash point of
110 F., or lower (gasoline, etc.).
(a) Vessels using fuel having a flash point of 110 F., or lower,
shall not take on fuel when passengers are on board.
46 CFR 185.20-30 Use of auto pilot.
Except as provided in 33 CFR 164.15, when the automatic pilot is used
in --
(a) Areas of high traffic density;
(b) Conditions of restricted visibility; and
(c) All other hazardous navigational situations, the master shall
ensure that:
(1) It is possible to immediately establish manual control of the
ship's steering;
(2) A competent person is ready at all times to take over steering
control; and,
(3) The changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice versa
is made by, or under the supervision of the master or mate.
(CGD 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977, as amended by CGD 81-059, 52
FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.20-35 Charts and nautical publications.
As appropriate for the intended voyage, all vessels must carry
adequate and up-to-date --
(a) Charts;
(b) Sailing directions;
(c) Coast pilots;
(d) Light lists;
(e) Notices to mariners;
(f) Tide tables;
(g) Current tables; and
(h) All other nautical publications necessary. /1/
(CGD 75-074, 42 FR 5964, Jan. 31, 1977)
/1/ For United States vessels in or on the navigable waters of the
United States, see 33 CFR 164.33.
46 CFR 185.20-35 Subpart 185.22 -- Patrolmen
46 CFR 185.22-1 Duties.
(a) At all times during which bunks in passenger areas located below
the main deck are occupied, the master shall designate a member of the
vessel's crew as a patrolman.
(b) The patrolman shall be stationed in the vicinity of the cabins or
staterooms and on each deck to guard against and give alarm in case of
fire or other danger.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38657, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.22-1 Subpart 185.25 -- Preparations for Emergencies
46 CFR 185.25-1 Emergency instructions.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, it shall be the
duty of the master of any vessel subject to the regulations in this
subchapter to prepare and post emergency checkoff lists in a conspicuous
place accessible to crew and passengers.
(b) Except where all or a part of the emergency instructions are
deemed unnecessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the
emergency checkoff list shall contain not less than the applicable
portions of the ''Recommended Emergency Checkoff List, 185.25-5.
(c) When in the judgment of the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, the operation of any vessel subject to this section does not
present the hazards listed on the emergency checkoff list or when any
vessel has no suitable mounting surface, an exclusion from the
requirements of 185.25-1 (a) and (b) is granted by letter.
(d) Safety orientation. Before getting underway, the master of each
vessel subject to this subpart shall ensure that suitable public
announcements, instructive placards or both are provided in a manner
which affords all passengers the opportunity to become acquainted with:
(1) Stowage location of life preservers;
(2) Proper method of donning and adjusting life preservers of the
type(s) carried on the vessel;
(3) The type and location of all lifesaving devices carried on the
vessel; and
(4) The location and contents of the ''Emergency Checkoff List''
required by 185.25-5.
(CGFR 60-54, 25 FR 9347, Sept. 29, 1960, as amended by CGD 78-009, 45
FR 11110, Feb. 19, 1980; 45 FR 13736, Mar. 3, 1980; CGD 81-059, 52 FR
38658, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.25-5 Recommended emergency checkoff lists.
(a) Rough weather at sea or crossing hazardous bars. (1) Close all
watertight and weathertight doors, hatches, and airports to prevent
taking water aboard.
(2) Keep bilges dry to prevent loss of stability due to water in
bilges.
(3) Keep passengers seated and evenly distributed.
(4) Have passengers put on life preservers if the going becomes very
rough or you are about to cross a hazardous bar.
(5) Never abandon a vessel (particularly a wooden boat) unless
actually forced to do so.
(6) If assistance is needed use the International Distress call over
radio-telephone or call the Coast Guard immediately.
(7) Prepare life floats for launching.
(b) Man overboard. (1) Throw a ring buoy overboard as close to the
person as possible.
(2) Post a lookout to keep the person overboard in sight.
(3) Maneuver the vessel to pick up the person in the water.
(4) Have crew member put on lifejacket, attach a safety line to him
and have him standby to jump into the water to assist the person
overboard if necessary.
(5) If person is not immediately located notify Coast Guard and other
vessels in vicinity by radiotelephone.
(6) Continue search until released by Coast Guard.
(c) Fire at sea. (1) Cut off air supply to fire -- close hatches,
ports, doors, and ventilators, etc.
(2) Immediately use portable fire extinguishers at base of flames for
inflammable liquid or grease fires or water for fires in ordinary
combustible materials.
(3) If fire is in machinery spaces shut off fuel supply and
ventilation and discharge fixed CO2 if installed.
(4) Maneuver vessel to minimize effect of wind on fire.
(5) If unable to control fire, immediately notify the Coast Guard and
other boats in the vicinity by radiotelephone, etc.
(6) Move passengers away from fire, have them put on life preservers,
and if necessary, prepare to abandon ship.
46 CFR 185.25-7 Posting placards containing instructions for launching
and inflating inflatable liferafts.
(a) Every vessel equipped with inflatable liferafts shall have posted
in conspicuous places which are regularly accessible to the crew and/or
passengers, approved placards containing instructions for launching and
inflating inflatable liferafts for the information of persons on board.
The number and location of such placards for a particular vessel shall
be as determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Under the requirements contained in 160.051-6(c)(1) of subpart
160.051 in Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter, the
manufacturer of approved inflatable liferafts is required to provide
approved placards containing such instructions with each liferaft.
(CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11495, Sept. 8, 1965)
46 CFR 185.25-10 Drills.
The master shall conduct drills and give instructions as necessary to
ensure that all crew members are familiar with their duties.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38658, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.25-15 Officers' responsibilities.
Nothing in the recommended emergency instructions in this subpart
shall exempt any officer from the exercise of good judgment in any
emergency situation.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38658, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.25-20 Tests of emergency position indicating radiobeacon
(EPIRB).
The master of the vessel shall ensure that:
(a) The EPIRB required in 180.40-1 of this subchapter is tested
monthly, using the integrated test circuit and output indicator, to
determine that it is operative; and,
(b) The EPIRB's battery is replaced after the EPIRB is used and
before the date required by FCC regulations in 47 CFR part 80.
(CGD 81-059, 52 FR 38658, Oct. 16, 1987, and 54 FR 132, Jan. 4, 1989;
54 FR 151, Jan. 4, 1989)
46 CFR 185.25-20 Subpart 185.30 -- Markings Required
46 CFR 185.30-1 Hull markings.
Vessels shall be marked as required by parts 67 and 69 of this
chapter.
(CGD 72-104R, 37 FR 14233, July 18, 1972; 37 FR 18537, Sept. 13,
1972)
46 CFR 185.30-3 Hull markings.
(a) This section applies to each vessel that fits into any one of the
following categories:
(1) A vessel of more than 65 feet (19.8 meters) in length.
(2) A sailing vessel of more than 65 feet (19.8 meters) in length.
(3) A vessel authorized to carry more than 150 passengers.
(4) A vessel authorized to carry more than 12 passengers on an
international voyage.
(5) A vessel with more than 1 deck above the bulkhead deck exclusive
of a pilot house.
(b) All vessels must:
(1) Have permanent draft marks at each end of the vessel; or
(2) Have permanent loading marks placed on each side of the vessel
forward, amidships, and aft to indicate the maximum allowable draft and
trim.
(c) A loading mark required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section must
be a horizontal line of at least 8 inches in length and 1 inch in
height, with its upper edge passing through the point of maximum draft.
The loading mark must be painted in contrasting color to the sideshell
paint.
(d) In cases where draft marks are obscured due to operational
constraints or by protrusions, the vessel must be fitted with a reliable
draft indicating system from which the bow and stern drafts can be
determined.
(e) On a vessel on which the number of passengers permitted on the
upper decks is limited by stability criteria, as indicated by the
vessel's stability letter, the maximum number of passengers allowed on
the upper decks must be indicated by a durable marking of numbers and
letters at least one inch in height at the entranceway to each such
deck.
(CGD 89-037, 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41827, Sept. 11, 1992, 185.30-3 was
added, effective December 10, 1992.
46 CFR 185.30-5 Lifesaving gear.
(a) Life floats and buoyant apparatus, together with their oars and
paddles, shall be conspicuously marked with the vessel's name.
(b) The number of persons allowed on each life float and buoyant
apparatus shall be conspicuously marked or painted thereon in letters
and numbers at least 1 1/2 inches high.
(c) All life preservers and ring life buoys shall be marked with the
vessel's name.
(d) Any lifeboat, life raft, or other suitable boat accepted as
primary life-saving apparatus shall be marked with its allowed capacity
in persons, and with the name of the vessel on which installed, in
letters and figures at least 2 inches high, except that inflatable life
rafts shall be marked by the manufacturer or service facility as
required by subpart 160.051 of Subchapter Q -- Specifications, of this
chapter and no additional markings are required.
46 CFR 185.30-10 Life preserver stowage.
(a) Where life preservers are stowed so that they are not readily
visible to passengers, the containers in which they are stowed shall be
marked ''Life Preservers'' and with the number contained therein, in at
least 1-inch letters and figures. This legend shall indicate the
separate stowage of children's life preservers.
46 CFR 185.30-15 Escape hatches and emergency exits.
(a) All escape hatches and other emergency exits shall be marked on
both sides using at least 1-inch letters: ''Emergency Exit, Keep
Clear'', unless such markings are deemed unnecessary by the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
46 CFR 185.30-20 Fuel shutoff valves.
(a) Remote fuel shutoff stations shall be marked in at least 1-inch
letters indicating purpose of the valve and direction of operation.
46 CFR 185.30-25 Watertight doors and watertight hatches.
(a) Watertight doors and watertight hatches shall be marked on both
sides in at least 1-inch letters: ''Watertight Door -- Close in
Emergency'' or ''Watertight Hatch -- Close in Emergency'', unless such
markings are deemed unnecessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
The EPIRB required in 180.40-1 of this subchapter must be marked
with the vessel's name.
(CGD 73-24R, 39 FR 10140, Mar. 18, 1974)
46 CFR 185.30-30 PARTS 186 -- 187 (RESERVED)
46 CFR (10-1-92 Edition)
Index, parts 175-185
Editorial Note: This listing is provided for informational purposes
only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the Coast Guard, Department
of Transportation.
Section
Accessories (less than 50 volts)
183.05-35
Accommodations, crew and passenger
Subparts 177.25, 177.30
Alterations and repairs
Subpart 176.20
American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. (ABYC)
175.27-5
Appeals, right of
Subparts 175.30, 187.05-35
Applicability of regulations
175.05-1, 175.05-3
Approved, definition
175.10-1
Approved type, definition
175.10-2
Authority
Subpart 175.01
Auto pilot
185.20-30
Auxiliary machinery
Subpart 182.10
Auxiliary steering apparatus
182.30-5
Ballast systems
182.25-15
Batteries (less than 50 volts)
183.05-20
Bilge piping system
182.25-5
Bilge pumps
182.25-10
Boilers, auxiliary; installation
182.10-5
Boilers, inspection
176.25-30
Bulkhead, collision
Subpart 178.15
Bulkhead deck, definition
178.05-1
Bulkheads, watertight:
Construction, general
178.25-1
Hatches and coamings
Subpart 178.35
Hull penetrations and shell connections
Subpart 178.40
Location
Subpart 178.20
Open boats
178.30-7
Requirements
Subpart 178.10
Buoyant apparatus
Subpart 180.10
Buoyant apparatus equipment for
Subpart 180.15
Carbon dioxide extinguishing system:
Amount of CO2 gas required
181.20-10
Closing of openings
181.20-35
Controls
181.20-15
Cylinders
181.20-30
Discharge outlets
181.20-25
Piping
181.20-20
Where required
181.20-1
Carburetors
182.15-7
Carriage of passengers for hire, definition
175.10-28
Casualty, notice of
Subpart 185.15
Certificate of inspection:
Amendment
176.01-35
Application for
176.01-10
Compliance with provisions of
185.20-1
Description
176.01-5
How to obtain or renew
176.01-10
Passengers permitted
176.01-25
Period of validity
176.01-15
Permit to carry excursion party
176.01-30
Permit to proceed to another port for repairs
176.01-27
Posting
176.01-40
Renewal
176.01-10
Routes permitted
176.01-20
When required -- L
176.01-3
When required -- S
176.01-1
Certificates, International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea,
1960:
Duration
176.35-30
Exemption Certificate
176.35-20
Passenger Ship Safety Certificate
176.35-15
Posting
176.35-25
Charts
185.20-35
Circuit breakers (less than 50 volts)
183.05-30, 183.10-35
Circuit breakers (50 volts or more)
183.05-30, 183.10-35
Classification societies, recognized:
Adoption of standards
175.27-1, 177.10-1
Definition
175.10-31
Coast Guard District Commander, definition
175.10-7
Coast pilot
185.20-35
Coastwise, definition
175.10-3
Cockpit, definition
178.05-9
Commandant, definition
175.10-5
Compass
Subpart 184.20
Construction and arrangement:
Alteration of vessel
Subpart 179.15
Application
177.01-1
Collision bulkhead
Subpart 178.15
Crew accommodations
Subpart 177.25
Deck rails
177.35-1
Drainage of weather decks
Subpart 178.30
Guards in hazardous places
177.35-15
Hatches and coamings
Subpart 178.35
Hull penetrations and shell connections
Subpart 178.40
Hull structure
Subpart 177.10
Intent
177.01-5
Means of escape
Subpart 177.15
Passenger accommodation
Subpart 177.30
Plans
Subpart 177.05
Seating
177.30-1
Storm rails
177.35-5
Structural standards
177.10-1
Toilet facilities
177.30-5
Vehicles, guards, rails, etc., for runways on vessels
177.35-10
Ventilation for closed places
177.20-7
Ventilation for crew quarters and passenger spaces
177.20-5
Watertight bulkheads
Subpart 178.25
Controls
181.20-15
Cooking and heating
183.10-45, Subpart 184.05
Crew accommodations
Subpart 177.25
Current tables
185.20-35
Definition of terms used:
Approved
175.10-1
Approved type
175.10-2
Auxiliary sailing vessel
175.10-38
Bulkhead deck
178.05-1
Coast Guard District Commander
175.10-7
Coastwise
175.10-3
Cockpit
178.05-9
Commandant
175.10-5
Exposed waters
178.05-15
Ferry
175.10-9
Flush deck
178.05-7
Great Lakes
175.10-11
Headquarters
175.10-13
Lakes, bays, and sounds
175.10-17
Length
175.10-19
Marine inspector or inspector
175.10-21
Non-self-propelled vessel
175.10-23
Ocean
175.10-25
Officer in charge, marine inspection
175.10-26
Open boat
178.05-13
Partially-protected waters
178.05-17
Passenger
175.10-27
Pilothouse control
175.10-29
Protected waters
178.05-19
Recognized classification society
175.10-31
Rivers
175.10-33
Rules of the Road
175.10-35
Sailing vessel
175.10-36
Vessel
175.10-37
Watertight
178.05-3
Weathertight
178.05-5
Well deck
178.05-11
Diesel engines
Subpart 182.20
Distress signals
Subpart 180.35
Drainage of weather decks
Subpart 178.30
Drills
185.25-10
Drydocking or hauling out
Subpart 176.15
Notice of
176.15-10
Scope of drydock examination
176.15-5
When required
176.15-1
Electrical installation:
Application
183.01-1
Intent
183.01-5
Special consideration
183.01-10
Standards and requirements
183.01-15
Electrical installations operating at potentials of 50 volts or more:
Application
183.10-1
Disconnect switches and devices
183.10-25
Distribution and circuit loads
183.10-30
Equipment protection and enclosures
183.10-10
Generators and motors
183.10-5
Heating and cooking equipment
183.10-45
Main distribution panels
183.10-15
Overcurrent protection, general
183.10-35
Overcurrent protection for motors and motor branch circuits
183.10-40
Shore power
183.10-50
Wiring methods and materials
183.10-20
Electrical installations operating at potentials of less than 50
volts:
Accessories
183.05-35
Application
183.05-1
Batteries
183.05-20
Circuit breakers
183.05-30
Generators and motors
183.05-10
Ignition wiring
183.05-40
Nameplates
183.05-5
Radio-phone equipment
183.05-25
Wiring installation
183.05-50
Wiring size, insulation, etc.
183.05-45
Electrical material inspection
176.25-15
Emergency instructions
185.25-1
Emergency lighting
Subpart 184.30
Emergency preparations
185.25-5
Engineroom communication system
184.35-1
Engines, gasoline
Subpart 182.15
Equivalents
Subpart 175.15
Escape, means of
177.15-1
Exemption certificate
176.35-20
Exhaust, gasoline engine
182.15-15, 182.15-20
Exhausts, diesel engines
182.20-15, 182.20-20
Exposed waters, definition
178.05-15
Federal Communications Commission requirements
184.25-1
Ferries carrying vehicles
177.35-10
Ferry, definition
175.10-9
Fire axe
181.35-1
Fire extinguishers, portable:
Approved extinguishers
181.30-5
Installation and location
181.30-10
Required number, type and location
181.30-1
Fire extinguishing equipment, material inspection
176.25-25
Fire extinguishing equipment -- L
176.25-27
Fire extinguishing system, fixed:
Amount of CO2 gas required
181.20-10
Closure of openings
181.20-35
Controls
181.20-15
Cylinders
181.20-30
Discharge outlets
181.20-25
Piping
181.20-20
Type required
181.20-5
Where required
181.20-1
Fire main system:
Application
181.15-1
Fire hydrants and hose
181.15-5, 181.15-10
Fire pumps, power and hand
181.10-1, 181.10-5
Fire protection equipment, general:
Application and intent
181.01-1
Approved type
181.05-1
Construction and arrangement
177.10-5
Installed but not required
181.05-5
Flush decks, definition
178.05-7
Fueling operations
185.20-25
Fuses
183.05-35, 183.10-35
Gasoline engines
Subpart 182.15
Generators and motors (50 volts or more)
183.10-5
Generators and motors (less than 50 volts)
183.05-10
Great Lakes, definition
175.10-11
Gross tonnage as a criterion for requirements
175.05-15
Guards and rails
Subpart 177.35
Hatches
185.20-15
Hauling out, drydocking
Subpart 176.15
Hazardous materials incidents
185.15-3
Headquarters, definition
175.10-13
Heating equipment
183.10-45, 184.05
Hose, fire
181.15-10
Hull inspection
176.25-5
Hull structure
Subpart 177.10
Hydrants, fire
181.15-5
Hydraulic accumulators
176.25-30
Industrial standards, adoption of
175.27, 176.25
Inspection of vessels:
Assignment of marine inspector
175.20-1
Electrical
176.25-15
Fire extinguishing equipment -- S
176.25-25
Hull
176.25-5
Initial inspection for certification
176.05-5
Inspection standards
176.25-1
Lifesaving equipment -- S
176.25-20
Limitations of inspection
Subpart 176.30
Machinery
176.25-10
Miscellaneous systems and equipment
176.25-40
Notice of deficiencies and requirements
175.20-5
Pressure vessels -- S
176.25-30
Reinspection
Subpart 176.10
Renewal of certificate
176.05-10
Repairs and alterations
Subpart 176.20
Sanitary inspection
176.25-45
Special consideration
175.25-1
Standards
Subparts 175.27, 176.25
Steering apparatus
176.25-35
Unsafe practices
176.25-50
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1960:
International voyage
176.35-5
Vessels subject to requirements
176.35-1
Voyage between continental United States and Hawaii or Alaska or
between Hawaii and Alaska
176.35-10
Lakes, bays and sounds, definition of
175.10-17
Length, definition of
175.10-19
Length of rail, criteria
176.01-25
License, original; procedures required:
Application
187.10-10
Character check and references
187.10-30
Experience or training, evidence of
187.10-20
Physical examination
187.10-15
Professional examination
187.10-25
Requirements, general
187.10-5
License renewal procedure:
Application
187.15-5
Fitness
187.15-10
Period of grace
187.15-15
Physical requirements
187.15-20
Reissue of expired license
187.15-25
Requirements, general
187.15-1
License, required
Subpart 186.10
License, specific requirement for ocean operators:
Additional routes
187.25-25
Applicability
187.25-1
Citizenship requirement
187.25-1
Examination for operator of:
Ocean mechanically propelled vessels
187.25-15
Ocean non-self-propelled vessel
187.25-22
Ocean sail propelled vessel
187.25-20
Minimum age
187.25-1
Service requirements:
Auxiliary sailing vessel
187.25-11
Mechanically propelled vessels
187.25-5
Non-self-propelled vessels
187.25-12
Sail propelled vessels
187.25-10
Vessels' routes
187.25-1
License, specific requirements for operators on other than ocean and
coastwise waters:
Applicability
187.20-1
Examination for barge operators
187.20-20
Examination for operators of mechanically propelled vessels
187.20-10
Examination for sailboat operators
187.20-15
Experience required
187.20-5
Minimum age
187.20-5
Licensing:
Applicability of regulations
187.01-1
English language requirement
187.05-1
General requirements
Subpart 187.05
Issuance of duplicate licenses
187.05-20
Issuance of licenses
187.05-1
Lifting of limitations
187.05-10
Oath requirement
187.05-1
Parting with license
187.05-25
Re-examinations and refusal of licenses
187.05-15
Right of appeal
187.05-35
Sea service as member of Armed Forces of the United States and on
vessels owned by the United States as qualifying experience
187.05-5
Suspension and revocation of license
187.05-30
Life preservers
Subpart 180.25
Life preservers, children
180.25-5
Lifeboats
Subpart 180.10
Lifefloats, equipment for
Subpart 180.15
Lifeline
180.15-5
Liferafts
Subpart 180.10
Lifesaving equipment:
Application
180.01-1
Approved
180.05-1
Buoyant apparatus
180.10-1, 180.15-1
For vessels in Great Lakes service
180.10-15
For vessels in lakes, bays, and sounds service
180.10-20
For vessels in ocean or coastwise service
180.10-5
For vessels in river service
180.10-25
Inspection of
176.25-22
Installed but not required
180.05-5, 181.05-5
Intent
180.01-5
Life preservers, number required
180.25-5
Life preservers, type required
180.25-1
Lifefloats
180.10-1, 180.15-1
Marking
180.20-5, 180.25-15
Pyrotechnic distress signals
Subpart 180.35
Ring life buoys and water lights
Subpart 180.30
Stowage of equipment
180.15-10
Stowage of lifesaving appliances
180.25-10, 180.20-1
Substitutions
180.10-30
Light intensity standards
184.15-5
Light lists
185.20-35
Light screens
184.15-10
Lighting, emergency
Subpart 184.30
Load lines
Subpart 175.07
Lounge arrangements
177.30-7
Machinery, material inspection
176.25-10
Machinery installation:
Application
182.01-1
Auxiliary machinery
Subpart 182.10
Machinery using diesel fuel:
Application
182.20-1
Cooling
182.20-10
Exhaust cooling
182.20-15
Exhaust pipe installation
182.20-20
Fuel tanks, independent
182.20-25
General requirements
182.20-5
Pipes, filling and sounding
182.20-30
Pipes, vent
182.20-35
Piping fuel supply
182.20-40
Ventilation of compartments
182.20-45
Machinery using gasoline as fuel:
Application
182.15-1
Carburetors
182.15-7
Cooling
182.15-10
Exhaust cooling
182.15-15
Exhaust pipe installation
182.15-20
Fuel tanks
182.15-25
General requirements
182.15-5
Pipes, filling and sounding
182.15-30
Pipes, vent
182.15-35
Piping fuel supply
182.15-40
Ventilation of compartments
182.15-45
Propulsion machinery
Subpart 182.05
Manning:
Application
186.01-1
General
Subpart 186.05
Licenses, required
186.10-1
Marine inspector or inspector, definition
175.10-21
Marking required:
Escape hatches and emergency exits
185.30-15
Fuel shutoff valves
185.30-20
Hull markings
185.30-1
Lifesaving gear
185.30-5, 185.30-10
Watertight doors and watertight hatches.
185.30-25
Mooring equipment
Subpart 184.10
Motors and generators (50 volts or more)
183.10-5
Motors and generators (less than 50 volts)
183.05-10
Nameplates, electrical equipment
183.05-5
Nautical publications
185.20-35
Navigation lights and shapes
Subpart 184.15
Non-self-propelled vessel, definition
175.10-23
Notice of casualty
Subpart 185.15
Notice and reports of certain hazardous materials incidents
185.
Notices to mariners
185.20-35
Ocean, definition of
175.10-25
Officer in charge, marine inspection, definition of
175.10-26
Open boat, definition
178.05-13
Paddles
Subpart 180.15
Painter
Subpart 180.15
Partially protected waters, definition
178.05-17
Passenger, definition
175.10-27
Passenger accommodations
Subpart 177.30
Passenger Ship Safety Certificate
176.35-15
Passengers, number permitted
176.01-25
Patrolmen, duties of
185.22-1
Penalties
Subpart 185.05
Permit to proceed to another port for repair -- L
176.01-27
Pilothouse control, definition
175.10-29
Piping:
Bilge
182.25-5
Diesel engine cooling
182.20-10, 182.20-15
Diesel engine exhaust installation
182.20-20
Diesel fuel supply
182.20-40
Filling and sounding pipes for diesel fuel tanks
182.20-30
Filling and sounding pipes for gasoline fuel tanks
182.15-30
Fixed fire extinguishing system
181.20-20
Gasoline engine exhaust installation
182.15-20
Gasoline fuel supply
182.15-40
Vent pipes for diesel fuel tanks
182.20-35
Vent pipes for gasoline fuel tanks
182.15-35
Piping materials, nonmetallic
Subpart 182.40
General
182.40-1
Non-vital systems
182.40-10
Vital systems
182.40-5
Plans, submission for approval
Subpart 177.05
Posting:
Certificate of inspection
176.01-40
Convention certificates
176.35-25
Placards containing instructions for launching and inflating
inflatable liferafts
185.25-7
Pressure vessels -- L
176.25-32
Pressure vessels -- S
176.25-30
Propulsion machinery
Subpart 182.05
Protected waters, definition
178.05-19
Pumps:
Bilge
182.25-10
Fire, hand
181.10-5
Fire, power
181.10-1
Pyrotechnic distress signals
Subpart 180.35
Radio
Subpart 184.25
Radiophone equipment (less than 50 volts)
183.05-25
Rafts
Subpart 180.10
Rails and guards
Subpart 177.35
Reinspection
Subpart 176.10
Repairs and alterations
Subpart 176.20
Reports and Notice of certain hazardous materials incidents
185.15-3
Rescue boat -- L
180.10-35
Right of appeal
175.30-1, 187.05-35
Ring life buoys
Subpart 180.30
Rivers, definition
175.10-33
Rules of the Road
185.20-5
Rules of the Road, definition
175.10-35
Sailing directions
185.20-35
Sailing vessel, definition
175.10-36
Sanitary inspection
176.25-45
Seating, fixed
176.01-25, 177.30-1
Shore power (50 volts or more)
183.10-50
Sprinkling system, manual
Subpart 181.25
Stability:
Alteration of vessel
Subpart 179.15
Application, general
179.01-1
Procedure for ''S'' vessels carrying more than 150 passengers and all
''L'' vessels -- S and L
179.10-5
Procedure for ''S'' vessels carrying not more than 150 passengers --
S
179.10-1
Stability letter, posting of
Subpart 179.20
Test, procedure
Subpart 179.10
Test, when required
179.05-1
Standards, industrial; adoption of
Subparts 175.27, 176.25
Steering apparatus
176.25-35, Subpart 182.30
Steering gear tests
185.20-10
Structural standards
177.10-1
Switchboards (less than 50 volts)
183.05-15
Tank fuel:
Diesel
182.20-22, 182.20-25
Gasoline
182.15-25
Tide tables
185.20-35
Toilet facilities
177.30-5
Tubular heat exchanges
176.25-30
Unfired pressure vessels -- S
176.25-30
Unsafe practices
176.25-50
Vehicles, vessels carrying
177.35-10, 185.20-20
Ventilation:
Compartments containing diesel fuel tanks
182.20-50
Compartments containing diesel machinery
182.20-45
Compartments containing gasoline machinery or fuel tanks
182.15-45
Spaces other than machinery spaces
Subpart 177.20
Vessel, definition
175.10-37
Water lights
180.15-5, Subpart 180.30
Watertight, definition
178.05-3
Watertight, integrity, subdivision application
178.01-1
Watertight bulkheads required
Subpart 178.10
Weathertight, definition
178.05-5
Well deck, definition
178.05-11
Wiring, size, insulation, etc.:
Ignition wiring (less than 50 volts)
183.05-40
Lighting and power wiring (less than 50 volts)
183.05-45
Wiring installation:
Conductors
183.05-50
Grounding
183.05-50
Lighting and power (less than 50 volts)
183.05-50
Methods and material (50 volts or more)
183.10-20
Wiring joints and splices
183.05-50
Work vests
Subpart 184.40
Yacht Safety Bureau (YSB)
175.27-20
46 CFR 185.30-30 46 CFR Ch. I (10-1-92 Edition)
46 CFR 185.30-30 Coast Guard, DOT
46 CFR 185.30-30 SUBCHAPTER U -- OCEANOGRAPHIC RESEARCH VESSELS
46 CFR 185.30-30 Pt. 188
46 CFR 185.30-30 PART 188 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.01 -- Authority and Purpose
Sec.
188.01-1 Purpose of regulations.
188.01-3 Scope of regulations.
188.01-5 Assignment of functions.
188.01-7 Right of appeal.
188.01-15 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.05 -- Application
188.05-1 Vessels subject to requirements of this subchapter.
188.05-2 Exemptions from inspection laws for oceanographic research
vessels and terms and conditions which apply in lieu thereof.
188.05-3 New vessels and existing vessels for the purpose of
application of regulations in this subchapter.
188.05-5 Specific application noted in text.
188.05-7 Ocean or unlimited coastwise vessels on inland and Great
Lakes routes.
188.05-10 Application to vessels on an international voyage.
188.05-15 Application to vessels concerning nuclear energy.
188.05-30 Portable tanks -- interpretive rulings.
188.05-33 Scientific personnel -- interpretive rulings.
188.05-35 Load lines -- interpretive ruling.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.10 -- Definitions of Terms Used in This
Subchapter
188.10-1 Approved.
188.10-3 Approved container.
188.10-5 Barge.
188.10-6 Captain of the Port.
188.10-7 Chemical stores.
188.10-9 Chemical storeroom.
188.10-11 Chemistry laboratory.
188.10-13 Coast Guard District Commander.
188.10-15 Coastwise.
188.10-17 Combustible liquid.
188.10-19 Commandant.
188.10-21 Compressed gas.
188.10-23 Corrosive liquids.
188.10-25 Explosive.
188.10-27 Flammable liquid.
188.10-31 Great Lakes.
188.10-33 Headquarters.
188.10-35 International voyage.
188.10-37 Label.
188.10-39 Lakes, bays, and sounds.
188.10-41 Liquefied compressed gas.
188.10-43 Liquefied flammable gas.
188.10-45 Marine inspector or inspector.
188.10-47 Nuclear energy, radioactive material, and nuclear vessel.
188.10-49 Numbered vessel.
188.10-51 Ocean.
188.10-52 Oceanographic research.
188.10-53 Oceanographic vessel.
188.10-55 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
188.10-56 Pilot boarding equipment and point of access.
188.10-57 Portable tank.
188.10-59 Recognized classification society.
188.10-61 Rivers.
188.10-65 Seagoing barge.
188.10-67 Scientific equipment.
188.10-69 Scientific laboratory.
188.10-71 Scientific personnel.
188.10-73 Ships' stores and supplies.
188.10-75 Undocumented vessel.
188.10-77 Vessel.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.15 -- Equivalents
188.15-1 Conditions under which equivalents may be used.
188.15-5 Design of vessels.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.20 -- General Marine Engineering
Requirements
188.20-1 Marine engineering details.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.25 -- General Electrical Engineering
Requirements
188.25-1 Electrical engineering details.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.35 -- American Bureau of Shipping's
Standards
188.35-1 Standards to be used.
188.35-5 Where obtainable.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306, 5115; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O.
12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 185.30-30 Subpart 188.01 -- Authority and Purpose
46 CFR 188.01-1 Purpose of regulations.
The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth
uniform minimum requirements for oceanographic research vessels
designated in accordance with 3.10-1 of this title and subject to Coast
Guard inspection requirements. The requirements in this subchapter are
prescribed in accordance with the intent of Title 52 of the Revised
Statutes and acts amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto which
govern inspection and certification of vessels, and provide for
oceanographic research vessel exemptions from specific statutory
requirements when they are found ''* * * not necessary in the
performance of the mission of the vessel, * * *''. In addition, they
specify the terms and conditions applicable to such vessels as
authorized by section 445 of Title 46, United States Code (Pub. L.
89-99). The regulations are necessary to carry out the provisions of
applicable laws governing inspection and certification of oceanographic
research vessels and have the force of law.
(CGD 77-081, 46 FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.01-3 Scope of regulations.
(a) The regulations in this subchapter contain requirements for
materials, design, construction, equipment, lifesaving appliances and
procedures, fire protection, and fire prevention procedures, inspection
and certification, and special operational requirements for
oceanographic research vessels, including the handling, use, and control
of explosives and other dangerous articles or substances.
(b) The regulations in this subchapter are deemed to be necessary
when ''* * * a vessel * * * is being employed exclusively in instruction
in oceanography or limnology, or both, or exclusively in oceanographic
research * * *.'' If or when a vessel is not so exclusively employed and
engages in any trade or commerce then the provisions of sections 441
through 445 of 46 United States Code (Pub. L. 89-99), are not
applicable and such a vessel shall be subject to the applicable
provisions of laws and other regulations in this chapter governing such
activities.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.01-5 Assignment of functions.
(a) The Department of Transportation Act (Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat.
931-950, 49 U.S.C. 1651-1659), transferred to and vested in the
Secretary of Transportation ''* * * all functions, powers, and duties,
relating to the Coast Guard, of the Secretary of the Treasury and of
other officers and offices of the Department of the Treasury''
(subsection 6(b)(1), 49 U.S.C. 1655(b)). This transfer is subject to
certain conditions, modifications, and exceptions as set forth in such
act. By a rule in 49 CFR 1.4(a) the Secretary of Transportation
delegated to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, authority to exercise
certain functions, powers, and duties as set forth in subsections
6(a)(4), 6(b)(1) and 6(g) of such act (49 U.S.C. 1655), subject to
conditions, exceptions and modifications as described in 49 CFR part 1.
By a rule in 49 CFR 1.9 the Secretary of Transportation continued in
effect actions taken prior to April 1, 1967.
(b) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, in a notice dated March 31,
1967, and effective April 1, 1967 (32 FR 5611), approved the
continuation of orders, rules, regulations, policies, procedures,
privileges, waivers, and other actions, which had been made, allowed,
granted, or issued prior to April 1, 1967, and provided that they shall
continue in effect according to their terms until modified, terminated,
repealed, superseded, or set aside by appropriate authority.
(CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5729, Apr. 12, 1968)
46 CFR 188.01-7 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this
subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in
accordance with subchapter 1.03 of this chapter.
(CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50382, Dec. 6, 1989)
46 CFR 188.01-15 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f), which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
(CGD 88-072, 53 FR 34298, Sept. 6, 1988, as amended by CGD 89-037, 57
FR 41828, Sept. 11, 1992)
Effective Date Note: At 57 FR 41828, Sept. 11, 1992, 188.01-15 was
amended by revising paragraph (b), effective December 10, 1992. For the
convenience of the user, the superseded text appears as follows:
188.01-15 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(b) Display.
46 CFR 188.01-15 Subpart 188.05 -- Application
46 CFR 188.05-1 Vessels subject to requirements of this subchapter.
(a) This subchapter shall be applicable to all U.S.-flag vessels
indicated in Column 7 of Table 188.05-1(a) to the extent prescribed by
applicable laws and the regulations in this subchapter, except as
follows:
(1) Any foreign vessel.
(2) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not
navigable waters of the United States.
(3) Any vessel while laid up and dismantled and out of commission.
(4) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime
Administration, any vessel with title vested in the United States and
which is used for public purposes.
46 CFR 188.05-2 Exemptions from inspection laws for oceanographic
research vessels and terms and conditions which apply in lieu thereof.
(a) The regulations in this subchapter govern vessels employed
exclusively as ''oceanographic research vessels,'' as defined in section
441 of 46 U.S. Code, with respect to inspection and certification by the
U.S. Coast Guard. Any law in Title 52 of the Revised Statutes regarding
inspection and certification which has requirements different from those
specified in this subchapter shall be deemed to come within the
provisions of section 445 of 46, U.S. Code, and the oceanographic
research vessel shall be exempt from its application because it is not
necessary in the performance of the mission of the vessel.
(b) The oceanographic research vessel shall comply with 49 CFR parts
171-179 whenever applicable, except to the extent as specifically
provided otherwise in this subchapter.
(c) In order not to inhibit the mission of vessels subject to this
subchapter, the Coast Guard will not require plan approval of design nor
inspection of scientific equipment except to the extent specifically
provided otherwise in this subchapter. However, it is the
responsibility of the owner to have incorporated into the design and to
maintain such equipment to applicable safety standards.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981; CGD 86-033, 53 FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.05-3 New vessels and existing vessels for the purpose of
application of regulations in this subchapter.
(a) New vessels. In this application of the regulations in this
subchapter, a new vessel is meant to be one, the construction of which
is contracted for on or after March 1, 1968, or the major alteration of
a vessel is contracted for on or after March 1, 1968, or the conversion
of any vessel not previously inspected and certificated by the Coast
Guard which is contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Existing vessels. In the application of the regulations in this
subchapter an existing vessel is meant to be one which is holding a
valid certificate of inspection as an oceanographic research vessel on
March 1, 1968.
(c) Other vessels. When it is desired to have a vessel, which has
been used in trade or for recreational purposes, initially inspected and
certificated as an oceanographic research vessel on or after March 1,
1968, such vessel shall be subject to all the requirements governing a
vessel contracted for on or after March 1, 1968. However, if such
vessel has a current certificate of inspection as a passenger, tank,
cargo, or miscellaneous vessel, the Commandant may authorize its
inspection and certification under this subchapter as a vessel
contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, subject to those requirements
necessitated by change in service.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.05-5 Specific application noted in text.
(a) At the beginning of the various parts, subparts, and sections, a
more specific application is generally given for the particular portion
of the text involved. This application sets forth the types, sizes, or
services or vessels to which the text pertains, and in many cases limits
the application of the text to vessels contracted for before or after a
specific date. As used in this subchapter, the term ''vessels
contracted for'' includes not only the contracting for the construction
of a vessel, but also the contracting for a material alteration to a
vessel, the contracting for the conversion of a vessel to an
oceanographic research vessel, and the changing of area of operation of
a vessel if such change increases or modifies the general requirements
for the vessel or increases the hazards to which it might be subjected.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.05-7 Ocean or unlimited coastwise vessels on inland and
Great Lakes routes.
(a) Vessels inspected and certificated for ocean or unlimited
coastwise routes shall be considered suitable for navigation insofar as
the provisions of this subchapter are concerned on any inland routes,
including the Great Lakes.
46 CFR 188.05-10 Application to vessels on an international voyage.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section, the regulations in this subchapter that apply to a vessel on an
''international voyage'' apply to a vessel that --
(1) Is mechanically propelled and of at least 500 gross tons; and
(2) Is engaged on a voyage --
(i) From a country to which the International Convention for Safety
of Life at Sea, 1974, (SOLAS 74) applies, to a port outside that country
or the reverse;
(ii) From any territory, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
all possessions of the United States, and all lands held by the United
States under a protectorate or mandate, whose international relations
are the responsibility of a contracting SOLAS 74 government, or which is
administered by the United Nations, to a port outside that territory or
the reverse; or
(iii) Between the contiguous states of the United States and the
states of Hawaii or Alaska or between the states of Hawaii and Alaska.
(b) The regulations that apply to a vessel on an ''international
voyage'' in this subchapter do not apply to a vessel that --
(1) Solely navigates the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River as
far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point,
Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63rd
Meridian; or
(2) Is numbered in accordance with the Federal Boat Safety Act of
1971 (85 Stat. 213; 46 U.S.C. 1451, et seq.).
(c) The Commandant or his authorized representative may exempt any
vessel on an international voyage from the requirements of this
subchapter if the vessel --
(1) Makes a single international voyage in exceptional circumstances;
and
(2) Meets safety requirements prescribed for the voyage by the
Commandant.
(d) The Commandant or his authorized representative may exempt any
vessel from the construction or lifesaving requirements of this
subchapter if --
(1) The vessel does not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest
land in the course of its voyage; and
(2) The Commandant determines that the conditions of the voyage
render the application of the full lifesaving requirements unreasonable
or unnecessary.
(CGD 72-131R, 38 FR 29320, Oct. 24, 1973, as amended by CGD 80-123,
45 FR 64586, Sept. 30, 1980; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30664, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 188.05-15 Application to vessels concerning nuclear energy.
(a) Pertinent definitions are in 188.10-47.
(b) Special provisions for ''nuclear vessels'' are in part 99 of
Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of this chapter and shall
be followed.
(c) The regulations covering the transportation and handling of
radioactive materials as cargo are in 49 CFR parts 171-179.
(d) The regulations covering pressure containing portions of nuclear
power systems are in part 55 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of
this chapter. See 56.04-20 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of
this chapter for nuclear piping. See subpart 61.25 of Subchapter F
(Marine Engineering) of this chapter for requirements regarding periodic
tests and inspections of nuclear reactor power plants.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18911, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-033, 53
FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.05-30 Portable tanks -- interpretive rulings.
(a) The phrase drums, barrels, or other packages, as used in R.S.
4417a, as amended (46 U.S.C. 391a), and in R.S. 4472, as amended (46
U.S.C. 170), is interpreted to mean portable tanks having a maximum
capacity of 110 U.S. gallons and Department of Transportation
specifications cylinders having a water capacity of not more than 1,000
pounds, which are actually loaded and discharged from vessels with their
contents intact.
(b) The phrase inflammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk as
used in R.S. 4417a, as amended (46 U.S.C. 391a), and in R.S. 4472, as
amended (46 U.S.C. 170), is interpreted to include such cargo in
portable tanks of a capacity of more than 110 U.S. gallons.
(c) The phrase liquid cargo as used in R.S. 4417a, as amended (46
U.S.C. 391a), is interpreted to mean flammable or combustible liquids.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-72, 34
FR 17503, Oct. 29, 1969)
46 CFR 188.05-33 Scientific personnel -- interpretive rulings.
(a) Scientific personnel on oceanographic research vessels are not
considered to be seamen or passengers, but are considered as ''persons''
when requirements are based on total persons on board.
(b) Scientific personnel on such vessels shall not be required to
possess seamen's documents nor shall they be required to sign shipping
articles.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.05-35 Load lines -- interpretive ruling.
(a) Certificated vessels shall be subject to the applicable
provisions of the Load Line Acts, and regulations in Subchapter E (Load
Lines) of this chapter.
46 CFR 188.05-35 Subpart 188.10 -- Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter
46 CFR 188.10-1 Approved.
This term means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise stated.
46 CFR 188.10-3 Approved container.
This term means a container which is properly labeled, marked and
approved by DOT for the commodity which it contains.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-033, 53
FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-5 Barge.
This term means any non-self-propelled vessel.
46 CFR 188.10-6 Captain of the Port.
This term means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by
the Commandant and who, under the superintendence and direction of the
Coast Guard District Commander, gives immediate direction to Coast Guard
law enforcement activities within his assigned area. In addition, the
District Commander shall be the Captain of the Port with respect to
remaining areas in his district not assigned to officers designated by
the Commandant as Captain of the Port.
46 CFR 188.10-7 Chemical stores.
This term means those chemicals intended for use in the performance
of the vessel's scientific activities and is further defined in
194.05-3.
46 CFR 188.10-9 Chemical storeroom.
This term refers to any compartment specifically constructed or
modified for the stowage of chemical stores and so designated and
identified.
46 CFR 188.10-11 Chemistry laboratory.
This term includes any space in which experiments are conducted or
chemicals are used for scientific purposes in conjunction with the
research mission of the vessel, and is so identified.
46 CFR 188.10-13 Coast Guard District Commander.
This term means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by
the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his
district, which include the inspection, enforcement, and administration
of Title 52, Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or
supplemental thereto, and rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 188.10-15 Coastwise.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels normally
navigating the waters of any ocean or the Gulf of Mexico 20 nautical
miles or less offshore.
46 CFR 188.10-17 Combustible liquid.
This term includes any liquid whose flashpoint, as determined by an
open cup tester, is above 80 F.
46 CFR 188.10-19 Commandant.
This term means the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
46 CFR 188.10-21 Compressed gas.
This term includes any material or mixture having in the container an
absolute pressure exceeding 40 p.s.i. at 70 F.; or regardless of the
pressure at 70 F., having an absolute pressure exceeding 104 p.s.i. at
130 F.; or any liquid flammable material having a vapor pressure
exceeding 40 p.s.i. absolute at 100 F. as determined by the Reid
method covered by the American Society for Testing Materials Method of
Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (D-323). Compressed gases
are discussed in more detail in 49 CFR Parts 171-179.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-033, 53
FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-23 Corrosive liquids.
(a) This term includes those acids, alkaline caustic liquids, and
other corrosive liquids which, when in contact with living tissues, will
cause severe damage of such tissues, by chemical action; or in case of
leakage, will materially damage or destroy other freight by chemical
action, or are liable to cause fire when in contact with organic matter
or with certain chemicals.
(b) A corrosive substance may be:
(1) Solid, such as iodine; or,
(2) Liquid, such as acids, or caustic soda solution; or,
(3) Gaseous, such as chlorine or sulfur dioxide.
46 CFR 188.10-25 Explosive.
This term means a chemical compound or mixture, the primary purpose
of which is to function by explosion; i.e., with substantially
instantaneous release of gas and heat. Explosives are discussed in more
detail in 49 CFR Parts 171-179.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-033, 53
FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-27 Flammable liquid.
This term includes any liquid whose flashpoint, as determined by an
open cup tester, is 80 F. or below.
46 CFR 188.10-31 Great Lakes.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the
Great Lakes.
46 CFR 188.10-33 Headquarters.
This term means the Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard,
Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34538, Sept. 7, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-35 International voyage.
(a) This section describes those voyages which are considered to be
''international voyages'' for the purposes of this subchapter.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the term
''international voyage'' as used in this subchapter shall have the same
meaning as that contained in Regulation 2(d), Chapter I of the
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, i.e.,
International voyage means a voyage from a country to which the present
convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely.''
(c) The International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
does not apply to vessels ''solely navigating the Great Lakes of North
America and the River St. Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn
from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north
side of Anticosti Island, the 63d Meridian.'' Accordingly, such vessels
shall not be considered as being on an ''international voyage'' for the
purpose of this subchapter.
(d) In addition, although voyages between the continental United
States and Hawaii or Alaska, and voyages between Hawaii and Alaska are
not ''international voyages'' under the provisions of the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, such voyages are similar in
nature and shall be considered as ''international voyages'' for the
purposes of this subchapter.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 80-123, 45
FR 64586, Sept. 30, 1980; CDG 90-008, 55 FR 30664, July 26, 1990)
46 CFR 188.10-37 Label.
This term means the label required by 49 CFR Part 172 to be affixed
to containers of explosives or other hazardous materials.
(CGD 86-033, 53 FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-39 Lakes, bays, and sounds.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the
waters of any of the lakes, bays, or sounds, other than the waters of
the Great Lakes.
46 CFR 188.10-41 Liquefied compressed gas.
This term means a gas which, under the charged pressure, is partially
liquid at a temperature of 70 F.
46 CFR 188.10-43 Liquefied flammable gas.
This term means any flammable gas having a Reid vapor pressure
exceeding 40 p.s.i. which has been liquefied.
46 CFR 188.10-45 Marine inspector or inspector.
These terms mean any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any person as may be designated
for the performance of duties with respect to the inspection,
enforcement, and administration to Title 52, Revised Statutes, and acts
amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, and rules and regulations
thereunder.
46 CFR 188.10-47 Nuclear energy, radioactive material, and nuclear
vessel.
(a) The term ''nuclear energy'' means all forms of energy released by
nuclear fission or radioactive decay, or by any other form of nuclear
transformation.
(b) The term ''radioactive material'' means any material or
combination of materials that spontaneously emits ionizing radiation.
(c) The term ''nuclear vessel'' means any vessel in which power for
propulsion, or for any other purpose, is derived from nuclear energy;
or any vessel handling or processing substantial amounts of radioactive
material other than as cargo.
(CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18911, Dec. 18, 1968)
46 CFR 188.10-49 Numbered vessel.
This term means a vessel which is numbered under the provisions of
the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971 as amended (46 U.S.C. 1466).
(CGD 77-081, 46 FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.10-51 Ocean.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the
waters of any ocean, or the Gulf of Mexico more than 20 nautical miles
offshore.
46 CFR 188.10-52 Oceanographic research.
This term includes but is not limited to ''such studies pertaining to
the sea as seismic, gravity meter and magnetic exploration and other
marine geophysical or geological surveys, atmospheric research, and
biological research''.
46 CFR 188.10-53 Oceanographic research vessel.
''An oceanographic research vessel is a vessel which the U.S. Coast
Guard finds is employed exclusively in one or more of the following:
(a) Oceanographic instruction;
(b) Limnologic instruction;
(c) Oceanographic research; or
(d) Limnologic research.''
(CGD 77-081, 46 FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.10-55 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of
the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the
superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is
in charge of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with
respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Title 52,
Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto,
and rules and regulations thereunder.
46 CFR 188.10-56 Pilot boarding equipment and point of access.
(a) Pilot boarding equipment means a pilot ladder, accomodation
ladder, pilot hoist, or combination of them as required by this
subchapter.
(b) Point of access means the place on deck of a vessel where a
person steps onto or off of pilot boarding equipment.
(CGD 79-032, 49 FR 25455, June 21, 1984)
46 CFR 188.10-57 Portable tank.
This phrase means a container having a capacity greater than 110
gallons, which is independent of the vessel's structure.
46 CFR 188.10-59 Recognized classification society.
This term means the American Bureau of Shipping or other
classification society recognized by the Commandant.
46 CFR 188.10-61 Rivers.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels whose navigation
is restricted to rivers and/or canals exclusively, and to such other
waters as may be so designated by the Coast Guard District Commander.
46 CFR 188.10-65 Seagoing barge.
The phrase ''every seagoing barge of one hundred gross tons or over''
in subsections 395(a) and 395(b), Title 46 U.S. Code (sec. 10, 35 Stat.
428, as amended), includes every non-self-propelled vessel of 100 gross
tons or over, if such vessel will navigate the high seas or ocean. The
phrase ''non-self-propelled vessel'' means a vessel without sufficient
means for self-propulsion and is required to be towed.
46 CFR 188.10-67 Scientific equipment.
This term means equipment installed or carried on board an
oceanographic research vessel and not normally required for the
operation of a vessel or its machinery or for the navigation of the
vessel, and which is used primarily in the gathering of scientific data
or samples or in processing, analyzing, preserving, or storing such data
or samples.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.10-69 Scientific laboratory.
This term means those spaces on board an oceanographic research
vessel used primarily for scientific experimentation or research, and
are so identified.
46 CFR 188.10-71 Scientific personnel.
This term means those persons who are aboard an oceanographic
research vessel solely for the purpose of engaging in scientific
research, or in instructing, or receiving instruction, in oceanography
or limnology, and shall not be considered seamen under the provisions of
Title 53 of the Revised Statutes and acts amendatory thereof or
supplementary thereto.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.10-73 Ships' stores and supplies.
This term means any article or substance which is used on board a
vessel subject to the appropriate portions of part 147 of Subchapter N
(Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter for the upkeep and maintenance of
the vessel; or for the safety or comfort of the vessel, its passengers
or crew; or for the operation or navigation of the vessel (except fuel
for its own machinery).
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-033, 53
FR 36026, Sept. 16, 1988)
46 CFR 188.10-75 Undocumented vessel.
This term means any vessel which is not required to have, and does
not have, a valid marine document issued by the U.S. Coast Guard.
46 CFR 188.10-77 Vessel.
Where the word ''vessel'' is used in this subchapter, it shall be
considered to include all inspected and certificated oceanographic
research vessels as listed in Column 7 of Table 188.05-1(a).
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-081, 46
FR 56204, Nov. 16, 1981)
46 CFR 188.10-77 Subpart 188.15 -- Equivalents
46 CFR 188.15-1 Conditions under which equivalents may be used.
(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular
fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof,
shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular provision
shall be made or arrangement shall be adopted, the Commandant may accept
in substitution therefor any other fitting, material, apparatus, or
equipment, or type thereof, or any other arrangement: Provided, That he
shall have been satisfied by suitable trials that the fitting, material,
appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, or the provision or
arrangement is at least as effective as that specified in this
subchapter.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus, or
arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or
impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate equipment,
apparatus, or arrangement to such an extent and upon such conditions as
will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of safety consistent with the
minimum standards set forth in this subchapter.
46 CFR 188.15-5 Design of vessels.
(a) In order not to inhibit design and application the Commandant may
accept vessels of unusual, unique, special, or exotic design, both new
and for conversion, after it is shown to his satisfaction that such a
vessel is at least as safe as any vessel which meets the standards
required by this subchapter.
46 CFR 188.15-5 Subpart 188.20 -- General Marine Engineering Requirements
46 CFR 188.20-1 Marine engineering details.
(a) The marine engineering details shall be in accordance with
Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
46 CFR 188.20-1 Subpart 188.25 -- General Electrical Engineering Requirements
46 CFR 188.25-1 Electrical engineering details.
(a) The electrical engineering details shall be in accordance with
Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
46 CFR 188.25-1 Subpart 188.35 -- American Bureau of Shipping's Standards
46 CFR 188.35-1 Standards to be used.
(a) Where in this subchapter an item, or method of construction, or
testing is required to meet the standards established by the American
Bureau of Shipping, the current standards in effect at the time of
construction of the vessel, or otherwise as applicable, shall be used.
(b) The current standards of other recognized classification
societies may also be accepted upon approval by the Commandant.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Where obtainable.
(a) The standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping are
usually published annually and may be purchased from the American Bureau
of Shipping, 45 Eisenhower Drive, Paramus, N.J. 07653-0910.
(b) These standards may also be examined at the Office of the
Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001, or at
the Office of any Coast Guard District Commander or Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968 as amended by CGD 88-070, 53
FR 34538, Sept. 7, 1988; 53 FR 37570, Sept. 27, 1988; 53 FR 44011,
Nov. 1, 1988)
46 CFR 188.35-5 Pt. 189
46 CFR 188.35-5 PART 189 -- INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.01 -- Certificate of Inspection
Sec.
189.01-1 When required.
189.01-5 Posting.
189.01-10 Period of validity.
189.01-15 Temporary certificate.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.05 -- Permit to Proceed to Another Port for
Repair
189.05-1 When issued.
189.05-5 To whom issued.
189.05-10 Conditions of permit.
189.05-15 Posting.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.15 -- Inspection of Vessels
189.15-1 Standard in inspection of hulls, boilers, and machinery.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.20 -- Initial Inspection
189.20-1 Prerequisite of certificate of inspection.
189.20-5 When made.
189.20-10 Plans.
189.20-15 Scope of inspection.
189.20-20 Specific tests and inspections.
189.20-25 Chemical and explosive hazards.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.25 -- Inspection for Certification
189.25-1 Prerequisite of reissuance of certificate of inspection.
189.25-5 When made.
189.25-10 Scope of inspection.
189.25-15 Lifesaving equipment.
189.25-20 Fire-extinguishing equipment.
189.25-25 Hull equipment.
189.25-30 Electrical engineering equipment.
189.25-35 Marine engineering equipment.
189.25-38 Pollution prevention.
189.25-40 Sanitary inspection.
189.25-45 Fire hazards.
189.25-47 Chemical and explosive hazards.
189.25-50 Inspector not limited.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.27 -- Reinspection
189.27-1 When made.
189.27-5 Scope.
189.27-10 Deficiencies in maintenance.
189.27-15 Inspector not limited.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.30 -- Inspection After Accident
189.30-1 General or partial survey.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.33 -- Sanitary Inspections
189.33-1 When made.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.35 -- Weight Handling Gear
189.35-1 Application.
189.35-3 Intent.
189.35-5 Tests.
189.35-7 Examinations.
189.35-9 Plans.
189.35-11 Special cases.
189.35-13 Master's responsibility.
189.35-15 Major installations.
189.35-90 Weight handling gear manufactured prior to March 1, 1968.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.40 -- Drydocking
189.40-1 Definitions relating to hull examinations.
189.40-3 Drydock examination, underwater survey, and internal
structural examination intervals.
189.40-5 Notice and plans required.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.43 -- Integral Fuel Oil Tank Examinations
189.43-1 When required.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.45 -- Repairs and Alterations
189.45-1 Notice required.
189.45-5 Inspection required.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.50 -- Special Operating Requirements
189.50-1 Inspection and testing required when making alterations,
repairs, or other such operations involving riveting, welding, burning,
or like fire-producing actions.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.55 -- Plan Approval
189.55-1 General.
189.55-5 Plans and specifications required for new construction.
189.55-10 Plans required for alterations of existing vessels.
189.55-15 Procedure for submittal of plans.
189.55-20 Number of plans required.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.60 -- Certificates Under International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
189.60-1 Application.
189.60-5 Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
189.60-10 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
189.60-15 Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate.
189.60-20 Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate.
189.60-25 Exemption Certificate.
189.60-30 Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate.
189.60-35 Posting of Convention certificates.
189.60-40 Duration of certificates.
189.60-45 American Bureau of Shipping.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45
FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR,
1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; 49 CFR 1.46.
Source: CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1118, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
46 CFR 188.35-5 Subpart 189.01 -- Certificate of Inspection
46 CFR 189.01-1 When required.
(a) Except as noted in this subpart or subpart 189.05 of this part,
no vessel subject to inspection and certification shall be operated
without a valid certificate of inspection.
46 CFR 189.01-5 Posting.
(a) The original certificate of inspection shall, in general, be
framed under glass or other transparent material and posted in a
conspicuous place where it will be most likely to be observed. On other
vessels such as barges, where the framing of the certificate under glass
would be impracticable, the original certificate of inspection shall be
kept on board to be shown on demand.
46 CFR 189.01-10 Period of validity.
(a) Certificates of inspection will be issued for periods of either 1
or 2 years. For nuclear vessels it shall be for a period of 1 year;
see also 99.10-1 of Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of
this chapter. Application may be made by the master, owner, or agent
for inspection and issuance of a new certificate of inspection at any
time during the period of validity of the current certificate. For
nuclear vessels see part 99 of Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous
Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) Certificates of inspection may be revoked or suspended by the
Coast Guard where such process is authorized by law. This may occur if
the vessel does not meet the requirements of law or regulations in this
chapter or if there is a failure to maintain the safety requirements
requisite to the issuance of a certificate of inspection.
(c)(1) In the case of the following vessels, modification of the
period of validity of the certificate of inspection will be permitted as
set forth in this paragraph:
(i) Non-self-propelled vessels of 100 gross tons and over proceeding
on the high seas or ocean for the sole purpose of changing place of
employment.
(ii) Non-self-propelled vessels of 100 gross tons and over making
rare or infrequent voyages on the high seas or ocean and returning to
the port of departure.
(2) The certificate of inspection may be issued for a specific period
of time to cover a described situation or for one voyage only but in no
case to exceed 2 years. The certificate of inspection will include the
conditions under which the vessel must operate. Unless the vessel is in
compliance with this subchapter insofar as it applies to seagoing barges
of 100 gross tons and over, such vessel shall not carry any person on
board while underway, and the certificate of inspection will be endorsed
as an unmanned seagoing barge.
(CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1118, Jan. 27, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33
FR 18911, Dec. 18, 1968)